- ri TT ne iat - - 
: as - a 7 = ~~ = « : 
6. _ [Soe a re oi 7 a ae 7 J a _ ow 
— a 
at Pee ’ = é ys Pa . 4 - 
neni : : , ca : fe : = 2 * a 
+ : : ‘ Mas ° ae 
; = - — 
= : ~ 
: = vee - — 7 tied a 
2 ? “4 ae “e = . 
“ \ . : 
/ : 
’ 
+ - _ A oO 
if 
7 = 
= ry  - of ft 
i . - us ; 
1 - : - 


= ¥ : = 
7 - = iad 
thee i ; : 
5 : : wer 
i : eee Hi 
/ te Pa - 
! i. : ees - ie a - 
ee Te 
= he : oi 
~ “ 7 - 
’ i 2 = » * 
Y ad 
n > 
L 8 t z . a = * 
*: ee a en 7 "4 s -- 
; : ¥ - - 7 as = 


x“ 


INCLU DING 


E72 CEYLON AND BURMA. 


‘ T ; 
yN PusBtisHED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE SECRETARY OF 


Svate ror Inpra rn Covncit. 


EDITED BY A. E. SHIPLEY, M.A., HON. D.SC., F.R.S. 


ASSISTED BY GUY A. K. MARSHALL, F.ZS., F.E.S. 


COLEOPTERA. 
GENERAL INTRODUCTION 


AND 


CICINDELIDA: AND PAUSSIDA. 


BY 


W: W“ FOWLER, M.A, D.Sc., F.LS. 


LONDON: 
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. 


CALOUTTA: BOMBAY : 
THACKER, SPINK, & CO. THACKER & CO., LIMITED. 
BERLIN: 

R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, 11 CARLSTRASSE. 


February, 1912. 


PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, 


RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. 


CONTENTS, 


Page 

22 VIVE (ODS Sl 20105 000) ee a a a i 
LEDS) SERS ae le cr rr a ha eee EY 
POeCMNEAIG INDEX. 6: 6 ook te ee 
Pepto oINTRODUCTION  .6 2 6 a wo. 6 + sw ee we ii 
HetenMelmiUCbUrOs a 2. 4 Gea 5 6 we tk we ee 2 
iierneisteucture: @ ..68 . . . « e + & we we WO 9 
MherMimentary Canal . = 6 2. @ ge w ws 2 CO 
iBiiemNemousioyctem! s 2. 8 see ae ty ee 
fitteWirculatory.oystem 2 4 ee eee ew ee DD 
Mbedxespiratory System . . . . . . . @ « w . 2 1: 16 

ite Oueans of Reproduction =< . . .. . =... 4 + 8 
iiter@reans;ofSense. . . 2 we ww. 2 oe eR VO 
Coloration ./. . Sa oa ile: er eee 28 
Mimicry and Seagate ecomblanes eee, toy Sere nS 
IMitamm@onpHOsis: i 4 ks ee ew nt a 80 
ERRNO OV Mr Msn <2. Vig ohn? Celerra wee ay 2 | eee Oe 
Wisssmicatione wy a se wi A) oo ie eae Oe P87 
HERBLEVOR- SUBORDERS . .°. 2. 6 6 © 2 «4 « + + ww ae, 48 
Adephaga. . . ee gett OSM PI S49 
Polycerata (Eater pha 0 or saa tuphaga) Sea Ae es ee oO 
Lamellicorna . . State le eens) We aa ete, 
Wigston or Divisions. 9. . - +. es ee we ee on 48 
EU Old mite ie le wt es OP oe eS e's oe gt 71 
Clavicornia . . ys pene toe 0 
Serricornia Gncluding Maliesder ndtae. ee Sh ete Ue eet, Eg IS 
Heteromera . . Wi Sara theo Sol amare ink 7. LOD 
Phytophaga anehding ire a) epee. Pty. aes ala, Mee 1A 
By CRO OUONG wae ta oe OE ER ce 18D 


a 2 


1V CONTENTS. 


Page 
IMSBEES .OF TMAMIRIES! 4,0. et eee Jee ERG aterens 


Cicindelid@ 6 al 
Carabid@ «6 6 a ee a a rrr 
“Amphizode . ... PP se 
Hygrobude (or Petia) rok we eG Sh re 
QUOI Leica tn alee SRL ; weg 2—y eS on 
Dybiscrde 2 6s OE eta ee eR 
Gyrmade ee a el 1 San 
Paussid@: 8. be a eR a ae a 
Tthysodide ye ac ag 
Cupedide: 92 s6 ee on x ee) | 
Staphylintde 6 i Se rc 
Pselaphid@ ae i te a ec) 
GnOstd@: sh ee I a 
Seydmaentd@ -. . 6 ee a Bs ee 
SUphRid@ So. ce a BO es 
Clambid@ 0. «stm ia | OS i 
Leplinideé «60 ae we a a 
Trichopterygid@ . 2... 24 MS 
Hydroscuphide ow 2 ee Se 2 re’ 
Sphertide . . . ee eg ee Gees (loc 20g err 
Corylophid@ «<6 se I a) a, on se 
Phenocephalid@: 26. We ep ee SE a re 
Pseudocorylophide . } 12 be os Se 
Scaphidide «6 es 5 eB a 
Histerid@ i)... (ke & ee a I a TTT 
Nopontd@. . 6s meee 
Platypsyllide 6 se 
Syntetide 5 6 a a 
Sphertide . . . TE yt ee ee POD 
Trogositide (Ostomy Pe ewer err) 6 OG 
Flelotide@ 6 6 ee EP 
Buturid@-.- 6 ee a ee. 
Nitidulid@ =  . «6 4s aw 4 a en a, Se. ee 
Cucnjide 6 i ee 
Monotomide ;« . 3. sw & ¢ © © 5 FY HOA WN 
Brotylid@ 6 a a ee ee 
Cryptophagid@ 6 se eG 
Catoprochotide . . . 6 . » Yun 5u 2 8 
Phalacrid@: 46 0 ue 
Thorictid@ 6. 5 ue ee wn Rr 
Derodontide Pre 
Lathridide. . . + 6s 8 Ne YO 
Mycetophagide . . « 6 «1 «1 4 a 5 8 5 5 


CONTENTS, 


TABLE OF FAmInt«s (con.). 
Colydide . 
Adimeride 
Eindomychide . 
Coceinelhide 
Dermestide 
Byrrlide . 
Nosodendride 
Cyathoceride . 
Georyssida 
Dryopide (Par site) 
Hydrophilide . 
Heteroceride . 
Daseillide . 
Helodide peke 
Rhyiwende ....., 
Cantharide (Telephorida) 
Melyride 
Cleride . 
Lymexylonide 
Anobide (Ptinide) 
Bostrychide 
Lyctide . 
Sphindide . 
Cioide 
Buprestide 
Elateride . 
Throscide . 
Tenebrionide . 
Aigiahitide 
Lagride 
Othnude 
Cistelide 
Monommile . 
Nilionde . 
Petrude 
Gdemeride 
Pythide . 
Melandryide . 
Scraptude . 
Mordelliide 
Rhipiphoride . 
Meloide (including Ly tide) 
Pyrochroide . : 
Xylophilde 


vi CONTENTS. 


TABLE OF FAMILIES (con.). 
Anthiade . 
Trictenotonide 
Larwde (Bruchide) 
Chrysomelide . 
Cerambycide . . . 
Lanude 
Brenthide . pal | ote 
Platyrrhinide (Anthribide) . 
Curculionide . 
Scolytide (Ipide) 
A glycyderide . 
Proterhinide . 
Passalide . 
Iucanide . 
Sinodendride . 
Scarabeide 


ABNORMAL COLEOPTERA. 
Strepsiptera or Stylopide . 


Part II.—List oF FAMILIES. 
Cicindelide 


DIvISIONS OF CICINDELID®. 
Alocosternalie 
Platysternahe 


TABLE OF SUBFAMILIES OF CICINDELID. 


Collyrine . 
Theratine . 
Cicindeline SAV roe og Okara mes 
MegaccpRranna = see 


Pausside . 


TABLE OF SUBFAMILIES OF PAUSSID . 
Protopaussine 

Cerapterine 

Paussine . 

Rhysodile 

Cupedide . 


ALPHABETICAL INDEX 


AUTHOR'S PREFACE. 


Tuis Volume was begun some years ago, but partly through 
want of leisure and partly through the necessity of rewriting 
considerable portions of the work in order to bring it up to 
date, its issue has been delayed. 


There was no intention at first of drawing up a general 
introduction to the Coleoptera, but it was thought advisable 
by Colonel Bingham, the late editor of the series, that this 
should be done, and it is therefore added. The more, how- 
ever, the question is studied, the more impossible it appears 
to lay down hard and fast rules with regard to phylogeny, 
classification, or in fact any general point connected with 
the Order; what is accepted one year is rejected the next. 
Any introduction must therefore be regarded as provisional 
and as merely a help towards further knowledge. 


I must express my thanks to my old friend Dr. David 
Sharp, whose system I have in the main followed, and who 
has always been most ready to assist me with advice or 
criticism, and also to Dr. W. Horn (who on several occasions 
has sent me unique specimens for examination) for the great 
help he has given me with the CicinpELIp#, and to Herr 
Ludwig Ganglbauer not only for the permission to make use 
of several of the illustrations in his excellent work ‘ Die 
Kafer von Mitteleuropa,’ but for the’ exceedingly kind letter 


Vill PREFACE, 


in which he gave that permission. I am also greatly indebted 
to Mr. C. O. Waterhouse, Mr. C. J. Gahan, and Mr. Gilbert 
J. Arrow for much assistance at the British Museum, to 
Professor E. B. Poulton for the loan of insects from the 
Oxford Museum (Hope Department), to Mr. H. E. Andrewes, 
Mr. H. Leslie Andrewes and the late Mr. B. G. Nevinson 
for sending me many valuable species for inspection and 
figuring, and to Mr. N. Annandale for the loan of CiciNn- 
DELIDA from the Calcutta Museum. I must also thank 
Herr Wassmann for help with regard to several of the 
Paussip&, M. A. Lameere for kindly sending me a copy of 
his Classification, and Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall, Mr. G. C. 
Champion, Mr. C. W. Woodworth, and others for assistance 
on various points. I would further express my obligations 
to the Council of the Entomological Society of London for 
allowing me to make use of two illustrations from their 
Transactions. 


The illustrations of the different species of beetles are in 
nearly all cases original; the structural and larval figures 
are from various sources, al! of which are acknowledged in 
the text. The perfect insects figured in the Introduction 
are almost without exception found in the Indian Region ; 
in one way this is, of course, an advantage, but in another 
the observance of the rule has in some cases prevented 
really typical species of the families from being represented. 


W. W. FOWLER. 
January Ist, 1912. 


GLOSSARY OF TECHNICAL TERMS. 


Ab, in composition signifies away from, deparature from, as abnormal, 
departing from the usual rule. 

Abdomen, the posterior of the three main divisions of the body; but the term 
is often loosely applied by Coleopterists to the ventral segments only. 

Aborted, incomplete, undeveloped. 

Acetahula, another name for the coxal or cotyloid cavities. 

Acicular, slender, needle-shaped. 

Aciculate, covered with smali scratches. 

Aculeate, produced into a point; or, as applied to one group of HyMENorTerA, 
furnished with a sting. 

Acuminate, terminating in a point. 

Aineous, of the colour of brass, brassy. 

Aideagus, the intromittent organ of the male with its appendages. 

Agglutinate, fastened closely together so as to form one piece. 

Alutaceous, covered with minute cracks, like dry mud, or like the human skin. 
(Alutaceous sculpture, to be plainly seen, usually requires a strong 
magnifying power). 

Ambulatorial, used for walking. 

Anal, pertaining to the apex or extremity of the abdomen. 

Annulate, with coloured rings. 

Ante-, in composition means before: e. g. anteocular, situated before the eye. 

Apex, the extremity. 

Apical, relating to the extremity. In the CoLrorrera all the parts of the body 
are described in relation to an imaginary central point, between the 
prothorax and the elytra; the part nearest this is the base, the point 
furthest from it the apex. Thus the apex of the prothorax is the front 
margin ; but the apex of the elytra the hindmost margin; the base of 
the thorax meets the base of the elytra. 

Apodal, without legs, of certain larve. 

Apophysis, an extra projecting piece or the prolongation of an existing organ 
(e. g. the coxal apophyses in Dytiscus). 

Appendiculate, furnished with appendices or additions: of lines, furrows or 
organs of the body. 

Apposed, with their surfaces lying one against the other. 

Apterous, without wings ; often, however, used loosely of insects with aborted 
or rudimentary wings. 

Areolate, divided into cells. 

Armature, corneous parts of the organs of generation. 

Articulated, jointed, 

Asperate, roughened, of sculpture, 


x GLOSSARY, 


Asymmetrical, with one side of the body different from the other side (of certain 
species of Languriine, etc.). 

Attenuated, gradually diminished or lessened. 

Base, the root or bottom upon which an organ stands: for its use for des- 
criptive purposes see ‘‘ apex.” 

Gi-, in coiposition signifies in two parts as “bifid,” cleft in two parts, or a 
doubling, as “‘ bisetose,” with two sete, 

Buccal, relating to the mouth. 

Calcar, a spur or strong pointed spine. 

Callus or callosity, a projection or elevation. 

Callose, furnished with such projections or elevations. 

Campodeiform or Campodeoid, shaped like a Campodea (an active Thysanurid 
insect, supposed to be the ancestor of the Coleoptera): of certain 
Coleopterous larvee. 

Canaliculate, with one or more channelled furrows. 

Canthus, the corneous piece that often cuts into and sometimes divides the 
eye. 

Capillary, slender and hair-like (usually of antennez). 

Carina, a keel or Jongitudinal raised line. 

Carinate or carinated, furnished with a carina. 

Castaneous, chestnut-coloured. 

Catenulate or cateniform, chain-like. 

Cheliform, pincer-shaped. 

Chitinous, of a rigid consistency ; opposed to membranous. 

Cicatrix, a large scar or scar-like impression. 

Ciliate, furnished with c7/éa or fringes of hair more or less parallel, like the 
eyelid. 

Cinercous, of an ashy-grey colour. 

Clava, the club or knob of the antenne (especially characteristic of the 
Clavicornia). 

Clavate or Claviform, clubbed or club-shaped. 

Clypeiform, shield-like. 

Collum, neck. 

Common, extending over two neighbouring portions of the body, e. g. “ elytra 
with a common spot.” 

Compressed, flattened by lateral pressure as opposed to ‘ depressed.” 

Concolorous, uniform in colour. 

Confluent, running into one another, of colour-patterns or of sculpture, 

Connate, soldered together. 

Convoluted, in whorls, like the impression of a finger-tip: of a certain kind of 
sculpture. 

Coprophagous, feeding on excrement. 

Cordate, Cordiform, heart-shaped. 

Coriaceous, having a surface like that of leather. 

Corneous, horuy, of the consistence of horn. 

Costate, furnished with elevated costz or ribs. 

Costiform, in the shape of a raised rib. 

Cotyloid cavities, the cavities in which the cox move and with which the 
form a ball and socket joint, 


GLOSSARY. Xi 


Crenate or Crenulate, furnished with a series of larger or smaller blunt teeth 
which take the form of segments of small circles. 

Crepuscular, active during the twilight. 

Cretaceous, chalky. 

Cruciform, cross-shaped. 

Cupules, the cup-like organs on the dilated anterior tarsi of certain beetles 
(e. g. Dytiscus). 

Cupuliferm, cup-shaped. 

Cursorial, adapted for running. 

Cuspidate, sharply-pointed. 

Cyaneous, of a dark blue-black colour. 

Cyathiform, cup-shaped (the mouth being wider than in Cupuliform). 

Declivous, gradually sloping. 

Deflexed, bent downwards. 

Dehiscent, gaping apart (usually of the elytra). 

Dentate, toothed. 

Denticulate, furnished with small teeth. These terms are often used very 
loosely. 

Depressed, flattened as if by pressure from above, as opposed to “ compressed.” 

Digitate, see Palmate. 

Dimorphic or Dimorphous, presenting two distinct types in the same sex 
(e, g. females of Dytiscus, etc.). 

Disc, the central portion. 

Discoidal, pertaining to the disc. 

Divaricate, used of two parts that are approximate at the base and diverge 
very strongly towards the apex (a stronger term than dehiscent). 

Edentate, without teeth. 

Kinarginate, notched. 

Ensi form, sword-shaped. 

Entire, without excision or emargination. 

Eruciform, maggot- or grub-shaped, of the larvee of certain Coleoptera. 

Kxplanate, widened out, expanded. 

Facies, general aspect of a species, genus or group of insects. 

Facets, the lenses or divisions of the eyes. ‘The eyes are said to be coarsely or 
finely facetted according to the number and size of these. 

Falciform, sickle-shaped. 

Farinose, presenting a mealy appearance, as if powdered 

Fascia, a coloured band. 

Fasciate (Bifasciate, Trifasciate), furnished with such a band or bands, 

-ferous, carrying or bearing. 

Ferruginous, rust-red. 

Filiform, thread-like: of antenne, elongate and of about the same thickness 
throughout, as opposed to setaceous or tapering. 

Flabellate, fan-shaped, of antenne, with the npper joints prolonged into long 
branches. 

Foliaceous, leaf-like. 

Follicle, a little sac or bag. 

Follicular, made up of such saes or bags. 

Fossorial, adapted for digging. 


X11 GLOSSARY. 


Fovea, a large round depression on the surface. 

Foveate or Foveolate, furnished with such depressions (larger or smaller). 

Fulvous, of a tawny-yellowish colour, like a lion’s skin. 

Funiculus, the joints of the antenna between the scape and the club ; especially 
applied to the Curculionidee. 

Fuscous, brown or tawny-brown. 

Fusiform, spindle-shaped, broadest in the middle, and gradually narrowed in 
front and behind to a more or less pronounced point. 

Gena, or cheek, the lateral part of the head just below the eyes. 

Geniculate, elbowed, abruptly bent (of antenne in which the first joint, or 
scape, is much longer than the others). 

-gerous, bearing or carrying, as se¢igerous. 

Gibbous or Gibbose, hump-backed, very convex. 

Glabrous, smooth, hairless, and without evident sculpture ; glabrous surfaces 
in Coleoptera are usually shiny. 

Granulate, Granulose (of sculpture), with small rounded elevations. 

Gressorial, adapted for walking. 

Gular, pertaining to the throat (e. g. “ gular suture”). 

Heteromerous, with the posterior tarsi composed of fewer joints than the 
anterior and intermediate ones. 

Flirsute, set with thick long hairs. 

Hispid, set with short erect bristles, which ave sometimes almost spinose. 

Homogeneous, forming a complete and mutually related whole. 

Humerus, the shoulder. 

Humeral, relating to the shoulder. 

Imaginal, relating to the imago or perfect state of an insect. 

Iinbricate, overlapping one another, like tiles on a roof, 

TInpunctate, without punctuation. 

Incrassate, thickened. 

Infuscate, darkened, more or less fuscous in colour. 

Inquiline, a dweller in the nest of an alien species (¢. g. the many Coleoptera 
that are found living in ants nests). 

Insertion, point of attachment of moveable parts (¢. g. antenne). 

Instar, a stage in metamorphosis. 

Interstices, the spaces between the striz or rows of punctures on the elytra 
often used for the next term. 

Intervals, the spaces on the head and thorax between the sculpture; used by 
some authors in the sense of the preceding term. 

Iridescent, exhibiting prismatic colours, changing in different lights. 

Juxta, in composition indicates near, as 7uxta-ocular. 

Laciniate, divided into strips. 

Lagenoid, flask-shaped. 

Lamina, a thin plate. 

Laminate or Lamellate, furnished with such plates (larger or smaller). 

Lanceolate, in the form of a lance-head. 

Lateral, pertaining to the side. 

Lignivorous, feeding on wood. 


GLOSSARY 


Linear, narrow, elongate and parallel-sided ; applied to a whole insect or to a 
particular portion. 

Lineated, Lineate, with longitudinal stripes, of colour only. 

Lobes, parts of an organ separated one from another by a more or less deep 
division. 

Lunulate, crescent-shaped. 

Lunule, a crescent-shaped spot. 

Luteous, of an orange-yellow colour. 

Maculate, spotted. 

Margin, the outer edge. 

Margined, Marginate, furnished with a more or less distinct outer edge (this 
character is often of great service in distinguishing species). 

Median, central. 

Membranous, of the consistency of membrane or parchment. 

Moniliform, necklace-shaped, as if formed of beads ; of antenne. 

Mucronate, abruptly terminating in a sharp point, or spine. 

Mutic, without point or spine. 

Natatorial, adapted for swimming. 

Necrophagous, feeding on dead and decaying matter. 

Mitid, shining. 

Obconical, in the form of a reverse cone, with the thickest part in front ; often 
used of joints of the antennz. So obovate, etc. 

Obsolete, almost effaced, or very slightly marked. 

Ocellate, Ocelloid, furnished with round spots surrounded by a ring of a darker 
colour. 

Ocelli, small additional eyes, with a single lens or facet. 

Ochraceous, brownish-yellow. 

Onisciform, shaped like an Oniscus, or wood-louse. 

Onychium, the last joint of the tarsi which bears the onyches, or claws. 

Orbit, the upper border of the eyes. 

Orbital, relating to this border, as Supra-orbital. 

Oval, Ovate, Ovoid, egg-shaped. 

Palmate, widened and divided like the palm of the hand ; if the divisions are 
slender the term digitace is used. 

Papille, small rounded tubercles. 

Patella, a little bow] or cup. 

Patelliform, cup or bowl-shaped. 

Pectinate, toothed like a comb, of antennz, the branches being much longer 
than in the serrate form. 

Peduncle, a piece supporting an organ, or Joining one organ to another like 
a neck. 

Pedunculatc, furnished with such a supporting piece. 

Pentamerous, with five joints. 

Perfoliate, formed of laminate joints which are as it were, strung together by a 
common support running through them (of the club of the antennz of 
some Lamellicornia). 

Phylogenetic, pertaining to the history of the race. 

Phytophagous, feeding on plants, 


XIV GLOSSARY. 


Pilose, Piliferous, Piligerous, hairy, set with hairs. 

Pitchy, blackish-brown or brownish-black ; used loosely as a colour term. 

Plicate, furnished with a fold or folds. 

Polymorphous, of various forms. 

Pores, large isolated punctures. 

Productile, capable of being lengthened out. 

Propygidium, penultimate dorsal segment of the abdomen (visible in certain 
Histeride, etc., to which it is applied; it is not used of the Brach- 
elytra). 

Protuberant, projecting, of excrescences, ete. 

Pseudotetramerous, having apparently four joints, though really with five. 

Pseudotrimerous, having apparently three joints, though really with four. 

Pubescent, furnished with pubescence which may be close or scanty and consist 
of longer or shorter hairs. 

Punctiform, of a small impression or fovea, rather larger than an ordinary 
puncture. 

Puncture, a small depression on the surface, usually round. 

Punctate, furnished with punctures. 

Punctate-striate, with rows of punctures taking the place of striz; opposed to 
striate-punctate, with punctured strive. 

Pygidiwn, last dorsal segment of the abdomen. 

Pyriform, pear-shaped. 

Quadrate, square. 

Quadri-, in composition, four times, e. g. guadrimaculate. 

Ramose, branching. 

Raptorial, adapted for seizing and devouring prey 

Reflexed, bent upwards ; opposed to deflexrcd 

Remiform, oar-shaped. 

Reniform, kidney-shaped. 

Reticulate, covered with a network of scratches or cross striz. 

Rhomboidal, lozenge-shaped. 

Rostrum, a prolongation of the head between the eyes; especially applied to 
the weevils. 

Rostrate, in the form of a beak or rostrum. 

Rufescent, Rufous, reddish. 

Rugose, wrinkled. 

Rugulose, slightly wrinkled. 

Sac, a small bag or bladder. 

Saltatorial, adapted for leaping. . 

Scansorial, adapted for climbing. 

Scape, the term applied to the first joint of the antenne, when it is much 
developed. 

Scaphiform, boat-shaped. 

Sclerites, the chitinous plates into which certain parts of the external skeleton 
(e.g. the mesonotum of the Coleoptera) are divided. 

Scrobes, lateral furrows on the rostrum, holding the base of the antennz when 
at rest. 

Sculpture, modifications of the surface in the way of punctuation, strizx, 
elevations, etc., as opposed to structure, 


GLOSSARY. XV 


Scutellary, near or pertaining to the scuted/um. 

Securtform, hatchet-shaped. 

Serrate, Serrulate, with teeth like a saw. 

Seta, a long outstanding bristle or stiff hair. 

Setaccous, tapering (of antenne), like a bristle. 

Setiform, shaped like a bristle. 

Setose, Sctigerous, set with or bearing sete. 

Shagreencd, covered with closely set small roughnesses like shark’s skin ; usually 
of fine sculpture without punctuation. 

Stimple, without addition or modification (¢. g. spines, emargination, teeth, etc.). 

Stnuate, slightly waved. 

Spatulate, elongate and terminating in an abrupt enlargement. 

Spiracle or Stigma, the external opening on the body for purposes of 
respiration. 

Squamose, Squamate, Squamulose, Squamulate, covered with larger or smaller 
sguame or scales. 

Stercoraceous, inhabiting dung. 

Strangulate, strongly constricted and contracted, forming a waist. 

Stria, an impressed line (rarely used of an elevated line). 

Striate, furnished with striz. 

Striolate, furnished with small or obsolete strie. 

Stridulation, noise produced by friction. 

Stridulatory, connected with stridulation. 

Strigose, scratched. 

Style, a pointed process. 

Stylose, furnished with such a process. 

Sub-, in composition signifies almost or slightly, as sublincar, subparallel 
subquadrate, ete. 

Subulate, terminating in a sharp point like an awl. 

Sulcate, furrowed. 

Sulciform, shaped like a furrow. 

Suture, the line on which the elytra join. 

Sutural, pertaining to the suture. 

Temple, the lateral portion of the head, behind the eyes. 

Testaceous, clear brownish yellow, like the paler markings on tortoise-shell ; 
loosely used colour term. 

Tetramerous, with four joints. 

Tomentose, with a covering of soft hairs. 

Transverse, broader than long. 

Trapezotdal, in the shape of a trapezium or irregular four-sided rectilinear 
figure. 

Triturating, adapted for crushing. 

Truncate, abruptly cut right across in a straight line. 

Tubercle, a smali abrupt elevation of varying form, 

Tunud or Turgid, swollen. 

Unicolorous, of one colour throughout. 

Unilateral, on one side only (of the exterior of joints of lamellate antenne, etc.). 

Unisetose, bearing one seta. 


GLOSSARY. 


Variolose, covered with impressions or pits like the markings left by varic 
small-pox. j 
Vermiculate, covered with irregular, sinuate, worm-shaped markings or striz. 
Versicolorous, of various colours. Fi 
Verticillate, of antenne, with hairs set round the vertex of each oit 
( Trichopterygid@). : 
Vertex, upper surface of the head behind the clypeus. 
Vesicant, Vesicatory, raising a blister (applied to Lytta, Mylabris, ete.). 
Villose, covered with long raised closely set hairs. — 
Viscous, Viscid, sticky, like bird lime. 
AXylophagous, teeding on wood. 


SYSTEMATIC INDEX. 


Page 

Ham, 1. ©CICINDELIDZ ...... 219 
Div. 1. Alocosternaliz .... 222 
Supmim, I Collyoine ....,... 223 
eCollyris; FAO... 522 oe. 223 
1. longicollis, Fabr....... 225 
Padonrm,, Chaud. ..2... 225 

5. brevipennis, W. Horn . 226 

4, mniszechi, Chaud. .... 227 

2. Neocollyris, W. Horn .... 229 
1. brevilabris, W. Horn .. 288 

2. planifrons, W. Horn .. 239 

3. redtenbacheri, W. Horn. 259 

4, attenuata, Redt. . 240 

Ha subtilis: Chaud. ...... 240 

6. variitarsis, Chaud. . 241 

7. schaumi, W. Horn.... 242 

8. linearis, Sch.-Goeb. .... 243 

9. parvula, Chaud. .. 244 

10. maindroni, W. Horn .. 245 
11. kollari, W. Horn 245 
12. variicornis, Chaud. .... 246 
13. auripennis, W. Horn .. 247 
14. roeschkei, W. Horn .. 247 
15. punctatella, Chaud..... 248 
HG wenelli, Gwen. ........ 248 
iedistincta, Chaud. ...... 250 
18. meesta, Schm.-Goeb. .. 251 
19. cylindripennis, Chaud. . 252 
20. cruentata, Schm.-Gioeb. . 252 
Ditelesnei, JV. Horn ...... 253 
OPersimilliss Lesne oss p+ 254 
93. rufipalpis, Chaud. .... 204 
24. cylindrica, Schm.-Goeb. 255 
25. fuscitarsis, Schi.-Goeb. 256 
26. saphyrina, Chaud. .... 207 
97. insignis, Chaud. 258 


Page 
28. smaragdina, W. Horn.. 258 
29. crassicollis, Chaud..... 259 
30. saundersi, Chaud. . 259 
ole milownea, Mowlern .. . 260 
32. crassicornis, Dej...... 261 
30. subclavata, Chaud..... 262 
34, orichalcina, W. Horn.. 263 
35. bipartita, Flewt. ...... 264 
SOM CE ai EL OI Tie 2 oe 264 
Sie SMM Chadd. ess 265 
OC. Apvera, LUNA wei. 266 
39. apteroides, W. Horn .. 266 
40. apicalis, Chaud. ..... 267 
41. foveifrons, W. Horn .. 267 
42. sarawakensis, Thoms... 268 
45. rubens, Bates ....... 269 
44, plicaticollis, Chaud..... 270 
45. andrewesi, W. Horn .. 270 
46. ceylonica, Chaud. .... 272 
47. plicicollis, W. Horn .. 272 
Se LTICONG Wa. lO aera). ne 273 
Ie conjacea,,Chevra <2... 276 
2. nigripalpis, W. Horn .. 276 
3. granulifera, Mots. .... 277 
4. gounelli, W. Horn .... 278 
5. macrodera, Chaud. .... 278 
6. cyanea, var. annulicornis, 
SCLIN G OCD yas wee 09 
7. tuberculata, Chaud. .. 280 
Smelly: Chava. a... - 280 
DR ReStLON, Lieu w atta: 28) 
4. Derocrania, Chaud......... 282 
PetOnOrel, Heit... 5 0. 285 
2. longesulcata, W. Horn. 284 
3. brevicollis, W. Horn .. 285 
A nietneriy Mots... . sa 285 
Ovaomes LOTR... 2. 286 
6. fusiformis, W. Horn .. 286 
7. gibbiceps, Chaud....... 287 


XVill 


Derocrania (cont.). 


SYSTEMATIC INDEX. 


Page 


8. flavicornis, W. Horn .. 287 
9. concinna,Chatdsn.. > 287 
10. schaumi, W. Horn .... 289 
11. nematodes, Schaum. .. 289 
12. scitiscabra, Walk. eo 
Sealy We Horn eee 292 
Div. 2. Platysternalig .... 293 
subfam, |. Lheratince o>. ox. 293 
l-ePherates airy, vice. esa. 294. 
I. dormeri, WE. Horn .... 295 
2. hennigi, W. Horn .... 296 
3. dohertyi, Wi. Horn...... 296 
4. chenelli, Bates........ 297. 
O, obliquus; Mlews: 2.0... 298 
6. gestroi, W. Horn .... 298 
7. waagenorum, W. Horn. 299 
Subfam. 2. Cicindeine ...... 300 
ievaProtiryma, a0per. 1h. 2 300 
1. serobiculata, Wied. .... 302 
2; proxima,Chaud. 2.0... 302 
3. paradoxa, WW. Horn 303 
4 lambata, Wed...” 304 
ee CESUROL tieccha. eee 304. 
6. inornata, W. Horn .... 305 
7. exornata, Schm.Goeb. .. 305 

8. schmidt - goebeh, W. 
TORO Vs Weeeaves « Meats 306 
9. bouvieri, W. Horn .... 307 
10. reconciliatrix, W. Horn. 308 
lJ. henniei, W. Horn . ~.. 308 
12. belloides, W. Horn... . 309 
2. Heptodonta, Hope ...27 2%. 310 
]. nodicollis, Bates ...... 311 
2. kraatzi: W. Horn: Sol? 
3. pulchella, Hope ....8 312 
4 weugenia,sChaud. 4.00 313 
omannowl Vi. Lore... wee 313 
3. Crcmdela, Zanné ...0. 0050. 314 


1. ganeglbaueri, W. Horn . 324 
2a dormer W. Horn *.. 324 
3. waterhousel, W. Horn . 325 
4. willeyi, W. Horn .... 326 
5. chloropleura, Chaud. .. 327 
6. viridicincta, W. Horn. . 328 
Z. yenus, W.. Horn... 3. 328 
8. azureocincta, Bates.... 330 
9. tetragrammica, Chaud. . 331 
10. westermanni, Schaum. . 332 
11. crassipalpis, W. Horn. , 332 
12. rugosiceps, Chaud. .... 333 
15. chlorida, Chaud....... 334 


Page 
14. lacunosa, Putz, ...... 330 
16. corticata, 22," eee 39) 
16. tetrastacta, Wied. 337 
17. dromicoides, Chaud. 340 
18. funebris, Schm.-Goeb. .. 341 
19. motschulskyi, W. Horn. 342 
20, indica, lec eee 342 
21; triguttata, “Osi 345 
22. fallaciosa, W. Horn 343 
25. belli, W. Lorn 2 ae 344 
24. umbropolita, W. Horn. 345 
25. foveolata, Schaum. .... 345 
26. holosericea, Fabr. .... 345 
27. spinole, Gestro ...... 346 
28. bigemina, Klug. ...... 347 
29. viridilabris, Chaud. 5349 
30. nietneri, W. Horn . 351 
31. seriepunctata, W. Horn: 351 
32, leucoloma, Chaud. .... 352 
ao. tastidiosa, ej a eee 32 
54. decempunctata, Dey, .. 353 
35, germanica, var. kirilovi, 
TUSCH 2 AS ee 354 
36. humillima, Gestro 355 
Sif SINICA. eMLeULE. eas eee 555 
38. melancholica, Ful. 356 
39) undulata, Deja 556 
40. imperfecta, Chaud. .... 357 
41. distineuenda, De). 358 
42. davisoni.,, Gest7;0 7a. ee 359 
45. prothymoides, W. Horn. 359 
44. discreta, Schaum., var. 
reducta, W. Horn 361 
45. etudita: Wedan. ere 362 
46. grammophora, Chaud. . 363 
47. cognata, Wred.......-. 364 
48. mutata, lewis. 2 eee 365 
AQ. minutia Ols* eee 366 
50) nitida, Wed. ese 366 
Ol. agnata, Ph leut. one ee 367 
52. sublacerata, Solsky, var. 
bakucha, Bates, yee 368 
53. angulata, Fubr. ...... 370 
54. sumatrensis, Host. .... 371 
Ho. cardoni, Flew. seas eee 372 
56, aulica, De), . eee 374 
57. lunulata, abs eee 379 
58. chloris, Hope ........ 376 
59) funerea, cl. ae 377 
60. albopunctata, Chaud. .. 378 
61. intermedia, Chaud..... 379 
62. oberthuri, Fleut....... 380 
638. octonotata, Wied. 381 
64. duponti, Dey. ..... 382 
65. aurulenta, Fabr. .... 383 
66. whithilli, Hope 28 385 


Cicindela (cun.). Page 
67. sexpunctata, Fubr..... 385 
68. aurovittata, Brad. . 386 
69. discrepans, Walk. .... 389 
70. hamiltoniana, Thoms... 390 
71. andrewesi, W. Horn .. 392 
72, mauritii, W. Horn .... 392 
fae UMiCH eh lente eee a 393 
g4- laure, Gestro ass... 394 
75. tritoma, Schm.-Goeb. .. 394 
76. assamensis, Parry .... 395 
Le. mouboti, Chdtdic:... 395 
78. interrupto - fasciata, 

Schm=Goeoy oc... . 399 
Mo Dicolor. ShAOK ... 6.5. 400 
SO) maris, Gestro ........ 401 
Sl. corbetti, W. Horn .... 402 
82. heemorrhoidalis, Wied. . 402 
83. fabricil, W. Horn ~. 408 
84. octogramma, Chaud. .. 404 
Boercyanes, ar, ..5..... 406 
86. aurofasciata, Dej. .... 407 
Gm@aprimceps, Vig. ........ 409 
88. angulicollis, WV. Horn . 410 
eomshival, Parry. ..0...: 41] 
90. guttata, Weed. ...... 412 
PM CIVES, GOTY . wee be 413 | 
92. calligramma, Schaum. . 418 
93. ceylonensis, W. Horn... 414 
94. vigintiguttata, Hodst. .. 416 
95. multiguttata, De/. . 417 
Jor vittigera, Dey. v....... ANZ 
97. lefroyi, W. Horn . 418 | 
OS: striolata, Zi. ........ 419 
99. atkinsoni, Gestro...... 492 
HOO! fuliginosa, Dej. ...... 422 
EO rcancellata, Dep, ...... 424 
HOD histrio, Psch., 6.2.04 - 425 
HOS: catena, Madr. ......4. 4Y6 
104. striatifrons, Chaud.,... 426 
ijoealioina, Weed: ........ 427 
HOG. .ormata, Mlew. .....3.. 498 
107. copulata, Schim.-Goeb. . 429 
108. limbata, Schm.-Goeb... 431 
109. biramosa, Fabr. ...... 431 
110. maindroni, W. Horn .. 482 
111. bejlana, W. Horn 435 
112. quadrilineata, Fadr. 454 
115. phalangioides, Sehm.- 
COLD, ere eee 435 | 
HA lamosa, Saund,.......° 436 | 
115. andersoni, Gresro...... 437 
116. malabarica, Maind. & | 
BCD ater abet fc 55% so 458 
ie evilentsli,, Dep. ...... 438 
Appperoessa, Hope ........ 440 | 
HEpeTCASA, Aha: | ia. 44() 


SYSTEMATIC INDEX, 


XIX 

Page 

Subfam. 38. Megacephaline.... 441 

1. Megacephala, Zatr........ 44] 
Ireuphratica, Dey. ...... 442 
Pam, 2) PAUsSSipan.. 1... 419 

Subfam. 1. Protopaussine .... 447 

1. Protopaussus, Gestro ..... 447 

I. fese, Gesiro 64.0)... 448 

Subfam. 2. Cerapterine ... .. 449 

I. Cerapterus. Swed) ......- 450 

latipes Sited: set eA 

2. Pleuropterus, Raf. ..... 451 
1. taprobanensis, Gestro .. 451 

Ze Caradon Gestion ais: 452 
Subfam. 3. Paussine . me 453 
L. Ceratoderus, Westw. . 454 
1. bifasciatus, Koll... ... 455 

2. oberthuri, Gestro..... 456 

3. andrewesl, Desn...... 456 

2, Merismoderus, Lacord. .... 457 
1. bensoni, Westw. ...... 457 

3. Platyrhopalus, Westw. .... 458 
1. denticornis, Don.,.... 459 

2. cardoni, Wasir 3.05. 460 

3. angustus, Westw. . 461 

4. intermedius, Bens. .... 462 

5. westwoodi, Saund..... 462 

6, paussoides, Wasm..... 463 

7. mandersi, Fowler... .. 464. 
Suecomotti, Gest70'=. 2... 464 

4, Euplatyrhopalus, Desn. .... 465 
1. aplustrifer, Westw..... 466 

2. vexillifer, Westw. . 466 

5, Platyrhopalopsis, Desn ... 467 
1. mellyi, Westw. .. 468 

2. picteti, Westw. . . 468 

5. badgleyi, Fowler ...... 469 

G> Paussus; Linné 3.5. 2. 469 
1. desneuxi, Fowler ...... 475 

By SPeMCel Wy CSD. ct... 476 

3. affinis, Westw........ 476 

4. cognatus, Westie. eyed 

5. schiodtei, Westw. . 478 

6. hearseyanus, Westw. .. 478 

Me NOLMI M-@SH0e Wels. 479 

8. sesquisuleatus, Wasm. 480 

9. adamsoni, Fowler . A481 

10. rufitarsis, West. .. 481 
nV pulucomnis ow, 2.4 55 482 

\2. fletcheri, Fowler ...... A485 _ 

15. saundersi, Westw. . 483 


XX SYSTEMATIC INDEX. 


Paussus (con.). Page Page 
14, hardwicki, Westw..... 484 | Fam. 3. Ruysopip™ ....... . O01 
15. jousselini, Guér....... 484 
16. waterhousei, Westw. .. 485 ik Rhysodes, Dato... Fe 503 
17. fichteli, Don. ........ 486 1. arrowi, Grow. ...... 504. 
18. wroughtoni, Wasm. .. 486 2. bOysi; Arr. ee ee 505 
19. soleatus, Wasm. ...... 487 3. aterrimus, Chevr. .... 505. 
20. testaceus, Fowler .... 487 4, taprobanee, Pairm. .... 506 
21. boysi, Westie vee 488 5. crenatus, Growy....... 507 
22. stevensianus, Westw... 489 6. lineatus, Growv. ...... 507 
23. fulvus, Westw. ...... 490 7. malabaricus, 417. .... 507 
Dale jerdani, Westweo.3 490 8, fer, Growuv. 7. 2eeee 508 
25. thoracicus, DONE ce Pucks 491 9. nicobarensis, Grouv. .. 508 
26. suavis, Wiese ted. 492 10. anguliceps, Arr. ...... 509 
27. quadricornis, Wasm. .. 492 | 11. longiceps, Growy. .... 510 
28. seriesetosus, Wasm. .. 493 | | 2. -dohertyi, Growy. “Tae 510 
29, denticulatus, Westw. .. 494 | 2. Clinidium, Kirby ........ 511 
30. ploiophorus, Bens. .... 495 1 apertum, Rett. (eee Silat 
Si. tibialis, Westw. <2. . 2. 495 9. fairmairei, Growv. ... 511 
32. pacificus, Westw....... 496 3. waterhousel, Grouv. .. 512 
33. nauceras, Bens. ...... A497 
34. politus, Westw. ...... 497 | Fam. 4. CUPEDIDH.......... 513 
35. assmuthi, Wasm. .... 498 | 
a6, bicolor, Fair, -7..dsaqes 499 | 1, Cupes, Fabr, ....  ....., 513 


37, cardoni, WGSI: ea eee , 499°: 1. clathratus, So/s. ...... 518 


Orper COLEOPTERA. 


Tx Coleoptera or Beetles are chiefly characterized by having the 
anterior pair of wings, commonly called the elytra, more or less 
horny or leathery (more often the former) and, asa rule, but by no 
means always, fitting closely down the back with a straight suture. 
These elytra are not adapted for flying-although they evidently 
help to support the insect in the air, but serve as sheaths for the 
posterior pair of wings (commonly spoken of as the wings) which 
are usually large and ample, and in flight extend far beyond the 
elytra, beneath which they are more or less elaborately folded when 
at rest. In many cases the wings are much reduced, and are 
often quite rudimentary ; very few beetles, however, are absolutely 
wingless, except such forms as the females of Drilus, Lampyris, 
and Pachypus, which are destitute of both wings and elytra. In 
cases where the wings are aborted and rudimentary (as in Carabus, 
etc.), the elytra are often fused together at the suture, and the 
whole of the upper surface of the hinder portion of the body is 
practically covered with a solid mass of chitinous material. 
Darwin’s remarks on the species with aborted wings are well 
known to most of us, but may be quoted again with advantage. 
In speaking of the beetles of Madeira he says :—‘* Mr. Wollaston 
has discovered the remarkable fact that 200 beetles, out of the 
550 species (but more are now known) inhabiting Madeira, are so 
far deficient in wings that they cannot fly; and that, of the 
twenty-nine endemic genera, no less than twenty-three have all 
their species in this condition! Several facts, namely, that beetles 
in many parts of the world are frequently blown to sea and perish ; 
that the beetles in Madeira, as observed by Mr. Wollaston, lie 
much concealed, until the wind lulls and the sun shines ; that the 
proportion of wingless beetles is larger on the exposed Desertas 
than in Madeira itself; and especially the extraordinary fact, so 
strongly insisted on by Mr. Wollaston, that certain large groups 
of beetles, elsewhere excessively numerous, which absolutely 
require the use of their wings, are here almost entirely absent *, 
these several considerations make me believe that the wingless 
condition of so many Madeira beetles is mainly due to the action 


* Darwin does not allude to one of the most striking facts recorded by 
Wollaston, ‘viz.:—that numerous genera (Loricera, Trechus, Hydrobius, etc.) 
which are usually winged, are almost entirely apterous in Madeira; nor to the 
inexplicable exception of Pristonychus, which hasample wings, although in other 
countries they are usually obsolete. (Wollaston, Insects of the Madeira 
Islands, p. xi). 


L 


Y INTRODUCTION. 


of natural selection, combined probably with disuse. For during 
many successive generations each individual beetle which flew 
least, either from its wings having been ever so little less perfectly 
developed, or from indolent habit, will have had the best chance of 
surviving from not being blown out to sea ; and, on the other hand, 
those beetles which most readily took to flight would oftenest have 

been blown to sea, and thus destroyed.” * 

Whether Darwin’s inferences are correct may be doubted, for 
large and powerful forms with rudimentary wings occur far from 
the sea, but the facts with regard to Madeira are certainly 
striking. 

In some forms of Coleoptera the elytra are not evenly joined at 
the suture, and in some (e.g. Sttaris, AMeloé, etc.) there is no 
suture at all, the elytra being quite separated or to a greater or 
lesser extent overlapping. 

The venation of the elytra is, as a rule, not evident,as might be 
expected from the material of which they are composed, but the 
venation of the wings is very distinct and varies very considerably. 
Until quite recently. very little use has been made of this character 
in the Coleoptera, although the i importance of the neuration of the 
wings has long been recognized in the Lepidoptera and, to a less 
extent, in the Diptera; much more attention is now being paid 
to it as an aid to classification, and it will be referred to at greater 
length further on. 


eternal Structure. 


The principal parts of the body are the head, thorax, and 
abdomen. The head is free and very mobile, usually short and 
normal, but occasionally more or less produced, and in most of the 
RayncuopHora provided with a rostrum or beak-like process: this 
rostrum is in no sense a trunk, but an integral part of the head, and 
the mouth organs are situated not at its base, as might be supposed, 
but at its apex: the front of the head is often called the vertex and 
the hinder part the occiput, but as the occiput proper is not found 
in the Coleoptera, the upper surface of the head as visible is 
commonly spoken of as the vertex: in front of the vertex and 
usually separated from it by a distinct suture hes the clypeus or 
epistoma. 

The mouth organs proper consist of a dabrum or upper lip, which 
adjoins the clypeus and is sometimes hidden behind it, or even 
connate with it; it is very variable in size, and is absent i in the 
RHYNCHOPHORA except in the RHINOMACERIDA, ANTHRIBIDA, and 
Praryerp®, In some orders of insects (¢. g. Neuroptera) the 
clypeus is often divided into two parts, while in others (e. ¢. 
Siphonaptera) both the clypeus and labrum are wanting. Beneath 
the labrum come the large jaws or mandibles ; these vary according 
to the food of the insect. In the carnivorous beetles they are 


* Origin of Species, 6th Ed. p. 109. 


EXTERNAL STRUCTURE. 3 


usually sharp-pointed and furnished with a cutting edge in order 
to seize, hold and cut up their living and struggling prey; in the 
plant and dung feeding beetles they are short, broad and blunt, 
and adapted, as we might expect, for trituration rather than for 
holding and cutting. These mandibles nearly always move hori- 
zontally ; a single exception occurs, however, in the Rhynchophorous 
genus Balaninus in which they movevertically. Below the mandibles 


Fig. 1.—Head of Calosoma sycophanta. V., vertex; F’r., frons; s.s., supra- 
orbital seta; 0., eye; g., gena or cheek; a., antenna; c/., clypeus; /br., 
labrum; md., mandible; p.m., maxillary palpus; p./., labial palpus. 
(After Ganglbauer. ) 


there is a second pair of horizontally moving jaws called the 
maxille ; as a rule, they are made up of the following portions :— 
(1) the cardo or hinge, the piece by which the whole maxilla arti- 
culates with the head; (2) the stepes or stalk, following and 
articulating with the cardo; (8) the supporting piece of the 
palpus, called the palpifer or squama palpigera* ; (4) the lacinia 
or blade, with a cutting or triturating edge, which is regarded as 
the inner lobe of the maxilla; (5) the external or outer lobe or 
galea, which may be jointed, entire, rudimentary, or even absent ; 
(6) the maxillary palpus, which is usually shaped like an antenna, 
and is generally 4-jointed, sometimes 3-jointed, and very rarely (as 
in Aleochara) 5-jointed. In the PsELAPHIDA and HypRopHiLip© 


* Asa matter of fact the palpifer appears to consist of two pieces, one 
supporting the maxillary palpus, and the other the galea; the inner of these 
pieces is therefore sometimes called the swb-galea, 

B2 


+ INTRODUCTION, 


this organ is very much developed; indeed the latter family has 
been styled from this fact Patyrcornia by some authors. Under- 
neath the maxilla and forming the floor of the mouth is found 
the mentum, which, together with the ligula (a variable process 
situated in front of the mentum), makes up the labiwm or lower 
lip; the term ligula, however, is sometimes loosely applied to 
the front portion only of the ligula proper, which is in some 
genera considerably extended, and apparently, but not really, 
distinct. From supports situated at the base of the ligula arise 
the labial palpi, which in general style, as a rule, resemble the 


Fig. 2.—Maxilla of Calosoma syco- Fig. 3.—Labium of Calosoma sycophanta. 


phanta. c.,cardo; — st., stipes; m., mentum ; d., tooth of mentum ; 
squ.p., squama palpigera; /./, epl., epilobe of mentum; sgw.p.. 
internal lobe of maxilla; /.e., squama palpigera ; 1p, 2, 3, joints of 
external lobe of maxilla, two- labial palpi; Jig., ligula; par., 
jointed; 1, 2, 3,4, joints of paraglossa ; VE gula; s.g., gular 
maxillary palpus. (After Gangl- sutures. (After Ganglbauer.) 
bauer.) 


maxillary palpi; these are usually 3-jointed, sometimes 2-jointed and 
rarely setiform. On each side of the front of the labium is often 
found a more or less developed membranous appendage, known as 
the paraglossa: these are sometimes connate, or almost connate, 
with the labium, but often extend, as curved points or blunt 
projections, considerably beyond its apex. 

The eyes are very variable in size and shape ; they may be round, 
oblong. kidney-shaped, deeply emarginate or entirely divided, as 
in Gyrinus. In this latter genus and its allies the beetle is provided 
with four distinct eyes, two on the upper surface of the head and 
two on the under surface, so that. it is admirably adapted for its 
usual position on the surface of the water. The number of facets 
in the eyes is also very variable, though not so much so, perhaps, 


EXTERNAL STRUCTURE, ‘i 


as in the Hymenoptera. In some cases, e. g. Homalium 
(STAPHYLINID®), ocelli, or small complementary eyes, consisting < 
of single lenses, are present. The existence of these ocelli is 
usually considered to indicate that the form is primitive and to show 
that it bears a close relation to its remote ancestor, the purely 
hypothetical and probably mythical Protocoleopteron. 

The antenne are appendages of very varied length and shape, 
which are inserted in front of, or, more rarely, between the eyes ; 
in the RuyncnorHora they arise from the rostrum either further 
from, or nearer to, the base; very rarely they consist of a single 
joint (Articerus); in a considerable number of the Pausstpm® and 


Fig. 4.—Forms of antenne. a, filiform (Cicindela); 6, clavate 
(Colon) ; c, irregularly serrate (Dorcatoma) ; d, flabellate (Acneus) ; 
e, serrate (Ludius); f, moniliform (hysodes); g, irregular 
(Dineutes); h, abnormally clavate (Adranus); 7%, lamellate 
(Lachnosterna) ; j, lamellate (Lucanws). , (Mostly after Leconte 
and Horn.) 


in Adranus they are 2-jointed, but in the great majority of the 
Coleoptera they are 1l-jointed. The different forms of the 
antenne have been largely used in classification, but although 
valuable in this respect, they are not in all groups (e. g. the Cuavi- 
cornNrA) to be entirely relied upon; roughly speaking they may be 
classed under four heads :— 

1. filiform: where the joints are more or less elongate and not, 
or scarcely, enlarged towards the apex ; if they taper they are called 
setaceous. If the joints do not differ much in size and are more or 
less rounded, like beads on a necklace, the antenne are called 
monilifornr. 


6 INTRODUCTION, 


2. Clavate: in this group the outer joints form a more or less 
distinct club; if it is abrupt the antenne are said to be capitate. 

3. Serrate: in these the joints are, in the typical form, triangular, 
like the teeth of a saw, but as a matter of fact the group is 
extremely variable. In many cases the last three joints only are 
irregularly serrate and are considerably enlarged, forming a more 
or less strong club, and therefore perhaps belonging rather to the 
second group; in others the joints are largely extended laterally 
and the antenne are then called pectinate, and if extended on both 
sides bepectenate (in certain Australian moths we even find tri- 
pectinate antenne); in cases of further extension they are styled 
flabellate, or (when feathery) plumose. 

4. Lamellate: this is really a form of the clavate antenna, in 
which the clava or club takes the shape of plates which oppose flat 
surfaces to one another. ‘The apposition may be loose (as in the 
MELOLONTHID®) or strong (as in the GEorruPID#); in the latter 
case the antennee appear to be capitate at first sight rather than 
lamellate. The small club of Lucanus is termed jissate. 

The above types are all that need be particularly noticed. 
Certain others occur but they are really modifications of one or the 
other of the four above-mentioned ; in fact we may perhaps say 
that all the forms are gradual modifications of the filiform type. 
When the first joint is much prolonged the antenne are called 
geniculate. This is usual in the Rhynchophorous series, in which 


the first joint is styled the scape and the joints between the scape — 


and the club are called the funtculus. We find, however, 
geniculate forms in other families also. 

The functions of the antenne are mainly sensorial. Graber states 
that he has observed Longicorns using them as a sort of balancing 
pole when walking along a twig or small branch, but this adjust- 
ment of balance would apply to all parts of the body in all orders, 
and could not be described as a function of the antenne. 

The head as a whole is firmly supported by the broad prothorax, 
into which it is more or less sunk, or it is attached to a more or less 
distinct neck. At the hinder part of the head there is the opening 
(occipital foramen) into the trunk; through the occipital foramen 
the organs of the head are connected with those of the trunk. 
This is very distinet in //ydroiis and indeed in most Coleoptera. 
The cheek (gena) is at the side of the head and to its inner wall 
is attached the mandibular muscle. The walls of the head are 
supported or braced within by the tentoriwm, which consists of a 
central plate from which diverge two pairs of arms extending to 
the skull: it braces the skull, affords muscular attachments and 
holds in place the cephalic ganglia and the cesophagus (olsom) : in 
Coleoptera (ydroiis, ete.), it protects the nervous cord which 
passes under it. 

The thorav is made up of three parts, the prothorax, mesothorax, 
and imetathorax ; these are often spoken of, for convenience’ sake, 
as the pronotum, mesonotum, and metanotum, but these terms should 
properly be applied to the upper parts only, the lower portions 


EXTERNAL STRUCTURE, “f 


being rightly called respectively the prosternum, ivesosternum, and 
metasterinun. The prothorax is quite free and never soldered to 
the mesothorax: this is one of the leading characteristics of the 
order. The pronotum is visible entirely from above, while the 


Fig. 5.—-Underside of Cicindela campestris, male. a, antenna; /hr., anterior 
margin of labrum ; jizd., mandible ; #., maxilla; p.me., maxillary palpus ; 
m., m., mentum and tooth of mentum; p./., labial palpus; s.¢., gular sutures ; 
st,, prosternum; s¢,, mesosternum; s?,, metasternum; cps, €ps,, Cps., 
episterna of the prosternuim, mesosternum, and metasternum ; cpir,, cpm, 
epimera of the prosternum and mesosternum ; ep/., epipleura; v, to v,, 
ventral segments of abdomen ; /, edeagus. 


CPE 5 eC a comer 

(r,, tro, ts, trochanters | of the front, middle, and 

Sv Sp, Jos femora hind legs. 

410, 0005, Gib,, tibize (After Ganglbauer.) 
t t 


Recebs, 24 UAnSl 

metanotum is entirely covered by the elytra; a smal! portion of 
the mesonotum is usually visible and this is known as the 
scutellum. The prosternum, mesosternum, and metasternum bear 
respectively the anterior, intermediate, and posterior pairs of legs, 


8 INTRODUCTION. 


while the mesonotum carries the elvtra, and the metanotum the 
membranous wings. Hach of the sterna is made up of three parts: 
the central (or sternum proper), the episternum, and the epimeron. 
The whole of these parts are seldom visible in any one insect, some 
of them being often more or less hidden by the epiplewre or re- 
flexed sides of the elytra. An insect has no internal skeleton 
proper, but the structure of the tentorium is more or less repeated 
in the segments of the thorax and in all these the extensions 
must be regarded as really ingrowths of the external skeleton. 
These are of three kinds: dorsal or phr aginata, lateral or 
apodemes, and ventral or apophyses; the latter term is somewhat 
unfortunate, as it is also applied to the appendages of the apical 
abdominal seginents of the Contyrinaz, ete. The phragmata have 
evidently to do with the muscles of the wings, as there are none 
in the prothorax, while the apodemes and apophyses probably 
support the muscles of the legs. 

The legs are six in number and are extremely variable in size 
and shape, according to the purposes for which they are adapted. 
In very active species, such as the CicINDELID#, they are very long 
and slender (sometimes extraordinarily so), while in the case of 
the fossorial beetles they are, as might be expected, short, broad, 
and very hard; in the Dyriscrp® the hind pair are formed for 
swimming, and in the Harricrp#, with their strongly thickened 
femora, for jumping ; occasionally, as in Sagra, the hind femora 
are very strongly thickened, though the insects have no jumping 
power; in many of the Curcunionip# the legs are especially 
adapted for clinging, while in numerous cases they are strongly 
retractile and fit closely to the body, enabling the insect to escape, 
without attracting notice, as long as it keeps motionless and feigus 
death. The legs are joined to the body by the cove, whieh fit into 
cavities called the cowal cavities or acetabula and form a more or 
less perfect ball and socket joint. These cavities are formed by 
two sterna, or are situated entirely within the prosternum. In 
the first case they are said to be open behind, and, in the second, 
to be closed behind : this isa very important point in classification, 
and the species with the anterior coxal cavities closed probably 
belong to more perfectly developed forms. The portion of the leg 
next the coxa is called the femur, and to the base of this is some- 
times joined a small and somewhat variable piece called the tro- 
chanter ; in some genera this is almost or quite absent, in others 
it is strongly developed. On the outer side of the anterior and 
middle coxze a small piece, not connected with the legs, is some- 
times present: this is called the trochantin or paracowa. Next to 
the femur comes the tibia, and next to the tibia the tarsus, which 
is never composed of more than five joints, and very rarely, ‘if ever, 
has less than two. The number of these joints has formed the 
basis of several of the classifications of Coleoptera, and is still held 
to be of considerable weight; but it gives rise to many difhculties, 
and it would perhaps be best to follow Latreille’s rule (Gen. Crustac. 
et Insect. i, p. 172), quoted by Lacordaire (Gen. Col. i, p. xiii): 


INTERNAL STRUCTURE. g 


‘ Articulorum tarsorum progressio numerica in methodo naturali 
non admittenda.” It must, however, be admitted that Latreille 
did not carry out this rule in his own practice, for, as Westwood 
says (Classification, i, p. 301), the tarsal system of Olivier was 
almost universally adopted, chiefly in consequence of Latreille 
having employed it in his numerous works. The last jot of the 
tarsus is called the onychium and bears the double or single claws ; 
in tree- and plant-frequenting beetles (e. ¢. Collyris, certain species 
of Stenus, and many PHYLOPHAGA) it is strongly bilobed. 

The abdomen is divided into segments, but with regard to its 
ie there has been much difference of opinion, and great 
difficulty has been caused by the conflicting ideas regarding the 
number of segments which have been expressed by various authors; 
five or six are usually visible on the under side (these being called 
ventral segments), but if the elytra are removed seven, eight, or 
nine will be seen on the upper side. ‘This is due, as Dr. Sharp has 
pointed out (Cambridge Natural History, vi, p. 186), to two facts: 
“1, that the hind coxe have a great and complex development, so 
that they conceal the true base of the venter, which, moreover, 
remains membranous to a greater or less extent, and thus allows 
much mobility, and at the same time a very accurate co-adaptation 
between the hard parts of the venter and the metasternum [except 
in the MALACODERMID&, where this coadaptation 1s wanting, or is 
imperfect |; 2, that the terminal segments are withdrawn into the 
interior of the body, and are correspondingly much modified, the 
modification being greater in the case of the ventral than in that 
of the dorsal plates.” In spite of the work of Verhoeff (Deutsche 
Ent. Zeitschr. 1893-4, ete.), and others, the question of the real 
number of dorsal and ventral plates cannot be regarded as settled, 
and students should be careful to make plain to themselves the 
nomenclature of the segments adopted by any author whom they 
may be consulting: as some regard the last dorsal segment as the 
eighth, while others take it as the seventh, it is better in descriptions 
to speak of the last and penultimate joints. 


Internal Structure. 


Many of the older writers on insects, such as Burmeister, 
Dufour, Newport, etc., paid considerable attention to the internal 
structure and economy of insects, and, to judge by the way in 
which their work and figures are used by recent authors, they must 
have been in the main very acute observers. The best general 
books on these matters seem to be Packard’s Text-Book of 
Entomology and Kolbe’s ‘ Insektenkunde’; the work of Dr. Sharp 
in the Cambridge Manual of Natural History, Vols. V and VI, 
is also useful, and there is much that is valuable in Burmeister’s 
Manual of Entomology (1836), pp. 119-301. The writers on 
particular points of structure ete. are legion, as may be seen by 
examining the bibliography of any particular section. 


10 INTRODUCTION. 


The Alimentary Canal. 


The organs of nutrition in insects consist of the intestinal canal 
and its appendages. Except very rarely in the case of certain 


akin 22, 


ee) 
a 


. Far 
. 


Sa 
YY 
=> 


my 
< 
YY 
YY 


Wy 
Aa 


rae) 
WM Yi. 


Y 
Gp) 


a 
| 


Fig. 6.—Dytiscus ivarginalis, male, opened from the back. a, esophagus or 
crop; 6, proventriculus or fore-stomach ; c, ventriculus or mid-intes- 
tine, with hair-lhke cxcal glands, passing into the long intestine (ileum, 
colon, and rectum): the fine threads represent the Malpighian tubes; d, 
much developed cecal appendage : ¢, reservoir for secretion of anal gland ; 
J, hind tarsus; 7, dilated joints of anterior tarsus; 0, femur; 7, edeagus; 
uhm, extensor muscle of hind leg; dr, accessory gland; ho, testis; B, B., 
B,, apodemes, or processes supporting the divisions of the thorax. It will 
be noticed that the ganglia (lying close to B, and B,) show considerable 
concentration, (After Graber.) 


THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 14 


larvee, this canal in all insects is terminated by a mouth at one end 
and an anus at the other. The mouth opens upon the pharynx, 
which, in the Coleoptera, is merely a slightly widened commence- 
meut of the cesophagus, and need not be considered as distinct 
from the latter. The cesophagus is a simple tube, varying in size 
and length; it is largest in those insects which feed on solid, 
usually vegetable, food, and smallest in those living on liquid food : 
it merges into the crop, but the latter is not always present, being 
merely an enlargement, under special conditions, of the end of the 
cesophagus, lined internally with a muscular coat. According to 
Packard the crop is very large in locusts and other Orthoptera (with 
the exception of the PHasmipa:), in the Dermaptera, and most of 
the imagines of the Coleoptera. In the larve it is sometimes present 
and sometimes wanting ; it exists in the larva of Calandra, for 
instance, but not in that of Calosoma; also, according to Beau- 
regard, it is wanting in the pollen-eating beetles Zonztis, Sitaris, 
and Mylabris, while in Meloé it is highly developed (Kolbe). 

In some orders of insects a thin pouch is present connected by 
a slender neck with the end of the cesophagus: this is called the 
‘“sucking stomach”; by older writers it was considered not to be 
a receptacle for food, but to promote the suction of food “by dis- 
tending at the will of the insect, and thus, by the rarefaction ot 
the air contained within it, facilitating the rise of fluids in the 
preboscis and cesophagus.” - Graber, however, has proved that, 
though generally found to contain nothing but air, it 1s simply a 
reservoir for the temporary reception of food. This he did by 
feeding flies with a coloured sweet fluid, and observing that the 
organ could “be seen filling itself fuller and fuller with the 
coloured fluid, the sac gradually distending until it occupied half 
the hind-body.” * 

The so-called ‘‘ sucking stomach,” however, does not occur in 
the Coleoptera. In this order the cesophagus, or the crop, if 
present, is followed by the proventriculus or fore-stomach, a small, 
narrow, tubular, or subglobose cavity, furnished within with rugose 
folds, teeth, spines, or horny ridges. This organ is well developed 
in all the carnivorous and wood-feeding beetles (notably the 
CaraBIpz, Dyriscipm®, and Scotytip#), and in fact, in all man- 
dibulate insects which feed on hard and indigestible substances ; it 
has usually been considered to correspond with the gizzard of the 
gallinaceous birds, and this opinion is still held by many, although 
some think that its function is rather that of straining than tritu- 
rating, and others consider that the teeth, etc. are merely used to 
pass the food backward into the mid-intestine, which follows just 
behind the proventriculus. 

The ‘‘ mid-intestine,” ‘“ ventriculus,” ‘ chylific ventricle,” or 
‘‘chylific stomach” is very differently described by different authors, 
owing to its variability. Sometimes, as Dr. Sharp says, it is very 


* See Packard, A Text-Book of Entomology, p. 305. 


12 : INTRODUCTION. 


elongate so that it is coiled and like an intestine in shape: in the 
Coleoptera it often bears elongate diverticula. or pouches, especially 
on the anterior part, these being sometimes (e. g., Carabus) so 
numerous that the whole surface seems villose. In some cases this 
stomach seems to be divided and the hinder part appears to be a 
portion of the small intestine; but the point can easily be settled 
by the position of the Malpighian tubes, which are always attached 
at the junction of the stomach and intestine. This mid-intestine 
varies very much in the Coleoptera. In the Lamellicornia (Melo- 
lontha and Greotrupes) it is very long; in Meloé exceedingly large, 
occupying most of the body-cavity ; while in the Longicornia it is 
very small. 

The small intestine, or, as it is usually called by those who re- 
gard the mid- intestine as the true stomach, ‘‘ the intestine,” is also 
very variable. The anterior part, which is slender, is called some- 
times the small intestine, or the ileum ; in some of the Adephaga, 
as Dytiscus, and in Neerophorus it is very long, but it is rather 
slender and short in the CaraBrip® and CIcINDELID&, as well as in 
those insects whose food is liquid, such as Diptera. In the 

Lepidoptera it varies in iength, being in Sphinw quite long and 
bent into seven folds, while it 1S short i in the CHRYSOMELID®, and 
also in the Psocrpa and TENTHREDINIDE. The part next to the 
ileum is called the colon, while the terminal section forms the 
rectum; the colon, however, is sometimes regarded as merged in 
the rectum. In butterflies and probably in most Lepidoptera, the 
colon is distinct and is anteriorly SENG se into a large bladder- 
like cecum. In certain Coleoptera (e. g., Dytiseus, Silpha, and 
Necrophorus) this cecum is of remarkable length and shape. The 
rectum, when separate, is larger than the colon, and is furnished 
in many insects with peculiar structures called rectal elands ; these 
are very conspicuous in certain Orthoptera, and are found among 
the Coleoptera ; whether they are really glands is very doubtful, 
from their structure and position. Fernald regards the rectal 
glands of Passalus as “ acting lke a valve, serving to retain the 
food in the absorptive portions of the digestive tract till all 
nutriment is extracted” (Packard). 

The anus is situated at the end of the body and jis present in all 
the Coleoptera both in the larval and perfect state. Connected 
with the anus are certain “ eversible repugnatorial glands,” called 
ordinarily the anal glands, of which a long and interesting account 
is given by Packard (Text-Book of Entomology, pp. 372-380). 
These glands secrete pungent and corrosive fluids which can be 
ejected sometimes to a considerable distance, and form a very 
effective means of defence; they are especially noticeable in 
certain Californian species of Hleodes, which Williston describes 
as the ‘“‘ veritable skunks of the order,” and also in Blaps. 

“Similar glands, though usually smaller, which have not been 
carefully examined, occur in Carabus and Cychrus, which eject 
from the vent a disagreeable fluid containing butyric acid. The 


ra 
: 


® 


THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 13 


bombardier beetle, Brachinus, with its anal glands, ejects a jet of 
bluish vapour accompanied with a considerable explosion, which 
colours the human skin rust-red; it is caustic, smells like nitrous 
acid, and turns blue paper red. Westwood states that individuals 
of a large South American Brachinus, on being seized immediately 
began to play off their artillery, burning and staining the flesh to 
such a degree that only a few specimens could be captured with the 
naked hand, leaving a mark which remained for a considerable 
time. The fluid ejected by another species, in Tripoli, blackened 
the fingers of the collector. It is neither alkaline nor acid, and it 
is soluble in water and in alcohol” (Kirby and Spence, iv, p. 149). 

“Species of other genera (Agonum, Pheropsophus, C'alerita, 
Paussus, Ozena) are also bombardiers {the power is especially 
noticeable in Pheropsophus]. A Paassid beetle (Cerapterus) ejects 
explosively a fluid containing free iodine (Loman), while Staphy- 
linus, Stenus, Ocypus, Lacon, ice have similar anal foetid glands, 
the liquid being more or less corrosive. The secretion of Mormolyce 
phyllodes is so corrosive that it is said to paralyse the fingers for 
24 hours after” (Cuénot, quoted by Packard). 

The larva of Hydrophilus piceus ejects a black fostid fluid from 
the anus; the Dyriscrp# eject a colourless disagreeable fluid ; the 
SILPHID® have only one anal gland from which they throw out.an 
ammoniacal liquid. ‘There are, of course, many other secretions 
emitted by Coleoptera, but these do not arise from the anal glands 
and are best considered under the separate families. 

We have already alluded to the Malpighian tubes. These are 
attached to the Junction of the stomach and intestine, and are 
present in almost all insects, but vary very greatly in length, shape, 
and number, sometimes only two being present and sometimes a 
hundred or more; they derived their name -from the Italian 
anatomist Malpighi who first discovered them. At first they were 
thought to be biliary tubes, but were afterwards regarded as ex- 
cretory or urinary organs, answering to the kidneys of the higher 
animals. In the Coleoptera their number is either four or six, 
and this difference, which will be again alluded to, has been repre- 
sented by authors as an important point in the classification of 
the order. 

The salivary glands and the silk glands are offshoots of the 
cesophagus, the former being present in many insects, but absent 
in others, and varying very much in size. They consist “ either 
of simple tubes lined with cells or of branched tubes, or of 
tubes dilated laterally into little acini or groups of bags, the 
arrangement then somewhat resembling that of a bunch of grapes. 
There are sometimes large sacs or reservoirs connected with the 
efferent tubes proceeding from the secreting portions of the glands. 
The salivary glands ultimately discharge into the mouth, so that 
the fluid secreted by them has to be EP aallors ed in the same manner 
as the food, not improbably along with it” (Sharp). In Anoph- 
thalmus there are three pairs of salivary glands, while in Blaps 


14 INTRODUCTION. 


they consist of a number of ramifying tubes united on each side 
of the esophagus into a single duct. The silk glands are pro- 
bably modified salivary glands. They consist of very long tubes 
similar in form and situation to the simple tubes of the salivary 
glands, and are found chiefly in the larve of the Lepidoptera, but 
also occur in certain CHRYSOMELIDE (Donacia and Hemonia) and 
in Hypera among the CURCULIONID®, 


The Nervous System. 


The nervous system consists primarily of a series of ganglia or 
nerve-centres united by one or two cords of nervous matter. The 
whole system is very complex and comparatively little is known 
with regard to many of the minor details. It may conveniently 
be treated as consisting of the three follownig divisions :-— 


1. The ganglia of the head, sometimes called the cephalic system. 
Of these ganglia there are two, a large one above the cesophagus, 


Fig. 7.—Nervous system, (A) of Serica brunnea, & (Scarabeeidx), showing the 
concentration of the ganglia, and (B) of Dictyopterus sanguineus, Q 
(Lycidze), shewing the decentralisation of the ganglia. (After Brandt.) 


called the supra-cesophageal ganglion, and a small one below the 
cesophagus, called the infra- or sub-cesophageal ganglion. In the 
Coleoptera and many other insects these are very closely approxi- 
mated. They may be regarded as part of asingle great ganglionic 
chain, but are best dealt with separately owing to their complex 


TILE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM, 15 


structure. ‘Taken together they correspond more particularly with 
the brain of the vertebrate animals, and their structural develop- 
ment and complexity appears to be correlated with superior 
intelligence, such characteristics being very strongly marked in the 
Ants and other Hymenoptera. 

2. The ventral ganglia. These are, of course, very closely con- 
nected with the ganglia of the head. They differ very greatly in 
number in different insects and even in the larva and the perfect 
insect of the same species, this difference being due to the greater 
or less amount of concentration. 

It is generally assumed that in the primitive insect each seg- 
ment had a simple ganglion, but some of these, in the course of 
the development of the orders, have become amalgamated. This 
concentration is, as Dr. Sharp and others have pointed out, 
“concomitant with a more forward pesition of the ganglia,” and is 
very evident in the ScaraBxIDs#, in which, for the most part, there 
are no ganglia at all situated in the abdomen, all the abdominal 
ganglia being joined to the ganglia of the metathorax. This has 
been regarded as one reason for assigning a high position in the 
order to the LAMELLICORNIA; but this cannot be pressed, as the 
Lucanip® have six or seven ventral ganglia. The character, 
however, serves strongly to emphasize the complete difference that 
exists between the Lucanipm and ScaraBztpe, The question 
of the composition of the ventral chain is an important one, as 
it is now becoming more extensively used as a help towards 
classification. 

3. An accessory sympathetic system (or systems). This links up 
various organs of the body with the general nervous system, but 
apparently not very much is known with regard to it, except in 
isolated cases. The frontal ganglion, shown in fig. 7, is a starting 
point for one portion of this system, which is then connected with 
the brain system, and extends to the proventriculus, the series 
being known as the stomato-gastric system. 


The Circulatory System. 


The blood has no red corpuscles but contains pale ameeboid cells 
corresponding to the white corpuscles (leucocytes) of the verte- 
brates. The organ which answers to the heart, and which, 
functionally only, may be regarded as a true heart, is a dorsal 
vessel, consisting of a delicate, pulsating tube, situated above the 
digestive canal and divided into several chambers, arranged longi- 
tudinally and opening one into the other. These by their alter- 
nate contraction and dilatation (which may easily be observed in 
transparent larve), distribute the blood through the so-called 
blood-vessels, which soon open into the heemoccel or perivisceral 
space. The dors al vessel is nearly always closed behind, but 
is open in front and is provided with apertures at the sides ; 


16 INTRODUCTION. 


these vary in number, four, for instance, occurring on each 
side in Calosoma, and eight in Melolontha. These apertures are 
usualiy absent from the front part of the tube which is, some- 
what wrongly, called the aorta; near the lateral apertures are 
folds, called sometimes the alar valves, 
which assist in the circulation of the 
blood; beneath the dorsal vessel is a 
delicate membrane and connected with 
this (which forms a pericardiwm) are 
delicate muscles, called the alary muscles. 
This membrane is fenestrated, and when 
depressed the blood passes through its 
pores and thus reaches the heart. 

The heart, according to Graber, ‘is 
nothing more than a regulator, an organ 
for directing the blood in a determinate 
course in order that it may not wholly 
stagnate, or only be the plaything of a 
force acting in another way, as, for ex- 
ample, through that afforded by the body- 
Fig. 8.--Circulatory appa- cavity and the inner digestive canal. At 

ratus of a beetle; @.v., : : : 
alar valves; c.g, cephalic Tegular intervals a portion of the blood 
ganglion. (After Berlese.) 18 sucked through the same, and then, by 
means of the anterior supply tube it is 
pushed onward into the head, whence it passes into the cavities of 
the tissues. The different conditions of tension under which the 
mass of blood stands in the different regions of the body then 
cause a further circulation.” 

Connected with the general system there appear to be smaller 
pumping apparatuses, by means of which a regular flow of blood 
is kept up in the limbs, wings, antenne, etc. (cf. Packard, Text- 
Book of Entomology, p. 402). 


The Respiratory Systenr. 


Burmeister (Manual of Entomology, p. 158) says :—‘‘ We 
shall find the respiratory organs of insects as complex and per- 
fectly developed as we have found their blood-vessels simple and 
imperfect. ‘The relations between these systems appear to be in 
them completely reversed, for the air-vessels intersect the insect 
body as multitudinousiy as we find the blood-vessels do in the 
supericr animals.” ‘There are no lungs, but the whole body is 
pervaded with air by means of trachew, which are tubes of very 
variable size, those connected with the external openings, called 
the stigmata or spiracles, being the larger main channels. From 
these latter smaller channels proceed, and from these again 
originates a network of still smaller tubes, forming ramifications 
through all the organs inside the body. 


THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM. 7 


There are also present in flying insects (although not in larve) 
air-sacs connected with the trachee. It has been supposed that 
the use of these sacs is to lighten the weight, but this is erroneous, 
for, as pointed out by A. A. Packard, it is evident that the wings 
have to support just as much weight when the insect is flying, 
whether the trachee and sacs are filled with air or not; the case, of 
course, would be different were they filled with hydrogen gas. The 
real use of the sacs, some of which are very large, is to afford a 
ereater supply of air, and therefore of oxygen, than that contained 
in the air-tubes alone, and thus to afford a greater breathing 
capacity. This is further proved by the fact that the sacs are largest 
in the more swiftly flving insects, such as moths, flies and bees, 
whose greater exertions create a demand for a more abundant 
amount of air. 7 


Fig. 9.—Tracheal sacs connected with the third abdominal segment of 

Geotrupes sylvaticus. st,, fourth stigma or spiracle ; s¢;, fifth stigma or 

-spiracle ; 77, branches of the trachex ; s, air-sacs. The thread-like parts 
represent fat-bodies. (After Kolbe.) 


The stigmata or spiracles, as a rule, can be opened or closed at 
will by means of muscles, but in some cases are only protected 
by short hairs or hairy tufts. In the Coleoptera each segment of 
the body (except the head and, as a rule, the last segment) has a 
spiracle, or, more correctly, there is a spiracle on the boundaries of 
each of the segments; the shape and position of these organs 
sometimes afford a good character for classification (as in the 
Dyriscip# and ScaraBz#ip®). Gills or branchie are rarely found 
in the order, so far as the perfect insects are concerned; they 
occur, however, in many larvee (e. g., Gyrinus, Hydrous, Berosus, 
etc.), in the form of processes arising from the sides of the 
segments. All water insects which are not provided with gills or 
corresponding organs have to rise more or less frequently to the 

0 


18 INTRODUCTION, 


surface of the water in order to obtain the requisite supply of air, 
which they, in most cases, draw more especially through the 
spiracles situated at the posterior end of the body. It is astonishing, 
however, how very little air suffices for some insects. I have kept 
Eubrychius velatus (a well-known small British water-frequenting 
weevil, which swims like a Dytiscid) in a very small tightly corked 
tube of water for some days, and it was none the worse. I did 
not observe any air-bubble at its posterior end, as is often seen in 
the Dytiscide and various aquatic insects when they come to the 
surface. The amount of immersion that beetles will stand in a flood 
shows how very different the function of their respiratory system 
must be from those of the Vertebrates.. Probably the trachee and 
sacs ramifying throughout the body contain air sufficient to support 
life for a considerable time in cases of necessity. The fact that 
Coleoptera can stand a long immersion has, of course, a very 
important bearing upon the question of their distribution. 


The Organs of Reproduction. 


The external organs of reproduction consist of a male intro- 
mittent organ and a female 
receptacular organ and _ ovi- 
positor, the sexes being always 
separate. These structures are 
very varied in form, and should 
not be spoken of in the terms 
applied to vertebrate animals, 
as is usually the case, for, 
especially in the male, there is 
no analogy whatever in structure 
and very little in physiology ; 
the best term to apply to the 
male organ and its appurtenances 
is the edeagus. The chief in- 
ternal organs of the female are 
the ovaries or clusters of egg- 
tubes; these clusters are two in 
number and are situated one on 
each side of the body. The 
tubes vary very much in number ; 
they fill the space of the abdo- 
men uot occupied by the ali- 
mentary canal, and are sus- 
pended to the tissues connected 
with the “ heart” by thread-like 
Fig. 10.—Ovarian tubes. Meroistic terminations. The formation 
(on the left); holoistic (on the of these organs has been made 
eee cae aaniae oa use of by several recent authors 

as an important character in the 

classification of the Coleoptera, in which order one or more 


ORGANS OF REPRODUCTION. 19 


nautriment chambers (Niéhrkammern) are always present. In the 
ADEPHAGA there are several such chambers alternating with the 
ege-chambers, and the ovaries in such cases are called meroistic ; 
‘but in the other Coleoptera, so far as is known, the terminal 


Hig. 11. —Reproductive organs of the female of Hydrobius fuscepes. 0v, ovary 
(the left ovary is cut off in the figure); e, oviduct, enlarged in front ; 
dr, accessory glands ; bt, copulatory pouch ; st, seminal pouch or sperma- 
theca ; a, accessory gland of the same. (After, Graber. ) 


chamber is developed into a large nutriment chamber, and there are 
no others; the ovaries in this case are said to be holoistic. In 
certain orders of insects, there are, in many instances, no nutri- 
ment chambers at all; such is the case with various Hymenoptera. 


Fig. 12.—Reproductive organs of the male of Staphylinus erythropterus. 
ho, testicle (the covering envelope or capsule is shown at a); sl, vas 
deferens : ag, ductus ejaculatorius; dr, accessory glands; nw, sedeagus ; 
M, museles, (After Graber.) 


These facts were pointed out by Korschelt and Heider. 
Ganglbauer and others are of the opinion that the ovaries with the 


single and well developed terminal egg-chamber repr oe a higher 
C 


90 INTRODUCTION. 


and more differentiated type, but this is open to question. The- 
other important female organs of reproduction are the vagina 
leading to the copulatory pouch and the spermatheca or recepta- 
culum seminis. 

In the male the chief internal organs which answer to the 
ovaries of the females are the testes, the secretion from which is. 
conveyed by the vasa deferentia into the vesicule seminales. The 
two testes may consist of simple coiled tubes or of a number of 
follicles opening into a common tube; these are often contained 
inacapsule. In the AprepHaca the tubular structure is found, 
whereas in the rest of the Coleoptera they appear to be follicular 5. 


Fig. 13.—Reproductive organs of a male bark-beetle. ho, testicle; s/, vas 
deferens; (/, seminal vessel; ag, ductus ejaculatorius; d@7, accessory 


gland. (After Graber.) 


it must, however, be admitted that hardly a sufficient number of 
species have been dissected to justify a very wide generalisation 
in this respect. The vasa deferentia are fine tubes, varying very 
much in length (in Dytiscus they are five times, and in Cetonia. 
aurata thirty times as long as the body), and they are furnished 


SB) gies. 


d.en. et 


Fig. 14.—/deagus of Philonthus nigritulus, 3. d.en., duct entrance ; 
d.cx., duct exit ; s, sac; f, furca ; a, appendage. (Original from drawing 
by Sharp.) 


with accessory glands, consisting of tubes, the secretions of which 
mix directly with the semen. The majority of Coleoptera possess 
one pair, but several pairs are present in some families (e. g.,. 
HypROPHILID# and EnatzriD#£). Several of these points will be. 


ORGANS OF SENSE. 21 


‘again alluded to under classification ; they have been particularly 
worked out by Bordas (Ann. Sci. Nat. (8) xi, 1900, pp. 283-448) ; 
Léon Dufour (‘‘ Recherches anatomiques sur les Carabiques, ete.,” 
Ann. Sci. Nat. (1) vi, 1825, p. 152); and Escherich (‘‘ Anatomische 
studien iiber das minnliche Genitalsystem der Coleopteren,” 
Zeitschr. fiir wissensch. Zoologie, lvii, 1894, pp. 620-641, Taf. 
XXV1). 

There are many secondary characters belonging to the male. 
Some of these, which might be called direct characters, are adap- 
tations for holding the female, e.g. the dilated front tarsi of many 
CARABIDA, the suckers of the front tarsi of the Dyriscrp#, the 
enlarged and toothed femora and curved tibiz which occur in 
various genera; while others, which might be termed indirect 
characters, consist in considerable differences in length and breadth 
(the male being often much smaller than the female), longer and 
more serrate or plumose antenne, a greater development of the 
head and its appendages (especially in the LAMELLICORNIA), etc. 
These will be noticed in the course of the work. 

Dimorphism within the limits of a single sex is of rare occurrence, 
but we have a good instance of it in the elytra of the females of 
certain Dyriscip®, which may be either smooth or deeply 
canaliculate in the same species. 


The Organs of Sense. 


The organs of sight.—These, in the Coleoptera, are of two kinds, 
the compound facetted eye, and the simple eye or ocellus, which 


Fig. 15.—Diagrammatic section of the eye of a beetle. aw, facetted eye ; 
c, transparent cornea made up of numerous lenses (c/); %, layer of 
crystalline cones concealed by pigment ; rh, rt, rhabdoms and retinule, 
partly concealed by pigment; bs, nervous structures; go, globular 
apex of the optic nerve; no, optic nerve; ¢7, two trachee belonging 
to the optic nerve; o7, part of the chitinous orbit of the eye. (After 
Kolbe.) 


is only found in the imago of a few species, and then in conjunction 
with the compound eye (as in Omalium, etc.). Some of the cave- 


22 . INTRODUCTION. 


frequenting beetles (as Anillus), are blind, and only possess quite 
rudimentary organs of vision. 

The compound facetted eye is one of the most intricate 
and wonderful structures in the whole animal kingdom. Each 

facet is the outside covering 

or cornea of an elongate and 
complex apparatus called an om- 
matidium (fig. 16), each consisting 
of a corneal or crystalline lens (cor’.), 
under which comes the crystalline 
cone (con.), which is borne on a rod- 
like structure or rhabdom (*.) 5 
underneath the rhabdoms is found 
the basal or fenestrated membrane 
(b.m.), which is backed by a mass of 
nerves ; these latter penetrate the 
membrane and run up into the space 
between the rhabdoms. According 
to Sharp and others the penetrating 
nerve have their distal extremities 
connected with the delicate sheaths, 
by one of which each rhabdom is sur- 
rounded, the combination of sheath 
and nerves forming a_ retinula. 
Fig. 16.—Two ommatidia from T'wo zones Of layers of pigment ane 

the eye of Colymbetes fuscus. present, one, in which the pigment 

cor., cornea; con., crystalline cells are shorter, enclosing the chief 

cone ; I, rhabdom ; b.m., basal part of the crystalline cone, called 

erie ee the iris-pigment, and the other, in 

ment; /p., retina-pigient, Which the pigment cells are longer, 

(After Exner.) surrounding the lower part of the 

retinula and called the retina- 
pigment; the nerve-fibres are branches of the optic nerve. 
Trachez or air passages also pass through the fenestrated 
membrane. 

The ommatidia vary in number very greatly, and in some beetles 
(e. g. Mordella) the eye is said to contain as many as 25,000. In 
some families and tribes they vary in different species, and this 
variation (of finely or coarsely facetted eyes) has been made use of 
occasionally (as in the LaneuriIn®) as a generic character. 

The structure of the ocelli or simple eyes is very different. 
They consist of a cornea, lens, nerve-fibres, and a retina, together 
with pigment cells; they are the ordinary organs of vision of 
Coleopterous larve, but are very rarely found in the perfect beetles. 
The function of the ocelli has been much disputed, but according 
to Lubbock and Forel, followed by Packard, Folsom, and others 
they are useful in dark places and for near vision. The last named 
writer (Entomology, with special reference to its Biological and 
Keonomic Aspects, 1906, p. 111) says: ‘Since the form of the lens 
is fixed and also the distance between the lens and the retina 


ORGANS OF SENSE. 23: 


there is no power of accommodation, and most external objects are 
out of focus; to make an image, then, the object must be at 
one definite distance from the lens, and as the lens is usually 
strongly convex, this distance must be small.” Insects with 
ocelli only must therefore be very short-sighted, and probably 
in a great number of cases the ocelli are only serviceable in 
distinguishing light from darkness and so giving warning of any 
sudden movement or approaching obstacle by the alteration of 
the light. 

The mode of vision by facetted eyes is a much more difficult 
problem. Miiller’s so-called mosaic theory is, at present, most 
generally accepted, althongh it does not seem altogether satis- 
factory; it is as follows :—“ An image formed by several thousand 
separate points, of which each corresponds to a distinct field of 
vision in the external world, will resemble a piece of mosaic work, 
and a better idea cannot be conceived of the image of external 
objects which will be depicted on the retina of beings endowed 
with such organs of vision, than by comparing it with perfect work 
of that kind.” ‘The use of such an eye is to perceive movements 
rather than form. As remarked by Packard, most animals seem 
but little impressed by the form of their enemies or their victims, 
though their attention is immediately excited by the slightest 
displacement. Hunters, fishermen, and entomologists have made, 
in confirmation of this view, numerous and demonstrative obser- 
vations. Gottsche and others favour the view of a separate and 
distinct image for every cornea, 7.e. for every facet. Lubbock, 
who favours Miiller’s theory, gives a long list of reasons opposed 
to this view, but his last reason seems sufficient for practical 
purposes, viz.: “that a combination of many thousand relatively 
complete eyes seems quite useless and incomprehensible.” 

The organs of smell appear to be chiefly found in the antenne, 
although some of the structures, evidently connected with this sense, 
that have been observed in these have been regarded by various 
writers as organs of hearing. There can, however, be no doubt that 
many of the structures are really olfactory, as this has been 
proved by various experiments, especially those made by Hauser 
(‘** Physiologische und histologische Untersuchungen iber das 
Geruchsorgan der Insecten,” Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. xxxiv, 1880). 
Taking a glass rod dipped in carbolic acid and holding it at some 
little distance from a specimen cf Philonthus ceneus, the beetle 
raised its head, turned it in different directions, and made lively 
movements with its antenne. When the rod was placed closer, 
it started back and ran in the opposite direction; when the rod 
was removed it occupied itself for some time in drawing its 
antenne, with the aid of the fore limbs, through its mouth, 
although it had not touched the acid. The antenne were then 
removed, and the day after the experiment was repeated without 
any effect upon the insect. The same results have been produced 
by the more humane method of placing the antenne in liquid 
paraffin wax, and so covering them with a layer of wax and excluding 


24 INTRODUCTION. 


the air, instead of removing them. Experiments performed on 
insects of various orders gave much the same results. Some lived 
for months, without apparently suffering inconvenience, after the 
extirpation of the antenne, while others died in a few days. In 
all cases, however, they appeared to have lost the sense of smell 
only. Experiments bearing on the use of the antenne in seeking 
food were also made with Szpha and certain flesh-flies. The 
strong-smelling food was only discovered by the insects while in 
possession of antenne; without them they failed to localise it. 
Bolboceras (GEOTRUPID#) has been observed unerringly discovering 
truffles, and this it must do by the aid of smell, as they are found 
at some distance underground. 

The actual organs of smell appear to consist in most cases of pits 
on the antenne connected with nerve rods and a ganglion cell ; 
they are not, apparently, so numerous or important in the 
Coleoptera as in other orders, yet they are found distinctly in 
Silpha, Necrophorus, Staphylinus, Philonthus, Tenebrio, and the 
LaMELLICORNIA. According to Arrow (Fauna Brit. Ind., Col., 
Lamell., i, p. 1) the apposed faces of the fan-like leaves or lamelle 
in the last-named group are furnished with minute sensory pits 
and hairs which are freely exposed to the air when the beetle is 
in motion. Smell and hearing therefore, if such senses exist, are 
probably well developed in the antenne of the LAMELLICORNIA. 
The sensory pits have not yet been satisfactorily traced in the 
CARABIDZ, CERAMBYCID#, CURCULIONID®, CHRYSOMELIDA, or 
Metoip#. It is probable that other olfactory organs exist on 
the palpi or other portions of the head or body of various insects. 

The organs of taste appear to consist of very small pits or cups or 
of hair-like or peg-like sete situated on the epipharynx, which 
have been proved by Will and others to be connected with gang- 
lionated nerves. These are very generally distributed in the 
Coleoptera, and occur not only in the adult beetles, but also in 
the larvee of several groups. The taste organs of the CrcINDELIDz 
differ entirely from those of the Carabip#, and are peculiar to 
the group. In the latter family they are well developed, as they 
are also in the Dyviscipa#, the PayropHaGa, and the ScoLyripa@. 
In the Bupresrip# no true taste cups have been detected ; in the 
SCARAB#IDH they occur in some instances and not in others; 
while in the Loneicornta they are always found without any 
known exception. 

The organs of hearing.—The fact that Coleoptera produce sounds 
by stridulation, tapping, etc., seems to prove that they must possess 
auditory organs of some sort. It must, however, be allowed that 
Huber, Perris, Forel, and other authorities deny their existence, 
claiming that the so-called “hearing” is merely tactile. The 
various stridulating contrivances will probably be noted by writers 
on the different groups, as they are occasionally very useful 
characters in classification, e.g., In the LONGICORNIA, in certain 
EROTYLIDE (Lancuri), etc. <A good account of these organs, 
so far as they were then known, is given by Darwin (Descent of 


ORGANS OF SENSE. on 


Man, 1st Edition, Vol. i, 1871, pp. 378-385) ; and Landois dis- 
cusses them in detail in his ‘Thierstimmen’ (Freiburg, 1874). 
Mr. Gahan has more recently published an excellent paper entitled 
“Stridulating Organs in Coleoptera” (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 
1900, pp. 483-452), in which he divides them under four heads, 
as follows :— 


1. Stridulating organs on the head (p. 434). 


2. Stridulating organs on the prothorax and front legs 
(p. 441). 

3. Stridulating organs in the mesothorax and middle legs 
(p. 443). 

4, Stridulating organs in the hind legs, elytra, and abdomen 
(p. 446). 


In one form or another these organs are found in a large 
number of families (CICINDELIDZ, CaraBip#&, Dyriscip®, ENDo- 
MYCHID®, Hbrrrocerip#®, ELATHERID#, ChRAMBYCID#, CHRYSO- 
MELID, CURCULIONID®, SCOLYTIDA, etc.), but appear to be chiefly 
developed in the LAMELLICORNIA, in which sub-order many of the 
Jarvee have the power of stridulation, as well as the perfect insect ; 
several of these appliances in the larve are figured by Schiddte 
(Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, Ser. 3, Vol. ix). Dr. Ohaus and 
Mr. Arrow have done much to increase our knowledge of these 
structures, and their work will be alluded to more in detail under 
the LAMELLICORNIA. 

The BostrycHip# and ANOBIID# produce, in several instances, 
tapping sounds, but some of their members appear to have a 
stridulatory apparatus as well. On this point, Mr. Gahan writes 
as follows :—‘‘In the genus Anobiwm proper, the gula is less ex- 
tensive than in Priobium, and has no trace of a stridulating area, 
but in many of the species there is a curious series of ridges on 
the underside of each elytron close to its outer and apical margin, 
suggesting that the elytra may in these cases be used for purposes 
of stridulation. ‘These ridges are not present in Priobium and are 
wanting also in Xestobium tessellatum, one of the species which 
are known to make a noise by tapping their head against the wood 
on which they stand.” 

The beetles belonging to the curious Longicorn genus Plagith- 
mysus, from the Hawaiian Islands, appear to have three means of 
stridulating; firstly, by moving the edge of the prothorax over a 
striated area on the mesosternum ; secondly, by means of a stridu- 
lating file along the lateral edge of each elytron against which they 
rub the hind femora; and thirdly, by means of a series of ridges 
which is present on each of the middle and hind coxe; these are 
in some species very regular and parallel, and are considered by 
Dr. Sharp, who discovered them, to be true stridulating structures 
(v. Gahan, l. ¢. p. 446). 

Several beetles produce a loud humming noise; this is partly 
caused by the wings, but is also due to a chitinous process in the 
large trachea, just behind the spiracle, which is thrown into 


26 INTRODUCTION. 


vibrations by the air during respiration. This is found in the 
cockchafer, and the well known boom of the dor-beetle (Geotrupes). 
is evidently due to it. 

The whole question of the auditory organs in insects is a very 
obscure one. Graber (Denks. Ak. Wien, xxxvi) has discovered that 
extirpation of tympaniform organs does not diminish the effect of 
sounds in the case of the Orthoptera, and this much modifies our 
ideas with regard to the organs in this order. It is probable 
that if a true auditory sense exists in the Coleoptera, it will prove 
to be connected with the characteristic isolated setae which are 
found in so many beetles, and are evidently of great importance 
in their economy. ‘These sete are in close connection with 
important nerves and are probably sensitive to vibrations (especially 
such as would be caused by stridulating organs) as well as to 
actual touch. It is probable that some of the strange structures 
found in the antenne of insects may have to do with hearing as 
well as other functions. Lubbock (Ants, Bees, and Wasps, 
pp. 226-227) considered that certain curious organs in the 
antenne of ants were very probably auditory organs, although he 
has elsewhere stated that some ants, like the Orthoptera, have 
organs of hearing on the tibie. As, however, he failed to prove 
by his experiments that these insects have any auditory powers, 
the truth of this hypothesis is doubtful. 

Jt is quite possible that similar structures, which seem evidently 
to be connected in some way with the senses, may be found in the 
Coleoptera, although none have been hitherto observed. It is not 
impossible also that the antennal pits in Adelops, Melolontha and 
other LAMELLICORNIA, the Bupresrip#, etc., have to do with 
hearing or with smell, or even with a sense of which we know 
nothing. 

The sense of touch in the order is evidently very highly developed. 
The special sete, before referred to. are certainly most sensitive, 
and they are so constant that specific or even generic or divisional 
characters have been founded upon them by some authors. These 
setee are very common in the CaRABID®, STAPHYLINIDA, etc., but, 
so far as is at present known, do not occur in any LaMELLICORNIA 
except in the somewhat abnormal genus Aclopus, in which the 
dorsal surface of the pronotum is quite free from hairs except for 
one or two placed in sensory pits on each side of the middle line. 

The antenne are, evidently, to a great extent, tactile organs, 
and the sete with which they are furnished must greatly increase 
their sensibility, these sete being also found, to a greater or less 
extent, on the legs and abdomen. So many beetles live in the 
dark that they must necessarily possess such sensitive tactile 
organs. 


Before leaving the subject of the organs of sense in the Coleo- 
ptera it is perhaps necessary to say that the terms adopted are 
merely provisional, and that although insects appear plainly to have 
the organs of sight and touch well developed in a manner analogous 


ORGANS OF SENSE. oF 


to, yet in many points differing from, what we find in the Verte- 
brates, yet we know nothing, as a matter of fact, about their other 
senses, which may be entirely different from anything of which we 
have any conception. We can only pick out certain structures 
and say that they have apparently to do with smell, taste, or 
hearing, but we may be quite mistaken. In fig. 17, some of these 
organs are represented. We have first (A) the apex of the antenn 
of a larva of Pentodon punctatus ({DyNasrinz), with a sensory 
plate (a) and sensory hairs (s¢r}, and also the apex of the palpus 
of an adult Melolontha (B), with sensory hairs or sete ; we cannot, 
however, say with certainty whether these have to do with smell, 


6). 


Fig. 17.—Organs of sense in Coleoptera :—-A. Pentodon punctatus, apex of 
antenna of larva; a, sensory plate; str, sensory hairs. B. Melolontha, 
apex of palpus. C. Antennal pit of Melolontha vulgaris. D. Antennal 
teeth of Anophthalius tellkampfii. (After Berlese and Hauser.) 


taste, or hearing. One of the antennal pits of Melolontha vulgaris, 
seen in a vertical section, is represented at C. These pits, which 
occur commonly in the LAMELLICORNIA, have been referred toabove; 
they are very remarkable both for their structure and their number. 
Packard says of them (Text-Book of Entomology, p. 275) :—‘ On 
the outer surface of the first and seventh (in the female the sixth) 
antennal leaf, as also on the edges of the other leaves, only arise 
scattered bristles; on the inner surface of the first and seventh 
leaves, as also on both surfaces of the second to the sixth leaves, 
are close rows of rather shallow depressions of irregular form, 
some circular, others regularly hexagonal. Their number is 
enormous; in the males 39,000, in the females 35,000, occur on 
each antenna.” We cannot, however, say what their real sensory 
function is, although it is quite evident that it is very important ; 
it may be auditory or it may be olfactory, or both. Curious 
antennal teeth occur in Dytiscus and in the blind Carabid Anoph- 
thalmus; some of these, on the edge of the antenne, are shown 
at D. ‘These teeth are interpreted by Packard as organs of smell, 
but they may be organs of hearing or even of taste, like the minute 


98 INTRODUCTION. 


dises which are found on the palpi of: certain species of Carabus, 
surrounded by a large number of minute teeth. - The whole question, 
at present, rests largely on pure hypothesis. 


Coloration. 


The colours of Coleoptera vary as much as their size and form. 
The most brilliant are, perhaps, the Buprestipm and the 
CreToNlIDE; but the CIcINDELID# and many of the CHRYso-_ 
MELID# and their allied groups, and many also of the LonGIcoRNIa, 
run these very close in beauty of colour. The brilliant metallic 
colours may be either entirely structural, or else due to a com- 
bination of structure and pigment. The structural colours of 
Coleoptera probably belong, for the most part, to the category of 
interference colours, such as are seen in a soap-bubble. Colours 
of this kind are produced by thin films of air, or of liquids of low 
refractive power, included between layers of a horny consistence. 
If the films consist of air, the colour remains unaltered in dry 
specimens ; if, however, they are liquid, as the tissue dries up so 
also do the films, and the colour disappears. ‘This is very evident 
in insects like the CassipIp#®, which, in their native tropical 
habitat, are among the most brilliant of beetles, and glitter like 
large dewdrops in the sun with shining metallic or opalescent 
colours, but in our collections present a uniformly faded ap- 
pearance. If, however, they are kept in spirit or water, they 
retain their colour. Such colours may even fade and be restored 
in a living beetle, for it has been observed that a brilliant golden 
beetle (Carabus auronitens) lost all its lustre after hybernating in 
captivity, but regained it after drinking some water. Many 
metallic colours are also due to diffraction (caused by white light 
being reflected from a number of fine parallel grooves) or refraction 
(prismatic colours). The general subject will be found discussed 
in Professor Poulton’s ‘ Colours of Animals’ (International Science 
Series, pp. 1-11), to which work I am indebted for the chief part 
of the foregoing observations. 


Mimicry and Protective Resemblance. 


In my Presidential Addresses to the Entomological Society of 
London in 1902 and 1903 I dealt partly with the question of 
Mimicry and Protection among the Coleoptera, a subject which 
had been comparatively neglected in this order, although it 
had been for a long time brought into strong notice so far as 
the Lepidoptera were concerned. It may perhaps be useful to 
recapitulate briefly the chief points noticed, as observers in the 
field will certainly beable to add a vast number of interesting facts 
if they will only make note of them as they occur. Indeed, it is 
only the field-workers who have really any right to speak on the 
matter, as theorizing on possible resemblances and adaptations to 
surroundings in museums, though often very useful, is liable to be 


MIMICRY AND PROTECTIVE RESEMBLANCE, 29: 


inaccurate, and may lead to erroneous deductions. We have, 
however, sufficient actual observations to prove that there must be 
a great deal of significance in many of the resemblances and other | 
apparent means of protection, even though that significance may 
have been exaggerated in some instances. 

1. The assimilation of colour to environment is found running 
through the whole animal kingdom, and is especially marked in 
large numbers of Coleoptera, more particularly in those that live 
on or about wood or bark. We find the best instances among the 
Lonaitcorn1a and RHYNCHOPHORA, whole groups of which closely 
resemble the bark of the trees on which they live. <A striking 

case of this kind of cryptic resemblance is found in the large and 
handsome African Longicorn, Petroynatha gigas; not only does its 
upper surface resemble dead velvety moss. such as is found on 
tree-trunks, but its long antenne are exactly like dry tendril-like 
twigs. The same kind of protective resemblance is found in 
Saperda, Lamia, and other genera; while the weevils belonging to 
the genus Jithinus (from Madagascar) so closely resemble the 
lichen-covered twigs on which they live that they can hardly be 
seen by an unskilled observer, even when pointed out. Several 
CICINDELID# are exactly adapted to their environment, and can 
hardly be distinguished from it unless in motion; and there are 
very few groups in which these resemblances do not occur. Many 
of the weevils fall and feign death at the least alarm, and as they 
fold their legs and rostrum closely on the body, they look like 
small seeds or bits of dry earth, and easily escape observation. 
This cryptic folding of the limbs and feigning death is also found 
among the Byrruip# and certain sections of the STAPHYLINIDA, 
and is a very effective method of protection. 

2. Many beetles which are distasteful exhibit bright w arning 
colours, which render them conspicuous, and thus serve to ad- 
vertise their unpleasant qualities. Among these may be especially 
mentioned the CoccINELLID#, TELEPHORIDA, and Lycipa. Others 
adopt warning attitudes, such as Ocypus olens, Broscus, Anthia, etc. ; 
it must be remembered that there is always some actual means of 
defence behind these colours and attitudes, consisting in the power 
of emitting unpleasant secretions or inflicting a severe bite, in 
case the warning is neglected. The question of warning sounds 
is a very interesting one, but at present very little is known 
about it. Mr. Guy Marshall, however, has proved that both a 
kestrel and a baboon showed evident alarm at the stridulation of 
a Longicorn beetle. 

3. Distasteful insects are often imitated by edible species be- 
longing to the same or a different order. I have before given a 
considerable number of instances of this mimicry in the case of 
the Coleoptera (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1901, p. li), and need not 
here recapitulate them. Occasionally not only the appearance but 
the general habits and movements of the insect are copied, as in 
the case of the wasp-like Longicorn, Clytus arietis, which, unlike 
its usually sluggish relatives, runs swiftly up and donen the leaves 


30 INTRODUCTION. 


on which it settles, just like a wasp hunting for food. Many 
beetles, especially the many inquilines of ants’ nests, resemble 
ants; the curious little Carabid, Ega (Selina) westermanni, from 
Ceylon, is exactly like a small black ant (vzde p. 58), and others 
from various groups (Loneicornia, LAMELLICORNIA, STAPHY- 
LINID®, etc.) bear a close resemblance to hairy bees. Occasionally 
a beetle possessing offensive qualities is imitated by a more 
defenceless insect of another order. 

It is well known that certain groups of insects of various orders 
in a single district often present a uniform scheme of colour, which 
evidently has a warning significance. This is called Synapo- 
sematic or Common Warning Coloration. The subject is fully 
discussed and well illustrated in an excellent paper by Mr. Guy 
Marshall (Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1902, part iii, pls. xviii & xix). 
The chief families of Coleoptera which enter into synaposematic 
combinations appear to be the following :—M&torpz, Mety- 
RIDH, CANTHARID®H, COCCINELLIDA, EROTYLIDE, ENDOMYCHIDA, 
CHRYSOMELID#, and CLERIDA. 

The facts of mimicry, protective resemblance, warning colours, 
ete., have perhaps been too much emphasized and given a sionifi- 
cance which they will not altogether bear; but, on the other hand, 
they are in many instances so striking that they cannot be ex- 
plained away as mere matters of coincidence. But there is much 
need of more field-work on these subjects ; exact observations are 
required as to the natural relations which subsist between these 
mimicking species and their models, as well as judicial and care- 
fully devised experiments which shall adequately test those theories 
that have been advanced to explain these remarkable resemblances. 
As yet very few have done such work in India, but their numbers 
are increasing, and a rich and interesting harvest awaits them. 


Metamorphosis. 


The metamorphoses of the Coleoptera are considered as com- 
plete, and for such insects the term Holometabola has been 
proposed. The pups, however, are almost always very soft, and 
their appendages are not fastened to the body, differing notably 
in this respect from those of the Lepidoptera. Some pupe, how- 
ever, as pointed out by Dr. Sharp and others, are truly obtected, 
having a hard shell and the rudimentary appendages fastened by 
exudations to the body, like Lepidopterous pupz; these belong 
to the SraPHYLINID#. Others, again, are intermediate between 
the latter and the ordinary pupe. The larve of Coleoptera are 
extremely variable in form and habits ; many of these will be 
noticed during the course of the work; comparatively little is 
known about their life-history as they are, except in the case of 
the wood-feeding species, very difficult to rear. As might be ex- 
pected, the predatory larve (CaraBIpa, Dytiscipm, Srapuy- 
LINID®, etc.) are, as’a rule, very active; this is not, however, 
always the case, as the larve that construct burrows and lie in 


METAMORPHOSIS. Sl 


wait for their prey (CIGINDELIDH) are not adapted for rapid 
motion. Those that live surrounded with their nutriment (ScaRra- 
BHIDE, many RuyNcHoPHORA, etc.) are usually sluggish. As 
a rule the six legs are fully developed, although occasionally one 
pair may be rudimentary and adapted for a special purpose (as in 
the PassaLtip£). Sometimes they are very small, and in the Cur- 
CULIONID# they disappear altogether. This is not the case with 
all the RuyncoHorHora, as appears to be sometimes thought, for 
in the ANTHRIBID# the larve of some of the genera are legless, 
whereas in others legs are present (e. g. Cratoparts and Arceocerus) ; 
while in the larva of the curious European species Choragus shep- 
pardé the legs are replaced by three pairs of thoracic sac-like 
pseudopods (Sharp, é.c. p. 290). Probably in most of the apodous 
species the rudiments of legs might be found underneath, if not 
outside, the integument, if the insects were dissected and micro- 
scopically examined. 

There are two forms of Coleopterous larve :—1. the Campo- 
deiform or Thysanuriform; 2. the Eruciform or grub-form. 
The first of these is the active form, with long Jegs (as a rule), 
and well-developed, usually predaceous, mouth-parts; this form 
is considered the more primitive. Besides the predatory beetles 
above alluded to, the first instars * of StyLoPIp# and Mrtoma 
are campodeiform. 

In 1869 Brauer first suggested that the larvee of a great number 
of insects may be traced back to such primitive insects as Campodea 
and Japyx, belonging to the order Thysanura. He also pointed 
out that most of the more highly developed insects assume another 
larval form, which appears as a later acquisition, through adapta- 
tion to certain definite conditions. In the case of Sitaris, Meloé, 
and Hpicauta we see the adaptation take place before our eyes. 
This second form is the eruciform, grub-, or maggot-like larva. 
Brauer rightly considers that this form resulted from the insects 
living a stationary, semi-parasitic life on plants, in carrion, etc., 
where they had no need to go far afield in search of food. The 
majority of the Coleopterous larvee belong to this second division, 
with greater or less modifications. 

There is, in many instances, a striking similarity among the 
larvee of Coleoptera belonging to the same family, and this is not 
only the case in those families in which the perfect insects bear 
more or less resembiance to one another, such as the CaraBiIDa, 
STAPHYLINIDZ, ELATERIDA, etc., but among groups in which the 
imagines differ entirely in facies. This is particularly noticeable 


* Dr. Sharp adopts the term “ instar,” first proposed by Fischer (‘ Orthoptera 
Europea,’ 1853, p. 37) to express the form of insects at their various stages ; 
hitherto there has been no such term in use, entomologists speaking of ‘the 
form assumed at the first moult,” andsoon. Ifa caterpillar moults five times, 
the chrysalis becomes the sixth instar and the perfect insect the seventh instar. 
The adoption of this nomenclature saves considerable inconvenience. The 
egg does not count as an instar, although there seems no reason why it should 
not be #0 considered. 


on INTRODUCTION. 


in the case of the Tmnnerionips#, the larve of which, as a rule, 
are elongate, linear, parallel-sided, flattened, or cylindrical grubs, 
presenting a verv close superficial inter-resemblance ; and this is 
more or less maintained (with exceptions) throughout the Hrrz- 
ROMERA, thus serving to indicate that they probably constitute a 
natural division. 

The most extraordinary forms are found among certain of the 
water-beetles (e. g. Hatiprip® and Gyrinip®) and the Drr- 
MESTID.£, the larve in the former being furnished with long 
lateral and caudal appendages, and in the latter with a dense 
clothing of curiously arranged hairs. 

The life-history of certain Coleoptera is exceedingly interesting, 
especially of those forms which undergo what is known as Hyper- 
metamorphosis, of which only a very few examples have been 
adequately investigated. Many larve of all orders are provided 
with special modifications to enable them to adapt themselves to 
their proper hahits of life; but certain insects, with a very com- 
plicated life-history, require several further modifications in order 
to suit their altered circumstances. This is especially the case 
with those Coleopterous larve (MJeloé, &c.) that are parasitic on 
certain bees. The best known instance is that of Starts humeralis, 


——— 


ay 


re) 


Fig. 18.—Life-history of Sttaris muralis. a, triungulin or Ist larva: g, anal 
spine erect and claspers of a; b, 2nd larva; e, pseudo-pupa; /, 3rd larva; 
c, true pupa; d,imago. (After Ridley & Packard.) 


an account of which has been often given, but may perhaps be 
repeated. The observations were first made by M. Fabre, of 
Avignon. The eggs are Jaid by the female near the nest of a bee 
(Anthophora), and from these emerge the first or “ triungulin ” 
larve, which are very small, hard-skinned, with strong jaws, and 
long legs and antenne. According to Fabre they remain motion- 
less and without taking food until the following spring, when they 
become very active and hook themselves on to the hairs of the male 
bees, from which they transfer themselves to the females, and 
from these to the eggs of the bee, which are laid in separate cells 
filled with honey. After devouring the egg the triungulin assumes 


METAMORPHOSIS. 33 


a second larval form, quite different from the first, dilated beneath 
and adapted for floating on the honey, which it devours in about six 
weeks. A few days later this second larva changes into a short and 
broad pseudo-nymph or pupa, sometimes called the first pupa, in 
which state the insect passes the winter. In the spring a third 
larva appears, like the second, but not dilated beneath; this does 
not eat, and soon changes into an ordinary true Coleopterous pupa, 
from which emerges the imago. ‘The triungulins of Meloé are 
very differently shaped from those of Sitaris, and have the legs 
more strongly developed, but they are both equally adapted for 
attaching themselves to bees. 

Dr. Sharp also quotes Professor Riley’s account of the trans- 
formations of a blister-beetle, Hpicauta vittata, which is parasitic 
on locusts in North America. The triungulin campodeiform larva 
is very active, and runs about on the ground in sunny weather, 
examining the cracks, until an egg-pod of the locust is found ; 
into this it eats its way and begins to devour anege. After a 
few days the triungulin changes into a Caraboid larva, and in 
another week into a form like the larva of a Scarabeid ; this grows 
rapidly, leaves the egg-pod, and in a cavity close by turns into a 
pseudo-pupa or coarctate larva, quite helpless and inactive, in 
which form it passes the winter. In spring another Scarabeid- 
like larva emerges, which is somewhat active, but does not take 
food; in a few days this changes into a pupa of the ordinary 
Coleopterous form, from which the perfect insect emerges in the 
course of five or six days. 

The life-histories of several of these insects with various larval 
forms or instars are more or less known, but they are very hard 
to work out, and it will be a long time before we possess much 
detailed knowledge of more than a few of them. In other 
orders we have perhaps the most interesting case in Mantispa 
( Neuroptera). 

Very little is known of the changes that take place in the 
internal organs of any insects during the various metamorphoses, 
although in the case of the Diptera the changes are con- 
siderable. They do not appear to have been much studied in 
the Coleoptera, but are probably of much the same character, 
except that they ave not so rapid, as in the Diptera. One thing, 
however, we have learnt, and that is that « metamorphosis 
is after all only an extension of embryonic life, the moults and 
great changes being similar to those undergone by the embryo, 
and that metamorphosis and alternations of generations are 
but terms in a single series. Moreover, the metamorphoses of 
insects are of the same general nature as those of certain worms, 
of the echinoderms, and the frog, the different stages of larva, 
pupa, and imago being adaptational and secondary ” (Packard), 
The processes “by which the changes take place during meta- 
morphosis are of two kinds : histolysis or breaking down, ane histo- 
genesis or building up, of tissue. The intermediary agents in the 
ecaretre according to Sharp, Miall, and others, are “ “phagocytes 

D 


B4 INTRODUCTION, 


cells similar to the leucocytes or white corpuscles of the blood ; 
the intermediary agents in histogenesis are portions of tissue 
existing in the larval state incorporated with the different organs, 
or possessing a connection therewith even when they are to a 
ereat degree separated therefrom.” Histolysis of the muscular 
tissue appears to be a sort of inflammatory process, during which 
the phagocytes attach themselves to, or enter, the tissues which 
are to be disintegrated, and by which the larval structures are 
broken down into a creamy substance, the buds or germs from 
which the new organs are to be developed being exempt from the 
destruction. These buds grow as they are liberated, and so by the 
two processes the new creature is formed. This is probably much 
the same in principle as the ordinary growth of the tissues, only 
more pronounced and evident through the greater rapidity of the 
action in these particular transformations (vide Sharp, op. cit. v, 
p. 165). 

We need not here enter into the interesting question of em- 
bryologv ; those who desire to do so should consult the works of 
Graber, who has worked out the embryology of a species of Zina 
(CHRYSOMELID®), and others. 


Phylogeny. 


The earliest known insects belong to the Hemiptera, Orthoptera, 
and Neuroptera, and to an extinet Neuropterid order Palo- 
dictyoptera; the types are strongly differentiated and they are as 
well characterized for the most part as any insects now existing ; 
nor are there any transitional forms to bridge over the gap 
between the Coleoptera and other orders. rom the very earliest 
time of their appearance in geological strata the insects of this 
order have undergone no appreciable change; the period at which 
they first appeared is somewhat doubtful, but the evidence 
tends to prove that none existed during the Paleozoic period, 
the records being extremely meagre, and the insects described 
being probably not coleopterous. In the present state of our 
knowledge we cannot with any certainty say that the order ap- 
peared before the Mesozoic period. In the Jurassic period (Lias 
and Oolite) we find beetles abundant and far more numerous than 
the insects belonging to any other order; this was the age of the 
ereat Saurian reptiles, yet the beetles co-existing with these appear 
to belong to the same families and genera as those living at the 
present time. In the Rheetic beds insect remains have been found 
in such abundance that the beds containing them have been called 
the *‘ Insect Limestone.” The following families, among others, 
are represented :—SciRaABHIDH, CARABIDZ, GYRINIDA, HypRo- 
PHILIDA, LaATHRIDIIDH, BUPRESTIDZ, ELATERIDH, CANTHARIDA, 
CURCULIONID®, and CHrysomMELIp®. The Loneicornia, STAPHY- 
LINIDA, and CoccINELLID® appear to be altogether absent, as 
well as the XytopHaca, the deficiency of the latter being 


PHYLOGENY. 35 


noteworthy in the face of the statement made by certain 
authors that the Coleoptera were originally derived from a wood- 
boring insect, and that it was this habit that brought about the 
development of the hard-textured eiytra. 

As there are absolutely no connecting links of any value, the 
question of the original ancestor of the order is only a matter of 
mere hypothesis. Scudder believes that it was a wood-boring 
Palceodictyopteron, while Lameere considers it should be looked for 
among the Neuroptera-Planipennia, and Ganglbauer would derive 
the order from the Orthoptera. Lameere (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, 
xliv, 1900, p. 356) is of opinion that the ancestor of the Coleoptera 
must have had the following characters :—(1) A complete meta- 
morphosis; (2) tour Malpighian tubes; (3) the mouth-parts 
adapted for trituration of food (7. e. mandibulate and not suc- 
torial); (4) the prothorax large and free; (5) five joints to all the 
tarsi; (6) an onychium between the tarsal claws; (7) three 
ocelli ; (8) eight visible segments of the abdomen; (9) all the coxe 
conical and projecting; (10) antenne with eleven joints, not 
differentiated. 

As mentioned above, this ancestor, according to Lameere’s view, 
must have belonged to the group of Neuroptera-Planipennia, and 
lived under bark or bored into the trunks of trees, the advantage 
of the change in the form and substance of the upper wings being 
therefore evident. 

Ganglbauer (Miinch. Kol. Zeitschr. 1, 1903, p. 276), in alluding 
to Lameere’s hypothesis, says that, while he does not wish to enter 
upon a discussion as to the phylogenetic origin of the Coleoptera, 
he is still of opinion that it is more reasonable to consider them 
as derived from one of the older branches of the Orthoptera. 

To this Lameere (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xlvii, 1903, p. 156) 
replies that if the Coleoptera are considered as descended from 
the Orthoptera, we admit a ‘“ polyphyletisme de l’holometabo- 
lisme”; that is to say, that we must allow that holometabolic 
insects, or insects with perfect or very marked metamorphoses, 
must have arisen from more than one independent source. Al- 
though, at first sight, the argument may seem to have some weight, 
there really does not appear to be any insuperable objection to the 
independent origin of the orders or sections in question. But if 
the objection be sound, we must, to begin with, divide the Neuro- 
ptera into two distinct orders. Not that ae need cause any 
difficulty, for the insects placed by Sharp under the Neuroptera 
are distributed in six different orders by Packard and in five by 
Brauer. 

Since the foregoing paragraphs were written, Herr Handlirsch 
has published his exhaustive work ‘ Die Fossilen Insekten.’ In 
vol. i, p. 1278, t. vii, he shows the SILpHID# and Hisrerip® as 
the earliest beetles. These appeared in the Triassic period, and 
from the SinpHip# at various periods there spring off the SraPHy- 
LINIDH, of which the PSELAPHID® are a later branch, and (in 

D2 


36 INTRODUCTION. 


the Cretaceous period) the ScypMayipm, Leprrnipm, CLAM- 
BID, APHZNOCEPHALID® *, CorYLOPHID®, TRICHOPTERYGID A, 
SpHERIIDA, HyproscaPHID#®, and ScaPpHipIm#; the Puatry- 
PSYLLID® also probably belong to this period. Somewhat later 
than the S1rpHip®, but still in the Triassic period, come the 
PaLPrcorNIA and MaLaAcopERMATA, and a little later (but doubt- 
fully) the Cravicornia (in Ganglbauer’s sense, excluding the 
STAPHYLINOIDEA). In the Triassic period appear the ancestors 
of the Adephaga, Brachymera, Serricornia, Sternoxia (including 
BuprEsTID#® and Earertp#), and Teredilia. Later still, in the 
Middle Jurassic and Lower Oolite (‘* Dogger”), come the Hetero- 
mera, and in the Upper Jurassic and Upper Oolite (*‘ Malm’) the 
Phytophaga, from which, in the Cretaceous period, the Rhyncho- 
phora take their origin. Last of all appear the Lamellicornia. 

No Coleoptera occur in the Paleozoic period. One hundred 
and thirty-eight distinct types are found in the Mesozoic period, 
and about two thousand in the Cainozoic period. The proportion 
of beetles known in Tertiary and modern times is about 1 to 80; 
the proportion for the Lamellicorns, however, is only 1 to 180, 
which appears further to suggest their recent origin. 

Referring to the Triassic period (J. ¢. 1, p. 379) Handlirsch says 
that the Coleoptera are practically impossible to define, and belong 
to very slightly specialised forms, out of which may be made a 
Carabid, Dytiscid, Tenebrionid, Chrysomelid, or Rhynchitid ; this 
is shown by the names given to them—Pseudocurculionites, Pseudo- 
buprestides, Pseudocarabites, etc. This is, of course, as Handlirsch 
incidentally points out (/. ¢. pp. 398-399) partly due to the fact 
that we have only elytra to deal with, and that it is impossible 
from these alone to recognize the families with any accuracy. 

With regard to the origin of the Coleoptera we cannot agree 
with Handlirsch’s theory that they are derived from primitive 
forms of Blatta or from a branch of the Protoblattoidea. His 
only arguments in favour of this appear to rest upon outward 
appearance (the resemblance of the Biarripm® to certain CaRra- 
BID, SILPHID, LAMPYRIDES, etc.), the Blatta-like form of certain 
Silphid larve, the large approximate coxe, and the “ ege-laying ” 
of Hydrophilus. The extreme difference of the metamorphoses 
seems to outweigh all these, even though we allow that in a few 
instances beetles are viviparous. 

Handlirsch seems to have more reason in rejecting Lameere’s 
theory that the Coleoptera are derived from wood-boring Neuro- 
ptera which have had their upper wings modified into elytra on 
account of their habits. ‘‘ Elytra,” he says, ‘‘are not an adaptation 
(Anpassung) to an a priort protected abode (such as a boring in 
wood), but to a free abode (Aufenthalt) on the earth’s surface.” 
At the same time this is not entirely convincing. 


* This is apparently meant to include the PszupocoryLopuip® (of which 
Aphenocephalus is a genus) and Pu“noceruaLip# of Matthews (Corylophidx 
and Spheriide, 1899, pp. 197, 205). 


OLASSIFICATION, Ps Vis 


There can, of course, be no finality on such a question, seeing 
that so little can possibly be demonstrated regarding it; but if it 
is of any use to discuss it at all it seems by no means impossible 
that the ancestor of the Coleoptera is to be found among the 
SIALIDH (Neuroptera-Planipennia) in an extinct group possessing 
the more complete metamorphoses of the StaLipzs, and with larvee 
possessing the terrestrial habits and subcortical habitat of the 
KAPHIDIIDES. The true position of the Coleoptera, however, 
with reference to the other orders of insects, is quite uncertain, 
and they cannot be placed in close proximity with any. We are 
entirely in the dark as to their phylogeny, and all that has been 
said regarding it is only more or less unwarrantable hypothesis. 


Classification. 


In writing a general introduction to the Coleoptera for a work 
like the present, of which the various sections will be the production 
of several authors, the question of classification is by far the most 
difficult to deal with, for, naturally and probably, in the present 
state of our knowledge, individual authors may refuse to be 
bound by any system that may be laid down. It should therefore 
be understood that there is no intention to bind the specialists 
who may hereafter take part in the work, and in their prefaces 
and introductions they can, of course, adopt any classification of 
their groups and families that they think fit. 

One thing is certain, and that is that any linear classification is 
quite out of the question, The attempt to force this has been the 
chief cause of the confusion that has arisen. The great groups 
must be regarded as more or less parallel series, arising, hypo- 
thetically, from common stocks whose origin is quite unknown, for 
(so far as we at present know with certainty) they have appeared 
in geological strata in several instances simultaneously, and their 
remains, where found, are equally and fully developed. 

The earliest writers after Linné, in their systems of classifica- 
tion, laid the chief stress on the variation of the number of joints 
in the tarsi, Olivier being the first to adopt the primary sections 
of Pentamera, Heteromera, Tetramera, and Trimera ; this division, 
modified and enlarged by Latreille and others, has been in tise up 
to quite recent times, and must of course be always taken inte 
consideration. 

In 1883 Leconte and Horn published their ‘ Classification of 
the Coleoptera of North America,’ which, although in many points 
not in accordance with the views of modern Coleopterists, was yet 
a distinct advance on anything that had preceded it. They divided 
the order into two primary divisions :—1. COLEOPTERA (GENUINA), 
having the mouth-parts normal, the palpi always flexible, the gular 
sutures double, at least before and behind, and the prosternal 
sutures distinct ; and 2. Ruyncnopnora, having the head more or 
less prolonged into a rostrum, the palpi rigid (except in RHINO- 
MACERID@ and ANTHRIBID#), the gular sutures confluent along the 


38 INTRODUCTION, 


median line, and the prosternal sutures wanting; there. are also 
exceptions to the last two characters. 

The Coleoptera (genuina) were subdivided into two great com- 
plexes :—the Isomera, having the hind tarsi with the same number 
of joints as the others, and the HETEROMERA, in which the joints of 
the hind tarsi were less than those of the anterior pairs ; and the 
Isomera were again divided into the ADEPHAGA, CLAVICORNIA, 
SERRICORNIA, LAMELLICORNIA, and PuyropHaca. The question of 
the position of the RuyncnopHora had been dealt with before by 
the same authors (“The Rhynchophora of America North of 
Mexico,” Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. xv, 1876), and in this work they 
are regarded as the lowest, and the Lameniicornta as the highest 
in rank of all the Coleoptera. This view regarding the position of 
the RuyncHorpHorA has not met with acceptance from recent 
writers, some of whom regard them as an integral portion of the 
PuyropuaGa. Whether this is correct may be open to doubt (they 
are certainly, on the whole, a highiy specialized group), but Kolbe 
appears to be certainly going too far when, in direct opposition to 
Leconte and Horn, he speaks of them as one of the most highly 
developed types of Coleoptera, and a type that is most widely 
separated from the lowest forms (Zeitsch. fiir Ent. 1903, p. 144). 

In 1899 Dr. Sharp, in the ‘Cambridge Natural History ’ 
(vol. vi, Insecta, part 1, p. 190), published the following classifi- 
cation of the Coleoptera :— 


Series 1, LAMELLIcORNIA.—Antenne with the terminal joints leaf-like 
(or broader than the others, if not actually leaf-like), and 
capable of separation and of accurate apposition. Tarsi five- 
jointed. 

Families. Passalidee, Lucanide, Scarabeeide. 


Series 2, ADEPHAGA (CARABOIDEA of some authors).—Antennee never 
lamelliform, thin at the end; all the tarsi five-jointed, with 
the fourth joint quite distinct. Maxille highly developed, 
with the outer lobe slender and divided into two segments 
so as to be palpiform. Abdomen with six (or more) ventral 
segments visible. 

Families. Cicindelidee, Carabidee, Amphizoide, Pelobiide, 
Haliplide, and Dytiscide. 


Series 8. PoLtymorpHA.—Antenne frequently with either a club, ¢. e. the 
distal joints broader (Clavicorn series of authors), or the joints 
from the third onwards more or less saw-like, the serrations 
being on the inner face (Serricorn series of authors); but 
these, and all the other characters, including the number of 
joints in the tarsi, very variable. 

Families. Pausside, Gyrinide, Hydrophilide, Platypsyl- 
lide, Leptinidee, Silphide, Scydmeenide, Gnostidee (containing 
two Brazilian ants’-nest species), Pselaphide, Staphylinide, 
Spheeriide, Trichopterygide, Hydroscaphidz, Corylophide, 
Seaphidiidee, Synteliide, Histeride, Phalacridz, Nitidulide, 
Trogositidee, Colydiide, Rhysodide, Cucujide, Crypto- 
phagide, Helotide, Thorictidee, Erotylide, Mycetophagide, 
Coccinellide, Endomychide, Myceteide, Lathridiide, Adi- 
meride (containing one American genus), Dermestide, Byr- 


CLASSIFICATION, 39 


rhidee, Cyathoceridz (containing one species from Central 
America), Georyssidie, Heteroceride, Parnidie, Derodontide, 
Cioide, Sphindide, Bostrychidee, Ptinide, Maiacodermide, 
Melyridze (or Malachiide), Cleride, Lymexylonidee, Dascil- 
lidze, Rhipiceride, Klateridee, Buprestide. 

Series 4. HeTEROMERA.—Front and middle tarsi five-jointed, hind tarsi 
four-jointed. Other characters very variable. 

Families. Tenebrionide, Cistelidee, Lagriidze, Othniidee (a 
very doubtful family), Asgialitide, Monommide, Nilonidee. 
Melandryide, Pythide, Pyrochroid, Anthicide, Ode- 
meride, Mordellidee (including Rhipidophoride ), Cantharidee 
‘or Meloide), Trictenotomide. 

Series 5. PuHytopHaca.—Tavrsi four-jointed (apparently), but with a 
small additional joint, at the base of the fourth joint; sole 
usually densely pubescent (sometimes the tarsi are bare be- 
neath or bristly, and occasionally the small joint at the base 
of the fourth is more distinct). 

Families. Bruchidee, Chrysomelide (containing four sub- 
families, Eupoda, Camptosomes, Cyclica, Cryptosomes), 
Cerambycidee (containing three subfamilies, Prionides, 
Cerambycides, Lamiides). 

Series 6. RuyNcHOPHORA.—Head prolonged in front to form a beak ; 
eula indistinguishable. (Palpi usuaily not evident.) ‘Tarsi 
four-jointed (apparently), but with a very minute additional 
joint at the extreme base of the fourth joint. 

Families. Authribide, Curculionide, Scolytidee, Brenthide. 


Two families are considered by Sharp to be of uncertain position, 
the AGLYCYDERID# (from the Canary Islands, New Zealand, and 
New Caledonia) and the Prorerruinip#® (from the Hawaiian 
Islands exclusively); they may be aberrant Rhynchophora, but 
this is very doubttul. 

The weak point in this classification is the series PoLyMorPiia, 
which is unwieldy and of necessity loosely defined, for it is only 
formed to include all the elements (mostly discordant) which 
cannot be placed under any other division. It seems, however, 
impossible, in the present state of our knowledge, to avoid these 
large heterogeneous groups, and the objection applies with as much 
or even more force to the HererorrHABpDA of Kolbe or the Pony- 
pHAGA Of Ganglbauer, which embraces a considerably wider scope 
than the PoLyMorRPHA as used by Sharp. If one of these compre- 
hensive terms must be employed, and it seems impossible, for con- 
venience’ sale, to do without them, it seems best to adopt the 
name ‘ Polycerata” as including the old divisions CLavIcoRNIA, 
SERRICORNIA, etc. For all practical purposes, however, the 
groups might as well be distinguished by letters or figures. 
Ganglbauer’s term has certainly the advantage of answering 
to the term ADEPHAGA, but, on the other hand, it includes the 
LAMELLICORNIA. 

Apart from the division PotyMorpHa Sharp’s arrangement differs 
but little from the system of Leconte and Horn, except that the 
latter include the SryLoprip® under the HrrmromeEra, whereas 


40 INTRODUCTION. 


Sharp places them at the end of the Coleoptera under Srrepsr- 
PTERA, and does not state definitely whether they are to be united 
to the Coleoptera or regarded as a separate order. 

Although it is only comparatively recently that the venation of 
the wings of Coleoptera has been seriously used for systematic 
classification, yet it must not be forgotten that Burmeister (Mag. 
Zool. 1841, no. 76, pp. 14, 15) included on this character the CaRra- 
BIDE, Paussipm®, Dyriscipm, and Gyrintip# in his group Car- 
Nivorna or ADEPHAGA. Extensive work has been done in other 
orders by Hagen, Scudder, Brauer, and others, who recognized 
the phylogenetic importance of the wing venation, but the Coleo- 
ptera have certainly not had: their share of attention in this 
respect. As, however, the character is now much more syste- 
matically employed, it is necessary that something should be said 
about it before we proceed further. 

There is very great difference in the wing venation in the 
various families, but, in spite of all variations, there appear to be 
three principal types, on which may be founded three divisions of 
the order, and it is requisite that their characteristics should be 
explained, although it must be allowed that they break down in 
some cases and cannot always be depended upon. 

There has been considerable divergence in the names applied to 
the various veins by different authors, with the result that much 
confusion has arisen, and it is highly desirable that a uniform 
system should be adopted. We have here adopted the nomen- 

clature of Comstock, Needham, Ganglbauer, and others, and regard 

the veins as arranged as follows :—Costal (é.), Subcostal (s¢.), 
Radial (r.) 1 and 2, Median (m.) 1 and 2, Cubital (ew.) 1 and 2, 
Anal (a.) 1, 2, 3 and 4. 

The characteristics of the three groups before alluded to, as 
adopted by Ganglbauer and others, are as follows :— 


1. Adephagid type (fig. 19).—This is chiefly distinguished by the 
presence of one or two trausverse veins joining the two median 
veins (Omma), or by two transverse veins situated nearer to 
the base and joining the upper median or an irregular branch 
ot the lower radial vein to the lower median, thus forming a 
usually very definite enclosed space, called the areola oblonga 
or the oblongum (0). The latter is very characteristic of the 
greater number of the ApEpHaca, but in Cicindela and 
Ihysodes only the single transverse vein is present. In this 
group the branches of the radial vein enclose or tend to 
enclose an irregular space just behind the costa, at about the 
middle or nearer to the apex. 


2. Staphylinid type (fig. 20).—The chief characters of, this group 
are found in the absence of transverse veins; there are, 
therefore, no enclosed spaces on the wing. The veins, more- 
over, are much more simple, and the first or exterior median 
vein does not extend right across the dise and is not joined 


CLASSIFICATION, 


Ax Cie yi 
Fig. 19.—Adephagid type of wing. 


Upper figure: Omma stanleyi. (After Kolbe.) 
Lower figure: Tachypus flavipes. (After Kempers.) 


Fig. 20. 
Upper figure: Staphylinid type of wing; Necrophorus vespillod:s. 
Lower figure: Cantharid or Telephorid type of wing; Lygistopterus 
sanguineus. (After Kempers.) 


49 INTRODUCTION. 


at the base to any other vein. This is a very distinct and 
uniform type, as far as it goes, but its adoption seems to 
have the effect of keeping apart several genera that on other 
characters appear to be somewhat closely allied; this kind 
of difficulty, however, is liable to arise in every system of 
classification. 


3. Cantharid or Telephorid type (fig. 20).—The chief characteristic 
of this division is the loop formed at some distance from the 
apex of the wings by the coalescence of the two median veins, 
one alone (it is usually hard to say which) being continued to 
the margin from the centre of the loop. A somewhat similar 
loop is found in the typical species at the apex of the radial 
veins, and transverse veins occur joining the cubital and anal 
veins; in all these forms, however, there is great variation, 
and the type, as a whole, undergoes so much modification, 
and sometimes breaks down so entirely that its value becomes 
very doubtful. The characteristic median loop is very small 
in some families, and is often reduced to a mere hook at 
the apex (as in Yegrodera erosa, one of the Menor); 
it is very plain in many Lamellicorns, but practically absent 
in Geotrupes, and this is also the case with the PassaLipz and 
many RuyncHopHora. Many of these latter, with their quite 
simple venation and the absence of any transverse veins, might 
well be classed under the Staphylinid type. This variation 
largely discounts the value of the whole characters of the wing 
venation as affording a reliable ground for classification ; at 
the same time it is a very great help if taken in conjunction 
with other characters. 


A beetle may be compared to an aeroplane, being considerably 
heavier than air, with the elytra aud wings constituting the 
balancing-frame, the body representing the passengers and 
material, and the wing-muscles representing the motor. In order 
to counteract the comparatively great weight of the body the 
wings must present a correspondingly large area, and must, 
therefore, when expanded, be much larger than the elytra. As 
it is, however, of the greatest importance to the insect that the 
delicate wings should be protected by the elytra, there must neces- 
sarily be a mechanism for folding them, and this we find to be the 
case not only in the Coleoptera, but in all orders that have the 
outer wings corneous or coriaceous ; the arrangement is especially 
sunple and beautiful in the case of the Forricutip# and Buiarripa, 
in which the wings open and shut like a fan. This is also seen in 
the Puasmip£. In the Coleoptera the method of folding is both 
longitudinal and vertical; in many cases the apical and anal 
portions are singly or doubly folded back upon the rest of the 
wing, but in other cases, especially, as might be expected, in the 
brachelytrous species, the arrangement is much more complicated. 
We have received a valuable paper from Mr. Woolworth, published 
by him in the ‘ University of Canada Publications’ (Technical 


CLASSIFICATION. 43, 


Bulletins, Entomology, vol. i, no. 1, pp. 1-152), in which he deals 
with the flight and venation of insects; in it he has paid special 
attention to the lines of folding, which are almost as interesting as 
the veins themselves, and by his kind permission we are enabled to 
give figures of the methods of folding in the case of three types of 
wings. “The most characteristic thing,” he says (l.c. p. 126), 
“about the hind wing in this order is the manner of folding. These 
wings exhibit a good deal of variation in this respect, but there is 
one point in which they all agree, if the wing folds transversely at all 
—abortive wings, or those not fully covered by the elytra, lose the 
characteristic fold that occurs in all normal wings. This common 
character is the dividing of the area between the two strong 
divergent veins [called by him the primary and first posterior] into 


Fig. 21.—Venation and folding of wings of Harpalus caliginosus; Adephagid 
type. Dotted lines indicate lines of folding; black areas those that are 
reversed in folding. (After Woolworth.) 


four triangular areas by the lines of folding [the triangles are seen 
in the figure]. Besides these there is always one and sometimes 
two basal folds, and there are also extremely variable apical folds. 
The method of folding is as follows: the largest white area, the 
third coming from the margin near the base, is the only one that 
remains uncovered. All the adjacent areas bend under it. The 
tip of the wing beyond the triangles folds first longitudinally along 
a slight curve, which causes the extreme tip to fold back upon the 
more basal portion. The folding is brought about in the first type 
of wing [fig. 21] by the approximation of the tips of the primary 
and first posterior (radial and median) veins by their own elasticity, 
and the extension of the wing by a pull on the anterior marginal 
(costal and subcostal) veins by the anterior muscles. The folding 


Ad INTRODUCTION, 


in the second type is much the same except that there is a single 
and not a double folding of the apical region.” In the Staphylinid 
type, as we have said before, the arrangement is much more 
elaborate ; in this case there are three transverse folds and several 


Fig. 22.—Venation and folding of wings in Staphylinus cinnamopterus ; 
Staphylinid type. Dotted lines and black areas indicate same as in 
fig. 21. (After Woolworth.) 


Fig. 23.—-Venation and folding of wings in Dermestes lardarius ; Cantharid or 
Telephorid type. Dotted lines and black areas indicate same as fig. 21. 
(After Woolworth.) | 


added longitudinal folds in the apical region of the wing. A 
peculiar feature of the groups is the carrying of the basal trans- 
verse fold across the anal region. The wings of the SrapHy- 
LINID# will be found further alluded to in the account of the 
family. 

Danae in his classification (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xliv, 1900, 
p. 357), makes use of these distinctions and divides the Coleoptera 


CLASSIFICATION. 45 


into three suborders: CANTrHARIDIFORMIA, STAPHYLINIFORMIA, 
and CARABIFORMIA. 


I. The CaANTHARIDIFORMIA include the following :— 


1. Trrepiita, with the families Lymexylonide (‘la famille qui est la 
plus voisine du Néuroptére ancestral”), Anobiide (Anobiine, 
Ptininze), Bostrychidie (Lyctines, Bostrychine), Cupedide, and 
Derodontide. 

2, MALACODERMATA, With the families Cantharidide or Telephoridie 
(including Cantharidinze or Telephorinse, Lycine, Lampyrina, 
Driline) and Melyride (Malachiine, Melyrine, Corynetine, 
Clerine). 

3. STERNOXI, with the families Dascillidee (Dascilline, Chelonariina, 
Eucinetinee, and Cyphonine ; the latter two are referred to the 

Dascillidee with some doubt), Elateride (Cebrionine, Pero- 
thopine, Itucnemine, Cerophytine, Soleniscine, Llaterine, 
Throscinee), and Buprestide. 

4, Macropactry Les, with the tamily Parnidee (Psephenine, Parnine, 
Elmidinz, and Heterocerine ). 

5. BRACHYMERA, with the families Dermestide and Byrrhide; in 
the latter family Nosodendron is included, although very doubt- 
fully, as Lameere says that it has nothing in common with the 
Byrrhidee except the retractability of the legs. 

6. Panprcornia, with the family Hydrophilide (Helophorinz, 
Hydrophiline). 

7. CLAVICORNIA, with the families Nitidulide (Hypocephaline, 
Spheeritine, Synteliine, Trogositine, Nitiduline, Byturine), 
Mycetophagide, Cissidee (Cissinew, Sphindine), Erotylide (Ero- 
tyline, Cryptophagine), Phalacrida, Colydiide, Lathridiide, 
Kndomychide (Mycetzinz, Endomychine), Coccinellide, Cucu- 
jidee (Cucujinee, Helotinz), Brenthidee. 

8. PuyropHaGa, with the families Cerambycids, Chrysomelids, 
Bruchide (Bruchine, Anthribinz), Curculionide. 

9. HerrrRoMeRraA, with the families Tenebrionide, Melandryidie 
(Melandryine, Mordellinze, Rhipiphorine, Stylopinse), and La- 
griide (Lagriine, Pythine, Pyrochroine, Meloine, Gidemerine, 
and Anthicinge). 

10. LamELiLicorni4, with the families Lucanide (Lucanine, Tro- 
gine) and Scarabeeide (Scarabeeine, Melolonthine, Dynastinz). 


II. The StapHyLINrFoRMIA include the families Silphide (Silphine, 
Clambinz, Spheeriine, Hydroscaphine, Scaphidiine, Corylo- 
phine, Trichopterygine, Scydmeenine), Histeride, Staphylinide, 
Pselaphidee, Platypsyllidee, and Pulicide (Fleas). ; 

III. The CaranrrorMia include the families Rhysodide, Carabide, 
Pausside, Dytiscide (Omophronine, Halipline, Amphizoinee, 
Hygrobiine, Hydroporine, Dytiscine). 


bo 


There is a great deal that is good in this classification, but the 
chief objections appear to be against the following points :—The 
removal of the Brenruipm® from the Ruyncnornora to the 
Clavicorns; the inclusion of the Puxicrom or Fleas among the 
Coleoptera; the position of Hypocephalus among the Nrripv- 
LIp®, and (though less to be objected to) of Omophron among the 
Dytiscip#. The AMPHIZOIN®, moreover, are not Dyriscrpm, 
and should be considered a separate family. Several of these 


46 INTRODUCTION, 


points are defended by M. Lameere (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xlvii, 
1903, p. 155), but we cannot agree with him in the present state 
of our knowledge, nor can we always quite follow his phylogeny. 
At the end of the second paper he gives the following table :— 


- : ; 

upediformia. 
( ADEPHAGA. ie P : nee 
| ! Carabiformia. 


| 


COLEOPTERA ~ 


( Teredilia. 
Malacodermata. 
Sternoxia. 
Macrodactylia. 


¢ Cantharidiformia < ee ae 

| Palpicornia. 
| 
| 


Clavicornia. 
Phytophaga. 
Heteromera. 
Lamellicornia. 


| 

i PoLYPHAGA 2 
| 
| 


On the face of it it seems quite inadmissible to apply the term 
“ Cantharidiformia” to Malacoderms, Elateride, Clavicorns, 
Lamellicorns, Rhynchophora, etc., indiscriminately. 

Kolbe in 1901 published a system of classification (Archiv fiir 
Naturg., Jahrg. Beiheft, Festschrift fiir Eduard von Martens, 
pp. 89-150, Taf. i1 & 11), which he afterwards modified in a paper 
‘Zur Systematik der Coleopteren” (Alle. Zeitsch. Entom. 1903, 
pp. 137-145). In the latter article he divides the Coleoptera into 
two suborders, Adephaga and Heterophaga. 

The ADEPHAGA fall into two divisions, PRoTADEPHAGA and TRUE 
AprpHaGa. These are distinguished by the formation of the 
ventral segments and the venation of the wings. To the former 
division belong the Cupedide alone; to the latter the Cicinde- 
lidee, Carabide, Amphizoide, Pelobiide, Haliplide, Dytiscide, 
Gyrinide, Pausside, and Rhysodide. 

The H»nrErRopHaGa also are placed under two divisions, Hapio- 
STOMATA and RHYNCHOPHORA. 

The HarLosromara are again subdivided into four groups; of 
these the first three, STAPHYLINOIDEA, ACYTINORRHABDA, H»rnro- 
RRHABDA, are characterized by having the penultimate joint of the 
tarsi equal or nearly equal to the preceding, and may be classed 
together as Homaopopa. 

The STAPHYLINOIDEA contain the following families :—Staphy- 
linide, Silphide, Scydmenide and Pselaphide, Catopide, Hypo- 
cephalide, Anisotomide, Corylophidew, Trichopterygide, Hydro- 
scaphide, Scaphidiide, Clambide, Spheriide, Leptinide, Platy- 
psyllide, and Histeride. 

The AcTINORRHABDA contain the Syntelide, Lucanide, and 
Scarabzeidee, but not the Passalide. | 

The HprERORRHABDA answer very closely to the PoLyMorPHa of 
Sharp, and are open to the same objections, only more so, as they 


~Staphyliniformia. 


CLASSIFICATION, 47 


contain the HrreromeEra as well as the greater part of the 
Clavicorn series, the Malacoderms, the Enarertp®, and Burru- 
stip, ete. Kolbe also includes the Passatipm, which appears to 
be contrary to all accepted views. 

The ANcHISTopopA are characterized by Kolbe as having the 
penultimate joint of the tarsi very small and more or less hidden 
between the lobes of the third joint ; they include the Phalacride, 
Cryptophagide, Hrotylide, Prionide, Cerambycide, Bruchide, 
Chrysomelide, Endomychide, and Coccinellide. 

The second great division of the HereropracGa is formed by the 
Ruyncnornora, including the families Rhinomaceride, Anthri- 
bide, Oxycorynide, Rhynchitide, Apionide, Brachyceride, Pro- 
terhinide, Brenthide, Platypide, Tomicide, and Curculionide. 
While Leconte and Horn regard the Rhynchophora as the lowest 
representatives of the Coleoptera, Kolbe places them at the head 
of the order and assigns them the highest place. Kolbe has since 
modified, expanded, and altered several of his views in a series of 
articles in the ‘ Zeitscrift fiir wissenschaftliche Insekten Biologie,’ 
Band iv, 1908, pp. 116, 153, 219, 246, 286, 389, which are perhaps 
the best that he has written on the subject. 

Although there is much that is good in his classification, yet in 
the present state of our knowledge it is not likely to be adopted, 
and we may pass on to the arrangement of Ganglbauer, which 
appears to be the best that has yet been put forward. It will be 
found fully explained in his interesting and exhaustive pamphlet 
published in the ‘ Miinchener LKoleopterologische Zeitschrift ’ 
(1903, pp. 271-319), for a copy of which I am much indebted to 
the author, as well as for the use I have made of his work. 

According to Ganglbauer there are two suborders of Coleoptera, 
ADEPHAGA and PonypHaGa; these are distinguished by him as 
follows :— 


J. ApEPHAGA.—Venation of wings of the Adephagid type (p. 40); 
ovaries with nutriment-chambers inserted between the egg- 
chambers (meroistic); testes simple, tubular; one pair of 
accessory glands present in the male genital organs; four 
Malpighian tubes; larve more or less campodeiform, with 
two-jointed tarsi; habits, as a rule, active, predaceous, and 
carnivorous ; to this may be added the fact that the an- 
tenne are filiform, often setaceous, rarely moniliform or 
irregular. 

IJ. Ponypuaca.—Venation of the wings of the Staphylinid or 
Cantharid type (p. 42); ovaries with a single nutriment- 
chamber at one end (holoistic); testes follicular; one or 
more pairs of accessory glands present in the male genital 
organs; four or six Malpighian tubes ; larve very variable ; 
habits widely differing. 


We propose to adopt these two suborders, but to separate the 
LAMELLICORNIA from the second and place them in a third sub- 
order at the head of the Coleoptera. They are the most homo- 
geneous group, and appear to be distinct by reason of the 


48 INTRODUCTION. 


characteristic lamellate antennee, the strongly developed sexual 
dimorphism of the head, and the distinct and, as a rule, uniform 
structure of the larve. The habits, moreover, of some of the 
species appears to show a higher grade of intelligence. They may 
be defined as follows :— 


Tit. Lamenriicornia.—Venation of wings chiefly Cantharid ; an- 
tennal club lamellate throughout the subfamilies; ganglia 
more or less concentrated (except in the Lucanip#); 
ovaries holoistic; testes follicular, with the follicles 
rounded and stalked ; one pair of accessory glands in the 
male genital organs (except very rarely, as in Cetona, 
where there are three pairs); four Malpighian tubes; 
larvee usually without ocelli, stout thick grubs, with the 
body more or less curved, so that their usual position is to 
lie sideways ; larval legs comparatively long, the hind pair 
rudimentary in the PassaLip®; many of the larve with 
powers of stridulation; sexual dimorphism strongly marked 
in several groups. 


The second division (POLYPHAGA) requires subdivision; the 
divisions adopted by Ganglbauer are the SrapiyLiInorpEA, DivER- 
SICORNIA, HnrerRoMERA, PHyropHaGa, and RHyncHopHora. The 
STAPHYLINOIDEA form a fairly homogeneous group, and the wing- 
venation is of much service in defining it, but the DIVERSICORNIA 
are very heterogeneous; there is hardly a single character in 
Ganglbauer’s definition that is not extremely variable in the dif- 
ferent families comprised under it, and it is, of course, a well- 
known fact that the real difficulty of a classification of the order 
rests with the large series of heterogeneous forms which are 
found in this section. As, however, Dr. Sharp has remarked, a 
large number of these forms belong to families that are easily 
recognized, and it is therefore best, for the present at any rate, 
to adopt the old artificial divisions. 

The classification here adopted will then run as follows :— 


Suborder I. ADEPHAGA. 
Suborder Il. Potycrrata (Polymorpha or Polyphaga). 
Division 1. Staphylinoidea. 
. Clavicornia. 
. Serricornia (provisionally including 
Malacodermata). 

» 4. Heteromera. 
ss : Phytophaga (including Longicornia). 
: . Rhynchophora. 

Suborder III. LamMELLIcORNIA. 


rP 
P) 


wb 


Op Or 


This is a combination of the systems of Ganglbauer and Sharp ; 
it must be remembered that the divisions under Suborder IT. 
are for the most part parallel and are not arranged in linear 
succession. ; 


ADEPHAGA, A9 


Sub-Order Il. ADEPHAGA. 


The ADEPHAGA have by most authors been placed at the head 
of the Coleoptera by reason, in great measure, of their predatory 
habits, as answering to the beasts of prey and the rapacious birds. 
By recent writers, however, they are placed at the lower end of 
the order, as the most primitive series, the reasons alleged being 
the visibility of the second ventral segment of the abdomen *, 
the simple antenne, the tubular testes, the more complicated 
structure of the wings, and the campodeiform larve. Several of 
these characters are found in other groups, but m the ApmPHaGa 
there is a combination of a large number of characters which are 
believed to point toa primitive origin. At the same time we know 
very little for certain with regard to the significance of these 
characters from a phylogenetic point of view, and what we do know 
is perpetually being modified and corrected by fresh discoveries. 
As a matter of fact comparatively few species (indeed an in- 
finitesimally small number, compared with the probable total) have 
been examined in each group and generalisations may be easily 
upset. 

The chief characteristics of the ADEPHAGA have been mentioned 
above: the venation of the wings is very distinct and important, 
the areola oblonga, formed by the two cross veins joining the 
median veins, being very characteristic. In the CIcInDELID™® it 
is usually wanting, although it is found in Pogonostoma, but 
there are other good characters which may distinguish the 
venation. 

The number of the Malpighian tubes is four (these are usually 
four or six), and this would appear to be the primitive number ; 
some authors, however, believe that six is the primitive number 
and derive the four from the six. Lameere, if consisteyt with his 
general argument, should uphold the latter, as in his classification 
he almost invariably derives the less from the more. In Cyphon 
(including Helodes) considerable difficulty appears to have been 
caused by the tact that there are tour Malpighian tubes in the 
Jarvee and six in the imago, but if four is the primitive number the 
difficulty vanishes. Many more beetles will probably be found 
to show the same arrangement in their larval and perfect states. 
The filiform antenne (very rarely irregular or moniliform) and 
the active campodeiform larve are also characteristic of the 
ADEPHAGA. 

The families which have been usually assigned to the group are 
the CICINDELID A, CARABID#, HALIPLIDA, Dyviscip ®, HYGROBIID” 


* In the great majority of Coleoptera, the first visible ventral plate is the 
lower sclerite of the third abdominal segment. 
B 


50 INTRODUCTION, 


(or PreLopiip#®), GYRINID®, and in more recent years the com- 
paratively newly discovered AmPuHiIzoIp&, To these have been 
added the Cupeptp%, Ruysop1ip#, and Paussip#, in great measure 
on account of the venation of the wings. Sharp, as will be seen 
above, excludes from the series the three last mentioned families 
and also the Gyrinip®, although he says that the Paussip® and 
Ruysop1p# will probably have to be inciuded.* 

With regard to the Gyrinip#, Sharp writes as follows (Cam- 
bridge Natural History, vi, p. 21 6):—“ The GyRINIDE are one 
of the most distinct of ail the families of Coleoptera : by some 
they are associated with the Adephagous series; but they have 
little or no affinity with the other members thereof. Without them 
the ADEPHAGA form a natural series of evidentiy allied families, and 
we consider it a mistake to force the Gyrinip therein because 
an objection is felt by many taxonomists to the maintenance of 
isolated families. Surely if there are in nature some families allied 
and others isolated, it is better for us to recognise the fact, though 
it makes our classifications look less neat and precise, and increases 
the difficulty of constructing tables.” These remarks may well be 
commended to the notice of systematists in cases in which families 
have been ruthlessly crammed into abnormal positions for the sake 
of uniformity. At the same time, the wings of the GyrInIpD# are 
distinctly adephagid in their venation, and unless they are raised 
into a sub-order having equivalent value with the ADEPHAGA, it 1s 
best to retain them in their present position. I have already 
pointed out (Coleoptera of the British Islands, 1, pp. 209-211) 
that the Gyrinip#, if separated from the AvEPHAGA, must be 
regarded as finding in them their nearest allies, and have discussed 
at some length their peculiarities and affinities. 1 did not, however, 

take the wing venation into account, as very little Foner iomn had 
then been paid to this point, so far as the Coleoptera were con- 
cerned. In some points they approach nearer to the HyDROPHILID © 
than to the ADEPHAGA. 

In the arrangement here adopted the CrcInDELID®, CARABIDA, 
Hantrpnipe®, Dyriscip®, HyGropiip®, AMPHIZOIDH, Paussipx 
and Rirysoprp® are regarded as ADEPHAGA proper: the GYRINIDZ 
as doubtful, but as probably a separate offshoot from the stem of 
the series: and the CUPEDID® as outside this and all other series, 
but as best placed near the ADEPHAGA in the present state of our 
knowledge. 

If for the sake of showing things more clearly we may, for the 
moment, adopt the term ‘“ Protadephaga,” used by Ganglbauer and 
others, we might represent the group as follows :— 


* Dr. Sharp has since come to the conclusion that the Ruysop1px are purely 
Carabid and that Cupces is very extraordinary and quite isolated. 


—— 


Qi 
— 


ADEPHAGA. 


Protadephaga. 


ae 


—— 
Cicindelide. 
Cupedidee. Gyrinide. Carabide. 
Haliplidee. 
Dytiscide. 
Hyerobiide. 
Amphizoide. 
Paussidee. 
Rhysodide. 


The following table will serve to distinguish the families of the 
ApppitaGa, as here constituted. In all succeeding tables the only 
families dealt with are those of which members have been known 
to occur in the Indian region ; we have, however, included in the 
present one all the known families, as the connecting links are 
very interesting, and, moreover, two families out of the three which 
have not yet occurred in India (Ampuizorip%® and HyGRoBiD£ 
( PELOBIID2#)) are represented in Tibet. 


I. Abdomen with six or seven (rarely eight) 
visible ventral segments, the first three 
connate but with the sutures apparent. 

i, Metasternum with a transverse suture 
before the posterior coxee. 

1. Transverse suture before posterior coxe 
extending across the metasternum, 
which is continued behind in a tri- 
angular process between the coxe. 

A. Postertor coxe normal;  antennie 
11-jointed. 
a. Clypeus extending on each side 


beyond the base of the antenne .. Cicindelide, p. 52. 
b. Clypeus not extending on each side 
beyond the base of the antenne .. Carabide, p. 54. 


B. Posterior coxe extended into two 
broad plates covering the first three 
segments of the abdomen; antenne 
OE OmINGE Uke geet. Salar & Sewage, | Haliplide |, p. 61. 
2, Transverse suture of metasternum very 
short, only reaching across the central 
portion; metasternum not prolonged 
between the posterior cox. 
A. Anterior coxee conical: tibize and {Hygrobiide |, 


tarsi with swimming hairs ........ p. 60. 
B. Anterior coxe globular; tibize and 
tarsi without swimming hairs ...... | Amphizoide |, p.59. 


il. Metasternnm without a transverse suture 
before the posterior coxe. 
1, Posterior coxe contiguous on their inner 
margin: metasternum slightly produced 
between them; legs natatorial. 
Eyes not divided; antenne normal,. Dytiscide, p. 62. 
rn 


52 INTRODUCTION, 


Eyes completely divided; antennve 
abnormal, very shorty... eee Gyrinide, p. 65. 
. Posterior coxee very widely separated ; 
metasternum emarginate ‘before them, 
very large, almost as lone as the 
abdomen; antennze moniliform; lees 
amibulatorial heat a ch)o Wes eeleneen eee Rhysodide, p. 68. 
II. Abdomen with four visible ventral segments 
(the basal segments being connate without 
apparent suture) ; antenne with 2-11 joints *, 
usually more or less abnormal ; metasternum 
with an antecoxal suture extending almost 
across its breadth, shghtly produced between 
the postemon icone: os... 4 hy sian Pausside, p. 67. 
III. Abdomen with five free ventral segments ; 
antennee 11-jointed; metasternum with a 
deep antecoxal suture, extending almost across 
its breadth, scarcely produced between the 
POSTERIO PLC ONG ir: Wiese re tase ec eee eRe Cupedide, p. 68, 


family 1. CICINDELIDA. 


Clypeus extending laterally in front of the insertion of the 
antenne ; head large; eyes large and prominent ; antenne eleven- 
jointed, wnserted on the forehead above the base of the mandibles, with 
the joints, evcept the four basal ones, finely pubescent ; maceillee with 
the outer lobe two-jointed (sometimes rudimentary and setiform 
(Therates)), the nner lobe (or lacimia) nearly always terminated by 
an articulated hook (ewcept in CLENOSTOMIDE); abdomen with the 
three anterior segments connate, with siv ventral segments visible in 
the female, and seven, as a rule, im the male; legs slender, formed 
for swift running ; posterior cove dilated internally, not reaching 
the sules of the body ; venation of wings wreqular, the areola oblonga 
nearly always wanting. 


As the CictnpELIp® are described in the present volume there 
is no need to say much about them. From the ferocity of their 
nature (as well, perhaps, as from their colouring), they are often 
ealled ‘ Tiger Beetles,” a name which they well deserve. Their 
larvee, moreover, are more ferocious than the perfect insects; but 


comparatively few have been discovered, and nothing is known of 


the life-history of some important genera (e. g. Tvricondyla and 
Therates); quite recently a larva of the genus Collyris has been 
described by Mr. Shelford, a full account of which will be found 
in the following pages. 


* Ganglbauer (Die Kifer Mitteleuropa. 1, p. 3) says 2-6 or 10 joints, but the 
comparatively recently described genus Protopaussus has the antennz normal 
and L1-jointed., 


CICIN DELID_E. 53 


Most of the CicinDELID&X have long legs, but in some cases these 
are abnormally long and slender, and as most of these long-legged 
species are also very quick on the wing, they are exceedingly 
difficult to capture. The largest members of the family belong to 
the African genus Mantichora; these are entirely black or brown 
and have no wings, as is the case with several other small genera 
(Ctenostoma, etc.); when pursued they open their enormous 
mandibles and adopt a “scare attitude” after the fashion of 
Ocypus olens (STAPHYLINID®). Dr. Sharp states that Péringuey 
found a breeding ground of J. tuberculatu, de G., near Kimberley ; 
the larvee were living in the usual Cicindelid manner; but the 
ground was so hard that he was not able to investigate the burrows 
and there were but few insects that could serve as food in the 
neighbourhood. The genus Poyonostoma, containing about thirty 
species, is peculiar to Madagascar and is remarkable for the great 
development of the palpi; the species are arboreal in their habits. 

Dr. W. Horn, the great authority on the family, divides it 
into eight subfamilies :—CrmnosvoMiIn%®, CoLLyrin& (including 
Collyris and Tricondyla), Tuurarina, CricinpDELINa, MuEGaA- 
CEPHALINE, NEOMANTICHORINE, PALEOMANTICHORINE, and 
PLATYCHILIN & (the latter including only one genus and one species 
from South Africa). 

Westwood (Modern Classification of Insects, 1, p. 52, 1839) says 
that ‘‘the number of insects belonging to this family scarcely ex- 
ceeds 250” ; at present some 1500 species are known and they are 
perpetually being added to. Some recent writers on classification 
apparently desire to include the CiciINDELIDX under the CARABID& ; 
but the two families appear to be distinct by reason of their 
general facies, the formation of the head, the absence of the 
areola oblonga on the wings, and their development and life- 
history ; it is probable too that they differ in other points which 
have not been much noticed. At all events Packard (Text-Book 
of Entomology, p. 254), in speaking of the sensory organs of 
beetles says that ‘in the CicrtnprLip#® the epipharynx bears a 
sensory field quite different from that of the CaraBipx. There 
are no normal taste-cups, except a few situated on two large, 
round, raised areas which are guarded in front by a few very long 
sete. On the surface of each area are numerous very long sete, 
which may, if not tactile, have some other sense, as they arise 
from cup-like bases or cells. Those on the outside are like true 
taste-cups, with a bristle but little longer than normal in taste- 
cups generally.” This sensory field Packard is disposed to regard 
as a highly specialized gustatory apparatus ; probably it has to do 
with other senses as well, but at all events it appears to afford 
characters absent in the CaRaBip#. Packard does not it is true 
say whether it is universal in the CicinDELID#, and it would hardly 
appear likely that all the genera have been investigated for these 
characters. 


54 INTRODUCTION. 


Family 2. CARABID. 


Head usually, but not always, narrower than the prothorax ; 
clypeus not extending laterally in front of the insertion of the 
antenne ; antennw eleven-jointed , maxille without an articulated 
hook at the apew of the inner lobe (or lacinia), outer lobe almost 
always with two joints; abdomen with the three anterior segments 
connate, usually with sia ventral segments visible in both sexes, some- 
limes seven, very rarely eight; anterior and middle cove more or 
less spherical ; wing venation more regular, areola oblonga present ; 
tarsi five-jointed, without exception. 


This is a very large and important family and contains, at 
present, some 13,000 to 14,000 
species, which are perpetually 
being added to. In temperate 
countries they are almost 
entirely terrestrial, being found 
under stones or bark, in moss, 
rotten wood, etc. and are very 
seldom seen on the wing: in 
fact 1m many species the wings 
are rudimentary and the elytra 
soldered together ; in tropical 
countries, however, there are 
many arboreal genera, which 
freely make use of their wings. 
Both in the larval and the 
perfect state they are car- 
nivorous and predaceous. A 
few species have been found 
eating the young seeds on 
the heads of Umbelliferze 
or Composite, or feeding on 
erowing corn (Harpalus and 
Fig. 24.—- Carabus cashinirensis. Zabrus), and Harpalus rufi- 
cornis has been recorded as 

doing extensive damage to strawberries. 

The larvee of the Carnantp# are, as a rule, easily recognisable ; 
they are, for the most part, elongate and very active, and may be 
chiefly known by the fact that the tarsi end in two claws, by their 
exserted strong and sharp calliper-like mandibles, and by the pair 
of cerci and the anal appendage at the end of the abdomen ; these 
latter being very variable. Several of these larvee will be found 
beautifully figured by Schisdte in his classical work, “De 
Metamorphosi Eleutheratorum Observationes ” (Part iii). 


CARABIDA. 55) 


With regard to the classification of the Carapipm®, much 
has been written; they have trom 
the very first attracted collectors, 
and by many have been regarded 
(with the comparatively small family 
CICINDELIDH) as the head of the 
Coleoptera: but the tendency now is 
to place them at the end rather than at 
the beginning. 

There is much to be said for 
Lacordaire’s classification of the group 
(Gen. des Coléopteres, Vol. 1.), but 
the Legions, Sections, and Tribes are 
somewhat hard to follow, as he gives 
no initial tables. Moreover, he ap- 
pears to be wrong in some points, 
as when he places the aberrant J/or- 
molyce between Thyreopterus and 
Catascopus, under. his tribe PErt- 
CALLIDES, and includes under the same 
section the PERICALLIDES and PsEUDO- 


aa es, ee MORPHIDES. If we except the last 
Fig. 25.—Carahus cancel- 
itus. Larva x +, named group and the Mormotycina, 
U De C a “ 
(Aiter Schiddte). the CarRaBIDA may be at once separ- 


ated into two great divisions, the 
CARABIN@® and the Harparina, as follows :— 


I. Mesothoracic epimera reaching the middle 
coxal cavities, which are not entirely en- 
closed by. the sterna; anterior coxal 
cavities either open or closed behind .... Carabine. 


JI. Mesothoracic epimera not reaching the 
middle coxal cavities, which are entirely 
enclosed by the sterna; anterior coxal 
cavities closed behind; anterior tibiz 
deeply emarginate in front ............ Harpaline. 


Of the middle coxa Leconte and Horn (Classification of the 
Coleoptera of North America, p. xxii) write as follows :—‘“ The 
middle coxs are surrounded by the meso- and metasternum ; 
when the closure is not complete the coxal cavities are said to be 
open externally, in which case a trochantin is often visible, and 
the epimera reach the cavity ; occasionally, as in CaraBina, the 
epimera form part of the outer margin of the cavity without any 
trace of trochantin.” 

In the aberrant genus J/ormolyce the sides of the elytra form 
broad leaf-like expansions and the head is very elongate. 
Lacordaire considers it to be a Thyreopterus with the greater part 
of the organs monstrously developed ; it differs from all the other 
members of the family in the fact that both the metasternal 
episterna and mesosternal epimera attain the middle coxal cavities. 


56 INTRODUCTION. 


Horn in his valuable monograph, ‘‘ On the genera of CanaBIDz 
with special reference to the fauna of Boreal America” (Trans. 
Amer. Ent. Soc. xv, 1888, p. 101), says that this genus is one of 
the most remarkable exceptions in the entire family. It is plainly 
by its structure otherwise allied to the TRUNCATIPENNES series but 
the mesosternal epimera reach the coxze; nor does the exception 
end here, as the metasternal episterna also form part of the outer 
side of the coxal cavity, a character otherwise unknown in the 
ADEPHAGA outside the Dytisc: complicati. It is obvious therefore 
that the Mormotrycin#, although only containing one genus and 
three species (from the Malay Archipelago and Peninsula), must 
form a separate tribe or subfamily, and I was just about to make this 
arrangement when I found that Dr. Sharp had previously adopted 
it. The larvee of Aormolyce appear to be truly Carabideous. 

The PsEUDOMORPHIN” form another quite aberrant group ; they 
are utterly unlike the CaraBrp® in facies, presenting an even 
outline like the Gyrinrp® or some of the broad oval NiripuLip# 
or SInpHID#Z; they have, however, no affinity, except outward 
form, with any of these families. In the mesosternal structure 
they resemble the Harpatin”, from which they are distinguished 
by the fact that the head is furnished underneath on each side 
with a deep groove for the reception of the whole or part of the 
antenne. Lacordaire records eighteen species from North 
America, Brazil, and Australia; at present about one hundred 
species are known. 

We quote Dr. Sharp’s table (Cambridge Natural History, vi, 
p- 206, 1899), taken partly from Dr. Horn, as it appears to us to 
be the best general division of the CaraBip#& that has yet appeared. 


1. Middle coxal cavities enclosed externally by the junction 
of the meso- and metasternum; neither epimeron nor 
episternum attaining the cavity. 
Tlead beneath, with a deep groove on each side near the 
eye for the reception of the antenne or a part thereof. 
cues 5. PSEUDOMORPHINE. 


Head without antennal grooves. Sub-fam. 2. HARPALINA. 


2, Middle and coxal cavities attained on the outside by the 
tips of the episterna and epimera. 
Sub-fam. 4. MorMoLycina”. 
3. Middle coxal cavities attained on the outside by the tips 


of the epimera but not by those of the episterna. 
Sub-fam. 1. CaraBINZz, 


These sub-families, as Dr. Sharp observes, are very uneven, the 
HaARPALIN«& containing 10,000 or more species, the CaRABINzE 
2000, the PSsUDOMORPHIN 100, and the MorMonycin/@ 3. 

The subdivisien of the great series of the Harparinz has, of 
course, given rise to much controversy, and is very far from being 
settled. Horn separates them into two great sections, the Har- 
paline bisetose in which the head has two supra-orbital setigerous 
punctures, and the Harpaline unisetose in which the head has only 


CARABIDE. if 


one such puncture. Exceptions appear to occur in the genera 
Pterostichus and Amara, but the chief objection to the division is 
the forced grouping together of discordant elements, and the 
separation of allied groups; the Lesimya for instance are in the 
former division and the BracHININ#& is the second. Ganglbauer 
(Die Kifer von Mitteleuropa, i, pp. 30-32) gives a dichotomous 
table of all the groups founded chiefly on the under skeleton, the 
mouth parts, and the formation of the coxe and tibie; but he 
makes use of Horn’s division for the latter part of his table, and 
also indirectly of the divisions TRUNCATIPENNES and [NTRUNCATI- 
PENNES; the former include the BRACHININI, MasorzEINI, DRYPTINT, 
Lerpiint, and Opacanruint, which form part of the Harpanin». 
He further adopts the characters of the epimera and episterna 
given above for the separation of the CaraBin® and HARPALIN»”, 
but leaves out of consideration the characters drawn by Bates 
(Biol. Cent.-Amer., Coleoptera, Vol. i), from the dilatation of the 
joints and the clothing of their underside in the male, which in 
many cases appear to be very valuable, although they break down 
in one or two groups. 

Less than 500 Carapipa are recorded from India in the 
Catalogue of Gemminger and von Harold, Vol. 1(1868). Between 
twice and three times this number are now known, and this is 
probably only a small proportion of the species existing within 
the limits of the region considered in this work. ‘That this is the 
case may be gathered from the “ List of CaraBpip#,” by H. 
W. Bates (1892), in which he describes and notes the species 
collected shortly before by I’ea in Burma and the adjacent regions 
in a comparatively short period. Signor Fea, who by no means 
confined himself to this group or order, paid considerable attention 
to the obscurer species, which have usually been so much neglected 
in tropical countries, and his researches, coupled with those of 
Mr. Champion in Central America, have revolutionised our ideas 
with regard to the geographical distribution of living forms. In 
a short time and over a small extent of country 207 new species 
and 15 new genera were obtained by Fea. As Mr. Bates’ article 
is not easy of access and as it was his last work before his death, 
it may be of service to Indian students to quote the concluding 
portion of his preface :—‘‘ One or two obvious conclusions are 
suggested by even a cursory glance at the present list. One is the 
close re lationship between the carabideous fauna of the Trawadi 

Valley and that of Assam or the valley of the Brahmaputra, 
showing that the mountainous region constituting the watershed 
of the Irawadi is not high enough to serve as a barrier to the 
migration of either terr estrial or arboreal species of the group, a 
conclusion confirmed by the numerous cases in which the same 
species inhabit the Naga and Ihasia Hills. <A close faunistic 
relation exists also with the lower Gangetic Valley on the west 
and the great river basins of the Indo- Chinese countries to the 
east, as also with the lower valley of the Yangtsze-Kiang, 
Eastern China and Japan. Another conclusion is the lack of any 


58 INTRODUCTION. 


striking speciality of the Burmese Fauna in this family of 
Coleoptera. Most of the new genera belong to the obscurer 
groups of the family, the tropical Asian members of which have 
hitherto been much neglected, and some of them will doubtless 
be found to occur in the neighbouring regions. Even the hilly 
regions to which Signor Fea judiciously devoted his principal 
attention at altitudes of 5000-6000 feet, failed to reveal distinct 
traces of a special fauna; in this respect differing much from the 
mountainous districts of Sze-Chuen and Southern China. These 
conclusions, however, are premature ; but they have seemed to 
me useful to state, as showing the great interest of the problems 
of geographical distribution, on which lght is sure to be thrown 
by further researches conducted in the same intelligent and 
thorough manner as those of Leonardo Fea” (Ann. Mus. Civ. 
Genova, (2) xii (xxxii), 1892, pp. 268-269). In this connection 
we ought also to refer to the valuable catalogue of the Coleoptera 
of the Oriental Region by E. T. Atkinson (Journ. Asiatic Soc. 
Bengal, Supplement, 1890), which is indispensable for any worker 
at the Asiatic or Indian CARABIDE. 

If we consider the Indian members of the group we shall find 
that such genera as Carabus, Calosoma, Pterostichus, Amara, 
Calathus, Harpalus, Anchomenus, 
and Bembidium are very poorly re- 
presented oralmost absent. Tachys 
appears to take the place of Bem- 
bidium, Colpodes of <Anchomenus, 
and Abacetus of Pterostichus ; while 
Cline, Chlenius, and the Bra- 
CHININA (Brachinus and Pherop- 
sophus) are very numerous in 
species, particularly the two former. 
Casnoma, Drypta, Dendrocellus and 
their allies are typical Indian 
beetles, and of these the small 
ant-like Selina westermanni is one 
of the most curious and interesting. 
Tetragonoderus and Catascopus are 
well represented, but Zebia contains 
only eight species, all from North 
Jndia or Burma. 

The genus Omophron in the 
catalogue of Mr. Atkinson, before 
referred to, contains only four 
Indian species, but in his supple- 
ment he has added six more; this 

Fig. 26.—Selina westermanni. shows how little we ean trust 

to our present lists. In passing, it 
is worth mentioning that M. Lameere in his recent classification 
of the Coleoptera (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, 1900, p. 355, and 
1903, p. 155) places this last named genus among the Dyrtscipa, 


AMPHIZOID_E. 59 


just before the HanipLipm, because the mesosternum is covered 
by the prosternum as in the last named family. The habitat ot 
Omophron, moreover, is subaquatic, as the species live on the edge 
of water, usually hidden in the sand. Lameere’s arguments 
(1. c. p. 876) seem plausible, but have not hitherto met with ac- 
ceptance. The genus Cyclosomus, of which three species occur in 
India, is very like Omophron in facies, but has no affinity with it. 
Of the other genera, Scavites possesses a considerable number of 
species, while Omphra and Owylobus appear to be confined to India 
and Ceylon. Many other points might be mentioned, but they 
must be left to the specialist who may ‘be able to take up the volume 
on the Indian Carapnip”. 


[Family 3. AMPHIZOIDZ.* | 


Antenne inserted just im front of eyes, short, eleven-jointed, with- 
out pubescence ; pronotum short and much narrower than elytra, 
which are ample and ovate; outer lobe of maxilla not jointed ; legs 
not formed for swimming ; anterior cove globular ; metasternum with 
a very short ante-coval prece, the suture indistinct ; metasternal 
episterna and mesosternal epimera both reaching the middle cowal 
cavity (as in part of the Dytiscidee and the Carabid genus Mormo- 
lyce); venation of wings somewhat regular but plainly adephagid ; 
areola oblonga distinct. 


This family consists of one genus containing three species rather 
resembling Heteromera in appearance, two of which live in the 
west of North America and one in Tibet. 

They do not swim, but live in very cold, rapid streams, and cling 
to stones and timber like Macronychus and Elmis. Owing to the 
fact that the metasternal episterna and mesosternal epimera both 
reach the middle coxal cavity, Dr. Sharp at first classed the genus 
with the Dyriscrp#, in his series Dytiscc complicati ; but in his 
more recent work he regards the family as separate and places it 
between the CaraBip” and PEtosiips», which is, almost certainly, 
its proper place, as Amphizoa is much more of a Carabid than a 
Dytiscid: it is exceedingly interesting as a transitional genus. 
Sharp (Cambridge Natural History, vi, p. 207) figures the larva of 
A, lecontei; it resembles the larva of Carabus, but is broader, and 
at first sight bears a superficial resemblance to that of Spercheus ; 
there is no anal tube and the cerci are short and pointed. The 
larva also is transitional, for, as Dr. Sharp points out, it is Carabid 
as regards the mouth, but Dytiscid of a primitive type, as regards 
the abdomen and stigmata. 


* The names of the families which are not yet known to occur within our 
limits are placed in square brackets. 


60 INTRODUCTION, 


[Family 4. HYGROBIID (or PELOBIIDZ).] 


Head not sunk in prothorax ; antennce inserted at the side margins 
of the forehead, eleven- jointed, without pubescence ; metasternum with 
a very short ante-coval prece, the suture indistinct ; anterior coacw 
comcal ; metasternal epristerna not reaching the Weddle coxal cavity ; 
hind legs slender, but formed for swimming, with the tarsi longer than 
the tibiae, and all the tarsi and tibie rather thickly set with swim- 


ning hairs ; elytra with a stridulating file on their inner side at 
Apenr. 


This family is in several ways rather nearly related to the 
Ampnizorip® and like the latter family is closely allied to the 
CanaBibE; it differs from the first-mentioned family in being 
specially adapted for swimming, and, according to Sharp, it may 
be described as a Carabid adapted to a considerable extent tor 
swimming in water. In his great work on the Dyriscip# (Trans. 
Royal Dublin Soe. vol. 1, series 2, p. 255), Sharp classes the 
PELOBILDE with lis Dytisct fragmentati, but in his later work he 
regards them as a separate tamily between AMPHIzoIDm and 
HALIPLID. 

The larva of Pelubius is very curious, its general appearance 
being crustacean rather than coleopterous. The head is broad 
and almost semicircular, the prothorax very large and trapezoidal ; 
the scuta cover the whole upper surface of the segments; the 
last abdominal segment bears three long setose cerci, and the small 
anal process is retracted between them. Dr. Sharp’s statement 
that there are three cerci is probably right ; in my description of 
the larva (Col. Brit. Islands, i, p. 158), I have treated the third 
cercus as being the anal appendage, but it 1s apparently a some- 
what abnormal cercus. The larva is furnished with branchie or 
gills on its under surface: it lives in water and is very predaceous. 

The distribution of Pelobius is as strange as that of Amphizoa. 
When I wrote my book on British Coleoptera only three species 
were known, one from Europe, and the other two from Australia ; 
since then a third has been added, from Chinese Tibet; repre- 
sentatives may very likely be found in Northern or Southern 
India. 


{ 
| 
t 
{ 


HALIPLID A, 61 


[Family 5. HALIPLIDZ. | 


Antenne inserted on the front, gust inside the eyes, ten-jointed, not 
pubescent ; clypeus extended on each side of the insertion (as in the 
CICINDELID®) ; metasternum with the antecowal piece marked by a 
sutural line extending from one side to the other ; anterior and middle 
cone globular, posterior cove fiwed and covered with large plates 
concealing the greater part of the abdomen ; legs slender, adapted 
for swimming. 


The Hattprip® are all small insects and their distribution is 
mostly Palearctic, although a few occur in Central and South 
America, and also in Australia. No species has yet been recorded 
from India. They are chiefly distinguished by the large plates 
on the abdomen; a parallel structure occurs in the Carabid genus 
Omophron, as observed above, and for this reason some authors 
have proposed to associate Omophron and Haliplus. 

The most remarkable point about the Hanipiip» is their larvee, 
which are furnished at the sides with longer or shorter processes. 
In Haliplus fulvus each scutum is furnished with four large 
stout spines which are double as long as the segment that bears 
them, and point backwards toward the apex; there are no cerci 
and the anal appendage is very long and divided before the apex 
into two setose processes ; according to Schiddte there are eight 
pairs of abdominal spiracles. The larva of Cnemidotus is very 
extraordinary, its whole body being furnished with very long 
filamentous branchiew; there are no spiracies and air is obtained 
by means of trachez traversing these filaments, which are fixed 
not on the segment directly, but on long spinose processes such as 
are found in H. fulvus. The HaAuipiip# are found in both stag- 
nant and running water under moss or other water-plants or 
among stones, and they appear to swim by alternate movements 
of the hind legs. As we have before remarked the Hatipirpm™ 
have very little in common with the Dyriscip, with which thev 
have sometimes been classed ; they are really nearer the CaraBip1 
and are worse swimmers than some of the sub-aquatic Cur- 
CULIONIDE. The weevil Hubrychius velatus, for instance, is a strong 
swimmer, using both hind legs hke a Dytiscid, and it will live 
under water for an indefinite time. 


62 INTRODUCTION. 


Family 6. DYTISCIDA:. 


Antenne inserted close to the eye and close to the upper portion 
of the base of the mandibles, eleven-jotnted, glabrous and shining, 
and entireliy destitute of sete or pubescence ; head short and broad, 
sunk in the prothovax as far as the eyes, clypeus not extending 
laterally beyond the insertion of the antenne ; metasternum without 
any cross suture, produced behind mmto an angular process ; hind cove 
very large, soldered with and appearing as pat of the metasternum, 
reaching the margin of the elytra ; posterior legs modified for 
swimming, tibie and tarsi furnished with swimming hairs, as a 
rule broadencd and flattened ; abdomen with sta visible ventral 
seqimeéits, 


The great authority on this group is Dr. Sharp, and his exhaustive 
work ‘On Aquatic Carnivorous Coleoptera or Dyriscrp2,” 
published in the Transactions of the Royal Dublin Society (vol. ii, 
series 2, 1880-2), 1s by far the most important that has yet 


Fig2£27.—Dytiscus (Treqgus) limbatus and the under surface of the front 
tarsus (enlarged). 


appeared. He divides the Dywiscip.£ into two great series, the 
Dytisci fragmentati in which the metathoracic episternum does 
not reach the middle coxal cavity, and the Dytisct complicate in 
which the metathoracie episternum reaches that cavity. 

Excluding the Hyerosi1p.& or PELoBitp# and the AMPHIZOID», 
which Dr. Sharp now considers to be separate families, we have 
the following table, drawn up by him; the divisions, however, as 
will be seen, are of very different values. 


DYTISCID-E. 63 


I. Dytiser fragmentate, 


i. Greatest anterior extension of the hind coxa near 
the middle (longitudinally) of the body; 
metasternum more or less'pointed in the middle 
behind, and not marked by a_ transverse 
SUNBEUE SS atest: Ale pane seers nie ltl a a Greet NoTERINZ. 
il, Greatest anterior extension of the hind coxa 
nearer to the epipleura than to the medial line 
of the bedy. 
1. Prosternal process not reaching the meta- 
StermuUminen a she ee ke ene. ae VATELLINZ. 
2. Prosternal process reaching the metasternum. LACCOPHILIN2. 


I]. Dytiset complicate. 


i, Prosternum deflected between the front coxze so 
that the prosternal process is placed on a quite 
different plane of direction from that of the 
prosternum; the latter not incrassate along 
middle ; front tarsi usually 4-jointed. 
1. Prosternal process much deflected from the 
plane of direction of the prosternum. *ront 
tarsi usually with only four joints ........ HyDROPORINZE. 
2. Prosternal process but little deflected from 
the plane of direction of the prosternum ; 
front tarsi 5-jointed ; scutellum not visible. MrtTHLIN«. 
ii. Prosternal process on the same plane of direction 
as the prosternum ; front tarsi 5-jointed. 
1. Inferior spur of hind tibia not or but little 
broader than the other. 
A. Hind margins of joints of posterior tarsi not 
set with flattened and adpressed cilia. 
a. Stigmata of last two dorsal segments not, 
or but little, broader than the preceding 
ones ; outline of eye notched by the free 
marcin of front of-head .....4...... COLYMBETINA. 
b. Stigmata of the last two dorsal segments 
enlarged, each on the penultimate 
segment being about one-fourth of the 
total breadth of the segment; circular 
outhne of the eye uninterrupted ...... DYTISCINAE. 
B. Hind margins of joints of posterior tarsi 
provided externally with flattened 
ACMMReSSeOL CHa so. zk o sce ee HYypAaTIcINz. 
2, Inferior spur of the hind tibia dilated, much 
broaderthanithe other... 2 ae eeeee. « CYBISTRIN&, 


The VATELLINE are small insects with somewhat of the outline 
of Amphizoa, the swimming legs being very slender and not dilated : 
the three genera are all from South or Central America. The 
subfamily Murnnin& consists only of three species from Tropical 
Africa, Madagascar, Mesopotamia, and Egypt; they are of the 
shape of small Mydroport, with the swimming legs very feeble and 
the extremity of the body acuminate or spinose. The other 
civisions are well known. ‘The characters of the divisions are in 
some cases rather intricate, hut they will be found workable: the 


64 INTRODUCTION. 


general facies of the insects 1s a very important character in the 
eroup, and this can only be learnt by actual experience. We 
agree with Dr. Sharp in believing that, although the Dyviscipm™ 
exist in water as larve and 

ps perfect insects, yet there are 

$ reasons for supposing that they 
are terrestrial insects which have 

_ become modified for a more or 
less aquatic lite. The reasons 

are, firstly, that in general 

organization they are similar to 

the CaraBIp® and are more 

easily drowned than many land- 

beetles, much more easily, for 

instance, than several of the 

subaquatic RuyncHopHora be- 

fore referred to; secondly, that 

they are capable of existing on 

land, and of taking prolonged 

flights in the air (on hot days 

they are often found on or close 

to the glass of garden frames, 

ete. which they have mistaken 

for water, thus proving that 

they are guided by sight and not 

* by smell or any other sense) ; 
\ thirdly, that the pupa is always 
terrestrial ; the pup of Hy- 
phydrus for instance, may be 
found in numbers in summer in 
the drying or dry mud of the 
sides of pools, well above high- 
Fig. 28. — Hydroporus parallelo- water mark ; and fourthly, that 
grammus, ~ Larva X10. (After like the Cetacea, they cannot live 

Sehiddte). without coming to the surface 

for air, which is taken in under 
the elytra by the insect exposing the hind tip of its body just 
above the surface. 

In Dytiscus the females are often deeply grooved on the back, 
thus affording the male a better hold, although it hardly requires 
it, as the front foot is dilated into a remarkable palette, covered 
with suckers of various sizes (fig. 27); dimorphic forms of the 
female resembling the male also occur. In many of the smaller 
species (Hydroporus, etc.), the males are bright and shining and 
the females dull, the sculpture being rougher. 

The larvee of the Dyriscip are long insects with large, more 
or less sickle-shaped jaws, which are not toothed, but are furnished 
with a lobe near the tip and another at the base and a canal 
passing through their length, through which they suck their prey 
after piercing it with the sharp tips. They vary in the shape of 


DYTISCIDH.—GYRINID A. 65 


the cerci and anal appendages, number of joints of the antenne, 
ete., and, in some species (e. g. Hyphydrus ferrugineus) the head 
is produced into a distinct horn, which is touched at about three 
quarters of its length from the base by the tips of the mandibles. 
The Dyriscrp# are for the most part characteristic of the Pale- 
arctic region and seem to prefer, as a whole, cold to warmer 
water ; they are, however, found all over the globe, and occur in 
brackish and more or less salt water as well as 
in fresh, in running streams or stagnant pools, 
and one or two species have been found in 
thermal springs. In all, about 1800 or 2000 
membersoft the family are known. The Indian 
species appear to have been very little 
worked and the following genera are almost 
the only ones that seem to be at present 
known as occurring in the country :—Dytiscus 
(Trogus), Hydrocoptus, Laccophilus, Hydro- 
Fig. 29.—Hydaticus vatus (several species), Cybister, Hyphydrus, 
Sestivus. Hydatius, Hyphoporus, Platynectes, Lacconectus, 
Bidessus, Copelatus, Canthydrus, and the con- 
spicuous and gaily coloured Sandracottus which are confined to 
India, Eastern Asia, the Malay Region, and Australia. 
! 


Family 7. GYRINID. 


Antenne inserted under the side margins of the forehead behind 
the base of the mandibles, very short and thick, eleven-jointed, the first 
cylindrical and cup-shaped, the second ear-shaped and ciliate on rts 
margins, and the rest forming a closely adpressed club ; eyes entirely 
divided into four; metasternum without suture; middle and 
hind legs both forming short broad paddles ; abdomen with seven 
visible ventral segments, the first two closely united at the sides, 
connate in the middle, 


These insects, commonly called ‘“‘ Whirligig Beetles,” are well 
known to all observers; they are 
found, usually, in groups on the 
surface of the water, on which they 
swim with great rapidity, so swiftly 
in fact that the eye can hardly 
follow their motions. If much 
alarmed they dive below the surface 
of the water, but seem unable to 
keep down for more than a short 
time and soon reappear. ‘The 
females, as a rule, are larger and 
duller than the males; the latter 
have the whole of the joints 
of the anterior tarsi dilated and 
furnished with very small round transparent suckers. 
F 


Fig. 30.—Dineutes indicus ; 
and head, showing divided eyes. 


66 INTRODUCTION. | 


The larva of Gyrinus is very peculiar; the mandibles are pro- 
vided with a sucking canal as in Dytiscus, and the larva, as a whole, 
would superficially resemble a Dytiscid larva, were it not for the 
long slender transparent tracheal gills with which the sides of the 
abdominal segments are furnished; each of the nine abdominal 
segments bears one of these on each side, and the last segment 
bears four, of which two may be re- 
garded as cerci; the stigmata are obsolete, 
these gills occupying their places as 
breathing organs; they are also useful for 
locomotion. The eggs of Gyrinus are 
laid on aquatic plants and hatch in about 
eight days; when the larva is full-fed it 
leaves the water and spins a whitish 
cocoon on the stems of rushes or other 
aquatic plants; in about a month the 
perfect insect emerges, and immediately 
returns to the water. The cocoons of 
Orectochilus have been found beneath 
willow-bark a yard from the edge of a 
river and two feet above ground. The 


5 


A 


= — 
ri 
Hi 


, 


seen gyrating in the moonlight; in the 
day it hides on or under logs ete. The 
members of the genus Dineutes are large 
flat insects, much larger than Gyrinus ; 
in this genus the outer lobe of the maxilla 
is entirely wanting. 

One of the most conspicuous species 
of the family is the large Javan Porro- 
rhynchus marginatus, which is top-shaped, 
being broad and rounded behind and 
gradually narrowed off to a triangular 
and pointed head, the apex of the ab- 
domen being furnished with four stout 
spines. 

The GyrRINIDm® are widely spread 
throughout the world and are probably 
Fig. 31.— Gyrinus marinus, Numerous in India; Gyrinus, Dineutes and 

Larva x6. (After Orectochilus are all represented. The 
Schiodte.) position of the GyrinID# has been dis- 
cussed above (p. 50); the family is 
retained here, as having distinct relations with the Adephagid 
series, and especially with the Dyriscip#, although it is certainly 
abnormal. It seems, however, to be still more out of place in any 
other section, and perhaps would be best treated as an entirely 
isolated family. 


SVX 


SQ 


latter is a nocturnal insect and may be > 


PAUSSID.E. 67 


Family 8. PAUSSIDZ. 


General form rectangular, more or less depressed, very rarely sub- 
cylindrical ; antennew extremely variable, usually two-jointed, some- 
times siv- or ten-jointed, in one genus cleven-jointed, usually of 
extraordinary form; elytra truncate behind, with the pygidium 
usually exposed ; tarsi five-jointed ; wings with Adephayid venation, 
the areola oblonga being distinct. ! 


Owing chiefly to the very variable, strange, and abnormal develop- 
ment of the antenne, and their general facies, the Pausstp.® present 
some of the most extraordinary forms among the Coleoptera, and 
there has been considerable difference of opinion regarding their 
true position; as long agoas 1844 Burmeister placed them among 
the ADEPHAGA, next to the Carasip#, but Lacordaire excluded 
them from the group and placed them between the PALPICORNES 
(Cercyon) and the STAPHYLINIDES. Before this time Latreille 
classed them with the ScoLtyrip# and BosrrycHip#, and West- 
wood, although not committing himself definitely, seems to have 
inclined towards placing them near the Cucusip&. Raffray (Nouv. 
Arch. Mus. Paris (2) 1x, pp. 354-359) discusses the whole question 
at length, and comes to the conclusion thet they are a very well- 
marked abnormal group, not intimately connected with any other, 
but with closer affinities to the CaRABID# than to any other family. 
Sharp agrees with Raffray, but places the family at the beginning 
of his third great series PoLyMorpPHA, and not with the CaRaBID®. 
Desneux, the most recent writer on the group (‘Genera Insectorum,’ 
Paussip®, p. 3, 1905), considers the question as definitely settled 
by the researches of Raffray and, more recently, of Escherich. 
‘Not only,” he says, ‘‘ have the Paussrp# more analogies with the 
CaRaBID# than with any other family, but they are intimately 
united with them, for they are derived directly ‘from them, their 
ancestors being found in a group akin to the OzmN1Ipm, which, as 
Raffray has pointed out, have numerous characters common also to 
the Paussipm.” We can hardly, perhaps, consider the matter as 
quite settled, but the discovery of the genus Pretopaussus, with its 
eleven-jointed simple antenne, added to other considerations, leads 
us to believe that the family must be given at all events a somewhat 
more than provisional place among the ADEPHAGA. 

The genera and species are very widely distributed throughout 
tropical and subtropical countries, and are well represented in 
India; as the Indian species are treated of in this volume, we need 
not here say more about them. 


FQ 


68 INTRODUCTION. 


Family 9. RHYSODID. 


Form elongate and subparallel ; antenne inserted under the side 
margin of the front, eleven-jointed, short and thick, moniliform ; 
mentum very large, entirely covering the mouth-parts ; prosternum 
long, anterior coxal cavities closed behind ; mesosternum short, meta- 
sternum very long, without a cross- suture before the hind coxe, the 


eprmera, but not the episterna, reaching the middle cowal cavity ; tarst 


five-jointed ; tibial spurs oblong, double on anterior, single on inter- 
mediate and posterior pairs ; abdomen with six ventral segments, the 
first three connate, but with the sutures apparent ; venation of wings 
Adephagid in their general characters, but with the areola oblonga 
wanting, there being only one cross-vein joining the median and sub- 
radial ves, 


The position of the family has been regarded as very doubtful, 
and it certainly appears to bear relations towards the CoLYD1ID& 
and Cuctsipm, between which it is placed by several authors. It 
is now, however, generally regarded as purely Adephagid. 

The family consists of two genera, Rhysodes and Clinidiwn : 
the former contains about seventy species, of which about a dozen 
occur in the Indian region ; while to the latter belong about forty 


species, one of which is found in the Himalayan region and another 


in Burma. The life-history is apparently not known. The extra- 
ordinary genus Stemmoderus of Spinola (figured as a Rhysodid by 
Lacordaire, Atlas, pl. xx, fig. 5) ought apparently to be removed 
from the group. 


Family 10. CUPEDID-. 


Elongate insects, differing somewhat in shape and in the size and 


structure of the antenne ; pronotum separated by sutures from the 
pleure of the thorax ; ventral segments free, at most the first connate 
with the second, the first covered by the cox, with at most the hind 
margin free ; elytra with lattice-like sculpture ; wings of a primary 
Adephagid h type, with the median and the other ordinary veins 
regular, and with at least twelve cross-veins, two of these, situated 
between the second median and first cubital, enclosing a space, which 
appears to represent the areola oblonga of the Carabid wing ; meta- 
sternum with a cross-suture before the hind margin. 


The position of this family has been, and still is, much disputed. 


Kolbe, in his earlier work (Allg. Zeitsch. Entom. 1903, p. 142), 


CUPEDIDA. 69 


keeps the Cupepipm by themselves as his first group of the 
Coleoptera, the ProrapgepHaca. In his later work (Zeitsch. 
Wiss. Insectenbiol. iv, 1908, pp. 153, 246, 390) he very much 
modifies this opinion, and removes them from the ADEPHAGA 
altogether. The family seems to bear relations to the TEREDILIA 
of authors, and it is placed by Lacordaire between his LYMEXYLONES 
and Priniornes. Lameere (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, xliv, 1900, 
p. 359) considers Cupes to be closely allied to Lymewylon, as one 
of the most primitive of all beetles, but in his second paper, 
before referred to, he divides the ADEPHAGA into CUPEDIFORMI+ 
and CARABIFORMIA, making the former the lowest group of the 
Coleoptera. 

We are inclined to agree with this latter view. The wing 
venation has decided affinities towards that of the ADEPHAGA (see 
p. 41), and the presence of sutures separating the pronotum and 
the pleure seems to be a very strong point in the same direction. 
The presence of such sutures, as pointed out by Mr. C. J. Gahan 
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) v, 1910, p. 57), seems to be confined 
to the ADEPHAGA, and, in his opinion, is one of the most distinctive 
characters of that suborder. These sutures are well marked in 
Omma and Tetraphalerus, and are present, although not so distinct, 
in Cupes. It is true that they apparently occur in a few other 
genera, apart from the ADEPHAGA, as in Crymodes (PyrHipz#) etc., 
but there are no true sutures in these cases. Apart from these 
characters we should be inclined to class the CUPEDID with the 
MALACODERMATA, especially the Lycin x. 

The insects belonging to the genus Cupes are somewhat like 
Cantharis (Telephorus) in general shape; they possess long and 
stout antenne, which, in some species at any rate, are thickened 
and serrate for about half their length; superficially they are quite 
unlike the ApEpHAGA. Very little is known of their habits, and 
what is known does not appear to point to their being carnivorous. 
Say (Boston Journ. Nat. Hist. i, p. 168) says of Cupes cinerea that 
it is common in old houses made of wood, from which Lacordaire 
argues that it is a wood-feeding insect like most of the Prripa 2 
it may, however, be parasitic, like Corynetes, Teretrius, Trypancus, 
etc. The few species of Cupes known are found in North and 
South America and the Philippine Islands, one also occurring, 
rather strangely, in Eastern Siberia, Japan, and Burma. The 
typical Omma stanleyt is found in Australia. 


70 INTRODUCTION. 


Sub-Order II. POLY CERATA. 


(= PotymorpuHa, Sharp; Potypnaca, Ganglbauer, ev parte.) 


We have before discussed this sub-order (p. 48), and need here 
say but little more with regard to it. Considering that the names 
of the main divisions have mostly been based on antennal cha- 
racters (CLAVICORNIA, SERRICORNIA, LoNGIcoRNIA, etc.), it might 
be well to adopt the term Potycurata, rather than PotypHaca or 
PotymMoreua ; but this is, of course, merely a matter of taste. 
As here considered, the sub-order differs from the PoLyPHaGaa of 
Ganglbauer (Miinch. Kol. Zeitschr. 1908, Band 1, Lief. i, p. 302) 
only in not including the LAMELLICORNIA, 

In subdividing the sub-order, the CLhavicornia and SERRI- 
cornia (including the MatacopErMara) are considered, for 
convenience’ sake, as having a separate equivalent value and 
are not included under the larger complex named by Ganglbauer 
Diverstcornia. Ganglbauer himself has at different times con- 
siderably altered his views on some of these points (cf. J. ¢. supra 
with Die Kifer Mitteleurop. vol. 11, p. 408, and vol. iv, pp. 1-3), 
and will probably be found to have altered them further when the 
remainder of his valuable work has been published ; at present, 
this has only reached the conclusion of the CLAVICORNIA. 

The groups here adopted may be divided as follows :— 


I. Wings belonging to eh If ae a without cross- 
veins or loop ee .. STAPHYLINOIDEA, p. 71. 


II. Wings belonging to Type J IL os 42), but with the 
venation very variable, especially in the smaller 
forms. 
i. Gular sutures and lateral sutures of the prothorax 
distinct. 
1. Tarsi variable, with 1-5 joints, rarely hetero- 
merous (in one or both sexes of certain 
CLAVICORNIA). 
A. Antenne, as a general rule, clavate (with 
Exceptions) ck... Mek wees CLAVICORNIA, p. 95. 
B. Antenne, as a general rule, serrate or filiform 
(withcexceptions) 2. 3. SERRICORNIA, p. 131. 
2. Tarsi heteromerous, that is to say, with 5-5-4 
joints respectively (except the male of Mophon, 
which has the anterior tarsi 4-jointed). 
HETEROMERA, p. 109. 
3. Tarsi pseudo - tetramerous or crypto - penta- 
merous, the fourth joint being very small 
and connate with the fifth .. PayropwAGa, p. 176. 


STAPHYLINOIDEA. vial 


ii. Gular sutures and lateral sutures of the prothorax 
obsolete ; head usually (but not always, ¢. 4., 
ANTHRIBIDH and Scotyripm#) prolonged into a 
rostrum ; tarsi as in the PHyropHaGa (except 
in one or two instances, such as Dryophthorus 
STN eA ONS ree rey ree eet RHYNCHOPHORA, p. 189. 


The weakest point of the above table is the distinction between 
the CravicorNIA and SmrRRicornia; but in the absence of a 
satisfactory alternative, this purely artificial division is here 
adopted for convenience’ sake. The venation of the wings, as we 
have said before, tends to break down in some of the groups, 
especially in the RuyncHoPHoRA, although on the whole it is very 
useful. ! 


Division I. STAPHYLINOIDEA, 


This group is distinguished by having the wing-venation 
belonging to the second type, which differs from the first in 
having no areola oblonga and from the third in not having the 
median vein recurved into a loop behind the middle (pp. 40, 41). 
The smaller forms often have the venation much reduced, and in 
one or two genera the wings are altogether wanting. The antenne 
are simple, filiform, subfiliform, slightly thickened towards the 
apex or distinctly clavate, but never lamellate; the number of 
the tarsal joints is variable; the testes are follicular, but sessile 
and not stalked, and the male genital organs possess two pairs of 
accessory glands; there are four Malpighian tubes. According 
to Ganglbauer the larve are campodeiform, or not far removed 
from that type, but never maggot-shaped or vermiform ; certain 
of the larvee of the Hisrrripm®, however, are much more maggot- 
shaped than campodeitorm. 

The wing venation in this division is fairly homogeneous, and 
the division as a whole appears to be a natural one, although, as 
in all such cases, there are certain transitional families. 


Key to the Indian Families. 


I. Elytra much abbreviated, leaving the greater 
part of the abdomen exposed (except in 
certain OMALIIN®); dorsal segments of 
the abdomen mostly corneous. 
i. Abdominal segments flexile; size very 
variable; tarsal joints varying in 
number, but nearly always more than 
PUTCO ei vekt eee cele s ec visest> © AN NERV te Staphylinide, p. 72. 
ii, Abdominal segments partly connate ; s1Zze, 
as arule, very small; tarsi three-jointed, Pselaphide, p. 80. 


a2, INTRODUCTION, 


TJ. Elytra covering, or almost entirely covering, 
the abdomen ; dorsal segments of abdomen 
(except where exposed at apex) mem- 
branous. 
i, Antenne not geniculate. 
1. Wings in part or entirely fringed with 
longer or shorter ciliate hairs; size 
very small. 
A. Posterior coxee laminate ; insects, as 
a rule, capable of rolling themselves 
LINGO AMMAN cock Cac ay sce ie gee aa .. Clambide, p. 85. 
B. Posterior coxee not laminate. 
a. Antenne verticillate, with long 
hairs; wings with long fringes 
of hairs ; tarsi three-jointed ; form 
almost always oblong... 2... Trichopterygide, 
b. Antenne loosely clavate, without [p. 86. 
long hairs; wings with much 
shorter fring es of hairs; ; tarsi 
four-jointed (third joint very 
small): form more or less hemi- 
splhierneall ) Aas oan ee tnt .... Corylophide, p. 88. 
2. Wings without fringes of hairs. 
1. Posterior cox slightly transverse, 
conical, small; eyes coarsely are 
lated ; size, asa rule, very small .. Scydmeenide, p. 82. 
. Posterior coxte strongly transverse ; ; 
eyes finely 2 evanulated (sometimes 
absent) ; size, as a rule, large or 
moderate. 
A. Posterior coxee contiguous or only 
slightly separated ......,..... Silphide, p. 83. 
B. Posterior coxee widely separated... Scaphidiide, p. 90. 
il. Antenne geniculate. 


1. Head and mandibles normal; tarsi 

short. ee Me ee Histeridz, p. 91. 
2. Head very large, a as s long or nearly as 

long as prothorax ; ; mandibles perpen- 

dicularly reflexed; tarsi very long 

and slender...... Shady nam tes Reon Niponiide, p. 93. 


Family 11. STAPHYLINID. 


Elytra very short, leaving the greater part of the abdominal 
segments exposed, except in very few cases (e.g. Omalium) im 
which only the apical segments are uncovered ; abdomen or hind-body 
usually elongate and more or less parallel-sided, with ten dorsal and 
seven or eight ventral segments, all entirely corneous, even when more 

* less hidden by the elytra (except in Homalota, where the Sirst 
et which is alinost or quite concealed by the elytra, 1s semi- 
membranous); head very variable in size (often varying in the 
sexes) ; antenne variable in insertion and form, eleven-jointed or 
ten-jointed, filiform, subclavate or clavate; prothorax strongly 


STA PHYLINIDZE. To 


inflexed beneath the body, the infleced portion being often separated 
from the upper surface by a distinct ridge ; prosternum variable, 
with the coxal cavities usually open behind ; tarsi 5- 4- or 3-jointed ; 
wings without cross-veins ov enclosed areas, 


The chief character of the SvapHyLInip# lies in their very 
short elytra, from which they derive their old name of Bracu- 
ELYTRA. But although these organs are so small, yet they conceal 
large and ample wings, which are very beautitully packed and 
folded away beneath them, and in spite of their apparent un- 
wieldiness they can be almost instantaneously unfolded for flight. 
The refolding appears to take a longer time, and on warm days 
species of Philonthus, Homalota, etc. may often be seen alighting 
and running rapidly with ‘their wings only folded laterally and 
reaching to the apex of the abdomen; but, as a rule, this is only 
for a few moments. Dr. Sharp (Jl. ¢. p. 225) says that ‘it is 
thought that the power of curling up the abdomen is connected 
with the packing away of the wings after flight ; but this is not 
the case, tor though the insect sometimes experiences a difficulty 
in folding the wings under the elytra after they have been 
’ expanded, yet it overcomes the difficulty by slight movements of 
the base of the abdomen, rather than by touching the wings 
with the tip.” The author has observed a species of Philonthus, 
or an allied genus, when apparently in such difficulty, set 
all right by a sudden curling up of the abdomen, the wings dis- 
appearing smoothly under the elytra as if by magic; so tar as 
could be seen, they were not touched by the tip of the abdomen 
but were driven home by a sudden push from its base. 

The eyes in the STaAPHYLINID# are very variable, and rarely 
they are altogether wanting ; sometimes they are very small, and 
in other cases again (e. g., Stenus and Megalops) they are very 
large and prominent, rendering the head the chief feature of the 
body. Two frontal ocelli are present in Omalium and one in 
Phleobium. Some authors consider that the presence of ocelli 
testifies to the great antiquity of a family ; thus Lameere says 
(Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, 1900, p. 373) :—*‘ La présence d’ocelles 
chez Pteroloma de la famille des Silphides et chez les Omaliiens de 
la famille des Staphylinides témoigne de la haute antiquité des 
Staphyliniformes.” Whether this is true can hardly be proved, 
but it should probably be interpreted as the persistence of a 
character which has been lost in most species. Every student of 
Homoptera is familiar with the conspicuous frontal ocellus in 
certain Crix1mp#. When working at the Crxitp# of Central 
America for the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana,’ I found this 
ocellus varying much in size, even in the same species; in some 
species it was so small as to be hardly traceable, in others nothing 
was left but the cicatrix, and in yet others there was merely a spot 
marking the position it had perhaps once occupied in previous 
generations. ‘The retention of the ocelli by even a few species of 
Coleoptera is, in any case, very interesting. 


74 INTRODUCTION, 


Among other points that may be noticed in the family are the 
mouth-parts, which are of considerable value in the classification 
of the various groups. The mentum is trapezoidal, with the 
anterior part separate; the ligula is, as a rule, membranous ; in 
Stenus the ligula, paraglosse, and labial palpi are very slightly 
jointed with the mentum, and are sometimes, at death, protruded 


Se eee a Ss 
8 


ai 


Fig. 32.—Staphylinus tenebricosus. Upperside (elytra removed) : dbr., labrum ; 
cl., clypeus ; mes.,mesonotum ; eps,, epm.,, episterna and epimera of meso- 
thorax ; scute//., scutellum ; me¢., metanotum ; postscutel/., postscutellum or 
metanotal sevtellum; s¢igi,,firstabdominal stigma; s¢ig7,, last abdominal 
stigma ; D,—D,, dorsal segments of the hind body. (After Ganglbauer ; 
lettering somewhat altered.) : 


at the end of a long gullet ; the mandibles are sometimes hard and 
stout and furnished with at least one strong tooth; sometimes 
they are finer, sharp, and sickle-shaped ; the maxille have two 
lobes, and the maxillary palpi are 4-jointed, with the last joint 
often very small and subulate; in Aleochara there is a very minute 
fifth joint in both the maxillary and labial palpi; these latter are 


STAPHYLINIDA, WS 


usually 3-jointed, occasionally 2-jointed, as a rule of normal form, 
but in Myllena and a few other genera they are more or less 
setiform. 

The hind-body or abdomen is sometimes parallel-sided, sometimes 
strongly narrowed, and more or less conical; in very few instances 
is it wider behind than the elytra; it is usually more or less setose, 


Fig. 33.—Staphylinus tenebricosus. Underside: p.max., maxillary palpus ; 
pl, labial palpus; m, mentum; s.g., gular sutures; c/., clavicle; s¢,, pro- 
sternum ; s¢,, mesosternum ; s¢,, metasternum ; eps,, epi. episterna and 
epimera of mesosternum; ¢ps,, ¢pm,, episterna and epimera of meta- 
sternum ; s¢igm., free stigma of the prosternum; C,, C,, C;, coxe; V,-V,, 
ventral segments of the hind body; Dy, anal styles, the side pieces of the 
eae ely divided segment. (After Ganglbauer; lettering somewhat 
altered.) 


and very often bears at its apex two style-like processes. In many 
genera the modifications of the terminal segments, especially in the 
male, are of very great importance in determining species (¢. g. in 
Homalota, Tachinus, etc.). In some species (e. g. Encephalus) the 
hind-body can be curved up over the back so as to cover the front 
portion ; in others (e. g. Xantholinus) the abdomen is curved in 


76 LNTRODUCTION, 


underneath on any alarm, and the insect remains quite motionless 
and so is passed over by its numerous enemies. 

The larve of the majority of the SrapHyrinipm are closely 
allied to those of the CARABID# in general appearance, and in 
shape and habits are very nearly related to one another, being 
long and linear and very active and rapacious; a few, however 
(such as Syntomium), are short and broad, and bear some analogy, 
at all events superficially, to the Stpuip#. Descriptions of 


Fig. 34.—Philonthus nitidus. Larva xX 5. (After Schiddte.) 


several, with beautiful figures, are given by Schiddte (De Met. 
Eleuth. part 11). As Lacordaire remarks, they approach nearer to 
the shape of the perfect insect than the larve of almost any other 
Coleoptera ; they have no distinct labrum, and the body is weil 
protected by corneous plates or scuta; the abdomen is terminated 
by an anal appendage, which is apparently used for locomotion, 
and by two cerci, one on each side; the legs are well developed, 
but have only one claw. As a rule, these larve prey on other 
insects, but occasionally, as in the case of Bledius, they appear to 
be themselves the victims, for there can be no doubt that the 
species of Dyschirius (CARABID), which are found associated with 


STAPHYLINID. Th 


certain Bledii, are really enemies, and not friends; they appear 
to attack the larve or perfect insect in their small burrows, and 
then occupy these themselves. 

The pupz of the family are not remarkable in shape, but are well 
worthy of notice from the fact that some are coated with a sort of 
exudation which glues the parts together and forms a hard coating, 
thus ‘“ obtecting” the whole, as in the Lepidoptera; the parts of 


Fig. 35.—Stenus bipunctatus. Larva X 10. (After Schiddte.) 


the insect, however, are always visible, but the fact is a very 
interesting one as bearing upon the phylogeny of the Coleoptera. 
The habits of the STAPHYLINID are very varied and they are 
found in all sorts of situations, the greater number of them in 
dung-hills, decaying vegetabie refuse, dead birds and animals, 
moss, dead leaves, etc. They are, for the most part, carnivorous, 
but some are vegetable-feeders, a large number being found in 
fungi or at sap; Some are found in flowers, and many live under 
bark or in decaying wood, these being often adapted to their 
habitat by their flattened form; others, again, inhabit burrows on 


78 INTRODUCTION. 


the banks of ponds or rivers or on the sea-shore, and several 
species occur considerably below highwater-mark in shingle and 
seaweed. A large number of all these feed on the various small 
insects, larvee, pups, etc. that occur in their habitats, although 
many (é J. the fungus-frequenters) certainly feed on the sub- 
stances in which they are found. 

A considerable number are found associated with ants, some of 
these exuding a fluid which is devoured by the ants (Lomechusa, 
Atemeles, ete.), while others probably act as scavengers; it is 
plain, however, that some are by no means friends, as “they have 
been observed devouring ants. Vellevus is only found associated 
with hornets. Certain species, such as Ocypus olens, assume a 
menacing attitude if disturbed, and a large number have the power 
of exhaling a strong and disagreeable odour. 

There are some very conspicuous and brilliantly coloured 
members of the family, but the majority are sombre and un- 
attractive and have therefore been passed over by collectors in 
favour of the more conspicuous Lamellicorns, Longicorns, ete. 

The SPAPHYLINID# are very widely distributed throughout the 
world, although the family is apparently Holarctic rather than 
Tropical , and several of the chief genera are cosmopolitan. They 
have, however, as above rome been much neglected, and 
comparatively little is known of the Indian species. Hrichson, in 
1840, recorded the following genera from India: :— Myrmedonia, 
Tachinus, Xantholinus, Staphylinus, Quedius, Philonthus, Pederus, 
Pinophilus, Osorius, Bledius, Leptochirus, ana Palestrinus, the 
latter being peculiar to India. In Gemminger and Von Harold’s 

Catalogue (1868) a considerable number of the common European 
genera are represented by Indian species, many of them being 
described by Kraatz from Ceylon; but in Duvivier’s Supplement 
(1883) no turther species from the country areadded. It is to be 
feared therefore that it will bea long time before the StAPHYLINID.E 
of India can be dealt with in a monograph, although it is probably 
rich in species of the family, and a considerable number have more 
recently been described by Fauvel and others. 

As the different tribes or groups are in so many cases the same 
as we find in Europe, we need not, and in tact could not, in 
the present state of our knowledge, go beyond the ordinary 
classifications. 

The following is Erichson’s classification :— 


I. Prothoracic stigmata conspicuous. 
i. Antenne anorted on the face at the interior 


margin of the eyes .......-- sees sree ee . ALEOCHARINZ. 
Ble Antenne inserted under the lateral margin of 

thes fromit ss teiess. aici sucks Bla OIC eee . TACHYPORINA. 
ili. Antenne inserted on the anterior margin of 

Phe MTOMb re eeu cei eiegs eeccteerseceas STAPHYVUENI NEE 


II. Prothoracic stigmata concealed. 
i. Posterior coxee conical. 
1. Prothorax with the space behind the anterior 
Coxe membranous 15... sea ee .... PADERINZ. 


STAPHYLINID®. 79 


2. Prothorax with the space behind the anterior 
coxee corneous. 
A, Antennee inserted under the lateral margin 
Qronedront ..... aralet ibe seat ale Ceialant ..+...  PINOPHILINA. 
B. Antennee inserted on the front.......... STENINA, 
ii, Posterior coxe transverse. 

i. Posterior trochanters simple. 
A. Anterior coxe conical and prominent .. OXYTELIN2. 
B. Anterior cox globose and not prominent PIESTINA. 

2. Posterior trochanters used as a support or 


fulcrum. 
A. Anterior coxte conical, exserted. 
GeOcelli waniinese na... Be aageastes Att ... PHLGOCHARINAE. 
Gea OCelint won nerfs Wars ye stare. oie akoyelats w.. OMALIINA. 
B. Anterior cox subcylindrical, not ex- 
BOMCCU eh aayeter be cscetetecytns: oft Pinetree alice oro che . PROTEININZ. 


The following classification, with a few alterations, is the one 
that I have myself adopted (Col. British Islands, u, p. 5). After 
much consideration I have included the Micropepitine® ; I am by 
no means convinced that the position which I formerly assigned 
to them between Onthophilus and the NiriIpuLip# is not right, 
but I feel that, as Dr. Sharp has done far more work at the 
STAPHYLINIDs] and Nriripuni# than I have, it is best to follow 
him. He considers the Micropernrinm® to be a subfamily of 
equivalent value to the ALEocHARIN#, etc.; Ganglbauer follows 
Sharp, and Leconte and Horn, migienat and Rey, Fauvel, and 
others are of the same opinion. The larva of Micropeplus is quite 
different from that of the usual Staphylinid larvee, but is more 
nearly related to the latter than the larva of Syntomiwm, which is, 
of course, an undoubted Staphylinid. 


I, Prosternum without furrows for the reception of 
the antenne; antenne eleven-, rarely ten- 
jointed. 
i, Antenne inserted upon the front, near the 
inner margin of the eyes. 
1, Posterior coxze large, contiguous; antenne 
not terminated by a distinct club......., ALEOCHARINA. 
2. Posterior coxze small, widely separated ; 
antenne terminated by a distinct club .. STENINA, 
ii. Antenne inserted on the anterior margin of 
the head. 
1. Antenne approximate; prosternum deve- 
loped in front of the anterior coxee ...... XANTHOLININA. 
. Antenne distant; prosternum not developed 
in front of the anterior coxe...... STAPHYLININ 2. 
jii, Antenne inserted under the sides of the front. 
1. Prothoracic stigmata conspicuous on re- 
moving the front coxee. 
A. Posterior cox transverse. 
a, Antenne filiform, not verticillate-pilose. TacHyporIN2&. 
b. Antenne capillary, verticillate-pilose .. TRICHOPHYINZ®. 
B. Posterior cox triangular, prominent ; 
antenne capillary and _ verticillate - 


WU OSS Beieiate canst soho: 5 saan gates as) LLABROCERIN An, 


2 


80 INTRODUCTION. 


2. Prothoracic stigmata difficult to perceive 
on account of the prominence of the sides 
of the prothorax. 

A. Anterior coxe short and conical. 


a. Tarsi two-jointed ....... AMES shee .... LEPTOTYPHLINZ, 
6. Tarsi four-jomted s.0ch cee EV &@STHETIN. 
B. Anterior cox large, prominent and 
conical, 


a. Vertex without ocelli. 
v*, Last joint of labial palpi dilated, 
very large, crescent-shaped ...... OXYPORINA. 
b*. Last joint of labial palpi not, or not 
strongly, dilated. 
ay. Posterior coxe conical. 
at. Palpi with the last joint very 


small suiulates. ek cus eee PADERINA. 
bt. Palpi with the last joint equal 
tothe precedime te, coker PINOPHILIN#E. 


b+. Posterior coxe transverse. 
at. Posterior trochanters small, one- 
fifth the length of the femora ; 
head with a distinct neck .... OXYTELIN®. 
bt. Posterior trochanters large, one- 
third the length of the femora; 
head without a distinct neck... PHLG@ocHARINAE. 
6: Vertex: with two ocellt jum 332 cn se . OMALIINA., 
C. Anterior coxz transverse, sublinear. 
a. Vertex without ocelli; elytra covering 
the greater part of the body ........ PROTEININA. 
b. Vertex with one ocellus; elytra only 
slightly passing the metasternum .... PHLGOBIINa, 
D. Anterior coxe fed (8) S[0}5o) ee nm . PIESTINA, 
II. Prosternum with deep furrows for the reception 
of the antenne ; antenne nine-jointed, with an 
abrupt club ; tarsi three-jointed ........ .... MICROPEPLIN2. 


Several of these sub-families might perhaps be classed together: 
and doubtless others will have to be added. 


Family 12. PSELAPHID. 


Very small insects, which are especially noticeable for the extra- 
ordinary development of the maxillary palpi (although these vary 
very much, and im one group are rudimentary), and for their abbie- 
viated elytra; mentum small, more or less quadrate; antenne inserted 
on the front, above the base of the mandibles ; abdomen in great part 
exposed, consisting g of five, sie or seven segments, and with at least 
part of these connate ; tarsi with not more than three jounts ; anterior 
cove conical, contiguous. 


PSELAPHIDA. 81 


This family may be divided into two natural sub-families :— 
1. Antennz with eleven joints, very rarely ten- 
jointed ; maxillary palpi much developed .. PsELAPHINZ. 


2, Antenne with from one to six joints; maxil- 
lary palpi much reduced or rudimentary.... CLAVIGERIN&E. 


Many members of this family are myrmecophilous, while some 
are never found except in ants’ nests. In spite of their small 
size they are very interesting and striking insects, and seem from 
the first to have roused the interest of Coleopterists. In their 
short elytra and exposed abdomen they are, apparently, closely 
allied to the SrapHyLinipmH, but the segments are not by any 
means as free as in the last-named family, and have little and in 
some cases practically no power of movement. The maxillary 


Fig. 36.—Bryaxis horsfieldi. 


palpi of the PsELAPHIN” often present the most extraordinary 
forms, especially in the males of certain genera, but in the 
CuavigERINe the mouth-parts are very different and the palpi 
are much reduced ; the antenne, moreover, have the joints much 
reduced in number, six being found in Claviger, two in Adranes, 
and one only in Articerus. For these reasons, and on account of 
the connate segments of the abdomen, the CLAvigERINm® have 
been regarded as a separate family ; but in all their other cha- 
racters they are plainly to be referred to the PsELAPHIDA, and it 
appears best to consider them as abnormal members of the family ; 

but the question is still an open one. 
About 2500 species of PSELAPHID# are known. Many of them 
ossess excretory tufts of hair, such as are found in the Paussipa, 
from which they exude a substance that is much liked by ants. In 
the case of Claviger the ants in return seem to support the 

G 


82 INTRODUCTION, 


beetles, which appear to have lost the instinct of feeding themselves , 
the association, however, 1s not altogether friendly, as Claviger 
foveolatus has been observed to devour ant-larve. 

The species belonging to the family differ very much in shape: 
as a rule they are. narrow in front and much widened behind ; 
but some are broad and subparallel-sided, and others, as Huplectus, 
narrow and parallel-sided. Some extraordinary forms are figured 
in the most recently published work on the group by Raffray 
(‘Genera Insectorum,’ Wytsman, 1908). In his introduction 
Raffray, speaking of the geographical distribution of the group, 
says that it is spread throughout the world, but the species 
become more abundant in a damp tropical climate. Very little is 
known of the Indian members of the group, although they are 
probably very numerous; several Kuropean genera are represented, 
as Ctenstes, Tychus, Batrisus, Bryaais, Euplectus, and Lrimium ; 
one species of Claviger has also been found, while several genera 
occur only in Ceylon. Raffray has quite recently described several 
new species, and a new genus (Aphunethriv) from the Nilgiri 
Hills, and any collector in India who takes up the group will be 
amply repaid. 


[Family 15. GNOSTID. | 


Very small insects, with the abdomen entirely covered by the elytra; 
antenne three-jointed ; tarsi five-jointed ; apparent number of ventral 
segments three, the first, however, elongate and consisting of three 
connate segments, ; 


This small family appears, through the five-jointed tarsi and 
covered abdomen, to be allied to the ScypMmNID#, and through 
the formation of the antennz and the connate segments of the 
abdomen to be closely related to the PsELAPHID® (CLAVIGHRIN®#). 
I have followed Sharp in regarding it as a separate family and 
placing it between the two families last mentioned. Only two 
species are known, which inhabit nests of ants of the genus 
Crematogaster and are found in Brazil. 


Family 14. SCYDMAINIDAL. 


Very small insects, of elegant form, which are closely allied to the 
SILPHIDE ; mentum transverse ; antenne eleven-jointed, inserted on 
the front, thickened or clavate; maxillary palpi long, with the first 
joint very small; anterior coxee subovate, contiguous ; posterior coxe 
separated ; elytra entirely, or almost entirely, covering the abdomen 
(pygidium occasionally exposed) ; abdomen with six visible segments ; 

egs moderately long, tarsi five-jointed. 


SCYDM ENID E.—SILPHID &. 83 


The members of this family might be included under the 
SILPHIDA, from which they only differ 
in one or two unimportant structural 
characters. In their general form, 
facies and size, however, they constitute 
a very distinct group, which, like the 
PSELAPHTIDE, seems always to have 
attracted the notice of Coleopterists. 
About seven hundred species are known 
which are very widely distributed 
throughout the world. As a rule they 
are very homogeneous in appearance, 
but Huthia, Cephennium, and the large 
und aberrant species of Clidicus and 
Mastigus are very different from the 
typical forms. The species of the 
latter genus very oe resemble large 
ants, and many of the members of the 
family are myrmecophilous. — Very 
httle is known, however, of their life- 
history, but they appear, in some cases 
ati all events, to teed on Acari, which 
Pees ements tarsatis, 8° alarag eras in their habitats ; many 

Larva greatly magnified, Species are found in decaying oTass, 

(After Meinert and Gangl- hot-beds and dead leaves, and many 

bauer.) also occur in moss at the roots of trees, 

7 etc. 

Not many Indian species appear to have been described, but 
they are probably very numerous; the genera Scydmenus, 
Eunicrus, and Cephennium are represented, while Syndicus and 
Erineus (with one species each) have only been recorded from 
India and Ceylon. The family contains at present about thirty 
genera, 


Family 15. SILPHID 2. 


Size extremely variable (13-380 mm.); “mentum usually a 
transverse plate, having m front a membranous hypoglottis, which 
hears the exposed labial palpi, and inmediately behind them the 
so-called bilobed ligula” (Sharp); antennee inserted under the margin 
of the front, thickened toward the apex or more often clavate ; eyes 
finely granulate, sometimes wanting ; anterior cove large, conical 
and contiguous ; visible abdominal segments usually five, but some- 
tomes four, siv, or even seven; apex of abdomen often eaposed ; 
tarsi usually, but not always, 5-jointed. 


This family contains a large number of species (about 900) 
that are well known in the Palearctic region, notably the 
‘‘burying-beetles ” (Necrophorus), and the roving carrion beetles 


(Silpha). The Liopinx (ANISOTOMIN 2) have Reomecincs been 
G2 


84 INTRODUCTION. 


erected into a separate family, but they appear to differ from the 
SILPHID® only in the formation of the anterior coxe and their 
surroundings. A large number of blind cave-insects of the genera 
Bathyscia, Adelops, ete., belong to the family. 

The larvee of the various genera are very different, those of 
Necrophorus being \arge, fleshy, inactive grubs, with small spinose 
plates on the dorsal segments, while those ot Silpha, in most cases, 
are very active and are onisciform, or shaped like wood-lice, with 
the segments above entirely chitinous, the abdominal ones being 
furnished with lateral processes ; they differ, however, considerably 
inter se, 

One of the most peculiar genera belonging to the family is 
Pteroloma, Gyll., which superficially resembles Mebria and was 
included by all the older workers under the Carasipa@, until 
Erichson (Arch. Naturg. 1837, 1, p. 119) pointed out its affinities 
to the StupHipm; it is remarkable for possessing two ocelli on 


Fig. 388.—Necrophorts nepalensis 


Fig. 39.—Necrophorus vespitlo. 
Larva < 3. (After Schiodte.) 


the vertex, and the Japanese genus Camioleum, Lewis, which also 
has two ocelli, ought perhaps to be referred to the PrERoLomin”. 
Apatetica is another genus of SinpH1D4&, closely allied to Pteroloma, 
whose members very ciosely resemble species of Lebia; two 
species are known, one of which, A. lebiordes, Hope, was originally 
found in the Himalayas. 

The SinpHip# are for the most part confined to the Northern 
Hemisphere and are characteristic of cold and temperate countries ; 
very few occur in the Tropics. Necrodes, Necrophorus, Silpha, 


CLAMBID.E.—LEPSINID A. 85 


and Choleva are each represented in India by one or two species, 
and possibly examples of the Lroprn, etec., may be discovered, 
but no one as yet appears to have worked at the group, so far as 
the Indian fauna is concerned. 

The Spx##ritip#£ and CramBip# have been classed with the 
SILPHIDZ, but through the wing venation the former family 
approaches rather to the Nrirrmuip®, and the ciliation of the 
margin of the wings appears to separate the latter. 

The subfamilies may be distinguished as follows :— 


I, Anterior coxal cavities closed behind. 
1, Hpisterna of mesosternum rather large and sub- 
quadrate ; trochantins of anterior coxz small, 
nearly or entirely COVELCCine hans ect ee. CHOLEVINZ. 
2, Episterna of mesosternum small and ‘linear : 
trochantins of anterior coxee larger and free ..  Liopin®. 
II. Anterior coxal cavities open behind ...... Seren ELE ENE 


Family 16. CLAMBID A. 


Minute, very convex, more or less hemispherical insects ; head 
very large, as large as, or larger than, the pronotum when exserted ; 
antenne 10- or S-jointed with a 2-jointed club; maxille with two 
narrow and rather long lobes; elytra without epipleure ; wings in 
part finely ciliate on their edge; posterior cove laminate ; tars 
A-jointed ; abdomen with five, siw, or seven free seqinents. 


The species of this family are closely related to the SILPHID® 
on the one hand, especially to Agathidiwn, and they have the 
power of rolling themselves up like the members of the latter 
genus; they also have affinities towards the TricHoPTERYGID® 
and SPH#RIIDH. The species are found under decaying bark, in 
decaying vegetable refuse, and in hotbeds, ete. 

The larva of O alyptomerus has been described by Perris (Ann. 
Soc. Ent. France, 1852, pp. 574-577, pl. xiv, figs. 1-7); it is 
2mm. in length, elongate, and differs from the larve of some ot 
its allies in being considerably narrowed in front and behind, with 
the greatest breadth at the metathoracic segment. 

The species are almost entirely confined to Europe and North 
America; one species of Clambus has been described from Ceylon, 
and one from the Canary Islands. 


(Family 17. LEPTINIDZ.] 


Mentum transverse with the posterior angles more or less prolonged ; 
labrum very short; antenne long, filiform; anterior cove small ; 
metasternum very short; eyes entirely cone or almost obsolete ; 
tarsi five-jointed ; size small. 


86 INTRODUCTION. 


This family is closely allied to the S1npHrp”, in which it is. 
included by many writers; it differs in the shape of the mentum, 
the long and slender antennz, the very short metasternum, and 
in the fact that the sternal epipleure of the elytra are almost 
obsolete or very little pronounced. ‘Two genera are included in 
this family. One of these, Leptinus, is found in dead leaves, 
rotten wood, birds’ nests, nests of field-mice, or even on the mice- 
themselves; it also occurs in abundance in humble-bees’ nests and 
very rarely in ants’ nests ; the true habits of the insect are there- 
fore unknown. According to Sharp it has been suggested that 
the natural home of Leptinus (two species of which occur in 
Europe and one in America) is the bees’-nest, and that perhaps 
the beetle merely makes use of the mouse as a means of getting 
from one humble-bee’s nest to another; this, however, is some- 
what contradicted by the fact that the allied American genus 
Leptinillus is said by Riley to live on the beaver in company with 
Platypsyllus. 


Family 18. TRICHOPTERYGIDA. 


Very minute insects, the largest being under 2 millimetres wm 
length, and the smallest about a quarter of a millimetre ; antennee 
with a three-jointed, more or less pronounced, club; mawille tri- 
lobed ; tarsi three-jointed ; elytra sometimes covering the abdomen, 
sometimes leaving the apex eaposed ; wings fringed on both sides by 
longa hairs, 


Fig. 40.--Wing of Zrichopteryx. (After Matthews.) 


The members of this family are probably more or less abundant 
throughout the greater part of the worla, but they are usually 
overlooked by reason of their extreme smallness, Nanosella fungr, 


a een 


TRICHOPTERYGID@.— HY DROSCAPHID”, few. 


from South and Central America, being the smallest Coleopterous 
insect at present known. ‘They are found in all sorts of places, 
among rubbish and leaves, under seaweed 
on the sea-shore, in fungi, under bark, in 
rotten wood, etc. The wings vary in shape, 
but are pedunculate and usually more or 
less lanceolate. The larve are elongate 
and parallel-sided, with a large triangular 
head and large eyes, and two hairy anal 
appendages; and the pupais short and ovate. 
The chief worker at the group has been 
the Rev. A. Matthews, whose accurate 
drawings of the details of these minute 
insects could hardly be surpassed. 
Very little is known regarding the Indian 
Fig. 41.—Trichopteryx Species, but three or four species of Zri- 
cursitans. chopteryx and one species of Ptenidium are 
known from Ceylon. 
Some very curious forms have been described in the posthumous 
Supplement of Mr. Matthews’ “ Trichopterygia,” published in 


SWZ 


TN 


ii 7 ne 
ly Hf) MT 


Fig. 42.—Wing of Motschulskiuim. (After Matthews.) 


1900 by the late Mr. P. B. Mason of Burton-on-Trent, Stafford- 
shire; of these Championella, Dimorphella, and Mikado are 
particularly noticeable. 


[Family 19. HYDROSCAPHID.] 


Minute aquatic insects (From 1-2 mm. in length), elongate-conical 
m shape, with the abdomen produced and narrow, the produced 
portion being about as long as the elytra ; antenne short, eight-jointed 
(the apex of the long eighth joint being, according to Matthews, 
divided into two minute joints), subclaviform ; wings broad, deeply 
fringed with hawrs ; tarsi three~jointed. 


88 INTRODUCTION, 


These extraordinary little insects, of which three or four species 
are known from Spain and North America, are really TRicHo- 
PrERYGID#H modified for an aquatic existence. hey appear to be 
found in running water. 


|Family 20. SPHA:RIID. | 


Minute hemispherical insects ; head large, sessile, with the eyes 
large; antenne short, 11-jointed, with the club well marked, obscurely 
dsyjomted ; maxille feeble, bilobed ; wings large and ample, deeply 
fringed with cilia ; episterna of the metasternum long and narrow ; 
all the covw transverse; the posterior pair very much enlarged, 
prominent, contiguous, extending to the sides of the body and to the 
fourth ventral segment. 


The SPH#RIUID#, through their ciliated wings, are evidently 
allied to the TRICHOPTERYGID&, but apart from this, they present 
no special affinity to any particular group. as pointed out by 
Mr. Matthews, who took a great interest in this small family, and 
described four out of the six known species. In one or two 
points they are, perhaps, related to Cercyon. Their chief character 
is found in the great development of the posterior coxe. As far 
as at present known they are entirely confined to Europe, and 
North and Central America. 


Family 21. CORYLOPHID A. 


Minute insects; antenne with the first or the two basal joints 
enlarged, 8- 9- 10- or 11-jointed, clavate; maxille with one lobe, the 
palpi being of extraordinary form, with the second joint much 
dilated ; abdomen with six free ventral seqments ; tarse four-jointed, 
apparently three-jointed, the third joint being very nunute and 
concealed by the emargiate or notched second joint. 


The chief points in this group appear to be the extraordinary 
form of the maxillary palpi (in many instances), and the abnormal 
and irregular antenne in several of the genera such as Aniso- 
meristes and Microstagetus. The number of joints is very variable, 
Oligarthrum possessing 8 joints only, Corylophus and Arthrolips 9, 
Sericoderus 10, and Sacium 11; the maxillary and labial palpi are 
large, with the second joint much dilated ; the wings are fringed 
with hairs but very much less deeply than in the TRICHOPTERYGIDA, 
«nd the veins are obsolete except at the base. 

The larve of Orthoperus piceus and Arthrolips piceus have been 

leseribed by Perris ; they are elongate-oval, the latter being shorter 
and broader, with a very small head and the prothorax much 


CORYLOPHID/E.—PSEUDOCORYLOPHID#. S9 


contracted in front; the sides of the segments in the former are set 
with strong forked sete, and in the latter are separately prolonged 
into short blunt processes, terminating in sete. The pupe are 
of ordinary form. 

The species are found in and under dry or rotting wood or 
bark, in decaying vegetables, hotbeds, fungi, ete. Orthoperus 
atomarius appears to be confined to cellars, where it feeds on the 
funeus Zasmidium cellare. 

The species are probably very widely distributed throughout 
the world; species of Saciwn, Arthrolips, Anisomeristes, Serico- 
derus, Corylophodes and Lewisiwm have been described from Ceylon, 
and one species of Arthrolips from Burma. 

The CorYLoPHiD# have strong affinities with the Smpuip», 
has been pointed out by the Rev. A. Matthews, who has studied 
the group more than any other writer, and they are also closely 
allied to the TRICHOPTERYGID®. 


[Family 22. PHASNOCEPHALID”.. | 


Minute insects; antenne 11-jointed, the last three joints forming 
an elongate club; head sessile, large and broad, deflexed ; maxille 
bilobed with the lobes short ; epimera of the mesosternum noderate ; 
all the tarst four-jointed, with the three basal joints of equal length, 
bilobed. 


Mr. Matthews, who described this family, considers it as the 
connecting link between the CoryLopHip#® and the SILPHID ; 
it comprises the single genus Phanocephalus, which contains one 
species from Japan; it appears to be more nearly allied to the 
TRICHOPTERYGID£ than to the CorynopHip#, but it is quite 
distinct from both of them. 


[Family 23, PSEUDOCORYLOPHID.] 


Minute insects ; antenne apparently 9-jointed, but really 11-jointed, 
the lust three forming an apparently solid club ; head large, retractile ; 
maxville trilobed as in the TRICHOPTERYGIDE ; eprmera of the meso- 
sternum very large; urgs ample, broadest at base, with distinct 
vens ; all the tarsi 3 jointed ; all the cove rounded and widely 
distant. 


This aberrant fainuy is related to TRICHOPTERYGIDA, SILPHID, 
and COCCINELLID#, and appears to be quite distinct from the 
CORYLOPHIDE. It comprises one genus Aphanocephalus, Woll., 
comprising six species; one from Brazil, and the remainder trom 


90 : INTRODUCTION. 


Penang, China, and Japan. The formation of the club of the 
antenne will at once distinguish it from its allies ; it appears to 
be a question whether it should be placed under the SrAPHYLINOIDEA 
or the CLAVICORNIA. 


Family 24. SCAPHIDIITD A. 


Form more or less boat-shaped, with the elytra broadly truncate, 
and not covering the abdomen, antennw 10- ov 11-jointed, slender, 
with the five or six apical joints gradually thicker ; pronotum large 
and fitting closely to the elytra; abdomen with siw, seven, or even 
eiyht visible ventral segments; anterior cove contiguous ; “posterior 
cove usually widely separated ; legs slender, tarsi long, filiform, 
SJ-jotnted. 


The position of the family has been much disputed. Lacordaire 


placed it between the TRicHopreryGip&® and the HisrERIpaA, 
‘Thomson regards it as near the Nirrpunip«, and Leconte and Horn 
as situated between the SpH«#RID# and 
Puatacrip#&. In the ‘ Biologia Centrali- 
Americana’ (Coleopt. 11. 1, p. 158) Matthews 
places it between the SpHmriipm# and His- 
TERIDE, and according to him its chiet 
characters are “ the form of the anterior and 
intermediate coxal cavities; the protrusion 
of the wide pieces of the mesosternum beyond 
the normal outline of the skeleton; and 
(except in Scaphiwm) the reception of the 
posterior angles of the thorax into grooves on 
Fig. 43.—Scaphidiun the epipleural fold of the elytra. The anterior 
nigrocinctulwin. coxal cavities are formed on their upper half 
by the prosternum and on their lower half by 
the mesosternum (a character found also in Lphisiemus), and the 
intermediate coxal cavities extend in a similar manner into the 
metasternum.” 

The members ot the family in both the larval and the perfect 
state livein fungi. In the Munich Catalogue only fifty-one species 
are mentioned, but about 200 are now known. Scaphidium and 
Scaphisoma are represented in India and Ceylon. They are very 
rapid in their movements; the species of Scaphidium are often 
very brilhantly variegated with scarlet or yellow; the species otf 
Scaphisoma are smaller, more sombrely coloured, and much more 
delicate insects. 

The larvaof Scaphisoma agariconwm has been described by Perris : 


itis of the Staphylinid type, with long hairs at the sides, with a 


very short anal appendage or proleg, and very short cerci. 


HISTERID EA. OT 


Family 25. HISTERIDA!. 


Compact, hard, usually shining insects ; antenncee geniculate, as a 
rule received in grooves beneath the pronotum, with a long basal joint, 
and a siv- or seven-jointed funiculus, the last three or four joints 
forming an abrupt club; mandibles strong, mawxille bilobed ; pro- 
notum closely applied to the elytra ; elytra truncate, leaving the last 
two seqments of the abdomen uncovered ; abdomen with five visible 
ventral segments and seven dorsal, all hard ; legs short and stout, 
retractile ; tarst short, usually five-jointed (posterior pair rarely 
four-jointed) ; anterior cove transverse, posterior coxw widely sepa- 
rated ; upper surface usually very smooth and shining, sometines 
dull and with raised furrows. 


This is a very large and well-defined family, containing, as at 
present known, about 1600 to 1700 species. The great majority 
of them are of a shining black colour with strongly engraved 
striation, but in the case of Hister and Saprinus a few species 
have bright red spots or markings, and some are more or less 
metallic. The shape is very variable and the variation is evidently 
due to habitat.. 

The species of Hister and its allies, which live in dung and 
decomposing carcases, are convex and very much polished, so that 
they always appear clean; they are often, however, much infested 
by Acari which secure a firm hold on their bodies. Hololepta and 
Platysoma, which live under the bark of trees, have the bodies 


Fig. 44.—Hister bengalensis. Fig. 45.—Hololepta elongata 
(and side view). 


much flattened, while Zrypancus, Teretrius, etc., which enter the 
burrows of wood- boring insects, are quite cy lindrical and eminently 
adapted for their mode of life. The Heese have usually 
been considered to be for the most part feeders on dung, dead 
animals, ete., but it is probable that they are for the most part 
predaceous, both in the larval and perfect state, and that they 
inhabit decaying matter, not because it is their food, but because 
of the Dipterous larve, etce., which it nourishes.  Saprinas 
virescens has long been known as feeding on the larvee of Phedon, 
on Sisymbrium, ete., and Hister helluo has been recorded as feeding 


QY INTRODUCTION, 


on Jarvee of the Chrysomelid genus Agelastica, while Hister pustu- 
losus attacks caterpillars of Agrotis. 

A certain number of genera (e. g. Hetewrius and Myrmetes) are 
only found in ants’ nests; while others are occasionaliy found 
associated with ants; others again (fesperodromus, Disceselis, 
Terimitoxenus, etc.) live with Termites ; ; their relations, however, 
to these insects are uncertain. 

The larve of several genera are well known; they are distin- 
guished by the absence of ocelli, the softness of their integument, 
the upper surface being often much wrinkled, and the short but 
well-marked two-jointed cerci at the apex of the abdomen. The 
larva of faster wuicolor is a broad flabby repulsive-looking insect 
with large jaws and extremely short legs, not visible from. above ; 
in Platysoma the form is narrower and more parallel and the lees 
are longer. These larve are carnivorous and very voracious. 

In 1853-1862 the Abbé de Marseul monographed the family, 
but our knowlege of the group has since then been very much 
increased, 1n creat measure through the exertions of Mr. George 
Lewis, who is at present the chief authority on the Histrrip2. 


Erichson in 1834 proposed three divisions of the family : 


1. Head porrected. 


Head retracted into the prothorax; prosternum with a 
plate in front covering the throat, separated by a suture. 


3. Head retracted into the prothorax; prosternum without 
a separated plate covering the throat. 


Lacordaire (Gen. Col. 31, 1854, pp. 248-252) follows Erichson, 
but only adopts two divisions: the HoLoLeprrpEs with the head 
porr ected, and the HisruripEs with the head retracted ; and he is 
tollowed by Leconte and Horn (Classification Col. North. Am. 
p- 144). Jacquelin Duval (Gen. Col. Eur. 1, 1857-1859, pp. 119- 
121) practically adopts the whole classification of Marseul, so far 


as the European Fauna is concerned, and gives an excellent. 


table of the genera. 


Marseul’s classification is as follows :— 


I. Head not retractile, horizontal, visible from under- 
neath; mouth-parts projecting beyond the front 
of the prosternum. 
1. Mandibles projecting; clypeus not prolonged 
into a rostrum; body more or less flat and 
Gene Sse se prc store cers ene Gy ee Scere ee HOLOLEPTIN&®. 
2. Mandibles retracted. covered by the long rostri- 
form clypeus; body elongate, cylindrical 
(192) PORCUS WE erro. ahiain Chote eR ae .. TRYPANAINA. 
Ii. Head retractile, not visible from underneath when 
retracted ; mouth- -parts covered by the prosternum. 
A. Prosternum with a shorter ot longer lobe or 
throat-plate, separated off by a more or less 
distinct suture, 


HISTERID/.—NIPONUDE, 93 


. Club of antennze round or oval, pubescent, 
consisting of four joints, closely compacted, 


but separated by: SULUPCS SS avers rat eae HISTERINE. 
4. Club of antennze without sutures, smooth, 
cylindrical, trumeate at apex. sites a4 HETzRIIN A. 


b. SE eae without a lobe or rons -plate. 
>. Antenne inserted under the side margin of 
the torelead epee sna. e oan ae koe eee .. SAPRININZE. 
WU et .., ABRABIN ZA * 


The genera Hister, Saprinus, and Platysoma are well represented 
in India, and among other genera found in India and Ceylon 
may be mentioned Plesius, Apobleptes, Paromalus, Onthophilus, and 
Abreus. Cypturus was described by Erichson from the Himalayan 
region, and Notodoma is represented by one species described by 
Marseul from India. Zrypancus is confined to Tropical America, 
the Indo-Malay region, and Japan. 

The very curious genus Niponius is closely related to the 
Hisrerip#, to which family it was assigned by its discoverer, 
Mr. G. Lewis, but it also bears affinities to other families, and is 
in several ways abnormal; we have therefore regarded it, with 
some hesitation, as provisionally separate. 


Family 26. NIPONIID. 


Form elongate, cylindrical ; head large, nearly as broad, and 
sometimes as long, as prothorax ; clypeus as a rule with horn-like 
projections ; mandibles large and strong, perpendicularly reflexed ; 
antenne geniculate, with a round 
compact club, apparently three- 
jounted, but with the basal joint 
(the eghth of the antenne) very 
small; pronotum parallel-sided, 
oblong, as broad as elytra ; pro- 
sternum margined, rather nar- 
nowly dividing the transverse an- 
terror cove, coxal cavities very 
narrowly closed behind; meso- 
sternum very short, channelled ; 
metasternum large, channelled, 
with long and narrow episterna ; 
atermediate cove not widely di- 
vuled, transverse ; posterior cow 

Fig. 46.—Mponius canalicollis. more Ri deli y divided, but not very 

strongly as in Hister; abdomen 
with five or six visible ventral segments ; legs robust, hee toothed 
externally, tarst very long and slender, the last jot nearly us long 
as all the preceding four taken ue 


* See Ganglbauer, ‘‘ Die Kifer von Rutelenropae il, pp. 851-352. 


94 INTRODUCTION. 


It is with considerable hesitation that we adopt this family, but 
it will be noticed that the characters differ in several points from 
those of the Hisrerip, of which family the single genus Niponius 
can only be regarded at the most as a very abnorm al member. 

Mr. G. Lewis, who first discovered the genus in Japan, was 
inclined to regard it at first as probably belonging to the 
SYNTELIID£, to which family it bears a sort of superficial 
resemblance; when, however, he described it (Trans. Ent. Soc. 
Lond, 1835, p. 333), he referred to this, but went on to say that 
on a more pertect scrutiny of the insects he was convinced that 
they were true Hisrertps®, although their position in the family 
was hard to determine, there being much that is abnormal in their 
structure. He would ‘place the genus near Platysoma, from the 
habits of the species and their mode of seeking food, but in the 
absence of an anterior prosternal lobe or throat-plate they are 
more closely allied to Hololepta and Z'rypancus, and should come 
as a third tribe after the latter, if they are again relegated to the 
Histertp&. The formation of the head (which resembles more 
or less that of Memosoma and Osorius), the large deflexed mandibles, 
the structure of the prosternum and coxe, and the very long and 
slender tarsi, seem, however, to afford good ground for their 
separation ; the curious foveolation of the pygidium and (in some 
cases) the propygidium must aiso be mentioned. 

With regard to the habits of the genus Mr. Lewis says (1. c¢. 
p. 332) :—* Niponius is entomophagous and essentially diurnal : 
but instead of following the Platyp?, which bore diametrically into 
a timber, it seeks out Scolyti and Yomict which reside either in 

the bark or not far from the cambium. In fine weather, in June, 
at Kashiwagi, L have taken Niponius, in company with Cyphagogus, 
crawling over the bark of oaks in search of fresh burrows.” 

The family was first discovered in Japan. but species have since 
been found in India, and Mr. Lewis records an example of a new 
species from Borneo in the British Museum, from the Pascoe 
Collection. The average length appears to be from 4-5 mm., but 
one of the Indian species (WU. parvulus, Lewis) is only 2 mm. 
long. 


[Family 27. PLATYPSYLLID. | 


Size small; structure, in many respects, quite abnormal ; head 
large with a comb-like row of spines on tts posterior margin; eyes 
wanting » mandibles rudimentary ; maville bilobed ; mentum large 
and consprcuous, deeply divided behind into three lobes; antenne 
reecived tn grooves on the underside of the thorax, with the first joint 
long, the second enlarged, short, excavate and pubescent, and receiving 
in its socket a short oval knob consisting of seven or eight closely 
united joints ; elytra much abbreviated, leaving six ventral seyments 
of the abdomen visible from above ; legs short and rather stout ; 
tarsi d-jointed ; wings absent. 


The single species forming this family is one of the most 


PLATYPSYLLID.E.—CLAVICORNIA, 95 


abnormal of all the Coleoptera. It was discovered in 1868 on a 
dead American Beaver in the Zoological Gardens of Rotterdam, 
and was at first believed to be a suctorial insect, related to the 
Puxicip#; it also shows some points of resemblance with the 
Mallophaga, or Biting Lice. Westwood considered it to form a 
separate order altogether, which he called Achreioptera, but it is 
certainly a beetle, though an anomalous one. ‘The mandibles 
indeed are rudimentary, but the maxille are well developed and 
quite Coleopterous; its Coleopterous nature is also proved by its 
larva, which is elongate, moderately broad, narrower in front and 
behind, with the short cerci at the apex, which are a little longer 
than the stout anal appendage between them ; it resembles certain 
of the Staphylinid larve and has the same kind of motion, but it 
is perhaps most closely related to the larve of the SinpHips. 

Very little is known of the life-history of the insect, except 
that it has been found on the Beaver, alive and dead, in Europe 
and America. Whether it is carnivorous, feeding on other smaller 
parasitic insects on the Beaver, or whether it feeds chiefly on 
exudations from the skin or on the seales of the epithelium is 
not known; the rudimentary mandibles would seem to favour the 
latter view. 

In its habits Platypsyllus is related to Leptinus. Leconte 
considers these genera closely related, through the formation of 
the mentum, but there is little in common between the trilobed 
mentum of the former, and the undivided, though certainly 
abnormal form of that organ in the latter. 

The family is here included under the SrapHynINorIpeEa for 
convenience’ sake, and because of its relation to the SILPHID : 
as the insect is apterous there is no venation to be considered. 


Division 2, CLAVICORNIA. 


In the third volume of his work (Die Kifer von Mitteleuropa, 
iil, p. 409) Ganglbauer assigns the following families to the 
CLAVICORNIA :—SPHERITIDEH, OstoMip& (Trocosirip#®), Byrv- 
RID#, NrivIDULIDZ, PAassanDRIDE*, Cucusip#, Erorriip#, Paa- 
LACRID®, THorIcTIDA, DERODONTIDA, Lararipip®, Mycrro- 
PHAGID®, CoLYDIID®, ENDOMYCHIDA, and COCCINELLID# ; at the 
beginning of the fourth volume (Band I, p. 2) he further includes 
the families DmrMesrip®, Byrruip®, NosoDENDRID®, GEORYs- 
sip, Dryopip# (Parnip#£), HETEROCERID®, and HypRopHIip», 
but he only does this quite provisionally, and expresses his belief 
that the first of these groups at all events ought to come at the 
end of the DIVERSICORNIA, and therefore after the Srrricornra 
instead of before them. In this he is probably right, as it is more 
likely that the CrLavicornta are derived from the SErRicorNta 
than the reverse; but the STAPHYLINOIDEA are so closely allied to 


* Ganglbauer subsequently (/. c. ili, p. 565) includes this family under the 
CucusJIDA. 


96 INTRODUCTION. 


the CLAVIcoRNIA that it seems better not to separate them widely 
in the present state of our knowledge. With regard to the order, 
and in many cases the constitution, of the families of this group, 
there is great difference of opinion, and it is best, perhaps, to 
leave any detailed discussion on these points to the specialists 
who will be taking up these sections. In the succeeding pages 
several other families are noticed as belonging to the CLavicornia, 
which do not come within the scope of Ganglbauer’s work. 


Key to the Indian Families. 


I. Maxillary palpi elongate, often much 
longer than the antennee ; antennze with 
from six to nine joints, terminating in 
a club; tarsi five-jointed ; habits aquatic 


OL SUPAGUA CIC Ss oi. us. So nsays Bustiers okshape cesta Hydrophilide, p. 128. 
Il. Maxillary palpi not abnormally elongate. 
i, Antenne subgeniculate .........5003. Synteliidz, p. 99. 


ii. Antennee not geniculate. 
1. Antenne very short, scarcely as lung 
as the head, abnormal. 
A. Second joint of antennze strongly 
developed, ear-shaped; habits [p. 126. 
aquatic or subaquatic.......... Dryopidz (Parnidz), 
B. Antenneze with joints 5-11 forming 
a very short oblong club ; habits 
FOSSOMIA! | Von i icie sear gr cman Heteroceride, p. 130. 
2, Antenne more or less elongate, clavate 
or filiform. 
A, Anterior coxe with the trochanters 
of the front legs forming two 
plates which conceal the pro- 
sternum ; tarsishort, four-jointed ; 
habits subaquatie: 4.2 92i.4n2-r: Georysside, p. 126. 
B. Anterior coxee normal. 
a, Tarsi long, five-jointed; claws 
strongly developed for clinging 
to stones in running water.... Elmidee, p. 126 *, 
b. Tarsi and claws not strongly 
developed for clinging. 
a*, Anterior coxse with a free 
trochantin. 
at. Posterior coxe not grooved 
or sulcate. 
at. Tarsi five-jointed, with 
the first joint very 
short, and the fourth (p- 100. 
moni alles oe conan eee Trogositidz (Ostomidz), 
bt. Tarsi five-jointed (rarely 
heteromerous ), with the 
first joint not short and _ 
the fourth very small.. Nitidulide, p. 104. 


* We have, after some consideration, included the Exuaip« under the- 
Dryopip#, but as the point is somewhat doubtful, we have left the table 
unaltered. 


CLAVICORNIA. 


b+. Posterior coxz grooved or 
sulcate for the reception of 

the femora. 
at. Lees not strongly re- 
tractile; form usually 

ODTONG, & pes et egaeper 

bt. Legs very strongly re- 

tractile, capable of being 

drawn up entirely under- 

neath the body; form 

oval or hemispherical, 

usually very convex. 

* Head prominent; men- 

CUTTS LTO 2. gerd Lee Jo 

** Tead sunk in prothorax ; 

mentum small ...... 

b*, Anterior coxz without a free 
trochantin. 

at. Tarsi five-jointed, some- 

times heteromerous in the 

male (very rarely four- 
jointed). 

at. Epimera of mesosternum 

reaching the middle 

coxal cavities’ oi..5 6/0: 

bt. Epimera of mesosternum 

not reaching the middle 
coxal cavities. 

* Tarsal claws simple ; 

shape and size very 

— variable. 

+ Tarsi pseudo - tetra - 
merous, five-jointed, 
the fourth jointsmall, 
hidden in the emar- 
gination of the third 
joint (except in the 
DaAcniINnz *); shape 
and size very vari- 
ables. asides 

tt Tarsi plainly _ five - 
jointed ; small and 
inconspicuous —in- 
sects, of more or less 
oblong form. ..4..2 

** Tarsal claws toothed at 
base; form oval or 
elliptical and convex ; 
small or very small 
and inconspicuous in- 
SCCLS frat oecl tiation 


97 


Dermestide, p. 122. 


Nosodendridz, p, 124. 


Byrrhide, p. 123. 


Cucujidze, p. 106. 


Erotylide, p. 108. 


Cryptophagide, p. 110. 


Phalacride, p. 112. 


* The Dacnin/ may at once be distinguished from the Crypropuacip«, 
except the DipuyLiiné and XENosCcELIN#, by having the anterior coxal cavities 
closed behind, and from the two last-mentioned subfamilies by having the 


hind cox widely separated (v. p. 108). 


H 


INTRODUCTION. 


b+. Tarsi all three-jointed or 
apparently three-jointed. 
a{. EKlytra entire, covering 
the abdomen ; ventral 
seoments of abdomen 
nearly equal in length.. Lathridiide, p. 113. 
bt. Elytra truncate, leaving 
the apex of the abdomen 
uncovered; first and 
fifth ventral segments 
longer than the others.. Monotomide, p. 107. 
cf. Tarsi four-jointed, or with 
the front tarsi of the male 
three-jointed (very rarely 
all three-jointed). 
at. Tarsi in male with 3-4-4 
joints respectively, in 
temale with4—4-4joints. Mycetophagide, p. 114. 
bj. Tarsi nearly always four- 
jointed in both sexes, 
with the third joint 
normal and free; abdo- 
men with five ventral 
segments of which the 
first three or four are 
more or less connate .. Colydiide, p. 115. 
ct. Tarsi nearly always 
pseudo-trimerous, four- 
jointed, with the third 
joint usually very small, 
hidden in the emarei- 
nation of the third ; ab- 
domen with five free 
ventral segments. 
* Kpimeraofmesosternum 
obliquely quadrilate- 
ral; antennes :nserted 
between the eyes; 
anterior coxal cavities 
either closed or open 
behind ; tarsal claws 
simple. inc siete ne Endomychide, p. 117. 
** [pimeraofmesosternum 
irregularly triangular, 
with the apex directed 
to the front ; antennze 
as a rule inserted at 
the inner front margin 
of the eyes; anterior 
coxal cavities nearly 
always closed behind ; 
claws,asa rule, appen- . 
diculate or toothed... Coccinellide, p. 119. 


SYNTELIIDE. 99 


Family 28. SYNTELITD. 


Form elongate-oblong, subcylindrical, somewhat depressed ; an- 
tenne subgeniculate, with a broad compressed club; anterior coxal 
cavities closed behind ; anterior cove transverse, conico-cylindrical, 
somewhat projecting, contiquous ; pronotum free, not fitted to base of 
elytra ; posterior coxe strongly transverse, contiguous ; elytra not 
completely covering abdomen ; tarsi five-jointed, simple, with the first 
four joints equal; abdomen with five visible ventral segments and 
eight or nine dorsal, all corneous. Median loop of the wing veins 
much contracted. 


The position of this family, which contains one genus and five 
or six species, has been much disputed. Westwood placed it in 
the Trogositipm®, but it is separated from 
this family by the structure of the antenne 
and tarsi, the contiguous posterior coxe, 
the exposed pygidium, the entirely corneous 
dorsal segments of the abdomen, the wing 
venation, etc. ; it appears to be most closely 
allied to the Hisrerip#, with which it 
agrees in the structure of the antenne and 
the corneous dorsal plates, but differs in the 
contiguous anterior coxe, the contiguous and 
transverse posterior cox, and the different 
relations of the side-pieces of the meso- and 
meta-thorax. ‘Ihe wing venation is very like 
that of Hister, for although a median loop is 
Fig. 47. present, yet it is very much contracted and 
Syntelia indica. situated high up towards the base of the 
wing, and the general venation is rather that 

of the SraPHYLINOIDEA than of the CLAVICORNIA. 

Syntelia is also allied to the Sinpaip#, but differs in the form 
of the antennze and mandibles, in the absence of trochantins to 
the front and middle cox, and in the corneous dorsal plates. 

Its nearest ally, perhaps, is Spherites, which Dr. Sharp regards 
as forming a subfamily of the Synrerimp2z, but it is distinguished 
by the shape of the first joint of the antenne, the more slender 
legs, the fact of the pronotum being closely adapted to the base 
of the elytra, the anterior coxal cavities open behind, and the 
entirely different facies; at tne same time the wing venation is 
very similar. Mr. G. Lewis originally placed his aberrant genus 
Niponius under SYNTELIIDA, but afterwards transferred it to the 
Histrerip£. Nothing appears to be known about the life-history 
of Syntelia. The species occur in very widely separated localities, 
in India, Eastern Asia, and Mexico; they have been found at sap 
running from trees. 


nH 2 


100 INTRODUCTION. 


[Family 29. SPHAERITIDA. | 


Antenne short, with the first joint thickened, but not geniculate, 


eleven-jointed, with a large and compact three-jointed club ; anterior 


cocal cavities open behind ; pronotum fitting closely to elytra ; elytra 
truncate at apex, leaving the apex of the abdomen exposed ; anterior 
and posterior cove contiguous ; middle cove rather widely separate ; 
postervor cove transverse, with a short broad process ; legs compara- 
tively slender, tarsi five-jointed. | 


The single genus Spherites, which forms this family, is very 
closely allied to the Synrnnip#, and in the venation of the wings 
it is very similar. In facies it resembles Saprinus or Hister, and 
like Syntelia appears to be closely related to the Histwripx. It is 
also nearly related to the SmrpHiDs#, with which it is often classed 
by authors, but differs in the wing venation, the formation of the 
anterior coxal cavities, ete. ; In some points it approaches certain 
Niripunip#. The genus contains only one species, which is 
found in Northern and Central Europe and in the west of North 
America (Alaska, Sitkha, Vancouver’s Island, and California). 

Dr. Sharp considers the genus to form a tribe of the SYNTELIID A, 
but, apart from all else, it differs entirely in habits from the species 
of Syntelia, the latter being only found at the sap of felled or 
wounded trees, while Spherites occurs in decaying fungi, under 
excrement, in small carcases, snails, ete. 


Family 30. TROGOSITID.4 (OSTOMID/). 


Very closely allied to the Nitidulidee, and differing in the formation 
of the tarsi which have the first joint, and not the fourth, very small ; 
they are five-jointed, but appear to be four-jointed ; antenne inserted 
under the side margin of the front, before the eyes, eleven-jointed, 
rarely ten-jointed, usually with a loose three-jointed (often laterally 
asymmetrical) club; mawille always bilobed ; elytra entirely covering 
the abdomen; anterior and middle coxw more or less separated ; 
abdomen with five, rarely siv, visible ventral segments. 


The members of this family vary very much in form, from the 
elongate and cylindrical Nemosoma to the convex and elliptical or 
almost hemispherical forms Ostoma (Peltis) and Thymalus. The most 
characteristic genera are Temnochila and Tenebrioides (Trogosita), 
both of which contain a considerable number of species. The total 
number of Trogosit1p# hitherto described is about 400, but very 
few have been as yet recorded froin India, and they are probably 
not numerous in that country as they seem to be chiefly attached to 


TROGOSITIDE. 1O1 


the New World. Grouvelie has recently recorded and described 
about seventeen species from the Indian region belonging to 
Temnochila, Tenebriotdes, etc. In the Munich Catalogue one speeies 
of Melambia, three of 7'rogosita, and one of Peltis are mentioned, 
all but one being recorded from Ceylon. The species of Vemosoma, 
Temnochila, and. Tenebrioides mostly inhabit decayed trees ; they 
are carnivorous and devour the larve of xvlophagous insects. 
The members of the genus Ostoma and its allies are chiefly found 
in fungi on trees, and may also be carnivorous, but this is un- 
certain. The cosmopolitan Venebrioides mauritanica is found in 
flour and corn and is said to do damage to the grains, but it has 
been proved that they also devour larve of other insects living in 
the corn, so that their action may be rather beneficial than 
hurtful. 

The larva of Zemnochila cerulea, which has been figured by 
Perris, is elongate and_parallel- sided, with a very large head 
furnished with powertul jaws, and the thoracic segments plainly 
larger than the abdominal; the segments are furnished with 
larger or smaller corneous dorsal plates, and the sides with scanty 
bristles ; the apex is terminated by two stout hook-like cerci with 
the points turned outwards. 

The composition of the family has given rise to some con- 
troversy. It is quite plain that Syntelia and Helota, which have 
been included in it, must be regarded as quite distinct. The 
right position is evidently very near to the Niripunip”, from 
which the Trogositrp#® only differ in the structure of the tarsi 
and in the fact that the maxille are always bilobed. 

Lacordaire divides the family into four tribes as follows :— 


I, Antenne 10-jointed...... Se eee oo-...0¢ Eigoliides. 


JI. Antennee 11-jointed (10-jointed in two species 
of Nemosoma). 
i. Internal lobe of the maxill simple. 
eee VC SuSUMAD IO. | eet eryeths.. cis okay « © Wha seelgee eheanses Trogositides. 
2. Kyes divided into two, at least in the males Gymmnochilides. 
il. Internal lobe of the maxille furnished with 
SHCOTMCOMS MOOK (5 ihivon.. wore Melee: .... Peltides. 


This division, however, is not very satisfactory, and the family 
may be divided into two subfamilies :— 


I. Inner lobe of maxilla rudimentary, or at least 
simple and without a terminal hook; form 
elongate or elongate oblong; elytra with 
narrowly margined sides and narrow epipleure . TROGOSITIN®. 


JI, Inner lobe of maxillary palpi strongly developed 
and furnished with a strong hook; form 
narrower or broader, elliptical, convex ; elytra 
with distinct broad’ margins ‘and broad J epi- 
(DIETS eee arate ene Namie SAOSIN barat eer ers PELTINA, 


102 _ INTRODUCTION. 


[Family 31, HELOTIDA.] 


Form elongate-oblong ; head sinall, antenne short, with a four- 
jointed club; labrum almost concealed ; mentum transverse, anterior 
margin sinuate ; anterior and middle cowal cavities closed, quite round, 
all the cowce widely separated; abdomen with five visible ventral 
segments ; disc of elytra with two raised waxy spots on each, one 
before and the other behind middle ; tarsi with five distinct joints, the 
Sifth being longer than the rest combined. 


This family has usually been considered 
to belong to the EroryLip#, but it comes 
nearer to the TRoGOsITIDm in its tarsal 
structure ; it is also closely related to Ips 
among the Nuirrpunip#. The general 
form, the shape of the coxal cavities, and 
the characteristic waxy patches on the dise 
of the elytra wil serve to distinguish it. 
The number of species at present known 
is about forty; these are confined to the 
Indo-Malay region and Japan, with the 
exception of one which has occurred in 
Kast Africa. Mr. Lewis has observed 
them feeding on the sap of trees. They 
have always been regarded as scarce 
Fig. 48.—Helota insects, but species will almost certainly 

” servilles. be found in the Indian region proper. 


(Family 32. BYTURIDA.] 


Antenne inserted before the eyes, eleven-jointed, with a three- 
jointed club ; cove narrowly separated ; anterior cowal cavities closed 
behind ; epimera of mesosternum reaching the middle coxal cavities ; 
elytra entirely covering abdomen ; tarse five-jointed, with the fourth 
joint small, and with the second and third joints lobed beneath ; claws 
toothed ; abdomen with five free ventral segments. 


This is a very doubtful family as regards position. Hrichson 
classed it with the Metyripa®, Stephens with the Eneipa, 
Du Va! with the TenmMatrorHiILiIps#, Latreille and Kiesenwetter 
with the NiripuLip, and Redtenbacher, Lacordaire (who speaks 
of Byturus as “ genre trés embarrasant”), and recently Sharp, 
with the Drermesrip®. In my work on British Coleoptera 
(iii, p. 305) I have placed it as a separate family between the 
Cucusip® and the CrypropHAGID#, near the tribe TrnMarTo- 
PHILINA, to which it is closely related by its tarsal structure. 


NITIDULIDA. 103 


Ganglbauer (I. c. ill, p. 437) also regards it as separate ; but on the 
ground of the epimera reaching the middle coxal cavities and the 
free trochantins of the anterior cox, he considers it to be related 
to the Trogosirip® and NirrpuLip#, and assigns it a position 
between these families. 

The family contains one genus, comprising three or four small 
obscure pubescent species which are found in flowers, especially 
of raspberries, to which the larve sometimes do great damage ; 
two are found in Europe and two in North America. 

The larva is cylindrical, with scanty long hairs at the sides, 
depressed in front, with thin corneous plates on the abdominal 
segments; the abdomen is terminated by two short and sharp 
cerci, which are curved outwards, and an anal segment consisting 
of a cylindrical tubercle which is retractile and assists locomotion. 
The pupa is very pilose. 


Family 33. NITIDULID. 


Form, size, and characters very variable ; mostly small insects with 
the last one or two segments of the abdomen exposed, but occasionally 
with the greater part of the abdomen uncovered, and the elytra very 
short, while 7m other cases the whole of the abdomen is concealed ; 
maxille usually with one lobe only (but bilobed im the BRACHYPTE- 
RINE); antenne mserted under the margin of the front, eleven- 
jointed (a Rhizophagus apparently ten-jointed), terminated by a 
round or oval club) ; prosternum variable ; mesosternum separating 
the middle cow, side wieces with the epimera large, extending to the 
cove ; abdomen composed of five free ventral segments, the first a 
little the longest; tarsi with the number of joints variable, usually 
Sive-jointed, with the fourth joint very small ; anterior cove trans- 
verse and separated, not prominent ; intermediate and posterior pairs 
transverse, flat and distant, the latter extending almost to the margin 


of the body. 


This is a large and very interesting family containing, so far as 
at present known, about 1500 species, 
which are extremely variable in size, shape, 
facies, structure and habits. Several of the 
genera are well known for the difficulty 
attending the discrimination of their 
numerous species ; among these may speci- 
ally be mentioned Meligethes and Camptod-s ; 
the difficulties, however, to a great extent 
vanish on a closer examination of the 
characters. Several of the genera are 
Fie. 49.—Lordites brachypterous and closely resemble Staruy- 
picta. LINIDH, for which they might easily be 
mistaken ; among these are Halepopeplus, 

Cilleus, Orthogramma, Ithyphenes, and Adocimus; in fact they 


104 . INTRODUCTION. 


can only be distinguished superficially by the shape of the antenne 
and the smaller number of visible segments. One or two of the 
genera, such as Calonecrus and Ctilodes, are larger and very peculiar 
in structure and facies. 

The habits of the NrrIpULID# are very various. One large group 
lives in flowers, while another is found at sap or at the exudations 
of trees infested by boring insects; others again are found in 
fungi, others in decaying animal substances, or under bones, while 
the cosmopolitan genus Carpophilus is found among grain, or dry 
preserved fruits ; the peculiar genus Amphetis is attached to ants’ 
nests. 

The classification of the Nirrputip#® has given rise to a good 
deal of dispute, not so much on its general points, as with regard 
to the inclusion or exclusion of two or three subfamilies. The 
RyizopHaGine® and CypocePuatin® have, in the past, been 
removed from the group, but they have been rightly restored to it, 
and Horn is also right in including the Smicrirpinm. In the 
latter subfamily, however, as Ganglbauer has pointed out, the tarsi 
are 4-jointed, with the third joint hard to distinguish, and not 
3-jointed as given by Horn and Leconte in their table (Classif. Col. 
North America, p. 149); with one or two alterations this table 
may with advantage be adopted as follows :-— 


t. Antenne I11-jointed, terminated by a 
plainly 3-jointed club; tarsi isomerous, 
similar in the two sexes. 
i. Tarsi 5-jointed. 
1. Labrum free, more or less visible. 
A. Maxille with two lobes; antennze 
with a feeble club; abdomen with 
two or more segments exposed... BRACHYPTERINZE. 
3B. Maxille with one lobe; antennze 
with a distinct club. 
a. Pronotum not margined at base ; 
head horizontal. 
a“, Abdomen with two segments 
BX DOSES 05 eee eae: CARPOPHILIN. 
b*. Abdomen covered or with 
only part of the pygidium 
SX POSCU sek aoa ds bein tes NITIDULIN®”. 
b. Pronotum margined at base, 
covering the base of the elytra ; 
head more or less deflexed.... CYCHRAMINZE. 
2. Labrum connate with the epistoma ; 
form elongate-oblong or oblong ; 
stridulating organs asarule present. Ipinm. 
il. ‘Tarsi plainly 4-jointed; pronotum 
margined at the base and covering the 
hase of the elytra (asin CYCHRAMIN2); 
body spherical and retractile........ CYBOCEPHALINZ®. 


NITIDULID #4. L105 


iil. Tarsi apparently 3-jointed, but really 
4-jointed, with the third joint very 


sina; body elongate)... 42. 5-mer a6 SMICRIPINE. 
II. Antenne apparently 10-jomted with a 
ieyoimbed club fa a apie cen ous aires RHIzZOP.1AGINA. 


Dr. Sharp is of opinion that the Ruizopuacin«® should be 
brought under the Cucusrp.®, and that certain insects now placed 
under Monoromip® should also be regarded as belonging to the 
Cucusip& and assigned a position near /thizophagus (Biol. Centr.- 
Amer., Coleopt. 11, pt. i, p. 500). 

The position of the NiripuLip®, as a whole, can hardly be 
regarded as settled, but they certainly come very near to tiie 
TRogositip®, and the position assigned to them by Sharp, 
between the PHaLacrip® and the last named family, is as 
good as any that can be adopted in the present state of our 
knowledge, though in some points they are connected with the 
Hisrerip®. Several of the larve have been described by Perris 
and others. They do not present any striking peculiarities, being 
elongate and more or less tapering ; the abdominal segments often 
have tubercles on the margins, and bristles or small tubercles on 
the back; the last segment is usually terminated with a pair of 
hooks, and in some cases (e.g. Soronia) there are two additional 
hooks on the back of the segment; the antenne are usuaily 
4-jointed, but in some cases they appear to be 3- or even 2-jointed ; 
the legs are short and terminated by a single claw. The small 
larvae of some of the flower- haunting species, such as Meligethes, 
occasionally do much damage to cultivated Crucifere, especially 
rape and mustard. 

The family is evidently numerous in India, but has not been 
worked until quite recently ; more species have been described from 
Ceylon than from any other part of the region. The cosmopolitan 
genus Carpophilus is well represented (23 species occurring in 
India), and several species of Miteidula, Meligethes, Hpurcwa, and 
Cybocephalus have been described ; a few genera are peculiar to 
India and Ceylon, such as Nitidulopsis, Cametis, Idocoloastus, and 
Idethina. Among others, the following may be mentioned as 
represented : Brach ypeplus, Orthogramma, Pria, Pocadius, Ainphi- 
crossus, Cryptarcha, Cyllodes, Omosita, and Lasiodact ylus. Grouvelle 
(Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. xxvii, 1908, pp. 325-397) notices or 
describes 150 species from the Indian region. 


_ — — ——— 


* The eleventh joint may be considered as merged in the tenth, but, as I 
have said before (Brit. Col. ii, p. 263), I have soaked a specimen for a long 
time in caustic potash and mounted it in Canada balsam and examined it under 
a compound microscope without discovering any real suture. 


106 - INTRODUCTION. 


Family 34. CUCUJID. 


Antenne inserted under the side margin of the forehead, eleven- 
jointed ; maxille with two lobes; anterior and middle co«e small 
and globular, hind cox transverse; metasternum large; elytra 
rounded at the apex and usually covering the abdomen ; tarsi all 
Sive-jointed, or in male 5-5-4, or rarely all four-jointed ; form, as a 
rule, flat and much depressed. 


The insects forming this group are variable in their habitat and 
habits ; the majority live under bark and 
in the borings of xylophagous insects, and 
are apparently carnivorous in the larval 
state; others are found among grain, in 
dried fruits, tobacco, etc. (Silvanus and 
species of Lemophlwus), while a few 
species are myrmecophilous. Some 450 
species are known, of which about 75 
are Indian ; Brontes, Lemophleus, Psam- 
moecus, Cucujus, Nausibius, Hectarthrum, and. 
Prostomis are scantily represented, while 
Euryplatus and Ochrosanis are peculiar to 
the region *. 
Fig. 50.—Hectarthrum The composition of the family is at 
depressum. present unsettled, and it is hard to de- 
termine its true position. Ganglbauer 
places it between the NirmvuLip#® and Eroryrips#, while Sharp 
follows Leconte and Horn in placing it between the Riysop1pm™ 
and CRYPTropHAGID® (Cambridge Natural History, vi, p. 234, 
1899), although in the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana’ (Coleopt. 11, 
pt. 1, 1899, p. 563) he precedes the last named family by the 
Moyoromips. ‘This latter family is included by Ganglbauer 
under the Cucts1p®, and the members of the genus Hurops are 
very closely allied to them, but it is best perhaps to retain them as 
separate for the present. The Hertorip®, which have also been 
included by some authors, appear to be very distinct. 

The larvee of several genera have been described, but, as might 
be expected, they differ very much in structure, some being very 
flat, like the perfect insects, while others are more convex and 
cylindrical; the eighth abdominal segment is sometimes (Pediacus) 
much elongated ; the anal process and cerci are much developed 
in some species (Brontes, etc.), while in Silvanus there are no 
processes of any kind, the last segment being quite simple. 


* Grouvelle (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Ixxvii, 1908, pp. 452-494) notices. 
about seventy-five species from India, twenty-five of these belonging to 
Lemnophleus, and twelve to Psammecus. 


CUCUJID&.—-MONOTOMID&. LOR 


The following table will show the chief divisions :— 


I, Maxillee covered by corneous plates. 


i, Anterior coxal cavities open behind...... PASSANDRINE. 
il, Anterior coxal cavities closed behind. 
PaALsIcO-JOMMLEC! yer att. oleh ANCISTRIINZ. 
ey Rast 4—]OIN Teds. a aaretes Ae. co ttsee rates PROSTOMINA, 
II, Maxillee exposed. 
1, Anterior coxal cavities open behind... ... CucusInN»”. 
ii. Anterior coxal cavities closed behind. 
1. Tarsi not lobed beneath.............. SILVANIN A. 


2. Tarsi with the third joint lobed. 
A. Tarsi with the fourth joint not 


smaller than third ..5.....+.-.2 . THEMIPEPLIN A. 
B. Tarsi with the fourth joint very 
FTN A an a, ee Re pet ed oe CR TELEPHANINZ. 


The corneous plates covering the maxille in the first section 
are very peculiar, and the species possessing them were considered 
to belong to a separate family, Passanprip®, until the close 
affinity between the larvee of Prostomis and those of certain of the 
CucusID was discovered. 


Family 35. MONOTOMID/E. 


Antenne wmserted under the sides of the forehead, ten-jointed, or 
obsoletely eleven-jointed, with the club solid or obsoletely two-jointed ; 
maville free; anterior cove globular, their cavities broadly closed 
behind ; epimera of mesosternum reaching the middle coxal cavities ; 
abdomen with five free ventral segments, of which the first and fifth 
are longer; males with a small extra ventral segment; tarse five- 
jotted, but apparently three-jointed ; pygidium exposed. 


About 100 species are included in the family, which are very 
widely distributed. They are, as a rule, very small insects, which 
occur under bark, among rubbish, etc., and a few are myrmeco- 
philous. A considerable number of new species have been found 
in Central America by Mr. Champion, mostly belonging to the 
genera Hurops and Bactridium, which are very closely related to 
the Cucusipm. The family is also closely allied through Anewrops 
to the Ru1zopHacin# among the Niripunip”%. By some authors 
the Monoromip# have been included under the Laruripiips, 
probably on account of their small size, general appearance, and 
apparently 3-jointed tarsi, but they are quite distinct *. 

One species of Monotoma, one of Monotomopsis, and two of 
Ewrops have been described from India. 


* The number of tarsal joints in the Monotomrpm has been disputed : Horn 
gives them as three, Leconte as five; Ganglbauer (/. c. p. 571) agrees with 
Leconte, but adds that there are at any rate indubitably five in the genus. 
Monotoma. 


108 " INTRODUCTION. 


Family 356. EROTYLID. 


Form and size very variable; antennae imserted tr front of or between 
the eyes, eleven-jornted, with a thiree- or four-joited club; anterror 
and intermediate cox globose, not prominent, posterior pair trans- 
verse, epimers of nesosternum not reaching the middle cowal cavities ; 
mesosternum moderate, metasternum rather long; elytra entirely 
covering abdomen ; abdomen with five free seqments ; tarsi distinctly 
five-jointed (DACNIN-E) or apparently four-jointed, the fourth joint 
being minute and hidden in the lobe of the third joint (EROTYLINE 
and LANGURIIN). 


The position and composition of this family have been very 
much disputed. The formation of the tarsi in the greater number 
of its members has caused it to be placed by 
many authors with the CHRrysoMELID», 
with which however it has very little real 
relation ; among other things the loop of the 
median vein of the wings, which is one of 
the chief characteristics of the ChaAVICORNIA 
eroup, 1s very distinct in Hrotylus. 

The relation of this family to the Crrrro- 
PHAGID#Z through the Dacyinm has long 
been recognized, and there is much to be 
said for placing the families together, some 
authors having actually adopted this course. 

Fig. 51.—Episcapha Sharp (Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. 1, pt. 1, 

indica. p. 979) practically says that he would have 

done so if the Eroryi1p# of Central America 

had not previously been dealt with by Gorham; and Ganglbauer 

(Die Kifer von Mittel Europa, iii, p- 633) includes the Crypro- 

PHAGID under the Eroryzip.®, of which he forms three sub- 
fainilies as follows :— 


I. Anterior coxal cavities entirely closed 
behantd. 500. Gage ene eee eee nee IeROTYLINAE. 
II. Anterior coxal cavities open behind or at 
least not entirely closed. 
i, Antenne inserted before the eyes under 
the side margins of the forehead .... CRrRyPpropHaGINna@. 
il, Antenne inserted between the eyes, the 
space of forehead between them 
forming an angled or rounded process, 
which, in the middle, slopes more or 
less plainly towards the clypeus .... ATOMARIIN2. 


Lacordaire observes (Gen. Coléopt. ii, p. 421) that the inclusion 
of the CRYProPpHAGID® under the Erotyrip# is all very well 
(“al n’y a rien qui blesse le sentiment des analogies ”’) so far as 


HROLTYLID#. 109 


the limited European fauna is concerned, but it is when we come 
to deal with the exotic species, which must necessarily include the 
enormous number of tropical Eroryirp”, that the difficulty arises, 
for these by their size, general form, bright and varied coloration, 
Chrysomelid-like tarsi, etc., are completely in contrast with the 
CrYPTOPHAGID®. We believe, however, that even as regards the 
Kuropean species the coalition of the two families is wrong; as 
they are constituted, the Dacnin™ with their distinctly 5-jointed 
tarsi, etc., certainly possess the essential characters of the 
CRYPTOPHAGID®, but the mass of the Erorynin#® with their 
deeply-lobed third tarsal joint and pseudo-tetramerous tarsi are 
widely separated from them. Some authors, such as Latreille and 
Dejean, appear to have removed Dacne trom the HErorynips, 
which is a logical course to take, and if the Mycurar © (as Sharp 
believes) are to be separated from the Eypomycnip”, the Dacninm 
ought also to be regarded as distinct from the EroryLip™, as the 
difference in the tarsal characters 1s precisely the same in both 
cases (except that the number of tarsal joints is five in one family 
and four in the other). 

The LaneGuriip# cannot be regarded as anything but a sub- 
family of the Eroryrip®, although they have been treated by a 
large number of writers as a distinct family. They are dis- 
tinguished by their elongate shape and the fact that the anterior 
coxal cavities are open behind; they have also been separated on 
the character of the indistinctness of the separation of the meta- 
sternal epimera and episterna; this, however, is incorrect, for as 
Gorham has pointed out (Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. 1887, p. 358) 
these are ‘‘ quite apparent, though not to be easily seen, and only 
as small points, until the elytra are removed and the side ‘exposed. 2 
Many of them possess well-developed stridulating organs on the 
head. The He.orrp#, which have been included by Chapuis and 
others, must certainly be referred to a separate family, and are 
more closely allied to the TRoGosit1p# than to the Eroryiip#. 

The BroryLip#, as at present known, contain upwards of 2000 
species; they are scarce and insignificant for the most part in 
temperate countries, but in the tropics they are plentiful and 
widely distributed, many of them being very conspicuous and 
highly coloured insects. The Eroryiiny live as a rule in 
fungoid growths on and about timber, and are therefore found 
chiefly in forests; the Laneuriin”, however, are more like the 
CHRYSOMELID# In their habits, and frequent brushwood or various 
low plants. The larvee of some species at times do considerable 
damage; Languria mozardi, for instance, in the larval state, as 
pointed out by Professor Comstock (Ann. Rep. Dept. Agric. 
Washington, 1879), feeds inside the stems of red-clover, and 
injures the crop. ‘The full-grown larva is a long yellow erub, 
about half an inch long, ith six prominent legs, a distinct 
anal appendage or pseudopod, and two stiff slightly upward curved 
spines on the last abdominal segment. The latve of the Hrory- 
LIN® appear to be of broader form, with very short legs and 


110 - INTRODUCTION. 


antenne, the last abdominal segment being either simple or 
furnished with short horny appendages ; an anal appendage or 
pseudopod for progression is usually, but apparently not always, 
present. 

The EroryLin& are well represented in India by large and fine 
forms (Megalodacne, Triplatoma, etc.) ; the Lancuriin® are also 
plentiful, and several of the finest forms (Fatua, Doubledaya, 
Callilanguria, etc.) occur in the region. 

As here constituted the family may be divided as follows :— 


[. Tarsi distinctly 5-jointed, with the third joint 

simple and the fourth distinct, though shorter 

tham dhe precede su. 1.).86 eter eee DACNINZ. 
Il. Tarsi 5-jointed, but apparently 4-jointed (the 

fourth joint being very small and more or less 

hidden between the lobes of the bilobed third 


Re eae 
Anterior coxal cavities closed behind .......... HROTYLINE. 
_ Anterior coxal cavities open behind; form usually 

ClomBate Gacneaciacissls cawiaestes nei wi eters eee LANGURIINA. 


Family 37. CRYPTOPHAGID. 


Small insects ; antenne inserted in front of the eyes under the side 
margins of the forehead, eleven-jointed, terminating in a three-jointed, 
rarely two-jointed club; pronotum with the sides margined or denti- 
culate ; anterior and niddle core small and not prominent; elytra 
covering the abdomen ; upper surface more or less setose ov pubescent, 
often strongly so; abdomen with five visible ventral seqmeints, the 
jirst being the longest ; tarsi fiveyointed, sometimes heteromerous in 
the males. 


In the Munich Catalogue just 300 species are enumerated as 
belonging to the family; in the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana ’ 
Sharp describes 103 species, and the number now known must be 
upwards of 500; they are found in both tropical and temperate 
countries, the genus Cryptophaqus being more characteristic of the 
latter. Diphyllus is now included in the family, although it might, 
as Sharp has pointed out, be regarded as the type of a separate 
family by itself ; it cannot be included under the Mycrto- 
PHAGID®, nor does it bear a very close relation to the rest of 
the CRYPTOPHAGID: we have, however, followed Ganglbauer in 
retaining it under this family, rather than multiply small families. 
The close relations that exist between the CryropHagipm® and 
Eroryiip# are discussed under the latter. 

The members of the family vary in habitat. The DrpHyLiinm” 
are found in fungi or under bark; the TELMATOPHILIN®” in the 
spathes of water-plants, under flowers, etc.; among the Crypro- 
PHAGINE the genus Antherophaqus is found on flowers, but 
the larva occurs in bees’ nests; the species of Orytophagus and 


CRYPTOPHAGID 4#.—CATOPROCHOTIDE. Pal 


Atomaria occur in all sorts of localities, in fungi, among mouldy 
grain, in decaying straw and vegetable refuse, on herbage, ete. 
Some of the larve of the former genus are found in wasps’ nests, 
and one or two members of the genus Atomarza occur in the runs 
of ants’ nests. The larva of Cryptophagus dentatus has been 
described and figured by Perris; it is long, but somewhat robust, 
with the prothoracic segment longer than the succeeding ones and 
with long hairs at the sides; tbe last segment is rather long, broad, 
and emarginate at the apex, ‘the sides being produced into a short 
point; there are, however, no definite appendages. 

The family, as known, is very poorly represented in India, but 
in all probability a considerable number of species exist in the 
region. <A species of Cryptophagus has been found in Burma, and 
a single genus Glisonotha has been described from Ceylon. 

The subfamilies may be distinguished as follows :— 


I. Anterior coxal cavities closed behind. 
i. Form oblong or oval, somewhat convex ; 


upper surface pubescent......::..:...-.+- DIPHYLLINA. 
i. Form narrow, elongate and depressed ; upper 
SUBIC eA DAT Cun eetnys ame.) con hehe cee er XENOSCELIN®E. 


II. Anterior coxal cavities open behind (except 

in Calocryptus, Sharp). 
. Tarsi with the third and sometimes also the 

second joint lobed beneath ............ TELMATOPHILINE. 
il. Tarsi simple, without lobes. 

1, Antenne inserted at the sides of the fore- 
head, distant; pronotum with the sides 
usually denticulate ; upper surface more 


OIPICSSESCEOSC a rte oe ee ee CRYPTOPHAGINA. 
9, Antennse inserted on the forehead be- 


tween the eyes, approximate ; pronotum 
with the sides not denticulate; upper 
surface not setose ....... Re Sates ie ATOMARIIN®. 


Ganglbauer (/. ¢. 11, p. 635) classes the DipHyLiin® and XeEro- 
SCELIN® under the ERorTYLID.®. 


[Family 38. CATOPROCHOTID &. | 


Minute insects ; antennce very short, inserted under the side margins 
of the forehead, eleven-jointed, compact, with short closely-fitting 
joints, but without trace of a club; anterior cove separated by a 
parallel-sided prosternal process, cavities closed behind ; wtermediate 
and posterior coxw very widely separated ; pronotum as broad at base 
as elytra, and forming a continucus outline with the latter ; elytra not 
quite covering abdomen; antenne with five free visible segments ; 
tarsi five jointed. 


This family contains a few very small (3 mm.) insects from 
Turkestan. They are chiefly distinguished by the formation of 


1 - INTRODUCTION, 


the antenne and the very distant intermediate and posterior coxe ; 
in appearance they are something like the CoryLopsipa”, but are 
not so round; they appear to be allied to the CryropHaGip# and 
SinpHID#, but can hardly be classed with either. It is quite 
possible that representatives of the family may be found in 
Northern India. 


Family 39. PHALACRIDA. 


Very small, compact, convex, smooth and shining insects; elytra 
cntirely covering the abdomen ; head sunk in the pronotum ; antenna 
inserted under the elevated margins of the front, eleven-jointed, with 
the apical joints forming a more or less distinct club; anterior cowe 
globular ; legs short and rather stout; tarsi five-jonted, with the 
fourth joint often almost obsolete. 


The number of species at present described amounts to about. 
300. They are all small insects, which live in flowers, especially 
in fruit-blossom and the heads of various Composite ; they appear 
to bore down the stems of the latter and to pupate in earthen 
cocoons. The larva of Olibrus affinis has been described and 
figured by Laboulbene; the head is much narrower than the 
pronotum, which is furnished with two dorsal plates, and there is a 
rather broad anal process, but no cerci. In the larva of O. bicolor, 
as figured by Heeger, there are two rather stout, short cerci and 
no anal appendage. 

Phalacrus and Olibrus are well represented in India and Ceylon, 
and the genus Augasmus, Mots., appears to be confined to the 
Indian region. 


[Family 40. THORICTID.. | 


Minute insects (the largest scarcely exceeding 2 mm.) ,; eyes very 
small or rudimentary ; antenne short and thick, eleven-jointed, with 
an apparently solid, but really three-jointed, club ; maxille bilobed ; 
scutellum not visible ; elytra connate at the suture, completely covering 
the abdomen ; anterior cowal cavities oven behind ; metasternum very 
short; legs short and stout, tarsi five-jointed ; abdomen with five 
free visible ventral segments. 


This family comprises two genera, Thorictus and Z'horictodes, 
which are almost entirely confined to the Mediterranean region. 
The genus Thorictus contains about forty species, which are 
associated with ants, and are so intimately connected with them 
that they may be often found hooked on to the scape of the 


THORICTIDE.—LATHRIDIID®. 1t3 


antenne of individual ants, which carry them about with them 
without apparently feeling much inconvenience. An illustration 
of this (after Wasmann) is given by Ganglbauer (Col. Mitt. Eur. 
ili, p. 763, fig. 40), in which YVhorictus forelt is represented 
clinging tichtly to the antenna of Myr mecocystus megalocola, with 
its antenne and legs tucked tightly under its body. As in the 
Pausstp#® and other ants-nest beetles, the THORICTID® are 
furnished with secretory tufts of golden hair, and it is very 
probable that, as Wasmann thinks, the position of the beetle on 
the antenne enables the ant to reach these patches, which are in 
some cases situated on the under surface of the body, and in 
others at the posterior angles of the prosternum. ‘The greater 
number appear to be associated with Myrmecocystus, but some 
occur with Aphenogaster, Pheidole, and Tetramorium. 


[Family 41. DERODONTID.-4. | 


Small, coarsely punctured insects; antenne inserted before the 
eyes, eleven-jointed, almost filiform, joints nine to eleven somewhat 
thicker than the rest; eyes prominent ; anterior cove transverse, 
prominent and contiywous, the cavities closcd behind, confluent ; 
posterior cove transverse and slightly separated; elytra entirely 
covering abdomen ; legs rather slender ; tarsi five-jointed, simple ; 
abdomen with five free and alinost equal ventral seqments. 


This is a very small family of doubtful position; it contains 
about half a dozen species belonging to two genera, Derodontus 
and Peltastica, the former being oblong with a round thorax, 
which is strongly toothed at the sides, and the latter oval, 
resembling a very small Peltes. They occur in Europe, Japan, and 
North America, and nothing is known as to the larve or pupe 
or their life-history. Sharp considers them to be scarcely 
distinct from the Crerip®; Leconte and Horn place them 
between the LArHRIDIID® and Byrrurp», but consider that in the 
form of the coxee they approximate to the families following the 
Erarerip®; while Ganglbauer assigns them a position between 
the THoORICTID# and LArHRIDIID#. 


Family 42. LATHRIDIID. 


Minute insects, pubescent or glabrous, with the pronotum, as a 
rule, considerably narrower at the base than elytra, rarely ovate ; 
elytra often strongly punctured, costate or nodulose ; antenne inserted 
im front of the eyes under the anterior angles or at the side margins 

I 


114 -INTRODUCTION. 


of the forehead; anterior cove globular or conical, more or less 
prominent, posterior cove transverse, separated ; tarsi always three- 
jointed ; abdomen with five or six free ventral seqments. 


About 600 to 700 species of this family are known, hardly any 
of which are more than 2 mm. in length. They are found in moss, 
faggots and decaying wood, fungi (especially when somewhat dry 
and shrivelied or powdery), among dried plants in collections, and 
in all sorts of dry vegetable rubbish ; some species are found in 
dried carcases and a few are myrmecophilous. 

The larve are soft and thin-skinned, elongate-oval or more or 
less elliptical, with the body clothed with longer or shorter hairs ; 
they are composed of twelve segments and terminate in a quadrate 
appendage or pseudopod, which helps their progression, the legs 
being short. The pupa of Lathridius minutus is very peculiar by 
reason of the large and abruptly clavate pin-shaped hairs at the 
sides. 

The Monoromi1ps have often been wrongly included under the 
LATHRIDIIDA, and several genera, such as Langelandia, Myrme- 
coxenus, and Anommatus, which have been referred to it by 
various authors, have now been rightly placed under other families. 
Holoparamecus, Lathridius, and Corticaria are all represented in 
the Indian fauna. Hrotylathris has been described from Ceylon, 
and Tocaliwm (with two species) from India. 

The famiiy may be divided as follows :— 


I. Antenne with the three or four last joints 
of the antennee separately thickened, spindle- 
shaped, and set with long curved hairs .... DaSyCERIN”. 
II. Antennze without long hairs at apex. 
i, Anterior coxal cavities closed behind. 
1. Anterior coxz separate; head longer be- 


fore the eyes; elytra often carinate .... LATHRIDIINZ. 
2. Anterior coxz contiguous; head shorter 
before the eyes; elytra never carinate.. COoRTICARIIN®. 
ii, Anterior coxal cavities open behind ...... HoLOPARAMECIN &. 


Family 43. MYCETOPHAGID A. 


Antenne inserted under the side margins of the forehead in front 
of the eyes, eleven-jointed, with the apical joints gradually thickened 
or forming a club; head small and short; anterior cowal cavities 
open behind ; all the covw narrowly separated, anterior parr oval 
and prominent ; legs slender, tarsr four-jointed, except the anterior 
pair in the male which are three-jointed ; abdomen with five free and 
equal visible ventral segments. 


This family, as at present constituted, is a small and unim- 
portant one, and only about 100 species are known, very few 
having been recorded from India. They are related to the Crypro- 
PHAGID® and LaTHRIDIIDA, and appear also to have some affinities 


MYCETOPHAGID#.—COLYDIIDA. 1s 


towards the Drermustip®. Many of the species of the genus 
Uycetophagus are somewhat brightly coloured insects ; they live in 
fungi on old wood for the most part, and are very active when 
disturbed ; the genus Z’yphea is found in mouldy hay, ete. 

The larve are linear and elongate with very scanty long hairs 
at the sides of the segments, and there is nothing remarkable about 
them; the last segment terminates in two hooked processes, and 
the anal process is only visible on close examination. 

Now that several discordant elements, such as Byturus, Dt- 
phyllus, and Mycetwa, have been removed from the family, it is 
fairly homogeneous and has been regarded as consisting of one 
subfamily. Ganglbauer, however (/. c. p. 823), has removed 
Reitter’s subfamily Esarciym (founded on the European genus 
Esarcus, Reiche) from the Cotyp11p® to the MyYcrropHaGiDa”, as 
suggested by Seidlitz (D. E. Z. 1889, p. 147), and he is probably 
right in so doing. 


Family 44. COLYDIID. 


Form variable but mostly elongate and cylindrical ; antenne ten- 
or eleven-jointed, rarely eight-jointed, as a rule terminated by a 
distinct club, but sometimes gradually thickened ; anterior coxal 
cavities almost always closed behind ; mesosternum small; meta- 
sternum large ; elytra never truncate, always covering the abdomen ; 
tarsi simple, all four-jointed, very occasionally three-jointed (Disco- 
LOMINE) ; abdomen with five visible ventral segments, the anterior 
ones more or less connate. 


The members of this family are usually of an elongate and more 
or less cylindrical form, but exceptions occur as in the genera 
Endophleus, Cacotarphius, Acropis, ete. They may be known for 
the most part by the small globular anterior and middle coxe and 
the 4-jointed simple tarsi. They are found under bark of trees, on 
old stumps, in fungi and occasionally (Langelandia) underground. 

Dr. Sharp remarks that the family is of interest, “owing to 
the great diversity of form, to the extraordinary sculpture and 
clothing exhibited by many of its members, and to the fact that 
most of its members are attached to the primitive forests and 
disappear entirely when these are destroyed. New Zealand has 
produced the greatest number of forms and the forests of Teneriffe 
are rich in the genus Tarphius.” 

The larvee of Ditoma crenata, Aulonium sulcatum, and others are 
well known; they are elongate and parallel-sided with the segments 
not differing much in length throughout, and terminating in two 
short horny processes, which are characteristic of the Colydiid 
larvee; the head is somewhat narrow, subquadrate, and the legs 
are short with claw-like tarsi. 

About 600 species are at present known, many of which are 

12 


116 - INTRODUCTION, 


insects of extreme rarity. Very few species have until recently 
been recorded from the Indian region, the greater part of these 
being from Ceylon; but Grouvelle (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1908, 
pp. 3897-495) has recently added a considerable number, and we 
now have about thirty genera and over one hundred species: the 
following genera are among those represented :—Cowelus, Tarphio- 
soma, Tarphius, Ditoma, Teredus, Cotobreus, Meryx, Crcones, Sosylus, 
Cerylon, Bothrideres, io nantica ia, Munn ete. 

The classification of the Cotyp11p% has hitherto been in a very 
unsatisfactory state, partly owing to the rarity of the species, and 
partly to the fact that Hrichson, who first 
separated them off as a family (Nature. Ins. 
Deutsch. iii), tabulated them in a confused 
and unsatisfactory fashion. In the ‘ Biologia 
Centr.-Americana’ (Coleopt.1i, p.448 et seqq.), 
Dr. Sharp has gone more thoroughly into 
the group, and as his work is not very easy 
of access, it may perhaps be of advantage to 
quote his tables; at the same time it must 
be remembered that some of the groups run 
one into the other, and that the SYNcHITIN A, 
which comprise the larger part of the Cony- 


Fig. 52.— Tarphio- : 1 
soma fasciatum. piip#, will probably, with extended know- 
ledge, have to be further subdivided. 


I, Antenne inserted at the sides of the head under 
the edge of the epistome, by which, however, 
the basal joint is but little concealed. 

i, Hind coxee approximate; prosternum feebly 


ciliate behinds sic. een yi one Sipe cet NEMATIDIINZ. 
il, Hind cox approximate; prosternum with 

membranous border ....... Lebeayesessss GEMPYLODINA: 
li, elind \coxe widely_separated) 2.22.22 2.048 PyYCNOMERINZ. 


II. Antenne inserted at the sides of the head; the 
basal joint placed under the edge of the epi- 
stome, by which it is more or less completely 
concealed from above. 
Antenne densely clothed with scales or hairs, 
broad, not distinctly clavate.......... .... RHAGODERINZ. 

ii, Antenne clavate, inserted near the eyes ; basal - 
joint of tarsus scarcely longer than the 
second ; anterior coxal cavities usually open. SyYNCHITINZE. 

ii. Antenne clavate, inserted near the eyes; basal 
joint of tarsus much ionger than the second ; 
anterior coxal cavities closed; tibize a little 
thicker at the tip ..... ey Gaiters ac CoLyDIINz. 

iv. Antenne clavate; hind coxe more or less ! 
widely separated, the process between them 
usually truncate; flanks of prosternum more 
or less hollow for protection of the antennal 
clubanireposes... 20. once berrpaee te 

vy. Autenne clavate, inserted far from the large, 
finely facetted eyes. .....,...05:s22-e2 es NCROBUNEEE 


TARPHIINZA. 


COLYDIID®.—ENDOMYCHID &. dia ig 


[II. Antenne less widely separated from one 
another ; basal joint exposed even in the state 
of retraction. 
i. Tarsi 4-jointed ; terminal joint of maxillary 
palpi not minute; second joint of antennie 
inserted more or less distinctly at the back 
of the first joint. 
ineront Coxe approximate 57.45 daa saad + oe DERETAPHRIN®. 
DMM OnbsCOxes: MISTAM ete arcs oa eons eae BoTHRIDERIN#. 
ii. Tarsi 4-jointed; terminal joint of maxillary 
palpus minute, aciculate. 


ie erosternunmy entire in front i. y.s0. 6... CERYLINA. 
2. Prosternum separated from flanks by a deep 
HIG SUNC ABT eh a eee eA EU et oon 6 nik. edad os LAPETHINE. 


ili, Tarsi 3-jointed; visible portion of hind coxa 
minute, globular, widely separated from the 
side-piece...... gen Paceie! PO an Pare MRA ne, See DIscoLOMIN. 


[Family 45. ADIMERID. | 


Minute insects with the first joint of the tarst very broadly dilated 
and the last joint elongate, apparently two-jointed, but with two 
minute joints at the base of the terminal yoint, which are almost con- 
cealed in the cavity of the first joint; other characters those of the 
CoLyDIID#, 


This family contains one genus and three species from Central 
America and Brazil; nothing is known of their life-history ; the 
tarsal structure differs from that of any other known Coleoptera. 


Family 46. ENDOMYCHID. 


Variable im size and general appearance ; antenncee inserted 
between the eyes at the front angle or at the side margin of the 
forehead, usually eleven-jointed, rarely eight- to ten-gointed, or even 
four-jointed, with a large club; anterior cowal cavities open behind ; 
anterior and wmiermediate cove globular or somewhat transverse, 
posterior coxe transverse, widely separated ; tarsi crypto-tetramerous 
or pseudo-trumerous, Mh the third joint very small and concealed in 
the bilobed second joint, or plainly four-jointed, or rarely three-jointed ; 
abdomen with five free ventral segments, or with a sixth visible, 
the first the longest ; epimera of mesosternum obliquely quadrt- 
lateral. 


This family contains about 500 to 600 species, many of them of 


118 - INTRODUCTION, 


brilliant colours and elegant appearance, which are found for the 
most part in tropical forests and occur 
chiefly in fungoid growths on timber. 
They are well represented in Asia, 
especially in the Indo-Malay region, 
and several interesting and _ con- 
spicuous species are characteristic of 
the Indian fauna, among which may 
be mentioned Lucteanus (from the 
Himalayas), Amphisternus, Ancylopus, 
EHumorphus, Stenotarsus, and Trochoides ; 
the European genus Lycoperdina is 
also represented. 

Dr. Sharp separates the Mycsr- 
THIN as a distinct family, but if this 


Fig. 58.—Eumorphus is adopted, the Dacnin™ should also 
marginatus. be removed from the Erorynipm; we 


have therefore retained them. The 
European Mycetea hirta is a small Cryptophagus-like insect that 
is found in cellar s, about beer-drippings, and in fungi. 

In shape and size the members of the family vary from small, 
almost hemispherical, insects of not more than one millimetre in 
length to some of the most conspicuous and striking species that 
are to be found among the moderate-sized Coleoptera. 

The larve of a few species have been described; they are 
broader and more ovate than in the allied families. The larva of 
Endomychus coccineus seems to bear a strong analogy to that of 
certain SiLpHID®. Bates has described those of Corynomalus 
discoideus and Stenotarsus obtusus; the former is oval and convex, 
fleshy below but with the upper side rough and more or less 
sranulose and squamose; the sides of the thoracic segments are 
dilated and foliaceous; the colour is sooty black above with a 
yellow margin, and with a double row of velvety black oval spots 
surrounded with a border of lighter scales ; there are also trans- 
verse lines of scales towards the sides; the antenne are rather 
long and eylindrical, and the tarsi one-jointed, terminated by a 
simple claw. The larva of Stenotarsus obtusus is less convex, oblong- 
oval, enlarged behind, and covered with long pale hairs, and with 
the abdominal segments, except the apical one, prolonged into 
obtuse lobes; the colour is yellow variegated with black; the 
larve undergo their transformations on the surface of the trees on 
which their fungoid food is situated, usually in the cracks and 
crevices. 

The following is Gerstaecker’s table modified by Gorham and 
Chapuis, and slightly altered in arrangement, ete. :— 


I. Tarsi distinctly 4-jointed, the third joint being 
usually smaller than the second, which is 
simple; very rarely (Mychophilus, Clemmys) 
3-jointed. 


ENDOMYCHID ©.—COCCINELLID &. 119 


1, Antenne 11-jointed ............... Mycrrminm (LEIEsTIN2»). 
ii, Antenne 4-jointed ...... Bre Ripe res, one TROCHOIDEIN2. 
II. Tarsi crypto-tetramerous, apparently 3-jointed, 
the third joint being very small and concealed 
between the lobes of the bilobed second joint. 
i, Ligula oblong, with its free margin rounded., ENnpoMyYCHIN®. 
ii, Ligula at least as broad as long, with its free 
margin truncate or emarginate. 
1. Antennz with the club very much com- 
pressed, sub-foliaceous. 
A. Labial palpi with the last joint transverse, [UMORPHINZ. 
B. Labial palpi with the last joint quadrate. CoryNOMALINZ. 
2. Antenne with the club subcylindrical or only 
slightly compressed. 
A, Antenne with joints 9-10 pointed and 


proloncedamternalliy, (oy 6c... sees HPIPociné, 
B. Antenne with joints 9-10 not prolonged 
internally. 
a. Form oblong or elongate oblong ...... LycOPERDINZ. 
Os Horm short-oval orvound ....-..... STENOTARSIN A 


Mr. Gorham (Biologia Centr.-Amer. vii, p. 115) places the 
ENDOMYCHID next to the HRoryiip#, and says that the passage 
from the latter to the former through Homeotelus seems natural 
enough, and some species of Brachysphenus, such as B, festivus, 
have quite the facies of the Enpomycnip&. “The family,” he 
says, ‘is somewhat more specialised, but, on the other hand, its 
representatives are far inferior in number, both in genera and 
species, to the Eroryrip®. ‘The Palearctic and Nearctic zones 
and low Southern latitudes possess few and feeble forms; as a 
group, they are a tropical development of a peculiar type that has 
never been dominant, dependent on special circumstances for their 
existence, and therefore rare in nature.” 


Family 47. COCCINELLID. 


Form usually round, rarely oblong-oval, convex, head deeply sunk 
in thorax, antenne inserted at the inner front margin of the eyes, 
éleven-jointed (rarely eight- to ten-jointed), with a variable, usually 
three-jointed, club; anterior cowal cavities open or closed behind ; 
elytra with very distinct epipleuree ; anterior and posterior coxe 
transverse and separated ; legs short, usually strongly retractile, the 
posterior pair often fitting into more or less hollowed shallow plates 
(plaques abdominales)* ; tarsi pseudo-trimerous, the third jount beng 
very minute and concealed (except in Lithophilus, in which it is free) ; 


* These are of great use in the separation of genera, as they vary much in 
size and shape ; they are present to a less extent on the metasternum also. 


120 INTRODUCTION. 


claws appendiculate or toothed ; epimera of mesosternum irreqularly 
triangular, with the apex directed to the front. 


This family comprises the well-known Lady-birds. It is very 
extensive and contains over 2000 species, as at present known; 
the greater part of inese are carnivorous and in both the larval 
and the perfect state feed on Aphides, scale-insects, and other 
insects destructive to vegetation. They are therefore often of the 
greatest economic importance and most valuable allies to the 
agriculturist ; a comparatively small section are plant-feeders, but 
they rarely do any appreciable damage. 

The coloration is very variable, but for the most part the ground 
surface is characteristically spotted; the form is usually round and 
convex, sometimes almost hemispherical, but often more er less 
oblong-ovate; the upper surface is, as a rule, shiny and glabrous ; 
in certain groups, however, it is distinctly pubescent. The 
position of the family has been much disputed in the past, and the 
CoccINELLID® used to be placed in a division called the TrimEra 
or PSEUDOrRIMERA, containing certain families that were then sup- 
posed universally to possess 3-jointed, or apparently 3-jointed, tarsi 
(Erotyiip®, ENpoMyYcHIp®, CORYLOPHIDZ, SPH#RIIDA, TRICHO- 
PTHRYGIDA, LATHRIDIIDm, and PsELAPHIDH). They have, how- 
ever, for some time been rightly placed in the Cilavicorn series 
and come near the ENpoMYCHID#. 

The larve vary in the different groups. Those of the insecti- 
vorous forms are active, somewhat brightly coloured, broad in 
front and narrow behind, and covered with more or less distinct 
spines and tubercles; before pupating, the larva (at any rate, in 
many cases) attaches its Jast segment to a leaf by means of a 
viscous substance which it secretes and bends the anterior portion 
of the body up towards the apical portion ; the tubercles then 
diminish in size, and the skin splits on the back and shrinks into a 
wrinkled mass towards the apex of the body. The larve of the 
genus Scymnus and its allies, which in spite of their small size are 
very predaceous, have the power of exuding a waxy secretion, 
which is easily rubbed off, but can be renewed within twenty-four 
hours; it arises from pits on the surface of the insect, and takes 
the place of the ordinary spines. Reaumur first observed this, 
and called the larve in consequence ‘‘ Hérissons blancs” or 
‘¢ Barbets blancs.” The larvee of the plant-feeders are of different 
and simpler shape, and less active. 

~ With regard to the distribution of the group it is worth while 
quoting again the words of Mr. Gorham *, who has worked at the 
group more than any writer of recent years :—‘‘ The distribution 
is very remarkable and different to either of the two groups just 
mentioned (ENDOMYCHID#® and Erotyiip#), being, if I may call it 
so, more universal, every known part of the globe which supports 
any insect-life having, as far as I can speak, an average number. 


* Vide Coleop. Brit. Islands, iii, p. 155. 


COCCINELLIDE. OH s 


The genera are very badly defined; hence my ideas of geographical 
genera seem quite upset ; Halyzia, for instance, has representatives 
in Europe, North and South America, China, Japan, India, Africa, 
Australia, and the Pacific Islands; or if again we take the large 
genus Hpilachna (containing 223 species), although it has an Eastern 
anda New World type very different in appearance, yet these cannot 
be separated generically without the process (which must at last 
take place) of subdivision into many genera, as there are con- 
tingents from every part of the world, and these not very much 
differentiated. I think that a careful analvsis of the CoccInELLIDz 
would show that they are a north temperate zone family, the 
tropical species having rather the appearance of being derived 
than of being autochthonous.” 

The Indian and Malay region is very rich in CoccINELLIDA, 
especially in the fine and large forms belonging to the CarrmINZ, 
EPILACHNIN A, ete. 

The Lirnornini1n# have the third joint of the tarsi free and not 
concealed, and bear the same relation to the rest of the family as 
the Dacnin# bear to the Erorynipm®, and the MycrerxIn& to the 
ENDOMYCHIDE; judging by the form of the mandibles they are 
carnivorous, but the exact nature of their food has not yet been 
ascertained. 

The family may be roughly divided as follows :— 


I, Third tarsal joint concealed in the lobes of the 
second joint ; tarsi apparently 5-jointed. 
i. Mandibles with a basal tooth and with simple 


Gri DANCE UTD KG Sopa Pelayess dan) loyal cals vedi sys) wore a CocCcINELLIN®. 
il, Mandibles without a basal tooth and with a 
MAM OMUAL OKA DEK G rcs «oy scaisteveine 4 dean coda EPILACHNINA. 


II. Third tarsal joint free; tarsi plainly 4-jointed.. LirHopHiLin». 


Ganglbauer (l.¢. p. 945) points out that Weise, who has given a 
good table of the European familes in the ‘ Bestimmungs Tabellen 
der europaischen Coleopteren,’ has formed a third group (besides 
Chapuis’ two groups) for the genera Celopterus, Pharus and Stilo- 
cotis, which he calls PsEvbococcINELLIDz. In these genera the 
apical joint of the maxillary palpi is not securiform or hatchet- 
shaped, as is usual in the family, but is conically pointed. 

The only definite character on which the CoccrINELLID® can be 
distinguished from the Enpomycuip& appears to be the shape 
of the epimera of the mesosternum. The importance of this 
character was noticed by Chapuis (Lacordaire’s Gen. Coléopteéres, 
xii, p. 154); though whether it is sufficient to separate the families 
is doubtful. But for the well-known facies of the insects, they 
might with advantage be all united under one family. 


122 INTRODUCTION, 


Family 48. DERMESTIDZ. 


Head variable in size, deflewed, usually furnished with a frontal 
ocellus ; antennee inserted under the edge of the forehead a little in 
front of and between the eyes, short, with a very variable club, often 
with less than eleven joints ; pronotum at base as broad as base of 
elytra ; anterior coxal cavities open behind ; elytra covering abdomen, 
which has five free ventral segments ; legs short, somewhat retractile, 
tibiee sometimes with distinct spurs ; tarsi five-jointed ; claws simple ; 
surface, especially the underside, often very strongly pubescent, 
occasionally squamose. 


This family contains about 300 or 400 species of small or 
moderate-sized insects. They frequent, for the most part, furs, 
hides, and the dried remains of the integuments of animals generally, 
also articles of food such as bacon, cheese, etc.; some of the small 
species, such as Anthrenus, which are found on flowers in the 
perfect state, in the larval state are found damaging collections of 
natural history objects, and are the bane of the collector. The 
perfect insects are comparatively harmless throughout the group, 
but the ravages of the larve are often most serious, and Professor 
Westwood mentions the fact that on one occasion Dermestes 
vulpinus had been found so injurious in the large skin warehouses 
of London, that a reward of £20,000 was offered for a remedy, 
but was not claimed. These larve are most peculiar and differ 
completely in facies from the general run of Coleopterous larve, 
through their hairy and sometimes furry upper surface, and in 
some cases, peculiar shape. ‘Their chiet characteristics are as 
follows:—Head small, rounded and corneous, convex in front ; 
ocelli usually six on each side ; antenne short ; labrum projecting ; 
body covered with a thin skin, sometimes with corneous plates, 
sometimes coriaceous, more or less hairy ; legs short, tarsal claws 
simple; anal segment serving as a proleg, or sometimes invisible. 
The most peculiar of the larve at present discovered is perhaps 
that of Ttresias (Ctesias) serra, which lives amongst cobwebs in old 
wood and is spread over the whole Palwarctic region; it has 
always attracted attention and has been described and figured by 
Waterhouse, Erichson, Decaux, Sharp, and others. It is remark- 
able for the dilatation of the hinder half of the body and the 
division of the hinder apparent segments into six furry divisions, 
tnree on each side; the surface is also furnished with long hairs, 
ané there is a long hairy tail-like appendage ; the anterior parts 
are comparatively narrow, and the first four abdominal segments 
are very short and form a waist. 

Some of the DurMustip2®, from their habits, have been widely 
distributed by commerce, and are more or less cosmopolitan; and 
the family generally is spread throughout the world, although it 
is more characteristic of temperate than tropical climates. Very 


DERMESTID.—BYRRHID#, 123 


few have been as yet recorded from India; one or two species of 
Attagenus and Trinodes have been described from Ceylon, and 
Motschulsky described the genera Zthriostoma and Orphinus from 
India and Burma respectively. 


I, Head without frontal ocellus; mouth-parts not 
COMET Min. chivoiub il ehn section aerye se: ieee eee | DNR MES DIN-AC. 
II. Head with frontal ocellus. 
i SS not covered ; anterior coxe strongly 
[OVEON XBL Ter adel oes ni 8 CREEL Rene ty Are Ca os MOR ATTAGENINZE. 
. Mouth-parts covered by the prosternum or by the 
coxe and trochanters of the front legs. 
]. Prosternum horizontal; hind coxee not reaching 
the side margins of the body, which is hairy 
or squamose. 
A. Form oblong; posterior cox contiguous ; 
upper surface with recumbent hairs ...... MEGATOMINE. 
B. Form short, round or short-oval; posterior 
coxee not contiguous. 
a. Upper surface squamose ; head with deep 
antennal grooves beneath ............ ANTHRENINA. 
b. Upper surface with stiff upright bristles ; 
head without antennal grooves. TRINODINZE 
2. Prosternum vertical; hind coxze reaching the 
side margins of the body; upper surface 
Daretand: slabrous see". 104. 6 as solr Ste sale) 0 ORIPEDEULN AES 


Family 49. BYRRHID. 


Form oval or round oval, very strongly convex ; head with the 
forehead vertical and the mouth-parts mostly concealed by the pro- 
sternum ; antenne waserted under the edge of the forehead between the 
eyes, short, eleven-jointed with a more or less pronounced club ; anterior 

coval cavitees open behind ; anterior cove transverse, not exserted ; 
pronotum at base as broad: as elytra; legs short, retractile ; femora 
with a furrow for the reception of the tibice ; tarsi five-jointed, rarely 
four-jointed ; abdomen with five free ventr al segments. 


The members of this fainily are often called Pill-beetles from the 
fact that the legs and antenne can be completely adpressed to the 
body ; when the insects are alarmed they remain motionless and, 
as they often very closely resemble their surroundings, they thus 
escape ; they are also to a certain extent BEOCes by their hard 
integuments. The larvee of Byrrhus are cylindrical and soft with 
a broad short head, and a very large and broad chitinous and 
somewhat strongly sculptured pronotum, which is much longer 
than the succeeding segments; towards the apex the segments 
again increase in size, the apical one being almost as large as the 
pronotal, and bearing two retractile pseudopods. 

The habits of the family are but little known. Byrrhus is a 


124 ° INTRODUCTION. 


moss feeder ; Limnichus is found only in damp places; while the 
species of the tropical genus Chelonarium occur on leaves of plants 
and on thorns, and drop immediately on being alarmed. 

The family contains altogether some 200 to 300 species. The 
genus Byrrhus is entirely or almost entirely Palearctic, but 
Syncalypta and Limnichus are represented in India and Ceylon, 
and six Indian species of a new genus Byrrhinus were described 
by Motschulsky ; very little attention, however, has been paid to 
the group within our limits. 

Dr. Sharp, the most recent writer on the family (Biol. Centr.- 
Amer., Coleopt. i. 1, p. 670), in speaking of its position, etc., says 
it is not clear that it can be separated from either the PaRNIDmA 
or DasciLirp#, and that the recognized subfamilies of ByrrRHID& 
have little connection beyond the fact that all have peculiar 
arrangements for retracting the legs and packing them very close 
to the body, and further on (/. ¢. p. 684), in discussing the position 
of the doubtful genus Chelonarium, he says :—“ By the early authors 
Chelonarium was placed in THroscipm. In the Munich Catalogue 
it is placed in Byrruipa”, but on what grounds | do not know. 
It appears to me to be more allied to Dasciniipm than to any 
other Coleoptera. The limits of the families Byrroipa, PaRNIDA, 
and DASciLLID# are at present merely conventional, and, as they 
will probably be united, it is not necessary to further discuss the 
position of Chelonarium.” 


I. Antenne inserted at the sides of the head; 
antennze, as a rule, more or less clavate. 
1. Clypeus not distinct from the frons; posterior 
coxee almost touching one another........ BYRRHINZ. 
11. Clypeus separated from the forehead by a fine 
suture ; posterior coxze more or less widely 
separated. 
1. Prosternum without antennal grooves ....  LIMNICHINA. 
2. Prosternum within the front angles with a 
deep furrow for the reception of the an- 


tennalclitbe\.. 5.4.2 niece ee er ceeee BoTHRIOPHORINAE. 
II. Antenne inserted on the front, filiform ...... CHELONARIINZ. 


Family 50. NOSODENDRID:. 


Form short oval, strongly convex ; head prominent, mentum large, 
more or less concealing the mouth-parts ; antenne inserted under the 
side edge of the forehead, in front of the eyes, eleven-jointed with a 
three-jointed club; elytra covering abdomen ; anterior cowal cavities 
widely open behind ; legs short and retractile ; tarsi five-jointed ; 
abdomen with five free ventral segments. 


This family contains one genus Nosodendron, which is widely 
distributed, one species being spread over the ereater part of 


NOSODENDRID.—CYATHOCERIDE. 125 


Burope, seven or eight occurring in North and Central America, 
and one in Ceylon. ‘They have been included by many authors 
under the Byrrurpx#, which they closely resemble in general 
form, retractile legs, grooved femora and tibiv, etc.; they are, 
however, distinguished from them by the 
formation of the head and mentum and 
especially by their larvee, which are quite 
different from those of the ByRrHIDaz. 
Lacordaire (Gen. et Spec. Col. 11, p. 478) 
seems to be of the opinion that they 
ought hardly to be placed near the 
Byrruip#, but knows of no better posi- 
tion. Thomson (Skand. Col. iv, p. 154) 
assigns. them a position among the 
NIvIDULIDH, between Cryptarcha and 
Thymalus; but in the form of the legs 
and coxse, wing-venation, ete., they are 
widely separated from this family. 

The larva of Nosodendron fasciculare 
is very peculiar; it has been noticed by 
other authors, but a very full description 
with an excellent figure is given by 
Ganglbauer (Kafer Mitt. Eur. iv, 1, 
Bree Nesbdendron ~P: 389). ites rather large compared 

fasciculare. Larva, x7. With the perfect insect, being 8 mm. 

(After Ganglbauer.) in leneth, and it is broad in pro- 

porticn ; the chief peculiarities are the 
stalked stigmata, which are situated on tubercles, the dorsal 
position of the first and terminal position of the second abdominal 
pairs, and the broad somewhat recurved processes at the sides of 
the first seven abdominal segments. The sculpture also is peculiar : 
the eighth segment is long and pear-shaped and bears no cerci ; 
the general shape is somewhat onisciform. 

The species as a rule live at and about the running sap of 
wounded trees ; MW. mevtcanum, however, occurs in muddy places, 


[Family 51. CYATHOCERID. | 


“ Minute wmsects of broad fori ; parts of the mouth concealed ; 
antenne four-jonted ; tarsi not divided into joints; prosternum 


small” (Sharp). 


One species only (Cyathocerus horni) is known of this family, 
which is very anomalous and aberrant, and nothing is known as 
to its life-history; it occurs in Central America. Dr. Sharp 


(Cambridge Nat. Hist. vi, p. 243) places it between the ByrrHIDz 
and GEORYSSID#. 


126 INTRODUCTION. 


Family 52. GEORYSSID/i. 


Small compact insects ; antenne inserted under the sides of the 
front, short, nine-jointed, with the last three joints forming an oval 
club which is received in a deep prosternal groove ; prosternum very 
small ; anterior core prominent, forming two small plate (with a 
Jissure between them) concealing the prosternum ; intermediate and 
posterior cove distant ; elytra covering abdomen, ccarsely sculptured ; 
legs long, with slender titie and four-jointed tarst; abdcmen with 
Jive free ventral segments, the first very large and the last three free. 


This family consists of one genus only, comprising, as at present 
known, about two dozen species which are very widely distributed 
throughout the world, in Europe, North America, Ceylon, 
Australia, etc. They are apparently closely allied to Elmis, but 
are quite distinct by reason of the peculiar formation of the pro- 
sternum and the anterior coxe. The beetles live in sandy or 
muddy places, and cover themselves with a coating of fine sand or 
mud, so that they are quite invisible unless they begin to move 
about ; according to Erichson this covering is cemented together 
aud kept on their backs by a sticky secretion. 

Nothing, apparently, is known of their larve or life-history. 


Family 53. DRYOPIDA (PARNID) *. 


Form variable ; head usually retractile ; antenne very variable, 
long or moderately long, serrate or filiform, or very short with the 
second joint dilated and ear-shaped ; eyes rounded, sometimes hairy ; 
all the cove distant ; anterior coxal cavities open behind ; pro- 
sternum usually elongate, forming a process behind which is 
received into a cavity of the mesosternum, epimera of meta- 
sternum reaching the coxal cavities ; legs slender, long or very 
long ; tarsi elongate, five-jointed, the last joint usually as long 
as all the preceding together; abdomen usually with five free 
visible ventral segments (in Psephenus with seven in the male and 
six in the female). 


The name Dryopip# must be adopted for the family, as the 
generic name Dryops of Olivier is one year (1791) prior to the 
Fabrician name Parnus (1792). It consists of about 200 or 400 
species, as at present known, but is probably much more extensive, 
as it has been much neglected. Scarcely any have been recorded 
from India; Stenelmis, however, is represented by two species 


* Including E_mips. 


DRYOPIDZ. Ne 


and Erichson described Ancyronyx from Ceylon, the latter genus 
being allied to the European and North American Macronychus. 

The members of the family vary considerably in shape, but are 
much alike in their habits, being found for the most part in 
running water, clinging with their strong claws to water-plants or 
submerged logs or to the undersides ot stones. Many of them 
are strongly pubescent beneath, and some also above, and they are 
thus able to carry a film of air with them for respiration under 
water ; they have no power of swimming, although most of their 
life is aquatic. 

The larve are found with the perfect insects and are very 
variable; those of Dryops are said to live in damp earth under 
stones and to resemble the larve of Enareripm., The larve of 
Elmis are very different, being elongate-elliptical, but narrowed 
behind, with the segments extended at each side and furnished 
laterally with long hairs; the abdomen ends in a long narrow 
smooth anal appendage terminated by three sets of filamentous 
branchie through which the insects respire. 

The North American genus Psephenus is placed by some authors 
in the Dryopip# and by others is regarded as a separate family. 
Dr. Horn not long before his death kindly sent me a pamphlet of 
his from the ‘ Transactions of the American Entomological Society,’ 
x, 1882, containing notes on some“ Little known Genera and Species 
of Coleoptera,” with figures of the upper and under side of this 
anomalous insect. Ashe points out, the structure of the legs and 
antenne is decidedly like that of HJmis, while that of the under- 
side is very like certain DascinL1p#, and he believes that Psephenus 
is a genus “ with Elmid affinities pointing strongly in the direction 
of the Eubriid series of Dasciniipa.” The larva of the genus is 
especially abundant in the rapids of Niagara and is peculiar in 
shape, being entirely elliptical and crustaceiform. According to 
Leconte and Horn, however, who had plenty of opportunities of 
seeing it, it differs but little from the larva of Helichus, which they 
place in their tribe Parntni. The position of the Dryoprp& is 
evidently near the HETEROcERID#®, and one or two authors (e. g. 
Lameere, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1900, p. 363) include the latter 
family under the former; they are, however, quite distinct both 
as regards the perfect insect and the larva. 


I. Abdomen with five visible ventral segments. 


i. Anterior coxse transverse, with distinct tro- 
CLORNOLIUNY "Ageia ogee Cow ae OR cu 6/0. eet oye DRYOPINE. 
ii. Anterior coxee globular, without trochantin .. ELMInae, 
II. Abdomen with seven visible ventral segments in 
the male and six in the female; anterior cox 
Wwitheverya large trOcantin) . 134+. wanes + PSEPHENIN. 


128 INTRODUCTION. 


Family 54. HYDROPHILID. 


Very variable in size (4 mm. to 50 mm.); antenne imserted 
before the eyes under the front angles of the forehead, short, sia- to 
nine-jornted, with the apical joints forming a pubescent club ; 
maxillary palpi often very long, much longer than the antenne ; 
sentum large, quadrate ; eyes round or emarginate, rarely entirely 
divided (Amphiops); prosternum very short ; mesosternum mode- 
vate, often raised longitudinally, sometimes produced into a long 
spine ; legs furnished vir some species with swimming hairs ; tarsr 
five-jointed, the first joint sometimes very small, sometimes (Cymbio- 
dyta, Hydrocombus) obsolete ; abdomen as a rule with five free 
visible ventral segments, sometimes (Limnebius) seven, very rarely 
{Cyilidium) four. 


This is a very large and important family, comprising about 
1000 known species. Dr. Sharp, however, ‘believes that this 
is not a tenth part of the existing number, and he is probably 
right in saying that the family is likely to prove of even 
oveater extent and importance than the Dyvriscipm: for the 
last-named family is rich in species in the colder regions of the 
earth’s surface, while the HybropHInip# are more numerous in 
the warmer regions, and have as yet been very little worked in 
comparison with the northern Dyriscipm. They are extremely 
variable in size, and as a large number of the members of the 
family are small and obscure insects, they have been much 
neglected. They are probably abundant in 
India, the following genera being among 
those represented there :— Hydrophilus, 
Hydrous, Sternolophus, Hydrobius, Philhy- 
drus, Berosus, Brachygaster, Globaria, Am- 
phiops, Hydy ochus, Cyclonotum, Cercyon and 
Spheeridium. 

A considerable number of the species 
have the maxillary palpi very long, much 
longer than the antenne, and on this 
account Mulsant and others have given 
the name PALPICcoRNIA or PaLPICORNES 
to the family; the character is not, 
however, very strongly marked in all 

Fig. 55. cases. 

Hydrophilus olivaceus. The larvee of the group are very different, 
several of them presenting very strange 

characters. Schiddte in his work on the larve of Coleoptera 
(Naturhist. Tidsskr. 1861-1873, T. vili-ix) has described and 
fieured the larvee of eight or nine genera. ‘The head, as a rule, is 
small, but in Spercheus it is very large; in Hydrous the segments 
are furnished at the sides with long fringed appendages (much as 


HYDROPHILID A. 129 


in Gyrus) which appear to aid respiration ; in the case of Berosus 
the larva is broad, fusiform, and furnished at the sides with verv 
long and slender branchial appendages, some of which are almost 
as long as the whole abdomen ; the larvaof Helophorus is parallel- 
sided, with the prothoracie segments chitinous and with chitinous 
plates on the abdomen, without lateral processes, but with two 
very long 3-jointed cerci at the apex ; the larva of Sphertdium is 
erub-shaped, considerably narrowed in front, with an extremely 
small head, and a broad anal segment, with four short teeth at the 
apex, and two conical appendages on each side; it is practically 
legless; that of Cercyon differs little but in minor particulars. 
Spercheus possesses a very distinct larva, broad and more or less 
ovate, with a very large head and powerful jaws, with hairy pro- 
tuberances at the sides of the abdominal segments, no distinct 
anal appendage or cerci, and with very different mouth-parts to 
those found in the allied genera. In Octhebius the larva possesses 
a developed extra mouth-segment, and short 2-jointed cerci. 

From these very brief descriptions it will be seen that there is 
no other family that possesses such heterogeneous Jarve, and it is 
a question whether the family ought not to be subdivided on their 
characters ; in any case it might be of advantage to consider the 
SPERCHEINZE as separate. Ganglbauer (Die Kifer von Mittel- 
europa, iv, 1, p. 152) divides the family into subfamilies largely 
on these larval characters, and his table is well worth consulting 
as so many of the European genera are found in the tropics. 

The young larva of Spercheus and its habits are described by 
myself (with figures by the Rev. A. Matthews, in Ent. Monthly 
Magazine, xix, p. 79). The female carries her eggs in a bag 
attached to the abdomen until they are hatched, and she can 
produce several batches of eggs in succession without the inter- 
vention of the male. The larve are carnivorous and in confinement 
prey upon one another; they walk upun the surface of the water, 
back downwards, like the perfect insect. The latter possesses a 
rather strong stridulatory organ. 

In the perfect state the members of the family feed on de- 
composing vegetable matter, but the larve of the HyproPHILiIna 
appear to be essentially carnivorous and predaceous; their habits 
are, In some cases, very interesting, but we have no space here to. 
discuss them. 


I. Posterior tarsi with the first joint very short, 
often not visible from above. 

i, Second joint of posterior tarsi elongate, longer 
than third ; first joint very short ; pronotum 
at base as wide as elytra. 

i. Posterior tarsi oar-shaped ; metasternum 


prolonged into a sharp elongate spine .... HyDROPHILINZ@. 
2. Posterior tarsi not oar-shaped ; metasternum 
not prolonged into a spine.:.....,...... HyDROBIIN A. 


130 - INTRODUCTION. 


ii, Second joint of posterior tarsi short, about 
equal to the third. 
1. Pronotum at base narrower than the base 
of the elytra, with distinct longitudinal 
TUTPOWS...07os a he cele o Le ee ean ITELOPHORINZ. 


base of the elytra, without distinct longi- 
tudinal furrows. 
A. Clypeus emarginate ; scutellum long, tri- 
aneular; anterior coxal cavities open 
behind os. ak 337 wa bs tide tattlae a Pale eRe SPERCHEINA. 
B. Clypeus truncate ; scutellum small and 
short; anterior coxal cavities closed 
Ibe nid. aus bow naan a sce anos ee oe HyDRENINZA. 


II, Posterior tarsi with the first joint elongate.... SPHM#RIDIINE. 


Amphiops might with reason be separated as a separate subfamily 
(AMPHIOPIN), on the character of its completely divided eyes, 
which are analogous to those of Gyrinus. 

The position of the HyDRopHILID&# is doubtful. They certainly 
exhibit a strong relationship towards the Dyriscrp, and Sharp 
(Cambridge Nat. History, vi, p.21) places them after the GYRINID&. 
Some authors place them between the Cravicornta and the 
LAMELLICORNIA, while Ganglbauer places them at the end of the 
old Clavicorn series immediately after the Hirrrocerips. This 
he does, apparently, in order to separate them off from the pre- 
ceding families ; in fact he is inclined to regard them as quite a 
separate division (PALPICORNIA). So far as the wing venation 
goes they certainly belong to his Drversicornia, as the charac- 
teristic loop is very distinct in Hydrophilus, ete. 


Family 55. HETEROCERID. 


Head large, sunk in the thorax as far as the eyes, porrect or only 
slightly deflexed, mandibles projecting ; antenne short, variable, 
ten- or eleven-jointed with (usually) the last seven joints forming a 
compressed serrate club ; anterior coxal cavities open behind ; elytra 
completely covering the abdomen, which has five free ventral seg- 
ments, the first of which is furnished with a stridulating organ in 
the form of an elevated curved line rubbed by the posterior femur ; 
legs stout, spinose, adapted for digging ; tarst four-jointed, with 
delicate claws. 


This family consisted originally of one large genus, to which one 
or two have been added since the publication of the Munich Cata- 
logue. About 190 species are known, and they are widely dis- 
tributed throughout the world ; the majority inhabit the Palearctic 
region, but some half-dozen occurin India and Ceylon, and species 
have been recorded from Cuba and Australia. They are small 


SERRICORNIA, Ton 


insects, with a fine but dense pubescence ; they are sluggish in their 
movements and live in galleries which they excavate in soft mud 
near pools and small lakes, or on the wxrgins of muddy streams, 
the ramifications of these burrows being very conspicuous. ‘T'he 
species have been supposed to be carnivorous in their habits, but 
this has not been proved and it is believed that they eat the mud 
into which they burrow. They ha.e, in very many cases, a strong 
family resemblance, and it is often exceedingly hard to determine 
the species. 

The larve are cylindrical, but the thoracic segments are con- 
siderably broader than the abdominal segments and are furnished 
with chitinous plates ; the abdomen is subparallel-sided, eradually 
narrowed before the apex, and ends in a small projecting pseudo- 
pod; there are nocerci; the antenne are rudimentary and the legs 
short and rather stout ; the whole surface is thickly clothed with 
fine pubescence, with long outstanding hairs at the sides; the 
stigmata are differently arranged from those of the larve of the 
Dryorrp# with which they have been associated, but from which 
they differ in several important pe'uts. 


Division 3. SERRICORNIA. 


For the sake of convenience the name SERRICORNIA has been 
retained for the families included in this section, but the antenne 
vary very greatly, being filiform in Cantnaris (Lelephorus) and 
clavate in Corynetes and certain other C CLERIDE; the gradual 
transition, however, is very remarkable, the CANTHARIN.E soon 
branching off into flabellate or even plumose forms, while the 
irregularly clavate-serrate antenne of Aulicus and Dorcatoma lead 
naturally to Corynetes. The purely serrate antenne are found among 
the ELaterip# and their allies, but among these we find strongly 
developed pectinate forms as in Coryinbites. The Dasciniip® ought 
perhaps to be referred to the Byrruip£and Dryoprp® and classed 
with them as one family, but the remainder of the families forma 
distinct, although somewhat heterogeneous group, which ought 
probably, as we have said before, to be placed before the CLavi- 
CORNIA in the phylogenetic series. The larve are excessively 
variable, both in form and habitat. 


Key to the Families. 


I, Prosternum not prolonged behind the 
anterior coxee (except slightly in certain 
DASCILLID 2). 
i. Tarsi 5-jointed. 
1. First ventral segment not elongate. 
A. Onychium large and hairy ; pos- 
terior cox sulcate; «antenne 
usually flabellate in the male .. Rhipiceride, p, 134. 


K2 


132 . INTRODUCTION, 


B. Onychium small. 
a. Posterior coxe sulcate for the 
reception of the femora. 

a*, Posterior coxee more or less 
dilated; epimera of meso- 
sternum reaching the coxe. 

at. Anterior coxe with a large 
and distinct trochantin 
by. Anterior coxze without tro- 


much more marked in the 

ANOBIINaZ than in the 

PTININ”; epimera of meso- 

sternum not reaching the 

COKE. ac tame dnats Saccaeais 
6. Posterior coxee not sulcate. 

a*, Epimera of mesosternum not 
reaching the coxe ; first joint 
of tarsi very short, sometimes 
ODSOLEGE: 2795 a, 4 oon tones 

b*, Epimera of  imesosternum 
reaching the coxe. 

at. Posterior coxee flat; tarsi 
with membranous lobes 
heneathie ls. so0 aenckee ees 
b+. Posterior coxee prominent ; 
tarsi without membranous 
lobes. 

at. Anterior cox without 
trochantin ; maxillary 
palpi in the male (except 
very rarely) large and 
flabell ate tc eens 
bt. Anterior coxe with a 

distinct trochantin. 
* Abdomen with seven 
or eight ventral seg- 
IMLCWES “seeier se 
xx Abdomen with six 
(rarely five) ventral 
Sep Mens Nine ieee as 
2, First ventral segment elongate: an- 
tenne terminated by a 2-jointed 
CMe oe BA ME Pe Ors se ee 
ii, Marei-4-joimted 543,22. 45.0cenee een 


{I. Prosternum produced between the ante- 
rior cexee and fitting into a groove on 
the mesosternum. 

i. First and second ventral segments con- 
nate; integument as a rule metallic, 
often very brilliant ; larve with 
the anterior three cr four segments 
much broader than the rest ....+.e0 


Dascillide, p. 133. 


Helodide, p. 133. 


Anobiide (Ptinidz), 
fp. 1438. 


Bostrychide, p. 144. 


Cleridz, p. 139. 


Lymexylonide, p. 141. 


| Cantharidze 
) (Telephoridee), p. 135. 


Melyride, p. 138. 


Lyctidee, p. 145. 
Cioidz, p. 146. 


Buprestide, p. 147. 


DASCILLID#A.—HELODID_E. 133 


ul. First and second ventral segments not 

connate; integument occasionally me- 

tallic, but much less so as a rule than 

in the Buprestip2 ; ; larvae more or 

less parallel-sided, rarely (e. 2. Melasis) 

with the anterior segment a little 

broader than the rest. 

1. Anterior coxal cavities open behind, 
but entirely presternal .......:.... Elateride, p. 151. 

2. Anterior coxal cavities formed partly 

by the prosternum and partly by the 
mesosternum ......% ees ...... Lhroscide, p. 154. 


Family 56. DASCILLIDA. 


Antenne inserted immediately in front of the eyes, eleven-jointed, 
serrate, rarely pectinate or flabellate ; mandibles short; mentum 
chitinous ; ligula large, membranous, often divided into narrow 
lobes ; anterior and posterior coxe transverse, the latter forming a 
plate for the reception of the femora, the former with a large tro- 
chantin ; tarsi fiwe-jointed, often with membranous lobes beneath ; 
larve (as far as known) with short, few-jointed, antenne. 


This family ought perhaps to be associated with the Dryoprp® 
and ByRRHID#, to which it is closely related. Probably about 
100 species are known, hardly any of which have been found in 
India ; two species only, belonging to the genus Dascillus, are 
mentioned in Gemminger and Von Harold’s catalogue. 

The larva of Dascillus has recently been described and figured 
by Mr. C. J. Gahan (Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1908, ii, p. 280, 
pl. vi, fig. 2). It is short and stout, broad throughout, but 
narrower behind than in front, with a very large broad head, and 
large and prominent triturating mandibles; the antenne are 

4-jointed, very short, not extending to the apex of the mandibles. 
In almost every respect the larva differs widely from those of the 
Henoprpx which are at present known. 


Family 57. HELODIDA. 


In many points agreeing with the DAascILLIpm, with which it 
has been classed as a sub-family by many authors ; the integument, 
however, is much softer, the antenne are filiform and much more 
slender, and the anterior cox have no trochantin; the larva is 
quite different, possessing long, filamentous, Many ~jointed antenne, 
which are often half as long as the body. 


A considerable number of small delicate insects with very soft 
and delicate integument and loosely articulated limbs are comprised 


134 INTRODUCTION. 


in this family. Their habits are to a great extent aquatic or sub- 
aquatic, and in some cases (e. g. Prionocyphon) very peculiar, the 
larve living in stagnant water in and about hollows of trees, ete. 
The larva of LHelodes possesses only abdo- 
minal spiracles and breathes by coming to 
the surface of the water and taking a 
bubble of air down with it ; the larva of 
Cyphon is remarkable for its long antenne, 
short legs and ciliate sides of the body ; in 
these respects it resembles that of Hydro- 
cyphon, which is furnished with curious 
retractile appendages at the end of the 
last segment of the body. 

About 300 species are known, but 
probably the family is very extensive, as 
it has been greatly neglected; it has most 

Fig. 56.—Scirtes pictus. likely a wide range in the Indian Region, 

but only a few species have hitherto 

been recorded ; among these are members of Helodes, Hydrocyphon 
and Scirtes. 


Family 58. RHIPICKRIDA. 


Rather large and conspicuous imsects of very characteristic 
appearance ; antennae inserted on the forehead well in front of the 
eyes, usually flabellate, with the processes very long in the males, 
serrate in the females ; anterior and middle coxe conico-cylindrical, 
promiment, the former with large trochantins, anterior pair con- 
tiquous, intermediate pair separated ; elytra covering abdomen, 
epipleurce extending to apex; tarsi five-jointed with the onychiwm 
broad and hairy end extended between the claws. 


Nine genera and fifty-nine species are mentioned in the Munich 
Catalogue, and not many have been described since. They are 
widely distributed in both the Old and the New World, the genus 
Callirhipis being represented in the Indian Region. 

The position of the family is somewhat difficult to determine, 
but is apparently near the DasciLLip2. 

The perfect insects are found some on trees and some on low 
plants, and some under leaves; the species of Sandalus, ac- 
cording to Leconte and Horn, affect various cedars. Not much 
appears to be known about them, but Schiddte devotes a whole 
part (xu) of his work ‘ De metamorphosi Eleutheratorum’ to the 
description of the larva and pupa of one species, Callirhipis 
dejeant. This larva is peculiarly cylindrical throughout, the last 
apparent segment being as broad as the first and truncate; both 
the larva and pupa appear to be very long in proportion to the 
perfect insect. 


CANTHARIDA,. 135 


Family 59. CANTHARID® (TELEPHORID/). 


Form variable, but in most cases, except in the LYcIn A, elongate ; 
integument soft ; body loosely jointed ; antenne filiform or more or 
less serrate, rarely pectinate, flabellate or plumose, usually eleven- 
jointed ; anterior and intermediate coxce conico-cylindrical, the 
trochantins of the first always distinct ; posterior coxce transverse ; 
abdomen with seven or eight visible ventral segments ; legs usually 
long and slender, never much thickened, tarsi five-jointed ; female, 
im certain cases, without winys or elytra, and then, as a rule, 
luminous. | 


This family is here regarded as including the Lycrnm, Lam- 
PYRINAZ, CANTHARINE/ and Dritinem. These are sometimes 
regarded as distinct families, but they can hardly be separated. 
Sharp adopts the name ManacopERMID® for the family, but, as 
this or a similar term has been used by many authors in a much 
wider sense, it is better not to adopt it for a restricted group. We 
have here employed the name CaNTHARID&# as this seems to be now 
most generally accepted, although it must be allowed that some 
confusion has arisen from the fact that Cantharis has for many 
years been used for Lytta. It is better, however, to correct this 
confusion than to continue it, as the term CANTHARID® seems to 
be rightly used in this connection on the grounds of priority. 

The four subfamilies may be divided as follows :— 


I. Antenne inserted on the upper surface of the 
head, or at the base of the projecting portion 
of the front. 
1. Intermediate coxée distant ............ ee LN OLN AS, 
ul. Intermediate coxee contiguous. 
J. Antenne more or less approximate ; epi- 


pleuree usually wide at the base ........ LAMPYRINA. 
2. Antenne distant; epipleure narrow at the, a... 
Hic | CANTHARIN®. 
Gis codons oe ooo Mee tery nea is cm a oo 5 5 mn 
| (TELEPHORINA). 


II. Antenne inserted at the sides of the front, 
before the eyes ; intermediate coxve contiguous. DRILINa«. 


The total number of species of Lampyrin« at present known 
must amount to over 2000. The Lycr1n# are chiefly found in the 
tropics, while the CaNnTHARIN® are more characteristic of tem- 
perate climates; the Lampyrin# are well represented in both, 
although a larger number are apparently found in warm countries, 
and the same may be said of the comparatively few genera of the 
Dritin# ; the genus Drilus itself, however, appears to be almost 
confined to the temperate zone. 

The Lycin# are diurnal and are found on the leaves of plants 
and in flowers ; they are carnivorous in their habits ; in form they 
are very variable, the genus Lycus being very peculiar with much 


136 ‘INTRODUCTION. 


dilated and sometimes almost semicircular foliaceous elytra. The 
species of the group including Hos and its allies are more like the 
Lampyrin&, while Lygistopterus and Calochromus tend towards the 
TELEPHORIN«. Not much appears to be 
known about the life-history of the 
species; the larva of Dictyoptera sanguinea 
is flat and linear, narrowed in front and 
behind, deep black above and whitish 
with black spots beneath; the last seg- 
ment is chitinous, reddish in colour, and 
terminates in two projecting bent horny 
processes. 

Several of the forms allied to Dictyo- 
ptera and Eros are mimicked very closely 
by certain Longicorns. 

The LaAMPYRIN# are the most interest- 
ing members of the family as they contain 
the ‘ glow-worms,” which give off a more 
or less bright light; in most cases this phosphorescent light is 
brightest in the females, and evidently serves as an attraction to 
the males, but the males usually possess the power of giving light 
to a greater or less degree, and in some cases are more brilliant than 
the females. A great deal has been written by various authors as 


Fig. 57. 
Macrolycus bowring?. 


Tce tah B 
= sietanees pa 


Fig. 58.—Alebrus expansicornis. 


to the nature of the luminosity, but very little as yet is known 
about it; it is apparently due to the oxidation of some fatty 
sabstance formed or secreted within the body. 

In most cases there is but little difference in general appearance 
between the female and the larva, whereas the males are perfect 


‘ay a 


CANTHARIDA, 137 


Coleoptera with large and ample wings and elytra. The most 
larva-like female is “perhaps that of the extraordinary American 
genus Phengodes *. 

The Lampyrin® are, as might be expected, almost entirely 
nocturnal in their habits. As Lacordaire points out (Gen. des 
Coléopt. iv, p. 307) they were at first believed to 
be phytophagous, but they are prokably carni- 
vorous as larve, and eat nothing in the perfect 
state, The CANTHARINE are elongate and in 
some cases very delicate insects (Malthodes, etc.). 
They are of simple structure, do not differ in the 
sexes and are for the most part fiercely carni- 
vorous, sometimes tearing each other in pieces ; 
the members of the genus Cantharis (Pelephorus) 
are the well-known “soldier-beetles.”  Thelarvee 
of the genus are lampyriform, of a velvety con- 
sistency, black or variegated, with an exposed 
scaly flat head, short antenne, and a single 
ocellus behind each antenna; the anal segment is 

Fig. 59. furnished on the underside with a fleshy tubercle 
Lampyrid larva. or proleg, but there are no cerci or processes. 

' The composition of the DriniIn& is somewhat 
uncertain, as it is doubtful whether three or four of the genera 
that have been assigned to the spay ought not to be referred 
to other families. The genus Drilus is ch riefly remarkable for the 
very peculiar female. The male.of Drilus flavescens is a small 
Cantharis-like insect, with long pectinate antenne, only 5-6 mm. 
in length, whereas the female is large (18 mm.), larviform, 

apterous, and hairy, ~ composed of twelve seg- 

ments, of which the last is terminated by two 

short processes and a short cylindrical appen- 
dage; the body is widened behind, and 
eradually narrowed in front. The larva of 
the female is verv like the perfect insect in 
general appearance; it is very voracious and 
devours snails, within the shells of which it 
undergoes its transformations, closing the 
entrance (according to Westwood) with its 


Fig. 60. exuvie, and apparently having the power of 
Lamprophorus spinning a sort of web of filaments. 
tenebrosus. it is probable that the CanrHariIp# of 


India will be found to be much more 
numerous than would appear from the list of species at present 
known. Lycus is well represented and widely distributed, and 
among other genera which occur sparingly the following may be 


* Phengodes is placed by Lacordaire among the Canruarine, but this is 
evidently an error. 


138 INTRODUCTION, 


mentioned :—Dietyoptera, Conia, Lampyris, Lamprophorus, Luciola, 
Cantharis, Silis, Icthyurus, Malthinus, and Malthodes. Eugeusis, 
Dodecatoma, and Pachytarsus, which have been referred to the 
Dritin#, are peculiar to Ceylon and the Deccan. 


Family 60. MELYRID, 


Closely allied to the CANTHARIDA, under which it is included by 
some authors, but distinguished by having only six visible ventral 
segments of the abdomen; antenne inserted laterally (except in 
Malachius, in which they are inserted on the front), filiform or 
serrate ; clypeus separated from the front by a distinct suture ; 
intermediate coxe contiguous ; tarsi five-jointed (anterior pair in 
the male occasionally four-jointed), claws often furnished with a 
membranous appendage beneath. 


This family contains, as at present known, upwards of 1000 
species, but it has been as yet very little worked and the numbers 
will probably be very largely increased. Many of the earlier 
genera have a soft integument, but others such as Dasytes, Zygia, 
etc. are much harder. ‘hey are very variable, Malachius being 
short and rather broad, while certain species of Dolichosuma are 
elongate ana very narrow. J/alachius, and the allied genera, of 
which there are a considerable number, are remarkable for 
having fleshy vesicles at the sides of the pronotum and of the 
abdomen, which are capable of extension and contraction. The 
use ot these i is not quite obvious ; according to one theory they 
are balancing organs (in flight), according to another they are 
scare organs, while some believe that they emit an odour disagree- 
able to their enemies ; the latter is probably the correct explana- 
tion. The species are usually found in flowers, but some occur in 
rotten wood ; they are probably, in most cases, carnivorous, but 
this is not certain. 

Several larve of Malachius, Avinotarsus, and Antholinus, which 
have been described and figured by Perris, so closely resemble one 
another that it is difficult to distinguish them, except by size. 
They are elongate and sublinear, slightly narrowed in front and 
behind, with rather a long and narrow head, and with hairs and 
single long sete at the sides of the abdominal segments and on the 
head and last segment; the legs are comparativ ely long; the head 
and last segment, which terminates in two chitinous and somewhat 
hooked processes, are dark, and the ground-colour of the rest of 
the body is pale or livid rose, with spots or patches on the front 
parts ; in Hypebeus the processes of the last segment consist of 
two straight blunt tubercles. The larva of Dasytes has the anterior 
segments rather narrower than the posterior. 

The most curious of the Mutyrip# is the abnormally-shaped 
Myrmecospectra nietneri, which occurs in Ceylon ; it is, however, a 


MELYRID#.—CLERIDA. 139 


member of this family, and the fact that Motschulsky, who 
described it, could have referred it to the Prixrp, tends to raise 
-considerable doubt with regard to the correctness of other of his 
generic determinations. 

The family is chiefly found in temperate countries, very few 
species having been recorded trom the Indian region. The 
following genera, however, are among those represented in India 
and Ceylon :—Collops, Laius, Malachius, Carphurus, Danacea, 
Pelecophorus, Idgia, and Melyris. 


Family 61. CLERID.X. 


Form more or less elongate ; head prominent, with the eyes often 
emarginate ; antenne inserted at the sides of the front, usually 
eleven-jointed, simple, serrate, pectinate or with a distinct club ; 
labial palpi, as a rule, dilated and securiform ; prosternum short, 
anterior coxal cavities open or closed behind ; anterior cox 
prominent, contiguous or very slightly separated ; elytra usually 
covering abdomen; aldomen with five or six free ventral segments ; 
legs slender, often elongate, tarsi five-jointed. with the first joint in 
some genera very indistinct and covered by the second, and the 
fourth joint in others very small and indistinct, joints two to four 
as a rule furnished with membranous appendages beneath. 


The insects belonging to this family are very variable in size, 
form and coloration, the latter being often very striking. About 
1000 species are known, the greater number 
of which are found in tropical countries, only 
about fifty species occurring in Europe. The 
family is evidently well represented in India, 
the following being some of the genera which 
occur :—Cladiscus, Tellus, Opilo, Tillicerus, 
Thanasimus, Clerus, Stigmatium, Onmadius, 
Lemidia, Tenerus, Necrobia, and Opetiopsela- 
phus. When the family has been thoroughly 
worked it is probable that the number of the 
species in the region will be increased twenty- 
or thirty-fold, as compared with those 
described up to the present. 

The larve of the CLERID# are elongate, 
usually of a reddish, reddish-brown or 
pinkish colour, or somewhat variegated, with 
rather thick pubescence. The larvee of Trichodes were called ‘“ red- 
worms” by Swammerdam, who first described their habits ; they 
are furnished above with chitinous plates on the thoracic segments, 
and the last segment is chitinous and bears at its apex two 
projecting points, and a short anal appendage ; there are five ocelli 
on each side of the head. These larve are parasitic and deyour 


Fig. 61. 


Onmimadius tricinctus. 


140 INTRODUCTION. 


the larvae of various bees; the larve and perfect insects of other 
species enter the borings of certain beetles and destroy their larvee. 
Thus Tillus elongatus preys upon Ptilinus ; Thanasimus formicarius 
on Hylastes, and Corynetes on Anobium. They are therefore 
decidedly useful insects. 

Certain of the Cumrrp® are very like bees (this is especially the 
cease with T'richodes), while others bear a strong resemblance to 
large ants; these resemblances are probably very useful in the 
economy of the insect. 

The species of Necrobia and its allies are in many cases found 
in old bones, hides, etc., and have been widely spread by commerce 
until they are now cosmopolitan. The following are the chief 
divisions of the family as given by Lacordaire, and in substance by 
Leconte and Horn, and recently by Schenkling (Wytsman’s ‘Genera 
Jnsectorum’). 


I. Tarsi 5-jointed ; pronotum continuous with the 
parapleurze. 
All the tarsal joints visible from above ...... TILLINe. 
il, Not all the tarsal joints visible from above ; at 
most this is the case with the front tarsi, and, 
apart from these exceptions, the first joint is 
covered by the second and is sometimes very 
small. 
i, Eyes emarginate. 
A. Eyes emarginate in front, as a rule 


strongly, varely fOCDLY? oAmimah ae edhe 2. OLERINA, 
b. Eyes emarginate on their inner side ....  PHYLLOBMNINZE. 


2. Eyes entire or very slightly emarginate.... HypNOCERINZ. 
II. Tarsi 4-jointed; pronotum separated from the 
parapleuree by a more or less distinct margin. 
i, Antenne serrate, or with three very large 
terminal joints Bina feo esha ol aun ea were note ENoPLUN2. 
. Antenne with a smaller 5-jointed club ...... CoRYNETIN &. 


Mr. C. J. Gahan in his paper “ Notes on CLrerip®” which has 
recently appeared in the Annals & Magazine of Natural History 
(ser. 8, vol. v, January 1910, pp. 55-7 76) points out that, although 
Lacordaire’s main divisions as given above are correct, yet the 
distinction between them is not quite accurately stated. As a 
matter of fact, all the Crerip®, with scarcely an exception, have 
the tarsi 5- jointed, but in many genera the fourth joint is very 
small, and in many cases has been quite lost sight of, in consequence 
of which nota few genera of CLERID-£ have been placed in a wrong 
subfamily. The distinctions should therefore be “ tarsi distinctly 
5-jointed ” and * tarsi apparently 4-jointed.” 

Mr. Gahan discusses at length the relative importance of the 

character afforded by the presence or absence of a lateral margin 
on the prothorax, and disagrees with Prof. Lameere’s conclusion 
that ‘the CoryNETIN« having retained the lateral margin of the 
prothorax cannot be descended from the CLERIN# which have lost 
it; on the other hand, the latter cannot be derived from the 


CLERID #,—LYMEXYLONID”. 141 


CorYNETIN#, since they still possess a well-developed fourth joint 
in the tarsi.” He believes (on other grounds than those stated by 
Lameere) that it is highly improbable that the CLErtn™ are derived 
from the CoryNnErIN«®, but sees no reason why the latter should 
not be derived from the former. He further is inclined to accept 
Lameere’s suggestion that the CLurIN”, CoryNnetin”&, and Mutry- 
RID® should constitute a single family. Certain of the genera at 
present placed under the PHYLLOB&NIN” and four genera now 
standing under the CLERIN® will have to be transferred to the 
CoRYNDTINE, and several alterations will have to be made in the 
other subfamilies. 

The ENopLiIn® are remarkable as displaying to a greater extent 
than any other known group of the same size the phenomena of 
mimicry. Within its limits, as Mr. Gahan points out, are com- 
prised the exact counterparts of other Coleoptera belonging to the 
Lycin.®, LAMPYRINE, CANTHARINA, CISTELIDA, CHRYSOMELIN”, 
GALERUCIN.E and CoccINeELLIDA. 


Family 62. LYMEXYLONIDE. 


Form elongate ; antenne iuserted at the sides of the head, eleven- 
jointed, more or less serrate ; maxillary palpi in the male usually 
strongly developed and flabellate ; pronotwmn short ; anterior and 
intermediate coxw large and prominent, conical ; elytra usually 
covering or nearly covering the abdomen (much abbreviated and 
rudimentary in Atractecerus); abdomen with five to eight visible 
ventral segments ; legs slender ; tarsi filiform, five-jointed ; intequ- 
ment soft. 


This remarkable family contains about thirty species, which are 
widely distributed throughout the greater part of the world. In 
spite ‘of their very soft bodies the larve of the LyMExyLonip& can 
bore into hard wood and have at times done much damage to 
timber. Lymevylon navale obtained its name from the injury it 
was found to be doing to ships, Linneeus having been commissioned 
by the King of Sweden to enquire into the ravages of the insect in 
his dockyards. Several of the species are remarkable for the extra- 
pel development of the maxillary palpi 

The larve of Lymeaylon and Hylecetus have been figured by 
Westwood (Classif. i, p. 269, figs. 19, 23, 30); they are verv 
peculiar in appearance e, the prothoracic segment being much raised 
and enlarged, and the last segment being furnished in Hylecetus 
with a long pointed setose process, and in Lymevylon with a iarge 
half-upright obtuse lobe. 

The most curious member of the family is, per haps, Atractocerus 
(of which two or three species have been described from Ceylon). 
It has rudimentary elytra and large ample wings which are not 


142 INTRODUCTION. 


folded and have a longitudinal venation, which is peculiar, but is 
nearer to that of the SraPHYLINOIDEA than of either of the other 
groups; there are eight visible ventral segments of the abdomen. 

The remarks of Lameere (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, ix, 1900, 
p. 358) with regard to the family are worth quoting :— 


“1, Of all the Coleoptera the family of the LymMuxyrtpzs is the 
nearest to the ancestral Neuroptera. 


2. Like the Planipennia, the Lymmxyiipss have all the coxe 
conical and projecting; their tarsi and their antenn are 
not or hardly differentiated ; in Atractocerus there are eight 


Fig. 62.— Atractocerus frontalis. 


visible ventral segments of the abdomen, the maximum 
number found among the Coleoptera; /Hylecwtus possesses 
the rudiment of the medial ocellus of the ancestral 
Neuroptera. 

3, Like all survivors of primitive forms, the LYMEXYLIDES 
present very pronounced ccenogenetic characters, as, for 
example, the development of the maxillary palpi in the 
male.” 


Tn his subsequent ‘ Nouvelles notes pour la Classification des 
Coléoptéres ” (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1903, p. 159) M. Lameere 
disclaims having regarded Atractocerus as the lowest of the Coleo- 
ptera, but he certainly seems to do so in the above-quoted 


passage. 


ANOBIIDA (PTINID2). 143 


Family 63. ANOBITD (PTINID/®). 


Form very variable, often different in the sexes, globular or 
cylindrical ; antennee nine- to eleven-jointed ; anterior and middle 
coxce cylindrical or globose, small, the former slightly prominent ; 
posterior cove transverse and somewhat variable, not prominent 
abdomen with five visible ventral segments, of equal length ; elytra 
covering the abdomen, with distinct and sometimes broad epipleure : 
pronotum very short; tarsi five-jointed, with the first joint not 
reduced or obsolete (as in the BOStRYCHID®), sometimes even longer 
than the second. 


Some authors regard the Printp® and ANOBIID# as distinct 
families, but at present they are best regarded as belonging to one 
only. Our knowledge of the whole group is exceedingly limited, 
and, as Sharp remarks, it is probable that we do not know more 
than the fiftieth part of the existing species, most of which lead 
lives that render them very difficult to find. Many of the species 
are very destructive, not only to wood, in which the majority live, 
but also to farinaceous substances and various kinds of dried 
provisions, etc. Pinus fur is injurious to Natural History collec- 
tions; it is said also to feed on old woollen clothes and appears to 
be almost omnivorous. <Anobiwm striatum is the “ Death Watch ” 
of many authors; the clicking noise caused by the insect, which 
has given rise to the superstitions connected with it, and which is 
produced by other members of the family, is really a sexual call, 
and is produced by striking the jaws upon the wood on which the 
insects are standing *. Some ot the larger species of ANOBIID 
occasionally do great damage to buildings by honeycombing the 
rafters, and old roofs are sometimes almost entirely destroyed by 
them; some of the smaller species are very destructive to 
furniture. Anobiwm panicewm is the chief of the ‘ biscuit-weevils” 
so notorious among sailors, although certain species of Calandra 
are also offenders in attacking biscuits. 

The larve are small fleshy grubs, with the body curved, and 
resemble in miniature the larve of the LamEnLiicornia ; the 
antenne are very short, and the legs short but well marked ; there 
are no anal appendages or cerci. 

From the nature of their food and habits many of the species 
have been very widely distributed, and a few are almost 
cosmopolitan. Between 400 and 500 species are known, but very 
few have been recorded as yet from India; representatives of 
Ptinus, Anobium, and Ptilinus have been found in Ceylon. 


* The question will be found discussed at length in my “ Coleoptera of the 
British Islands,” iv, pp. 18-7. 

+ L have had wood sent me from rafters of Arundel Church, Sussex, almost 
completely destroyed by Xestobium tessellatum. 


144 | INTRODUCTION. 


Westwood (Thes. Ent. Oxon. plate iii, figs. 1-6) gives beautiful 
figures of the extraordinary genera Polyplocotes, Diplocotes, and 
Hetrephes, which are now regarded by some writers as forming a 
separate family : the latter genus, in the formation of its antenne, 
resembles the Pausstpa®, but Westwood is probably right in con- 
sidering that the genus Polyplocotes solves the question of the real 
affinity of Letrephes with the Prinina. 


Family 64. BOSTRYCHID. 


Lorin cylindrical ; head usually defleved and covered by the front 
of the pronotum, which is hood-shaped ; antenne distant, inserted 
ummediately in front of the eyes, with a three-jointed club; anterior 
cox prominent, globose or slightly conical ; anterior coval cavities 
open behind; abdomen with five visible ventral segments, of equal 
length ; tarsi five-jointed, with the first joint very small, often more or 
less obsolete ; tibial spurs distinct. 


The constitution of this family has been much disputed ; it is 
considered by some to include the Lycrip®, and by others the 
C1o1p&® are regarded as merely a feeble and degenerate form of 
the Bosrrycnip®; the latter view is very probably correct, as, 
although the 4-jointed tarsi of the 
Croip& may be urged in objec- 
tion, yet it must be remembered 
that the first joint of the tarsi is 
very small and sometimes obsolete 
in Bosrrycuip”, and might be 
expected to disappear in the de- 
generate forms at the end of the 
family. Some writers again in- 
clude the BosrrycHip# under: 

= the ANOBIID as a subfamily, but 
Fig. 63.—Apate submedia. they are best separated, although 
they bear a strong relationship to the last-mentioned family. 

The larva of Apate capucina has been figured by Ratzeburg, 
Perris, Westwood, and others. It has a very small head and broad 
thoracic segments, and is very much narrowed behind ; the apical 
portion of the abdomen curls up under the bedy, and the legs are 
long ; the latter character is very important as it plainly separates 
the familv from the Sconyrrp#®, with which several writers have 
associated it. The latter family possesses legless larvae. In the 
characters of the larva, and, to a certain extent of the perfect 
insect, the BosrrycHip# are, as I have before observed (Col. Brit. 
Islands, iv, p. 199), more closely related to Sinodendron than to 
the Scotytrp®. On the whole, however, their place is near the 
Anositp4, although their relations to other groups are very evident. 


BOSTRYCHIDZ.—LYCTID®, 145 


Upwards of 180 species of the family are known ; they are very 
widely distributed over the greater part of the world, but very few 
have been recorded from India, although three or four genera are 
represented. The species vary very considerably in size. Sharp 
says that the Californian species Dinapate wrightii, which has a 
larva very similar to that of Apate capucina, and is found feeding 
in stems of a species of Yucca, attains a length of nearly two 
inches, and he also says that some of the species “‘ stridulate in a 
manner peculiar to themselves, by rubbing the front legs against 
some projections at the hind angle of the prothorax.” Asa rule 
the species feed in dry wood, to which they sometimes do great 
damage. 


Family 65. LYCTID. 


Closely allied to the BostRYCHIDA, but distinguished by having the 
club of the antennee distinctly two-jointed, and the first visible ventral 
segment of the abdomen elongate, and also by the fact that the anterior 
cowal cavities are closed behind ; form elongate and narrow ; posterior 
cove widely separated ; tarse five-jointed, with the first joint very 
short or obsolete ; tibial spurs distanct. | 


The members of the family are small elongate insects that are 
fcund in and about wood which has been freshly cut, or in old 
stumps, ete. They are few in number, but are very widely dis- 
tributed ; two or three species of Lyctus have been recorded from 
Ceylon. 

The Lycrrp# are often regarded as a subfamily of the Bostry- 
cHurp®, and they are certainly closely related to the latter family. 
The larve are very similar, being in both cases broad in front and 
narrowed behind, and having a very small head. Lameere (Ann. 
Soc. Ent. Belg. ix, 1900, p.359)is of opinion that the structure of 
the larva is a decisive argument for placing them together, and 
believes that they have a common ancestor and are not descended 
the one from the other. Leconte and Horn, Sharp, and others 
consider them to be too nearly related to be separated, and the 
genus Dinoderus is somewhat intermediate ; but the differentiating 
characters seem as important as those which separate other 
families, and it seems preferable to keep them distinct for the 
present. 


[Family 66. SPHINDID %.] 


Minute insects of oblong or globulur form ; antenne inserted in 
front of the eyes, ten-jointed, with the first two joints thickened and 
the last joints forming an elongate club as long as the basal portion ; 

L 


146 INTRODUCTION. 


anterior cove transverse, contiguous or subcontiguous, posterior 
coxee transverse or semiovate, widely distant ; elytra entire ; tarse 


apparently heteromerous (5, 5, 4); abdomen with five free ventral 
segments, the first the largest. 


‘This family is regarded as including Aspidiphorus (Conipora), 
and although the position of its members is doubtful, as they have 
relations towards the Clavicorn series, yet they appear to be best 
placed near the Crorp#, from which they differ in the tarsi being 
5-jointed, at any rate the anterior and intermediate pairs; the 
number of joints possessed by the posterior pair is somewhat 
doubtful, but is usually regarded as four, the first being obsolete. 
They are small insects and are found in powdery fungi on and 
under the bark of trees. Their larve are of the ordinary elongate 
form, with very short antenne and legs, and hairs at the sides of 
the segments; there are no cerci. The pupa of Sphindus dubius 
is remarkable as bearing a long narrow process like a tail. 


I, Anterior coxal cavities plainly open behind ; form 


Sulgslobulancty.et amnciecag bist ud oh evan ee ASPIDIPHORINZ. 
II. Anterior coxal cavities lightly closed behind ; 
form, oblong. .....5 et ere ae SPHINDINZ. 


These two groups have been widely separated as families, but, 
as they are only found in Europe and North America, the question 
need not here be discussed at length. The former certainly bears 
strong affinities towards the Byrruip#, while the latter is related 
to the Lycrip®; and Perris (who points out the resemblance 
of their larve) regards them as allied to the fungivorous SILPHID# 
and Laruripiip#. Although we have before considered them as 
distinct *, yet we prefer now to adopt Dr. Sharp’s view and place 
them as one family near the C1oip®. 


Family 67. CIOIDE. 


Minute insects of oblong and more or less cylindrical form ; 
antenne inserted at the interior margin of the eyes, eight- to ten- 
jointed, with the last three joints thicker and forming «a loose club ; 
head and anterior margin of the pronotum sometimes furnished ae 
short horns or raised plates, especially in the males ; anterior and 
middle cove small, oval, not prominent ; anterior coxal cavities small, 
narrowly closed behind ; elytra covering the abdomen ; legs rather 
short, tibie variable in breadth, tarsi four-jomted, claws simple ; 
abdomen with five free ventral segments. 


About 300 species are known, which are very widely distributed, 


* ‘Coleoptera of the British Islands,’ iii, p. 378, and iv, p. 203. 


CIOIDE,.—BUPRESTID ®. 147 


though very few have been described from the Indian region *. 
The genus Cis is spread over the chief part of the world, and two 
or three species have been recorded from Ceylon. Candéze also 
has described a genus Plerogenius from the same island. The 
members of the family are found in fungi or old wood, or in 
decayed wood affected by fungoid growths; they are very gregarious, 
and may be found occasionally in hundreds in a single large fungus. 

The larve are elongate, cylindrical, fleshy grubs, with short 
antennee and moderately long legs, and the segments are of much 
the same character except the last which bears two longer or 
shorter hooks or spines, which are somewhat recurved towards the 
back; underneath these at the base there is a protuberance which 
is really the basal process or proleg. The pupz also are furnished 
at the apex with the same sort of spines; in Cis mellyi, and 
probably in other species, the spines in the larva are replaced by a 
broad chitinous tube, but the pupa terminates in the normal hooks. 

The family has usually been placed near the BostrycHIp.», 
and has been even regarded as a lower form of this family. 
Dr. Sharp, however, is inclined to refer them to a position near 
the Conyp11p® and CrypropHaGip®, and in their 4-jointed tarsi 
and also in the formation of the front and middle coxe they 
certainly agree with the former of these families. Their real 
position cannot, however, be said to have been completely settled. 


Family 68. BUPRESTID®. 


Head very short, vertical, inserted into the prothorax as far as the 
eyes ; antenne inserted on the front, short, nearly always serrate, 
eleven-jointed ; anterior and middle cove globular, with distinct tro- 
chantins ; anterior coval cavities widely open behind ; posterior cone 
transverse ; prosternum prolonged into a process behind, which fits 
into the mesosternum ; abdomen with five ventral segments, the first 
two connate ; legs short, tarsi five-jornted, joints one to four with more 
or less developed membranous appendages beneath. Very conspicuous 
ansects, in most cases, and often very brilliantly metallic. 


Lacordaire (1857) states that 1200 species belonging to the 
family were known in his time, but they have, owing to their con- 
spicuous coloration, been largely collected, and at the present time 
about 5000 species have been described. A large number of the 
species are amongst the most brilliantly metallic of all insects, and 
they are in many cases used as articles of jewellery, with appro- 
priate settings, while the elytra of some of them have been 


* In Mellié’s well known “ Monographie de l’ancien genre Cis” (Ann. Soc. 
Ent. France, 1848, p. 245 etc.) not a single species is recorded from India or 


Ceylon, 
L2 


148 INTRODUCTION. 


extensively used for the embroidery of dresses, ornamental table- 
cloths, etc., by natives of India and other countries. Owing no 
doubt to the hardness of their integument, remains of these 
insects are very abundant in certain geological strata. 

Certain genera are very sombrely coloured on the upper surface, 
but extremely brilliant beneath; as a rule, however, both the 
surfaces are brightly coloured, the underside being more golden 
and fiery, while the upper side is more often green or golden- 
ereen. Many of the species are quite smooth, while others are 
very strongly and deeply sculptured (e. g. Stagmodera gratiosa, 
Gory). Some of the genera of the Buprustip® are very large ; 


Fig. 64.—Catoxantha bicolor. (Natural size.) 


Agrilus, for instance, comprises more than 650 species; the 
Australian genus Stigmodera, and the widely distributed Old- World 
genus Sphenoptera have about 300 each; while Acmeodera and 
Chrysobothris are not far behind these. 

The prosternal process is very strongly developed in some of the 
BUPRESTIDA, but- they have not, apparently, any power of leaping, 
like the EnaTEertips. 

The larve are remarkable for the great development of the 
thoracic segments, especially the first, which presents the appear- 
ance of a large head ; the real head, however, is very small *, and 


* Tt has, however, been pointed out by Dr. Sharp and others that the 
morphology of the head and front parts of the Buprestid larvee is not yet fully 
understood, and that the aid of embryology is necessary to settle the point. 


—— 


BUPRESTIDA, 149 


is retractile within the prothorax ; the antenneg are extremely 
short, and there are no ocelli; the legs are rudimentary or absent ; 
the mandibles are short, hard, and toothed, and so fitted for 
enawing galleries in the wood in which they live; the abdominal 
segments are nine in number, and the anal process projects and 
looks like a tenth segment. The larve are mostly found in wood, 


Fig. 65.—LHuchroma columbicum larva. (Natural size.—After Schiddte.) 


but some are, apparently, herbivorous. Like many other wood- 
feeding species, they have, in numerous instances, been carried from 
one country to another,and been wrongly considered as indigenous : 
the old stories, however, of their emerging in the perfect state 
from articles of furniture in a country quite foreign to them after 
an interval of as much as twenty years, certainly require further 
confirmation. 


150 INTRODUCTION. 


The Buprestip® are very widely distributed, but are very 
scarce in temperate climates, and all the large and more brilliant 
forms are confined to the bottest tropical countries. They are 
slow on their feet, but extremely active on the wing, and either 
fly off or drop into the herbage beneath instantaneously, on the 
slightest approach of danger. 

The chief authority on the group is M. Kerremans, who has done 
much valuable work during the past few years. The following is 
the classification of the family which he adopts (Wytsman’s 
‘“¢ Genera Insectorum ’’); it is almost entirely based on Lacordaire’s 
more detailed and less concise classification (Gen. Coléopt. 
iv, pp. 10-89). 


I. Median coxal cavity formed entirely by the 
meso.ternum (except in certain South 
African species of Julodis and Amblysterna). 
1. Antennal pores scattered over the two faces 
of the serrate joints *. 
1. Posterior coxee slightly dilated on their 
inner side, their posterior margin trans- 
verse and slightly sinuate; scutellum 
invisible ; antennal pores hidden by silky 
pubescence a cabana ernetea i An aea rnh ec eae JULODIN. 
il. Posterior coxee distinctly dilated on their 
inner side, their posterior margin oblique ; 
antemmeal: pores Wares is. wus sus ck sie ays) oe THRINCOPYGINA. 
2, Antennal pores concentrated in a depression 
or fovea on the serrate joints. 
1. Lateral pieces of the metathorax narrow . PoLycESTIN&. 
ii. Lateral es of the metathorax very 
DTORG,. cn pinieet sone cet . SCHIZOPINA. 
[. Median coxal cav ity formed laterally by. the 
mesosternum and at its posterior part by the 
metasternum. 
i. Lateral pieces of the mesosternum elongate 
(except in Belionota). 
1, Antennal pores scattered over the two 
faces of the serrate joints. 
Ac Seutellum imyisible « fsacace ones .... CHRYSOCHROIN. 
Aes Scutellum visible ........ a Yer oA CHALCOPHORINZ. 
. Antennal pores concentrated in a “depres- 
sion or fovea on the serrate joints. 
A. Front not narrowed at the insertion of 
the antenne ; eyes not very close 
together, sometimes distant on the 
vertex. 
a. Scutellum broad and acuminate be- 
hind; mentum large, triangular ; 
poriferous fovese terminal......... SPHENOPTERINZ. 


* They are also present, at any rate in many cases, on the basal cylindrical 
joints as well. 


BUPRESTID&.—ELATERIDA. Toe 


6. Scutellum at most moderate, never 
enlarged in front or acuminate be- 
hind ; mentum strongly transverse ; 
poriferous foveee terminal or in- 
LEON. steyaee o eevelae aaaueele tor ents .. BUPRESTINE, 
B. Front narrowed at the insertion of the 
antenne ; eyes strongly oblique and 
closely approaching one another on 
the upper-suriace (3...... .+e.-... CHRYSOBOTHRINZ. 
. Lateral branches of the mesosternum very 
short and set back on the sides, or in- 
visible, 
1. Front narrowed at the insertion of the 
antenne ; antennal cavities very large 
and situated at a considerable distance 
from the eyes; posterior cox not 
dilated on their inner side, with their 
posterior margins horizontal and slightly 
sinuate ; poriferous foveze terminal. 
A. Base of pronotum more or less sinuate. AGRILINZ. 
B. Base of pronotum straight .......... MASTOGENIN&. 
2. Front not narrowed at the insertion of the 
antenne ; antennal cavities moderate 
and situated near the eyes; posterior 
coxze dilated on their inner side, their 
posterior margin oblique; poriferous 
fower variabler oe ow WR es cyacrete . STIGMODERINZ. 


A very considerable number of genera are represented in India, 
some of them being, through their bright and conspicuous appear- 
ance, very well known even to the casual observer. 


Family 69. ELATERID/. 


— Antenne inserted on the front im grooves, or under the margin of 
the front, serrate, pectinate or filiform; prothorax with the posterior 
angles usually produced, sometimes strongly so ; prosternum with a 
process behind, received into a cavity of the mesosternum ; anterior 
coval cavities open behind, but entirely prosternal ; legs short, often 
retractile ; tarsi five-jointed, simple or lobed beneath, claws simple, 
toothed or pectinate ; posterior cove with a plate partly or completely 
covering the femora (except in the Cerophytine) ; abdomen with five 
(rarely. sie) visible segments, the terminal one only being feebly 
moveable. 


A satisfactory classification of this group has been regarded by 
some of the chief authors as almost hopeless *, Lacordaire and 


* Lacordaire (Hist. Nat. Ins. iv, p. 1386), in speaking of this says that 
difficulties of classification are usually caused by the great homogeneity of the 
species; in the EnLatrripm, on the contrary, they arise from the extreme 
variability of all the organs (except those of the mouth) added toa general 
form which is only modified within very narrow limits. 


152 : INTRODUCTION. 


others consider the THroscip#, EucneMiIp#, ELaTERIp®, CERO- 
PHYTID#®, and CEBRIONTD< as distinct families; while others prefer 
to range them all as subfamilies under the ELareripm. ‘The 
THROSCIDZ ought perhaps to be separated from the rest by 
reason of the formation of the anterior coxal cavities and by the 
close articulation of the prothorax and mesothorax, but the others 
run very much into each other and may be classed together. If 
the larve are considered, however, there are further difficulties 
in the way, that of Cebrio especially differing from the others, 
although the larve of the Eucnemin# are hardly less peculiar in 
some cases. The table given by Leconte and Horn (‘Classi- 
fication of the Coleoptera of North America,’ p. 176) is perhaps as 
good as any other, and it is the one quoted by Dr. Sharp 
(‘ Cambridge Natural History,’ vol. vi. p. 260), but it deals only 
with the perfect insects and is not altogether satisfactory :— 


I. Posterior coxee laminate; trochanters small. 
i. Labrum concealed ; antennze somewhat distant 
from the eyes, their insertion narrowing the 
HROMIG Yee cs oer arencte ee eT ee ere ». KUCNEMINA. 
11. Labrum visible , free ; antennee arising near the 
eyes under the frontal margins .......... HMLATERINZA. 
ii. Labrum transverse, connate with the front. 
1. Six ventral segments ; claws simple ; tibial 


spurs well developed)... %../.cl nt. ccna: CEBRIONINA. 
2. Five ventral segments; claws serrate ; tibial 
SUMS: MMOMerate” 4 cavers aude ipeta ie . PEROTHOPINA, 
II. Posterior coxe not laminate; trochanters of 
middle and posterior legs very long...... .... CEROPHYTINZ, 


These subfamilies are very uneven in point of numbers, two 
of them, the PERornorin# and the CERopHYTINA, consisting of 
only one genus each. Perothops has usually been included under 
the Evcnemin# and might perhaps still be left in that position, but 
Cerophytum is distinct ‘by reason of the non-laminate hind coxe 
and the long trochanters of the middle and posterior pairs of legs. 
The former of these genera appears to be a link between the 
EUCNEMIN® and the CEBRIoNIN«#, while the latter has been con- 
sidered to have some affinities towards the Dasci~iip#, which 
perhaps are more apparent than real. 

Most of the Enarrrin and some of the EUCNEMIN# possess 
the power of jerking themselves into the air with a sharp click 
if placed on their backs ; hence the term “ click-beetles ” and the 
generic name “later or “springer.” This movement is brought 
about by raising the prosternum until the end of the posterior 
process rests against the edge of the mesosternum; on being 
suddenly released the process slips forcibly into the mesosternal 
cavity and by the sudden jerk the base of the elytra is made to 
strike the surface on which the insect is resting, and this, with 
the elasticity of the body, causes it to fly upwards. 


oe 


a 


ELATERID#. 153 


(7 The Eucnemin® are chiefly remarkable for their larve, which 
are legless; they have been supposed to be carnivorous, but this 
is certainly not the case, as it is difficult to find any mouth-opening 


Fig. 66.—Alaus myops, 
Larva X 3. (After 
Schiodte. ) 


at all in some of them. They probably 
live on the juices of the decayed wood 
in which. they are found. The larva of 
Hucnemts capucina possesses no rudiments 
of legs and no ocelli, and the mouth, 
palpi, and antennz are rudimentary and 
scarcely traceable ; the head is armed on 
its front margin with very hard saw-like 
teeth with which it probably makes its 
burrow in the soft wood in which it 
lives. 

The EuaTERIN# are, for the most part, 
sombre-coloured insects, but some are 
conspicuous for their brilliant red or 
(more rarely) metallic coloration. The 
most remarkable members of the group, 
which have been known and commented 
upon for centuries, are the so-called 
‘‘ fire-flies” which belong to the genus 
Pyrophorus. These are, apparently, con- 
fined to tropical America and are not 
found in the Old World. 

The larve of the ELATERIN® are well 
known as destructive to vegetation and 
especially corn crops. They are cylin- 
drical and very tough-skinned, and thus 
obtain the name of “ wire-worms ” *; the 
head is without ocelli, and the thoracic 
and abdominal segments are of the same 
breadth, the prothoracic segment being 
the longest; the last segment is variable, 
being sinuate or dentate at the sides and 
with the apex simple or split into den- 
tate processes; the legs are short but 
distinct. 

Most of the larve of the group bear a 
strong family resemblance to one another ; 
they are not, however, all vegetable 
feeders, as many are found in decaying 
wood, and some are carnivorous, and will 


even feed on one another (¢. g. the larva of Athous rhombeus). 
Some of the very large species, like Alaus, have large eye-like 


* The Myriapod, Ju/us, is also called, by the British agriculturist, the 


‘¢ wire-worm.” 


154 INTRODUCTION. 


markings on the pronotum, which are considered by some writers 
to be scare-organs, but this hardly seems probable. 

The CeBrionin 4, at first sight, are quite distinct from the rest 
of the Enarmrip® and have for long been considered as a separate 
family. Cebrio gigas is, superficially, more like a Lamellicorn 
than an Elaterid. Lacordaire defines 
the subfamily however as being ExarEer- 
ID#® without the power of leaping and 
with the legs formed for digging, and this 
Sums up their leading characteristics. 
They are very abnormal in their habits. 
The earlier stages of C. gigas are passed 
in the ground, from which the males 
emerge in large numbers, at a certain 
period in damp weather; while the 
females. which are wingless, remain in 
the ground, near the surface, protrud- 
ing only the posterior portion of the 
body. and in this position are fertilised 
by the males. The latter have their 

Fig. 67.—Alaus speciosus, Surface pubescent, while the females are 

(Natural size.) glabrous, or nearly so, as might be ex- 

pected from their manner of life. The 

larvee have much in common with those of the Etarprina, but 

differ in several respects, notably in the atrophied first legs, the 
form of the prothorax, and the absence of any anal process. 

The ELarrrip® are widely distributed throughout the world, 
and are well represented in India by about fifty or sixty genera, 
which belong almost entirely to the EnarrErtIna#; there are very 
few Eucnemin®, and the other groups are not represented. 
Several European genera occur, among them Lacon, Megapenthes, 
later, Cardiophorus, Melanotus, and Athous; among the most 


conspicuous Indian species are those belonging to Camposternus 
and Alaus. 


Family 70. THROSCID/E. 


Antenne inserted on the front, received in grooves beneath, 
eleven-jointed, sometimes serrate, sometimes with a loose three-jointed 
club; prosternum with an anterior lobe protecting the mouth, and 
with a flat process behind which is received into the mesosternum ; 
prothorax closely articulated with the mesothorax ; anterior and 
middle cove small, anterior coxal cavities open behind, the coxa being 
enclosed by the prosternum and the mesosternum ; elytra entirely 
covering the abdomen; abdomen with five visible ventral segments, 
closely connected, but not connate; legs short, retractile, tarsi 
Jiveyointed, one or more of these joints being furnished beneath with 
a membranous lobe. 


- HETEROMERA. 155 


This is a small family, containing some half-dozen genera and 
from 100 to 150 species; they are very small and inconspicuous 
insects, and are found by sweeping herbage or flowers, at the 
roots of grass, in moss, on or about dead wood, etc. Nothing 
much appears to be known about their life-history. They have 
been classed by some authors with the ELareripm® and EUCNEMID&, 
but differ in the fact that the prothorax is firmly articulated with 
the mesothorax and not loosely as in these latter families, and 
also in the formation of the anterior coxal cavities ; the species, 
moreover, have not apparently the power of leaping, if laid on 
their backs. Gyllenhal (Insee. Suec. i. p. 159) expressly says 
they can jump like the Hlateres, and other authors claim to have 
observed this, but the truth is still uncertain, and the structure 
of the prosternum seems to prove that no leaping power is 
possessed by the family. 

The species are mostly found in Europe and America, and very 
few have been described from India; Throscus, Lissomus, and 
Drapetes are represented by one or two species each, but very few 
others have been discovered in the region. 


Division 4. HETEROMERA. 


This division, as its name implies, is characterised by the fact 
that the number of joints in the tarsi vary, those of the hind tarsi 
being less than those of the two anterior pairs. In an aberrant 
Old-World genus, Heterotarsus, the joints are 4, 4, 3 respectively, 
but in the others they are 5, 5, 4, with the single exception of 
Mophon tinctipennis which has 4-jointed anterior tarsi in the male. 
A tew members of the old Clavicorn series, such as Anisotoma, 
Acritus, and Rhizophagus, have the hind tarsi 4-jointed in one 
or both sexes, and these might perhaps be included under the 
HETEROMERA proper with as good reason as some of the species 
now recognised as belonging to the group. 

In the Munich Catalogue (1870) 6827 species are enumerated, 
but these have now been increased to 15,000. This is largely 
due to Mr. G. C. Champion, who has done so much valuable work 
both on this and other groups of the Coleoptera, and to whom I 
am indebted for much information and kind assistance. The 
great majority (almost two-thirds) belong to the TENEBRIONIDA, 
and the rest are at present placed under some sixteen or seventeen 
families, the value of several of these being extremely doubtful. 
The TENEBRIONID®, LAGRIID®, and CisteLip® with their closed 
coxal cavities, may perhaps be considered a natural group, but a 
large propor tion of the rest have httle, if any, connection with 
one another, and might in some cases be, with reason, assigned 
to other groups. of which they are at present regarded as mimics. 


156 INTRODUCTION. 


The Heteromerous genera comprise a greater variety of forms 
than any other of the more important Coleopterous series, and 
their chief peculiarity hes in the fact that they reproduce nearly 
all the most characteristic forms of these series. It is difficult 
to find any satisfactory explanation for this. 

Concerning these resemblances, Mr. Champion (Biologia Cen- 
trali-Americana, Col. iv. Part 1, Introduction, p. v) writes as 
follows :—‘ As examples of this assimilation, the following genera 
are especially noteworthy, viz.:—Statira (LAGRIID®) to various 
CARABIDE (Agra, Calleida, ete.); Cuphotes (=Spheniscus) to 
Cypherotylus (Erorytip®); Doliema (TENEBRIONID#) to various 
Cucusip&® ; Uroplatopsis (LAgRItp®) to various Hisprpm (Uro- 
plata) and Lycrin®; Calopus (CGipEMERID®) to various Lonet- 
CORNIA 3; Othnius to various Crurip&; Phrenapates (TENEBRI- 
ONIDZ) to various PASSALID» ; Hapsida, Nautes, and Gonospa to 
varlous CHRYSOMELID® ; ; Diplectr us (CEpEMpRIDE) to Chaulto- 
gnathus (‘TELEPHORID®) . Sisenes (CEDEMERID#) to various CaNn- 
THARIDH; Nilio to various CoccINELLID® and OY ee 
Lypoetes (TENEBRIONIDE) to Epierus (HIstERIDE); Puratenetus 
(TENEBRIONID®) to various CrypTOPHAGIDE (@% ae gus and 
Corticaria). Probably no better cases of so-called ‘mimicry’ or 
homochroism can be found amongst the Coleoptera than exist 
between certain species of Cuphotes and Cypherotylus and between 
Uroplatopsis (U. mimica) and Uroplata (U. dimidiata).” This list 
might be almost indefinitely extended; most of us who have 
worked at any groups have had to be careful to exclude Hurs- 
ROMERA from batches of beetles received from superficial observers, 
and even in the best Museums, mistakes are not unknown. 
Mr. Champion has not called attention to the fact which I 
have before noticed *, that the two groups of beetles in which 
mimicking species are most often found are the Lone@1coRNIA 
and the Hereromura, but that, although in the former resem- 
blances to other orders of insects (more especially Hymenoptera) 
are often found,in the latter these are conspicuously absent, 
almost the only exceptions being the genera Anthicus and Formi- 
comus, Which imitate ants. It is hard to explain this fact, which 
will be again referred to under the LONGICORNIA f. 

The larve, as pointed out by Dr. Sharp and others, fall into 
three groups :— 


1. Form regularly cylindrical; integument hard; legs distinct ; 
no pseudopod or tubercle present, except at the extreme apex, 
where one or two short warty prominences are usually visible. 


* Presidential Addresses before the Entomological Society of London, 1902, 
p: ae 1903, p. 16. 

t [The Longicorns which mimic Hymenoptera are mostly quick-flying, 
flower-frequenting species which consort much with the bees and wasps that 
visif flowers. Species having such habits are relatively very rare among the 
Heteromera, so that we should naturally expect that mimicry of Hymenoptera 
would be quite exceptional in the group.—G. A. K. M.] 


HETEROMERA, 157 


2. Form elongate and cylindrical, but outline uneven ; integument 
softer; legs distinct; in many cases pseudopods or tubercles 
present on both the dorsal and ventral surfaces. 

3. Larvee active in their first stage, with long legs, living on the 
bodies of other insects (triungulins) ; ; quiescent and inactive, 
with short legs, in their second stage. 


The larve of the TenrBrionip®, which very closely resemble one 
another, belong almost entirely to the first group; the GipEMERIDm# 
are examples of the second; while the Mrtorpm afford varying 
and striking examples of the third; to one or two of these 
reference has already been made (pp. 32, 33). 

The larva of Zrictenotoma has only recently been discovered, 
and may perhaps be considered as the type of a fourth group. 

The majority of writers consider the HETEKOMERA to be a very 
heterogeneous division, and it certainly appears to be so; there 
is, however, a sort of indefinable facies about a heteromerous 
beetle, which, in most cases, enables any expert at the Coleoptera 
to recognise it almost at the first glance, and this is somewhat of a 
proof that the group is more homogeneous than is usually thought 
to be the case. Lameere (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. ix, 1900, p. 370) 
is of opinion that it forms a perfect systematic unity, and that 
its ‘“coryphées” or primary members are to be looked for in 
Trictenotoma and Phrenapates. He reduces the group, moreover, 
to three families only: TENEBRIONIDZ, MELANDRYID#, and 
Laeriupmz, The Mrtanpryrp#, according to his arrangement, 
include, besides the genus Melandrya and its allies, the Morpztr- 
ID®, the Ru1piPHORID*# (which are only specialised MorpELLIDs#), 
and the SryLoprp# (which are only superior RHIPIPHORID#); the 
LaGrimp# include, besides Lagria and its allies, the Pyruip», 
PyrocHroip#, Mrtorpm, CEDEMERID®, and ANTHICID®. It is 
very doubtful, however, whether these latter can be regarded (as 
stated by Lameere} as having detached themselves independently 
from the LaGRIIDs. 


Key to the Indian Families. 


J. Anterior coxal cavities closed behind. 
i, ‘Tarsal claws simple. 
1. Abdomen with five ventral segments, 
of which the first three are more or 
less closely connected. 
A. Anterior coxze globose, rarely oval, 
not prominent ; penultimate joint 
of tarsi very rarely bilobed and 
spongy pubescent beneath ...... Tenebrionide, p. 159. 
B. Anterior coxe conical or conical- 
ovate, prominent; penultimate 
joint of tarsi bilobed and spongy 
pubescent beneath (except in one 
OM tWO QONera)!.3 v.40 sets tess.) Lagriide, p. 161. 
. Abdomen with five free ventral seo 
FLT Sm ey UR Cone Ni oes ae Oe Othniide, p. 162. 


158 INTRODUCTION. 


iis Marsal claws pectinate «0... 20) iar 
IJ. Anterior coxal cavities open behind. 

i. Prothorax without sharply produced or 
strongly dentate margins; size mod- 
erate or small. 

1. Head not strongly aid suddenly con- 
stricted at base. 

A, Middle coxe not very prominent ; 
antennee received into grooves on 
the prosternum ..... ei aeuaist ce ce 

B. Middle coxee very prominent; epi- 
pleuree of elytra almost absent .. 

2, Head strongly constricted at base. 

A. Prothorax at base not narrower 
than base of elytra. 

a. Lateral suture of prothorax dis- 
tinct. 

a*, Posterior tibize as long as the 
tarsi; tarsal claws with a 
rudimentary tooth at base; 
penultimate joint of tarsi 
stronely bilobed {acta 

b*, Posterior tibie shorter than 
the tarsi; tarsal claws usually 
plainly toothed; penultimate 
joint of tarsi simple ...... 

b. Lateral suture of prothorax ob- 
BOLCEC Sar es eee eee eae 

6. Prothorax at base plainly narrower 
than base of elytra. 

a. Tarsal claws split from base to 
AONE aera ceuee eae Glee et tems 
b. Tarsal claws not split. 

a*, Antennie serrate, subpectinate, 
or ramose!; size compara- 
tively large; head exserted, 
horizontal or almost hori- 
ZOMbal.” 4s Mon ceteineeee oee 

b*. Antenne filiform or monili- 
form (very rarely flabellate) ; 
size very small; head deflexed, 

at. Penultimate joint of the 
tarsi minute, hidden within 
the lobes of the preceding 
joint, which is strongly 
bilobed ; head constricted 
immediately behind the 
eyes, which are large .... 
by. Penultimate joint of tarsi 
not minute, bilobed ; head 
constricted at some dis- 
tance behind the eyes, 
which are moderate or 
Ufa U eee Ta BA 5 oun. 60 


Cistelidz, p. 163. 


Monommide, p. 168. 


CGidemeride, p. 165, 


Scraptiide, p. 167. 


Mordellidz, p. 167. 
Rhipiphoride, p. 168. 


Meloidz, p. 170. 


Pyrochroide, p. 172. 


Xylophilidze, p. 173. 


Anthicide, p. 173. 


* In one genus, Jschalia, from Borneo, they are almost filiform. 


TENEBRIONID. 159 


ii. Prothorax with the margins produced 
into sharp edges which are dentate ; 
size very large ; shape resembling that 
of a large Prionid (LoNGicoRNIA) .. Trictenotomide, p. 174, 


Family 71. TENEBRIONIDE. 


Form very variable; antenne elzven- rarely ten-jointed, inserted 
laterally before the eyes under a frontal ridge; anterior cove 
globose, sometimes slightly transverse, cowal cavities closed behind ; 
intermediate cox rounded, with or without trochantins, posterior 
cove transverse; elytra usually covering abdomen; abdomen with 
five ventral segments, of which the first three are more or less closely 
connected ; tarsal joints not lobed beneath, claws simple. 


In the Munich Catalogue (1870) 583 genera and 4222 species 
of TENEBRIONID® are enumerated, and Mr. Champion in his 
Supplementary list (Mém. Soc. Ent. Belg. ui, 1895) enumerates 
430 more genera and 5063 more species, so that the present 
number known must be well over 10,000. So far as the Indian 
fauna is concerned very little interest has been taken in the 


Fig. 68.— Toxicum quadricorne, male, and head and thorax of female. 


family}, about 40 genera are represented in the Catalogue of 
Gemminger and von Harold, and between 30 and 40 in the 
Supplement, but the number of species is proportionally very 
small and does not amount to more than about 300; in fact, in 
the Supplement only some 70 or 80 species out of the 5000 
are recorded as from India and Ceylon. 

Allusion has already been made to the larve, which are 
tough and cylindrical, and resemble the ‘ wire-worms” of the 
ELATERID®”, the chief differences consisting in the non-connate 
clypeus, the large and plainly visible labrum, and the less complex 
terminal segment of the abdomen. ‘The pup appear to be broad 
in proportion to the larve and to be furnished with extensions at 


160 


INTRODUCTION. 


the sides of the abdominal segments, and with longer or shorter 
robust cerci. Several of the larve and pupe have been beauti- 
fully figured by Schiddte (De Metamorphosi Eleutheratorum, x, 


p. 5382, pl. v—xi). 


In both the larval and perfect state the members of the family 


Fig. 69.—Setenis valqa. 


live on vegetable matter in various con- 
ditions, but chiefly in a dry state, and 
many species are found among grain, 
some of them (e.g. Venebrio molitor, or 
the “meal beetle”) occasionally doing 
serious damage in granaries and stores ; 
in consequence of this habit they are 
carried all over the world in grain-ships 
and are, therefore, in many cases, cosmo- 
politan. 

Some of the TENEBRIONID# are large, 
black, and often repulsive looking insects 
(e.¢. Blaps, Ocnera, Tentyria, and Pumelia). 
The latter are found in salt and sandy 
places and are sluggish insects, while 
others, of the same dark colours, run with 
great velocity ; many have the elytra in 
part or entirely soldered together and are 


practically, if not absolutely, apterous: others, again, have large 
and ample wings, and some are brightly coloured. One of the 
strangest and most isolated genera of the family is Cossyphus, 


Fig. 70.—Diaperis boleti. Larva x 3. Pupa x 7. 


(After Schiodte.) 


of which three or four species occur in India; they have the 
appearance of elongate CasstpIp#. ‘The species as a whole vary 
extremely in form, and it is hard to regard such insects as Blaps 
gigas and Palorus depressus, for instance, as belonging to the 


om 
i = 
: oy i, 


a 


TENEBRIONID@®,—LAGRIID®. 161 


same family. The large majority of the species of the group are 
not interesting, and have, in consequence, been much neglected. 

It is almost impossible to give a satisfactory table of the various 
groups, sections, and tribes belonging to this great and in many 
ways heterogeneous complex. Owing to the very large number 
of species that have been described of late years the older work of 
Lacordaire and others has become more or less obsolete, and the 
more modern writers have dealt only with their particular groups. 
The distinctive characters, moreover, are often slight and not 
very evident from descriptions. The student, however, can very 
easily become acquainted with the leading features and divisions 
of the family by looking over a collection, or even a good set of 
illustrations, as the facies of the various groups is very different. 
The similarity of the larve, however, is very striking, and it is 
this, more than anything else, that enables the family to be 
regarded as homogeneous in spite of the very variable aspect, 
habitat, and habits of its members. 


(Family 72. AEGIALITID.©.] 


Head prominent ; eyes small; antenne eleven-jointed, inserted under 
very small oblique frontal ridges ; anterior cove widely, intermediate 
and posterior cove very widely, separated ; anterior coxal cavities 
closed behind ; abdomen with siw ventral segments, the tip of the 
sixth only being visible ; tarsi, except the last joint, pubescent beneath, 
claws simple. 


This small family contains only one or two species of small and 
very rare insects from Alaska and California, the position of 
which has given rise to many doubts. In the Munich Catalogue 
they are included under the TENrBRIoNIDH; Mannerheim hesi- 
tated whether to place them with the ScypM£NID or near Helops ; 
Dejean regarded dgialites as near Mastigus ; others again have 
considered it to be related to the Dryopipm; Sharp, who is pro- 
bably right, appears to think that the family is closely allied to 
the PyrHip®, from which it is distinguished by the minute, 
closed in, and deeply embedded anterior coxe. 


Family 73. LAGRITDA:, 


Antenne eleven-~jointed, inserted under small frontal ridges; pro- 
thorax narrower than base of elytra, more or less cylindrical ; elytra 
completely covering abdomen ; anterior cove conical and pronunent, 
cavities closed behind ; intermediate covw with trochantin ; posterior 
cox transverse ; abdomen as a rule with five segments, a siwth some- 

M 


162 INTRODUCTION, 


temes visible ; legs slender, claws simple, penultimate joint of tarst 
with a thick brush of hairs beneath. 


So far as the characters of the perfect insect go there seems no 
real reason why this family should 
be separated from the TENEBRIONID”, 
and, according to Leconte and Horn, 
it is chiefly because of the difference 
in the larva that it is retained as 
distinct. Yet the only apparent 
distinction in the larva consists in its 
being somewhat broader and more 
active, while the pupa of Lagria hirta 
is very Closely allied to that of several 
of the TENEBRIONID#, except that the 
lateral dilatations of the abdominal 
segments are prolonged into sub- 
clavate processes. The family con- 
tains about 200 species of which 
the greater part belong to the genera 
Lagria and Statira; about half-a-dozen species of the former 
have been recorded from the Indian region. They are chiefly 
found on leaves of shrubs and the lower branches of trees, and 
under bark, and occur only rarely on flowers. The larve of: 
some, at any rate, of the species hibernate under dead leaves and 
in refuse of dead wood at the fuot of old trees. 


Fig. 71.—Lagria basalis. 


Family 74. OTHNITD. 


Antenne inserted under the sides of the front, eleven-jointed, joints 
9-11 forming a loose club; head large and flat; anterior come 
small, conical, and. contiquous, cavities closed hehind ; intermediate 
and posterior covw slightly separated, the former rounded, the latter 
transverse ; apex of abdomen uncovered ; abdomen with five visible 
segments, all free; legs slender ; form elongate, integument weak. 


This family contains a single genus, which was formerly (when 
one sex only was known) placed among the CLAVICORNIA near 
the MycnropHacip#. They are however heteromerous in both 
sexes, and according to Leconte and Horn (Classif. Col. North 
America, p. 592) “the margins of the ventral segments are semi- 
membranous as in the more degraded TENEBRIONID# and the 
subsequent families.” The antenne, moreover, have sensory 
punctures similar to those observed in the Hernorinz. The 
insects are found running on the leaves of trees, and are 
probably predaceous. The genus is widely distributed, oecurring 
in Borneo, New Guinea, Ceylon, Japan, and North and Central 
America, but no species has, as yet, been recorded from South 
America. | 


CISTELID.2.—MONOMMID®. 163 


Family 75. CISTELID.®. 


Closely allied to the TENEBRIONID®, from which they differ in 
having the tarsal claws pectinate ; antenne inserted under small 
frontal ridges, which are oftew almost obsolete ; coww somewhat 
variable, anterior paw varying from globose and subtiransverse to 
conical ; coval cavities closed behind ; legs usually long, posterror 
tarsi with the first joint elongate and the penultimate often bilobed ; 
abdomen with five (sometimes siv) visible ventral segments, the first 
three being more or less closely connected. 


About 500 species of this family are known. The only rea 
point on which they can be separated trom the TENEBRIONIDS is 
the pectination of the tarsal claws; the larve, however, very 
closely resemble those of the latter family; there seems, there- 
fore, to be no strong reason for separating the families, and some 
authors have united them. Many of the species occur on flowers, 
and the larvee are usually found in dead wood. A few genera 
(e.g. Crstela, Allecula, Cistelomorpha, etc.) are represented in 
India. 


Family 76. MONOMMID.F. 


Small oval insects ; head horizontal, prominent ; antennee inserted 
under the frontal margin, and rece’ mm grooves on the underside of 
the prothorax, eleven-jointed, last three joints forming a club; anterior 
coxce distinct, very small, cavities open behind ; middle and posterior 
cove widely separated, the latter transverse ; legs strongly retractile ; 
tarse slightly pubescent beneath. 


The members of this family in general form and structure are 
very like Lessomus (THRoscrD®), and in the Munich Catalogue 
they are placed between the Trixacipx (TuHRoscrp®) and Evucne- 
MIDE; they also bear a superficial resemblance to certain 
EroryLip®. They are upwards of 100 in number, and include 
two genera, Monomma and Hy porrhagus ; ; the latter belongs to the 
New World, and the former is chietly confined to Madagascar ; 
one species, M. brunneum, Thoms., has been recorded from India. 

This appears to be one of the doubtful groups which might be 
excluded from the Hurnrompra. as exceptional, like Aer itus, Ana- 
sotoma, etc.; at present there is no consistent rule in the matter. 


164 INTRODUCTION, 


[Family 77. NILIONIDA.. | 


Hemispherical insects, resembling CocciNELLIDE ; head vertical, 
restiny in 1 repose against the anterior cove ; eyes transverse ; > antenne 
eleven-jointed, inserted in front of the eyes; prothorax foliaceous at the 
sides ; anterior and intermediale cove moderatelr y, posterior strongly, 
transverse, anterior coxal cavities apparently open behind* ; tarse 
juliform ; claws simple; abdomen with five visible ventral segments ; 
epimera of the mesosternum very large. 


These insects have been classed with the TmNEBRIONID”, from 
which they are separated by having the anterior coxal cavities 
apparently open behind, and the reflexed portion of the elytra 
very broad; they have been raised to the dignity of a separate 
family simply because it has been found impossible to class them 
with any other, although it seems doubtful whether this will stand 
eventually. It has been proposed to remove them to the Clavi- 
corns, in spite of their heteromerous tarsi. The family contains 
about twenty or thirty species from Central and Tropical America; 
they are found walking slowly on fungi or on the trunks of trees 
vear fungi, and when alarmed feign death, but do not fall. 
imeordnire. who has recorded these facts (v, p. 519), says that 
they exhale strongly the peculiar smell of the boletophagous 
HerERoMERA, 


[Family 78. PETRIID, | 


Form slender, elongate ; antenne inserted before the eyes, eleven- 
jointed, long and filiform; head very slightly narrowed behind the 
eyes, but not pedunculate ; eyes subrentform; prothorax subcylindrical, 
narrower than the elytra ; anterior coval cavities almost closed behind, 
anterior cowce subconical, not transverse, promiment and nearly con- 
tiquous, intermediate parr contiquous, posterior pair slightly separated, 
strongly transverse ; elytra not reaching the apex of the abdomen, more 
or less strongly dehiscent ; wings ample, exserted ; abdomen with Jive 
tree segments, mobile ; legs long and slender, tarsi slender, elongate, 
neither squamose nor ciliate beneath ; claws slender and simple. 


The members of this family are weak and loosely fitting insects, 
and appear to resemble certain CrramBycip®. They are allied 
to the CisTELID.© and CGipreMERID#; from the former they differ 
in general shape and in the formation of the anterior coxal 
cavities etc., and from the latter in the insertion of the antenne,. 


* According to ena a. c. ii, p. 265) these cavities are really closed, 
although they have the app sarance of being Open in consequence of the tips of 
the epimera being free. Lacordaire (Gen. Coléopt. v, p. 818) says: “leurs. 
eavités cotyloides ouvertes en arricére.’ 


@DEMERID &, 165 


the shape of the coxal cavities, and in having all the joints of the 
tarsi simple. They are few in number and are found in the Trans- 
Caspian region. Nothing appears to be known at present about 
their life-history 


Family 79. (QCDEMERID.E. 


Elongate, slender insects, often with a delicate integument ; head 
inclined, somewhat narrowed behind, and inserted in the prothorax 
by a broad neck ; antenne long, or very long, nearly always slender 
and filiform, sometimes serrate; prothorax narrower at base than 
the elytra; anterior coxe large, conical, and contiguous, cavities widely 
open behind and confluent, posterior cox transverse ; elytra covering, 
or almost covering the abdomen; abdonen with five free ventral seg- 
ments, a siath sometimes visible in the males ; penultimate joints of 
tarsi dilated or bilobed, claws simple. 


This family has been placed by some authors near the MELoipD«, 
but it is more nearly related to the MrenanprRyID# and PyrHip2. 
Superficially many of the species re- 
semble CANTHARID.£, while others 
are like certain genera of Longicorns; 
in fact the old writers, especially 
Linné and Fabricius, regarded several 
of these insects as belonging to the 
latter group, and placed them under 
Cerambyx, Necydalis, and Leptura 
(v. Lacordaire, Gen. Col. v, p. 697). 
Upwards of 500 species are known, 
which are very widely distributed. 
They are usually found on flowers 
or plants, but Leconte and Horn 
mention the fact that some species 

Fig. 72-- Gidemera, sp. nov. of <Asclera are found on the 

(In British Museum.) eround near water; they occur in 

both temperate and hot climates, 

but hardly any have been recorded as yet from the Indian 
region. . 

The larve are very peculiar, being in many cases furnished with 
tubercles or pseudopodia on both the dorsal and ventral aspects 
of the thoracic and anterior abdominal segments; the upper as 
well as the lower prolegs act as aids to locomotion in the burrows 
in dead wood in which they live; they are very conspicuous in 
Nacerdes and Asclera, but are wanting in Gidemera virescens, which 
is of simpler construction. 

The common European Cantharis-like Nacerdes melanura in 
remarkable for inhabiting the sea-shore, where its larva lives is 
timber cast up by the sea or in piles driven into the sand. 


166 INTRODUCTION, 


[Family 80. PYTHID%.] 


FTead not constricted behind, sometimes produced into a rostrum > 
antennee eleven-jointed, inserted under small oblique frontal ridges ; 
prothorax narrowed at base; anterior cove conical, usually con- 
tiquous, nuddle cove rounded, posterior core transverse, anterior 
coval cavities open behind ; elytra covering abdomen ; tarsi slender, 
claws simple. 


The only characters that separate this family from the MEnan- 
DRYID.E appear to be the narrowing of the pronotum at the base, 
and the fact that several of the species have the front produced, 
and in some cases forming a distinct rostrum. Only about 100 
species are known, and these are mostly confined to temperate 
and cold climates, although some are found in Madagascar, Chili, 
ete. The type genus Pytho is very depressed, and the larva is 
long, parallel-sided, and glabrous, with a large semicircular head 
and a deep furrow running down the rest of the segments until 
the last, which is slightly narrowed and furnished with two widely 
separated, strong, and slightly incurved appendages ; it is found 
under bark of fir and pine. Several ot the other genera are 
attached to the same trees, while more are found on umbelliferous 
and other flowers; others (e.g. Comonotus) under stones. The 
larvee of Rhinosimus and Lissodema are remarkable for the triply 
emarginate apical segment, that of hinosimus being deeply, 
almost circularly, emarginate in the centre and divided into two 
cleft lobes shaped like fish-tails (v. Perris, Larves de Coléopteres, 
pl. ix, figs. 319, 326, 328). 


(Family 81. MELANDRYID®.] 


Head usually deflewed, not constricted behind the eyes; antenne 
eleven-jointed, rarely ten-jointed, as a rule filiform, wserted under 
very small oblique frontal ridges ; anterior cove variable, separated 
or contiguous, cavities open behind ; posterior cowe transverse, more 

less contiguous ; prothorax broad behind; legs slender, claws 
simple; abdomen with five ventral segments. 


The constitution of this family has hardly been settled, as some 
authors include under it genera which are excluded by others. 


Leconte and Horn, for instance, regard Scraptia and Mycterus as. 


belonging to it, while Osphya (Nothus), now regarded as a Melan- 
dryid, used formerly to be placed in the GHDEMERID#. The family 
contains about 200 species, which occur in fungi and rotten wood 
or under bark; Osphya alone is found on Howers, and varies 
greatly in the sexes. The larve are variable. The species 
appear to be confined to the cold and temperate regions of the 
northern hemisphere, and very few are found in hot climates. 


SCRAPTIIDE.—MORDELLIDA, NG 7 


Family 82. SCRAPTIID ©. 


Small and very delicate insects; head more raised than the 
anterior margin of the prothorav, strongly constricted behind the 
eyes ; upper surface depressed ; antenne filiform ; eyes deeply emar- 
gate ; maxillary palpi more or less strongly securiform or elongate 
securiform ; anteror coxal cavities open behind ; posterior tibice as 
long as the tarsi; penultimate joint of tarsi strongly bilobed ; claws 
toothed at base, the teeth being rudimentary. 


This family comes between the Mrenanpryip# and Morpenrip.© 
and is here regarded as containing Scraptia (under which Allopoda, 
Lec., Calasia, Hald., and Canifa, Lec., are included), Pseudo- 
scraptia and Trotomma. The species, some thirty or forty in 
nuimber, are mostly confined to the Palearctic region, but one 
species of Scraptia has been described from Ceylon and two or 
three from Chili. As a rule they are very scarce, but are occa- 
sionally found in numbers. ‘The species of Scraptia occur in 
rotten wood, hard fungus on trees, etc. They bear a strong 
resemblance to Anaspis, and appear to fall most naturally under 
the Morprniip#, but in several points they are more closelv 
allied to the Menanpryip#, and I have already pointed out 
(Coleoptera of the British Islands, vol. v, p. 64) that it seems 
the best plan to regard them as a separate family, as it places the 
insects in a position between the two families withcut connecting 
them with either. The genus Scraptia has been classed by dit- 
ferent authors with very different Heteromerous families. 

The larva of Scraptia fuscula, Miill., has been described and 
figured by Perris (Larves de Coléoptéres, p. 341, pl. x, f. 371) ; 
it is elongate and setose at the sides, and presents no striking 
peculiarity except as regards the last abdominal segment, which 
is as long as the three preceding and elongate spoon-shaped. It 
appears to offer no point of connection with either the larve of 
Mordella or Melandrya, and differs entirely from the larva of 
Anaspis in the formation of the last abdominal segment Both 
the larva and the perfect insect are probably, to a certain extent, 
myrmecophilous. 


Family 83. MORDELLID® 


Head vertical, ridged behind, when at rest bent under the pro- 
sternum, suddenly constricted just behind the eyes, neck very small ; 
antennee eleven-jointed, slender, inserted before the eyes; maaillary 
palpt with the last joint more or less securiform ; prothorax as wide at 
base as elytra, with the margins sharp and distinct ; anterior cove large 
and conical, cavities open behind ; posterior cove laminate, sometimes 


168 INTRODUCTION. 


very large ; tibial spurs large; abdomen with the apex uncovered, 
in the first group produced into a strong style, visible segments five or 
six, abdominal surface convex or subcarinate. 


We have regarded the Ru1prpHoRipD# as distinct, although they 
might be with reason included under this family. About 400 
MorvdEnLLip® are known; they are variable, but easily recog- 
nizable and fall into two subfamilies as follows :— 


I. Apex of abdomen produced into a strong style.... MoRrvdELLINZ. 
II. Apex of abdomen not produced into a style ...... ANASPINZ. 


The perfect insects are found for the most part on flowers 
herbage, shrubs, and low branches of trees, but some occur in 
decaying trunks. The larve are in some cases found in rotten 
wood, while in others they live and feed in the stems of plants ; 
sometimes they are found in the old burrows of wood-boring 
insects. The larvee of Mordellistena are elongate and curved, and 
are furnished (at all events in some species) with protuberances 
on the first five or six abdominal segments; these are also present 
in the pupe; the anal segment is variable, and in Anaspis is cleft 
into two processes. A few are believed to be carnivorous, but 
this does not appear as yet to have been decisively proved. 

The AnaspIn® have been regarded as peculiar to northern 
temperate climates, while the Morprttinm® have been recorded 
chiefly from Europe and North America; but Mr. Guy Marshall 
informs me that he has eight species of the former and sixteen of 
the latter from South Africa. Mordella and Mordellistena are 
represented in Ceylon, if the records of Walker and Motschulsky 
are correct. 


Family 84. RHIPIPHORID.E. 


Head vertical, vesting against the anterior cove ; antenne eleven- 
or ten-jointed, variable and varying in the sexes; prothorax as broad 
at base as elytra, with the sides not forming a sharp edge; anterior 
coxe large, conical, contiguous, cavities widely open behind and con- 
Jluent ; posterior cove transverse, more or less contiquous ; elytra 
sometimes covering the abdomen, often dehiscent, and rarely wanting 
(in the larviform female of Rhipidius); metasternum large; abdo- 
men with free segments, varying in number ; claws variable, pectinate, 
toothed or (rarely) simple. 


There are no clear characters at present defined for the sepa- 
ration of this family from the MorpeL1ips, and, as ELvaniocera 
and its allies form a transitional group between the two, it might 
perhaps be better to follow Dr. Sharp in regarding them as 
merely subfamilies of one family; at the same time, as he himself 
hints, it is possible that a study of the head may cause the sepa- 
ration of the group into several families, so that it can hardly be 


RHIPIPHORID 2. 169 


wrong to treat them as distinct. The insects belonging to the 
parasitic sections have exceedingly interesting life-histories, which 
are as yet only partially known. The most familiar is MJetacus 
paradogus, which is parasitic on wasps. The greater part of its 
history has been worked out by Dr. Algernon Chapman (Ann. 
Mag. N. H. (4) vi, 1870, p. 314, and Ent. Mo. Mag. 1891, p. 18). 
The young larva appears to be similar to that of the campodeiform 
larvee of the MrLorp#; it is a little black hexapod, about 5 mm. 
in length, broadest about the fourth segment and tapering to a 
point behind; the tibia end in two or three claws (biungulin or 
triungulin), which support and are obscured by a large transparent 


Fig. 73.-—Emenadia ferruginea ; female. 
Head and prothorax of male. Antenna of male. 


pulvillus or sucker of about twice their length: che last segment 
is terminated by a large double sucker similar to those of the 
legs. How the young larva enters the wasps’ nest is not quite 
known, but Dr. Chapman has found the eggs in dead wood and 
thinks it probable that they are carried by the wasps to their 
nests in the wood shavings which they use for their construction. 
It seems more probable, however, that the active larve hatch out 
and attach themselves to the wasp while it is gathering this 
wood*. At any rate the young larva finds its way into a cell 
containing a wasp larva and immediately attacks it and penetrates 
into its interior; after feeding within the larva and increasing 
largely in size it quits the host, changes its skin, and then becomes 
shorter and thicker. At this stage it is found lying like a 
collar under the head of the wasp-grub, whose juices it goes on 
devouring ; it then again changes its skin, devours the whole 
remainder of the grub, changes to a pupa, and a few days after- 
wards emerges as a perfect insect. The full-grown larva is very 


* A fact against this is that no wasps have been found infested with these 
larvee, as are the Andrene with the young Meloé larve ; at the same time I 
believe that the larva and not the egg must be carried to the nest. Dr. 
Chapman takes strong exception to my theory (Brit. Col. v, p. 81) that the 
egg is laid in the cells. 


170 INTRODUCTION. 


hike a Crabro or Pemphredon larva, and its appearance apparently 
deceives the wasps themselves, for they are, it is thought, hostile 
to the perfect insect *. 

Symbius blattarum is a very remarkable insect and is parasitic 
on cockroaches (Bratrip®). The male is winged, but the female 
is larviform and apterous, and never leaves the body of the cock- 
roach; its hte-history is not fully known. 

The family contains more ne 100 species, the greater number 
of which inhabit temperate climates; four or five species of 
Emenadia occur in the Indian region. 


Family 85. MELOID (including LYTTID 4). 


Head vertical, strongly and suddenly constricted at some distance 
behind the eyes, with an abrupt neck ; antennee variable, usually 
eleven-jointed, inserted before the eyes at the sides of the front; pro- 
thorax nearly always narrower at the base than the elytra t, not mar- 
gined ; anterior and middle cove large, conical, and contiguous ; 
anterior coval cavities large, confluent, open behind ; posterior covce 
transverse, prominent, nearly contiquous ; elytra variable ; abdomen 
with six free ventral segments; each claw with a long appendage 
closely applied beneath it, or toothed ; integuinent more or less soft. 


This well known family is in part remarkable for the very 
curious hypermetamorphosis in their lfe-history, and the various 


Fig. 74.—Horia debyi (natural size). 


forms of larva and pupa, beginning with the active triungulin 
which infests bees and by them is carried to their nests; and in 
part for the fact that many of its members contain the substance 


* Some authors, however, believe that it secretes a fluid agreeable to the 
wasps amongst which it is found (Ent. Nachr. xi, p. 34); this, however, seems 
doubtful : if it be true, then it seems quite possible that the perfect insect may 
obtain the opportunity of ovipositing within the nest. 

+ In Cephaloon it is only as broad at the base as the elytra. 


MELOIDE. 17k 


‘‘cantharidine,”’ which is of so much use in medicine for producing 
blisters ; the property has apparently been known from very early 
times. The life-histories of Sitaris and Epicauta have been referred 
to above (pp. 32, 33). 

The family falls into two well-marked divisions as follows :— 


I. Side-pieces of the meso- and meta-sternum covered 
by the elytra, the inflexed portion of which is 
very broad; elytra abbreviated aud imbricate ; 
mefasternum short 1.2.0.2... se0ccs4e ce .... MrrLoina. 
II. Side-pieces of the meso- and meta-sternum not 
covered by the elytra, the inflexed portion of 
which is narrow ; metasternum long’.......... LYTTINa. 


The species of JMJeloé are wingless and are found on the ground, 
the Lyrrrmn® for the most part are active and occur on trees and 
flowers, etc.; Sttaris is found on or about old walls (ts trans- 
formations are figured on p. 32). 

The family contains about 1500 species, which are very widely 
distributed ; several species of Mylabris and Lytta occur in India, 
but on the whole the group is very poorly represented both in the 
Indian and Australian regions. 


Fig. 75.—Epicauta acte@on (natural size). 


Leconte and Horn form a separate family CupHatorp™® for the 
reception of the few species of the rare genus Cephaloon, which has 
the base of the prothorax as broad as the base of the elytra. It 
is, however, best left at present under the Mrtoipm; only a very 
few species have been described (from Siberia, Japan, and North 
America), and very little is known about them. 


172 INTRODUCTION. 


Family 86. PYROCHROID. 


Head exserted, strongly constricted behind the eyes, which are 
emarginate ; antenne eleven-jointed, inserted before the eyes; pro- 
thorax narrower at base than elytra; anterior cove large, conical 
and contiguous, cavities widely open behind; intermediate coace 
conical, contiguous, posterior coxe transverse ; elytra ample, wider 
than abdomen; abdoinen with five free ventral segments, a siath 
being visible wm the male ; legs long, penultimate joints of tarse bilobed 
or dilated, claws simple. 


This family is allied to the MEtanpry1p#, but differs in the 
formation of the head and neck, and the bilobed or dilated 


Fig. 76.— Pyrochroa, 
Spi. “2. (British 
Museum, — Natural 
size.) 


Fig. 77.—Pyrochroa coccinea; larva X }; pupa X 3. 
(After Schiodte.} 


penultimate joints of the tarsi; it includes some forty to fifty 
species which have been found mostly in temperate or cold 
climates (North Europe, Siberia, Northern Japan, and North 
America). Several fine and beautiful species, however, have 
recently been found in Burma by Mr. Doherty, and species have 
also been recorded from Bengal and Kashmir. They are, in 
many cases, comparatively large and conspicuous insects, of a 
brilliant scarlet colour, or scarlet with a black head, or black with 
a scarlet prothorax, and are sometimes remarkable for their 
strongly pectinate or ramose antenne. They are usually found 


XYLOPHILIDA.—-ANTHICIDA, Lis 


under bark, in stumps, or, in hot weather, on flowers and 
shrubs. 

The larve of Pyrochroa are elongate, parallel-sided, flat insects, 
varying a little in the shape of the thoracic segments and the 
anal appendages; the head is very large and the penultimate 
segment is very long; the apical segment is strongly turned 
up (almost at right angles) and terminates in two strong chitinous 
spines. They occur under bark of various trees or in decaying 
stumps. 


Family 87. XYLOPHILID. 


Closely allied to the Anthicide, and agreeing with that family in 
most of its characters, but differing in the extremely small and simple 
penultimate joint of the tarsi, which is concealed between the lobes of 
the antepenultimate joint, so that the tarsi at first sight appear to be 
4-, 4-, 3-jointed ; and also in the fact that the first two segments 
of the abdomen are connate, and that the posterior coace are more or 
less approwimate. 


This family contains about 150 or 200 species which are united 
by several authors with the Anruicip£. They are very widely 
distributed in most parts of the world, and will probably prove to 
be very numerous; only twenty-nine species of Xylophilus are 
enumerated in the Munich Catalogue, but Mr. Champion has 
described no less than thirty-six from Central America, two-thirds 
of which are represented by single specimens only ; the greater 
part of them were found in oak-woods at elevations of from 
3000 to 8000 feet, and a considerable number were beaten from 
decaying branches of oak. The European species are found in 
old trees, dead hedges, and occasionally on flowers; the earlier 
stages are, apparently, found in rotten wood. The genera J/acra- 
tria and Xylophilus are represented by a few species from the 
Indian region, especially Ceylon. Many of them, at first sight, 
might be mistaken for small ANoBirip#, while others are like 
Anthicus; from the latter they may be distinguished by the 
characters given above, and by the more or less emarginate, hairy, 
and coarsely granulated eyes. 


Family 88. ANTHICIDA. 


Small wmsects, many of them wm general appearance resembling 
ants ; head rother large, deflewed, constricted at some distance behind 
the eyes, which are elliptical and entire; antennae eleven-jointed, 
inserted at the sides of the front; neck very small; prothorax 
narrower at the base than the elytra, with the sides not margined ; 
anterior cove conical, prominent and contiguous, cavities open behind, 


174 | INTRODUCTION, 


confluent ; intermediate coxcee alinost contiguous, posterior cove some- 
what distant ; abdomen with five free ventral segments, the first being 
much longer than the second ; tarsi with the penultimate jount bilobed ; 
claws simple. 


This is rather a large family and contains about S00 species, of 
which the majority belong to the genus Anthicus; they are widely 
distributed throughout ‘the world from 
Siberia to the Australian region. They 
are well represented in India by several 
genera and a considerable number otf 
species. As a rule they live on the 
eround in damp places, salt-marshes, the 
margins of ponds, on sand hills, ete. Some 
are found in manure heaps and _ hot-beds, 
and in summer certain species are often 
swept off herbage. ‘There is nothing re- 
markable about them, except their ant-like 
appearance (Mormicomus, Anthicus, etc.), 
which seems to be purely accidental. The 
hfe-history does not appear to be known. 

Fie. 78. The species of Votovus are remarkable for 

Formiconus mutillarius. having the anterior portion of the pro- 

thorax prolonged over the head into a long 

and robust horn: and the small insects forming the genus 
Mecynotarsus are distinguished by their long and slender tarsi. 


Family 89. TRICTENOTOMID. 


Head horizontal, inandibles strong and projecting » antenne 
inserted hefore the eyes, near the base of the mandibles, stout, cleven- 
jointed, the last three jouts serrate wmternally ; eyes oderare 
transverse, sinuate wm front ; prothoraw with sharp denticulate 
margins, narrower than elytra; anterior and posterior cove strongly 
transverse, anterior cowval cavities open behind; tarse subcylindrical, 
all the joints, except the last, furnished underneath at apex with a 
small tuft of hairs; abdomen with five visible ventral segments ; 
cpisterna of metasternum very broad, parallel-sided ; size very large 
23-3 enches). 


The position of the large and conspicuous insects which con- 
stitute this family has been much disputed. In facies they bear a 
resemblance to the Longicorn Prioyiyx, and have been placed by 
several authors of repute among the Lonarcornia ; others again 
have classed them with the LUcANIps, and others with the 
Cucusip&. They are, however, distinctly Hmreromera, and are 
now generally regarded as such. They are only found in the 
Indian and Indo- Malayan regions, in the forests of the Himalayas, 


TRICTENOTOMID.©. f 165, 


Ceylon, Tenasserim, and Borneo. The larva has recently been 
discovered* and has been described and figured by Mr. C. G. Gahan 
(Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1908, p. 275, pl. vi, fig. 1). It is nearly 
42 inches long, parallel-sided, but uneven in outline, as the 
segments are narrowed in front and behind; the head is large 


Fig. 80. 


Fig. 79.—Autocrates eneus (natural size). 
Fig. 80.— Trictenotoma childrent; larva. (Natural size; after Gahan.) 


and{ the first abdominal segment is short; the last segment 
is narrower than the preceding and terminates in two short, 
bent processes; the legs are distinct, but not lone. The 
general appearance is that of a very large Pyrochroa larva, and 


this family ought perhaps to be placed near the Prrocurorp». 


* The perfect insect has not been bred from the larva, but it is practically 
certain that the latter must be referred to the TricrmNoromip.E. 


176 INTRODUCTION. 


Division 5. PHYTOPHAGA. 


There has been considerable doubt as regards the constitution 
of this group, which is here regarded as including the Larmpz 
(Brucnip#), CeramMBycip# and Lamia (Loneicorntia), and 
CuRYSOMELIDZ. These families vary much in size, shape, and 
coloration, but are all plant-feeders, as the name implies. 
The members of the group, as at present known, are very 
numerous and must amount to nearly 40,000; this, however, 
probably represents only a fraction or the species at present 
existing on the globe. 

The following are the chief characteristics of the united group, 
as here defined ; it is possible that the RuyNcHopHora ought to 
be included, but we have followed most authors in treating them 
as separate, for convenience’ sake, rather than because they are 
manifestly distinct :—Antenne usually simple, filiform or monili- 
form, rarely serrate or irregular; gular suture distinct ; pronotum 
with distinct margins; wings of the Cantharid type (Type ILL. 
pp. 41, 42), the characteristic venation, however, being variable 
and sometimes more or less breaking down ; tarsi 5-jointed, but 
apparently 4-jointed, the fourth joint being very small and in- 
serted into and received by the third joint (which is deeply 
bilobed) at its base*, the first three joints usually thickly 
pubescent beneath. The follicles of the testes are said to be 
roundish and stalked, but the characters drawn from the testes 
appear to be untrustworthy, as they have recently been found to 
be quite different in Zvmarcha from those of the allied genera. 
Six Malpighian tubes are present. The larve are eruciform 
(never campodeiform) with the legs moderate, short, very short, 
rudimentary or absent. The nervous system in the CHRYSo- 
MELID/ and CERAMBYCID® is variable, but appears to consist of 
three thoracic ganglia and four or five abdominal ganglia; in 
Clythra, Chrysomela, and Adimonia it seems to be more con- 
centrated, and in the Larimpm (Brucuip#) it is still more 
concentrated and approaches the structure of the nervous system 
of the Ruyncnornora, thus forming further proof that the last- 
mentioned family forms a transition between the two great groups. 

The Larup# (Brucuip®) are distinguished from the other 
members of the Phytophaga by having the mentum supported ona 
peduncle and the head shortly and flatly produced ; it is, however, 
impossible to separate the CHRYSOMELIDZ and CHRAMBYCIDE on 
any definite characters ; the eyes are usually entire in the former 
family and more or jess surround the antenne in the latter, and 
the CHRYSOMELID# are, as a rule, bare and shining, while the 
CERAMBYCID# are pubescent and dull, but many exceptions occur, 
and certain genera of the former might easily be mistaken for 


* Almost the only, if not the only, exception, appears to be the genus 
Heinonia. 


LARIID£ (BRUCHID#). Te 


the latter. This is particularly noticeable, for instance, in the 
pubescent genus Vemnaspis, Lac., of which eight species occur in 
India ; these bear a striking resemblance to small members of the 
Longicorn group, and are very hard to distinguish from them, except 
after careful examination. 

The four families here included under this group may be 
roughly distinguished as follows :— 


ie stentum: pedunculate-.... 4.06.) us. : Lariide (Bruchide), 
Il, Mentum not pedunculate. Eppenele diate 
i, Antenne short or moderate, not inserted 
on frontal prominences: tibiai spurs 
TUT bys MOSER ee tess wureecate ost soca ay Chrysomelide, p. 178. 
i. Antenne usually long or very long, 
frequently inserted on frontal promin- 
ences ; tibial spurs distinct. 
1. Head in front oblique or subvertical.. Cerambycide, p. 185. 
2. Head in front vertical or bent inwards 
elOwa tiestnOnadxe idee ec... re Lamiide, p. 188. 


Family 90. LARIIDA (BRUCHIDA). 


- Head free, produced in front, mentum pedunculate ; antennee eleven- 
jointed, often serrate or pectinate, inserted at the sides of the head in 
front of and near the eyes ; prothorax margined at the sides ; anterior 
cove oval, the cavities closed behind ; vntermediate cove oval ; posterior 
coxe transverse, almost contiguous or only narrowly separated ; 
abdomen with five free ventral segments ; elytra truncate, pygidium 
exposed ; posterior femora more or less thickened, tarsi with the first 
joint elongate, and the claws broadly toothed at the base. 


In the Munich Catalogue (1873) four hundred and twelve 
species are enumerated as belonging to this 
family, and about seven hundred are now 
known ; a fair number are found in India 
and Ceylon. Several of the species are cos- 
mopolitan, as, from their habit of feeding in 
the larval state on the seeds of leguminous 
plants, they are largely carried from one 
country to another in cargoes of peas, 
beans, etc. They are exceedingly destruc- 
tive to these, and in tropical climates do 
ereat damage to the seeds of Gleditzia, 
Mimosa, Acacia, Theobroma, ete., while 
some species attack cocoa-nuts and palm- 
nuts. The larve, so far as known, are 
fat and broad small maggots, some of 
which, at any rate, are provided with very 
short legs in their earlier stages, but lose them in the later. 


There is probably (to judge from the species already known) 
N 


Fig. 81.—Laria 
(Bruchus) scutellaris. 


178 INTRODUCTION, 


considerable difference in their habits. It has been thought 
that they lay their eggs on the actual peas, beans, etc., while 
yet soft, but Riley, who has worked out the life-history of Laria 
pist, the “‘ pea-beetle,” has ascertained that the young larva of 
this species mines the pea-pod before it enters one of the peas. 
Apparently (as proved by Mr. Theodore Wood) the larva has the 
instinct, or whatever we may call it, to leave the germ untouched, 
so that the plants sprout ; they are, however, more or less sickly 
and are almost barren after these attacks. 

The position of the family has long been a subject of discussion 
and many authors have assigned it to the RayNcHopHorRa, in 
close proximity to the ANTHRIBIDZ. There can, however, be no 
doubt that its affinities are rather towards the CHRYSOMELIDA, 
from which it cannot be separated. A transition towards the 
RHYNCHOPHORA is found in the Uropontip®, which have been 
included under the Larim#, but evidently belong to the Rhyn- 
chophorous group, and come close to the ANTHRIBID®.* 

As a matter of fact the Larimp® are not very closely allied 
to any other group, but appear to be most nearly related to 
the Sacrin#; they are, therefore, best placed at the beginning 
of the PHyropHaca immediately before Sagra (v. Fowler, Col. of 
British Islands, iv, p. 258). 

This family is called MyntaBprip& by some authors, and the name 
Brucuip® has been substituted for Prinip#®, and Zonabris for 
the well-known Mylabris, thus causing considerable confusion, so 
that it is best (with Ganglbauer and others) to adopt the name 
Lari for the group, and avoid the term BrucHip# altogether. 


Family 91. CHRYSOMELIDE. 


Form variable ; head prominent or inserted im the prothorax as 
far as the eyes ; antenne us a rule not at all surrounded by the eyes, 
variable in length, shape and position of wsertion, usually eleven- 
jointed, filiform, moniliform, serrate or slightly clavate; cove 
variable in shape and position, prothorax with or without lateral 
margins ; elytra nearly always covering abdomen, but occasionally 
leaving the pygi:dium exposed ; abdomen with five segments of varying 
length; legs very variable, posterior femora very strongly thickened 
in some groups, and often dentate beneath ; tarsi, as before described, 
pseudotetranerous. 


This is one of the largest families of the Coleoptera, and 
contains about 20,000 known species; it is very largely repre- 
sented in India, and the late Mr. Jacoby had, before his death, 


* Lameere (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xliv (ix), 1900, p. 377) separates the 
ANTHRIBID# from the Ruyncnoryora and regards them as a subfamily of the 
Brucnip#, which with the CeramMBycip£, CHRYSOMELID, and CuRCULIONIDE 
are classed by him under the PHyToPHaGa. 


CHRYSOMELID®. 179 


completed one volume of the Fauna of British India containing 
the first portion of the family, and hoped to complete it in three 
volumes; in the part already published he has dealt with 
903 species, so that the number with which he was acquainted 
must be about 2700 to 3000, and this probably represents only a 
comparatively small proportion of the whole number of species 
existing in the region. 

We have before alluded to the difficulty of distinguishing 
between the CHRYSOMELID# and the CERAMBYCID# in several 
groups. Mr. Jacoby states that it may be taken as a general rule 
that in the Lonercornia “the shape is very elongate, the head 
projecting and prominent, the eyes oblique and more or less 
divided and the antenne peduncalar, these organs being at the 
same time rigid and tapering at the apex. All these structures 
are not as a rule found in the CHRYSOMELID®.” 

The following is a key to the divisions adopted by Mr. Jacoby 
in his work (2. ¢. p. 3) :— 


I. Mouth placed anteriorly. 
i, Antenne widely separated at base; elytra of 
hard texture. 
1. Intermediate ventral segments not medially 
constricted ; pygidium not exposed. 

A. Thorax without distinct lateral margins, 
head produced, eyes prominent, prosternum 

EMCCE MING NATHOW. you ssoNn. 4 eke cee ee IuPODES. 
B. Thorax with distinct lateral margins (rarely 
without), head not produced, eyes not 


prominent, prosternum broad .......... CyYCLica. 
2. Intermediate ventral segments constricted ; 
Dyeidiumeusuallyexposed= 3... cca sae. CAMPTOSOMES. 


ii, Antenne not widely separated at base, generally 
closely approximate ; elytra more or less soft 

Tile (G83: 0 TO ae at eee Aas FSO ey TRICHOSTOMES. 

II, Mouth not normal, small, hidden or nearly so.... CRYPTOSTOMES, 


1. EKupoprs.—This group contains the Sagrinz, CRIOCERINA, 
and DonactIn®, which are all represented in India. The 
SAGRINEZ are large and brilliant insects with the posterior femora 
very strongly thickened; very little is known of their habits. 
Donacia is more characteristic of temperate climates and only 
four species have been recorded from the Indian region; it is 
chiefly remarkable for the peculiar habits of the larvee, which live 
under water and apparently suck air from the aquatic plants by 
means of two spines at the apex of the body, which are 
believed to have a stigma at the base of each, although this 
seems hardly proved. “The CRIOCERIND are chiefly represented 
in the Indian fauna by the genus Lema, of which no less than 118 
have been found in the region. The larva of Crvoceris has 
the power of covering itself entirely with its excrement, but 
it has no special process for ee this; the covering does not 
adhere closely to the pos of the larva and ean, indeed, be thrown 

nN? 


sn 


180 - INTRODUCTION. 


off at will. The object of this provision in certain of the PHyro- 
PHAGA is not quite clear, but it is possible that it may serve 
as a means of protection and defence. According to Sharp and 


Fig. 82.—Sagra femorata (natural size). 


other authors many of the CRr1ocerIn# have the power of stridu- 
lating, the organ being situated at the base of the last dorsal 
abdominal segment, and consisting of five raised lines which are 
rubbed by the apex of the elytra. 


2. Cycnica.—These include the mass of the CurysoMELID™” 
(Lamprosoma, Eumolpus, Chrysomela, Nodostoma, ete.). Occasion- 
ally the larve are injurious to vegetation. The well known 
Colorado potato-beetle (Leptinotarsa decem-lineata) belongs to this 
group, as also does the mustard-beetle (Phedon), etc. The 
species of this and the succeeding group are in many cases the 
most permanently brilliant of the whole family, but are surpassed 
by many of the Cryprosromess, while the latter are living or in 
quite a fresh state. 


3. CamprosoMEs.—This group includes the well-known genera 
Cryptocephalus, Clytra, Chlamys, and Gynandrophthalma, the 
remarkable Longicorn-lhke genus Temnaspis, before referred to, 
and several others of considerable interest. The larve of a 
number of the species live in portable cases; those of Crypto- 
cephalus (Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutsch. vi, p. 139) remain, with 
the abdomen curved against the breast, in a cylindrical bag, 
which is narrowed in front and from which they can only emerge 
as far as the first abdominal segment; this case is carried in an 
oblique, almost upright, position, the larva progressing with a 
jerky motion. The pupe are attached to dry leaves and stems of 
grass. 


CHRYSOMELIDA®. 18) 


4. TricHostomEs.—In these are included the GALERUCIN® and 
Hatrictn®, which differ extremely in form, but have several 
characters in common. The latter family have strong leaping 
powers, owing to their thickened femora, and are therefore very 
active, while the GALERUCIN® are softer and feebler, with slender 
and weak legs. Some of the quite minute HaLricIn® are very 
destructive to certain kinds of vegetation. This new group does 
not seem to have a very definite value. 


. CryprosroMEs.—This group consists of the Hispinm and 
CassipIn®, both of which are in many cases very remarkable for 
their general appearance. The species of Hispa are for the most 
part covered with long, upright, coarse spines; while the Casst- 
DIN, or tortoise-beetles, although variable in shape, are all 
provided with more or less pronounced ex- 
panded margins, beneath which the body and 
head are completely hidden; their outline 
varies in shape, but they are usually more or 
less circular or shield-shaped, and often hemi- 
spherical or sub-hemispherical. Many of the 
species are remarkable for their brilliant 
metalhe colours in life, which unfortunately 
fade very quickly after death; some of the 
Indian species are very beautiful, and if kept 
in glycerine or spirits of wine will retain their 

colour for a considerable period. 

Fig. 83.—Botryo- The life-history of Hispa testacea is given 
nopa sheppardi, fully by Chapuis (Genera des Coléopteres, x1, 
: p. 259), and. is quoted by Sharp (Cambridge 
Natural History, vi, p. 283). The larva mines the leaves of Cistus 
salvifolius in Southern Europe and feeds on the parenchyma of 
the leaf, which it only ruptures when it wants to remove to a 

fresh leat ; ; it is a broad and flat insect with short legs. 


The larve of the Casstp1In® are remarkable for their habit of 


Fig. 84.—-Cassida miliaris (varieties). 


covering themselves with a coating of excrement, which, however, 
is not free as in the CRIOcERIN«, but is, in ‘nearly ‘all cases, 
supported by a forked appendage arising from the apex of the 


182 INTRODUCTION. 


abdomen. This appendage appears to be wanting in the larve of 
Porphyraspis palmarum, which forms a sort of bird’s-nest-like 
enclosure trom long threads of excrement; these are attached at 
their base to the surface of the last abdominal segment, as 
described by Candéze (Mem. Soc. Roy. Se. Liege, 1861, p. 387, 
pl. xvi), and figured by Sharp (/. ¢. p. 284). 

The larve and the life-histories ot the members of the family 
are, as might be expected, very different; the following table of 
the larve is for the most part that given by Chapuis (Gen. 
Coléopt. x, p. 15) with alterations by Sharp (Cambr. Nat. Hist. vi, 
p-. 279) :— 


I. Larvee with the body uncovered. 

1, Larve elongate, subcylindrical, whitish, living on, or in 
the stems of aquatic plants, under water; pupz also 
subaquatic, contained in cocoons fixed to the root of the 
plants. DoNACIINA, 


2. Larvee mining, more or less elongate, sublinear or narrowed 
at each end, undergoing their metamorphoses in the 
leaves in which they live. Hispin and some HALTICINAE, 

3. Larvee short, oval, very convex above, often more or less 
brightly coloured, or dark metallic, living exposed on 
plants and undergoing their metamorphoses on the plants 
or in the ground. Most of the CycLica. 

II. Larvee with the body protected by excrement. 

1. lLarvee short, oval, very convex above, dark coloured, 
without any special apparatus for carrying the excre- 
mentitious matter, undergoing their metamorphoses in 
the ground. CRIOCERIN& (in part). 

2. Larve short, oval, somewhat depressed, spiny, with the 
excrementitious matter supported and attached by a 
special apparatus, undergoing their metamorphoses on 
leaves. CASSIDIN®. 

III. Larve elongate and whitish, with the abdomen curved, 
innabiting portable tubes or cases and undergoing their 
metaniorphoses in these. 

CLYTRIN”A, CRYPTOCEPHALINE, CHLAMYDINA, etc. 
(in fact, most of the CAMPTOSOMES known). 


The next two families form the important group which is 
ordinarily known by the name of Loneicornta. This group is so 
well known and has been so well worked that the name is sure 
to be retained whatever classification may be adopted. The 
species are usually elongate and parallel-sided or not much 
rounded at the sides, and, as a rule, possess, as their name 
implies, long, or very long, antennz; in some genera, however, 
the antennz are quite short, and in others the form is more 
convex and rounded. They are very closely connected with the 
CHRYSOMELID#, and although individually they are not at all 
likely to be confused with the latter, yet the differences are hard 
to express in words. Dr. Horn (Class. Coleopt. N. Amer. p. 269) 


LONGICORNIA. 183 


ays that ‘so far the essential difference between the TeTrRAMmRA, 
of which the larve feed upon wood, and those feeding upon 
vegetable cellular tissues, has eluded observation. We can merely, 
at present, observe that a slight approximation to it seems to be 
made in the fact that in the CuramBycip™® (here regarded as 
including all the Lonercornta) there is a tendency in the epimera 
of the metathorax to extend to the sides of the ventral segments, 
while in the CurysoMELip# the first ventral segment is prolonged 
forwards at the sides to meet the metathorax, thus showing 
probably a lower, though necessarily more recent type, which 
could have existed only since the development of the higher 
broad-leaved plants.” 

According to Lameere (Ann. Soc. Ent. Bele. xliv, 1900, p. 368) 
the connection between the CHRYSOMELID® and CERAMBYCID® is 
not a close one. They have probably been evolved from different 
ancestors, these being, most likely, primitive Cravicornta ; he 
therefore only provisionally adopts the series PHyroPHAGa, as 
he is of opinion that the Lonarcornta in the future will have to 
be considered as a group distinct froin the series altogether. It 
is possible that he may be right when he regards Parandra as the 
archaic type of the Longicorns, but we cannot agree with him 
when he says that the study of the genus “shows that the 
CERAMBYCIDE are only a special form “of Clavicorns allied to 
the TRoGostrip® and Cucus1p#%.” 

So far as is at present known, the LONGIcoRNIA comprise about 
12,000 or 18,000 species; although those which have been 
described are, perhaps, more numerous relatively than 1m any other 
section of the order, owing to their striking appearance and colora- 
tion, yet 1t is probable that only a half or a third of the existing 
species have been discovered. ‘The larvee differ considerably from 
one another ; as arule they are elongate fleshy grubs with nothing 
remarkable about them, but occasionally the prothorax is much 
widened, so as to suggest BuPRESTID® rather than Lone@rcornta. 
It is probable that the group may, in the future, be divided on 
the characters of the legs or absence of the legs; in many cases 
short legs are present, but in the majority they are absent, and 
a good many instances occur in which the body has on its surface 
swellings above and beneath, which are probably intended to 
assist locomotion in the galleries in wood in which they live; 
these galleries are sometimes cccupied by the same larve for 
several years. 

The Lone@icornta are well known for their cryptic coloration 
(protective resemblance to various objects), in fact, some of the 
best instances are found among the members of this group; 
Desmophora, Batocera, Saperda, and Lamia are good instances, 
but the Indian Xylorrhiza adusta, Wied., is still more striking, and 
the best instance of all is afforded by the large African Petrognatha 
gigas, . The upper surface of this fine insect is like dead velvety 
moss, and the antenne are uneven and exactly like dry wood 
tendrils. I have before this (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1901, p. xlv) 


184 ~ INTRODUCTION. 


pointed out the probability that some of the more conspicuous 
genera of LonGIcorN1A are really protected by their striped black 
and white colouring, which tones down and mingles at a little 
distance like that of the zebra in the dusk. Among the Longi- 
corns there are many instances of this colouring; the black and 
white stripes may be arranged longitudinally as in Ornithia, 
Platyarthron, Teniotes, and many species of Dorcadion, or trans- 
versely, or in more or less confluent rows as in Zmesisternus, 
Colobothea, etc. Among the Longicorns, also, we find very many 
instances of true mimicry; to quote what I have said before 
(l.¢.p.li): “A great many Coleoptera are protected by their 
resemblance to well-protected insects, such as ants, bees and 
wasps, and, in such cases, they often resemble the species they 
copy, not only in colour but in habit; thus Clytus arietis is very 
different from the usually sluggish Longicorns, and runs swiftly up 
and down the leaves on which it settles just like a wasp ; Pachyta 
cerambyciformis, again, may be seen hovering up and down over 
shrubs just like Hymenopterous insects. A strong resemblance 
to wasps and bees is found in members of the Longicorn genera, 
Esthesis (Australia), Acyphoderes (Braziland Mexico), Sphecomorph« 
(Brazil), Isthmiade (Brazil), ), Hepheestion (Chili), Bromzades (Cuba), 
and many others; two of the most striking examples are, perhaps, 
Callisphyris macropus, Newm., from Chili and Peru, and Ulochetes 
leoninus, Lee., from British Columbia ; the latter is exactly like a 
species of humb le bee.” The Longicorn genus Macrones (Australia ) 
resembles large Braconip®, while Dr. “Sharp's strange Hawaiian 
genera Plagithmysus and Callithmysus have a strongly Ortho- 
pterous appearance : Pseudocephalus bears a striking resemblance 
to ants and Ecthistatus is like an Arachnid. 

The Hrreromera, as is well known, imitate a very large 
number of other Coleoptera, but if we study the Loneicornia, 
we shall find that they quite equal them, if they do not surpass 
them, in this respect. Thus we have Collyrodes imitating Collyris, 
and Gnoma mimicking Zricondyla, among the CICINDELIDA; 
Buprestomorpha, as its name implies, is very like a Buprestid; 
while T'ragocerus resembles certain ELarprip&. Several species 
of Dadoychus (Henilophus) closely resemble certain LAMPYRINA, 
even to the phosphorescent segments of the underside; in fact, 
D, flavocinctus was described by Chevrolat as a Lampyrid. A 
considerable number of Longicorns are like Hispin& (e.g. Erythro- 
platys and &chmutes), while others resemble Lycrnm (/roschema, 
Pyresthes, ete.), and others again (e. g. Oxvycalymma telephorina, 
Bates) bear a close similarity to CANTHARINE; Acmceops and 
Gaurotes in several cases are exactly like species of Crioceris 
and Lema; Stephanops is something like a Brenthid, but a better 
imitation of small BReNTHID is found in Spalacopsis ; Moneilema 
resembles Blaps, Lychrosis (from India) is like a Cleonus (CuRcu- 
LIONIDE), and Compsosoma (Kuspherium) purpureum, Newm., 
might pass as an Hrotylid; and so we might go on. | 

Many of the species have the power of stridulating, the organs 


@ERAMBYCID A. 185 


being situated on different parts of the body ; in some cases the 
sound is produced by the friction of the inner side of the hinder 
margin ot the prothorax against a striate surface on a short neck 
in front of the scutellum over which the prothorax fits when at 
rest (vide pp. 187, 188); in others again the sound is produced by 
rubbing the hind femora against the edge of the elytra; while in 
others both these organs are present in the same insect. 

The peculiar scent given off by some of the species is very 
worthy of notice; sometimes it is agreeable (as in Callichroma 
and Avomia), in others disagreeable (as in Agapanthia). At the 
same time it must be remembered that we cannot tell what is 
agreeable or disagreeable to other animals, and the sweet scent of 
certain species may be nauseous or injurious to enemies*. The 
classification of the Lonatcornia has given rise to considerable 
controversy, but the following is the arrangement adopted by 
Mr. C. J. Gahan in his recently published volume (page x1) on the 
Indian species; the Prionin# being treated as a subfamily of 
the CERAMBYCID® :— 


A. Head in front oblique or subvertical; last joint 
of palpi not pointed at the end ; anterior tibiee 
WOtESTOO VERO DEMCALI Ufc. / saris teats aes 4 oie Cerambycide, 
B. Head in front vertical or bent inwards well [p. 185. 
below the thorax; last joint of palpi pointed at 
the end ; anterior tibie generally with a groove 
{SHERI Rear nase A eeen ie ogee naan nen Lamiide, p. 188. 

Lacordaire adopts a division ‘‘ Cérambycides aberrants,” con- 
sisting of three tribes and four genera, Thaumasus, Dynamostes, 
Spondylis, and Scaphinus. The division, however, is not natural 
and is of no practical use; the only Indian genus Dynamostes falls 
naturally into the Distmnirn% among the CrraAMBYCID®. 

The most aberrant species of all is, perhaps, the well known 
Brazilian Hypocephalus armatus, but as it does not come into our 
fauna, its position need not be discussed at length. Lameere and 
others have regarded it as a Clavicorn, but Dr. Sharp, who has 
studied the insect closely, is evidently right. in believing that it 
really forms a subfamily of the CuraMBYCID#, near the PrionIn az, 
from which it is distinguished by having the anterior coxal cavities 
closed behind, and by the peculiar articulation of the head. It 
is allied to two or three of the Indian species of Prionine. 


Family 92. CERAMBYCID.E. 


Head in front obliquely inclined, sometimes subvertical ; clypeo- 
frontal sutures generaily distinct, the clypeus as a rule relatively 
large; last joint of palpi not pointed at the apex ; anterior tibice not 
grooved beneath. | 


* Proc. Hint: Soc. Lond. 1901, p. 1. 


186 - INTRODUCTION. 


The Indian species belonging to this family have been fully 
described by Mr. C. J. Gahan (Fauna of British India, Coleoptera, 
vol. i, 1906). The known Indian species belonging to the 
CERAMBYCIDH amount at present to close upon 400; the 
PRIONIN® contain the largest representatives, among them being 
such species as Rhaphipodus taprobanicus, Macrotoma fishern, etc. 


Fig. 85,—Prionus ellioti (natural size). Fig. 86. — Tetropium gabrieli. 
Larva xX 335; pupa X 25 (after 
Crawshay). 


Mr. Gahan divides the family into the Prionrn#, which have 
the inner lobe of the maxille obsolete or very small, and the 
Distenun”®, Leprurin®, and CeramBycrn”®, which have it well 
developed. Full particulars of these divisions and their sub- 
divisions will be found in Mr. Gahan’s work (/. ¢. pp. 2-4 
et seqq.). 

The genus Parandra (which is not represented in the Indian 
fauna) ought, apparently, to form at least a separate subfamily, as 
the tarsi are distinctly pentamerous, the third joint being smaller 
than usual and not concealing the fourth. 

In certain genera the antenne are curiously tufted at the joints 
(e. g., Phyodewia, Rosalia, ete.), and the legs are sometimes hairy, 
or the posterior pair may be furnished with tufts; occasionally 
the femora are thickened and form a small plate. The same 
peculiarities are found in the Lamirpa, but not, apparently, to so 
great an extent (e.g. Aristobia). 


CERAMBYCID&. 187 


Fig. 87.—Neocerambyx paris (natural size). Stridulating 
organ enlarged. 


188 INTRODUCTION. 


Family 938. LAMITDé. 


Head in front vertical or bent inwards well below the thorax ; 
last joint of the palpi pointed at the end ; anterror tibiae generally 
with a groove beneath. 


This family, so far as the Indian fauna is concerned, contains a 
considerably larger number of species than the CERAMBYCID!, and 
there are, roughly speaking, about 600 at present known. They 
are more highly specialised than the latter family and contain 


Fig. 88.—Batocera rubus (natural size). Stridulating organ enlarged. 


(apart from size) the most striking forms; the greater number of 
the cryptic or protected Longicorns belong to the Lamiide. Two 
eroups may be characterised as follows :— 


A. Episterna of metasternum narrow ...........+/.-- LAMIIN 2. 
B. Episterna of metasternum broad. in front and narrow 
|DYS) OUUGG Uh eae ee, e Ra ss 0 oi ae SAPERDINA. 


Dr. Sharp (Camb. Nat. Hist. vi, p. 288) points out how the 
peculiar extension of the eyes round the antenne, which is 
characteristic of the group, is accompanied by ‘very curious 
shapes of those organs, and not infrequently each eye is divided 
into two more or less widely separated parts, so that the insect 
has, on the external surface, four eyes.” 


RHYNCHOPHORA. 189 


Division 6. RHYNCHOPHORA. 


The chief characters of the Ruyncnoryora are as follows :— 
Head usually prolonged into a rostrum or snout of varying length 
and thickness; antenne straight, or geniculate, with a longer or 
shorter scape, and with a more or less distinct club; gular sutures 
not traceable; side sutures of the prosternum obsolete; tarsi 
apparently tetramerous, but really 5-jointed, the first three joints 
being always present (the third, as a rule, more or less strongly 
bilobed), the fourth, except in very rare instances (e. g. Dryoph- 
thorus), being rudimentary, and the last joint being very rarely 
absent (as in Anoplus). The testes are follicular, the follicles 
being roundish and stalked ; six Malpighian tubes are present ; 
the elytra are usually more or less distinctly striate, and the 
venter is composed of five segments, of which the first two are, 
as a rule, connate and immoveable. The wing-venation breaks 
down in this group, as the species in this respect incline both to 
Type I and Type II (see p. 40). 

The larvee, as a rule, are maggots quite destitute of legs, but 
these are present in the BRenrHID# and also in certain ANTHRI- 
BIpDm. The Scotyr1p# and ANTHRIBID# have no distinct rostrum, 
and in Platypus the legs are slender, and quite different from the 
normal Curculionid type. As a rule, however, the above charac- 
teristics of the group hold good. 

The theory of Leconte and Horn that the RuyncHorHora are 
the lowest type of Coleoptera appears to be now regarded as quite 
untenable ; the concentration of the nervous system alone suttices 
to prove that the group is a long way up the scale, though it is 
open to question whether Lameere is right in his account of their 
evolution. He regards the NEMONYCHINZ (RHINOMACERIN®), 
(which he considers to have had a common ancestor with the 
Lariia® or to have been descended directly from primitive 
Larip#) as the common ancestor, “from which we pass to forms 
without labrum and with rigid maxillary palpi represented at first 
by divers types of OrnrHocera, such as the ATTELABINe ; from 
primitive Oxrrnocura the general stock of the CurRcULIONID” 
separated itself off, and under these may be classed the Erirrui- 
NINE; from these last there detached themselves in different 
directions the OTIORRITYNCHIN#, the CEUTHORRHYNCHINS, and 
the CaLanpRIN#&, forming three superior types.” The Sconyrip., 
moreover, are regarded as merely a specialised form of the 
CaLANDRINA, and not as a separate family. 

A very large number of species are contained in the series ; 
from 15,000 to 20,000 are now known, and they will probably in 
time be found to amount to more than ten times this number, as 
they have been comparatively neglected, and in any faunistic 
work on the group the number of new species is very great. 
Mr. Champion has recently been working out the Central 
American species in the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana,” and 


190 INTRODUCTION. 


Mr. Guy Marshall has undertaken the Indian species. Only about 
a thousand of the latter are at present known, but if the actual 
number existing were estimated at 10,000 it would probably not 
be very wide of the mark. 

The classification of the RHYNCHOPHORA is in a more unsatis- 
factory condition than that of any other series of the Coleoptera, 
and is in much the same position as it was when Lacordaire (Gen. 
Col. vi, 1863, p. 2), after discussing the various systems proposed 
for the European members of the group, went on to say :—“ Si 
les especes européennes donnent lieu a d’aussi fortes divergences 
d’opinion, qu ‘est ce lorsqu’on trouve en présence des espéces 
exotiques ?” In fact no real classification can be said to exist. 

Schonherr divides the group into two divisions, the ORTHOCERI 
(with the antenne not geniculate), and the GoNaTOcERI (with the 
antenn geniculate). 

Thomson divides the RryncHopHora into two “ Stirpes,” the 
first characterised chiefly by having the ventral segments of the 
abdomen immovable, and the second about equal in length to 
the third, while in the second stirps the last three ventral 
segments are movable and the two first connate, the second 
being nearly always much longer than the third. 

Leconte and Horn divide them chiefly on the structure of the 
pygidium, and the presence or absence of a peculiar ridge on 
the inner surface of the elytra, into which is fitted the ascending 
margin of the metathoracic epimera and ventral segments ; this 
division is valuable in some respects, but is not accurate, as there 
are several important exceptions. 

Sharp considers that only four families can be accepted, viz. :— 
ANTHRIBIDEH, CURCULIONIDA, ScoLyrip# (including PLatTyPrps), 
and Brenruip#. Of these the CurRCULIONID# contain by far the 
majority of the species and they ought to be much subdivided, 
but, unfortunately, no satisfactory characters on which to form 
the divisions have hitherto been discovered. 

Bedel’s classification (Faune Coléopt. du Bassin de la Seine, vi, 
p. 3) is in several points a satisfactory one, and, with the addition 
of the BrenrHip®, might with reason be adopted :— 


I. Maxillary palpi normal, flexible ; labrum 
distinct; antenne straight; legs not 


fossorial. 
i, Anterior coxe globose; pygidium more 
or lessiexposed sans al pcre eye Platyrrhinide (Anthribide). 
Anterior cox conical;  pygidium 
CONEROC: emtc sx cit isse oes koe Nemonychide (Rhinomaceridez). 


II. Maxillarv palpi abnormal, rigid, conical, 
with the joints gradually smaller and 
tapering to a point at apex; labrum 
very rarely distinct, and if so, ‘the legs 
fossorial. 
1. Legs not fossorial, anterior tibiz not 
denticulate on their external margin ; 
rostrum more or less pronounced, 
variable antleneth: 0.5.5. 3. ee Curculionide. 


—- a 


RHYNCHOPHORA. 191 


ii. Legs fossorial, compressed; anterior 

tibiz almost always denticulate or 

crenulate on their external border. 

Rostrum absent or rudimentary. 

1, First tarsal joint much shorter than 
the following joints taken together. Scolytide. 

2. First tarsal joint almost as long as all 

the following joints taken together; 
antenne with only six joints .... Platypide. 


Lf the BrENTHID® are included they fall into the second section, 
with the maxillary palpi abnormal, rigid, and tapering, and may 
be distinguished further by the very elongate form, straight 
rostrum, and the moniliform and straight antenne, which are, 
as a rule, without a club. 

Mr. Guy Marshall, who has undertaken to work out the 
CuRcULIONID® of the Indian Fauna writes to the effect that he 
proposes to follow Faust, Sharp, and Ganglbauer, in accepting 
Lacordaire’s general arrangement, rather than that of Leconte 


o 
and Horn ; in other words he would divide the Khynchophora into 


2 

four families ANTHRIBID®, BRENTrHID®, CURCULIONIDA, and 
Scotytip®. So far as the subdivision of the great complex of 
the CURCULIONID® is concerned he has not yet attempted to map 
it out, beyond making a start on the ADELOGNATHI of Lacordaire ; 
which are almost conterminous with the OvrlorRuyNcHID® of 
Leconte and Horn. In the circumstances it may be best to give 
some account of Lacordaire’s classification cf the CURCULIONIDA, 
when we come to refer again to that family. 

We do not feel that we can agree with M. Lameere in 
considering the Brenruip£ as allied to the Cuctsip™ and as 
belonging to the Clavicorn series. They are distinctly Ruyncuo- 
PHORA, as is proved, not only by their general formation and 
pronounced rostrum, but also by the structure of the maxillary 
palpi; the fact that. the only known larva, that of Hupsalis 
minuta, Drury, possesses legs, is a quite inadequate justification 
for Lameere’s conclusion, especially as we know that larve both 
with and without legs occur among the ANTHRIBIDH. It appears, 
therefore, to say the least, premature to say that “the family of 
the BRENTHID® cannot be attached to any of the families of the 
RuyncuopHora. The larva alone suffices to show that the 
BRENTHID® are not descended from the CURCULIONID”, or 
the ANTHRIBID!, or the BRUCHID#, or the CHRYSOMELID®” ; and 
that they “are not PayropHaca, for they seem to have no direct 
parentage, either on the side of the ancestors of the CERAMBYCIDE 
or of the ancestors of the CurysomMELip®.” It should, however, 
be remembered that Lameere’s theory with regard to the position 
of the BRENTHID® is not quite a new one; several of the old 
entomologists regarded them as transitional ‘between the Curcu- 
Liontpe and the old XYLOPHAGA, and Imhoff (Vers. Einfiihr. 
Stud. Col. ii, p. 159, quoted by Lacordaire, vii, p. 404) makes 
his 9th section of the Coleoptera ‘ Baculicornia” comprise the 


192 » INTRODUCTION, 


following families:— Conypirpm, CRYPTOPHAGIDH, CUCUJIDA, 
Ruysopip#, BRENTHID®, PARANDRIDA, and HypocePHALID”. 

As Mr. Guy Marshall, as stated before, is working at the Indian 
RuyncHornora, it is best to follow his proposed arrangement and 
adopt four families only :—PLATYRRHINIDEA (ANTHRIBIDH), BREN- 
THID®, CURCULIONID®A, and Sconytipm (Iprpm). It is doubtful 
whether the NrmMonycutp® (RHINOMACERID®) should not be 
considered as separate ; but in this case the Ruyncwiripm might 
also have a claim to be regarded as distinct. It is, however, 
largely a matter of choice at present. The four families here 
given may be distinguished as follows:— 


I. Antennee rarely clavate and never stronely 
so; rostrum straight, in the same plane 

as the upper surface ..... sess eee Brenthide, p. 192. 
IT. Antennz more or less clavate, usually 

Been Ed so. 

. Maxillary palpi resembling those of the 
other Coleoptera, not rigid ; labrum 
distinct ; legs not fossorial; rostrum 


short, broad, and flat ...... Platyrrhinidze (Anthribide), 
ii, Maxillary palpi short, conical, and [p. 193. 
rigid, 
1. Lees not fossorial; rostrum more or 
less pronounced, but variable .... Curculionide, p. 194. 
2. Legs fossorial ; rostrum practically 
absent or rudimentary ee Scolytidz, p. 197. 


It seems strange that, in spite of their peculiar facies, it is very 
hard to find any definite character on which to separate the 
BRENTHID as a whole from the other Rhynchophora. Lacordaire 
(Gen. Col. vil, p. 399) points out this fact and says that, although 
no rigid formula can be apphed to them, yet the combination of 
characters gives them a right to form as distinct a family as the 


CURCULIONID®. 


Family 94. BRENTHID. 


Form elongate and narrow ; head elongate, as a rule constricted 
behind, eyes rounded and small, labrum wanting; rostrum 
straight, in the same plane as the upper surface, sometimes 
almost as broad as the head; prothorax very elongate; elytra 
entirely covering the pygidium ; legs stout, femora clavate. Larvee 
(as far as known) with short legs. 

From 800 to 1000 species are contained in this family, which 


are, with very few exceptions, confined to tropical countries. 
They are very W idely distributed, but only a few have hitherto 


BRENTHIDZ.—PLATYRRHINIDA. 193 


been described from the Indian region, though they are probably 


well represented. 
Lacordaire divides the group into two subfamilies as follows :— 


1 Antenne: 11-jointed, regular in form .:...........- BrRENTHIN2. 
II. Antennze 9- (rarely 11-) jointed, irregular in form .. ULocERINa. 


Apart from these differences the first section is characterised by 
a large amount of sexual dimorphism, which appears to be very 
shght or absent in the second. In the BrenTuHin” the rostrum 
and mouth-parts are very different in the males and females; in 


Fig. 89.—Prophthalinus potens, male, with head and thorax of female. 


the former sex the rostrum may be broad and more or less 
rudimentary, or, on the other hand, as long as, or longer than, 
the elongate body ; in the first case the mandibles are very strong 
and powerful. ‘The slender rostrum of the female is well adapted 
for its purpose of boring holes in wood in which the eggs are 
deposited singly. 

Although the family as a whole consists of wood-feeders, there 
are one or two genera which appear to be predaceous and to feed 
on various larve, but not much seems to be known on this 


point. 


Family 95. PLATYRRHINID (ANTHRIBID 2). 


Antenne not geniculate, sometimes long ; head prominent, not 
deflexed ; rostrum broad and flat, and often so short as to be 
indistinct ; labrum distinct, quadrate, fringed with hairs; third 
joint of the tarsi variable, bilobed, but often small and much con- 
cealed within the apex of the second joint ; pygidiwm exposed ; 
propygidium deeply grooved in the middle. 

(@) 


194 . INTRODUCTION, 


About 800 to 1000 species are contained in this family, 
which are, for the most part, tropical; in the temperate 
zones they are rare. Several of the species with long antenne 
closely resemble Longicorns of the family Lamip«x. Very 
little is known of their life-history, but they frequent old 
wood, old hedges, and boleti. In 
some species the larve have legs, in 
others. they are wanting, while 
occasionally (e. g. Choragus) they 


tubercles or pseudopods. This being 
the case, it is impossible to divide 
the RiyncnorHora on the characters 
of the larve, as has been suggested. 
The species are often very prettily 
variegated in shades of black, brown, 
grey, and white. 

A. considerable number ot the 
known genera and species occur in 
the Indian fauna; of these the genus 
Tropideres appears to have the widest 
Fig. 90.—Xenocerus anchoralis. range, being found in Europe, North 

and South America, South Africa, 
and also in Ceylon. The members of the Indian genus Arwocerus, 
like the European Choragus, have the power of leaping more or 
less strongly developed. 

The greater part of the species of which the habits are known 
live in dry branches or twigs, or in large seeds of various plants, 
and in these undergo their metamorphoses ; the larvee of Brachy- 
tarsus, however, appear to feed on Coccip& (Scale-insects) ; they 
are almost the only species of RuyNcnopnora which are known 
to be carnivorous in any stage of their existence. 


Family 96. CURCULIONID.E. 


Rostrum variable, but, except very rarely, distinct, and as a rule 
much pronounced; palpr. very small, short, concealed and rigid 
(except in the RuyNcHITIN® and NEMONYCHIN®, in which they are 
more or less Hexible and exserted) ; labrum absent (except in the 
NEMONYCHIN &, in which tt is visible, but minute). Antenne for the 
most part geniculate. 


At present this is a vast and hopeless complex containing some 
20,000 to 30,000 species. As a rule the members of the family 
are easily distinguished by the pronounced rostrum and geniculate 
antenne, but exceptions occur, and very rarely (é.g., in such 
Australian genera as dAmycterus, Psalidura, Acantholophus, etc.) 


are represented by three pairs of: 


-> 


CURCULIONIDA, 195 


the rostrum is so short as to be almost absent. In the vast 
majority of species the palpi are very remarkable for their minute- 
ness and rigidity ; this is due to their position at the apex of the 
rostrum, a point often overlooked by the ordinary student; but 
in Nemonychus and a few other genera they are more or less 
flexible. 

The life-history of many members of the group is well known. 
They are entirely vegetable feeders and the larve are legless 
maggots; occasionally they do enormous damage to crops of 
various kinds, and no part of the plants, from the root to the 
flower, is free from attack. Their habits are very varied ; certain 


Fig. 91.—Protocerius grandis (natur.] size), 


species form galls, others form cocoons resembling galls; a large 
number undergo their transformations in the capsules of various 
plants, while others in the larval state mine the parenchyma of 
the leaves. Species of <Adtelabus and Rhywehites lay their eges 
simply on the leaves, attaching them to their surface by a viscous 
substance, and then roll the leaves over them so as to form a nest 
or shelter. In other cases the female deposits her eggs in the 
freshly set fruits of Pomacee or Amygdalacee, or in fresh shoots 
o2 


196 "INTRODUCTION. 


of deciduous trees; in such cases she partly cuts through the 
stem, so that the fruit or shoot falls at about the time that 
the larva is full grown and ready to undergo its further trans- 
formations, which take place underground. 

A large number of Curculionid larve change to pupe under the 

earth, but this is by no means always the case; the species 
belonging to the very large and universally distributed genus 
Apion, for instance, as far as is known, undergo all their trans- 
formations in the flower- heads, seed- slr pods, leaf-stems or 
stalks in which they were originally hatched. The Cossonrnm 
are wood-feeders, and are of interest in that two-thirds of the 
described species belong to insular faunas; this was especially 
brought out by Mr. Wollaston who described one genus M/ycro- 
eylobius, containing thirteen species, all peculiar to St. Helena, 
and considered them to be the archaic remnants of an ancient 
fauna in that detached island. 

A few genera, e. g., Bagous, Hubrychius, Litodactylus, ete., are 
subaquatic, and the species of the two latter genera swim rapidly 
with their hind legs like a frog or a Dytiscid. 

Although the members of the family, however different, are, 
almost without exception, easily identified as belonging to it, yet 
there is an enormous diversity of form and sculpture. Perhaps 
some of the most extraordinary forms are found among the 
Av?pLABIn-© and their allies, some of which are armed with long 
thorns or spines at the sides. 

Certain genera possess an extraordinarily hard integument which 
is calculated to protect them effectually against enemies ; this is. 
notably the case with the genus Brachycerus. I have made experi- 
ments with dry and hollow specimens of a comparatively small 
species of this or a closely allied genus, and have found that when 
laid upon a board with another board above they would bear 
a weight of more than a quarter of a hundredweight without 
giving or breaking ; on ordinary ground and in a living state they 
would, of course, “bear much more. 

The clothing of the upper surface varies a great deal. The 
surtace is often quite bare, but it is the rule rather than the 
exception for certain parts of the upper and under surface, if not 
all, to be covered with scales of varied shape and proportions ; 
some of these are very brilliant, and render their possessors very 
striking objects; larger or smaller hairs or sete are often 
present. 

We have already alluded to the fact of the jaws being situated 
at the end of the rostrum; asarule their motion is horizontal, 
but in the case of Lalaninus it is vertical. The character is so 
peculiar that it might with reason be held to constitute the 
BALANININE a separate division or subfamily. 

The difficulty of making any satisfactory arrangement of the 
CURCULIONIDZ may be eathered from the fact that Lacordaire 
considers it to consist of no less than eighty-one tribes, most of 
which are divided into groups of varying number. In his 


SCOLYTID_E, , 497 


arrangement (Gen. Col. vi & vii) he begins by adopting two 
leading divisions or ‘legions ” :— 
I, Maxille covered by the mentum except 

occasionally at the base ; sub-mentum 

without peduncle ........ .. CURCULIONID® ADELOGNATHI. 
IT. Maxillee not covered by the mentum ; 

sub-mentum as a rule plainly pedun- 

CUALOP geass cine Ute eubecrioreire CURCULIONIDZ PHANEROGNATHI 


These are again divided and subdivided into “ cohorts,’ 
“¢ nhalanxes,” “ sections,” and “ tribes” in bewildering succession. 
Lacordaire, moreover (J. ¢. vil, p. 1, note), confesses that he cannot 
hide from himself the weakness of one of his chief divisions, 
which apparently bristles with exceptions, so that it is impossible 
to accept it as final, and yet it must be allowed that no one 
has, as yet, really superseded his arrangement. In the present 
state of own knowledge, then, it would seem that the general 
question of the classification of the family must be left in abeyance. 
The discovery of new forms is perpetually altering our ideas of the 
Coleoptera, and in no group will new forms be more constantly 
discovered than in the one under consideration. 


Family 97. SCOLYTIDH (IPID/). 


Head variable in form, with the rostrum short and broad and, in 
many cases, practically absent ; mandibles stout, curved, more or less 
denticulate on their inner side; prothorax variable, but usually large 
and as broad as the elytra; anterior cove usually contiguous ; legs 
compressed, anterior tibie almost always denticulate or crenulate on 
their outer side ; tarse variable, last joint long. 


The members of this family are for the most part small and 
cylindrical insects, which are eminently adapted by their shape 
for their wood- and bark- boring habits; in very rare cases, as in 
the curious male of X: yleborus. dispar, the form is more or less 
globose. A very few of the species are known to feed in the 
stems of plants or in dried fruits; those belonging to the genus 
Thamnurgus, Eich., for instance, live in the stems of Euphorbia, 
Delphinium, and other plants. As a rule they burrow between 
the wood and the bark, but some species bore into the solid 
wood (Z'rypodendron, ete. ), and the family as a whole is very 
injurious. The insects have been defended on the ground that 
they only attack decaying and doomed trees, but the truth appears 
to be that sound trees are first penetrated by the perfect insects 
and thus become weak and sickly, and the larve of these and 
other species of wood-feeding beetles complete their destruction 


(v. Brit. Col. v, p. 400). 


198 INTRODUCTION, 


The larve of the ScoLtyTip#& very closely resemble those of the 
ordinary RuyncnuorHora; the head, perhaps, is a little longer 
and stronger, and the mandibles, as might be expected, somew hat 
jonger and more developed ; the larva of Platypus is somewhat. 
digeront from the ordinary Scolytid larvee, being more elongate 
and cylindrical and terminating in a short spine. 

About 1500 species are known as belonging to the family. 
Most of the principal genera are represented in India and Ceylon, 
and, in view of the ravages they commit on forest-trees, a know- 
ledge of the habits of these insects and of the means of reducing or 
exterminating them is of the utmost importance for all who are 
connected with the Department of Woods and Forests in India 
and Burma. 

It may, perhaps, be of advantage in this connection to quote 
the general description of the life-history of the Scotyrip#, which 
was kindly communicated to me by Mr. W. F. Blandford for my 
work on the British Coleoptera (v, p. 401) :-— 

‘In the fact that the female enters the trunk or plant to lay 
her eggs the ScoLyrip# differ from all other RuyycnopHora by 
which the eggs are deposited from the outside. 

“The process of establishing a brood begins in every case by 

the formation of a vertical entrance-hole through the bark, which, 
in the wood-boring forms, is continued deeply into the tree, but 
which, in the bark-feeding species, only reaches at most the 
surface of the wood. 

«To begin with the latter:— The entrance-hole is usually gnawed 
by the mother; but some species are polygamous, and in these the 
male performs the operation. He then hollows out a small 
irregular cavity—the brood-chamber; there certain females betake 
themselves, and, after impregnation, commence the ‘ mother-gal- 
leries’ at the junction of wood and bast. In the monogamous 
species the female is fertilized in the entrance-passage or just 
outside it. From the termination of the entrance-hole the ‘ mother 
galleries > run—sometimes two in number; in the polygamous 
species they form a star-shaped system radiating from the brood- 
chamber. The eggs are laid alternately on the right and left of 
the galleries in small excavations from which the larval galleries 
start. Occasionally they are laid in a clump, and the larvee feed 
in an irregularly advancing column without forming distinct 
galleries. The dead body of the mother is usually to be found 
at the end of her gallery, and it may thus often serve as a clue to 
a species which is met with in the larval state. 

“The larval galleries usually commence at right angles to the 
‘ mother-galleries "—at least at their middle; but they often change 
their direction irregularly, the different shapes of the borings 
being characteristic of the species. Their length is variable, and 
depends on the extent to which they are channelled in the wood. 
In some species the galleries, which score the wood deeply, are 
only about one inch in length, while in others they are often four 
or five inches long and sometimes very irregular; they end in an 


SCOLYTID®. 199 


oval pupal chamber, from which the imago escapes by gnawing 
a flight-hole. Besides these holes others are made at intervals 
along the ‘ mcther-galleries ’ for ventilation. 

‘“‘In the solid-wood-borers the females alone make the entrance- 
holes, which lead sometimes to tangential galleries from which the 
larval galleries start, as in 7-ypodendion ; or they form a series of 
repeatedly bifurcating passages, as in Xyleborus, in which larve, 
pupe, and immature beetles occur together. In the second case 
there are no larval galleries, and the larve appear to feed on 
sappy exudations or on the mycelium of a fungus growing on the 
walls. In the solid-wood-boring forms pupal chambers and flight- 
holes are not found, the smagos emerging by the entrance-tunnel. 
In certain genera, as Xyleborus, the males are apterous, and do 
not quit the tree in which they are bred: here they fertilize the 
females immediately after metamorphosis.” 

The PLATYPIN® are sometimes regarded as a distinct family. 
As Dr. Sharp has shown (J. ¢. p. 295), they are the most aberrant 
of all RuyncnopHora, the head being remarkably short and flat 
in front, with the mouth placed on the under surface of the head ; 
there is no trace of a rostrum; the tarsi are very slender and 
elongate, with the third joint not lobed and the true fourth joint 
visible. The life-history of Platypus cylindrus has been fully 
worked out by Dr. Algernon Chapman (Ent. Monthly Magazine, 
vil, pp. 103-132). The genus Platypus is for the most part 
exotic, and is represented by several species in the Indian region, 
particularly in Ceylon. Retaining the PLarypry& as a subfamily 
only, the Sconyr1p#® may thus be divided :-— 


I. First tarsal joint much shorter than the remaining 

joints united ; sides of prothorax not emarginate for 

the reception of the legs; head never broader than 

rITROUG OVO <n, AR Fae. tee teen meer ear eye arr ae SCOLYTIN”E. 
Il. First tarsal joint almost as long as the remaining 

joints united ; sides of prothorax emarginate for the 

reception of the legs; head broader than prothorax. PLatTyPINz. 


The two following families, the AGLYCYDERIDEZ and Prote- 
RHINID#, are of uncertain position. They are both placed doubtfully 
by Ganglbauer under the RuyncHopHora, whereas Kolbe assigns 
the former a position between the MycrropHaGip® and CatoPro- 
cCHoTIDs# on the one hand and the ADIMERID®and CoLyDIID# on the 
other,and places the latter without question under RHYNCHOPHORA. 
As a matter of fact Aglycyderes cannot be forced into any group, 
and the 3-jointed tarsi appear to preclude it from being regarded 
as a Curculionid. The same applies to Proterhinus, but in this case 
the female has a distinct rostrum and presents a decidedly Rhyn- 
chophorous appearance. It is, however, best to consider both as 
abnormal, in the present state of our knowledge. Neither of them 
is represented in the Indian fauna. 


200 INTRODUCTION. 


[Family 98. AGLYCYDERID.*%. | 


Head short and very broad, triangular, considerably broader than 
the apex of the prothorax, without trace of a rostrum ; antenne long, 
eleven-jonted, submoniliform ; prothorac almost circular ; leqs 
rather short and stout, tarsi three-jointed. 


This family contains one genus, Aglycyderes, comprising two or 
three species from the Canary Islands, New Zealand, and New 
Caledonia; one of these is believed to live in stems of Euphorbia. 
Westwood (Thesaurus Entomologicus, p. 106) considers the 
tarsi to be 4-jointed, whereas Sharp thinks it by no means clear 
that the very minute knot which Westwood regarded as the third 
jeint is more than the articulation of the elongate terminal joint. 
The insect was referred by Westwood to the ANTHRIBIDA, and it 
eertainly bears a superficial resemblance to species belonging to 
the Anthribid genus Zygwnodes ; the likeness, however, is evidently 
only superficial, and is chiefly confined to the very peculiarly 
shaped head. Wollaston (Cat. Coleop. Ins. Canaries, p. 384), 
after discussing the doubtful affinities of the insect, concludes by 
saymeg that upon the whole it seems to combine the two opposite 
extremes of the RuyncHoPyona (as represented by the ScoLyrTip x 
and ANTHRIBID®) with certain setose genera of the CoLypIIpz 
(such as Sarrotrium and Diodesma), in which the body is hispid 
and the tarsi 4-jointed. In any case the genus is abnormal, but 
it appears to be more nearly allied to the RuyncnopHora than to 
any other group. 


[Family 99. PROTERHINID%.] 


Klongate oval, roughly sculptured insects, with the head sub- 
triangular, scarcely produced in the male, but with a distanct short 
rostrum um the female; eyes very prominent ; antennee long and 
slender ; pronotum with the sides more or less rounded ; legs stout, 
especially in the female ; tarsi three-jointed, the second joint lobed ; 
manille and ligula entirely covered by the mentuin. 


This is one of the strange families described by Dr. Sharp from 
Hawaii. It consists of the single genus Proterhinus, which is_ 
confined to the Hawaiian Islands ; the species and individuals are 
numerous, and live on dead wood in the native forests. The 
family certainly seems to have considerable affinities with the 
ReyNcHOPHORA, but cannot be included under them at present. 
According to Sharp, a very minute true third joint is to be found 
at the base of the lobes of the second joint of the tarsi. 


LAMELLICORNIA. 201 


Sub-Order III. LAMELLICORNIA. 


The LAMELLICORNIA are chiefly known by the highly differ- 
entiated club of the antenne, from which they take their name, 
this being entirely different from what is found in any other 
eroup. The joints are lamellate and unilaterally extended at the 
apex; they are articulated together, and the apposed faces of the 
lamelle or leaves, which are freely exposed to the air, when 
the beetles are in motion, are provided with minute sensory pits 
or hairs or both. Certain senses, therefore, are highly developed 
in the LaMELLICORNIA: whether these are smell and hearing, or 
something of which we know nothing, is quite uncertain (see 
p- 27). In the Lucanipz the lamelle are immovable and the 
club is more or less pectinate ; in the MrELoLontTHIN.& they can be 
applied together in close contact, or opened like the leaves of 
a book, while in some Coprin# they are received into the first 
joint, which is hollow. The other most notable characters of the 
group are the enormous development of the mandibles in the male 
Lucanip® and the horns and excrescences in the DyNnastTin®, 
and, to a lesser extent, in one or two other sections, and the 
structure and characteristics of the Jarve. The concentration of 
the ganglia or nerve-centres is also remarkable in the group, 
although it is by no means uniform. The whole of these char- 
acters, taken together, in conjunction with the habits of various 
species, both in the larval and the perfect state, appear to be 
quite sufficient to mark off the LAMELLICORNIA as a separate series, 
and they are here regarded as forming a distinct complex, having 
an equivalent value with the ApEPHAGA and the PoLycrrata, or 
PotyMorPHA of Sharp, who adopts the same arrangement. 

Ganglbauer includes the LamErniicornia under the general 
term of “ScaraBzEID®” as a “ Familienreihe” of his sub-order 
PonyPHaGa, and he enly recognizes two sub-orders altogether. 

Kolbe assigns all the families of the LaMELLIcorNIA to his 
division HrrEropnaca, but he places the Passanrpa in a different 
eroup from the rest, near T'’Rocostrrp#, and he also adds the 
SYNTELIID, 

Lameere, who adopts three series—CaARA BIFORMIA, STAPHYLINI- 
FORMIA, and CANTHARIDIFORMIA—places the JLAMBELIICORNIA 
under the last of these, which includes all the remainder of 
Ganglbauer’s PonypHaGa. 

Lacordaire forms the group into two distinct families —‘* Pecti- 
nicornes,” containing the Lucanip® and PassaLip®, and 
‘* Lamelliccrnes,” containing the remainder of the group. 

We have above mentioned the chief characteristics of the 
group; the following, however, may be recapitulated :— Gular 
suture distinct; side sutures of the thorax distinct; testes 
roundish and stalked; four Malpighian tubes present; body 
usually more or less convex and often strongly rounded; legs, in 
some cases, very peculiar, the front pair being, for the most part, 


202 _ INTRODUCTION, 


fossorial ; tarsi 5-jointed, very rarely 4-jointed ; in certain genera 
of SCARABID# the anterior tarsi are wanting, either in both sexes 
or in the male only. The structure of the wing-venation is 
variable in the group, wings being found with the venation of 
Type II and Type III (pp. 40-42); the Cantharidiform venation, 
however, appears to prevail. 

We have before referred to the concentration of the nervous 
system and its variability, which is very remarkable. A full 
account has been given by Blanchard (Ann. Sc. nat. 3 sér., Zool. 
y, 1846), and Brandt (Hore Soc. Ent. Ross. tome xiv, 1878, 
xv-xvil) has deal with the subject in detail. Ganglbauer (Miinch. 
Kol. Zeits. i, 1903, p. 312), quoting from these, says that as 
regards the nervous system the Lucanip# are the most primitive, 
asin these the abdominal chain consists of six or seven separate 
gangha. In the PassaLip#, according to Blanchard, the abdominal 
ganglia, as in most of the SCARABAIDH, are connate, but present 
a longer complex than is found in the latter; in the GLAPHYRIN” 
(among the SCARABZID®) six abdominal ganglia can be traced, 
but they are approximate; in the rest of the ScaRraBxXIDA, 
according to Brandt, all the abdominal ganglia are united into one 
complex with the metathoracic ganglion. In the GrorruPina” 
the mesothoracic and metathoracic ganglia approach one another 
very closely; in the Cevontina, Rurerin”®, and MutoLtonrHin” 
these ganglia are united; in the Rureniy the prothoracic ganglion 
comes very near to the mesothoracic ganglion, and in the MEto- 
LONTHIN® all the ganglia of the thorax and abdomen (including 
the prothoracic) are narrowed to a simple complex; the highest 
point is reached in Rhizotrogus and Lachnosterna, in which the 
infra-cesophageal ganglion is brought into the same complex. 

The larve of the group are discussed, and several of them 
beautifully figured, by Schiodte (Naturhist. Tidsskrift (3) ix, 1874, 
pp. 227-276, pls. vu—xix). They are broad, fleshy, whitish or 
dirty white grubs, and are for the most part wider towards the 
apex of the abdomen. ‘The head is chitinous and rounded, 
generally without ocelli; the antennz are inserted at the sides of 
the head on a projection which looks like a first joint; the joints 
vary in number trom two to four; the thoracic and abdominal 
segments do not materially differ. The stigmata are conspicuous, 
and there are nine pairs in all, the first situated at the sides of 
the prothorax and the other eight in the first eight abdominal 
segments, in a line; the legs are comparatively long, with the tarsi 
very small or only represented by a small claw ; in the PassaLipm& 
the posterior pair is rudimentary; there are no cerci or anal 
appendages. In spite of the length of the legs, the larve have 
but little power of progression, as the apex of the body is curved. 
The larve of the PassaLipa&, however, unlike those of the other 
known LAMELLICORNIA, are active, with a straight body, and the 
four ambulatorial legs are long, so that they can walk fairly 
quickly. A few (CELONIIN®) can crawl upon their backs. They 


LAMELLICORNIAe 203: 


feed on vegetable substances, dung, and, in some cases, on other 
animal matter ; those that live in wood or at the roots of plants 
sometimes take three years or more to come to maturity, but 
many of the coprophagous species take longer than these phyto- 
phagous species, although, as a rule, the former take a shorter 
time and, in many instances, 20 through their metamorphoses in 
a very brief period (v. Chapuis et Candéze, Cat. des Larves des 
Coléoptéres, pp. 112-115). 

As the LAMELLICORNIA are one of the most important of the 
Indian groups of Coleoptera, it may be of service to quote the 
table of larve given by Erichson, and followed by Chapuis and 
Candéze and other authorities. It must, however, be borne*in 
mind that it is based on the study of only a small number of 
types, very few, if any, of these being Indian :— 


I. Lobes of maxillee connate (PLEUROSTICT!). 
i. Mandibles obtusely dentate at apex and fur- 
nished with transverse striz on their posterior 
surface. 
1, Ninth segment of abdomen divided in the 
middle by a transverse furrow, which 
makes the segment appear as if divided 
MUON VOM Esch cer tage rau Nes Jectes eh cva ars: « DYNASTINZE. 
2. Ninth abdominal segment simple ........ CETONIIN SE. 
11. Mandibles furnished with a small tuft at apex, 
posterior surface not furrowed ; ninth abdo- 
minal segment as in the DyNASTINE....., MELOLONTHIN”E. 
II. Lobes of maxillee separate (LAPAROSLICTI). 


The Laparosticti may be further divided as below; the joints 
of the antenne are reckoned apart from the basal support, which 
has apparently been counted in the number by some authors. 
We have not here quite followed Chapuis and Candeéze, as their 
views seem in one or two points to be at variance with those of 
Schiodte, whose work is most accurate. 


i, Segments divided into transverse folds. 
1. Antenne composed of four joints. 


A. Mandibles distinctly tridentate ........ CopRIN&. 
B. Mandibles obtusely and sometimes ob- 
Seurely identate.\. ./. J. ee eee. oc APHODIINE. 


2. Antenne composed of three joints. 
A. Mandibles with four teeth on each, the 
last being the largest, bifid at apex .... GEOTRUPINE. 
B. Mandibles with two or three teeth on 
SCID Se Sea ie Pee MOG SE daa .. TROGINA. 
i. Segments single, w without transverse folds. 
a Antenne composed of two joints; posterior 


Wecemvenyosmalle. 21, 20)... . hee de tae PASSALID A. 
2, Antenne composed of three joints ; all the 
lessistronaly, developed % yrs es... .. LuUcCANID. 


The larve are especially remarkable for their stridulatcry 
powers ; the organs for producing the sound appear to be situated 
in some cases on the mandibles and in others partly on the coxe and 


204 » INTRODUCTION, 


trochanters. Not much has been added to our knowledge of the 
stridulatory organs of the larve since the work of Schiddte was 
published, but numerous further observations with regard to the 
stridulatory organs of the perfect insects have been made by 
Mr. C. J. Gaban (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1900, pp. 433-452, 
pl. vii) and Mr. G. J. Arrow (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1904, 
pp- 709-750, pl. xxxvi). Myr. Gahan’s is a general paper, but he 
describes several species of LAMELLICORNIA as possessing vocal 
organs in the perfect state. Mr. Arrow’s important paper is 
entirely devoted to the Laweniicornta, and is full of interesting 
details, but we have no space here to go tully into the question. 
We quite agree with him when he says that * the special import- 
ance of stridulation in the Lameilicorns is probably in part due to 
a mental development higher than that of most other beetles, and 
evidenced, not only by the concentration which here occurs in 
the nervous system, but in certain cases by a degree of social 
organization which was, until quite recently, hardly suspected, 
although the elaborate instincts of certain members of the group 
attracted attention in very early times, and procured from the 
ancient Egyptians peculiar honours for the sacred Scarabeus and 
other beetles of the same family.” 

Apart from mere structure, it 1s the possession of these instincts, 
and the greater development of the nervous organization, as evi- 
denced by the stridulatory powers of the larvee, that induce us to 
regard the Lamellicorns as in the first place a perfectly separate 
series or sub-order, and in the second place as holding the highest 
position in the order of the Coleoptera. Jt should, however, be 
noticed that the stridulatory powers are by no means so general 
in the pertect insects as in the larve, although occasionally the 
imago has strong vocal powers (as in TZvrowv) which are quite 
wanting in the earlier stage. 

We really know very little of the phylogenetic history and the 
interrelation of the group, and authors are greatly at variance 
with regard to it. Thus Lameere (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, xliv, 
1900, p. 371) says that, as the Lucanip# possess five visible 
ventral segments, they cannot be the ancestors of the SCARABAIDA, 
which possess six; Ganglbauer (Miinch. Koleopt. Zeitsch. i, 3, 
1903, p. 312) points out that Lameere is here assigning too high 
a phylogenetic value to the number of the abdominal segments ; 
these, he says, are five in number, if the elytra entirely cover the 
abdomen, whereas they are more than five if the apex of the 
abdomen is uncovered, and he regards the unshortened elytra as 
characteristic of the primary type. 

Again Ganglbauer believes that the extraordinary development 
the thoracic horns, so conspicuous in many of the males of the 

large series, is derived from forms that did not possess the sexual 
dimorphism; whereas Lameere is of opinion that the reverse is 
the case, and that therefore the DyNastrin® are the primitive 
Pleurostict forms. The latter author regards the modifications of 
sexual dimorphism as the key-note (Leitmotit) of the evolution 
of the Lamellicorns; whereas Ganglbauer would find it in the 


PASSALUDA, 205 


position and surroundings of the abdominal stigmata. Both, 
however, agree that the LUCANIDA and SCARABAID!® are descended 
from one stock, but Ganglbauer believes that the latter are much 
higher in the scale than the former. 

Between 14,000 and 15,000 species of LameEnmicornia have 
been named and described; of these the PassaLipa® comprise 
some 400 or 500 species, the Lucantpm 500 or 600, while the 
SCARABEIDZ contain the remainder. About 1300 in all are found 
in the Indian region. The smallest subfamily of the ScaraBarw” 
in point of numbers is the DyNastinz: these number only LOOU 
species, of which only 46 occur in India. The MrLonontHtrn 2 
number about 4000, the Rurmimy® 1500 to 2000, and the 
CrTtontInzZ about 1600; the Laparostict LAMELLICORNIA as a 
whole contain about 5000 species. 

The three families Passanip®, Lucanipa#, and ScaRraB@ID™® 
are distinguished as follows by Arrow (Iauna of British India, 
Lamellicornia, part i, p. 22):— 


I. Antenne not elbowed, the joints of the club not [p. 208. 
very thin, brought together by rolling up...... Passalide, 

If. Antennz elbowed, not capable of rolling up, the [p. 207. 
joints of the club not very thin nor coadapted .. Lucanide, 

Itt. Antenne not elbowed nor capable of being rolled 
up, the joints of the club very thin and closely Ep. 202% 
(OUEAIEY UG Sa LI CoA ates er ae Sor Ate EA mR Ot Sere Scarabeide, 


Family 100. PASSALIDE. 


Form flat (very rarely cylindrical) ; antenne pectinate, but not 
elbowed or geniculate ; labrum not connate with the elypeus, mobile ; 
mentum emarginate, the emargination being filled with the ligula ; 
mandibles the same ir both sexes, not strongly developed ; intermediate 
cove almost globular ; elytra entirely covering the abdomen. 


So far as the imagines are concerned, this is an exceedingly 
uninteresting family, consisting of some five 
hundred species of singularly uniform appear- 
ance, being large, more or less shiny, depressed, 
elongate-oblong insects, with the elytra marked 
with (as a rule ten) strong longitudinal sulci 
or furrows; a few species are more or less 
eylindrical. ‘The family is not represented in 
Hurope, and one species only, Passalus cor- 
nutus, F., is found in America north of 
Mexico; it is, however, not uncommon in 
the tropical regions of both the Old and the 
New Worlds. The genera are well repre- 

Fig. 92. sented in the Indian region, although com- 
Passalus darjeelingi paratively few species appear to have been 

(natural size), recorded. 


206 INTRODUCTION, 


The larvee of the Passarip# appear to be very remarkable 
both as regards their structure and their life-history. They 
are more slender than the larve of the Lucanip«, and have the 
surface of the segments smoother, the head also being much 
smaller. The chief peculiarity, however, lies in the legs. The 
first and second pairs are comparatively long, but the posterior 
pair is rudimentary, consisting of a very short coxa and a tro- 
chanter about six times as long as this. The Jatter is modified 
as a plectrum, which is arranged so as to strike or scratch a 
stridulating area on the coxe of the second pair of legs; occa- 
sionally it is furnished with claws or digits, but more often it is 
simple. 

‘Lhese Jarvee differ also from those of the Lucanip# in the forma- 
tion of the anal opening, which is transverse, with the upper lips 
longitudinally split: in this they approach certain of the Scara- 
BEIDE, As a matter of fact the PassaLmp#, as pointed out by 
Dr. Sharp, are more closely allied to the ScARABAID# than to the 
LucaNnIp#; their nearest allies appear to be the TroGin and 
GEOTRUPINE, which are probably the most ancient cf the 
UAMELUICORNIA. 

The PassaLip® appear to have reached a higher pitch of family 
organization than is found elsewhere among the Coleoptera. The 
following account of the observations of Dr. Ohaus, quoted from 
Mr. Arrow’s paper before referred to (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 
1904, p. 734) will serve to prove this :— 

“« Having had considerable success in rearing the larvee of the 
LAMELLICORNIA, Dr. Ohaus tried to rear those of PAssaLIp# in 
the same way, many species being very common in the neighbour- 
hood of Petropolis; but to his surprise they invariably died in a 
few davs. Determined to discover the reason of his failure, he 
devoted himself for a time to the investigation of their natural 
conditions of life, and soon observed that when a rotting trunk 
contained tunnels inhabited by the larve,a pair of adult beetles 
was invariably to be found at the end of each tunnel, each pair 
accompanied by from two to seven young ones. ‘Transferring the 
entire family to his breeding-cage, he found that they then fared 
perfectly well. If individuals from different places were put 
together they refused to settle down, and soon died or killed each 
other, but by keeping each family by itself he had no difficulty in 
following out their history. The adults were usually occupied in 
disintegrating the wood at the far end of the burrow and chewing 
it into a soft condition ready for the larvee, the condition of whose 
jaws seems to render them incapable of procuring their own food. 
Even when kept apart from their parents and the material pre- 
pared by the latter supplied to them, they did not prosper, and 
Dr. Ohaus considers it probable that a digestive secretion is mixed 
with it before it is given to them. The beetles devote constant 
attention to their offspring from the time they leave the egg until 
full maturity is reached, for even after the young beetle has 
assumed ‘ts final shane the jaws are for some time too soft for it 


a ae 


PASSALID-E,—LUCANID.E, 207 
to feed without parental assistance. Both ftarval and adult 
PassaLip&# stridulate loudly and constantly, and in these organized 
communities it seems to be undeniable that the vocal powers 
serve the purpose of intercommunication. Dr. Ohaus records an 
interesting episode which may be quoted as a proof of this. 

‘ Breaking up a log in search of larve of another group he 
disturbed a community of PassaLip consisting of the parents 
and six larve. Not wishing to keep them, he put them on the 
eround and went on with his search. Having finished this he 
was preparing to leave when another log near by attracted his 
attention, and he turned it over. Beneath it were the two beetles 
and four of their brood, while the other two were making for the 
same shelter as fast as intervening obstacles would allow. ‘The 
chirping of the whole party had all the time been audible, and my 
friend is convinced that tbe larvee were guided by this means into 
safety, exactly as chickens are by the clucking of their mother. 
As they are without trace of eyes, it is difficult to resist this 
conclusion.” 

Dr. Ohaus speaks above of the parent beetles triturating the 
wood for their offspring; the mandibles with which they do this 
are strong, and are provided with a molar tooth at the base and 
another movable tooth just above this. The action of this tooth 
has been observed by Zimmermann and others; it is placed close 
to the stationary tooth, which forms its fulcrum, and this arrange- 
ment helps the insect in the division of the wood into minute 
fragments. The muscles of the movable tooth appear to be 
situated in the substance of the mandibles (v. Lacordaire, Gen. 
Coléopt. i, pp. 44, 45). 

In the Passarip.£ the males and females are identical externally, 
differing entirely in this respect from the Lucanip». 


Family 101. LUCANID. 


Convex or moderately convex, but not cylindrical, insects ; antenne 
with a pectinate club, the jourts of which cannot be applied to one 
another, elbowed or geniculate ; labrum nearly always connate with 
the clypeus ; mentum entire ; mandibles very strongly developed in 
the males; mazille with two lobes; anterior coxal cavities closed 
behind ; intermediate coace transverse ; mesosternum short, imeta- 
sternum large; elytra not longitudinally sulcate, entirely coveriny 
abdomen ; tarsi five-jointed, the last joint elongate. 


The Lucanip#, or Stag-Beetles, are among the best known of 
the Coleoptera by reason of the great development of the mandibles 
in the males, these being usually regarded as horns by the ordinary 
observer. In some of the exotic species these organs are nearly 


208 INTRODUCTION, 


as long as the rest of the body; they are not, however, very 
powertul, and their use is not quite apparent; the female of the 
common British Stag-Beetle (Lucanus cervus, L.) for instance can, 
with two very short pincer-like nippers, give a much more severe 
bite than the male with his enormous mandibles, and we cannot 
discover any definite purpose, offensive, defensive, or economic, 
for the development of the latter. 


Fig. 93.—Hemisodorcus nepalensis (natural size). 


The larve are large fleshy maggots, and the segments are not 
raised in three folds as is the case with the majority of the 
SCARABEZIDE; the antenne are short and the legs moderate. 
They feed in wood and apparently take some years to come to 
maturity. 

About 600 species have been described ; a considerable number 
are found in the Indo-Malayan region, and the Indian region is 
fairly rich both in genera and species, nearly half the species of 
Lucanus being found there. 


SINODENDRID#.—SCARAB EIDE, 209 


[Family 102. SINODENDRID. | 


Small, or comparatively small, completely cylindrical insects ; 
antenne rather short and stout, with a pectinate club, not elbowed or 
yeniculate ; mandibles short in both sexes and concealed by the head 
(if viewed from above) ; ligula not concealed by the mentum ; mule 
with along horn on the front ; anterior part of thorax suddenly cut 
off at an angle of about 80°; prosternum very narrow ; legs short 
and robust, the femora not or hardly visible beyond the elytra ; elytra 
completely covering the abdomen ; all the coxce contiguous. 


Although only a few species (confined to Europe and North 
America) are known as belonging to this family, yet they are so 
very different from the Lucanrp# that they can hardly be retained 
under them. Dr. Sharp (Cambridge Natural History, vi, p. 194), 
after alluding to the CerarogNnarHin# of Australia and New 
Zealand as a remarkable and aberrant group, having the structure 
of the antenne like that of the ScaraB#ID# rather than of the 
Lucanip#, proceeds to speak of the SINODENDRID# as the most 
aberrant group of all. The cylindrical form, the curious formatio). 
of the front of the prothorax, and the sexual characters, whicn 
are rather those of the Dynasrinm, together with the Lucanid 
pectinate antenne, seem to be quite sufficient to separate them. 
The larve, moreover, are different, being more slender and 
gradually narrowed behind. They are found in all stages in 
rotten stumps, etc. 


Family 103. SCARABAIDA, 


More or less convew insects, varying enormously in size, and chiefly 
distinguished by having the lamelle of the antennee movable and 
capable of beng brought close together or separated ; antennee seven- 
to eleven-jointed (usually ten-jointed), club three- to seven-jointed 
(usually three-jointed ), variable in form, first joint elongate ; anterior 
cowal cavities large, transverse, closed behind, pygidium usually 
exposed ; abdomen, as a rule, wrth six, or (at the sides) seven visible 
ventral seyments ; legs fossorial, but variable ; tarsi five-jointed, the 
anterior pair sometimes absent. 


The arrangement of the ScarRaBmIpm# has been much disputed. 
Erichson (1847) divided the whole of the Lamuruiicoryta into 
two sections, which depend upon the situation of the abdominal 
spiracles—the “ Scarabeeides Laparosticti” and the ‘“ Scarabeides 
Pleurosticti” ; under the latter he inciudes the LucANID«a and 
PassaLip&. Lacordaire (1856) adopted these two divisions for 
the ScaRABmID#, but placed the Lucanipm and Passanipa” 
in a separate group, Prcrinicornia. Ganglbauer (1903) has. 

P 


210 INTRODUCTION. 


apparently gone back to Erichson’s system and regards the 
LAMELLICORNIA and SCARABEZIDZ as synonymous. Leconte and 
Horn (Classif. Col. North America, 1883, p. 248), observing that 
the MELOLONTHID and their allies were intermediate between 
the Laparosticti and the Pleurosticti, added a third division 
MELOLONTHIDE. 

Both Erichson’s and Leconte and Horn’s divisions are un- 
satisfactory, for, as Arrow has pointed out (Trans. Ent. Soe. 
Lond. 1909, p. 480), the division of the ScaraBaip# into 
Laprarosrictr and Prevrosricri according to the situation of the 
spiracles does not correspond with any sharp natural line of cleav- 
age, as there are not only two but several types which pass one into 
the other, and the point of division must necessarily be arbitrary. 
Recently, too, Dr. Ohaus (Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1909, p. 427) 
has pointed out that <Aclopus brunneus is Laparostict in the male 
and Pleurostict in the female. At the same time Arrow allows 
that the distinction is useful, and gives the following table for the 
Laparostict ScaraB@Hip#, that is to say, those subfamilies in 
which the posterior spiracles are situated in the membrane between 
the dorsal and ventral plates of the segment :— 


I. Antennal club of more than three joints. 
i, Antenne eleven-jointed ............:.-. PLEOCOMIN”. 
ul, Antenne ‘eieht-joimted . ..c0..57 ae. ha PACHYPODIN®. 
II. Antennal club composed of three joints. 
i. Labrum and mandibles horizontally extended, 


flattened. 
1. Eyes divided in front. 
A. Labrum as long as mandibles ........ ACLOPINA. 
3. Labrum shorter than mandibles. 
a, Antenne eleven-jointed .......... GEOTRUPINZE. 


6. Antenne ten-jointed. 
a*, Antennal club telescopic, joints 
CupH Shaped sissies eee tas .. HYBoSsORIN». 
b*, Antennal club simple, lamellate. 
at. Stridulating plate in hind coxal 


CAVE: tc dine sateen etae a ee ee TAUROCERASTIN®E. 
b+. Stridulating plate on hind coxa. ORPHNIN”®. 
b, Antenne nine-jointed ............ CHIRONINA. 
2 AINE JOMbINEG. «.2.-c5 Andaman te ey tele OCHODIN#. 
ii. Labrum and mandibles not horizontally 
extended. 
1. Antenne ten-jointed. 
A elbrum) very smalls (y.. ascent IDIOSTOMIN®. 
po aabrumn lareet «2c ae een: TROGINA. 


2, Antenne eight- or nine-jointed ; labrum 
reduced and concealed. 
A. Hind tibia two-spined ; mid-coxz con- 


CHOU OUSE: S.0s:0 ee eee eee ne APHODIIN. 
B. Hind tibia one-spined; mid -coxee 
BEMAT Ate. .<.).4.1 1 cece ene wt. J@OPRENZa 


All the above subfamilies, with the exception of the P1Lxo- 


COMIN, PACHYPODIN-E, ACLOPIN-E, TAUROCERASTIN®E, and IpIo- 


SCARABEIDA. AAV Al 


STOMIN®, occur in the Indian region. Some of them are very 
small; the Ipiostromin%, for instance, contain only one genus, 
and the ACLOPIN® two genera. Taken as a whole they correspond 
to the Coprry™® of Sharp and other authors, and comprise a large 
number of species which vary very largely in size, from the small 
species of Aphodius, Trow, Aqialia, etc., to the large Heliocopres 
and Scarabeus. They live chiefly on dung or in and under dead 
animals ; the majority prefer animal matter in a moist state, while 
others, such as 7rox, are found among bones, skins, etc. In some 
of the species which bury masses of dung for the food of their 


Fig. 94.—Heliocopris bucephalus (natural size). 


larvee, the mother survives and sees the growth of her young to 
the perfect state, and then produces another generation (v. Sharp, 
l.c. p. 197). This is another proof of the high position attained 
by the LamEnrnicornia. The group as a whole is largely repre- 
sented in India. Between the aparostict and Pleurostict 
SCARABEIDE come the MELOLONTHIN.©, GLAPHYRIN®, and ONCER- 
in; these differ very much inter s¢ ,and Leconte and Horn found 
it necessary to place the first tribe under the heading of Pleurostict 
Metononruin &, and the last two under the heading of Laparostict 
MenonontHin®. We need not here discuss the question, as 
1 


™@ — & = 
™ We 


1 


212 INTRODUCTION, 

neither the GLAPHYRIN# nor the ONcuRIN# occur in India; it is, 
however, worthy of notice that the GuAPHYRIN4«, contrary to all 
rule, have a spiracle on the pygidium, a character which isolates 
them from all the other groups. 

Several of the European genera of the MELoLonTHINa (e. g. 
Hoplia, Serica, Melolontha, and Rhizotrogus), as well as others, are 
represented in the Indian region. 

As a rule the sexual differences in the MELoLONTHIN® are not 
very striking; the lamelle of the club, however, are in some 
instances more developed in the males than in the females, and in 
certain genera the legs are enormously developed in the male. 
Mr. Arrow, in the table given in his recent work (l. ¢. p. 22), 
includes the MrLotontHin&£ under the PLeurosticri as follows :— 


Posterior spiracles situated in the dorsal part of the 
chitinous ventral segments. ...: «2. 7e.+ a ok PLEUROSTICTI. 
i, Labrum membranous, not exposed. | 
1. Mandibles not visible externally ; front coxe 


VOM ULC cere eae Niet etees nee oa ecco ee ee CETONIIN®. 
2, Mandibles partly visible externally; front 
Come EraNSVeISC Aancececs ss eetee wae DYNASTINZA. 


ii. Labrum chitinous and visible externally. 
Posterior spiracles placed in strongly diverging 
lines; claws movable, unequal ........ RUTELIN®!. 
Posterior spiracles placed in scarcely diverging 
lines ; claws generally fixed and equal .. MELOLONTHINAE. 


The RuvEeLIn® vary very much in size and appearance; the 
large forms are almost entirely tropical, and are, in many cases, 
amongst the most conspicuous and beautiful of the Coleoptera ; 
the smaller forms (Adoretus, Phyllopertha, etc.) are not very 
noticeable. They are to a great extent distinguished from the 
allied subfamilies by having the tarsal claws unequal. This, 
however, is a somewhat variable character ; in some of the species 
it is well marked, but in others the difference is not very striking. 

The stridulating organs of the group are very interesting, but 
at present no Indian Rurrnin# are known to possess any. 
Lacordaire and others have commented on the remarkable geo- 
graphical distribution of the subfamily. All the very conspicuous 
species appear to occur in America and Australia; the Anomala 
group is widely, but unevenly distributed, while Adoretus and its 
allies are peculiar to Africa, Madagascar and Asia. About a 
dozen Indian genera have been recorded. The species of Adoretus, 
of which a very large number occur in the Indian region, are 
moderate-sized, more or less elongate and depressed insects, of 
blackish, brown, and yellowish colours, and clothed with fine 
greyish pubescence. Anomala and its allies, Singhala, Mimela, 
Popilia, ete., are also well represented in the region. 

The members of the subfamily Dynastry™ are closely allied 
to the Rurerin#, from which they are distinguished by the equal 
claws of the tarsi, and also by having the labrum (which is, almost 
without exception, visible in the last-mentioned family) concealed 


SCARAB EIDE, O13 


beneath the clypeus, the margin only being visible in certain 
cases. 

The subfamily is remarkable for the size of many of its mem- 
bers, some of which are amongst the largest of the Coleoptera, 
and also for the extraordinary horns and prominences on the head 
and prothorax of many of the males. Dynastes hercules reaches 
160 mm. (almost six inches) in length, and the species of Megasoma 
are even more massive than this. 


Fig. 95.—NXylotrupes gideon male (natural size), with outline of female (a), and 
outlines of anterior part of males of maximum (4), intermediate (c), 
and minimum (d) development. 


The formation of the horns and excrescences is most remarkable, 
and their significance is not known; they do not appear to be 
used for any work, fossorial or otherwise, as they show no marks 
of being worn, and they are certainly not used for fighting, as 
they are very seldom broken or mutilated ; in fact they seem to 
be an encumbrance rather than an advantage. Darwin (Descent 
of Man, 1st edition, 3, p. 371), after discussing the question, says 
that the conclusion which best agrees with the fact of the horns 
having been so immensely, yet not fixedly, developed——as “ shown 


Dy) |Z INTRODUCTION. 


by their extreme variability in the same species, and by their 
extensive diversity in closely allied species ”—is that they have 
‘“‘been acquired as ornaments. This view will at first appear 
extremely improbable, but we shall hereafter find with many 
animals standing much higher in the scale, namely, fishes, amphi- 
bians, reptiles, and birds, that various kinds of crests, knobs, 
horns, and combs have been developed apparently for the same 
purpose.” 


Fig. 96.—Aylotrupes gideon, Larva xX 3. (Atter Schiddte.) 


We very much doubt this theory, and it is possible that there 
may be no explanation further than the fact that these growths 
are the outcome of a cell-stimulus of which at present we know 
nothing. 

These gigantic species, in spite of their formidable appearance, 
are quite harmless. They are mostly nocturnal or crepuscular in 
their habits, and live in the hollows of old trees, feeding on 
exuding sap. Their colouring, therefore, is mostly of a sombre 
description, black or brown; one fine Indian species, Chalcosome 
atlas, is plainly, but not strongly, metallic. 


SCARABAIDE. 215: 


The larvee of the Dynastin& appear to be intermediate between 
those of the MrtroLonruin# and the Ceroniina, That of Xylo- 
trupes gideon, L., is figured and described by Schiodte (Nat. 
Tidsskr. ix, p. 287, pl. viii), who also gives details of the larva of 
Oryctes nasicornis, L. (p. 290, pl. x). They are typical Lamelli- 
corn larve, and, as in the MELononrHin#, they have the trans- 
verse furrows of the segments well marked and the same formation 
of the anal segment and opening. They resemble the Cetoniid 
larvee in having the general form shorter, the head narrower than 
the body, and the mandibles toothed and furnished on their upper 
surface with a transversely striated area; the upper surface is 
covered with short spines, and is more or less hairy. 

Several important genera are represented in the Indian region, 
among them Heteronychus, Dipelicus, T'richogomphus, Eupatorus, 
Xylotrupes, and Chalcosoma. Hupatorus contains two or three fine 
species which are peculiar to that region. 


Fig. 97.—-Cyphonocephalus olivaceus, male, with lateral view of head and 
thorax (above), and fore-part of female (below). 


The members of the subfamily Cevonitrnm are remarkable for 
their beauty, a point in which they run the Rurein# very close, 
although, like the latter group, they possess many inconspicuous 
as well as large and conspicuous forms. The huge Goliath beetles 
of Africa are worthy of being classed with Megasoma, etc., as the 
largest of the Coleoptera, and the size varies down to quite small 
insects (Owytherea, ete.). In many of the genera there is no 
sexual dimorphism, but in some, e. g. Cyphonocephalus, it is very 
marked, the head (and sometimes the prothorax) of the males 
being armed with horns or excrescences. The species vary much 
in appearance, the hairy Zvichii looking like large bees as they fly, 
and appearing perfectly distinct, at first sight, from the ordinary 
Cetoniid forms. There seems to be a strong relation between 


216 INTRODUCTION. 


certain species and ants; the common, but very beautiful, Pale- 
arctic species, Cetonia aurata, is often found in ants’ nests, and 
members of the large group CREMASTOCHILINI are supposed, by 
several authors, to be retained in ants’ nests as inquilines by 
their hosts. Mr. Guy Marshall, however, informs me that this 
is certainly not so in every case, as he has seen ants ejecting many 
examples of an African species from their nests. 

The larve of the Crroniin® are remarkable for having the 
tenth ventral segment merged in the ninth, with or without 
dividing furrows ; the segments as a whole are less deeply furrowed 
transversely than is usual in the ScaraBetp®, and the upper 
surface is more hairy. They approach the larve of the Dynasrin x 
and recede from those of the MELOLONTHIN in having the man- 
dibles toothed at the apex and in their hairy surface, but otherwise 
much resemble the latter. 

The Crronuin, as might be expected from their generally 
briliant colours and appearance, differ in their habits from the 
Dynastinx in being, with a few exceptions, diurnal and not 
crepuscular or nocturnal. Mr. Arrow says of the group that it 
may be regarded as one “of comparatively late evolution, and as 
still enjoying the maximum of vigour and prosperity.” Very little 
is known of the life-history of its members. 

The CErONIINe are well represented in the Indian _ region, 
which contains some of the most beautiful forms. In America, 
which is rich in striking Rureri », the larger and more brillant 
CErONIIN” are very few in number. The curious group VALGINA, 
of which many species are found in India, seems to be distributed 
over the greater part of the world. Several authorities consider 
the CETONIIN® to be at the head of the ScaraBxeID®, and there- 
fore as the culminating point of the Coleoptera*. Whether we 
allow this or not it seems most probable that the ScaRaB#IDm# 
are at the head of the order, aad we need not differentiate 
further. 


* Thus Ganglbauer says, “‘ Die prachtigen Cetoniien stehen daher auf der 
hédchsten stufe der Scarabeiden und der Co!eopteren wberhaupt’ (Minch. 
Kol. Zeitsch. 1. 8, p. 314). 


STREPSIPTERA OY STYLOPID_E. ANT 


ABNORMAL COLEOPTERA. 
STREPSIPTERA or STYLOPID. 


Minute species parasitic in the wterior of Hymenopterous or 
Hemipterous imsects ; prothorax reduced to a narrow band ; elytra 
absrted, reduced to small, more or less twisted, slips; metathorax 
very large ; wings of male very large, longitudinally folded when at 
rest; tarsi two- three- or four-jointed, without claws; male free, 
metagnathous (i. e. with the mouth adapted for sucking in the rmago 
and for biting im the larva); female blind, larviform, and never 
quitting its host. 


Probably many more genera and species of these remarkable 
insects exist than have been yet discovered. They have been 
found in Europe, North America, Brazil, Africa and Mauritius, 
and stylopized bees have been observed in Tasmania and other 
countries; most probably they are represented in the Indian 
region. 

They are parasitic on various Hymenoptera and Hemiptera, and 
their life-history, so far as at present known, is very strange. 
The female is a wingless grub which never quits its host. 
According to the generally received accounts given by authorities 
who have studied the insects, the female possesses a dorsal canal 
by which the male effects impregnation ; the larve, which are 
active and campodeiform triungulins (as in Meloé), escape by this, 
the ova being developed and hatched in the ceelom or body-cavity. 
The STREPSIPTERA or STYLOPID® are therefore remarkable as 
being viviparous; this character, however, is found in many other 
insects, ¢. g. the ANTHOMYID, various Muscip® and Puprpara 
among the Diptera, certain Tineid moths, the APpuip©, some 
BuarrTip®, and a few STAPHYLINIDZ among the Coleoptera. 
There appears, however, to be some doubt with regard to the 
accuracy of the above observations, more especially as regards the 
dorsal canal of the temale, and they must not be accepted without 
considerable reservation. 

Very little, if anything, is known about the way in which the 
young triungulins reach the larve of the insects on which they are 
parasitic ; but when this is accomplished they bore into their host 
and are transformed into legless and sluggish vermiform larve, 
subsequently pupating in the same situation. ‘The male, when it 
emerges, 1s free and very active, but the female remains within 
the host, only the head protruding. According to Meinert (Ent. 
Meddel. v, 1896, p. 148, and Overs. Danske Selsk. 1896, p. 67, 
quoted by Sharp, J. ¢. 1, p. 302) the so-called head or cephalo- 
thorax of the adult is the anal extremity, and he contends that 
fertilization and the escape of the young are effected by the 
natural passages, the anterior parts of the body being affected by 
a complete degeneration. Sharp is inolined to agree with Meinert 


o) 


Oil INTRODUCTION. 


( 


rather than with Nassonoff, who says that the ‘‘ cephalothorax ” of 
the young is shown by the nervous system to be the anterior 
extremity. The whole question is as yet a very obscure one. 
The males of these perfect insects are very short-lived, the life 
of the male of Xenos lasting for about twenty minutes, while 
that of Stylops may be continued for two, or at most three, days. 

The position of the group is very uncertain. If its members 
are to be regarded as Coleoptera they must certainly be placed at 
the end of the Order as abnormal, but there is very strong ground 
for separating them off as an Order by themselves, as proposed 
long ago by Westwood, whose view has been followed by Von 
Siebold and recently by Nassonoff. It must be allowed that they 
have several points in common with the Coleopterous genus 
JMceloé, Dut, as regards the mouth-organs, they have been compared 
with the Diptera and Lepidoptera. Westwood (‘ Modern Classi- 
fication of Insects, i, p. 290) regards the mouth-organs as 
analogous to those of certain Lepidoptera, and, after referring to 
Newman’s belief that the StyLorrp® are closely allied to the 
Diptera, proceeds as follows :—‘ I cannot, however, find the least 
analogy between the oral organization of the Strepsiptera and the 
tubularly developed elbowed mouth of the Diptera, the labrum of 
which is greatly elongated: whereas, on the contrary, there seems 
to me much greater resemblance, in this respect, between the 
Strepsiptera and Lepidoptera, the labrum in both being soldered 
flatly to the head, the acute mandibles, as they have been termed 
in Stylops, being exactly represented, in some of the Linnean 
Bombyces, by the short rudimental maxille, and the large ar- 
ticulated appendages being much more analogous to the labial 
palpi of the Lepidoptera than to the maxillary palpi of the 
Diptera.” 

Taking all points into consideration, it is very doubtful whether 
we can regard the SryLopip&® as belonging to any existing order, 
in which case they are best regarded as separate under the old 
name Strepsiptera. 


Pevensie DT: 


CICIN DELL D A. 


Tus CicinpELIp#, or Tiger Beetles, as they are commonly calied, 
on account of their activity and ferocity, are very closely allied 
to the CaraBip#, of which they are considered by some authors 
to be a subfamily; they appear, however, to be distinct, both 
from their life-history and from their structure. The clypeus 
extends laterally on both sides in front of the insertion of the 
antenne, whereas in the CarapBip® it does not reach as far as 
the points at which they are inserted: (fig. 98). The ligula and 
paraglosse are only slightly developed, and in nearly all cases the 
large inner lobe of the maxilla is terminated by a sharp articulated 
hook: the latter character, however, can hardly be regarded as 
distinctive, as the moveable hook is entirely wanting in the 
Cicindelid genera Ctenostoma and Pogonostoma, while it 1s present 
in the Carabid genus Trigonodactyla. The curious formation of 


Fig. 98.—Head of Cicindela (right), Carabus (left). 


the appendages of the last abdominal segments in the female, 
to which sufficient attention has hardly yet been paid by writers, 
may be regarded as a distinctive character, and the wing venation 
is also different, the areola oblonga, which is so characteristic of 
most of the Carabide, being absent. 

The general characteristics of the family are as follows : 

Head large; eyes prominent or very prominent ; maxille with 
the outer lobe forming a two-jointed palpus (except in the genus 
Therates, in which itis rudimentary and resembles a stout seta) 
and the inner lobe elongate and furnished at the end with an 
articulated hook-like process (except in the genera Pogonostoma 
and Ctenostoma); antenne 11-jointed, filiform, or occasionally 
somewhat incrassate towards the apex, inserted on the forehead 
above the base of the mandibles ; clypeus extending laterally in 
front of the insertion of the antenne ; elytra covering, or nearly 
covering, the abdomen; wings usually large and powerful, but 


290 CICINDELID®. 


absent in some cases ; abdomen with the three anterior segments 
connate, with six ventral segments visible in the female, and 
seven, as a rule, in the male: legs slender, long or very long, 
adapted for running swiftly ; posterior coxe dilated internally, 
not reaching the sides of the body ; all the tarsi five-jointed. 

Comparatively little is known of the life-history of the 
members of the family, and we are quite ignorant of the develop- 
ak of any species ot certain of the most important 5CueEe 

.g. Tricondyla and Therates. The chief points that have been 
Re with regard to Ctcindela and Collyris will be found 
referred to under these genera. 

The family comprises about 1200 species, just half of which 
belong to the genus Cicindela ; the latter genus is spread through- 
out the wor ld, but most of the other genera are confined to 
tropical or subtropical countries. 

The Cicrnprtipa afford excellent examples of protective 
resemblance and mimicry. In the genus Crcindela we find 
chiefly protective resemblance, but in the case of Collyiris and 
Tricondyla we have excellent instances of true mimicry. In 
some cases species of these genera serve as models for insects 
belonging to quite another order. One of the strangest of these 
is found in Condylodera tricondyloides, Westw. This curious 
Locustid was originally described by Professor Westwood from 
Java (Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. xvii, p. 409), and was first 
placed by him among the CrcrnpELID#, as he regarded it “as an 
immature Colliuris or Tricondyla” (lc. p. 419). Another Javanese 
specimen was actually named Z'ricondyla rufipes by Duponchel. 

Mr. R. Shelford has fully discussed the case of this inseet with 
others (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1902, vol. 11, pp. 230-282), and gives 
excellent figures. His first two specimens were fully grown and 
exactly resembled in shape, colour, environment, and even gait 
T. cyanea var. wallace. A third was found in the Sarawak 
Museum, smaller, and imitating Z'ricondyla gibba; a fourth was 
taken at Kuching in the flowers of a flowering tree frequented by 
Collyris sarawakensis : this was smaller and imitated C. sara- 
wakensis in every way. The insect at this younger stage is 
entirely dark blue, except the legs, which are dark brown, and 
the greater part of the antenne, which are ochreous, the four 
basal joints only being blue ; the pronotum shows no trace of the 
coloration of the adult, nor is it swollen as in the later stages, 
but is more or less cylindrical lke that of the model, in which it 
is comparatively longer and more cylindrical than in almost any 
other species of the genus. This, as Mr. Shelford points out, is a 
unique case of an ametabolous insect mimicking different genera 
and species of metabolous insects at different stages ; although 
Hymenopus bicornis, a well-known Mantid, which imitates flowers 
through most of its life, in its e early stages mimics an Hemipteron. 

Mr. Herbert C. Robinson has given an interesting account 
(Fasciculi Malayenses, Zoology, Part 1, October 1903) of the 
Tiger Beetles met with by Dr. Nelson Annandale and himself 


(ees 


CICINDELIDZ. OR 


during their expedition in the Malay region. As the work is 
expensive and apparently difficult to obtain we quote at length 
the remarks on Collyris sarawakensis, which have a strong bearing 
upon Mr, Sheiford’s observations :— 

“This species and the preceding (Collyris apicalis, Chaud.), 
which it closely resembles, were not uncommon on Bukit Besar. 
They frequented fairly open paths where there was much 
alternation of ght and shade, and were extremely active and 
restless in their movements, settling for a few seconds on some 
projecting twig or leat, and then flying off with great rapidity. 
While on the wing they could with difficulty be distinguished 
from the smaller wasps of the family ScoLimp#, and from certain 
Diptera (ScioMyzip& ?), but this resemblance quite vanished 
when the beetles were at rest. Perhaps, however, the most 
interesting member of this mimetic association is a Heteromerous 
beetle, originally described by Westwood as Styrax tricondyloides, 
and which appears to be exceedingly rare, as there is only a 
single specimen in the Bates collection at the British Museum. 
The single specimen that we captured, which we did not specially 
note at the time, was secured on Bukit Besar in the sweep-net 
on April 20th, and, so close was its resemblance to the three 
preceding species, that it was actually taken home to the British 
Museum with the Cicindelids, and only recognised there on a rigid 
examination as not belonging to this family. Both it and ‘its 
model have red legs and cyaneous elytra, which are strongly rugose 
at their anterior halves, while the posterior portion is smooth and 
shining, though, in the case of S. tricondylotdes, it is slightly 
striated. The thorax ot the mimic has two large tubercles on 
the dise, projecting slightly forward as a kind of hump, with the 
result that the thorax appears to be slightly constricted anteriorly, 
ius is the case in the species of Collyris. 

“It is not at first sight easy to understand why this section 
of the Cicindelids should be so extensively mimicked, as thev 
certainly are, in the Eastern tropics (cf. R. Shelford, Proc. Zool. 
Soc. 1902 (2), pp. 233-4, pl. xix, figs. 1-6). They are, of course, 
highly raptorial insects, but I am not aware that it has ever been 
shown that they are nauseous, while, even if this was the case, 
they are not, at any rate, in the Malay Peninsula, sufficiently 
abundant for any protective qualities that they may possess to 
prove any advantage to their mimics. 

‘Possibly all cases in this group may ultimately be shown to be 
instances of Millerian rather than Batesian miiicry, though 
the extreme rarity of the mimic is an argument against this 
supposition.” 

The family falls naturally into two groups, which are named by 
Dr. Horn ALocosreRNALLE and PLatystERNALLA. In the former 
of these the episterna of the metasternum are reduced toa longer 
or shorter narrow band, which is more or less strongly sulcate, 
while in the latter they are broad and smooth. Taking the 
Indian fauna onlv into consideration, the former division contains 


22Y CICIN DELID_E. 


the genera Collyris, Neocollyris, Derocrania, and Tricondyla, while 
the genera U'herates, Cicindela and Megacephala must be referred 
to the latter. These represent four subfamilies, the Coniyrina, 
THERATINE, CICINDELINZ and MEGACEPHALIN®. By some authors 
Therates, the only genus belonging to the THEratTin»e, is included 
under the Contyrin», to which it is related in certain points, 
especially in the armature of the last segment of the abdomen, 


Fig. 99.—Metasterna (left to right) of Zricondyla, Cicindela, and Collyris. 


which much resembles that of Neocollyris. Its affinities, however, 
ave much more towards the CrcinDELIN®, and it is abundantly 
separated from the ContyRin® by the broad and smeoth episterna 
of the metasternum. The subfamilies may be distinguished as 


follows :— 


I. Hpisterna of the metasternuim very narrow, 
more or less strongly furrowed (ALOCO- 
HIS NGA TPE) 2s Wee sb ose nce te ame ee ee cee see Collyrine, p. 225. 
I]. Episterna of the metasternum bread and 
smooth (PLATYSTERNALIZ). 
1. Outer lobe of the maxillary palpi obsolete, 
represented by a short seta-like process. Theratine, p. 293. 
», Outer lobe of the maxillary palpi normal 
and well developed. 
A. Third joint of the maxillary palpi 


shorter than the fourth ....3....- .. Cicindeline, p. 300. 
B. Third joint of the maxillary palpi 
joncer than; the fourth ~ eee ees Megacephaline, 
ip. 441. 


Division ALOCOSTERNALIA. 
Alocosternalie, W. Horn, Berlin. Ent. Zeit. 1905, i, p. 5. 


Besides the CoLtyrin-t this division includes the CreNosroMIN&. 
The latter subfamily, which consists of two genera, is not repre- 
sented in the Indian region, the genus Pogonostoma, Klug, being 
confined to Madagascar, while the genus Ctenostuma belongs 
exclusively to Central and South America; they are distinguished 
from the CoLLyRIN®, as above-mentioned, by the absence of a 
hook af the apex of the inner lobe of the maxillary palpi. 


COLLYRIS, Lie 


Subfamily COLLYRIN i. 


our genera are contained in this subfamily ; of these the 
species belonging to Collyris and Neocollyris have usually been 
classed together. The following table will serve to distinguish 
them :— 


I, Labrum with seven teeth; wings always 
present ; female with two small and 
usually sharp projections on the 
posterior edge of the Jast ventral 
seoment of the abdomen. 
i. Head very widely, deeply, and roundly 
excavate between the eyes; vertex 
behind the eyes very short; size 
LUE SOT WP Maxvagh aniiirey @. aud sedis ac eects CoLuyris, F,, p. 223. 
ii. Head narrowly impressed between 
the eyes, bistriate, vertex behind 
the eyes more or less long; size 
SIUC Tre can giettee ase gts orate tiga os 2ce NEOCOLLYRIS, W. Horn, 
II. Labrum with six teeth; wings absent ; (p: 229) 
elytra connate ; female without the 
two central projections on the last 
ventral segment of the abdomen. 
i. Frontal excavation always very deep ; 
vertex as a rule not or scarcely 
Stranguilate behind: .4c. 0 «ae + TRIcONDYLA, Latr., p. 278. 
li. Frontal excavation often wanting, 
or not very deep: vertex always 
strongly strangulate behind ...... DEROCRANIA, Chaud., 
[p. 282. 


Genus COLLYRIS. 


Coliyris, Vabricius (ex parte), Syst. El. i, 1801, p. 226. 
Colliurus, Latreille (ev parte), Gen. Crust. Ins. 1, 1806, p. 174. 
Archicollyris, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1901, p. 43. 


Type, Collyris longicollis, abr. 

Chaudoir divides the species of Collyris into two groups. 
Collyrides ingenuce and Collyrides spurte; these are very easily 
distinguished from one another by the shape of the head which, 
in the first group, has the vertex behind the eyes very short, and 
the space between them deeply excavate, the excavation being 
more or less carinate behind; whereas, in the second group, the 
vertex behind the eyes (or, as it is sometimes called, the occiput) 
is long, more or less convex or puivinate, and the space between 
the eyes is much more narrowly and less strongly impressed. 

The full characters of the groups, as given by Chaudoir, are as 
follows :— 


Collyrides ingenue, Chaudoir, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, 
p- 489. 
Labrum with the external teeth separated from the intermediate 


2294 CICINDELID®, 


by a narrow and very deep fissure, very sharp; maxillary palpi 
with the third joint rather long in both sexes, strongly clavate, 
the last very short, smaller, subglobose or securiform in the male, 
narrower in the female; head with the forehead between the eyes 
very widely, deeply, and roundly excavate, with the posterior 
margin of the excavation semicircular, subcarinate, vertex (behind 
eyes) very short. 


Collyrides spurte, Chaudoir, op. cit. p. 493. 


Labrum with the central teeth obtuse, and the external tooth 
on each side separated from the rest, sharp; maxillary palpi with 
the third joint a little shorter than the last, the latter ne elongate, 
ovate ; labial palpi with the last joint securiform, more dilated in 
the males. Head with the forehead between the eyes narrowly 
impressed, bistriate, the vertex broadly pulvinate or cushion- 
shaped, and not sloping abruptly downwards. 

The characters, however, of the teeth of the labrum or of the 
palpi are not of much value, as they are very variable in different 
species, and Dr. Horn, who raises these groups into subgenera 
(Archicollyris and Neocollyris) omits them in his description and 
rightly lays special stress on the large size of the species of the 
first subgenus, and on the difference in the shape of the vertex 
and front. In these latter points there are no intermediate 
forms, and, as they appear certainly to be distinct genera, and 
Collyris longicollis, is the original type of the genus, the name 
Collyris must stand for the species contained in Dr. Horn’s 
Archicollyris, and Neocollyris, Horn, may be adopted for the rest 
of the genus. 

The genus, as now constituted, contains four species, all of 
which occur in India: they may be roughly separated as follows, 
but are very hard to distinguish in two or three cases :-— 


I. Elytra sometimes rugose, but not dis- 
tinctly plicate in the centre. 
i. Pronotum strongly constricted at 
DASE <a doc ath ke ar Ae ap eae Se longicollis, F°., p. 226 
ii. Pronotum not strong'y constricted 
at base. 
1. Shoulders oblique. 
A. Elytra longer, less regularly 


PUNELUTET. 7a 1. act eee ae dohrni, Chaud., p. 225 
B. Elytra shorter, more regularly 
punctured =. pm syeeete ed brevipennis, W. Horn, p. 226. 
2. Shoulders rectangular ........ brevipennis var. subtilesculpta, 
II. Elytra, as a rule, with strong plice [W. Horn, p. 226. 
Imypauhiewcentres, .-.. Sepeae mniszechi, Chaud. Doe 


* In some cases these are absent, and the species may then be distinguished 
by the more ovate and dilated central portion of the pronotum, and other 
minor characters. 


COLLYRIS. 225 


1. Collyris longicollis, /’, 


Collyris longicollis, Fabricius, Mant. Ins, 1787, p. 185; Syst. Fl. 
ISO), p. 226; Herbst; Kat x, 1806p. ib. pl. 173, fis, 9; 
Chaudoir, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 690, pl. 7, f. 1. 

Collyris caviceps, Klug, Jahrb. Insektenk. 1, 1834, p. 45; Chaudoir 
(ex parte), Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 491. 


Colour variable, bright cyaneous blue or purple or blackish ; 
labrum black or yellow; antennz reaching to about the middle of the 
pronotum, only slightly thickened towards apex, varying in colour. 
palpi dark or rufescent ; pronotum elongate, longer than the head 
and labrum together, with a strong contraction just before base, 
which is sinuate, inflated in front of the contraction and gradually 
narrowed to the pronotal collum, which is somewhat abrupt, 
inflated portion more rounded in some specimens than in others, 
collum short, reflexed anteriorly, disc with 
fine transverse wrinkles ; elytra twice as 
broad as pronotum, with the humeral angles 
blunt but well-marked, subparallel-sided, 
strongly punctured towards the base, the 
punctures becoming somewhat rugose but 
not plicate about middle, and being smaller 
and more closely set behind; legs rufous, 
with the tibiz, tarsi, and coxe dark : 
episterna of metasternum finely punctured ; 
abdomen almost smooth, the apical portion 
more or less rufescent. 

Length 18-27 millim. 

The following localities have been given 
for this species:— Mapras: Mysore (?); 
BengaL: Cheta Nagpur, Sahibgan] ; 
Sikkim: Mungphu; Assam; Sram; but 
Dr. Horn is of opinion that the species 

Fig. 100. is known only from Bengal (Annotated 
Collyvis longicollis. List of the Asiatic Beetles in the Indian 
Museum, Part 1, p. 2); the other localities 

must therefore, apparently, be referred to allied species. 

Dr. Horn (D. E. Z. 1898, p. 273) believes that C. caviceps, 
Klug, is the male of C. longicollis, but he says that he has not 
seen a trustworthy specimen of the male of the latter species. 


2. Collyris dohrni, Chaud. 


Collyris dohrnt, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1860, i, p. 286; id. 
Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 490. 


This species is a little Jarger than the average specimens of C. longi- 
collis and also differs from them in the black, somewhat opaque 
colour, and the unspotted palpi and antenne, the latter having 
the first six joints dark blue; the pronotum is more elongate, 
less deeply constricted before the base, with the intermediate 

Q 


226 CICINDELID A. 


portion exactly conical, not abruptly narrowed in front, the upper 
surtace thickly and plainly striate ; elytra with the shoulders 
more oblique, more strongly punctured at the apex, and with the 
interstices very finely reticulate; femora obscurely red. 

Length 263 millim. 

CEYLON : Colombo. 

This species has, apparently, occurred only in Ceylon. There 
is a large specimen in the Oxford Museum, unnamed, labelled as 
from Assam, which agrees in several points very closely with 
Chaudoir’s description, especially in the shape of the pronotum. 
I have provisionally referred it to -C. longicollis var. caviceps, 
Klug, but it may possibly belong to this species. It is a large 
dark coloured female, in bad condition, almost 28 millim. in length. 
Chaudoir mentions a specimen in the Hope collection, ‘‘ en assez 
mauvais état,” as belonging to C. caviceps, but speaks of it as 
from Mysore; it is possible, however, that this is the specimen 
he refers to, as the writing on the label is not distinct. 


3. Collyris brevipennis, WV. forn. 
Collyris brevipennis, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1901, p. 44. 
Var. Collyris subtilesculpta, W. Horn, 1. ¢.; Maindron, Ann. Soc. 
Ent. France, 1905, p. 6. 

Of a violaceous colour, with the labrum cyaneous, and with an 
eeneous reflection on the elytra. Head very strongly excavate, 
with the part between the furrows small and convex ; pronotum 
long, not strongly constricted at base, with the pronotal collum 
not abruptly marked, upper surface strongly strigose transversely, 
underside pilose and finely strigose ; elytra closely, strongly, and 
regularly punctured to the apex, the interstices being well 
marked ; towards the apex the punctures form deep linear 
impressions ; metasternum finely but evidently punctured ; femora 
and apex of posterior tarsi red, the rest of the legs dark. 

From C. longicollis this species differs in having the pronotum 
less narrowed in front and less dilated behind, much less strangu- 
late before the base, and more thickly strigose transversely ; the 
elytra are much shorter and more regularly reticulate, especially 
in the middle. 

Length 24 millim. 

BomMBAY. 

Type in coll. W. Horn. 


Var. subtilesculpta, W. Horn. 


Larger than the type form; of a steely blue or violaceous 
colour; the vertex is not quite so deeply excavate between the 
eyes; the pronotum is a very little more constricted near the 
apex and the basal sulcus is rather broader and more evident at 
the sides; the elytra are larger, wider, and more ampliated, 
with the shoulders more marked ; the punctuation is of much the 
same character, but with the interstices less raised, so that the 


COLLYRIS. Do 


punctures appear to be less deep, and the surface less reticulate ; 
before the apex, also, the punctures are less markedly elongate ; 
the legs appear to be proportionally longer, but this is not very 
evident ; the underside of the pronotum is sparsely punctured, 
and the metasternum is more distinctly punctured than in the 
type form. 

From C. dohrmt this variety may be known by having the 
vertex a little less declivous, and by the more rectangular 
shoulders of the elytra, which are over their whole surface more 
finely and thickly and less deeply punctured, with the interstices 
flatter. , 

The female differs from the male in having the labrum entirely 
black, with the five central teeth sharper, and the third joint of 
the antenne metallic black ; the vertex is more abruptly declivous; 
the lateral apical angle of the elytra is sharper; the trochanters 
are dark, the whole tibie being cyaneous, and the anterior and 
intermediate tarsi are less dilated. 

Length 3 26, 2 27 millim. 

Mapras: Coonoor, Nilgiri Hills, Dindigul. 

Lype in coll. W. Horn. 

It has recently been taken by Mr. H. L. Andrewes on the 
Nilgiri Hills with NW. subclavata, and also in the Ouchterlony 
Valley at a height of 3000-3500 feet. 

it am much indebted to Dr. Horn for kindly allowing me to see 
a specimen both of the type and the variety; they differ so much 
in general appearance that it is not ‘surprising that he at first 
described them as separate species, but I think that he is right 
in uniting them as varieties of one species. 


4, Collyris mniszechi, Chaud. 


Collyris mniszecht, Chaudoir, Rev. Mag. Zool. 1864, p. 75; id., Ann. 
Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 492. 

Collyris robusta, Dohrn, Stettin. Ent. Zeit. 1891, p. 252; W. Horn, 
Stettin. Ent. Zeit. 1896, p. 176. 

Collyris dormert, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1898, p. 196. 

Var. Collyris gigas, Lesne, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1901, p. 361. 


Dark, strongly or slightly metallic, very variable both in colour 
and sculpture. The species is closely allied to the preceding, 
from which it appears chiefly to differ in having the pronotum 
a little narrower at the base, and with its inflated portion 
more ovate, more convex, and more dilated at the sides : more- 
over the constriction before the base is deeper; towards the 
sides it is punctured and pilose; the elytra are less elongate, 
only about half as broad again as the pronotum, with the 
shoulders more quadrate and the apical and basal perticns ‘ore 
obsoletely and scantily punctured, and the central portion more 
or less plicate; the sternum is pilose and the apical portion 
of the abdomen is concolorous with the other segments. 

The female is larger than the male, with the pronotum 

Q2 


228 CICINDELID &. 


more abruptly narrowed in front, the elytra more broadly 
truncate, and the apical joint of the 
antennee shorter. 

Length 22-27 millim. 

Assam: Naga Hills; Burma: Karen-ni, 
Momeit; Laos; Matacca; Java (?); 
Borneo, 

There is a specimen in the Oxford 
Museum labelled Mysore, but almost 
certainly in error. 

The sculpture and colour of this ex- 
tremely scarce species appears to vary very 
considerably. The two specimens from 
Momeit and the Naga Hills, which were 

taken by Doherty and are in the Fry 
collection, have the front part violaceous, 
and the elytra, especially behind, with a 
bright crimson-copper reflection; the 
antenne, except the basal joint, are almost 
entirely red. 
Fig. 101. In an article entitled “ Die Archi- 
Collyris imniszechi. collyris-Arten ” (Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 
1907, p.421) kindly sent me by the author, 
Dr. Horn, he briefly discusses the question of the synonymy and 
locality of C. mniszechi, and alludes to his determination of the 
specimen in rather bad condition in the Hope Museum, Oxford, 
labelled C. grandis, as a male of that species: there appear to be 
two races of C. miiszechi, one formerly named by Dr. Horn as 
C. dormeri, and the other the typical form; the former, which 
must now be known as subsp. or var. dormer?, is distinguished by 
the longer and narrower elytra, the longer and more conical 
prothorax, the upper surface of which is less convex and usually 
more thickly striate transversely, and the (as a rule) more 
strongly pronounced transverse fold in the centre of the elytra. 
Dr. Horn, however, believes that there is a mistake as to the 
locality of Hope’s insect, as no other specimen of C. mniszechi 
appears to have been recorded from Peninsular India. He 
further remarks that the sculpture of the elytra in both races 
of C. mniszechi can easily prove misleading, and we may add that 
this is true of other species as well. 

The following is the list of the species and localities of Collyris 

(Archicollyris) as at present finally settled by Dr. Horn :— 


Golladonrm, Chand... sti. eee mew lon. 

brevipennis, Horn, et subsp. 
subtilesculpta, Horn ...... 

Tomancollis s., =. 220. ica eee Bengal. 

mniszecht, Chaud., et subsp. Assam, Burma, Laos, 
dormery, VOIN ii... ee } Borneo, Java? 


2 Peninsular India. 


99 


2 


In the “Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift,” 1898, p. 196, 


NEOCOLLYRIS. | 229 


Dr. Horn in describing C. dormert refers to a specimen in the 
Oxford Museum, labelled in Chaudoir’s handwriting *‘ caveceps 
ihig,, = longicollis, F. = grandis, Hope,” which he believed, from 
recollection, ought to be referred to the first-named species. 
I found the specimen among the Oxford species, which Professor 
Poulton has kindly lent me, and forwarded it to Dr. Horn, who 
pronounced it to be C. mmnszeche. 


Genus NEOCOLLYRIS. 
Neocollyris, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1901, p. 45. 


Type, Collyris bonellt, Guérin. 

This genus appears to be abundantly distinct from the pre- 
ceding, and comprises over a hundred species, which are almost 
entirely confined to India and the Malayan region ; about eight 
occur in Tonkin and China, but the genus is not represented 
outside the above-named regions. They are, for the most part, 
small and very slender insects, with the elytra of a bright blue 
colour, and more or less stron oly punctured ; they vary however, in 
colour, size, and sculpture, some having the elytra with no metallic 
lustre, and strongly rugose in the middle. Many of them are 
exceedingly hard to distinguish, and the chief difference, in many 
cases, is found in the shape of the pronotum, which is generally 
more or less lagenoid or flask-shaped, and is always contracted 
in front into a longer or shorter collum; the elytra are very 
rarely, and never entirely, connate, being usually quite free, and 
wings are always present; the legs are elongate and all the tarsi 
are spongy pubescent beneath with the fourth joint asymmetrically 
dilated ; the anterior pair are somewhat variable as to dilatation. 
The species are, apparently, arboreal, but very little is known 
of their habits; the dilated fourth joint of the tarsi is probably 
of use in clinging to foliage ; their flight is very rapid. 

The sexes are very easily distinguished, as the last abdominal 
tergite of the female has on its posterior margin six blunt, nore 
or less hook-like processes, three on each side, and on the posterior 
margin of the last sternite there are two sharp and straight (rarely 
blunt and curved) short processes, which are always visible from 
above, even when the segment is withdrawn, and the hook-like 
processes hidden. The head is usually broader in the female than 
in the male, and in some species this is very evident, especially 
as regards the long portion of the vertex behind the eyes; in 
some species, also, the antenne are longer in the male, and slight 
differences occur in the shape of the pronotum and the elytra. 
The tarsi have the fourth joint dilated on one side in both sexes, 
but are somewhat variable in different species as regards the 
clothing of the under surface. 

Chaudoir comments on the extreme scarcity of the males as 
compared with the females ; the latter sex is certainly the more 
plentiful, but I have seen a very considerable number of males in 


230 CICINDELID2. 


collections. The species, as a whole, are very scarce, and hardly 
any of them can be called common. Mr. H. Leslie Andrewes has 
recently informed me that he has only taken one specimen of the 
genus on the Nilgiri Hills in a year, 

although several species occur in this 
district. 

Very little is known of the life- 
history of the group; but the larva of 
a species, which has been referred to 
Collyris emargimata, Dej., has been 
found making burrows in the fine twigs 
of the coffee-shrub. It apparently 
lives in these and preys on the aphides, 
small ants, ete., which approach the 
entrance of the burrow; its habits 
therefore are analogous to those of the 
Jarvee of Creindela, though they differ 

widely in habitat. As so little is 
Fig. 102.—Larva of Neo- | yown of the genus it may perhaps be 
collyris emarginata, De}. "han ceo cee % ; 

(after Shelford). well to quote at length Mr. R. Shelford’s 

notes (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1908, 
pp. Ixxii-i1), in which he gives an account of habits of the larva :— 

“In * Mededeelingen uit’s Lands Plantentuin” xliv, 1905, 
p. 118, Dr. J. C. Ioningsberger of the Buitenzorg Zoological 
Museum, published a brief notice of the larva of the Cicindelid 
beetle, Collyris emarginata, Dej., burrowing the twigs of coffee- 
shrubs. I noticed a preparation illustrating this remarkable 
habit for a Cicindelid larva in the Museum at Buitenzorg, in 
March of this year, but it was inside a locked case, and, as 
Dr. Koningsberger was on leave in Europe, I was unable to make 
a close examination of the larva and its burrow. In answer to a 
request for material and information on the species, Dr. Konings- 
berger has kindly sent me the specimens which I now have 
pleasure in exhibiting to this Society. Dr. Koningsberger tells 
me that the larva feeds on the ants and aphides that crawl over 
the coffee twigs ; pupation takes place in the burrow ; oviposition 
has not been Caine nor have any but full grown or nearly 
full grown larvee been found, so that it is not known if the 
burrow is enlarged to allow of the increase in size of its occupant, 
or ifit is originally made large enough to accommodate the larva 
throughout its hte. A figure of the larva is published in the 
above-mentioned work (fig. 59), but it is evidently only a copy of 
the figure of a Cicindelid larva in Packard’s Guide to the Study 
of Insects, and is quite inadequate.” 

Since the above was written Mr. Shelford has published a full 
description (with figures) of the larva, which is now assigned 
without doubt to Collyris emarginata, De}. (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 
1907, pp. 83-88, pl. 11) and has added various notes concerning 
the peculiar genital armature of Collwris and its use. I had a 
good deal of correspondence with Mr. Shelford,-before his paper 


NEOCOLLYRIS. Dra H 


appeared, on the formation of the hooks and appendages, and 
quite agree with his conclusions. As no other larva of Collyris 
appears to be definitely known it may be well to append the chief 
points of his long and detailed description :— 

Largest specimen 12 millim. in length. The head is typically 
that of a Cicindelid, being strongly chitinized, swollen and 
concave beneath and flattened above ;_ the mouth - parts are 
prominent and point in an upward direction. The mandibles 
are strong and curved and each bears a tooth on its inner margin 
at the centre; the space beyond this tooth is grooved anteriorly 
and near it the edge is sharp. ‘The larva is therefore plainly 
carnivorous and not in any sense lignivorous, but is apparently 
able to excavate an unresisting substance such as the pith of the 
twigs in which it lives. The body consists of thirteen segments 
and is seen at once to differ from that of a typical Cicindelid 
larva by the absence of a marked sigmoid flexure and by the 
absence of large .dorsal tubercles armed with strong hooks on 
the eighth segment; this eighth segment, however, to a large 
extent retains its Cicindelid character, for it is swollen into a 
hump dorsally, and the hump is furnished with three small hooks 
on each side, and with numerous stout sete, both the hooks 
and sete being directed forwards ; the twelfth segment is much 
narrower and very much shorter than the preceding, and the 
thirteenth is small and sucker-like with six short spines and 
numerous fine sets on its posterior margin; segments 4-12 bear 
at the sides a small warty process or tubercle furnished with 
three sete. The legs are moderately long, the front pair being 
stout and adapted for digging out the pith of the twig in which 
the larva lives; the second and third pairs are carried with the 
femora straight out from the body, and with the tibie bent 
upwards. These and the mamilliform setose tubercles at the 
sides of the body and the armature of the eighth segment evidently 
brace the insect in its burrow, and prevent it from being pulled 
out of it by the struggles of larger insects which it may catch. 

The mouth of the burrow is counter-sunk (a structure which 
has been observed by Mr. A. H. Hamm in the sand-burrows of 
the British CrcinpreLIp®), and Mr. Shelford says that he has 
no doubt but that the lower surface of the head of the Collyris 
larva fills completely the orifice of the burrow when the insect is 
awaiting its prey, the jaws projecting into the counter-sunk area. 

The adult C. emarginata, according to those who have observed 
it, is arboreal in its habits, being remarkably fleet and taking 
readily to wing. Mr. Shelford says that in Borneo it is mimicked 
by a flower-haunting fly of the genus Sepedon (Proc. Zool. Soc. 
1902 (2) p. 264) ; it feeds on small insects and is not herbivorous. 

The species ot the genus Weocollyris are, in many cases, very 
hard to distinguish, and a considerable number have been 
described on very scanty material; this is, perhaps, inevitable 
owing to the rarity of the members of the genus generally. At 
present, therefore, they may be regarded as one of the most 


232  - CICINDELID A. 


difficult genera of the whole of the Coleoptera, it being quite 
impossible, in many cases, to determine them without careful 
comparison with the type- specimens, which are very scattered ; 
moreover, the specific value of some of these appears somewhat 
doubtful. About fifty species occur in the Indian region; a key 
to these is given in the following table, and I am much indebted 
to Dr. Horn for help in its compilation. 1t must, however, be 
regarded as provisional and as merely a general help towards the 
identification of the species, it being impossible, in the present 
state of our knowledge, to draw up a reaily satisfactory dicho- 
tomous table of the genus. 


Key to the Species of Collyris. 


I. Small and slender species (8-13 mm.), 
with the eyes less prominent, the 
vertex longer and narrower (especially 
in the males), and the elytra more 
closely and finely punctured, the punc- 
tures not being elongate at apex (ex- 
cept in NV, plicecollis, W. Horn) ; colour 
oreen, blue, or violaceous, metallic. 

i. Labrum short. 
1, Labrum, as a rule, mostly yellow ; 
anterior pairs of femora dark, 
except apex and base; elytra longer 


UNL AMONNO WOT sce -m yp ciuarecuvenee ones brevilabris, W. Horn, p. 238. 
2. Labrum black, legs testaceous ; 
elytra shorter and broader........ planifrons, W. Horn, p. 239. 


ii, Labrum long or comparatively long. 

1. Apex of abdomen concolorous. 

A. Inilytra long in proportion — to 
pronotum and head; pronotum 
often without a distinct collum. 
Pronotum with a more or less 

distinct collum before apex ; apo- 
phlysis or process of underside of 
last abdominal segment in female 
sometimes consisting of a larger 
or shorter stalk dividing at the 
end into two blunt more or less 
curved processes, sometimes of 
two parallel sharp points or spines 
proceeding directly from the 
posterior margin of the segment. 

wx. Pronotum lagenoid or flask- 
shaped, much dilated before 
base, with a long and narrow 
collum ; female with the apo- 
physis stalked, the obtuse 
points being very small. 


at. Collum long’ and distinct,..... varwcorns, Chaud., p. 245. 
i+. Collum shorter and less abr upt 
andudistinet,, ..J:is ee eee aurwennis, W. Horn, p. 247. 


6*, Pronotum with the sides less 
dilated behind. 


NEOCOLLYRIS., 


at. Pronotum with the sides very 
slightly, or comparatively 
slightly, dilated, passing gradu- 
aily into a less strongly marked 
collum. 

at. Forehead deeply excavated 
between the eyes; meta- 

sternum deeply and closely 
punctured; female with the 
apophysis stalled: oer igo op 

bf. Forehead shghtly excavated 
between the eyes; meta- 
sternum less deeply and 
closely punctured, with the 
sides especially less punctured ; 
female with the apophysis 
Stalled parse a secre coe sare ae 

ef. Forehead flat between the 
eyes, not excavated. 

*, Tibize testaceous ; apophysis 
consisting of two parallel 
points proceeding directly 
from the posterior margin. 

+. Metasternum punctate; elytra 
less elongate ; shoulders 
ODSOlCLCR. ah Pats dae eats. 

+t. Metasternum smooth; ely tra 
more elongate ; shoulders 
WIOPC ON Ayes scree? ohapehels 

**, Tarsi and posterior tibize 
cyaneous; antenne slightly 
thickened to the end, with 
the last joints shortened. 

+. Metasternum somewhat punc- 
RelbOme es srersiaraiaieicte a 2 seer sy edt 

ty. Metasternum not punctate .. 

4+. Pronotum with the © sides 
distinctly dilated behind and 
with a distinct collum; female 
with the apophysis always 
consisting of two sharp parallel 
points proceeding directly from 
the posterior margin (female 
of IN. hollart not known). 
af. Labrum more or less testa- 
ceous; legs entirely red §.... 
6{. Labrum unicolorous black: ; 
tarsi entirely, and posterior 
tibiee almost entirely, pitchy 
or cyaneous, 
*, Elytra longer with the 
shoulders rounded ; anterior 
and intermediate tibiee red. . 


233 


varutar is, Chaud., p. 241. 


subtis, Chaud., p. 240. 


attenuata, Redt. (Gmaculi- 
[cormis, Chaud.), p. 240. 


redtenbacher %, W. Horn 
(attenuata, Chaud.), p. 259 


punctatella, W. Horn, p. 248. 
pleicoilis, W. Horn, p. 272. 


linearis, Schm.-Goeb., p.243. 


parvula, Chaud., p. 244. 


§ The var. ¢enwicornis, Chaud., which has the legs in part darker, has not 
occurred in India; it is, perhaps, a separate species. 


934 CICINDELID®, 


**, Elytra shorter with the 
shoulders rectangular; all 
the tibie cyaneous ........ 

b. Pronotum without collum; female 
with the apophysis consisting of 
two sharp parallel points pro- 
ceeding directly from the posterior 
margin. 

*, Frontal excavation strongly cari- 
nate between the eyes; legs 
testaceous; pronotum with the 
sides straight between the basal 
and apical constrictions; antennee 
slightly thickened to the apex, 
with the last joints shortened . . 

b*, Frons almost flat between the 
eyes, with a very slight carina ; 
tibiee brownish; pronotum conical, 
with the surface strongly trans- 
versely plicate; antennze quite 
filiform, with all the joints very 

LOMO Masia cece lessen eure der tee. 

Bb. Elytra very short (5 mm.) in pro- 
portion to the pronotum and head 
(4mm.); pronotum with distinct 
long anterior collum ; ; the smallest 
known species of the genus ...... 

2, Apex of abdomen yellow; a small 
nee ereen species with red 

i: Tieerediate species (average size, as 
a rule, 13-15 mm.), with the head 
shorter in proportion, the vertex 
shorter and more widened behind the 
eyes, the eyes more prominent, and 
the ‘elytra evidently more strongly 
punctured; colour metallic, blue or 
oreen, with occasional dark varieties. 

il, Elytra with the punctuation not (or 
only occasionally in some specimens) 
elongate before apex. 

1, Apophysis of the last ventral segment 
of the female consisting of two 
sharp parallel points proceeding 
directly from the posterior margin. 

A. Posterior ttbize clear red ........ 

B. Posterior tibiee dark. 

Pronotum strongly dilated before 
the basal constriction .......... 

. Pronotum moderately or slightly 

dilated before the basal con- 

striction. 

a*, Pronotum shorter, and _ less 
slender and parallel-sided .... 

b*, Pronotum longer, slender, and 
more parallel-sided. 


kollami, W. Horn, 3, p. 245. 


roeschhet, W. Horn, p. 247. 


ceylonica, Chaud., p. 272. 


maindroni, W. Horn, p. 245. 


schaumi, W. Horn, p. 242 


fuscitarsis, Schm.-Goeb., 
[p. 256. 


bonell, Guér., p. 248. 


bonelli, var. ortygia, Bug., 
[p. 200. 


NEOCOLLYRIS. 


at. Forehead deeply excavated ; 
colour bright blue or greenish ; 
posterior tarsi dark” s4...... 

by}. Forehead not deeply excavated ; 
colour dark cyaneous, viola- 
ceous or almost black; posterior 
tarsistestaccous s)ace asc 
. Apophysis of the last ventral segment 
of the female consisting of a “short 
stalk dividing into two blunt or 

younded curved processes. 

A. Head less contracted behind 
B. Head more contracted behind. 
a. Hytra dilated. behind .......... 
Hlytra parallel-sided ............ 

ii. Elytra with the punctuation more or 

less distinctly elongate before apex. 
1. Pronotum strongly constricted at 
base, with the sides strongly dilated 
and rounded before the short col- 
lum; colour variable, but usually 
dark with a violaceous reflection .. 

Pronotum feebly constricted at base 

and gradually narrowed until just 
before apex ; colour cyaneous .... 
III. Larger species (average size 15- 

22 mm.; rarely smaller $). 

1, Head long and narrow, vertex long, 
eyes moderately prominent; colour 
dark or blue-black with more or less 
obscure metallic reflections ; pro- 
notum before base cylindrical and 
abruptly constricted into a distinct 
collum ; punctuation of elytra strong, 
elongate before apex .....bs...e.. 

ii. Head shorter and broader. 

1, Colour zreen, blue, violaceous, or 
blackish. 
A. Antenne strongly 
wards apex. 

a. Pronotum shorter, strongly dilated 
before base, the dilatation being 
sometimes almost globular; col- 
ion eT ya CIStTInCE” 4... 405 meue ae 

Pronotum longer, not strongly 
dilated before base and passing 

_ gradually into the collum. 
. Colour usually blue or violaceous ; 
pronotum less slender, with at 


thickened to- 


most very feeble transverse 
striation; punctuation of elytra 
(SS Cou eee ee oc spon 


distincta, Chaud., p. 250. 


meesta, Schm.-Goeb., p. 251. 


rufipalprs, Chaud., p. 254. 


lesnet, W. Horn, p. 253. 
similis, Lesne, p. 254. 


cruentata, Schm.-Goeb., 
[p. 252. 


cylindrica, Schm.-Goeb., 
|p. 250. 


cylindripennis, Chaud., 
: [p. 252. 


erassicorms, De}., p. 261. 


subclavata, Chaud., p. 2 


§ Specimens of NV. crassicornis (male) and N. subclavata, occasionally occur 


en do not exceed 114 or 12 


min. in length ; 


in these exceptional cases, the 


body and general form is stouter and broader than in the preceding group. 
N. saundersi is also an intermediate species as regards size, but is very distinct 
by reason of its long slender pronotum and very coarse punctuation, 


236 CICINDELID®. 


Colour black ; pronotum more 

slender, stronely striate trans- 

versely ; punctuation of elytra 

VETY COAVSO aio: oiet ees aee 

B. Antenne not strongly thickened 
towards apex. 

«. Antenne long or very long, filiform 
to the end; pronotum very long 
and narrow, ‘densely and ree eularly 
plicate tr ansversely, 

a®, Size much larger; length 19- 

20 mm. - 
at. Frontal excavation broader, with 
distinct striz behind the eyes: 
metasternum finely and closely 

punctured in the middle ; 

punctuation of elytra less 
COARSE] Guin eciq te atop ae e 
b+. Frontal excavation much 
narrower, without striz behind 
the eyes; metasternum im- 
punctate ; punctuation of elytra 


very coarse ...... cae ene 
b*, Size much smaller; length 
|: S101 Cc eee arp rre mene petra oe 


b. Antenne seldom quite ‘filiform to 
the end; pronotum shorter and, 
at least on basal half, broader, 
and not densely plicate trans- 
versely. 

Pronotum more dilated behind 
and much less contracted in 
front; body very stout........ 
b#, Pyonotum less dilated behind ; 
body less stout, sometimes 
rather elongate. 
at. Pronotum cylindrical, without 
well-developed collum ...... 
b+. Pronotum with well-developed 
collum. 
af. Base of elytra strongly punc- 
tured ; antenne lOMG> 8 sa.cioe 
bt. Base of elytra finely punctured ; 
antenne shorter............ 
2. Colour, as a rule, brassy, bronze, or 
coppery, shining il; pronotum dilated 
behind but without very distinct 
collum ;_ elytra’ very — strongly 
punctured in the middle, sparingly 
towards base ..2.5.. 1 sche. cee ee 


saundersi, Chaud., p. 259. 


andrewest, WW. Horn, p. 270. 


plicaticollis, Chaud., p. 270. 


nilgirica, sp. n. §, p. 260. 


crassicollis, Chaud., p. 259. 


saphyrina, Chaud., p. 2 
ensegnis, Chaud., p. 258. 


smaragdina, WW. Horn, p. 258. 


orichalcina, WW. Horn, p. 268. 


§ As regards size this species ought to belong to the preceding section, but 
in other respects it agrees better with members of this section; it must be 
regarded therefore as exceptional ; it was added after the table was drawn up. 

i Dr. Horn tells me that he has specimens from Yunnan, which are 
cyaneous blue, but I have not seen or heard of an Indian specimen of this 


colour. 


NEOCOLLYRIS, 


3. Colour dark brown, pitchy, or rufo- 
castaneous (occasionally with a 
slight metallic reflection), with the 
apex of the elytra often lighter ; 
middle portion of the elytra more or 
less roughly plate. 

A. Elytra densely punctured to apex, 
with the apical punctures elongate. 

a. Size larger; pronotum longer ; 
sculpture of the apex of the elytra 
less marked, central portion with 
TORE MPIC CONF eneteves. 2s eet een 

6. Size smaller; pronotum much 
shorter ; sculpture of the apex of 
the elytra very strongly marked, 
central portion with fewer plice .. 

B. Apical third of elytra never densely 
punctured with elongate punc- 
tures, often almost smooth. 

a, Antennee quite filiform to the end, 
all the joints long, last joints not 
shortened . 

b, Antennee slightly thickened towards 
apex, or, at least, with the last 
joints a little thickened. 

a*, Pronotum very long and slender, 
with a iong thin collum. 
at. Basal third of elytra remotely, 
and often very sparingly, 
UMC TUM etn wats a peer 
b+. Basal third of ely tra ‘thickly 
and coarsely punctured, more or 
IG SS TWPOSO I yes cae ces le aie 
&*, Pronotum variable, sometimes 
much dilated, with a_ weli- 
marked collum, at otber times 
passing gradually into the 
collum, but always less elongate, 
stouter and less sculptured than 
in the preceding species. 
at. Form broader, longer (22 
23 mm.) ; pronotum with a 
strong parallel-sided dilatation 
before the base, which is 
abruptly constricted into a 
short and very distinct collum ; 
apical third of elytra some- 
what distinctly, but not closely, 
[OWEECOU ODEO = EA ere Fee 
b+. Form narrower and more 
slender, smaller; collum, as a 
rule, not so abruptly separated ; 
apex variable, but inclined to 
be smooth. 


237 


fee, \W. Horn, p. 264. 


bpartita, Fleut., p. 264. 


rubens, Bates, p. 269. 


sarawakensis, Thoms., p. 268. 


sarawakensis var. doherty?, 


lW. Horn; -p. 269: 


snuthi, Chaud., p. 265. 


238 CICINDELID 2. 


a{. The roughly plicate middle 
portion of the elytra very 
distinctly separated from the 
finely punctured anterior part. 
*, Size smaller (16-18 mm.) ; 

body often more or less 

rufescent ; elytra’ = very 

sparingly punctured behind 

the central plicee. 
+. Frontal sulci parallel; fore- 

head between the eyes flat... aprealis, Chaud., p. 267 

tt. Frontal sulci convergent ; 

forehead between the eyes 


HOVCALe dh etnies Nee clone foveifrons, W. Horn, p. 267. 
**, Size larger (19-20mim.); body 
never rufescent; elytra not 
very sparingly punctured 
behind the cenitral plicee ..  aptera, Lund, p. 266. 
bt. The roughly plicate middle 
portion of the elytra gradually 
merging into the punctured 
anterior (Ol a nee Meta terreno neta apteroides, W. Horn, p. 266. 


. 


5. Neocollyris brevilabris, |)”. Morn. 
Collyris brevilabris, W. Horn, Ann. Mus. Genova, 1893, p, 381. 


Head elongate-ovate, roundly inflated behind the eyes; labrum 
very short, whitish yellow, with seven teeth, the sides and base 
being very narrowly dark; forehead shehtly impressed, with the 
longitudinal furrows at the sides deep and parallel, the space 
between somewhat convex ; antenne dark at base, lighter in 
middle, darker towards apex; pronotum long and_ slender, 
constricted at base, with the intermediate portion elongate- 
conical, the sides a little rounded, pronotal collum short, disc 
slabrous and shining; underside sparingly pilose; elytra elongate, 
narrow and parallel-sided, very finely and evenly punctured to 
the apex; sides of metasternum smooth ; colour of upperside 
dark cyaneous, moderately shining, with the legs ‘cyaneous black 
or black, the central portion of the posterior femora being red 
and the trochanters pitchy. The male, apparently, does not differ 
appreciably from the female. 

Length 8-10 millim. 

Assam; Burma: Karen Hills. 

This is a very small species and, according to Dr. Horn, differs 
from all the described species of the genus in its very short yellow 
labrum and scarcely excavate forehead. 

The only specimen which I have seen is a female of a variety 
from Martaban, 8.E. Borneo, which had the labrum very short 
but mostly dark and the legs yellow, except the femora which are 
mostly dark, the base only and the extreme apex of the inter- 
mediate and posterior pairs being yellow. The specimen is 
named by Dr. Horn and is in Mr. Nevinson’s collection. 
Dr. Horn has also described a variety or subspecies from Sumatra 
under the name weyers. 


° 


NEOCOLLYRIS. 239 


6. Neocollyris planifrons, W. Horn. 


Neocollyris planifrons, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1905, 
p. 293. 


This species is closely allied to NV. brevilabris, from which it 
differs in having the labrum black and a little longer, with sharp 
teeth, the central one being a little shorter than the adjacent ones; 
the head and the elytra are shorter and broader, and the sculpture 
of the latter is very slightly finer, the punctures being a little 
more separated; the head and pronotum are shorter and thicker 
than in V. maindroni, the forehead also being much flatter and 
less excavate behind, and the labrum is shorter; from \. parvula 
it may be distinguished by its shallow forehead, short labrum, and 
by not having the pronotum strongly contracted in front; and 
from NV. linearis, N. varvitarsis, and NV. subtilis by its short labrum, 
shorter head, and less excavate forehead ; the sculpture of the 
elytra, too, is finer and less close than in the first two of these 
species. 

Length 94 millim. 

CEYLON. 

Only one female has been hitherto discovered. 


7. Neocollyris redtenbacheri, WV. Horn. 


Collyris attenuata, Chaudoir (nee Redt.), Ann. Soc, Ent. France, 
1864, p. 523, pl. 9, fig. 19. 

Collyris redtenbachert, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1894, 
p: 12. 


Of a bright greenish or bluish-green 
colour, more or less coppery; antenne 
long and slender, very slightly thick- 
ened, these and the palpi being lighter 
in the male than in the female; labrum 
large, with seven very distinct teeth, 
the three central ones being broad and 
blunt; they are, however, somewhat 
variable ; head longer than broad, ver- 
tex moderately long, the intermediate 
space before the eyes small; pronotum 
slender, much constricted before base, 
elongate conical, with the pronotal 
collum almost or quite merged into the 
posterior portion; anterior margin 
reflexed, disc smooth, very finely strio- 
late, sides and underside sparingly but 
plainly pilose; elytra long, narrow, 
parallel - sided, with the shoulders 

Fig. 103. oblique, distinctly, closely, and regu- 
Neocollyris vedtenbacheri. larly punctured, the, punctures be- 
coming finer at the apex which is 

dentate and somewhat excised near the suture: legs rufo- 
testaceous, the extreme apex of the anterior and intermediate 


240 CICINDELIDA, 


tibie and the tarsi being sometimes pitchy. Male with the head 
more ovate than in the female, the antenne longer, and the 
pronotum longer and more slender in front. 

Length 12 millim. 

PunsaB: Simla; Sikkim: Mungphu; Nepan; Assam: Khasi 
Hills, Naga Hills, Patkai Hills; Burma: Arakan; T2nas- 
SERIM. 


8. Neocollyris attenuata, Rect. 


Collyris attenuata, Redtenbacher, Higel’s Kaschmir, iv, 1848, 
p. 498. 

Collyris maculicornis, Chaudoir, Bull, Soc. Moscou, 1850, i, p. 19; 
id., Ann. Soc. Ent. I’'rance, 1864, p. 524. 


Allied to IW. vedtenbacheri, from which it differs in having the 
five intermediate teeth of the labrum strong and blunt, and 
the exterior one on each side sharp and a little separated from 
the rest, and also in having the elytra more elongate, with the 
shoulders more obsolete, and the whole upper surface more finely 
and closely punctured, the punctures in the middle being thicker 
but not larger; the head is a little longer, with the sides less 
rounded behind the eyes, and the frontal sulci stronger and 
somewhat curved; the pronotum is a little shorter, but does not 
differ materially ; the antenne are variable in colour, but the 
terminal joints are often indistinctly dark at the apex; from 
N. variitarsis the species differs in having the head broader 
behind, the pronotum less elongate and less slender, and in the 
somewhat broader elytra. 

Length 123-13 millim. 

PungaB: Simla; Beneat: Calcutta; SrkKIM; ASSAM. 

It seems doubtful whether the preceding species is not merely 
a variety of the present one. 


9. Neocollyris subtilis, Chaud. 


Collyris subtilis, Chaudoir, Rev. Mag. Zool. 1863, p. 111; id., Ann. 
Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 525. 
Collyris brachycephala, W. Horn, Ann. Mus. Genova, 1893, p. 378. 


A small, very slender coppery-green or violaceous species, 
closely allied to NV. attenuata, but smaller, with the head narrower 
and more elongate; this character, however, is variable; the 
forehead is less deeply excavate and the sulci on each side are 
not so strong; the pronotum is evidently more slender and the 
pronotal column even less marked: the elytra are narrower, with 
the shoulders more obsolete, but quite as strongly punctured, and 
the sides of the metasternum are impunctate; the antenne are 
dark at base and then rufescent, and the legs are variable in 


NEOCOLLYRIS. 241 


colour, being yellowish-red or partly dark. The male and female 
do not appreciably differ. 

Length 10-12 millim. 

Mapras: Palni Hills, Kodaikanal (W. H. Campbell, August, 
1904); Burma: Karen Hills; Stam; Sumatra; Java. 


Var. brachycephala, W. Horn. 


This variety differs from the type in having the head much 
shorter and less attenuated, more convex and broader behind the 
eyes; the palpi, legs, and trochanters are red and the apex of 
the tibize is sometimes darker. Dr. Horn says that the formation 
of the head in this variety is very remarkable, being more 
guadrate, with the vertex much less long and broader than in 
the type-form ; intermediate forms, however, occur. 

Length 9-10 millim. 

Burma: Karen Hills. 

The small size and very narrow pronotum with the sides 
scarcely dilated before its base will easily distinguish this species. 


10. Neocollyris variitarsis, Chaw/. 
Collyris variitarsis, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1860, p. 295 ; 
id., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 523. 


Collyris sshmidt-goebelr, WW. Horn, Ann. Mus. Genova, 1893, p. 378. 
Collyris brachycephala, W. Horn, op. cit. p. 379. 


Variable in size, cyaneous blue, with the elytra sometimes green, 
and occasionally with a narrow line below the shoulders and a 
transverse central fascia reddish ; head narrow, conically elongate 
below the eyes, with the frontal sulci straight and not approximate 
behind ; pronotum elongate, much longer than the head with the 
labrum, slightly constricted at the base, with the intermediate part 
subovate, subparallel-sided, the pronotal collum not marked, the 
dise not striate, but with the upperside rather closely punctured 
and the base usually rugosely punctured ; elytra narrow, very long, 
parallel-sided, closely and rather finely sculptured throughout, the 
punctures being a little smaller and less close at the apex; sides 
of the pro-, meso-, and meta-sternum thickly punctured ; antenne 
slightly thickened towards the apex, with the first two joints 
cyaneous black, and the rest mostly flavo-testaceous; legs dark, 
femora more or less rufescent. Head longer and narrower in the 
male than in the female. 

Length 9-13 millim. 

BreneaL; Sikkim: Darjiling, Sukna; Nepan; Assam: Dunsiri 
Valley, &c.*; Burma: Karen Hills, Teinzo; Trnasserim: 
PENANG; TONKIN. 


bo The Assam insect has the elytra green and the pronotum broader, less 
conical, and slightly dilated and rounded at the sides (vide Horn, D. E, Z. 
1901, p. 45). 


at 


949 CICINDELID.®. 


Var. brachycephala, W. Horn. 


This variety differs from the type in having the head much 
shorter, more inflated and rounded behind the eyes, elongate 
ovate and not conical, and with the forehead less excavate. 

Length 11-113 millim. 

Burma: Bhamo, Karen Hills, Rangoon. 

The species is rather closely allied to NV. subtitis from which it 
differs in its average large size, broader head, longer and more 
closely punctured pronotum which is more narrowed in front, the 
slightly deeper and closer punctuation of the elytra and the dense 
punctuation of the sterna. 

Dr. Annandale (Annotated List, 1, p. 2) says that this insect is 
common among undergrowth in dense jungle, and that it is fond 
of resting on the leaves of shrubs, but is easily disturbed and is 
very active on the wing. He further adds that all the Indian and 
Malayan species of the genus with which he is acquainted have 
similar habits. They frequent especially those parts of the jungle 
in which patches of hght filter through the upper foliage. 


Ll. Neocollyris schaumi, IV. Hori. 


Collyris schaumi, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1892, p. 366. 
Var. Collyris chevrolati, W. Horn, ibid., 1894, p. 16. 


Allied to C. variitarsis, Chaud., from which it differs in having 
the last segment of the abdomen yellow, the antenne, palpi, and 
legs testaceous, the head flatter between the frontal sulci, the 
pronotum very finely striate transversely, and the elytra thickly 
covered with very small punctures, which are deep, but less strong 
towards the base and apex; the sides of the meso- and meta- 
sternum are punctured and pubescent. The yellow apex of the 
abdomen will separate it from al] other known species. 

Length 10 millim. . 

ANDAMAN ISLANDS. 


Var. chevrolati, W. Horn. 


This variety differs from the type-form in having the head 
a little broader behind the eyes, and the pronotum and elytra 
much shorter; the former is impunctate above and less punctured 
on the underside, and the elytra are a little broader behind and 
less closely sculptured at the apex; fine rufous lines, more or less 
distinct, are present on the margins, one at the shoulder and 
another in the middle, and there is an obscure median fascia; the 
legs are fulvo-testaceous, with the tarsi and the apex of the tibie 
darker; the sculpture is plainly coarser than in J. attenuata, 
Redt., and the thorax is shorter and more strongly rounded than 
in the latter species. It occurs in the same locality as the 
typical form. 


NEOCOLLYRIS. 243 


12. Neocollyris linearis, Schin.-Goeb. 


Collyris linearis, Schmidt-Goebel, Faun. Col. Birm. 1846, p. 15; 
W. Horn, Ann. Mus. Genova, 1893, p. 379. 
Var. Collyris srnke, WW. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1894, p. 15. 


A long narrow species, green or greenish cyaneous ; head long, 
labrum large, whitish testaceous in the middle with the sides 
dark, but variable ; impression between 
the eyes deep, sulci parallel; antenne 
rufescent, darker towards apex, slightly 
thickened ; vertex very long, smooth 
and shining ; pronotum very long and 
slender, rather deeply constricted before 
the base, intermediate portion slightly 
rounded at the sides, pronotal collum 
rather long, more or Jess distinct from 
the hinder portion; upper surface very 
finely striate in front, smooth and 
shining behind, underside very spar- 
ingly pilose, with seattered punctures ; 
metasternum variable in punctuation ; 
elytra with or without a light band in 
centre, long, parallel-sided, strongly 
and evenly punctured, somewhat ru- 
gosely in the middle, the apex almost 
impunctate ; legs variable, entirely 
reddish testaceous, or more or less 
pitchy. 

Fig. 104. Length 10-13 millim. 
Neocollyris linearis. ASSAM ; BurRMA: Maymyo, Pegu ; 
SAIGON ; STAM. 

Occasionally, according to Dr. Horn, the white patch of the 
labrum is smaller, and there is a very fine reddish line along 
the lateral border of the elytra behind the shoulder, which is 
more or less marked. The colour of the legs is very variable. 


Var. srnke, W. //orn. 


This variety differs from the type in its narrower pronotum, 
which is almost linear in some specimens and shows very small 
traces of a distinct pronotal collum; the colour of the elytra is 
coppery green, and they are a little more finely punctured towards 
the base; the legs are entirely reddish testaceous with the upper 
surface ot the femora darker, but this may be variable. 

Length 10-11 millim. 

Burma: Pegu District, &c., Kuby Mines (Doherty) ; Cura. 

Collyris; linearis, Chaud., may be a different insect from this 
species and appears to be only a variety of C. parvula, differing 
chiefly in the colour of the labrum and legs. 

The var. tenuicornis (Chaud., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, 

R 2 


244 CICINDELID &. 


p- 526), which occurs in Singapore, Sumatra and Java, has the 
pronotal collum more marked, and the elytra a little broader and 
more coarsely and rugosely punctured. 

NV. linearis is very closely allied to NV. subtilis, but differs in 
its larger size, smoother pronotum, and more evenly punctured 
elytra. 


13. Neocollyris parvula, Chaud. 


Collyris parvula, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1848, p. 17; id., 
Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 527. 
Var. Collyris amena, Chaudoir, op. cit., 1860, p. 295. 


Cyaneous or more or less violaceous ; head moderately long, 
labrum cyaneous, unicolorous; forehead moderately excavate, 
the excavation being somewhat narrowed 
in front, as the eyes are closer together 
before the labrum than in the allied 
species ; vertex behind the eyes long and 
smosth ; antenne rufescent, pitchy to- 
wards apex, first jomt cyaneous, second 
joint pitchy : pronotum long, not strongly 
constricted at the base, with the portion 
before this moderately rounded and pass- 
ing gradually into the distinct pronotal 
eollum, which is slightly, but distinctly, 
dilated at the apex ; upper surface rugose 
transversely, underside smooth and very 
sparingly pilose; elytra narrow, with the 
shoulders not marked, evenly and rather 
strongly punctured until just before the 
apex, where they are nearly smooth; legs 
rufo-testaceous, with the tarsi and most 

Fig. 105. of the posterior tibie black-eyaneous ; 

Neocollyris parvula. episterna of metasternum smooth. In 

the male the eyes are a little more convex 

and the head is a little more narrowed behind, but the differences 
are hardly appreciable. 

Length 94-103 millim. 

Bompay: North Kanara, Belgaum. 


Var. amena, Chaud. 


This variety, which is found with the type, differs chiefly in 
being of a greenish or olivaceous colour with the tibie and tarsi 
blackish and slightly metallic. Apart from this, the differences 
are so slight that it can hardly be regarded as even a variety : 
it occurs with the type and with intermediate forms, as pointed 
out by Dr. Horn (Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1894, p. 169). 


NEOCOLLYRIS. 245 


14. Neocollyris maindroni, W. Horn. 


Neocollyris maindront, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1905, 
p. 294. 


Closely allied to V. parvula, from which it differs in having the 
last joint of the antennz longer, the central Jongitudinal portion 
of the forehead indistinctly dilated behind (the sulci not being 
parallel as in C. parvula), the pronotum longer and much nar- 
rower, the pronotal collum longer and more cylindrical, and the 
elytra shorter and a little more finely sculptured. The species 
has the shortest elytra in proportion to the relatively longest 
pronotum in its group. 

Length 9-10 millim. 

Mapras: Walladi in Travancore, Nilgiri Hills (H. Leslie 
Andrewes). 

The specimen from the Nilgiri Hills is of a dark greenis} 
colour, and not cyaneous. 


15. Neocollyris kollari, W. Horn. 
Neocollyris hoilari, W. Worn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1901, p. 47. 


Allied to NW. parvula, from which species it differs in having the 
head a little more ample, with the vertex less triangular, and 
the forehead level in front and much more deeply and widely 
excavate ; the pronotum is shorter and broader, less parallel- 
sided behind, and more plainly constricted in front, the pronotal 
collum being rather long and narrow; the upper surface is obso- 
letely striolate transversely and moderately punctured at the 
sides ; the episterna of the pronotum are very finely striate at 
tke sides and rather coarsely punctured near the coxex ; the elytra 
are much shorter than in WV. parvula, and a little broader, espe- 
cially behind, with the shoulders more rectangular, and the 
sculpture very slightly closer and coarser; the tibie and tarsi 
are cyaneous. 

The pronotum is not so strongly narrowed in front of the 
posterior dilatation as in C. variicornis and is consequently not 
so evidently lagenoid or flask-shaped; it differs also from the 
latter species in other particulars. 

Length 9 millim. 

CENTRAL InpIA. 


16. Neocollyris variicornis, Chaud. 


Collyris variicornis, Chaudoir, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 530. 

Var, Collyris flavolabiata, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1892, 
p. 366. 

Var. Collyris gestroi, W. Horn, Ann. Mus. Genova, 1893, p. 380. 


Cyaneous, with the elytra cyaneous, greenish bronze, or coppery 


246 CICINDELID®. 


the tints being variable ; head long behind the eyes (which are 
large and moderately prominent), smooth and shining. frontal 
impression rather strong with the sulci 
deep, sides more rounded in the female 
than in the male; labrum partly tes- 
taceous, more or less pitchy ; antennce 
variable in colour, rufo-testaceous, 
more or less pitchy; pronotum long, 
flask-shaped, moderately strongly con- 
stricted at the base, with the dilated 
part much broader and more rounded 
at the sides than in WN. parvula, pro- 
notal collum very distinct, slender, 
parallel-sided, and scarcely dilated at 

\ the apex; upper surface smooth and 
shining with a few feeble. scattered 
punctures, underside rather strongly 
pilose; elytra evenly and rather 
strongly punctured with a tendency 
to become slightly rugose in places 


Fig. 106. nearly smooth at the apex, shoulders 

Neocollyvis variicornis, not marked; legs rufo-testaceous, 

tibiz and tarsi more or less pitchy ; 

inetasternum distinctly punctured; in the female the two pro- 

jecting points at the apex of the last ventral segment spring from 

a small plate projecting from the margin, and not from the 
marein itself. 

Length 12-123 millim. 

Sikkim: Upper Teesta Valley, E. Himalayas, 4000 ft. ; Assam: 
Sylhet, Khasi Hills, Patkai Hills, Naga Hills; Burma: Thara- 
waddy; Manay Starrs: Bukit Besar, Naw nechik, 2500 ft., May to 
September (Robansoi). 


Var. flavolabiata, JV. Hori. 


Dr. Horn first introduced this variety as a species allied to 
NV. parvula, from which it may be at once known by the dense 
punctuation of the sterna; it differs from the type-form of 
N. varucornis in having the labrum and the legs almost entirely 
testaceous, and in its small size. 

Length 9 millim. 

ANDAMAN and Nicospar Isnanps (Cornwallis and de Roep- 


storff ). 


Var. gestroi, W. Horn. 


This variety is closely allied to the preceding, but differs in its 
larger size and in having the anterior and posterior portions of 
the pronotum longer, so that the whole form appears more slender ;. 


(but this varies in different specimens), 


NEOCOLLYRIS. 247 


the base of the pronotum is rugosely punctate ; from the type- 
form it appears to chiefly differ in the colour of the labrum and 
the more slender pronotum. 

Length 104-123 millim. 

Burma: Karen Hills; Tenasserio. 


17. Neocollyris auripennis, W. orn. 
Neocollyris auripennis, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1905, p. 7. 
Rather closely allied to WN. variicornis, but with the collum of 


the pronotum shorter, less abrupt, and less distinct; the elytra 
are of a metallic green colour with bronze or golden reflections, 


Fig. 107.—Neocollyris auripennis. 


and the sculpture is somewhat closer and more rugose; the head 
is a little more excavate between the eyes and the legs are darker. 
As, however, intermediate specimens occur, it is quite possible 
that the insect is only a variety of NV. varwcornis. 

Length 11-12 millim. 

Assam: Manipur; Tonxxn. 


18. Neocollyris roeschkei, W. Horn. | 
Neocollyris roeschket, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1892, 
p. 365 *, 


Elongate and parailel-sided, with the labrum anteriorly yellow 
in the centre, the head quadrate, convex between the lateral sulci 


* Dr. Horn (D. E. Z. 1901, p. 48) mentions NV, aureofusca, Bates, as recorded 
doubtfully from Kashmir ; but as it appears to be a Chinese species, it is best 
to omit it from the Indian list until its occurrence within our limits has been 
reliably confirmed. 


248 CICINDELID Z. 


and with short strie near the eyes; pronotum with the sides 
straight between the anterior and posterior sulci, slightly nar- 
rowed in front, with slight transverse striation and a few scattered 
punctures; elytra moderately finely punctured in front, but 
coarsely punctured in and behind the middle; legs testaceous : 
sides of metasternum narrowly punctured. 

The form of the pronotum, taken in conjunction with the 
sculpture of the elytra, will serve to distinguish it from its allies. 

Length 12 millim. 

Benean: Calcutta. 


19. Neocollyris punctatella, Chiud. 


Collyris punctatella, Chaudoir, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 525. 
Collyris nietnert, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1895, p. 357. 


Allied in general appearance to C. attenuata, Redt., but differs 
in having the vertex shorter behind the eyes, which are more 
prominent, the frontal furrow much less impressed and _ less 
convergent, and the space between the eyes flat; the pronotum is 
less dilated behind and more strongly rugose on the disc, and the 
pronotal collum is less distinct ; the sides are remotely punctured 
and pilose; the elytra are regularly and rather coarsely punc- 
tured almost throughout, the punctures never coalescing, except 
an occasional pair just before the apex: an obscure median trans- 
verse luteous band is sometimes present ; the antenne are slightly 
thickened and have the first five joints cyaneous (the third and 
fourth being rufous at the apex) and the following joints darker ; 
the tarsi and the hind tibiz are bluish-black. 

Length 12 millim. 

CryLton: Balangoda, March. 


20. Neocollyris bonelli, Gué,. 


Collyris bonelli, Guérin, Bélanger Voy. Ind. Or., Zool. 1834, p. 481, 
pl. 2, fig. 1; Chaudoir, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, pl. 7, fig. 7. 
Var. Collyris batesi, W. Hern, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1892, p. 555. 
Var. Collyris ortygia, Buquet, Ani. Soc. Ent. France, 1835, p. 604 ; 
Chaud., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 502, pl. 17, fig. 6. 
Collyris postica, Brullé, Arch. Mus. Paris, 1, p. 138, pl. 9, 
fig. 8; Chaud., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 504. 
Collyris ruficornis, Brullé, |. c. p. 159. 
Collyris filiformis, Chaud., Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1848, p. 697 ; 
id., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 507, pl. 8, fig. 9. 
Collyris cribrosa, Chaud., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, 
OUT « 
Collyris melanopoda, Schmidt-Goebel, Faun. Birm. p. 15. 
Collyris flavitarsis, Brullé, 1. c. p. 141. 
Collyris cribellata, Chaud., Buil, Soc. Moscou, 1860, p. 290. 
Collyris puncticollis, Chaud., Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1860, p. 291., 
Collyris terminalis, Chaud., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, 
p- 909. 


NEOCOLLYRIS. 249 


Collyris thoracica, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. 1892, 
p. 356, & 1897, p. 50. 
Collyris bonelli var. diversipes, nom. noy. 
C. bonelli var. cruentata, W. Horn (nec Schm.-Goeb.), 
Deutsche Ent. Zeit. 1894, p. 224. 


Variable in colour, cyaneous, blue or dark with or without a 
violaceous tinge. Head rather large, with the vertex wider in 
the male than in the female, labrum large with biunt teeth, eyes 
rather prominent; forehead rather 
strongly excavate between the eyes, 
not raised between the sulci which are 
deep and parallel; antenne some- 
what thickened towards the apex, 
variable in colour; pronotum stout, 
strongly constricted near the base and 
apex, intermediate portion dilated 
and then contracted into a very short 
pronotal collum, disc smooth and 
shining, with remote scattered punc- 
tures, but not striolate; underside 
punctured and pilose; elytra closely 
and strongly, but variably, punctured, 
the sculpture showing a tendency to 
become rugose in the middle; legs 
variable in colour, but with the tarsi, 
the tibize, and the extreme apex of the 
femora, and also the posterior coxe, 
as a rule, dark; metasternum more 

Fig. 108. or less punctured, the punctuation 
Neocollyris bonelli var, ortygia. being variable. 
Length 13-134 millim. 

Beneau: Calcutta; StkKim; Assam: Naga Hills and Patkai 
Hills (Doherty); Burma: Maymyo, 3000 ft. (Bingham), Thara- 
waddy and Pegu (Corbett); TENasserim (Doherty); Java. 

Lam somewhat doubtful of the Calcutta locality, which rests 
on a single specimen in the Indian Museum. 


Var. batesi, W. Horn. 


Larger than the type, with the head broader and thicker; the 
forehead broadly excavate and furnished with a plain impression 
behind ; the pronotum short and moderately narrowed in front, 
and the elytra short and coarsely sculptured; the colour is either 
green or violaceous. 

Length 14 millim. 

Assam: Khasi Hills; Stam; Cocuin CuHIna. 

Dr. Horn introduced this insect as a new species allied 
to N. saphyrina, but now considers it to be a variety of 
N. bonelli. 


250 CICINDELID/. 


Var. ortygia, Bug. 

This variety, which is much commoner than the type-form, is 
closely allied to it, but chiefly differs in having the pronotum less 
stout and less rounded at the sides, and in the sculpture of the 
elytra being shallower, but closer, and more plainly rugose in 
the middle: intermediate forms, however, occur, and it is 
doubtful whether it ought even to be separated as a variety. 
All students of the group are much indebted to Dr. Horn for: 
working out the synonymy, from which it will be gathered that 
there is much variation in many points. This is one of the very 
few members of the genus that can, in any sense, be cailed 
common, so far as our knowledge goes at present, and an exa- 
mination of a series leads us to think that some, at any rate, of 
the described species will hereafter be sunk as synonyms. 

Mapras: Mahé Cl/aindron); Beneau: Rajmahal (Annandale), 
Caleutta; Kasumir; Neprat; Assam: North Cachar; Burma : 
Bhamo, 'Tharawaddy, &c.; Sourn Cuina; Tonkin ; 814m; CocHin 
Criwa; Manay Srares: Malacca, Singapore; Sumatra; Java; 
Batt; SumBawa; SumBa; Nias Is.; Baneay Is. 


Var. diversipes, nom. nov. 

This variety differs from the type-form in having the posterior 
tarsi red, and the forehead less excavate; the trochanters and the 
apex of the posterior tibize are sometimes of the same reddish 
colour. The insect closely resembles WV. cruentata, Schm.-Goeb., 
to which Dr. Horn at first assigned it as a variety. 

Length 134-144 millim. 

BurMa; Java; Borneo. 

I suggest the name var. diversipes for this insect, as Dr. Horn’s 
name var. cruentata is already preoccupied in the genus. 

There are other varieties of this species which occur in South 
China and the Malay Archipelago, but they have not hitherto 
been found in India. 


<1. Neocollyris distincta, Chaud. 
ollyris distincta, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1860, p. 290; id.,. 
Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 501. 

Collyris procera, Chaudoir, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 501 ; 
W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1898, p. 193. 


Variable both im size and colour, being blue, green, or violaceous ; 
head rather long and broad, rounded behind the eyes, considerably 
more narrowed in the male than in the female, rather deeply 
excavate, with the space between the sulci not much raised ; 
antenne dark with the central joints more or less ferruginous ; 
pronotum long and rather slender, rather strongly constricted at 
the base, with the intermediate part not strongly dilated and 
passing imperceptibly into a short pronotal collum, upper surface 


NEOCOLLYRIS. 25] 


with scattered punctures, under surface punctured and_ pilose ; 
elytra long, parallel-sided, cylindrical, closely and finely punctured 
throughout, with only siight traces of rugosity in the middle; legs 
slender and elongate, red, with the tibia and tarsi more or less 
impunctate ; mesosternum smooth, except at the posterior angles 
which are punctured. 

Length 18-15 milli. 

Bompay: Kanara; Breneau: Calcutta; Sixxim: Darjiling ; 
Assam: Khasi Hills; Mapras: Chatrapur, Ganjam District. 

In shape this species resembles V. saphyrina, but it is smaller 
and may be at once known by the much more fine and less rugose 
sculpture of the elytra. 

Collysis procera, Chaud., is a variety of this species, with the 
forehead and vertex rather broader, the shoulders more plainly 
inarked and the elytra without elongate punctures towards apex 
@a AW: torn. 1). Z. 1898, p.- 193). 

It is possible that one or two of the above localities may be in 
error, as Dr. Horn (Annotated List, pt. i, p. 3) says that, prior to 
the species being found at Calcutta, there was no record of its 
occurrence in Northern India. It occurs up to the extreme north- 
west of British India, but is not known from Ceylon. 

Dr. Horn appears now to consider this insect as a variety of 
NV. bonelli, but I prefer to leave it at present as a species. 


22. Neocollyris moesta, Nchin.-Geeb. 


Collyris mesta, Schmidt-Goebel, Faun. Col. Birm. 1846, p. 14; 
Chandoir, Ann. Soc. Int. France, 1864, p. 605, 

Collyris flavicornis, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1860, i, p. 292 3; 
id., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, pol plas; ek. 


This species is allied to the var. ortygia of WN. bonelli, which 
it resembles in several points. The colour is dark cyaneous or 
violaceous with the head and pronotum sometimes almost black ; 
the head is narrow, with the eyes not strongly prominent and the 
forehead not deeply excavate; the labrum has the central tooth 
the narrowest, the next on each side being much broader and 
rounded, the third pair sharp, projecting and separated from the 
adjacent pair by a broad notch, the fourth pair sharp and standing 
some little way back from the rest ; the antennee are long and not 
thickened; the pronotum is not strongly strangulate at the base 
and has the dilated portion in front of the base more slender, 
longer, and more parallel-sided than in C. bonelli var. ortygia, the 
pronotal collum being distinct, short, and parallel-sided ; the upper 
surface is remotely punctured and slightly rugose (but this 
perhaps is variable); the elytra are a little broader behind, with 
the general outline somewhat rounded (the shoulders ‘being 
obliquely rounded), strongly punctured, less closely at the base, 
closely and rugosely in the centre, the sculpture becoming much 
finer at the apex; a red line is sometimes present behind the 


252 CICINDELID#. 


shoulders, and also a transverse indistinct rufous band in the 
middle; the femora are red, the tibie dark cyaneous, and 
the posterior tarsi testaceous. 

Length 13-15 millim. 

Burma; PERAK; Stam; Campopra; CocHin CHINA; MALACCA. 


23. Neocollyris cylindripennis, Chaud. 


Collyris cylindripennis, Chaudoir, Rev. Mag. Zool. 1864, p. 106; 
id., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 514, pl. 8, fig. 13. 


One of the most distinct of all the species ; elongate, bronze or 
pitchy bronze ; labrum large, with broad blunt teeth; head long, 
moderately excavate between the eyes, sulci not strongly marked, 
vertex long, smooth, and shining; antenne long, slightly thickened 
towards the apex, pitchy, central joints 
ringed with red; pronotum not strongly 
constricted before the base, the portion 
before the constriction being cylin- 
drical and parallel-sided, and distinctly 
but obtusely angled before the pronotal 
eollum, which is not very long but very 
distinct and_ parallel-sided, anterior 
margin reflexed, upper surface with 
large obscure scattered punctures, 
under surface punctured and pilose ; 
elytra long, with a more or less cop- 
pery reflection, greenish towards the 
base, with a very distinct testaceous 
band at middle, and in most cases a 
fine reddish lateral line extending 
from the shoulders, strongly punctured 
throughout, the punctuation in the 
centre being rugose, and at the apex 
finer and longitudinally rugose; meta- 

Fig. 109. sternum almost impunctate, except in 

Neocollyris cylindripennis. the middle; legs slender, reddish, 

ferruginous, or pitchy, the posterior 

tarsi (except the claws) and the apex of the posterior tibie being 
whitish testaceous. 

Length 16-16 millim. 

Burma: Karen Hills (Fea); Siam. 


24. Neocollyris cruentata, Schin.-Goeb. 


Collyris cruentata, Schmidt-Goebel, Faun. Col. Birm. 1846, p. 14; 
Chaudoir, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 505. 


Variable in colour, elytra cyaneous, or greenish cyaneous, or 
violaceous, or brownish with a violaceous reflection, front parts 
dark, shining, with a greenish or violaceous tinge; head rather 


NEOCOLLYRIS. ae 


large, not strongly narrowed behind, with the eyes rather promi- 
nent, forehead deeply excavate between the eyes with strong 
frontal sulci; antenne pitchy, ferruginous 
in the middle; pronotum long, deeply im- 
pressed and constricted at the base, rather 
strongly dilated before the base, pronotal 
collum short and not abrupt, apical margin 
strongly reflexed, underside pilose, and 
with scattered punctures ; elytra parallel- 
sided, deeply and closely punctured, the 
punctuation being somewhat rugose in 
the middle, and more elongate and less 
marked at apex; a dark red stripe behind 
the shoulders and a short irregular reddish 
patch at about the middle are sometimes 
present, but these are often quite obsolete ; 
femora mostly red, tibie dark, tarsi dark, 
except the posterior pair, which are light 
yellow, except the last joint and the claws; 

/ metasternum plainly punctured ; apophysal 
f processes of female consisting of two 

Fig. 110, parallel points proceeding directly from 
Neocollyris erwentata, the apex of the last ventral segment. 
Length 14-15 millim. 

Assam: Sibsagar (Peal) ; Burma: Tharawaddy, Taune-ngu, 
Rangoon, Karen Hills, Pegu; Tmnasseritm ( Wood- Mason); SIAM ; 
Mauacca ; SuMATRA; BORNEO. 

This species resembles V. bonelh, but is larger and may be 
known by its more deeply excavate forehead, more prominent 
eyes, less slender thorax, more deeply and rugosely punctured 
elytra, and the pale colour of the posterior tarsi; the latter 
character will at once superficially distinguish it from the above- 
named species, as well as from N. rufipalpis, to which it is also 
closely allied; the latter species, moreover, has the elytra more 
closely punctured and without the distinct elongate punctures at 
the apex. 


25. Neocollyris lesnei, JV. Horn. 
Collyris lesnct, W. Horn, Ann. Mus. Genova. 1893, p. 374. 


Elongate, rather narrow, with the front parts cyaneous and the 
elytra blue with a violaceous or greenish reflection ; labrum large 
and smooth, with the five central teeth even and blunt, and two 
sharper ones lying further back; head broad, with prominent 
eyes, narrower behind in the male, with the front broadly ex- 
cavate, the frontal sulci being deep and more or less approximate 
behind, and the space between only slightly convex; pronotum 
strongly constricted at the base, then dilated and rounded and 
gradually narrowed into a short pronotal collum, the apex rather 


Qa. CICINDELID. 


strongly reflexed, the upper surface almost smooth; elytra 
rather strongly, closely, and evenly punctured, much as in 1. rufi- 
palpis, Chaud., with only slight traces of rugose sculpture, apex 
eomparatively smooth, apical margin truncate with the external 
angle sharp; the antenne have the first aud second joints and the 
base of the third cyaneous, the rest being entirely yellowish red ; 
legs with the femora and trochanters red, the rest dark; all the 
sterna plainly punctured. 

Length 13-14 millim. 

Burma: Karen Hills. 


26. Neocollyris similis, Lesne. 


Collyris similis, Lesne, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1891, p. 55; id., 
op. cit. 1895, p. 292, fig. 2. 


Allied to C. lesnei, from which it differs in having the elytra 
more parallel-sided, giving it a somewhat more linear appearance, 
the pronotum a little more rounded before the basal constriction, 
and the pronotal collum slightly more marked; the antennz are 
mostly dark and the projections or teeth of the last abdominal 
segment of the female are smaller; the metasternum is less 
strongly punctured; the punctuation of the elytra is somewhat 
coarser and shows rather more traces of rugosity. 

Length 18-14 millim. 

Mapras: Nigiri Hills; Assam; Prrax. 

Both this and the preceding species may be easily known from 
C. bonellt and its var. ortygia, which they superficially resemble, 
by the shape of the head, which is much more widely and deeply 
excavate, much more constricted behind, and has the eyes con- 
siderably more prominent. 

Tam much obliged to Dr. Horn for sending me for inspection 
typical examples of this and the preceding species. 

In the Deutsche Ent. Zeit. 1904, p. 838, Dr. Horn publishes 
further differences between JV. similis and N. lesner. The former 
of these, he says, has a less triangular head, and the pronotum is 
less conical (with the sides more rounded), tapering and somewhat 
broader in front; the difference of breadth is especially noticeable 
on the middle third ; the short projecting processes at the apex ot 
the last abdominal segment of the female are of the same general 
character in both species, but in V. similis they are less divergent 
and their whole confermation is narrower. 


27. Neocollyris rufipalpis, Chaud. 
Collyris rufipalpis, Chaudoir, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 504; 
W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1892, p. 357 ; id., op. cit. 1897, 
p. 50; id., Ann. Mus. Genova, 1898, p, 374. 
Collyris obscura, Lesne, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1891, p. 55; id., 
op. cit..1895, p. 292, fig. 1. 


Very variable in colour, blue, cyaneous, or bright green, with or 


_— 


NEOCOLLYRIS. Z2a0 


without a reddish band in the centre of the elytra and a longi- 
tudinal line of the same colour behind the shoulders ; head rather 
large, slightly more narrowed behind in the male than in the 
female, frontal excavation rather large, frontal sulci deep and 
convergent behind ; antenne variable in colour; palpi in the male 
entirely rufous yellow, in the female pitchy black, first joint of 
the labial palpi yellowish; pronotum rather strongly constricted 
at the base, conical before the base, with the sides not strongly 


Hig. L11.—Neocollyris rufipalpis, and apophysal processes of female. 


rounded and passing gradually into a short pronotal collum, upper 
surface almost smooth, very finely and in some specimens aluost 
imperceptibly strigose, under surface punctured and pilose ; elytra 
subparallel-sided, very closely, evenly, and deeply punctured, with 
traces of rugosity towards the suture in and behind the middle, 
interstices raised ; femora clear ved, tibize and tarsi-dark ; meta- 
sternum distinctly punctured ; apophysal processes of the last 
ventral segment of the female blunt, curved, and divergent. 

This species 1s smaller than NV. saphyrina, and may be known 
at once by its much finer punctuation; from N. distincta it may 
be separated by its wider pronotum, more strongly marked 
shoulders of the elytra, and rather coarser punctuation; and 
from WV. fuscitarsis, apart from various differences of form and 
punctuation, by the colour of the legs. 

Length 133-15 millim. 

Assam; Burma: Karen Hills; Cocuin COnitna; Tonkin; 
SUMATRA; JAVA. 

Apparently WV. obscura, Lesne, is merely a dark coloured variety. 


28. Neocollyris cylindrica, Schin.-Goeb. 


ollyris cylindrica, ~chmidt-Goebel, Faun, Col. Bir.n. 1846, p. 15; 
W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1899, p. 131. 


Cyaneous; moderately broad, parallel-sided and cylindrical 


256 CICINDELID 2. 


head moderately broad, deeply excavate, with distinct frontal 
furrows; antenne short, scarcely reaching the middle of the 
pronotum, scarcely thickened towards the apex, with the first 
three joints blue, the next two partly blue, and the rest red ; 
pronotum feebly constricted at the base and gradually narrowed 
until just before the apex, finely strigose transversely ; elytra 
coarsely and not closely punctured, rugose in the middle, finely 
and longitudinally punctured at the apex; legs red or yel- 
lowish red, with the anterior and intermediate tibiee and tarsi 
cyaneous, and the last two joints of the posterior tarsi black- 
brown. 

Length 14 millim. 

Burma. 


29. Neocollyris fuscitarsis, Schiz.-Goeb. 


Collyris fuscitarsis, Schmidt-Goebel, Faun. Col. Birm. 1846, p, 16: 
Chaudoir, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, "1864, p- 499. 
Collyris diffracta, Schm.-Goeb., op. “cit. Dp. ln, 


Blue, violaceous, purplish, or green, but usually blue; head 
large, vertex not strongly narrowed behind the eyes, which are 
prominent, frontal excavation deep, the space between the sulci 
not very convex, labrum large; antenne dark at the base, the 
rest reddish yellow ; pronotum moderately constricted at the base, 
and strongly so before the apex, the intermediate portion being 

eradually but not strongly widened from 

i the base towards the apex, before which 

it forms a very short pronotal collum 
(in a large series, however, such as I 
have betore me, this character slightly 
varies), upper surface with more or less 
distinct rugose striation, under surface 
somewhat remotely but plainly punctured, 
and pilose: elytra strongly and coarsely 
punctured, the punctures being larger and 
rugose in the imiddle, and much finer 
towards the base, the apex being almost 
smooth ; legs bright red, the anterior and 
intermediate tarsi, and the apical joint 
of the posterior pair being fuscous ; 
metasternum very finely, but distinctly 


te 


punctured. 
Length 15-18 millim. 
Fig. 112. Sikkim; Assam: BurMa: Moulmein, 


Neocollyris fuscitarsis, | Rangoon, Tharawaddy; Cocu1n Cura ; 
Tonkin ; Matacca ; SUMATRA; JAVA. 
Schmidt-Goebel (/:c. p. 16) says that Helfer, in his Journal, 
has the following note on this species :-— 


NEOCOLLYRIS. DAS GE 


“The colour of the legs, which is very constant, will distinguish 
this species from its nearest allies; it is very variable in size, 
colour, and also, to a certain extent, in the shape of the pronotum 
and in the sculpture of the elytra.” 


30. Neocollyris saphyrina, Chaud. 


Collyris saphyrina, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1850, p, 18; id., 
Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 498, pl. 7, fig. 5. 
© Collyris boys, Chaudoir, op. cit. 1860, p. 288. 


Allied to NV. fuscitarsis, from which it may be known by its 
average larger size, the much stronger and more rugose punc- 
tuation of the elytra, the dark tibiae, and the more slender 
pronotum which has a longer collum, and has hardly any traces 


Fig. 113.—Neocollyris saphyrina. 


of rugose striae; the antenne are dark at the base, with the 
central joints dark and ringed distinctly with red, and the apical 
joints fuscous or reddish fuscous ; the sterna are very finely 
punctured. 

The female differs from the male in having the antenne 
somewhat shorter, the head less narrowed behind, the eyes 
less prominent, and the thorax a little broader; it was de- 
scribed at first by Chaudoir as another species; the differences 
are not striking. 

Length 17-18 millim. 

Nepat; Sikkim: Pedong, Mungphu; Assam, 


258 CICINDELID&. 


31. Neocollyris insignis, Chaud. 


Collyris insignis, Chaudoir, Rev. Mag. Zool. 1864, p. 76; id., Ann. 
Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 496, pl. 7, fig. 4. 


Very closely allied to NV. saphyrina, but 
on the average larger, with the head a 
little less quadrate in the male (in the 
female the difference is not marked), the 
pronotum slightly narrower and more elon- 
gate, and distinctly less cunstricted at the 
base, the basal angles being considerably 
more in a line with the sides than in 
N. saphyrina ; the sculpture of the elytra 
is stronger, and the central plice are larger 
and more marked ; in some specimens there 
are distinct traces of rugose striz on the 
upper surface of the pronotum, but in 
others the upper surface is quite smooth 
as in the specimens of VV. saphyrina which 
I have seen; this is apparently a variable 
character in this group, for Chaudoir, in 
describing WN. saphyrina, says: “ thorax 
supra obsolete striolatus.” The punctures 
: on the prosternum are feeble and remote, 

Fig. 114. while those on the metasternum are very 

Neocollyris insignis. close and fine. 

Length 18-21 millim. 

Stxkim: Darjiling, Mungphu, Pankabari; Baouran; Assam: 

Khasi Hills; Burma, 


32. Neocollyris smaragdina, W. Horn. 


Collyris smaragdina, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1894, 
p. 220. 


Allied to N. ansiguis, from which it may be known by its 
smaller size and narrower shape, and by the strongly narrowed 
head, which has the eyes less prominent, and the forehead less 
broadly but more deeply excavate; the pronotum is narrower 
with the collum longer and the anterior margin much less reflexed, 
and the elytra are more slender with the punctures on the anterior 
half less deep and a little less close towards the base; the head 
and pronotum are cyaneous and the elytra greenish, and there is 
a pitchy-black or brownish patch on the anterior half towards the 
suture ; the anterior legs are cyaneous or black; the antenne and 


the rest of the legs are wanting in the specimen described by 
Dr. Horn. 


Length 17 millim. 
SrkKIM: Mungphu, Kurseong; BHUTAN. 


aa 


\ 
; 


NEOCOLLYRIS. 259 


33. Neocollyris crassicollis, Chaud. 
Collyris crassicollis, Chaudoir, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 497. 


Allied to N. saphyrina, and, apparently, closely resembling that 
species, from which it is chiefly distinguished by the shape of the 
pronotum, which is of the same length, but much larger in its 
dilated part and much less contracted in front, with the basal 
constriction less marked especially at the sides; on the elytra 
there are only two or three plice in the centre, and at the apex of 
one of these is sometimes a yellow spot; the antenne, after the 
first two joints, are reddish, gradually becoming darker towards 
the apex. Compared with N. insignis it has the pronotum shorter, 
thicker, and less contracted in front, and the plice of the elytra 
and the sculpture near these more feeble. 

Length 17 millim. 

SIKKIM. 

The type, which Chaudoir refers to (/. ¢. p. 497) as being in the 
British Museum, is missing, as Dr. Horn has also pointed out, 
and I have not been able to see an example of the species. 


34. Neocollyris saundersi, Chaud. 


Collyris saundersi, Chaudoir, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 496. 

N. saundersi, vaz. letior, W. Horn, Spolia Zeylan. ii (5), 1904, p. 35. 

N, saundersi, var. continentahs, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 
1905, p. 295. 


A very distinct species; black, with a more or less distinct 
bronze or greenish bronze reflection ; head large and broad in the 
female with the vertex subquadrate and dilated at the base; male 
with the sides contracted gradually before the base; antenneze 
longer in the male than in the female, dark, reddish brown towards 
the apex (at least in some specimens); frontal excavation large, 
frontal sulci strong, the space between them flat; pronotum long 
and slender, not strongly constricted before the base, then slightly 
dilated and gradually passing into a rather long pronotal collum, 
upper surface plainly and more or less strongly strigose, underside 
also strigose; elytra very strongly and deeply punctured, scarcely, 
if at all, rngose in the middle, the sculpture being finer towards 
the base and apex, but distinct throughout; apex truncated, more 
widely so in the female than in the male; legs dark, with the 
femora and coxe red; metasternum very finely punctured at 
the sides. 

Length 14-17 millim. 

Cryton: Kandy, Bandarawela. 


Var. letior, W. Horn. 


Rather smaller, on the average, than the type; colour above 
and below subolivaceous, with the head black; femora and coxee 
rufous brown; tibiz either cyaneous or rufo-testaceous; tarsi 

82 


260 CICINDELID &. 


entirely cyaneous, or with the first joint of the intermediate and 
posterior pairs brownish ; pronotal collum less abrupt and a little 
stouter. 

Length 13-16 millim. 

Cryton : Colombo, Morawak, Korale, Kandy. 


Var. continentalis, W. Hori. 


This variety differs from the type in having the central part of 
the forehead narrower, with the orbits striolate; the pronotum 
is a little shorter and thicker (the anterior collum being plainly 
shorter and less narrowed), much less striated on its upper surface 
(the hinder part of the disc being almost smooth), and with the 
base more strongly strangulate at the sides; the sculpture of the 
elytra before the apex is a little more confluent longitudinally ; 
the episterna of the prosternum are less transversely striated, and, 
together with the episterna of the mesosternum, are more scantily 
and coarsely punctured; the sculpture of the metasternum, the 
posterior coxee and the abdomen is closer and in part coarser, and 
the lateral anterior angle of the metasternum is punctured ; the 
colour of the body is olive-bronze with the femora red. 

From the var. letior it differs in the somewhat narrower central 
portion of the forehead and the evidently striated orbits of the 
eyes, the shorter and smoother pronotum which is more thickened 
behind, the finer sculpture of the elytra and the more pronounced 
longitudinal sculpture at the apex, the coarser punctuation of the 
pro- and mesosternum, and the thicker sculpture of the meta- 
sternum and the posterior coxee. 

Length 16-17 millim. (15 mm. sine labro). 

Mapras: Wallardi in Travancore (Maindron). 


35. Neocollyris nilgirica, sp. n. 


A slender and graceful species, of a greenish bronze colour, 
with long legs and long filiform antennz which are not thickened 
towards the apex ; labrum large with the centre testaceous, palpi 
black ; head rather large, with very large rotundate eyes which 
are moderately prominent, the space between the eyes broad and 
deeply depressed, with a fovea in the centre of the depression 
and with the supra-orbital striz not strongly marked, the vertex 
long behind the eyes with the surface smooth but with traces of 
transverse striae, genz rounded; pronotum long, slender, mode- 
rately dilated behind, strongly sulcate before the base, and 
gradually narrowed in front into a rather long and slender neck 
which is somewhat widened and reflexed in front; the whole 
surface is transversely striate and on each side there is distinct 
long scanty whitish pubescence ; elytra long and comparatively 
narrow, with the shoulders not marked, of a more distinct greenish 
bronze colour than the front parts, with a yellowish transverse 
patch on each about middle reaching from the margins towards 
the suture, distinctly and fairly evenly punctured throughout, 
the punctures being slightly rugose about the middle; legs very 


NEOCOLLYRIS. 261 


long and slender, metallic, with the knees and basal portion of the 
femora brownish or brownish testaceous, and the trochanters 
lighter testaceous ; underside dark, smooth and shining, with the 
abdominal segments very finely punctured and duller towards the 
apex or in the centre. 

Length 145 millim. 

Mapras: Nilgiri Hills (47. Leslie Andrewes). 

This is a very pretty and elegant species ; in general structure 
and shape of pronotum it resembles N. saunderst, from which it 
may be at once known by its very much finer sculpture ; from 
N. arnoldi, and allied species, it may be distinguished by its less 
prominent eyes and the distinct transverse striation of the 
pronotum. 


36. Neocollyris crassicornis, De). 

Collyris crassicornis, Dejean, Spec. Gen. 1, 1825, p. 166; Schmidt- 
Goebel, Faun. Col. Birm. 1846, p. 12; Chaudoir, Ann. Soc. Ent. 
France, 1864, p. 494, pl. 7, fig. 2. 

Collyris pleuritica, Schmidt-Goebel, Faun. Col. Birm, 1846, p. 13. 

Collyris vollenhovii, Chaudoir, op. cit. p. 495. 


Variable in colour, blue, violaceous, bright green, cyaneous black 
or black ; antenne dark, considerably 
thickened towards the apex; head 
large, vertex subquadrate, smooth 
and convex, sides a little more con- 
tracted behind in the male, frontal 
excavation deep, slightly convex in 
the middle, the intermediate space 
bounded by two deep sulci, and a very 
distinct transverse impression behind ; 
pronotum strongly constricted at the 
base, and then more or less strongly 
dilated, the dilated part passing off 
more or less abruptly into a distinct 
pronotal collum, upper surface more 
or less distinctly strigose, under sur- 
face remotely punctured; elytra very 
strongly punctured, more closely and 
rugosely in the middle, with elongate 
punctures behind; tibie and tarsi 
dark, femora, except apex, red; meso- 
ie ime cecolants | cressi: and metasternum finely punctured ; 

cornis, with apophysal ®Pophysal processes in female sharp 

processes of female. and scarcely divergent. 

Length 15-18 millim. 

Apparently widely spread over the greater part of CONTINENTAL 
Inpia; Crynon; Mapras: Anaimalai Hills, Gopduka Island, 
Chilka Lake, Ganjam District; Bruneau: Caleutta, Ranchi, 
Maldah, Chota Nagpur; Assam: Sibsagar; Burma; Sram; 
Cuina; Mavay Peninsuna; Sumatra; Java. 


262 CICINDELID”. 


This is one of the very few species of Collyris that can be 
termed common and its variability, as in the case of C. bonell 
var. ortygia, tends to show that care should be taken in describing 
new species. Not only is the colour variable, but the structure 
also to a certain extent; in some specimens I have before me the 
dilated portion of the pronotum is almost spherical, and the front 
of the dilatation presents traces of distinct angles before the con- 
striction ; in others the pronotum is much less thickened and the 
pronotal collum is less abrupt. These specimens appear to be 
intermediate between JV. crassicornis and NV. subclavata, and I can 
see no real specific difference between these two species. 

Mr. Robinson (Fase. Malayenses, i, Oct. 1903, p. 182) speaks 
of this insect as “running on leaves and shrubs, and flying rapidly 
from shrub to shrub.” 

‘¢ This species appears to inhabit jungle less dense than that to 
which most of its congeners are restricted. In the environs of 
Calcutta it is found not uncommonly in uncultivated spots in 
which shrubs and high herbage have grown up.” (Annandale.) 


37. Neocollyris subclavata, Chaud. 
Collyris subclavuta, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1860, p. 289; 
id., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 495, pl. 7, fig. 3. 
Var. Collyris andamana, Bates, Cist. Ent. 0, 1878, p. 335. 


Nearly allied to WV. crassicornis, to the more slenderly built 
specimens of which species it bears a close resemblance; the an- 
tenne are somewhat longer, the head a little less rounded, and the 
eyes somewhat more prominent, according 
to Chaudoir, but these differences are small 
and sexual; the pronotum is, however, 
decidedly more slender than in the or- 
dinary specimens of JV. crassicoriis, the 
pronotal collum is longer, and the elytra 
are ‘rather narrower, and more elongate 
and parallel-sided. 

Length 16-17 millim. 

Mapras: Nilgiri Hills; Benean 
CHINA. 


Var. andamana, Bates. 


Larger than the type, of a deep blue 
or violaceous colour, with the pronotum 
more dilated before the pronotal collum, 
and the punctuation of the central portion 
of the elytra more rugose, with the inter- 

Fig. 116.—Nescol/yris  Stices more raised. Bates compares the 
subclavata var. andamana. species with C. crassicornis, and gives as 

characters distinguishing it from that 
species, the less dilated and more conical intermediate portion 
ot the pronotum, the more strongly strigose upper surtace of 


eo 


NEOCOLLYRIS. 263 


the same, and the longer and more slender fifth joint of the 
antenne. The specimens [ have seen appear to be more closely 
related to WV. crassicornis than to NV. subclavata, but the two last- 
mentioned insects ought probably to be referred to one species. 
Length 16-19 millim. 
ANDAMAN ISLANDS. 


38. Neocollyris orichalcina, W. Horn. 
Collyris orichalcina, W. Torn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1896, p. 149. 


Bronze-black, with a more or less strong coppery reflection on 
the elytra ; head narrowly but deeply excavate, with the frontal 
sulci rather short, and the space between 
them only slightly raised, labrum gently 
rounded, vertex large and smooth, sub- 
quadrate, rounded behind the eyes ; 
antenns thickened, dark at the base, 
reddish towards the apex ; pronotum 
almost smooth, with indistinct traces of 
transverse striz, rather strongly con- 
stricted before the base, then gradually 
widened and conical, passing into a short 
and indistinct pronotal collum, anterior 
margin moderately strongly reflexed, 
underside very finely and remotely 
punctured ; elytra subparallel-sided, with 
the shoulders strongly marked, rectan- 
cular, the punctuation in front moderately 


\ strong but scanty, in the middle very 

y) strong and rugose, with the interstices 
raised, behind the middle strong and 

Fig, 117. close, towards apex finer; femora red, 
Neocollyris orichalcina. anterior and intermediate tibiz and tarsi 


dark, apex of the posterior tibize and the 
posterior tarsi, except the last joint, testaceous or reddish testa- 
ceous, the rest of the posterior tibie being dark or dark reddish : 
the colour, however, of the legs is somewhat obscure and variable; 
metasternum only punctured towards the posterior angle. 

Length 14-16 millim. 

Mapras: Nilgiri Hills (7. ZL. Andrewes); Assam: Naga Hills, 
N. Manipur, 3500-5000 ft. 

The single specimen from the Nilgiri Hills, which has been 
kindly sent to me by Mr. H. E. Andrewes for inspection, is a 
cyaneous blue variety of this insect; superficially it has a very 
different appearance, but Dr. W. Horn regards it as merely a 
variety ; its occurrence so far from the only other known locality 
is interesting. 


264 CICINDELID&. 


39. Neocollyris bipartita, Pleut. 


Collyris bipartita, Fleutiaux, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1897, p. 24; 
W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1901, Beiheft, p. 57. 


Elongate, enlarged behind, black, with the posterior part of the 
elytra reddish ; antenne black, with the intermediate joints ringed 
with red, feebly thickened at the apex; pronotum thicker and 
more convex than in WN. orichalecina; elytra very coarsely punc- 
tured in the middle, more finely towards the base and apex, the 
punctures being distinct and elongate at the apex; legs red, 
with the base and apex of the femora and tibie, and the tarsi, 
dark. 

Dr. Horn (J. ¢.) says that he has examined the single specimen 
on which M. Fleutiaux described this species, and that instead of 
being a male, 22 mm. in length, as stated in the description, it is 
a temale of 16 mm.; it differs, he says, from all the species known 
to him in the very coarse sculpture of the elytra, which is less 
gradual than usual on the anterior sixth part; this coarse sculp- 
ture is continued to just before the middle; in the middle it 
becomes irregular and forms somewhat slight folds or plice ; it is 
somewhat finer behind, but the longitudinal tmpressions on the 
posterior portion are very marked (“vor der Spitze ganz auf- 
fallend tiefe Lings-Eindriicke ! ”’) 

sal as Bo a 

From JV. orichalcina the species differs in its thicker thorax and 
less thickened antenne, and from J. few by its less elongate form, 
flatter forehead between the eyes, much shorter pronotum (which 
therefore appears thicker behind), and above all by the more 
coarsely punctured elytra, which have the central plice fewer and 
less close. 

There is a specimen in Fry’s collection in the British Museum 
labelled “ Karen Mts., Burmah” (Doherty), which I think must 
be referred to this species. 


40. Neocollyris few, W. Horn. 
Collyris fee, W. Horn, Ann. Mus. Genova, 1893, p. 378. 


A large species, cyaneous black, with the elytra more or less 
tinged with castaneous or reddish brown, the colour being usually 
lighter behind the middle; head large, subquadrate, with the 
frontal excavation between the parallel sulci deep and flat and 
carinate in front; antenne rather long, dark at the base, joints 
3 and 4 ringed with red, 5-11 rufo-testaceous ; pronotum elon- 
gate, strongly constricted and impressed at the base, the inter- 
mediate dilated portion being parallel-sided, not broader than the 
base, and more or less distinctly angied externally before the 
rather short, but distinct, pronotal collum, the apex being reflexed 
and cup-shaped, upper surface almost smooth, underside with 
large scattered punctures; elytra subparallel-sided, or slightly 


NEOCOLLYRIS. 265 


dilated behind, with the shoulders angulate, anterior third very 
sparingly punctured, smooth and shining, intermediate third very 
strongly plicate, the interstices being much raised, posterior third 
with strong, more or less elongate, punctures, which become obsolete 
towards the apex ; mesosternum smooth, except at the sides, which 
are distinctly punctured; metasternum very finely punctured; 
legs red, more or less pitchy, variable in colour, the posterior 
tarsi being red with the apical joint black. 

Length 20-23 millim. 

Burma: Karen Hills. 

The shape of the pronotum is somewhat variable, being some- 
times more elongate and less dilated in the male. 


41. Neocollyris smithi, Chaud. 


Collyris smithi, Chaudoir, Ann. Soc. Hnt. France, 1864, p. 518. 
Collyris macleayt, W. Horn, Deutsche Int. Zeitschr. 1895, p. &1. 


Nigro-cyaneous, with the elytra castaneous at apex, and more 
or less at base; head large, with the frontal excavation somewhat 
more abrupt behind than in the preceding species; antenne 
reddish brown, with the base cyaneous; 
pronotum not strongly constricted at 
base, very slightly widened at the sides 
(in this respect bearing much the relation 
to NV. fee that N. msignis bears to NX. 
saphyrina), with the dilated portion 
gently rounded at the sides and con- 
stricted into a short collum, almost 
smooth, underside with very fine punc- 
tures; elytra with the shoulders well 
marked and angular, with very strong 
plice in the centre, occupying the central 
third, punctuation towards base and apex 
very scanty, and sometimes more or less 
obsolete ; episterna of metasternum dis- 
tinctly punctured over most of their 
surface, more strongly so at the sides; 
legs red, more or less pitchy. 

Length 22-23 millim. 

Fig. 118. EK. Breneat: Dacca; Assam: Naga 
Neocollyris sivithi. Hills; Burma: Pegu District; also re- 
corded doubtfully from TrBer. 

The sculpture of the elytra and the metasternum will at once 
distinguish this species from 1. fee. In the specimens I have 
seen, the shape of the pronotum in these species is almost 
identical, except for the less constriction at the base in NV. smithi. 


266 CICINDELIDA., 


42. Neocollyris aptera, Lund. 


Cicindela aptera, Lund, Skrivt. Nat. Selsk. i, 1790, p. 65, pl. 6, fig. 1; 
Fabricius, Ent. Syst. i, 1792, p. 169; Chaudoir, Ann. Soc. Ent. 
France, 1864, p. 518, pl. 8, fig. 15. 


Very closely allied to WV. smithi, but easily known by its smaller 
size, narrower form, and more slender pronotum, which has the 
pronotal collum longer and much less abrupt, and shows more 
distinct traces of strigose sculpture ; the elytra are cylindrical and 
parallel-sided, castaneous, with the central portion more or less 
dark, almost smooth towards base and apex, very strongly plicate, 


with a narrow bright reddish band just at the centre (often obso-. 


lete) ; episterna of metasternum distinctly punctured over the 
greater part of their surface; femora red, anterior and inter- 
mediate tibix black, posterior tibize black, testaceous at apex, 
tarsi (except apex) testaceous. 

Length 19-20 millim. 

Assam: Naga Hills, N. Manipur, Sylhet ; Tenassuri. 

The punctation 1s somewhat variable, but the shape of the pro- 
notum will easily distinguish it from the preceding species; the 
female specimen I have before me has the pronotum a little more 
dilated at the sides, the elytra less parallel, and the punctuation of 
the base and apex of the latter more distinct. The species is 
very rare apparently, and comparatively few specimens are known. 
The elytra are not connate, as stated by Fabricius, nor is the 
species wingless. 


43. Neocollyris apteroides, W. Horn. 
Neocollyris apteroides, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1901, p. 59. 


Allied to . aptera, but with the head smaller, the eyes a little 
less prominent, the forehead narrower anteriorly between the 
sulci, the pronotum a little shorter, the anterior margin more 
declivous, and the posterior portion less conical and more abruptly 
constricted in front; the pronotum is longer and more slender 
than in WV. smithi, aud the elytra much as in that species, but with 
the central plicate portion more dilated, especially toward base, 
and less abruptly passing into scanty punctuation, the punctures 
betore and behind the plice being larger ; the metasternum is also 
more thickly and finely punctured. The antenne are less thick- 
ened than in JV. orichalcina, with which it agrees in the shape of 
the head, and the pronotum is longer and more slender, with a 
longer and narrower pronotal collum ; the sculpture of the elytra, 
moreover, is different, being less close behind, with the punctures 
not elongate. 

Length 20 millim. 

Assam: Manipur (Doherty). 


NEOCOLLYRIS. 267 


44. Neocollyris apicalis, Chaud. 


Collyris apicalis, Chaudoir, Rev. Mag. Zool. 1864, p. 105; id., Ann. 
Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 517. 


Elongate, narrow, subparallel-sided, and smaller than the pre- 
ceding species, the female being larger and more widened than the 
‘male * ; colour variable, front parts 
cyaneous, with a violaceous or cop- 
pery reflection; elytra with the 
apical third castaneous or blackish 
cyaneous; pronotuin very variable, 
narrow and slightly angled before 
the collum, or incrassate and abrupt - 
ly angled, or simply rounded off 
and passing gently into the collum, 
upper surface smooth and shining ; 
in the single female specimen [have 
before me the pronotum is distinctly 
wider than in the male; elytra sculp- 
tured much as in JV. aptera; meso- 
sternum very finely punctured over 
most of its surface; femora red; 
intermediate and posterior tibie and 
tarsi dark, posterior tibize and tarsi 
either nigro-cyaneous or rufescent. 

Length 16-18 millim. 

Assam: Patkai Hills; Souru 
Burma; Manacca; Sumatra. The 

Fig. 119.—Neocollyris apicalis, | specimens I have seen are tfroio 
Singapore. 

Apart from the size, the absence of striation on the pronotum, 
the somewhat different plication of the centre of the elytra, and 
the rather finer punctuation of the mesosternum, I can see very 
little difference between this species and NV. aptera, and these 
differences are not marked, except the first. Chaudoir (Ann. Soc. 
Ent. France, 1864, p.519) compares it with Collyris tuberculata (also 
a Malaccan species) with which it has very little in common, the 
latter being a dark cyaneous-blue species with the dilated portion 
of the pr onotum much more cylindrical and angled, and the elytra 
strongly and closely punctured throughout, with strong elongate 
punctuation before apex. The variability of the pronotum in some 
of the species belonging to this section makes them hard to 
determine. 


45. Neocollyris foveifrous, JV. Horn. 
Neocollyris foverfrons, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1905, p. 60. 


This § yee is closely allied to .V. oS from which it Bo ies 


ba Chaudoir says: “ Elytra maris paulio jatiora,” evidently it in error. 


268 CICINDELID., 


in having the labrum a little longer and the central teeth some- 
what more produced; the head is shorter, with the vertex broader, 
and the frontal sulci not parallel, but converging behind; there 
is a very deep frontal fovea, and the front part of the forehead 
is distinctly carinate ; the pronotum is a little more slender, with 
the frontal collum somewhat narrower, and the posterior part 
less paralle! Gin NV. apicalis, however, this is very variable); the 
upper surface is smooth with faint traces of striation in front, 
the shoulders are a little more distinct, and the elytra have the 
plicate part much the same, but the anterior and posterior portions, 
especially at the sides, are less suddenly minutely punctured ; 
the pronotum (except a central line and the base and apex), the 
episterna of the pro- and meso-sternum, the hinder part of the 
cheeks, und the whole of the elytra, except the impressed punc- 
tures and the anterior part of the suture, are more or less rufous ; 
the posterior tibie are rufescent cyaneous, and the first three 
joints of the posterior tarsi testaceous ; the metasternum is punc- 
tured in the centre, and sparingly at the lateral angles. 

Length 17 millim. 

AssamM: Khasi Hills. 

I insert this species on Dr. Horn’s authority, but, considering 
the variability of the group in several of the characters named, 
I think that it requires more confirmation. 


+6. Neocollyris sarawakensis, Z'hoivs. 
Collyris sarawakensis, Thomson, Arch, Ent. i, 1857, p. 183; Chau- 
doir, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 531, pl. 9, fig. 22. 
Var. Collyris dohertyi, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1895, 
p. 88. 


An elongate, parallel-sided, and rather slightly built species 
(amale more slender than female), of a brownish black or deep 
castaneous brown colour, or with more or less cyaneous reflection ; 
head long, with the eyes large and prominent; antenne dark, 
long; labrum rather small, semicircular, with strong teeth, fore- 
head depressed between the eyes, with the intermediate space 
flat, carinate in front between the short frontal sulci, which reach 
to about the middle of the eyes, the sides between the eyes with 
strongly raised strigee ; vertex short behind eyes ; pronotum long 
and slender, not strongly impressed at base, conico-cylindrical, 
with the pronotal collum occupying almost haif the length, upper 
surface, as a rule, strongly and always distinctly strigose trans- 
versely, underside feebly punctured, almost smooth or with traces 
of strive ; elytra feebly punctured at base for about one-sixth of 
their length, as a rule feebly punctured or almost smooth for the 
posterior third, and the rest strongly plicate; the space covered 
by the plication, however, is very variable, and in some specimens 
hardly occupies more than a quarter of the whole ; the punctuation, 
also, of the anterior part is sometimes strong, though always 
scattered; metasternum strongly pilose, feebly and very closely 


NEOCOLLYRIS. 269: 


sculptured ; femora, except apex, red; anterior and intermediate 
tibie dark, posterior tibie dark, with the apex more or less 
broadly whitish testaceous ; tarsi, except claws, whitish testaceous. 

Length 16-18 millim. 

AssaM: Sylhet; Sumarra; Maracca; Borwuo, 

I have introduced this species into the Indian fauna on the 
authority of a single female specimen labelled ‘* Sylhet” in Mr. B. 
C. Nevinson’s collection (now in the British Museum), which agrees 
exactly with typical specimens of WN. sarawakensis, except that 
the apex of the posterior tibie is not so strongly coloured, and 
the base is slightly more widened. It appears to me to be inter- 
mediate between VV. sarawakensis and N. dohertyt, as the plice are 
continued almost to the base near the suture, but the extreme 
base and the sides of the posterior third are feebly punctured. 
Dr. W. Horn thinks that a mistake has been made as to the 
locality; there is a single specimen (donor unknown) labelled 
“ Assam” in the Indian Museum collection. 


Var. dohertyi, W. Horn. 


Differs from the type chiefly in having the basal third part of 
the elytra not obsoletely punctured, but rugosely plicate, and the 
base itself coarsely and thickly punctured; the trochanters and 
the base of the femora are rufous yellow, and the palpi yellow or: 
brown with a greenish reflection. This variety is also related 
to NV. leucodactyla, Chaud., var. discolor, Chaud., from which it 
may be known, apart from colour and sculpture, by the fact that 
the pronotal collum is more distinct and the upper surface more- 
plainly striate transversely. 

Length 173-183 millim. 

Burma; Sumatra; Siam; Maracca. 

Dr. Horn (l.c¢. p. 84) says that he was for long in doubt 
whether to regard this insect as a species or a variety, and it may 
be wrong to join it to V. sarawakensis, but, in view of the great 
variability of the last-named species, it appears better to wait 
for further specimens before separating them. 


47. Neocollyris rubens, Sates. 
Collyris rubens, Bates, Cist. Ent. ii, 1878, p. 336. 


‘“‘ Allied to C. sarawakensis, Thoms., which it resembles. Casta- 
neous red, with the antenne, head, breast, tibiz, and tarsi nigro- 
veneous ; head before the eyes widely excavate, with the frontal 
furrows short and scarcely incised, the space between narrowly 
convex; thorax conical behind, strigose, constricted before the. 
middle, then convex before the apex, swollen ; elytra sparingly 
and coarsely punctured at base and apex, in the centre very 
coarsely rugose transversely, and on this part tinged with 
cyaneous.” 

Length 8% lin. [17 millim.]. 


270 CICINDELID®. 


‘‘, With the posterior tibiz at the apex and the tarsi fulvous. 

‘¢ASsaM (plains).” 

Lype in M. Oberthiir’s collection. 

Dr. W. Horn informs me that he has been unable to see the 
species, but that this is certainly its proper position. 


48. Neocollyris plicaticollis, Chaud. 
Collyrts plicaticollis, Chaudoir, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 534. 


Smaller than the average specimens of NV. andrewesi, to which 
species it bears a superficial resemblance ; head rather long, with 
the vertex short, narrowed at the base, eyes large and prominent, 
frontal excavation deep and narrow, with deep sulci, the space 
between them scarcely raised ; antenne dark, with the basal joints 
clear red, and the 3rd and 4th joints red at the apex; pronotum 
long and slender, very strongly strigose transversely, feebly con- 
stricted at the base and very gradually passing into a rather long 
pronotal collum, the underside feebly and remotely punctured at 
the sides, and more or less strigose, with rather strong pilosity ; 
elytra very strongly and rugosely punctured throughont, the punc- 
tuation being only a little less strong at the apex; femora red, 
tibie and tarsi dark ; metasternum smooth, impunctate. 

Length 174% millim. 

CEYLON. 

Type in the British Museum. 

This species may easily be known from NV. andrewest by the 
shape of the head, which has the vertex much narrower and 
shorter, and the frontal excavation much narrower and not striate 
at the base of the eyes ; and also by the coarser punctuation of the 
elytra and the smooth metasternum. These last two characters 
will also separate it from A. horsfieldi, to which it appears to be 
most nearly. related; the latter species also has the frontal 
excavation broader and plainly striate behind the eyes at the 
base. 


49, Neocollyris andrewesi, W. Horn. 
‘ollyris andrewest, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1894, p. 170. 


A large and distinct species, with the female a little wider than 
the male; head large, subquadrate, eyes moderately prominent, 
forehead broadly impressed, with the sulci not deep, and the 
space between them slightly raised in the middle, sharply carinate 
in front (but not in all specimens), the vertex rather dilated at 
the sides, the same in both sexes; antenne long and slender, 
dark, middle joints ringed with red; front parts dark with a 
greenish or slightly coppery reflection, or cyaneous; elytra dull, 
dark olivaceous ; pronotum long, slender, scarcely at all con- 
stricted at the sides, and feebly impressed above at the base, 
passing gradually but plainly into a distinct pronotal collum, 


NEOCOLLYRIS. Dish 


which occupies about one-third of the length, upper surface rather 
strongly transversely strigose, underside 
distinctly, though remotely, punctured and 
pilose ; elytra with the shoulders strongly 
marked, raised, elytra strongly, evenly, and 
closely punctured throughout, the punc- 
tures being more or less rugose at and 
before the middle and finer at the apex ; 
metasternum pilose, very finely and 
closely punctured, except in the middle; 
femora red, anterior and intermediate 
tibiz and tarsi cyaneous, posterior tibis 
cyaneous with the apex reddish yellow, 
tarsi, except apex of joints and the claws, 
flavous. 

Length 19-24 millim. 

Mapras: Trivandrum, Travancore, 
Nilgiri Hills and Anaimalai Hills (An- 
drewes); BomBay: North Kanara (Bell). 

Fig. 120. Recorded doubtfully from Ceylon. 

Neocollyris andrewesi. Mr. Bell says :—“ Very common in June 

and throughout the rains on the Ghats, 

perching and hunting on trees only.” Mr. H. Leslie Andrewes 

says :——*(1) Anaimalais, May, 3000-4000 tt.; (2) Nilgiris, May, 

June, July, August, 3000-4000 ft. On herbage. ‘Takes flight very 
readily. Ouchterlony Valley.” 

This species is allied to WV. horsfieldi, a rather common Javanese 
species, but the latter is smaller, with the eyes more prominent, 
and the space between them strongly strigose at the sides; the 
vertex, too, is plainly more contracted behind, and the pronotal 
collum is evidently more abrupt. 


As the types of the two following species are unique and I 
have not been able to see them, and as both the authors (Chaudoir 
and W. Horn) have described them by comparison with J. arnoldi, 
it may be well to give a description of this somewhat common 
Javanese species, which is one of the prettiest and most elegant 
members of the genus :— 


[N. arnoldi, Mcheay, Ann. Jav. 1, 1825, p. 10; Chaudoir, 
Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 528, pl. 9, fig. 20. 


Anelongate slender and graceful species, of a lighter or darker 
green or blue colour; head narrow, but apparently larger by 
reason of the very prominent eyes, vertex distinctly more narrow 
behind in the male than in the female, forehead narrow in front, 
moderately deeply impressed, the impression becoming wider 
behind, with fine divergent sulci, the space between smooth and 
shining, very finely strigose at base of eyes; antenne very long 
and slender, more or less pitchy and flavescent (in some specimens 
darker, in others lighter), palpi flavescent; pronotum very long 
and slender, rather strongly constricted and impressed at the base, 


he, CICINDELID®, 


the basal angles being wider apart than the width of the broadest 
part, conical for two-thirds of its length, with the sides gently 
rounded, and then passing gradually into a slender pronotal 
collum, which is not strongly reflexed at the apex, upper surface 
finely strigose, or almost smooth, underside very finely punctured 
and pilose ; elvtra long, parallel-sided, with the shoulders bluntly 
marked, closely strongly and more or less evenly punctured 
throughout, somewhat rugosely so towards the suture for most 
of their length, the sculpture being almost as strong at the base 
as at middle, rather finer at the apex, especially in the female; 
there is a short luteous band in the centre and a reddish streak 
at the shoulders (both often more or less obsolete), and the 
extreme apical margin is whitish testaceous; metasternum very 
finely punctured, more or less pilose; legs red, with the tarsi and 
tibiz more or less pitchy or brownish, the apical portion of the 
posterior tibie and the tarsi, except the apex, whitish testaceous. 

Length 15 millim. 

JAVA; SUMATRA. | 


50. Neocollyris ceylonica, Chaud. 


Collyris ceylonica, Chaudoir, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1864, p. 529; 
W. Horn, Spol. Zeyl. 11, 1904, p. 9. 


Of a bright olivaceous green colour, with the palpi mostly 
pitchy; antenne as in WN. arnold: ; head narrower than in the 
latter species, with the sides behind the eyes a little rounder; 
pronotum of much the same shape, but less widened behind, and 
more obsoletely constricted at the base, upper surface obsoletely 
strigose transversely ; elytra shorter, narrower, and more shining, 
with the shoulders less marked, more finely punctured, with the 
punctures towards the base and apex evidently finer and scarcer, 
the central part being rugose, and the apex being smooth; an 
abbreviated yellow central fascia and a red line behind the 
shoulders are present, and the apex is more broadly testaceous. 

Length 124 millim. 

CEYLON. 


51. Neocollyris plicicollis, W. Horn. 
Neocollyris plicicollis, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1901, p. 63. 


Allied to WV. arnoldi and also to NW. variicornis and JN. punctatella ; 
it differs from the first-named species in having the antenne a 
little thickened externally (as in MW. subtilis, Chaud., &c.), with 
the first five joints blue-black and the rest dark fuscous; not 
broader between the eyes, but with the frontal impression of 
about the same breadth between the parallel furrows, and only 
carinate at the extreme apex; the eyes are much less prominent 
and the vertex much less narrowed behind; the pronotum is a 
trifle less dilated towards the base, with the posterior portion a 
little less parallel-sided and slightly less narrowed anteriorly, the 
upper surface being somewhat more coarsely plicate, and rather 


aoe 
‘ os 


TRICONDYLA. 278 


thickly punctured (especially at the sides), under surface finely 
striate and distinctly punctured ; metasternum practically impunc- 
tate ; elytra with the shoulders less rectangular, somewhat dilated 
behind, much more finely punctured, with the punctures more 
widely distant on the anterior third, distinctly thicker behind the 
middle, and elongate and linear before the apex, the punctuation 
of the apex itself being rather close and fine, while the extreme 
margin is dark metallic and not testaceous as in the two pre- 
ceding species; a short and broad reddish fascia at the centre 
and a thin rufescent line behind the shoulders are present; the 
palpi are blue-black, and the tibiz and tarsi cyaneous ; the head 
also is cyaneous, and the pronotum greenish cyaneous, the elytra 
being dull green and of a brighter olivaceous green towards base. 

Length 14 millim. (13 mm. sine labro). 

Manpras: Nigiri Hills. 

The sculpture of the elytra is of the same character as in 
N. varivcornis, except that the punctures are less close on the 
front half, and especially towards the base; behind the middle 
they are closer to one another. 


Genus TRICONDYLA. 

Tricondyla, Latreille, Latr. et Dej., Hist. Nat. Col. Eur. i, 1822, 
p- 65; Dejean, Spec. Col. i, 1825, p. 160; Lacordaire, Gen. Col. i, 
1854, p. 28; Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1860, p. 284. 

Collyris, Fabricius (ev parte), Syst. El. i, 1801, p. 226. 

Colliuris, Latreille (ev parte), Cuvier’s Regne Animal, iii, 1817, 
p. 179. 


Type, Tirecondyla aptera, Oliv. 

The genus 7’ricondyla is here regarded as separate from Dero- 
crania; it appears to be entirely a matter of opinion whether 
they should be considered generically or subgenerically distinct. 
The characteristic large dark species of Z’ricondyla bear much the 
same relation to the delicate species of Derocrania, such as 
D. metneri, Mots., and D. agnes, W. Horn, that the large species 
of the genus Collyris bear to the delicate species of Neocollyris, 
such as XW. linearis, N. subtilis, &e. It is true that no intermediate 
species occur between Collyris and Neocollyris, whereas we do find 
intermediate forms between Zricondyla and Derocrania, but on 
the whole the analogy holds, and I have therefore separated 
them. 

The chief characters of Tricondyla are as follows :—Head large, 
deeply excavate, with a distinct parallel-sided neck behind the 
eyes, not strangulate ; eyes large and very prominent; antenn 
long, filiform; labrum large, with six teeth, the central four 
being broad and blunt and the lateral ones sharper ; maxillary 
palpi with the first joint slightly inflated, the second a little 
shorter than the first, and the third long, almost as long as the 
two others together ; mentum very short at base, without, or with 
only a rudimentary, central tooth, side lobes much produced and 

T 


Dace CICINDELID&. 


developed, acute at apex; labial palpi strongly developed, the 
basal joint large and broad, the second longer and broader than 
the first at the base, subtriangular, gradually narrowed to apex, 
the third usually short; the characters, however, of the palpi 
appear to vary in different species; pronotum more or less 
parallel-sided, broad, constricted in front and behind, occasionally 
slightly convergent but without a collum in front; elytra narrowed 
in front, dilated and very convex behind; underside smooth and 
shining, mesosternum long, episterna of mesosternum very narrow 
and deeply sulcate ; legs very long. 

In both sexes the anterior, and in fact all the tarsi are more 
or less pubescent or rather spongy pilose beneath, but the anterior 
tarsi are more dilated in the male, and have the third joint very 
strongly dilated on its iner side. The armature of the upper 
Dana of the last ventral segment is much the same as in Collyris, 
but the two central projections on the under margin, so charac- 
teristic of the latter genus, are wanting in Tricondyla, the centre 
of the margin being often more or less emarginate. 

The species, as will be seen from the firures, much resemble 
iarge ants, but it appears to be open to doubt whether the resem- 
blance is in any way significant, and not rather accidental; the 
likeness between Tiicondyla aptera, Ol., and the large ant, Caim- 
ponotus gigas (called by the natives semut gajah or “elephant 
ant”’), which occur together in the Malay region, has been espe- 
cially noticed by Mr. Ridley, and may be a case of true mimicry. 
This is noticed by Mr. Robinson in the ‘ Fasciculi Malavenses,’ 
Zoology, pt. 1. October 1903, p. 179, &e., from which we have 
uready quoted an instance of mimicry bearing both on Collyris 
and Tricondyla (supra, p. 220); it may, however, be of interest 
to quote another instance from the same work bearing on 77i- 
condyla alone. In speaking of 7’. aptera (Ll. ¢. p. 180) he Says :-— 
‘““T took two specimens of this species running about together 
on sand at the foot of a tall tree in open country. Their resem- 
blance to a fossorial wasp (Sphew lobatus, F.), common in the same 
environment, was so marked that the Malays with me begged me 
not to touch them, remarking that wasps of that kind stung very 
badly. The wasp is seen frequently running about on sand, with 
its wings folded in such a way as to be very inconspicuous, but at 
the same time to somewhat veil the brilhant iridescent blue of the 
abdomen. It never runs straight for any distance, being probably 
employed in hunting other insects, perhaps ‘ant-lions,’ in the 
sand, but frequently stops for a moment and then resumes 
motion in another direction. The beetle had exactly the same 
gait and movements, and its resemblance to the wasp was due to 
this rather than to any very detailed similarity of form or colour, 
though in these respects, too, there is a general likeness even in 
the set specimens. In the present instance it would seem that the 
beetle mimicked the wasp, rather than the wasp the beetle, the 
wasp being by far the commoner of the two insects, and also 
the more noxious. ‘The bearing of Mr. Ridley’s observation (with 


TRICONDYLA., 275 


regard to 7’. aptera and the ant Camponotus gigas) on this view is 
not clear, but in any case it is improbable that the resemblance 
between the Hymenopteron and the beetle was so close as in the 
instance observed by myself, for the movements of the ant referred 
to by Mr. Ridley bear a general likeness to those of the digging 
wasps, but are less rapid and abrupt, at any rate when the insects 
are undisturbed. The colour of the ant, moreover, is dark brown, 
instead of being metallic blue.” 

The whole question is very interesting, but our knowledge of 
these scarce genera is very limited at present. 1 cannot find that 
anything is known of the life-history of Tvricondyla and Derocrania. 
The genus T’ricondyla proper, as at present constituted, contains 
a dozen species, of which nine occur in the Indian region, three 
being confined to Ceylon. The range of the genus extends from 
the Philippine Islands to Hong Kong and New Guinea. The 
Indian species may be se parated : as follows :— 


Key to the Species. 


T. Pronotum with the sides parallel as far as 
the apical constriction; upper surface 
never quite glabrous, and usually dis- 
tinctly striolate transversely. 

i, Sculpture not transverse, shagreened. 


ievabrumiandilegs black (42.5... cee. .- eoraced, Chevr., p.276. 
2. Labrum and legs in part red....... . nigripalpis, W. Horn, 
il. Sculpture more or less distinctly trans- [p. 276. 


verse, rugose. 
1. Elytra longer and rather broader in 

the middle ; sculpture more rugose, 

plain to apex te eeete ees eceeees granulifera, Mots., p. 277 
2, Elytra shorter and rather narrower in 

the middle; sculpture less rugose, 

POUCA MIMETAALPADEX sc, 4.4). ¢¢« 4, eee gounel, \W. Horn, p. 278. 


II. Pronotum with the sides more or less 
widened and rounded, and more or less 
convergent before the apical constriction ; 
upper surface glabrous (with at most 
extremely fine traces of striz). 
i, Sculpture of elytra shallower and less 
close, as a rule almost wanting on the 
posterior portion, which ismore shining 
GHA MEU MeRAMCCTIOR 66: fas 5 +. syoieee athe macrodera, Chaud., p. 278. 
ii. Sculpture of elytra deeper and closer, , 
giving the upper surface a duller 
appearance. 
]. Sculpture of elytra distinctly finer 
behind. 
A. Pronotum abruptly narrowed be- [cornzs,Schm.-Goeb.,p.279. 
fore the anterior constriction.... cyanea, Dej., var. annuli- 
B, Pronotum gradually narrowed be- [p. 280. 
fore the anterior constriction.... tuderculata, Chaud., 
Aye, 


276 CICINDELID &. 


2. Sculpture of elytra not or scarcely 
finer behind. 
A. Size larger; sculpture of elytra 
less strong and less confluent in 
the-middley 22. tsednesitoees melly?, Chaud., p. 280. 
B. Size smaller; sculpture of elytra 
stronger and more confluent in 
dies mid dlley 2 ¥en tees gestroi, Fleut., p. 281. 


52. Tricondyla coriacea, Chev. 


Tricondyla coriacea, Chevrolat, Rev. Zool. 1841, p. 221; W. Horn, 
Spol. Zeyl. 11, 1904, p. 39. 


Black, comparatively dull; labrum large, black, with the side 
teeth well marked; head rather shallowly 
excavate between the eyes, with the central 
portion rather convex, the striz at the sides 
of the eyes not strongly marked, and with 
no distinct furrow at the base of the exca- 
vation, this being replaced by two shallow 
foveze ; pronotum long, parallel-sided, nar- 
rowed and strongly constricted at base and 
apex, with a central line and indistinct trans- 
verse striation; scutellum large, smooth ; 
elytra narrowed towards base, widened be- 
hind, widest behind middle, and gradually 
narrowed to apex, closely evenly and strongly 
sculptured, but not rugose; the punctures 
are more or less triangular, and give the 
surface a scabrous or shagreened appear- 
ance; legs long, black; underside almost 
Fig. 121.—Tricondyla smooth; metasternum very finely sculptured. 
coriacea (nat. size). There appears to be very little difference 
externally between the sexes; the single 
male I have seen is rather smaller, on an average, than the 
females, and has the elytra somewhat less narrowed at the apex. 
Length 21-25 millim. 
Cryton: Kelkirawa, Kanthalai, Palatupana, Trincomali (Dr. W. 
Horn, May), Chilaw, North-West Province (/4. E. Green, Jan. 1910). 


55. Tricondyla nigripalpis, W. Horn. 


Tricondyla nigripalpis, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1894, 
p. 224; id., Spol. Zeyl. 1904, ii, p. 39. 


This species is intermediate between 7. corvacea and 7’. granu- 
lifera, although much more closely allied to the former, which it 
resembles in general form and in the peculiar sculpture of the 
elytra; in the reddish colour of the margin of the labrum and 
part of the legs, and in the sculpture of the head and pronotum, 
as well as in its generally larger size it resembles 7. granulifera ; 
as in this species it has the suture of the elytra more or less 


TRICONDYLA. 277 
marked by a smooth line; the punctures of the elytra are more 
or less confluent, whereas in 7’. coriacea they are separate, but 
this does not appeat to be a very distinct character, and I am 
inclined to regard the insect as merely a variety of the last-named 
species. 

Length 25 millim. 

CENTRAL CEYLON. 


4. Tricondyla granulifera, .Jots. 
Tricondyla granulifera, Motschulsky, Etudes Ent. 1857, p. 110, p.3; 
W. Horn, Spol. Zeyl. 11, 190-4, p. 38. . 
Tricondyla femorata, Walker, Ann. Nat. Hist. (3) 11, 1858, p. 202. 
Var. Tricondyla rugosa, Chaud., Ann, Soc. Ent. France, 1863, 
p. 447. 


Black, with a more or less distinct cyaneous, brassy or violaceous 
reflection, especially in front: 
- underside sometimes brownish ; 
\ | elongate, narrower, more parallel- 
; sided, and less dilated behind than 
in Z. coriacea; labrum more or 
less red; head with the sulci and 
thestriz between theeyes strongly 
marked, and with a distinct fur- 
row at the base of the excavation ; 
pronotum with distinct trans- 
verse striation, more slender and 
elongate than in the preceding 
species ; elytra with strong, hori- 
zontal, confluent rugose sculpture, 
the interstices in the middle 
forming more or less parallel 
ridges in some specimens, but 
variable, suture marked by a 
stuooth line; legs long, more or 
Jess red or pitchy red; underside 
almost smooth, but sometimes 
with distinct traces of stric on 
the prosternum. 
Length 24-27 millim. 
Fig. 122.— Tricondyla grauulifera. Cryton: Ha “agaru, Nalanda 
(Horn, April). 


Var. rugosa, Chaud. 

This variety is distinguished by its more robust form, which is 
more widened behind, and coarser sculpture. Dr. Horn is quite 
right (Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1892, p. 209) in regarding it as 
merely a variety. There is considerable variation in the ordinary 
specimens of 7’. granulifera. 

Length 24 millim. 

CEYLON. 


278 CICINDELID®. 


50. Tricondyla gounelli, W. Horn. 


Tricondyla gounelli, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1900, p. 361. 
Var. TLiricondyla horni, Maindron, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1904, 
p- 265. 


Allied to 7”. granulifera, which it resembles in having the pro- 
notum elongate and parallel-sided, but it differs chiefly in the 
sculpture of the elytra, which are also a little shorter and less 
narrow in the middle; the whole surface is covered with fine and 
more or less transverse punctiform impressions; two or three ot 
these are often confluent transversely and so form irregular wavy 
lines ; in the middle they are more separate, and at the apex are 
very fine and scanty, and almost disappear; the palpi are black, 
and the labrum and first four joints of the antenne are metallic 
black, the 3rd and 4th joints being variably ringed with red; the 
sculpture of the thorax 1s very fine. 

Length 23 millim. (214 sine labro). 

Mapras: Ramnad (/avre), Anaimalai Hills (1. £2. Andrewes). 
Concerning this species Mr. Andrewes makes the following note :— 
“ May, 38500-4000 ft. On two occasions on the same tree, run- 
ning round the bole.” 


Var. horni, Mndr. 

Larger and more robust than the type, with the first and 
second. joints of the antenne, at least in part, red; the longi- 
tudinal orbital striz and the transverse striation of the pronotum 
finer, and the elytra more strongly sculptured and rugose to the 
apex, which is a little more gibbose; the general colour is a 
uniform and more or less bright bronze-green ; the femora are for 
the most part red, but more or less blue on their upper surface. 

Length 20-25 millim. 

Mapras: Mountains of Travancore (Favre). 


56. Tricondyla macrodera, Chaud. 
Tricondyla macrodera, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1860, p. 300. 


Deep black, rather shining; head large, with the eyes very 
prominent, orbital striz as a rule not marked, but variable, exca- 
vation between the eyes deep and narrow, with strong sulci, and 
without impression at base; antenne black, basal joints more or 
less ringed with red; pronotum with the sides distinctly contracted 
before the anterior ‘constriction, upper surface almost smocth or 
with very fine transverse stri ation ; elytra constricted towards 
base, widened and gibbose behind, basal portion strongly rugose 
transversely, central part diffusely and roughly punctured, apical 
third almost smooth; femora, except apex, red, tibie and tarsi 
pitchy black ; underside smooth or almost smooth. 

leneah 19-22 millim. 

Sikkim: Darjiling, Mungphu; Buturan; Assam: Sibsagar,. 
Cachar ; ToNKIN. 


ee 


TRICONDYLA, 279 


This species varies a good deal in the excavation and striation 
of the head, the length of the narrowed part of the pronotum, 


Fig. 123.— Tricondyla macrodera. 


and the length, gibbosity, and sculpture of the elytra; the apical 
portion of the latter is usually almost smooth and impunctate, 
but in the specimens before me from North Cachar it is plainly 
sculptured to the apex. 


Tricondyla cyanea, Dej., var. annulicornis, Schm.-Goeb. 


Tricondyla cyanea, Dejean, Spec. Col. i, 1825, p. 161. 

Tricondyla annulicornis, Schmidt-Goebel, Faun. Col. Birm, 1846, 
p. 10: 

Tricondyla gibba, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1861, p. 358. 


Black or bluish, with the femora, except apex, red and the tibice 
and tarsi black with a blue reflection; head strongly excavate, 
with the orbital striz well marked ; antenne with the 3rd and 
4th joints ringed with red, palpi nigro-cyaneous; pronotum convex, 
rather abruptly narrowed betore the anterior constriction, not 
widened in the middle and almost cylindrical, smooth and glabrous, 
with a fine central line; elytra widened and strongly gibbose 
behind, more or less distinctly plicate transversely before the 
middle, rather strongly punctured in the middle, and much more 
finely and sparingly behind. 

Length 19 millim. 

Burma; TENASSERIM; SIAM; CAMBODIA. 

There are several races of this species, which appears to be very 
variable ; the one above described, which is the only one found 
within our limits, is longer in form than the rest, and differs also 
in the more gibbose hind portion of the elytra, the longer and 
narrower pronotum, and the somewhat smaller head and flatter 
eyes. 


280 CICINDELIDA. 


From 7. mellyt and 7. gestrot this species may easily be known 
by the sculpture of the elytra, and from 7. tuberculata also by the 
broader pronotum and more gibbose elytra. 


08. Tricondyla tuberculata, Chaud. 


Tricondyla tuberculata, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1860, p. 310: 
Fleutiaux, Ann. Soc, Ent. France, 1893, p. 500. 


Elongate, parallel-sided, gradually but not strongly widened, 
and not strongly gibbose behind; in general form much resem- 
bling &. granulifera, var. rugosa, Chaud.; colour black: antennee 
with the 3rd and 4th joints more or less ringed with red; femora 
red, except at apex, tibize and tarsi pitchy black or brown ; ; frontal 
sulci very deep, with the space between smooth and slightly raised, 
orbital strie well marked; pronotum glabrous or almost elabrous, 
parallel-sided to about middle and from thence very gradually 
contracted to the apical constriction ; elytra strongly, evenly and 
rugosely shagreened (much more coarsely than in 7’. coriacea), 
the rugosity being more evident at base, and the sculpture being 
less pronounced before apex, and very much less marked at the 
extreme apex ; underside smooth. 

Length 18-20 millin. 

Assam: Sylhet, Sileuri, Cachar. 


59. Tricondyla mellyi, Chaud. 


Tricondyla mellyi, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1850, p. 17; 
Fleutiaux, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1895, p. 500. 

Tricondyla tumidula, Walker, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) im, 1859, 
p. 50. 


Larger than the preceding spe- 
cies which it much resembles in 
other respects; head with the sulci 
between the eyes very strongly 
marked, and the orbital strize varia- 
ble but usually distinct; pronotum 
broader and more ample, with the 
contraction before the apical con- 
striction rather more marked ; 
elytra less abruptly narrowed be- 
hind and not so strongly or rugosely 
sculptured; legs pitchy red, with 
the tibie and tarsi darker. 

Length 22-24 millim. 

Beneat; Assam: Silcuri, Cachar; 
ToONKIN. 

Chaudoir, in his original descrip- 
tion, compares this species in detail 

: with 7. aptera, from which it is 
Fig. 124.—Tricondyla mellyi. abundantly distinct.  Fleutiaux 
(l.c.) says that it may easily be dis- 
tinguished by the coarse and thick sculpture of the posterior portion 


TRICONDYLA. 281 


of the elytra. Its nearest allies are 7’. tuberculata and 7’. gestroz ; 
from the former of these the last mentioned character will 
certainly distinguish it, but in the only specimen of 7. gestrov 
which I have seen, and which was determined by Gestro him- 
self, the punctuation is quite as strong at the apex as in 7’. mellyz, 
and apart from its smaller size and the stronger sculpture of 
the elytra, which is more confluent near the suture in and about 
the middle, it would be hard to separate it from the last-named 
species. 


60. Tricondyla gestroi, /leut. 


Tricondyla gestrot, Fleutiaux, Ann. Soc, Ent. France, 1893, p. 500. 
Tricondyla mellyi, Gestro (nec Chaud.), Ann. Mus. Genova, 1893, 
p. 370. 


Nigro-violaceous, black or cyaneous black; closely allied to 
1’, tuberculata, but a little more shining, with the orbital striz 
scarcely marked, and the pronotum more geibbous and less grad- 
ually contracted in front; the elytra are more abruptly and less 


Vig. 125.—Tricondyla gestrot. 


gradually narrowed in front, and the widened and convex part 
behind is therefore more distinct; the sculpture of the middle 
part is deeper and stronger, but the difference is not very apparent; 
femora red, tibiz and tarsi dark brown. 

Length 18-19 millim. 

AssaM: Sylhet; Burma: Karen-ni; Cocnin Cutina. 


ZZ, CICINDELID”A, 


Genus DEROCRANIA. 


Derocrania, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1860, pp. 284 & 297 
W. Horn, Spol. Zeyl. 1904, p. 39. 


Type, Derocrania dohrni, Chaud. (= scitiscabra, Walk.). 

The insects belonging to this genus are smaller and more slender 
than those belonging to the genus Tricondyla, some of them being | 
very delicate. The resemblance to ants of various species js very 
striking ; in many characters they closely resemble Zricondyla, but 
may be known by having the head between the eyes less exca- 

vate, and in several cases s level, smooth, and even slightly convex, 
and the vertex more or less strongly strangulate behind, without 
the parallel neck which is characteristic of Zrecondyla. The 
pronotum is much more slender and elongate, and often, but not 
always, produced into a distinct and more or less elongate colium 
in front, as in Neocollyris ; the sculpture of the pronotum is in 
some cases distinctly rugose transversely ; elytra elongate, more 
or less distinctly widened behind, sometimes very strongly raised 
behind, sometimes almost flat, with very variable sculpture ; 
antenne and legs very long and slender; apex of the last abdo- 
minal sternite pointed in the female; the apophysis or armature 
of the posterior margin of the last tergite appears to be variable 
and much more marked in some species than in others. 

The whole of the species which have been hitherto described 
are confined to the Indian region, and ten of them have occurred 
only in Ceylon; they may be separated as follows :-— 


I. Elytra with strong longitudinal sulci, 
very gibbose; pronotum with a dis- 
tinct collum. 
1. Pronotum shorter and broader; sulci 
and elytra shallower and _ less 
MOON ere Pea ane ee ea ee .. honorer, Fleut., p. 283. 
il. Pronotum longer and narrower; 
sulci of elytra deeper and more 
Be Mla: ace ewes ees ee oe longesulcata, W. Horn, 
II. Elytra with longitudinal sculpture, ip: 2848 
but with the impressions separate, 
and more or less irregularly confluent 
in parts, cateniform : pronotum coni- 


cal, without distinct collum ...... brevicollis, W. Horn, p. 285.. 
TE Ely tra punctured or transversely 
rugose. 


_ Forehead not excavate; pronotum 
with a distinct collum. 

1. Punctuation of elytra very fine 

and evanescent behind; slender 

and very delicate species ...... 

A. Collum of the pronotum shorter: 

elytra smooth from just behind 
CECH Ne TORRE ABS 0° nietnert, Mots., p. 285. 


DEROCRANIA. 283. 


B. Collum of the pronotum longer ; 
elytra very finely punctured 
behind; the most elongate and 
graceful species of the genus.. agnes, W. Horn, p, 286. 
. Punctuation of the elytra deep 
and dense behind. 
A. The two longitudinal frontal 
sulci (or plicee) not reaching 
the level of the punctiform 
impression near the border of 
GAC hwor Diltiare a ets eae toe S fusiformis, W. Horn, p. 286. 
B. The two longitudinal frontal 
sulci (or plicee) continued be- 
yond the lateral impressions. 
earneGl collum long and thin ; 
tibizw, antenne, ‘and palpi, 
IUCR Boer tapancts dictote taste gibbiceps, Chaud., p. 287. 
. Pronotal collum short and 
stout; tibix, joints 3-6 of 
antenne, and the last two 
joints of the palpi testaceous. flavicornis, W. Horn, p. 287. 
. Forehead shallowly and widely ex- 
cavate ; pronotum without a distinct 
collum : elytra strongly punctured. 
A. Punctuation very coarse and not 
so close; elytra more parallel 
and less gibbose behind ......  concinna, Chaud., p. 287 
B. Punctuation strong and close, but 
less coarse ; elytra more widened 
and more gibbose behind ...... schaumt, W. Horn, p. 289. 
ili. Forehead evidently excavate, but 
without transverse impression be- 
hind; pronotum without a distinct 
eollum; elytra with earners 
rugose sculpture Maisie ec hauints : nematodes, Schaum, p. 289. 
. Forehead deeply excavate, with a 
more or less arcuate impression be- 
hind the frontal sulci; pronotum 
with a distinct collum. 
A. Middle of the elytra strongly 
and separately punctured; size 
Bn ae Tie), epee ane apo kdee steak scitiscabra, Walk., p. 291. 
B. Middle of the elytra coars ely and 
transversely, confluently and ru- 
gosely sculptured ; size larger .. haly?, W. Horn, p. 292. 


61. Derocrania honorei, /eut. 


Derocrania honoret, Fleutiaux, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1893, 
p- 902. 

Black or e#neous black, rather shining; head large, slightly 
excavate, with a longitudinal furrow on each side between the 
eyes; pronotuin Jlagenoid, broader and gibbose behind. and 
with a distinct narrow collum in front (in the female the 


284 CICINDELID &. 


pronotum is considerably shorter and more ample than in the 
male); collum slightly rugose, hinder 
part smooth with a very fine central 
line; elytra much narrowed in front, 
strongly gibbose behind, rugose  to- 
ward apex, and with the sculpture 
behind forming more or less long 
and regular furrows which become 
very irregular at the sides and 
obsolete at the apex; legs red, apical 
portion of tibize aud the tarsi black. 

Length 11-12 millim. 

Bompay; Mapras: Paini Hills, 
Kodaikanal, Trichinopoli, Ramnad. 

In the male the head is slightly more 
excavate between the eyes, the dilated 
portion of the pronotum is narrower, 
and the longitudinal sulci of the 
elytra are more regular; the pro- 
notal collum is very distinct in 
both sexes. It is possible that in 

Pe 16. i long series these differences may 
Derocrania honorei. be found not to be sexual. 


62. Derocrania longesulcata, WW. Horn. 


Derocrania longesulcata, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1900, 
p- 194; Maindron & Fleut., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 19085, p. 8, 
pled, ies aL 

Closely allied to D. honorei, and especially resembling the male 
of that species, from which it differs in having the head smaller 
and the forehead flatter between the eyes, and both the collum 
and the posterior part of the pronotum longer and narrower; the 
collum is strongly constricted and cylindrical and more evidently 
plicate transversely, and the hinder part is more parallel and 
gibbose ; the basal portion of the elytra is narrower and more 
deeply and granulately punctured, and the inflated part behind 
is much more deeply and regularly sulcate longitudinally, the 
sulci beginning nearer the base, and being continued nearly to the 
apex; the six or seven median sulci are quite regular and parallel, 
and the lateral ones are about the same as the discoidal ones in 
D. honorver; the general colour of the insect is blacker than in the 
last-named species. 

Length 11 millim. 

Mapras: Nilgini Hills, Anaimalai Hills, Travancore. 

Mr. H. L. Andrewes has taken this species in the Nilgiris 
(4500-6000 ft.) in April, May and June, by beating. He states 
that it closely resembles an ant, runs very rapidly, and has an 
offensive odour. 


DEROCRANIA. 285 


63. Derocrania brevicollis, W. Horn. 


Derocrania brevicolus, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1905 
p. 152; id., Gen. Insect. Cicind. pl. 8, fig. 3. 

This species differs from both the male and female of D. honorei 
to which it is allied, by having no distinct pronotal collum, the 
pronotum being much shorter, simply conical and not lagenoid ; 
the gibbose portion of the elytra begins nearer the base and the 
broadest part is in the middle; the basal portion is more closely 
and thickly sculptured than in D. honore?, and the rest of the 
upper surface is about as coarsely sculptured as the basal part ; 
the punctures towards the lateral margins and the apex are a very 
little smaller, and are not or scarcely joined longitudinally in 
irregular fashion ; the punctures on the dise and near the suture 
are somewhat oblong and very slightly confluent longitudinally, 
but do not form more or less long suici as in the last-named 
species ; the chiet part of the tibiz is reddish. 

The elytra, according to Dr. Horn, appear to be more or less 
uniformly, though irregularly, thickly and closely punctured ; on 
the top of the convex portion the individual elongate impressions 
unite in the form of a chain, but do not form actual elongate 
sulci, the individual impressions being very marked. 

Length 104 millim. 

Mapras: Trichinopoli. 


> 


64. Derocrania nietneri, JJots. 


Derocrania nietneri, Motschulsky, Etudes Ent. viii, 1859, Ps 20 shies 
op. cit. xi, 1862, p. 23. 

Derocrania levigata, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1860, p. 299. 

Derocrania raphidioides, Schaum, Berlin Ent. Zeitschr. 1861, p. 75. 

Var. Derocrania obscuripes, Bates, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xvii, 
1886, p. 70. 


An elongate and delicate species ; 
shining black with a more or less dis- 
tinct eneous or greenish neous 
reflection ; head large and very broad 
in proportion to the collum of pro- 
notum, smooth, shiny, and convex 
between the eyes, occasionally slightly 
depressed ; pronotum lagenoid or 
flask-shaped, with a long and very 
narrow collum, which is © slightly 
rugose on its upper surface, dilated 
part broadest behind middle, smooth, 
with a very fine central line; elytra 
gradually and not abruptly narrowed 
to base, considerably but gradually 
dilated behind, not gibbose ; upper 
surface rather strongly, but not very 
closely, punctured in front, very finely 
and diffusely in the centre, and smooth 

Fig. 127. and glabrous towards apex ; the sculp- 
Derocrama nietnert, ture 1s, however, a little variable ; 


286 CICINDELID#. 


antenne very long, filiform, pitchy; legs red or testaceous, 
apex of tibiae and the tarsi pitchy; apex of elytra produced 
into a point which is more evident in the female than in the 
male. 

Length 10-12 millim. 

CrntraL Cryton: Balangoda Ridge, Kandy, July (4. 4. Green). 

The var. obscuripes, Bates, has the legs of a rather dark testa- 
ceous red colour and the apices of the tibie and tarsi darker 
piceous. 


65. Derocrania agnes, W. /forn. 


Derocrania agnes, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1905, p. 64; 
id., Gen. Insect. Cicind. pl. 8, fig. 4. 


Closely allied to D. nietnert, but much more slender, with the 
head very slightly smaller and the collum of ihe pronotum evi- 
dently longer; the elytra are somewhat inore elongate, with the 
sculpture more evident, slightly coarser in front, less evanescent 
in the middle, and about as distinct belind as it is on the central 
portion in D. nietnert; the legs are much longer than in the last- 
named species, and the lateral portions of the mentum, which in 
that species are spinose and strongly deflexed, are much shorter, 
less blunt and straighter; the trochanters are pitecby brown, and 
the femora and tibiz reddish brown, the latter being more or less 
black; the tarsi and antenne are black or partly metallic. 

Length 13% millim. 

CryLon. 


66. Derocrazia fusiformis, IV. //orn. 
Derocrania fusiformis, W. Horn, Spol. Zeyl. 1904, p. 35, pl. 7, fig. 1. 


Very closely allied to D. gibbiceps, but narrower, with the fore- 
head between the eyes even less excavate, and the two longi- 
tudinal sulci less distinct and shorter, not reaching beyond the 
juxta-orbital impressions ; the dilated portion of the pronotum is 
less cylindrical and more narrowed in front, and the free anterior 
margin is less deeply emarginate; the elytra are narrower and 
more parallel-sided, much Jess dilated in the middle and behind, 
and more finely and a little more thickly punctured ; the tibic 
and tarsi are brownish and not cyaneous, and the pronotum and 
elytra have no metallic tinge. 

Length 18-135 mullim. (sine labro). 

CEYLON. 

Dr. Horn compares this species with D. nzetnert as well as with 
D, gibbiceps ; it is, however, apparently much more closely allied 
to the latter species. The lighter legs, metallescent colour, and, 
above all, the sculpture of the elytra, will at once separate it from 
D. nietneri; the colour, however, can hardly be depended upon as 
a character in the case of a unique specimen. 


ae i, 


DEROCRANIA. 287 


67. Derocrania gibbiceps, Chaud. 
Derocrania gibbiceps, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1860, p. 298. 


Black, with slight metallic reflection, pronotum in front, or 
altogether, rufescent; head slightly excavate, smooth, with the 
frontal sulci raised and prolonged beyond the small punctiform 
impression near the anterior portion of the eyes, sometimes with 
two impressions between their bases; pronotum lagenoid, shaped 
much as in D. netneri, but with the widened part more parallel- 
sided and cylindrical, and the collum slightly wider, the upper 
surface almost smooth; elytra strongly narrowed in front and 
much widened and slightly gibbose behind, strongly and deeply 
punctured throughout except at the extreme apex, the punctures 
being very close together, but not or scarcely confluent, and being 
smaller and more crowded at the base; femora, except apex, red ; 
tarsi, tibie, and apex of femora cyaneous. 

Length 12-13 millim. 

CENTRAL CEYLON. 

In general shape this species resembles D. nietneri, but it is 
larger and more widened behind, and may at once be known by 
the sculpture of the elytra; from D. conciuna it may be easily 
distinguished by the shape of the head and pronotum. 


68. Derocrania flavicornis, }V. Hoi. 


Derocrania flavicornis, W. Horn, Deutsche Jfnt. Zeitschy. 1892, 
Puozs lds, pol. Zeyi. 1904, p30; pl.ri, fio, 1. 


According to Dr. Horn this species is intermediate between 
D, gibbiceps and D. nematodes; the head and pronotum are as in 
the former, but the collum of the pronotum is considerably shorter 
and stouter, the forehead is more excavate, and the longitudinal 
sulci or plice are more sharply marked and raised ; in general shape 
the elytra resemble those of D. nematodes, but they are narrower 
and more fusiform, and the transverse rugosities are not so 
distinctly impressed; the antenne have the first two joints 
cyaneous, and the rest, or at least jomts 3-6, red or testaceous ; 
the femora and the tibie, except the extreme apex, are reddish 
yellow, the apex and the tarsi being more or less metallic ; elytra 
terminating externally in two blunt points. 

Length 14-15 millim. 

CEYLON. 

One example of this species exists in Dr. Horn’s collection, 
and one in the Vienna Museum. 


69. Derocrania concinna, Chaud. 
Derocrania concinna, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1860, p. 298. 


This species resembles D. nematodes in general appearance, but 


288 CICINDELID 2. 


is rather smaller on the average, and may easily be distinguished 
by the shape of the head, which is smooth and flat between the 
eyes, and by the less confluent sculpture of the elytra; the colour 
is dark with an sneous or greenish zneous reflection ; head broad, 


Fig. 12%.—Derocrania concinna. 


smooth, with the space between the eyes very slightly excavate 
and with the orbital strie wanting or very slightly marked ; 
frontal sulci near eyes strong and deep and divergent at base 5 
between the base of the eyes there are two distinct impressions, 
which are sometimes confluent; pronotum often more or less 
rufescent, subcylindrical, subparallel-sided, very gradually and not 
strongly narrowed to apex, without a distinct collum, basal con- 
striction very feeble, upper surface more or less distinctly striolate 
transversely ; elytra very gradually narrowed towards base, slightly 
widened behind and not gibbose in the male, more strongly widened 
and slightly gibbose in the female, with strong and rugose sculp- 
ture, which, however, is much less confluent than in the preceding 
species, and does not form wavy lines; the punctures are more 
diffuse at the sides and apex, but are strong throughout; antenna: 
very long and slender, pitchy ; legs dark, metallic; femora, except 
apex, red. 

Length 15-17 millim. 

Cryton: Kandy. 


DEROCRANTIA. 289 


70. Derocrania schaumi, IV. Horn. 
Derocrania schaumi, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1892, p. 67. 
Very like D. scitiscabra, Walk. (=S. dohrni, Chaud.), which it 
closely resembles in colour and sculpture; but it may at once be 


known by the formation of the head, which is smooth, with no 
deep arcuate excavation behind the frontal sulci; the pronotum 


Fig. 129.—Derocrania schaumi. 


has a much shorter and more indistinct collum, the dilated’part 
passing into it quite gradually, and the elytra are more distinctly 
foveolate, and are (in the only specimen I have seen) at their 
widest further behind the middle; the base, however, is {less 
rugosely sculptured. 

Length 16 millim. 

CEYLON. 


71. Derocrania nematodes, Schaum. 
Derocrania nematodes, Schaum, Journ. Ent. 1863, p. 61, pl. 4, fig. 1. 


Elongate, metallic, eneous or greenish zneous, or with a steely- 
blue reflection ; head large, distinctly excavate, with the space 
between the eyes smooth and slightly convex; the frontal sulet 
proper are strong and curved, and the supra-orbital striz are more 
or less strongly marked; the space behind the eyes is rather long 

U 


290 CICINDELID.®. 


and rounded and not abruptly strangulate; pronotum gradually 
and not strongly narrowed from the basal to the apical con- 
striction, with strong transverse striation ; elytra very gradually 
and not strongly narrowed to apex, widened, but not gibbose, 


Fig. 1380.—Derocrania nenatodcs. 


behind; upper surface rather strongly and rugosely sculptured 
throughout, the sculpture being scarcely less coarse at the apex 
and being more or less confluent in wavy lines ; apex produced into 
two variable points or processes, which are stronger in the female 
than in the male ; antenne long, filiform, red, or more or less pitchy ; 
legs red or testaceous, with the tibiz in part, and the tarsi, and 
oceasionally the apex of the femora, darker; metasternum striate 
at the sides. . 

Length 16-18 millim. 

CENTRAL CEYLON. 

This insect is somewhat variable in one or two respects; the 
pronotum is occasionally somewhat abruptly contracted in front 
and there is a rather distinct short collum, and the striation, 
which is, as a rule, very strong, 1s sometimes very little marked : 
this applies also to the striation of the head and of the meta- 
sternum ; occasionally there is a slight transverse furrow at the 
base of the eyes. 


. 


DEROCRANIA. 29) 


72. Derocrania scitiscabra, Walk. 


Derocrania scitiscabra, Walker, Aun, Nat. Hist. (3) i, 1859, p. ol. 
Derocrania dohrni, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1860, p. 297. 


Black, or black with a very obscure eneous reflection, much 
widened behind, of a dark and scabrous appearance ; head strongly 
excavate, with the central portion flat and smooth and the sulci 
very strongly marked, divergent at base, with a large arcuate 


Fig. 131.—Derocrania scitiscabra. 


posterior excavation just behind them ; orbital striz faint, some- 
times almost wanting ; pronotum long, with a long and distinct, 
but not very abrupt, ccllum, hinder part moderately widened, 
upper surface more or less distinctly striolate, basal constriction 
not strong; elytra strongly and closely sculptured throughout 
except at the extreme tip, somewhat rugose at the. base, apical 
portion more or less coarsely punctured ; they are strongly widened 
behind, more so in the female than in the male, but are not very 
markedly gibbose ; in both sexes the apices of the elytra terminate 
externally in a short point; antenne and legs black or pitchy ; 
underside rather shiny, glabrous, or with indistinct traces of striz 
on the pro- and meso-sternum. 

Length 17-19 millim. 

Cryton: Kandy. 

This species lives in the forest, running moderately fast on 
tree-trunks, seldom on the ground (Horn). 


292 CICINDELID&. 


73. Derocrania halyi, W. Horn. 


Derocrana halyt, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1900, p. 193; 
id., Spol. Zeyl. 1904, p. 39, pl. 7, fig. 3. 


The largest species of the group; colour metallic, bronze or 
purplish red; head large, strongly excavate, with the striz behind 
eyes very distinct, and with 
strong longitudinal sulci, at the 
base of which there is a large 
arcuate excavation, as in D. sci- 
tiscabra ; pronotum elongate, 
with a distinct collum, thickly 
and rather strongly trans - 
verse-striate ; elytra long, sub- 
parallel-sided, not much nar- 
rowed in front or widened 
behind, and not gibbose, in 
form and sculpture resembling 
Tricondyla granulifera, Mots., 
the sculpture, especially in 
the middle, being very strong, 
transversely confluent, and 
rugose, the interstices being 
raised in irregular transverse 
ridges; antenne dark, with 
the first and second joints and 
the apex of the third and fourth 

: more or less distinctly red- 
Fig. 182.—-Derocrania halyi. dish ; femora red or reddish, 
tibiz and tarsi dark, more or 

less metallic; elytra terminating externally in two sharp points. 

Length 20-21 millim. 

CEYLON. 

There is an old male specimen of a Derocrania, which has been 
for many years in the Oxford Museum, and which must evidently be 
referred to this species ; apart from the sculpture, ete., it is chiefly 
remarkable for its very long legs, a point which Horn does not 
notice in his description. His figure (/. ¢.) represents a more 
robust insect, which is probably the female; the legs are not 
figured. 


THERATINUE. 293 


Division PLATYSTERNALLA. 
Platysternalie, W. Worn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1905, p. 10. 


This division contains all the CrcInDELID& except the Crnno- 
STOMIN# and CoLttyrin#, from which they are distinguished, as 
before stated, by the broad, flat and smooth episterna of the meta- 
sternum. Tiwe eubtamilcs are represented in the Indian fauna, 
the THERaTIN® and CicrnDELIN®, which may be separated as 
follows :— 


I. Outer lobe of the maxillary palpi obsolete and 
represented by a seta-like process ........ Theratinez, p. 295. 
II. Outer lobe of the maxillary palpi normal .. Cicindeline, p. 500. 


Subfamily THERATINA[. 


The single genus comprised in this subfamily may easily be 
known by having the outer lobe of the maxillary palpi obsolete 
and represented by a minute seta-like process. By some authors it 
is ineluded under the Contyrin#, to which it is in certain points 
related, as, for instance, in the formation of the apex of the 


Fig. 183.—Maxilla (left to right) of Collyris, Tricondyla, Therates, Grad 


seventh ventral segment of the abdomen in the female, which 
much resembles that of Collyris,its posterior margin being furnished 
in the centre with two short processes similar to those which are 
so characteristic of the last-named genus ; in some cases, however, 
these appear to be much reduced. In general appearance the 
species resemble the CicINDELIN# much more than the CoLiyRin#; 
trom the former family, however, they are distinguished (apart 
from the structure of the outer lobe of the maxillary palpi) by the 
absence of a tooth in the centre of the emargination of the mentum, 
and by having the tarsi almost alike in both sexes, the first two 
joints being elongate and subcylindrical, the third much shorter 
and slightly emarginate at apex, and the fourth very short and 
heart-shaped ; the labrum is very large and long, and practically 
covers the mandibles, the tips only being visible when at rest ; the 


294 CICINDELID ©. 


head is large and excavate between the eyes, which are very large 
and prominent, and the vertex is long behind the eyes, gradually 
contracted, and somewhat strangulate . at the base ; the pronotum 
is convex and smooth, globular or transversely elobular, and the 
elytra are parallel-sided, with the shoulders well marked and more 
or less strongly raised on each side of the suture; the lees are 
very long and slender. 


Genus THERATES. 


Therates, Latreille, Regn, Anim. (ed. 1) ui, 1817, p. 179; Lacordaire,. 
Gen. Col. i, 1854, p. 28. 


Type, Cicindela labiata, Fabr. 

Thirty-four species are contained in this genus, which range 
from the Philippine Islands to New Guinea, and occur chiefly in 
the islands of the Malay Archipelago, while three or four have 
been described from Tonkin, The genus was not known to occur 
in the Indian region until comparatively recently ; two species 
only are rec orded” by Fleutiaux in his ‘Catalogue of the Crcr1n- 
DELIDA,’ published in 1892, but several species have since been 
found by Doherty and others in Assain and Burma, and one is 
recorded from Darjiling. 


Key to the Species. 


I. Size larger; length 12-13 mm. 
i. Pronotum broader in the middle and 
more strongly rounded at the sides; 
form larger and more robust ........ dormert, W. Horn, p. 295. 
ii. Pronotum narrower in the middle and 
less strongly rounded at the sides; 
form smaller and less robust ........ hennigi, W. Horn, p. 296. 
pe. ee smaller; length 6-9 mm. 
. Pronotum not or scarcely transverse ; 
head not or very feebly impressed be- 
NII JCVES <3. 5 sua oie era dohertyt, W. Horn, p. 296. 
11, Pronotum more or less distinctly 
transverse. 
1. Elytra with a straight yellow band 
on each behind the ‘middle, not 
quite reaching the suture, more or 
less merging into the testaceous 
colour of the front part, but well 
defined. behind =) 2.2 yee eee chenelli, Bates, p. 297. 
. Elytra with the light patch behind | 
the middle oblique, sometimes more 
or less obscure. 
A. Interocular space not quite 
smooth ; head with a deep trans- 
verse impression at base of frontal 
CThIUGIY Sarwan sevavseccsarman. Oblques,, Fleutaupeeoes 


THERATES. 295 


B. Interocular space smooth. 

a. Size larger; longitudinal fur- 
rows near orbits of eyes less 
produced and shallower ; front 
with three short longitudinal 
wrinkles behind these furrows. gestrov, v. annandaler, 

b. Size smalier; longitudinal fur- [W. Horn, p. 298. 
rows near orbits of eyes deeper 
and produced further behind ; 
front with two punctiform im- [p-. 299. 
pressions behind these furrows. waagenorum, W. Horn, 


74. Therates dormeri, W. Horn. 
Therates dormert, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1898, p. 197. 


Considerably larger than any of the other Indian species except 


Fig. 154.—Therates dorieri. 


T. hennigt, trom which it differs in 
being a little larger and stouter, and 
in having the pronotum wider in the 
middle; labrum reddish testaceous ; 
head large, vertex broad, frontal 
sulei deep, slightly convergent 
towards base and terminating in a 
distinct transverse impression, so 
that the portion between the sulci 
appears raised and subquadrangular, 
orbital striz rather distinct; pro- 
notum broad, very short and trans- 
verse, the central portion being about 
twice as broad as long, very strongly 
rounded at the sides, strongly con- 
stricted in front and behind ; elytra 
dark, with the basal portion irregu- 
larly testaceous, the raised callosities 
being in part dark, and with a regular 
transverse yellow band on each just 


behind the middle, not quite touching the suture; the apex is 
whitish testaceous ; punctuation rather strong towards base, and 
irregular in size (the callosities being marked with several very 
large punctures), feeble in middle, obsolete towards apex ; legs 
testaceous, more or less marked with fuscous, posterior tibize and 
half the tarsi whitish except the claws; underside pitchy, almost 


smooth. 
Length 13 millim. 


AssaM: Patkai Hills (Doherty). 
The species was originally described by Dr. W. Horn on a single 


specimen from Borneo. 


296 CICINDELID &. 


75. Therates hennigi, W. Horn. 
Therates hennigi, W. Horn, Ent. Nachtr. xxiv, 1898, p. 178. 


Allied to 7’. dormeri, which it resembles in size, but differs from 
it in being a little smaller and less robust, and in having the pro- 
notum narrower. Also allied to 7. chenelli, but differs in its much 
larger size, and in having the forehead between the eyes broader 
and flatter and more abrupt and deflexed in front; the pronotum 
is very slightly shorter and broader; the elytra are much more 
coarsely sculptured behind, but a little more finely and much more 
diffusely than at the base, and are entirely flavo-testaceous, with 
the exception of two purplish eneous spots on each, which touch 
the margin and almost reach the suture, the onea little constricted 
in the middle and situated a little before the centre, the other 
larger and irregular and almost round, situated between this and 
the apex ; the antenne have the last four joints strongly dilated, 
compressed and dark, the preceding one being brownish testaceous ; 
the front parts are cyaneous, and the abdomen black with a narrow 
yellow margin ; the legs are flavo-testaceous, with the tarsi mostly 
pitchy and with other dark markings. 

Length 12 millim. (11 mm. szne labro). 

Assam: Khasi Hills. 


76. Therates dohertyi, W. Horn. 
Therates dohertyt, W. Horn, Stettin. Ent. Zeit. 1905, p. 277. 


One of ‘the smallest species 
of the genus; labrum reddish 
testaceous ; head and pronotum 
metallic blue or seneous; head 
with two strong frontal sulci 
which terminate behind in more 
or less distinct impressions, some- 
tines obsolete; antenne pitchy 
red, with the basal joints darker ; 
palpi testaceous ; pronotum less 
transverse and more globular than 
in 7. chenelli; elytra dark, with 
an elongate testaceous spot at each 
shoulder, sometimes encircling the 
raised basal eallosities, which are 
marked with testaceous at the 
base; there is also on each just 
behind middle a rather narrow 
straight or lunate spot, and the 
apex is testaceous ; the sculpture 

Fig. 135.—Therates dohertyi. is distinct, but more or less diffuse 

towards base, and almost obsolete 
‘n the posterior third; legs testaceous but somewhat darker at 


THERATES. 297 


the apex of the femora, and variable; underside pitchy or pitchy 
red. 

Length 74-8 millim. 3 

AssaM: Patkai Hills; Burma: Pegu; TENASSERIM. 

There is a small series in very bad condition, unnamed, in the 
Indian Museum, in which the colour of the elytra is very variable, 
the testaceous tint prevailing. 


77. Therates chenelli, Butes. 


Therates chenelli, Bates, Cist. Ent. 11, 1878, p. 335, 
Therates concinnus, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genova, 1888, p. 105. 


A small species, with the elytra very variable in colour, except 
that the light yellow fascia just behind the middle seems to be 
more or less distinct, though often ill-defined in front and merging 
into the testaceous colour 
of the front part; labrum 
testaceous or reddish tes- 
taceous, occasionally with 
the base and sides darker ; 
head and pronotum black, 
more or less metallic, ver- 
tex broad, frontal sulci 
strong, subparallel, with a 
small impression at the base 
of each; antenne pitchy, 
with the basal joints light 
underneath; pronotum with 
the globose part distinctly 
transverse, smooth and 
shining, strongly  con- 
stricted before and behind ; 
elytra more or less testa- 
ceous on their anterior 

Fig. 136.— Therates chencili, part, with or without darker 
markings; behind the 
middle is a yellow band; the anterior testaceous colour may 
reach this or may be separated from it by a dark irregular band ; 
posterior third dark, with the apex unicolorous or testaceous (the 
latter may be a sexual character); the punctuation is diffuse but 
strong, and gradually gets finer towards apex; on the posterior 
third it is sometimes more or less obsolete ; legs variable, testaceous, 
with the posterior tarsi lighter, with dark claws, or with the 
anterior and intermediate tibiz and tarsi pitchy, and the posterior 
tibie and tarsi whitish with the base of the former and the claws 
black ; underside black or in part pitchy red, metasternum with 
traces of feeble sculpture. 
Length 83-9 millim. 
Assam: Naga Hills, 2000 ft.; Burma: Karen Hills. 


298 CICINDELID®. 


1’. concinnus, Gestro, is only a colour variety of this species. 

There is a specimen from the Ruby Mines which has the genera! 
form narrower and the front more excavate and narrower, with a 
transverse impressed line behind the sulci instead of the two im- 
pressions ; 1t may be a distinct species, but I cannot satisfactorily 
separate it. 


7S. Therates obliquus, /’leut. 
Therates obliquus, Fleutiaux, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1893, p. 497. 


A very small dark species; labrum red; antenne fuscous or 
reddish fuscous, with the first joint clear testaceous underneath, 
and the next two or three metallic; palpi reddish: head dark, 
blackish bronze, pronotum dark, sometimes reddish; head with 
two strong frontal sulci which are bounded at base by a distinct 
transverse impression, so that the part between the eyes appears 
raised and separate ; the head is in part very finely striate, so that 
it appears duller than in some species; pronotum transversely 
vlobose, but rather less so than in 7’. cheneili; elytra dark, with 
rather indistinct lighter markings, consisting of a submarginal 
basal stripe, and another narrow oblique one behind the middle; 
the punctuation is strong in front, obsolete behind, the extreme 
apex being lighter and finely punctured; underside black, or in 
part ferruginous ; legs testaceous with the bases dark. 

Length 6-7 millim. 

Burma: Momeit, Ruby Mines. 


79. Therates gestroi, W. Horn. 


Therates gestrot, W. Florn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1900, p. 196. 
Therates gestrot, var. annandale, W, Horn, Rec. Ind. Mus. ii, pt. iv, 
1908, p. 412. 

The following is Dr. Horn’s description of the typical 7’. gestroz, 
which has been found in Siam, but has not occurred in our 
region :— 

«Allied to the male of 7. kraatzi, Horn, but differs in having 
the whole front as smooth as the vertex, and broader between the 
orbits of the eyes, which are flatter and furnished at base with 
three short longitudinal wrinkles ; the vertex is also a little less 
constricted; elytra shining, less parallel-sided, dilated in the 
middle and behind, with the sculpture almost the same; as 
regards the markings the lunule at the shoulder is narrower and 
shorter (almost as in 7’. chenelli, Bates, var. concinna, Gestro), and 
there is a rather narrow testaceous stripe, slightly curved, at the 
basal angle near scutellum, which is continued very briefly along 
the suture and is not connate with the basal lunule; the oblique 
discoidal spot is set further forward than in 7. kraaizi, being 
almost at the middle, and the apex is not flavescent ; posterior 
cox dark towards base ; legs coloured as in 7’. rugulosus (tibiee 
and tarsi mostly flavescent, trochanters yellow).” 


THERATES. 299 


Length 8 millim. (7 mm. sine labro). 

Assam: Khasi Hills; Lowmr Stam: Lakhon. 

The variety differs from the type in having the orbits of the 
eyes more raised and straighter, and the intermediate portion of 
the pronotum narrower ; the yellow humeral lunule is much longer 
(evidently extending beyond one-third of the elytra), and the 
basal spot is also larger and connate with the humeral spot; the 
discoidal central transverse yellow spot is slightly larger, and the 
apical fourth or fifth part of the elytra is indistinctly flavescent ; 
the insect appears also to be a little larger than the type form. 

Length 8-9 millim. 

Stkktm™: Kurseong, Darjiling district, E. Himalayas, 5000 feet 
(Annandale). 

Mr. Annandaie found the species to be common in damp shady 
places, among shrubs and herbage, in June 1908. 

Dr. Horn says that the anterior half of the elytra shows exactly 
the same pattern as Therates kraatzi, W. Horn, from Penang, but 
the discoidal patch of the latter is much larger; on the other 
hand, the apex of the elytra of the new form is much more broadly 
yellowish. here are differences also in the sulci on the front. 
The pronotum of 7’. kraatzi is broader than in the var. annandalei, 
and its extreme apex shows a distinct but slight transverse 
emaregination. 


80. Therates waagenorum, IV. Horn. 


Therates waagenorum, W. Worn, Deutsche Int. Zeitschr. 1900, 
Palos: 


A very small species which is most closely allied to 7’. gestro:, 
trom which it differs in being smaller, with the head rather nar- 
rower and the longitudinal furrows near the orbits of the eyes 
deeper and more produced behind ; the forehead between these is 
narrower and has two punctiform impressions behind ; the whole 
pronotum is narrower and the central portion less globose ; the 
markings of the elytra are similar. The species is also allied 
toll”. Beni but differs in its smaller head and vertex, the latter 
being flat and slightly constricted before the anterior margin of 
the pronotum, which is transverse and narrow; the testaceous 
markings of the elytra are much the same; the lunulate mark at 
the shoulder is produced almost to the suture, follows the latter 
for a short distance, and then is confluent with the sutural part 
of the central patch, which is oblique; the apex of the elytra is 
indistinctly flavescent; the legs are for the most part light; the 
general colour, however, is variable. 

Length 64-7 millim. 

STKKIM: Darjiling; Burma: Pegu; TEenasserim. 

I have not seen this species, but from the description it appears 
to be very closely allied to one or two neighbouring species, and 
to be somewhat hard to separate from them. 


vo 
SS 
S) 


CICIN DELIDA, 


Subfamily CICINDELIN A. 


This subfamily contains upwards of seven hundred species which 
are distributed throughout the world, four genera being re- 
presented in the Indian fauna; one of these, Apieroessa, Hope, 
contains one very remarkable species, of which no perfect example 
exists, and which has not been found for more than a century. 


Key to the Genera. 


I. Mesosternum normal; wings rarely 
reduced (some species of Prothyma), 
nearly always complete and well 


developed. 
i, Underside entirely without pubes- ; 
B nACONCC a Aaa ot eee .. Proruya, Hope, p. 300. 
u. Underside with more or less pubes- 
cence. 


1. Underside practically without 
pubescence except fora distinct 
fringe of white hairs on the 
upper edge of the posterior coxal 
cavities; elytra parallel-sided 
with the apex, as a rule, con- 
spicuously truncate obliquely... Heproponra, Hope, p. 310. 
2. Underside with variable but dis- 
tinct pubescence, which is 
sometimes very scanty, but 
often thick or very thick and 
TOMMENTOSE Dyesits fee hora ie CicINDELA, L., p. 314. 
Il, Mesosternum with the episterna and 
epimera raised and projecting at 
their exterior hind margin; wings 
WD SONIE west See cake sa bee eee ee APTEROESSA, Hope, p. 440. 


It is doubtful whether Prothyma and Heptodonta ought really 
to be separated from Cicindela; in any case there are species 
which are now included under the latter genus which appear to 
have as much right to be separated from it. 


Genus PROTHYMA. 


Prothyma, Hope, Col, Man. ii, 1888, p. 27. 

Huryoda, Lacordaire, Mém. Liége, 1843, p. 107 (ea parte). 
Jansenia, Chaudoir, Cat. Coll. 1865, p. 55 (ex parte). 
Dromicidia, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1852, i, p. 21. 


Type, Cicindela quadripunctata, Fabr. 

The constitution of this genus is somewhat heterogeneous. 
Dr. Horn includes in it upwards of fifty species from Africa, Mada- 
gascar, India, the Malay region and China. The chief character- 

istic is the total absence of pubescence on the underside * ; a few 


* Except in Prothyima belloides, Horn, a species described since this table 
was drawn up, and which ought perhaps to be referred to a separate genus. 


ne 


PROTHYMA, 


species have the wings much reduced. 


30] 


Two or three of the 


Indian species have been described on single specimens, and more 
knowledge concerning them is much to be desired. 


Key to the Species. 


I. Elytra very convex, with strong, close 
and regular scabrous punctuation 
throughout ; length 13-16 mm; legs 
entirely Podiihe. IN on ated Bea Me nee? 36 

If. Elytra moderately convex, or more or 
less depressed ; sculpture less coarse 
and much. less close, finer towards sides 
and apex than at base. 

i. Elytra with two white spots on the 
posterior half of each, one about 
middle, and the other before apex. 

1. Length not exceeding 13 mm. 

A. Pronotum transverse, ratherstrongly 
sculptured transversely; colour 
dark cyaneous; length 103-12 mm. 

B. Pronotum not transverse, usually 
distinctly longer than broad, less 
strongly sculptured; length 9-10 
mm. 

a. Forehead with concentric semi- 
CINC WAT: SERIO mete .c4.cany iaaie 2425 cs 

b. Forehead without concentric semi- 
circular striz. 

a*, Elytra uneven, with distinct 
longitudinal furrows (more 
plainly visible in some lights 
thane, Oblwers));<:.sh ce «ane, 

6*, Elytra even, with at most an 
impression within the shoulder. 

at. Length 9-10 mm. ; sides of pro- 
notum rounded ; "white spot at 

centre of elytra round. 
at. Elytra narrower, more deeply 
Scull pturedia= (s.0. 2. ta. 
bt. Elytra broader, less deeply 
SCulp PING 75, 8 20% csp. ee oe 
b+. Length 13 mm. ; sides of prono- 
tum parallel; white spot at the 
centre of the elytra transverse. 

2. Length 17 mm.; colour dark coppery 

oreen, almost uniform; forehead 
flat with three impressions; legs 
very lone and slender (? Hepto- 

OL Se OO Ee 

1. Elytra with faree: white spots (some- 
times variable) on the posterior half 
of each. 

1. Form more robust; length 133 mm. ; 
the three white spots on the posterior 


portion of the elytra forming an, 


equilatenalitriancle +)... t..cdisi0e. 


scrobiculata, Wied., p. 302. 


proaima, Chaud., p. 302. 


fee, Gestro, p. 304. 


paradoxva, W. Horn, p. 303, 


mornata, W. Horn, p. 305. 


linbata, Wied., p. 304. 


reconcilatiix, W. Horn, 
[p. 308. 


hennigi, W. Horn, p. 308. 


ip. 306. 
schmidt-gocbeli, W. Horn, 


302 CICINDELIDE. 


2, Form more slender; length 10-12 
mm.:; the two anterior white spots 


situated close to one another. [p. 305. 
Ne Form loncere an crs SEIS Hie ras evornata. Schm.-Goeb., 
ne: 3 
IB. Form shorter 22)..0¢ sie eae bouriert, W. Horn, p. 307. 


III. Form convex, elytra more strongly 
punctured on disc than at sides and 
apex, without white spots; size 
very small; apical ventral segments 
scantily pubescent ........-+.--- belloides, W. Horn, p. 309. 


81. Prothyma scrobiculata, Wied. 


Cicindela scrobiculata, Wiedemann, Zool. Mag. ni, , 1825, p. 6d. 
Dromicidia scrobiculata, Chaudoir, Cat. Col. 1865, p. 54. 


A comparatively large, convex, scabrous looking species ; upper 
surface obscurely metallic, with blue, 
green and bronze reflections, the 
sides of the head, pronotum and 
elytra being much brighter ; labrum 
and antenne (except towards apex) 
red; head large and broad, flat 
between the eyes, irregularly striate 
in front, finely and irregularly 
rugose transversely behind; pro- 
notum convex, shiny, with the 
central line not strongly marked, 
deeply impressed in front and be- 
hind, with the anterior impression 
rugose, rather strongly rounded at 
sides, slightly narrowed before base, 
feebly sculptured; elytra very con- 
vex, regularly, closely and strongly 
punctured from base to apex, with 
Fig. 137.—Prothyma scrobiculata, the sides not dilated behind, and 
gradually rounded to the sutural 
angele, which is produced into a small point; legs entirely red ; 
underside smooth and shining, bright blue or violaceous. 
Length 13-14 millim. 
BeyeaL: Maldah (Indian Museum), Chota Nagpur, June-July. 
This species has a peculiar facies and certainly looks as if it 
might be placed ina separate genus, but the characters do not 
seem sufficient to warrant its being regarded as distinct. 


82. Prothyma proxima, Chaud. 
Crcindela proxima, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1860, p. 325. 


Upper surface of a dark cyaneous or dark blue colour, with the 
front parts dark green or almost black, and with the sides of 
the elytra more brightly coloured in some specimens; labrum 


PROTHYMA. 303 


testaceous in the centre in the male, unicolorous in the female ; 
head almost flat between the eyes, irregularly striate throughout, 
the striations forming wavy lines; pronotum more or less trans- 
verse with the sides not or scarcely rounded, and the central line 
more or less distinct, sculptured much as the head, but trans- 
versely and more strongly; elytra strongly punctured at base, 
less closely, though distinctly, behind, the sculpture being some- 
what rugose in places, with the shoulders well marked, and with 
traces ot a short broad furrow between shoulders and suture ; on 
each there are two whitish spots, one just behind middle and one 
before apex; underside and femora metallic blue or green, tibie 
and tarsi more or less pitchy. 

Length 103-12 millim. 

Sikkim: Kurseong (Pleutiauv) ; BenGan: Calcutta, Birbhum 
(Ind. Mus.) ; CENTRAL PROVINCES : Nagpur; BomBay: Dharwar, 
Kanara (Bell); Mapras: Ramnad, Cocanada. 

The elytral spots are very much smaller in some specimens 
than in others and almost obsolete, but I have not seen enough 
examples to decide whether this is a sexual difference. 


83. Prothyma paradoxa, W. Hori. 


Cicundela paradoxa, WW. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1892, Me 79. 
Prothyma paradoxa, W. Horn, Spol. Zeyl. 11, 1904, Do We Hook 
Maindron, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1905, p. 9, pl. 1, fic. 


A dull dark brown species, with shght greenish or neous 
reflections on the head, but almost unicolorous ; labrum metallic 
with the centre broadly whitish in the male, uniformly dark 
testaceous in the female (this may be variable); head scarcely 
excavate, with fine, but well marked, orbital striation, and with 
the vertex very closely sculptured; pronotum longer than broad, 
somewhat rounded behind and contracted in the male, almost 
parallel-sided in the female, central line well marked, upper 
surface very finely sculptured, dull; elytra rather more shining, 
with one or two more or less obsolete broad longitudinal furrows 
which make the surface look irregular, punctuation distinct 
throughout, but considerably stronger towards base; on each 
just behind middle there is a small round whitish spot at about 
an equal distance from the suture and margin, and another, larger 
and less regular, a little before apex near margin; legs more or 
less pitchy with the femora metallic, knees sometimes testaceous ; 
underside shining, cyaneous, greenish, or violaceous. 

Length 9-10 millim. 

Bompay: Kanara (Bell); Mapras: Mahé (Maindron), Tri- 
vandrum (Ind. Mus.) ; Crynon: Pondicherry. 

Dr. Horn says that there is one furrow on the elytra of the 
male from which he described the species; in the only male I 
have seen there are distinct traces of two; in the female only one ; 
they are indistinct but may be plainly seen in certain lights and 
are very characteristic of the species. 


304 CICINDELID®. 


Does not fly by day; runs swiftly on wet, short-grassed and 
open places; comes to light in the evening, seems to fly after 
dark (ITorn). : 


84. Prothyma limbata, Wed. 


Cicindela limbata, Wiedemann, Zool. Mag. ii, iL 1823, p. 64. 
Luryoda tetraspilota, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1852, p. 29. 


A shining and brightly coloured little species, crimson or with 
a violaceous tinge, with the scutellum, and the suture, shoulders, 
sides and apex of the elytra green, 
or bright blue, these colours being 
also more or less present on the 
vertex and margins of the pronotum ; 
head between the eyes feebly ex- 
cavate with very strong striz which 
appear to reach further back in the 
male than in the female; antenne 
pitchy, with the base metallic; pro- 
notum subquadrate, very slightly 
narrowed behind, with the sides 
very gently rounded, and with the 
central line often more or less obso- 
lete and the upper surface very finely 
transversely sculptured ; elytra with 
the shoulders well marked, strongly 
punctured at base and more finely 
towards apex, parallel-sided in the 
male, somewhat widened behind in 
) the female, with two very distinct, 
Fig. 138.—Prothyma linbata. almost equal-sized, white spots on 

each near the margins, one just 
behind middle and one before apex; legs more or less metallic 
green or black, tibize and tarsi, for the most part, pitchy ; under- 
side shining, bright blue or violaceous. 

Length 9-10 millim. 

Brneau: Calcutta; Punsap: Jhelum Valley, Simla. 

In the only specimens I have seen, the male, besides having the 
elytra parallel-sided and not widened behind, has the labrum white 
with the margins metallic; in the female the labrum is uni- 
colorous dark metallic. 


85. Prothyma fex, Gestro. 
Cicindela fee, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genova, 1889, p. 88. 


A smooth green metallic species, with the dise of the elytra 
cyaneous purple, and the suture golden coppery ; each elytron has 
on its posterior half two smooth oval whitish spots, arranged one 
behind the other near the lateral margin; labrum whitish in the 
middle in the male, entirely bronze-green in the female; head 


PROTHYMA. 305 


with deep parallel longitudinal strie between the eyes, and with 
concentric semicircular striz on the forehead ; pronotum rather 
narrow, with hardly any traces of transverse folds; legs metallic 
ereen, with the tibize and tarsi coppery; underside glabrous, 
cyaneous, green in the middle. 

Length 9 millim. 

Burma: Teinzo, Bhamo (/’ea, May and June). 

I have not seen this species, which appears to be in great 
measure distinguished by the sculpture of the head. According 
to Gestro, it is most closely allied to P. quadr ipunctata, Fabr. 
(from Java), the type species of the genus, but differs in being 
smaller and differently coloured, with the sides of the pronotum 
less rounded, and in the different sculpture of the head and 
pronotum. 


86. Prothyma inornata, W. Horn. 


Rhytidophena limbata, Bates (nec Wied.), Entomologist, 1891, 


Suppl. p. 7. 
Euryoda mornata, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1899, p. 368. 
Prothyma inornata, W. Horn, op. cit. 1905, p. 13. 


Allied to Huryoda (Cicindela) limbata, Wied., and E. few, Gestro, 
but very different in colour, and with the pronotum angular in 
the middle and its sides more rounded: from the former species 
it differs in its narrower elytra which are a little more deeply 
sculptured ; and from the latter in its more robust form, shorter 
labrum, broader head and pronotum (the latter being also more 
narrowed at the base), and more ample elytra, which are more 
dilated behind the middle. The colour of the upperside is obscure 
coppery bronze with an admixture of dull purple, moderately 
shiny, the forehead and pronotum being a little brighter ; the 
sides of the head, pronotum and elytra are bronze-green with here 
and there a little cyaneous colour, and the anterior and posterior 
margins of the pronotum and the very narrow suture of the 
elytra, as well as the apical margin, are greenish bronze; the 
underside is shining green, with the episterna cyaneous and 
the legs bronze. 

Length 10 millim. 

PunsaB: Kulu; Assam. 

The colour in these metallic species is often very variable, so 
that in the above description, based on one specimen, the account 
of the colour must be taken with some reservation. 

P. inornata and P. fee are very probably subspecies of P. 
limbata. 


87. Prothyma exornata, Schin.-Goeb. 
Prothyma exornata, Schmidt-Goebel, Faun. Col. Birm. p. 1, pl. 1, 
tied. 


Rather long, cylindrical and parallel-sided, of an obscure 
x 


306 CICINDELID&. 


coppery bronze colour with brighter reflections in front, with 
the sides of the head and 
pronotum and of more or 
jess of the elytra bright 
cyaneous blue and green ; 
labrum very large and 
prominent, raised in the 
middle, strongly toothed, 
varying in colour; antennee 
rather long, slightly thick- 
ened towards apex, pitchy, 
with the base metallic ; 
pronotum long, subcylin- 
’ drical, striate transversely ; 
\ elytra parallel-sided, with 
the shoulders and the im- 
pression between them and 
the suture well marked, 
strongly punctured at base, 

A more finely behind, very 
a , finely, but distinctly, at 


f ‘ apex; just behind the 
Fig. 139.—Prothyma exornata, middle, almost touching the 


margin, is a rather large 
whitish spot, with another smaller one just behind it nearer 
the suture, and before the apex there is another rather large 
spot of the same colour at the outer angle; the small humeral 
spot appears to be very minute or obsolete in this species ; under- 
side greenish or bluish; femora metallic (green or bluish and more 
or less golden), trochanters and knees red or reddish, tibie and 
tarsi reddish or pitchy red. 

Length 10-12 millim. 

Burma: N. Chin Hills, Karen Hills, Tharawaddy (Corbett), 
Pegu district; ANNAM; CAMBODIA. 

Schmidt-Goebel described the species from a single small female 
specimen of uncertain locality. 

An example of this insect in the British Mnseum has the labrum 
black and not testaceous as in Schmidt-Goebel’s description ; in 
a specimen which I have before me it is dark testaceous. Differ- 
ences of this kind are sometimes sexual, but in this case both 
specimens are females. 


58. Prothyma schmidt-goebeli, W. Horn. 


Euryoda schmidt-goebeli, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1898, 
p. 87. 


Very closely allied to P. evornata, Schm.-Goeb., but differs in its 
more robust build, evidently thicker head, and more convex and 
thicker pronotum, which has the anterior and posterior impressions 


PROTHYMA, 307 


deeper and the sculpture a little sharper; the elytra are wider 
with the impressions less evident and almost absent; the sides ot 
all the sterna are smooth; the colour of the upper surface is a 
brighter copper, more shiny, and the whole margin of the elytra 
from the shoulders to the posterior white spot is bright cyaneous ; 
in the single female specimen described by Dr. Horn the whitish 
spots are arranged as follows: one, very small, at the shoulder, 
another near the margin at middle, a third situated at the side of 
and behind this, at a much greater distance than is the case with 
the third spot in P. evornata, and a fourth near margin at apex ; 
the third spot is at about an equal distance from the second and 
fourth and forms with them an equilateral triangle; according to 
Dr. Horn there is no humeral spot in the female in P. exornata, 
but there is a specimen in the Calcutta Museum in which a very 
small one is present. The palpi (with the exception of the last 
joint) and the trochanters are yellow; the posterior femora are 
entirely without hairs. 

Length 133 millim. 

Burma ; CamBopia: Laos. 

Mr. H. E. Andrewes has lent me a specimen of this insect 
labelled “* Goktaik, vi. 10,” taken by Mr. H. Leslie Andrewes and 
named by Dr. Horn; the apical white spots are very conspicuous, 
but the only other marking is a very small white spot just behind 
the middle of the left elytron. 


89. Prothyma bouvieri, W. Horn. 


Euryoda bouviert, W. Horn, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1896, 
p- 328. 


Allied to P. evornata, Schm.-Goeb., but with the labrum shorter, 
the forehead and pronotum broader, and the sides of the latter 
more rounded ; the elytra are less elongate with the apices more 
obliquely truncate; the sculpture is slightly closer, and the 
impressions are more strongly marked; the punctures near the 
suture in the middle are transversely confluent; the marginal 
spot behind the middle is very much smaller and scarcely visible, 
the discoidal one being larger and more approximate; the upper 
surface is coppery and less shining. 

Length 104-11 millim. 

Burma: Maymyo (#. L. Andrewes), Lakhon (Harmand). 

Dr. Horn says that this species possesses two yellowish spots in 
the centre of the elytra like P. evornata, P. schmidt-qoebeli, and 
P. heteromalla, but these are more approximate to one another and 
the lateral one is much smaller than the one on the disc. The 
species is more robust and shorter than P. exornata, especially as 
regards the elytra, which are also more oval. 

I have before me the specimen taken by Mr. H. L. Andrewes ; 
the lateral spot is quite wanting and the other spot behind the 

x2 


308 CICINDELIDA. 


middle can hardly be called discoidal and is comparatively large 
and elongate. Were it not for the label attached in Dr. Horn’s 
writing, I should be inclined to consider it a different insect from 
the one described by him as HZ. bowviert, as, apart from the spots, 
the elytra, though short, are parallel-sided and not ovate. 


90. Prothyma reconciliatrix, W. Horn. 


Euryoda reconciliatriv, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1900 
p. 200. 


A comparatively large and robust species; larger than P. ew- 


ornata, with a larger head, more developed orbits and different 
sculpture of the front; the pronotum is more parallel-sided and 


less narrowed behind; the elytra are broader, and the whitish ~ 


spots are different and arranged as follows :—one, minute, at the 
shoulder ; a second, in the middle, more or less transverse ; and a 
third, at the apex, round, the two latter being rather large; the 
sides of the elytra are broadly blue, and the anterior part between 
the sides and disc is bright golden; the penultimate joint of the 
maxillary palpi is yellow, and the knees are testaceous; the 
underside is brightly coloured. 

Length 13 millim. (12 mm. sine labro). 

Benes: Dacca (Bowring) ; TENASSERIM. 

Dr. Horn compares this species, which he has described from 
one female specimen, with HH. heteromalla, McLeay, to which it. 
appears to be most closely allied. The latter species, however, 
does not occur in our region, being confined to Malacca and the. 
Malay Archipelago. 


91. Prothyma hennigi, W. Horn. 


Heptodonta or Euryoda (?) hennigt, W. Horn, Ent. Nachr. xxiv, 
198, po 177, 


A large species with the head and pronotum dark coppery 
green, and the elytra of much the same colour, moderately shining ; 
the orbital parts are bluish, and the whole underside is cyaneous. 
or greenish cyaneous ; the forehead is flat in the middle and has 
three impressions, the central one being the most distinct; the 
pronotum has the central portion globose-ovate, with the central 
line distinct, the apical part transversely striolate, and the middle 
and basal parts very finely sculptured ; on each elytron there are 
three spots, one at the shoulder, very small, another at middle 
and a third before apex, the two latter being ata little distance 
from the margin ; the palpi are black ; the legs are very long and 
slender, dark, with the basal and central parts of the femora red ; 
the anterior tarsi are much longer, and the posterior tarsi a little. 
longer than the tibie. 

Length 17 millim. (154 sine labro). 

Assam: Khasi Hills. 


PROTHYMA, 309 


This is a somewhat abnormal species and ought, perhaps, to be 
referred to Heptodonta. Dr. Horn has placed it provisionally in 
both genera; the fringe of hairs on the outside free margin of the 
posterior coxee, which is one of the chief characteristics of the 
genus LHeptodonta, appears to be absent; but the question can 
hardly be decided on one example. In seems to be a very distinct 
~ Insect. . 


92. Prothyma belloides, W. Horn. 
Prothyma belloides, W. Horn, Aun. Soc. Ent. Belgique, 1907, p. 511. 


This is a very small species which Dr. Horn describes as 
differing from all the other species of the genus in having the last 
ventral segments of the abdomen clothed with short and sparse 
ereyish pubescence; this character, 
however, does not always appear to 
be very evident. He compares it 
with Odontochila rothschildi, W. Horn, 
which it resembles in size, and with 
Cicindela belli, W. Horn, with which 
it agrees in convexity, sculpture, and 
the variegated sheen of the upper 
surface. The general colour is cya- 
neous black, with more or less of the 
front parts and ihe sides bright cya- 
neous, and on the elytra there are some- 
times two or three greenish-cyaneous 
hook-like branches proceeding from 
the sides to the dise and more shining 
than the surrounding surface ; these, 
however, are not evident in the only 
specimen I have seen; labrum large, 
inetallic cyaneous-black ; eyes very 
prominent; head rather long behind 
the eyes, finely shagreened and rather 

dull; pronotum sculptured much as 
Big. 140.—Prothyma belloides. head, longer than broad, with the sides 
almost straight, the transverse furrows 
moderately developed and the central longitudinal furrow distinct, 
though not strongly marked. Elytra parallel-sided, convex, shining, 
strongly punctured in front, almost smooth behind ; sutural angle 
without any visible spine; underside glabrous, cyaneous; antenne 
blackish ; palpi slender, testaceous (except the last joint of the 
labial palpi and the last two joints of the maxillary palpi, which 
are inetallic black) ; legs and trochanters yellowish, apex of tibie, 
knees and all the tarsi dark. 

Length 53-6 millim. 

BompBay: Kanara (7. R. D. Bell). 


"i 


310 CICINDELIDA. 


Dr. Horn remarks that this ttle species is one of the most 
interesting of those belonging to the genus Prothyma, as it 1s the 
most aberrant species of the genus, and presents points of 
important phylogenetic significance. 


Genus HEPTODONTA. 


Heptodonta, Hope, Col. Man. ii, 1838, p.22; Lacordaire, Gen. Col. 1, 
Deecle 


Type, Crcindela analis, Fabr. 

This genus is characterised bv the long parallel-sided elytra and 
their conspicuously oblique apices, and also by the fact that the 
underside is practically glabrous, except for a distinct fringe of 
white pubescence on the anterior edge of the posterior coxal 
cavities; the labrum, as a rule, has seven distinct teeth; the 
wings are never reduced ; in the male the intermediate, as well 
as the anterior, tarsi are dilated. 

The genus contains about fifteen or eighteen species, which 
appear to be chiefly confined to India, the Malay Peninsula, and 
Indo-China; one species occurs in the Philippines and one has 
been recorded doubtfully from Hong-Kong. Five species occur 
within our area. 


Key to the Species. 


I. Pronotum transversely globose ; sculp- 
ture of elytra rugose to apex, the 
wrinkles being very strong and con- 
fused, running in different directions. odvcollis, Bates, p. 311. 
II, Pronotum not transverse, usually dis- 
tinctly longer than broad. 
i. Sculpture of elytra much finer towards 
apex, rugose, but with the wrinkles 
less close toyether, shorter than in 
H. nodicollis, and never oblique.... Avraatz, W. Horn, p. 312. 
ii. Hlytra punctured, with the punctures 
somewhat confluent in parts towards 
base. 
1. Length 15-17 mm.; upper surface 
duller, with finer sculpture .... pulchella, Hope, p. 312. 
2. Length | 10-12 mm.; upper surface 
more shiny, with coarser sculpture 
especially towards base. 
A, Pronotum with the sides rather 
strongly rounded, — subglo - 
DOSC: c. ss iciduea Re een eee eugema, Chaud., p. 3138. 
B. Pronotum with the sides nero 
rounded, almost straight......  arrowt, W. Horn, p. 313. 


HEPTODONTA, olk 


93. Heptodonta nodicollis, bates. 
Pronyssa nodicollis, Bates, Ent. Monthly Mag. x, 1874, p. 267. 


A bright, shiny, golden green, elongate and graceful species ; 
head large, longer than the pronotum ; labrum very long, covering 
the mandibles except the apices, 

with five distinct teeth and traces 

Lf. ra (sometimes obsolete) of two others 
ff at the sides, green with broad 
i testaceous margins in the male, 
j entirely green in the female (this 
may be a variable character) ; 
antenne fuscous with the base 
metallic, palpi testaceous with the 
apex dark; the space between 
the eyes is concave and the whole 
head is very finely and closely 
striate ; pronotum  subglobose, 
\ transverse, triangularly com- 
pressed in front and behind, the 
impressions being eneous, upper 
surface finely rugose transversely ; 
é \ elytra with the shoulders well 
marked and with a furrow on each 
side internally, the space between 
Fig. 141.—Heptodonta nodicollis. being raised ; the space before 
apex is depressed but not so 

strongly as in H. pulchella; the sides are parallel until a little 
before the apex and are then obliquely truncate, the apex is trun- 
cate, and the internal angle ends in a small tooth; on each there 
are three white spots close to, but not touching the margin, one 
at the shoulder, distinct in the male, obsolete in the female, one 
just about the middle, and one, more or less irregular, before the 
apex ; the sculpture consists of irregular rugose strive, which are 
well marked throughout, and the interstices are raised and shiny, 
giving the insect a frosted appearance when fresh; legs red, with 
the knees and part of the anterior femora pitchy ; in the male 
the first three joints of the anterior and intermediate tarsi are 
dilated and pilose ; underside bright green with golden reflections. 

Length 13-15 millim. 

SikkIM: Darjiling, Mungphu, Kurseong (Indian Museum) ; 
Assam: Khasi Hills (Oxford Mus.). 

Horn (D. E. Z. 1892, p. 94) proposed to place this species in a 
new genus Z'etreurytarsa, but has since placed it under Heptodonta ; 
there can be no doubt but that it belongs to the latter genus and 
that it cannot be separated from it. 


4 


\ 


oe CICINDELID®. 


94. Heptodonta kraatzi, W. Horn. 
Heptodonta kraatz, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1899, p. 54. 


Allied to H. nodicollis, from which it may be known by its 
longer and not transverse pronotum, which is almost smooth ; the 
shoulders are a little narrower and the elytra less unevenly im- 
pressed, with the rugose sculpture much less close and the 
wrinkles shorter ; the whole upper surface is bluish green, rather 
shining, with the sides mostly blue; apparently there are no 
white spots as in H. nodicollis. The female only is known. 

Length 134-14 millim. (12-124 mm. sine labro). 

SIKKIM: Mungphu, Darjiling (Indian Museum); Assam: Khasi 
Hills. 


95. Heptodonta pulchella, Hope. 


Cicindela pulchella, Hope, Gray’s Zool. Miscell. 1831, p. 21. 
Cicindela hopei, Parry, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1845, p. 84. 
Cicindela variipes, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1850, p. 11. 
Heptodonta ferrari, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genova, 1898, p. 366. 


A large, dull, olive-green species, sometimes with an obscure 
eneous reflection; labrum large, testaceous, with seven distinct 
teeth, jaws and palpi testaceous with black apex ; head very finely 
sculptured, antenne pitchy, with base metallic; front more or 
less obscurely impressed between the eyes; pronotum sub- 
quadrate, with the sides rounded and somewhat contracted before 
base, central line distinct, impressed angularly in front and 
behind, so that the whole central portion is apparently raised 
and rounded off in two portions, sculpture very fine and close, 
sides almost smooth, shining; scutellum rather large; elytra with 
the shoulders well marked, and with a distinct short longitudinal 
impression just inside them, sides quite parallel and straight from 
shoulders to a little before apex, from whence they are obliquely 
truncate, apex itself truncate, interior angle ending in a distinct 
tooth; before the apex the elytra are strongly impressed, the 
part before the impression being much raised; the sculpture is 
very fine, but distinct throughout, and gives the insect a very 
finely shagreened appearance; legs red, with a ring before apex 
of the femora, part of the tibia, and the tarsi black, or the 
femora may be dark with a red ring before apex; they are, 
however, variable ; underside brilliant cyaneous or green, with or 
without golden reflections. In the male the anterior tarsi are 
strongly dilated and pilose beneath, and the intermediate tarsi 
are also, though less strongly, dilated and pilose. 

Length 15-17 millim. 

Sikkim: Mungphu, Darjiling; Nepan; BurmMa: Karen Hills 
(Fea); S.W. Cuina: Yunnan. 

H. ferrarit, Gestro, appears to be only a smaller and duller 
variety of this species, with the pronotum slightly longer ; it was 
found in the Karen Hills, 


HEPTODONTA. 313 


96. Heptodonta eugenia, Chaud. 


Heptodonta eugenia, Chaudoir, Cat. Coll. 1865, p. 56; Gestro, Ann. 
Mus. Genova, 1889, p. 87. 


A very pretty, elongate, parallel-sided species, with the front 
parts bright blue or greenish blue, and the elytra coppery with 
strong greenish reflections; sides of the whole body brilliant 
cyaneous; labrum elongate, produced, strongly toothed, dark ; 
maxillary palpi with the base testaceous and the last two joints 
dark, labial palpi testaceous with the apical joint dark ; head long, 
excavate and striate between the prominent eyes, finely sculptured 
behind; pronotum longer than broad, with deep impressions in 
front and behind, central portion subglobose, finely sculptured 
transversely in the middle, somewhat rugosely at the sides ; 
scutellum large, coloured as pronotum; elytra long and narrow, 
parallel-sided, subcylindrical, strongly impressed between shoulders 
and suture and before apex, closely and distinctly punctured 
throughout, the punctation being somewhat rugose in parts; 
femora and trochanters clear red, knees dark, tibiew partly red, 
the remainder of the legs fuscous ; underside green and cyaneous, 
smooth, glabrous and shining, episterna of metasternum feebly 
sculptured. 

Length 11-12 millim. 

Burma: Teinzo, Bhamo, and between Yenang-Yaung and 
Mandalay (fea), Tharawaddy (Corbett). 


97. Heptodonta arrowi, IV. Horn. 
Heptodonta arrowt, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1900, p. 562. 


Very closely allied to H. eugenia and chiefly distinguished by 
the less globose pronotum, which is more evidently striated ; the 
colour is more bronze and less green and the sculpture of the 
elytra (which are a little flatter) is slightly finer and less rugose ; 
the sides of the whole body are brilliantly metallic, the colour 
being cyaneous at the margins and between these and the disc 
green ; the underside is green, in part cyaneous; the palpi, except 
the apex, the trochanters, coxe (for the most part), femora and 
half the tibize are red, the rest of the legs and the tarsi dark. 

Length 11-12 mill. 

Burma: North Chin Hills; Tenassertm: Tavoy (Bingham). 

The labrum is less produced than in H. pulchella, the eyes are 
more prominent, and the sculpture of the front parts is coarser, 
and the elytra are a little more finely and thickly sculptured than 
in that species, which is also much larger. 


314 CICINDELID&. 


Genus CICINDELA. 


Cicindela, Linné, Syst. Nat. ii, 1735, p. 657 ; Lacordaire. Gen. Col. 
1, 1854, p. Life 


Type, Crcindela campestris, Linné. 

This is by far the largest and most important genus of the 
family. The species are very variable in size and colour, but they 
bear a strong superficial resemblance one to the other, and even the 
most obscure among them cannot be confounded with the members 
of any other family. The following are their chiet characteristics :— 

Head large, more or less excavated and nearly always more or 
less striated between the eyes, which are large and, as a rule, very 
prominent ; antenne long, filiform, with the basal joints metallic 
or shining, and the apical joints dull ; labrum usually large, but 
never covering the whole of the mandibles as in Therates, some- 
times considerably reduced and leaving the greater part of them 
exposed ; mandibles large and powerful, with strong and sharp 
teeth ; labial and maxillary palpi much resembling one another, 
slender or comparatively slender, the penultimate joint of the 
former very long; mentum with a strong sharp central tooth ; 
pronotum usually quadrate or subquadrate, sometimes transverse, 
sometimes longer than broad, but not markedly so, with or without 
setae, which are often present at the sides, and sometimes invade 
the upper surface; scutellum, usually well ielbnd dee ; elytra very 
variable, but alw ays considerably broader than the pronotum, and, 
as a rule, with the shoulders well marked; the sutural apical 
angle often terminates in a small sharp spine; the underside is 
more or less brilliantly metallic, with pubescence varying from a 
few scattered hairs to a tomentose covering which conceals the 
whole except just in the centre; the legs are long, or very long, 
and very slender, and the posterior coxz are large and strong, 
with the trochanters well developed. 

The sexes are easily distinguished by the fact that the male has 
the first three joints of the anterior tarsi (and rarely of the inter- 
mediate tarsi as well) dilated and pilose or spongy-pubescent 
beneath ; in the female they are simple. It is very probable that 
good characters will hereafter be found in the apophyses (or gona- 
pophyses as they are sometimes called) of the genital segments of 
the female ; these are very variable, but the last dorsal sclerite is 
often furnished w ith hook-like processes resembling those of the 
CoLLyrina& ; they differ, however, very considerably, and are often 
more or less hidden. The small sharp processes which are found 
on the posterior margin of the last ventral segment in Collyris are 
apparently wanting, Dut the margin 1s usually cleft and a pointed 
process is left on each side which is utilised in ovipositing. 

The species of Cicindela are apparently seldom arboreal, like 
those of Collyris and Y'ricondyla, but several exceptions occur. 
Westwood, for instance (Modern Classif. Insects, 1, p. 49), says :— 
‘‘In the warmer climates of the New World some of the species 


———— 


CICINDELA, ole 


of Cicindela, Lresia, Huprosopus, &c., appear to lose some of the 
habits of their congeners of more moderate climes, since it is upon 
the leaves and trunks of trees that they are generally found, where, 
like their terrestrial relatives, they carry on a ferocious war against 
other insects, flying from leaf to leaf with the agility of flies, and 
darting upon thew prey with great quickness.” Mr. H. Leslie 
Andrewes has also observed in the Nilgiri Hills, India, that 
C. hamiltoniana and the recently described C. venus are semi- 
arboreal in their habits. A few species,in which the legs are 
extraordinarily developed, appear to be able to proceed on the 
water from one aquatic plant to another, but as a rule they are 
attached to sandy places either inland away from water, or on 
the margins of rivers, or near the sea; in the latter case, either 
on sand-hills or on the sea-shore itself. They are extremely active 
and often very difficult to capture, as they run with great swiftness 
and very quickly take to flight; these flights are not long, but 
sufficient to take them beyond the reach of a pursuing enemy, 
and on alighting they very swiftly run to a place of safety and 
concealment. ‘hey are all very rapacious. The most brilliant 
species, in spite of their colours, are not nearly so conspicuous as 
might be expected, as they are usually more or less in harmony 
with their surroun dings ; in many cases the duller and less bril- 
hantly coloured species closely resemble their environment, espe- 
cially those which have the elytra of a light sand- colour with 
darker markings. Mr. H, C. Robinson, whom we have already 
quoted, gives the following note by Dr. Annandale on C. auru- 
lenta, abr. (Fase. Malay. 1, 1903, p. 172):—“ This wide-spread 
species was common everyw here in open country in the Siamese 
Malay States from sea-level (though its place was taken on the 
shore by C. swmatrensis) to 3000 feet, but we did not ourselves 
meet with it in Perak or Selangor. In habits it exactly agrees 
with those of C. campestris, being found running with great 
rapidity along roads or on patches of damp or dry sand, often in 
the hottest sunshine, and readily making use of its wings when 
disturbed. The mode of flight and the dense white pubescence 
of the lower surface * give the insect a close resemblance to certain 
of the smaller wasps, which it resembles also in the buzzing sound 
it produces when handled. Its variegated colour, however, renders 
if inconspicuous in broken light when on sand strewn with scat- 
tered leaves and twigs.” He further quotes Mr. Ridley, who, in 
a paper published in the Proceedings of the Straits Branch of the 
Royal Asiatic Society, says that ‘“ the Tiger Beetles of the Malay 
Peninsula fall very readily into two divisions, those which, like 
our European species, are essentially denizens of the open country 
or of the sea-shore, and those which are exclusively found in the 
jungle. To the latter section great interest attaches, for they act 


* C. aurulenta is not strongly pubescent on the underside compared with 
many other species, but this observation shows how conspicuously the pube- 
scence at the sides must appear in flight. 


316 CICINDELID ®. 


as models which are imitated by large numbers of other insects, 
more especially by beetles and certain Orthoptera.” 

The life-history of two or three of the species belonging to the 
genus is well known, but I am not acquainted with the larva of 
any Indian species; so far as is known, they 
all make burrows in which the larva dwells, 
feeding on the insects that fall in or approach 
the entrance. 

The larva of C. hybrida, L., is described 
and figured by Schiddte (De Met. Eleuth. 1, 
p. 160, pl. xu, figs. 1-16). It is of a whitish 
colour, with the front parts darker ; the head 
is very large, broader than any of the other 
segments of the body, with powerful man- 
dibles ; like the larva of C. campestris, L., it is 
chiefly characterized by the presence of two 
powerful hooks on the upper surface of the 
fourth abdominal segment, which enable it to 
move rapidly up and down the perpendicular 
sides of the burrow; the legs are formed for 
digging ; the anal appendage is short and 
small, as long as broad, and there are no cerci. 
The pupa of C. campestris is also described and 
figured by Schiddte (J. c. p. 262, pl. xii, fig. 7); 
it is parallel-sided untila little before the apex, 
where it contracts into a blunt point, ter- 
Fig. 142.--Larva of minated at the apex on each side by two minute 

Cicindela hybrida. projections which are probably rudimentary 

(After Schiodte). — Gerci; it is chiefly characterized by two long 

corneous appendages, one on each side of what 
appears to be the fourth abdominal segment; these correspond, 
apparently, to the two larval hooks before referred to. The rough 
fisure of the larva of C. campestris given by 
Westwood (Mod. Classif. Insects, i, p. 48, pl. 1, 
fig. 7) gives a better idea of the general con- 
formation and habit of a Creindela larva than 
the more elaborate figure of Schiddte. It is 
Fig. 143.—Larva of | much to be hoped that observers of the group 

Cicindela cam- will pay more attention to life-histories and 

pestis, (After habits than to simple collecting, as a good 

Westwood.) ; : 

observation and note is much more valuable 
than a good insect. 

A valuable paper, “On the Life-Histories and Larval Habits of 
the Tiger Beetles,” by Victor E. Shelford, has recently appeared 
in the Journal of the Linnean Society (vol. xxx, March 1908, 
pp. 157-182, pls. 23-26). Mr. Shelford has taken great pains in 
rearing several species taken near Chicago, and has paid particular 
attention to the life-history of Cicindela purpurea, Ol. As his 
paper is not generally available it may be well to quote some of 
the chief points which he notices. 


CICINDELA. 317 


In the first place he describes the oviposition of the female in 
detail. The ovipositor is made up, he says, of the abdominal seg- 
ments 8, 9, and 10 and theirappendages. The posterior part of the 
seventh and the anterior part of the eighth segments are soft and 
pliable, serving to permit the entire posterior end of the abdomen 
to be withdrawn into the segments in front, as is the case in many 
Coleoptera. The apical appendages or ‘‘ gonapophyses,” of which 
he gives an elaborate description, are used by the female for digging 
holes in the ground from 7 to 9 mm.in length. She tries the soil 
at first by making holes without laying eggs, but afterwards lays 
single eggs in these holes, with the larger end uppermost. In 
about two weeks after the eggs are laid the young larve appear, 
being much like their later stages. Soon after hatching, the larva 
makes its way to the surface, packing the soil so that the diameter 
of the burrow is only slightly broader than its prothorax ; at first 
the burrow is no deeper than the hole made by the ovipositor, but 
the larva soon digs to a depth of 10 to 15 cm. After feeding for 
three or four weeks, the larva closes the mouth of the burrow with 
soil, and goes to the bottom and moults, returning again to the 
surface at the end of from five to seven days. ‘The second larval 
stage lasts about five weeks, and the third and last is much the 
same as the others. The pupa at first is only a little shorter than 
the larva, but it gradually contracts and assumes a form broad in 
front and tapering to the apex; the large mandibles of the perfect 
insect are strongly marked, and the back is furnished with long 
tubercles, each ending in three sete, which serve to keep the body 
away from the surface on which it rests. ‘The eggs of the 
species (C. purpurea) are laid in May: the larvee reach their last 
stage in August, hibernate, begin to feed again in April, and 
pupate in July; the adults emerge in August, feed for a time, 
hibernate, and come out in the second spring still sexually imma- 
ture, reach maturity in the first warm days of April, and lay eggs 
and die. The larval life lasts from twelve to thirteen months, and 
the adult life ten months—two years between generations.” 

Mr. Shelford further gives valuable notes on about a dozen 
American species, and sums up as follows :— 


“1. The eggs are laid in open burrows made by the ovipositor 
as in the English species; the period of incubation is 
usually about two weeks. 

“¢2, There are three larval stages; the first usually lasts a little 
more than one month, and the others vary greatly in dif- 
ferent species. 

‘3. The burrows differ greatly in different species ; C. generosa 
has a burrow which opens into the side of a pit, an 
adaptation to shifting sand; C. cuprascens does not smooth 
the edge of the burrow in the usual manner. 

‘© 4, The life-histories are of three types :— 

(a) Eggs laid in the late spring or early summer; 
larvee hibernate usually in the third stage, pupate in the 


318 CICINDELID®. 


second summer; imagos emerge about a month after 
pupation, hibernate, and become sexually mature late in 
the third spring; larval life lasts twelve to thirteen 
months, adult hfe ten months — two years between 
generations. 

(6) Eggs laid in midsummer: larvee hibernate usually in 
the third stage, pupate in the following June ; the imagos 
emerge in early July, and become sexually mature very 
soon; larval life ten months, adult life two months—one 
year betw een generations. 

(c) Eegs laid in midsummer; larve hibernate in the 
second stage, reach the third stage early in the second 
summer, hibernate again, and pupate in the following 
May ; imagos emerge in the early part of third summer, 
and becoine sexually mature soon; larval life twenty-one 
months, adult life two months—two years between 
generations. 

Temperature, moisture, and food influence the length of 
the different stages. 

‘6, Pigmentation and final hardening of the cuticula take place 
in the pupa in those parts which are employed in the final 
ecdysis, aud the bristles of the imago assist in the removal 
of the exuvium. 

. The generations frequently overlap ; of importance in con- 
nection with colour-changes. 

“S$. The habits and responses “of the imagos and Jarve bring 
about great difference in the environmental conditions of 
different individuals of the same brood.” 


We have given the above at length, for the paper, as we said 
before, is not very accessible to students, and the comparison of 
the life-history of any of the tropical species with that given above 
is likely to prove very interesting. We are glad to say that 
Mr. Shelford is still continuing his researches, and has promised 
further papers on ‘ distribution, variation, the effects of varying 
environmental conditions during development, an analysis of the 
colour-patterns, a discussion of race-tendencies of the genus 
Cicindela, and the bearing of the whole on the problem of 
evolution.” 

Dr. W. Horn, in his recently published “‘Systematischer Index 
der Cicindeliden” (Deutsche Entom. Zeitschr. 1905, p. 556), 
arranges the species under their different regions. Some doubt 
may be felt with regard to the specific value of some of the species, 
but approximately they are distributed as follows :— 


1. The Neotropical region, including South America, Central 
America as far as Nicaragua (inclusive), and the islands of 
the West Indies: about fifty species (not including sub- 
species). 

The Nearctic region, including Canada, the United States, 


CICINDELA. 319 


Mexico, and the Central-American region as far as Hon- 
duras (inclusive): about one hundred species. 

3. The Palearctic region, including Europe, Palearctic Asia, 
Japan, and the north of Africa: about seventy species, 
some of which are extremely variable. C. hybrida, L., for 
instance, as at present constituted, includes twenty-two 
subspecies and varieties, while C. campestris, L., includes 
twenty, and C. germanica, L., twelve. 

4. The Indian region, including the whole of the region with 
which we are deali ing in this w ork, and also the western 
part of the Malay Archipelago, as well as Siam, Tonkin, 
Southern China, and the Philippine Islands: about one 
hundred and seventy-five species, of which about one 
hundred and ten occur in our region. 

5. The Australian region, including Australia, New Zealand, 
New Guinea, and the adjacent islands: about sixty 
species. 

6. The Athiopian region, including Africa (except the circum- 
Mediterranean region) and the adjacent islands, especially 
Madagascar: about one hundred and thirty species. 


Various attempts have been made towards some sort of classifi- 
cation of this mass of species belonging to one genus, upwards of 
six hundred in all, but up to the present time with very unsatis- 
factory results, as, whatever characters are adopted, there are 
always intermediate forms. 

The following groups are those which have been adopted by 
Dr. Horn, and I am chiefly indebted to him for the arrangement 
and the leading characters. The table I have added myself ; ; itis 
necessarily artificial and, in several points, unsatisfactory, and I 
should prefer to do without it, but it may serve as a help to the 
identification of the species :— 


I. Pubescence of underside, as a whole, weak, or partially or even 
entirely absent. 


i. Hind portion of the elytra more obliquely sinuate before 
apex, sometimes strongly produced; length 74-12 mm. 
Group 1, p. 823. 


C. ganglbauert, dormert, waterhouser, willey?. 


ii. Hind portion of elytra rounded or less obliquely sinuate. 


1. Intermediate tarsi dilated in the male; leneth 9-10 mm. 


Group 4, p. 336. 
C. tetrastacta. 


2. Intermediate tarsi not dilated in the male. 


A, Margins of elytra brilliantly and broadly mata acy 
energy. is. cs ee Group 2, p. 327. 


C. chloropleura, viridicincta, azureocincta, venus. 


320 CICINDELIDA. | 


Bb. Margins of elytra not or only narrowly metallic. 

a, Size very small, 6-7 mm.; one obscure little species, 
dark, with small white markings, separated from 
Group 7 only through the scanty pubescence of the 
LN erstdl Otc eee, ik cles ace een Group 6, p. 360. 


C. discreta. 


b. Size small, 74-9 mm.; elytra unicolorous, cr with 
white markings at the margin only, or with the 
whole margin narrowly white and no other 
markings: 2. us: Dae as ewes .... Group 80, p. 436. 


C. limosa, anderson, malabarica, gyllenhali. 


c. Size moderate or rather large, 12-19 mm.* 
a*, Hlytra, as a rule, oblong, with the sides parallel 
and the shoulders well markedt. Group 16, p. 387. 


C. discrepans, hamaltoniana, andrewes?, mauritit, 
unica, laure, tritoma, assamensis, mouhott, 
schmidt - yoebeli, cafiana, interrupto-fasciata, 
bicolor, maria, corbetti, hemorrhoidalis, fabricit, 
octogramma. 


b*, Klytra less oblong and parallel-sided. 
at. Sides of pronotum without sete. 
GrotpP 14, p. 384. 


C. whithilli, serpunctata. 


b+. Sides of pronotum, and sometimes disc, with 
more or less pronounced setee. 
af. Elytra without crescent-shaped patch ex- 
tending from the shoulders. 
* Gene with a few scattered hairs. 
GrovpP 12, p. 379. 


C. intermedia, oberthure. 


** Gene bare ...... «.. GROUP 15, p.eeG) 


C. aurovittata. 


bt. Eiytra with a crescent-shaped patch ex- 


tending from the shoulders for one-third 
or one-half of the elytra, Group 20, p. 411. 


C. guttata, calligramma, dives, ceylonensis. 


d. Size larger, 19-23 mm.; pubescence of underside 
very shght or absent. 

a*, Elytra unicolorous, or with a single regular longi- 

tudinal yellow stripe, extending for nearly their 


whole length (var. dejeant) .. Group 17, p. 405. 


C. cyanea. 


* OC. discrepans, C. assamensis, and C. ceylonensis sometimes attain 20 mm. 
+ Exceptions occur, such as C. assamensis and C. hemorrhoidalis, which might 


perhaps be included under the next heading. 


— 


CICINDELA. 321 


b*, Elytra black, with cruciform yellow markings, or 
with the yellow colour much extended, or with 
basal and apical markings and a transverse fascia 
between these............ Group 18, p. 406. 


C. aurofasciata, princeps, angulicolhs. 


II. Pubescence of underside strong, at all events at the sides, 
i. Epipleure without long pubescence at the sides of the 
metasternum. , 
1. Elytra oblong or oblong-ovate. 
A. Upper surface not entirely smooth, glabrous and shining. 
a. Size small, average length 8-9 or 10 mm. (very rarely 
attaining 11 or 12 mm.). 
a*, Gene bare (except in C. imperfecta, in which 
species they bear a few scattered hairs). 
at. Elytra even; species obscure, dark, with or 
without more or less distinct light markings. 
Group 5 (ex parte), p. 337. 
C. spinole, bigemina, viridilabris, nietnert, 
serrepunctata, leucoloma, fastidiosa, humillima, 
stnica, melancholica, undulata, imperfecta, 
distinguenda, germanica var. kirilovi. 


C. fuliginosa*. GRouP 23, p. 422. 


b+. Elytra apparently or actually uneven, with or 
without velvety patches and fovee. 
Group 5 (ex parte), p. 337, 


C. dromicoides, motschulskyt, funebris, indica, 
triguttata, fallaciosa, belli, umbropolita, foveo- 
lata, holosericea, davisoni, prothymordes. 


C. lacunosa, corticata. Group 3 (ex parte), p. 330, 
b*, Gene pubescent ; species dark, with more or less 
intricate whitish markings; length 8-10 mm. 
) GRovpP 7, p. 361. 
C. erudita, grammophora, cognata, nitida, 
minuta, mutata. 


c*, Genz setose at base only ; length 8 mm. 
29 (or : 
A ee et GrouP 22 (ex parte), p. 422. 
6, Average length 12-16 mm. (rarely 10-11 mm.). 
a*, Elytra whitish or whitish testaceous, with antler- 
shaped markings. 
at. Underside entirely and thickly tomentose (ex- 
cept for a very small line in the centre) ; 
markings thin, proceeding from a dark longi- 
tudinal line on each side of the suture. 


©, albina. Group 26, p. 427, 


* OC. fuliginosa might reasonably be included under Group 5, but as Dr. Hori 
considers it to have close affinities to C. striotata I have left it in the position 
he has assigned to it. : 

AG 


322 CICINDELID&. 


b+. Underside thickly pubescent at the sides, bare 
in the middle; markings broader, proceeding 
from the suture, 


Gi, Gene Ware. Risiercin-civeielacis . Group 24, p. 423. 
C. caneellata, histrio. 


bt. Genz pubescent .......... Group 25, p. 425. 
C. catena, striatifrons*. 


6*, Elytra dark, with an intricate light pattern (much 
as in Group 6G), the chief feature being an irre- 
gular inverted V-shaped mark on each proceed- 
ing from the centre of the margins and nearly 
meeting at the suture. (In C. cardoni this 
mark is usually broken, leaving a single spot on 
1 (SAC Ut Ce) Murai 9 ear cee ie ara oe Grovr 8, p. 369. 


C. angulata, sumatrensis, cardont. 


c®, Elytva without any particular pattern of marking 
beyond spots or short longitudinal patches. 
at. Sides of prothorax with : strong pubescence pro- 
jecting beyond the margins ‘of. the pavnouuan 
and invading its disc. 
at. Disc of pronotum with scanty sete. 
* Colour green or dark, with small markings 
at the maroins.... <1... Group 10, p. 376. 


C. chloris, funerea. 


** Colour very variable; ground-colour reddish, 
green, blue, dark, &c., with eight more or 
less regular spots on each. Group 9, p. 3753. 


C.. aulica. 


bt. Disc of pronotum with marked sete; length 
JO=1bomaim,:j.1crgerenies otis Grovp 11, p. 378. 


C. albopunctata. 


bt. Sides of prothorax without or with compara- 

tively feeble pubescence, not or scarcely pro- 
jecting beyond the margins. 

at. Elytra dark, with from seyen to ten light 

spots or lines on each, 
* Pubescence of margins of prothorax en- 
croaching on the disc of the pronotum. 
Group 21, p. 415. 


C. vigintiguttata, multiguttata, vittigera, 
lefroyt. 
** Pubescence of margins of prothorax not 


encroaching on the disc of the pro- 
MO GUM Gr eters .. GROUP 22 (ex parte), p. 418. 


C. striolata, 


* In C. striatifrons the testaceous ground-colour is much reduced, but tae 
markings are on the game principle. 


CICINDELA, 


bt. Elytra variegated metallic, metallic, or velvety, 
in the latter case with or without large 
green punctures distributed on disc. 
GROUP 3, p. 330. 


C. tetraugrammica, westermanni, crassipalpis, 
rugosiceps, chlorida. 


e, Length 17-25 mm. 
a*, Klytra velvety, more or less brilliantly coloured, 
with the whole underside brilliantly metallic. 
Group 13, p. 380. 


C. octonotata, duponti, aurulenta. 


6*, Elytra velvety black, with the shoulders, apex 
and a transverse fascia in the middle orange- 
By COW ols snteye wkatne eo Seats akc ts GrovP 19, p. 411. 


C. shivah. 


B. Upper surface smooth, glabrous, and shining, dark 
metallic on disc, with the margins more or less broadly 
(regularly or irregularly) white; at the sides of the 
prothorax there is a thick fringe of sete, projecting 
more or less beyond the sides of the pronotum ; length 
dU Wigrcavar ne aero Sucre Aaa ). Group 28, p. 430. 


C. limbata, biramosa, maindroni, bellana, 
quadrilineata. 


2. Elytra distinctly ovate or obovate, glabrous, white, with 
darker markings ; pubescence of prosternum very thick 
and tomentose, and projecting in a fringe beyond sides 
of prosternum; gens quite bare and shining; length 
SM BUTT hag shee 5, Pak sais cde bey Bieta ay ayo . Group 27, p. 428. 

C. ornata, copulata. 


ii. Epipleure of elytra furnished with long pubescence at the 
sides of the metasternum ; legs, especially the posterior 
pair, much elongated; size very small (6-63 mm.). 


C. phalangioides. GRouP 29, p. 435. 


Group l. 


This consists of four species, confined to Ceylon. They have 
all been comparatively recently described and are at present very 
scarce; when more examples have been found the descriptions 
may have to be somewhat modified. They are small or rather 
small insects with the elytra dull metallic and the front parts 
brighter, and are characterized by the obliquely sinuate hind parts 
of the elytra, and by having the episterna of the meta- and meso- 
sternum furnished with more or less scanty pubescence, the 


episterna of the prosternum being bare and smooth. 
They may be distinguished as follows :— 


I, Labrum black, metallic; male with the 
apex of each elytron broadly and roundly 
truncate; pronotum in the female dilated ‘ 
behind; colour of elytra greenish ...... ganglbaueri, W. Horn, 

vers 


324. CICINDELID A. 


II. Labrum dark brown; male with the apex 
of each elytron obliquely rounded ; pro- 
notum in both sexes parallel-sided ; colour [p. 324, 
of elytrarcoppery brown. .3.. epee dormert, W. Horn, 
III. Labrum yeliow; pronotum in the female 
narrowed towards the front. 
1. Apex of each elytron broadly rounded 
off obliquely in both sexes, extreme [p. 325. 
apex SUbtrUNMcate oi. oye ety be 8 waterhouser, W. Horn, 
2. Apex of each elytron much prolonged 
and strongly sinuate in the female; 


male not lomowa (a ait wctas sceae te te willeyi, W. Horn, p. 326. 


98. Cicindela ganglbaueri, W. Horn. 


Cicindela ganglbauert, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1892, p. 95; 
id., Spol. Zeyl. 11, 1904, pl. i, fig. 11. 


A rather conspicuous species, with the front parts coppery, the 
inner side of the eyes, and the front and hind margins of the 
pronotum being violet, and the elytra mostly dark green ; labrum 
metallic; head with plain longitudinal streaks ; pronotum long, 
longer in the male than in the female, with the sides subparallel 
in the former sex and dilated behind in the latter, and the hind 
angles projecting ; the upper surface is irregularly rugosely striate ; 
elytra slightly rounded at the sides, contracted obliquely before 
apex, the apices not being elongate but jointly rounded and sub- 
truncate in the female, separately rounded in the male, and with a 
very small sutural spine ; on each there are three white spots, one, 
more remote from the margin than the other two, before the middle, 
one just in the middle, and the third near the subapical contraction 
of the elytra; just behind the first there is a shining spot or 
““ mirror” in the female; the episterna of the metasternum and 
the sides of the abdomen are furnished with more or less scanty 
white pubescence. 

Length 12 millim. 

CEYLON. 


99. Cicindela dormeri, W. Horn. 


Cicindela dormeri, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1898, p. 198 ; 
id., Spol. Zeyl. 11, 1904, pl. 1, fig. 10. 


Allied to C. ganglbaueri, but much smaller and less elongate, 
with the eyes more prominent, the pronotum shorter, with the 
posterior angles not produced, narrower in the male than in the 
female, upper surface very finely and rather thickly transversely 
rugose ; the elytra are shorter, more sinuate before apex, and not 
rounded conjointly in the female as in the preceding species, and the 
sutural apical angle ends in a distinct spine ; the sides of the elytra 
are very gently sinuate ; the colour of the front parts is coppery with 


CICINDELA. 325: 


the parts about the eyes cyaneous, and the base and apex of the 
pronotum green: the sides of the elytra, the apex rather broadly,. 
and the suture narrowly, are golden green, not very shining, the 
whole dise being of an obscure velvety coppery brown; scutellum 


Fig. 144.— Cicindela dormeri. 


cyaneous ; there are three rather conspicuous white spots on the 
elytra, the middle ones being slightly oblique ; in the female there 
is a small bright spot close to the front one; the margins of the 
abdomen and the episterna of the metasternum are setose, but not 
so thickly as in C. ganglbaueri. 

Length 72-8} willim. 

Cryton: Kandy. 


100. Cicindela waterhousei, W. Horn. 


Cicindela waterhouseit, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1900, 
p- 206; id., Spol. Zeyl. 11, 1904, pl. i, fig. 9. 


A little larger than C. dormeri; of a coppery-bronze colour, 
with the front parts more or less variegated with golden green, 
blue, and red; labrum short, brownish testaceous, almost trun- 
cate: antenne reddish, with the basal joints bright metallic ; palpi 
mostly testaceous, mandibles whitish with dark apex; head 
distinctly striate between the eyes ; pronotum parallel-sided in the 
male, a little rounded in the female, with the disc shining, verv 
finely striate transversely ; scutellum greenish blue; elytra dull, 
with narrow cyaneous margins and minute cyaneous specks, 
slightly sinuate at the sides, and contracted obliquely and slightly 


326 CICINDELIDA. 


sinuately at some little distance from the apex, the interior sutural 
angle ending in a long sharp spine; on the side of each there are 
three spots, placed much as in the other allied species ; the bright 
spot near the front one is present in the female; legs brilliant 
metallic green and blue, with the femora more or less golden ; 
underside green and blue with the central parts golden ; pubes- 
cence of sides of abdomen and of meta- and meso-sternum scanty 
but distinet. 

Length 9-95 millim. 

CEYLON, 

In the male there is a large white spot at the shoulders which 
appears to be obsolete and represented by a shining space in the 
female. 


101. Cicindela willeyi, W. Horn. 
Cicindela willeyi, W. Horn, Spol. Zeyl. ii, 1904, p. 7, pl. 1, fig. 4. 


Allied to C. waterhousei, but differs in having the forehead 
between the eyes more excavate and the vertex narrower, the 
pronotum narrower and longer, conical, gradually widened from 
apex to base, with the sides straight ; the disc is more strongly 
transversely striated ; the elytra are more dilated in the middle, 
the apical part is narrowed and arcuate tor a much greater 
distance, and is more shortly rounded at the extreme apex, the 
sutural apical spine being much longer; the orbits, scutellum, 
extreme apex of the elytra, and the episterna of the prosternum 
are bright blue; the maxillary palpi are yellow with part of the 
apical joint dark ; there are three white spots on each elytron, and 
a bright space near the front one in the female: the humeral spot 
is very small or wanting ; the general colour of the elytra appears 
to be duil coppery, as in CU. waterhouser. 

Length 93-104 millim. (8-93 sane labro). 

CryLon : Central Province. 

Dr. Horn at the end of his description says :—‘“ The other allied 
species are C. dormer, m. and C. ganglbauert,m. ‘The former is 
already sufficiently distinguished by the parallel shape of the 
pronotum and the elytra. The latter is larger than the new 
species; all coppery reflections are replaced by greenish; the 
labrum is metallic black, the prothorax a little broader, and the 
elytra in the middle are much less dilated, the apex is broadly 
and simply rounded with a short sutural spine; the whole last 
joint of the maxillary palpi is metallic, &c.” 

To judge by the figure in the ‘‘ Spolia Zeylanica ” (1. ¢.) C. willeyt 
is an extraordinary-looking insect, very different from any of the 
other three species, the elytra being very strongly dilated, with 
wavy sides, 


CICINDELA. Say 


Group 2. 


The members of this group are small but conspicuous insects, 
the elytra having broad and shining metallic margins; the under- 
side is very slightly pubescent, the episterna of the metasternum 
being bare on the disc; length 8-12 mm. 


Key to the Species. 


I. Elytra with the metallic side margins 
neither dentate nor interrupted: 
length 103-12 mm. 
1, Elytra with two conspicuous round 
whitish spots on each on the 
MOSETION WANE so. ibe thecee ee chloropleura, Chaud., p. 327. 
2, Elytra without spots............ viridicincta, W. Horn, p. 528. 
II. Elytra elongate and parallel-sided, 
with the metallic side margins 
interrupted in the middle, and with 
a transverse yellow marking at the 
centre, followed by a spot at some 
distance before apex; length 
JI STOTT his ee OR aera eee ., venus, W. Horn, p. 328. 
III. Elytra short with the metallic side 
margins irregular and dentately 
produced before and about middle, 
with two small whitish spots on 
each on the posterior half; length 
= SUMMIT eta ab aries wie atetas fg een « azureocincta, Bates, p. 330. 


102. Cicindela chloropleura, Chaud. 
Cicindela chloropleura, Chaudoir, Cat. Coll. 1865, p. 59. 


This species and its allies may be known by the broad and 
brilliant metallic colouring of the side margins of the head, 
pronotum and elytra, and of the suture of the latter ; in C. chloro- 
pleura the labrum is long, rounded and raised in the middle, more 
or less metallic; head rather long, somewhat excavate and strongly 
striate between the eyes, which are moderately prominent ; 
pronotum slightly transverse, with the sides rounded, subglobose, 
narrowed in tront and behind, rather strongly rugose ; head and 
pronotum coppery, shining, with the sides, two longitudinal 
markings (somewhat variable) on the former, and the depressions 
on the latter brilliant blue or green; elytra dull coppery red or 
olivaceous, dull, finely punctured, but distinctly at base, with 
brilliant biue or green margins and suture, and with two white 
spots on each, just touching the marginal colour, one at middle 
and one before apex ; antenne with the first four joints metallic ; 
legs more or less metallic, trochanters red; underside brilliant 


328 CICINDELID®, 


ereen or violaceous with very little pubescence, episterna of meta- 
sternum bare on disc. 

Length 104-114 millim. 

PunsaB: Simla; Srxxim: Darjiling; Assam: Sylhet. 


103. Cicindela viridicincta, W. Horn. 


Cicindela viridicincta, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1894, 
p- 173. 


This species differs from C. azureocincta, with which Dr. Horn 
compares it, in its larger size, 
narrower head, less prominent 
eyes, longer and less constricted 
pronotum, more parallel-sided 
and flatter elytra, and in having 
the metallic side markings of 
the elytra green instead of blue, 
and quite even and not produced 
dentately on their inner edge. 
From (C. chloropleura, which it 
more closely resembles in size 
and general appearance, it may 
be known by the less prominent 
eyes, longer pronotum, and the 
less strong sculpture of the 
front parts; the constrictions 
of the pronotum, moreover, are 
much less marked (so that the 
general shape is less globose), 
and are not metallic green 
or blue as in C. chloropleura 
Fig. 145.— Cicindela viridicincta. (this may be variable) > mm some 
specimens, at all events, the 
metallic green band at the sides ot the elytra ceases before the apex, 
whereas in C. chloropleura it is continued broadly to the apex ; the 
pubescence of the underside is much as in C. azureocincta, the 
episterna of the metasternum being furnished scantily with hairs. 
Length 9-12 millim. 
BeneaL: Chota Nagpur (Cardon); BomBay: Kanara (Bell) ; 
Mapras: Nilgiri Hills (4. L. Andrewes). 


104. Cicindela venus, W. Horn. 
Cicindela venus, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1907, p. 22. 


A beautiful and elegant species, with long parallel-sided elytra ; 
labrum large, rounded at apex, dark metallic, nearly covering the 


CICINDELA. 329 


mandibles ; palpi red or testaceous ; antenne cyaneous at base, 
fuscous towards apex; head 
large, with the eyes very large 
and prominent, the space 
between being plainly longi- 
tudinally striate throughout, 
the sculpture behind being fine, 
coppery with greenish and 
bluish reflections, and with the 
sides behind the eyes brilliant 
blue ; pronotum slightly longer 
than broad, coppery, with the 
sides and front depression 
brilliant blue, very finely striate 
transversely, sides parallel, 
distinctly but not strongly 
constricted in front and behind; 
elytra long, _ parallel-sided, 
f obliquely narrowed behind near 

\ apex, of a dull rich velvety 
f \ reddish brown colour, with 
strong golden reflections in 
different lights, the suture, a 
large crescent-shaped patch on 
each at shoulders, and the 
margins from the posterior third to the apex being brilliant blue ; 
inside the shoulders there is a strong depression, and the base is 
plainly punctured, especially at the sides; at the middle is a 
narrow transverse yellow band, reaching nearly across the elytron, 
but not touching margin or suture, broadest near margin and 
pointed near suture, and an irregular-shaped small patch between 
this and the apex; legs long, femora coppery, the tibie and tarsi 
dark, trochanters red or yellowish; underside cyaneous, bare, except 
for white tufts on the anterior and intermediate cox, and strong 
white pubescence along the fore edge of the posterior coxe. 

Length 11-12 millin. 

Manras: Nilgiri Hills (A. L. Andrewes). 

The first specimen was taken in 1905, and several others have 
been found since; it appears, however, to be rare. This species 
lives in damp places, and has occurred on moist mossy rocks by a 
small river which runs through the estate of Mr. Andrewes and 
his brother ; it has also been taken in the angles of a zigzag road 
where it is very moist ; it appears also to be semi-arboreal in its 
habits. 

Except for the characters of the labrum it is very closely allied 
to Heptodonta and might, apparently, be placed under that 
genus. 


Fig. 146.— Cicindela vents. 


330 CICINDELIDA, 


105. Cicindela azureocincta, Bates. 
Cicindela azureocincta, Bates, Cist. Ent. ii, 1878, p. 333. 


Allied to the preceding species but much smaller, with the general 
sculpture of the fore parts finer, but with the forehead distinctly 
striated ; the pronotum is more globose, and the metallic margins 
of the elytra are irregular and produced internally in three 
places; the labrum, too, is shorter and more or less truncate ; 
the colour is dull coppery with the sides, the suture of the elytra, 
and two longitudinal patches on the front of the bead bright 
metallic blue, shining; the elytra are distinctly sculptured in 
front; underside violaceous, with the sides, including the episterna 
of the metasternum, scantily pubescent; the pubescence of the 
episterna is very scanty, but is quite apparent, uuless rubbed off 
in old specimens ; it does not appear to be sexual; legs red, tibiz 
and tarsi darker, more or less pitchy. 

Length 8-9 willim. 

BompBay: Kanara (Bell). 

This is one of the smallest and prettiest of all the CicINDELIDA. 


Grovupr 3. 


The pubescence of the underside is much stronger in this group 
than in the preceding, but is more scanty as a rule on the 
episterna. In C. crassipalpis, however, a quite recently described 
species, the whole of the lateral parts of the pectoral region of 
the metasternum are densely covered with white bristles. It is 
possible that this species and C. ( Jansenia) westermanni ought to 
be included in a separate section. The latter species is extremely 
rare, and only a few examples are known, but from the description 
it appears to be closely allied to this group, if it does not actually 
belong to it. The facies of the different members of the group 
varies considerably, C. rugosiceps being very like C. chloropleura 
and its allies, while ©. corticata rather resembles C. foveolata. 


Key to the Species. 


I. Elytra even. 

1, Elytra with small green spots or punc- 
tures on each, besides two large 
whitish spots. 

1. Labrum dark, metallic; small green 


spots arrecular .j7. 0, ee ..... tetragrammica, Chaud., 
2. Labrum testaceous, or seneous only at [p. 331. 
apex. 


A. Elytra more convex and much 
more narrowed towards base ; 


small green spots irregular...... westermanm, Schaum, 
B. Elytra less convex and much less [p. 332. 

narrowed towards base; only one 

row of small green spots, near the [p. 332. 


BUCWRC os ie cree cre eke etoe crassipalpis, W. Horn, 


CIOINDELA. ool 


ii. Elytra with two whitish or testaceous 
spots on each, but without small green 


spots or punctures. 


1, Labrum strongly metallic; disc of 


elytra dull, variegated ; forehead 
with very strong wavy rugose 
sculpture ; pubescence of the epi- 
sterna of the pro- and meta-sternum 
SCRMUNG werenetat ttre ofete aha ais cian eneltt ars 


rugosiceps, Chaud., 
[P. 


2, Labrum yellowish red ; disc of elytra 335. 
ereen; forehead with closer wavy 
rugose sculpture ; pubescence of the 
episterna of the pro- and meta- 

StermUMIStROMO eR. -9421s6. 4. wre cake aie chlorida, Chaud., 

II. Elytra uneven. [p. 354. 
i. Elytra with three separate, not regular, 
small elevations occupying the middle 

Gime AC Meyer cay eye aps cents ot slcksc Ole yiasaug sale’ lacunosa, Putz., p. 335 
ii, Elytra with two more or less regular 

longitudinal furrows on each........ corticata, Putz., p. 335. 


106. Cicindela tetragrammica, Chaud. 


Cicindela tetragrammica, Chaudoir, Cat. Coll. 1865, p. 58. 


A dark species, having the front parts black with more or less 
distinct coppery reflections, especially at the sides; scutellum 


Fig, 147.— Cicindela tetragrammica., 


metallic green ; elytra somewhat 
widened behind, dull velvety 
black with two testaceous spots 
on the disc of each, one at middle 
and one behind, and with the 
surface irregularly sprinkled with 
small green or obscurely eneous 
ocelloid spots, a character that 
will at once distinguish the 
species ; there is also a more or 
less obscure coppery patch at the 
shoulders, and the sides are also 
very narrowly and_ obscurely 
metallic at the extreme margins ; 
labrum large, raised in the middle, 
metallic; in the sculpture of the 
head the species is allied to 
C’. rugosiceps, the space between 
the moderately prominent eyes 
being very strongly striated at 
the sides and wavily rugose in 


the middle, the back part being finely sculptured; pronotum 
strongly and rugosely sculptured transversely, slightly narrowed 
to base, with the depressions and central line distinct; elytra 
punctured at the sides; legs dark, femora coppery; underside 


3a2 CICINDELIDE 


greenish and coppery in front, violaceous behind, with the sides 
of the abdomen, and all the episterna pubescent. 
Length 12 millim. . 
Mapras: Malabar Coast, Trichinopoli, Nilgiri Hills and Anai- 
malai Hills, 3000-4000 ft., May and June (H. L. Andrewes), 
Ramnad, Shembaganur (teste W. Horn). 


107. Cicindela westermanni, Schaum. 


Dromica westermanni, Schaum, Berlin Ent, Zeit. 1861, p. 75. 
Jansenia westermann, Chaudoir, Cat. Coll. 1865, p. 55. 


Head large, coppery, with the forehead between the eyes closely 
striate ; labrum large, circular in front with a small tooth in the 
centre, whitish testaceous, bronze at apex ; mandibles testaceous at 
base, black in front, covered by the labrum ; palpi entirely whitish 
testaceous ; antenne slender, filiform, metallic at base, black at 
apeX ; pronotum coppery, somewhat longer than broad, cylindrical, 
scarcely narrowed behind, with close irregular granulate rugose 
sculpture, not deeply constricted in front and behind, central line 


fine; elytra somewhat broader at base than the pronotum, oval, 


convex, blackish bronze, with the sides more coppery and shining, 
punctured, the punctures being closer at the sides, and with 
a sprinkling of larger green punctures on the disc; on each 
elytron there are two white spots; legs metallic, with the tro- 
chanters and tibis ferruginous red ; underside cyaneous, with the 
sides of the sterna coppery, and the sides of the abdomen and the 
episterna clothed with white pubesence. 

Length 10-11 millim. 

Mapras: Tranquebar, Madras, Coromandel. 

This insect, which appears to be extremely scarce, is the type of 
Chaudoir’s genus Jansenia. This genus has since been considered 
to contain a number of rather widely differing species, most of 
which are now rightly reunited to Cicindela, part being retained 
under Huryoda, which rests on very doubtful generic characters, 
and may with advantage be discarded. 


108. Cicindela crassipalpis, W. Horn. 


Cicindela crassipalpis, W. Horn, Records Ind. Mus. ii, Part iv, 
1908, no. 41. 


Allied to C. westermanni, Schaum, but with the forehead 
broader and more irregularly and less longitudinally striated in 
the middle, and the pronotum much broader, with the sides 


strongly rounded, and the greater breadth behind the anterior. 


constriction ; the elytra are less convex and much less narrow 
towards the base, rather velvety throughout, except for the 


geneous margins, with one series only of large green foveate 


CICINDELA. Boa 


punctures on the disc near the suture; the light markings also are 
somewhat different ; the ground-colour 
of the elytra is blackish or brownish, 
but under a high power a number of 
minute punctures surrounded with 
geneous colour are visible, which in 
some lights show up more strongly 
than others; the close subreticulate 
sculpture is also very evident if mag- 
nified ; the labrum is testaceous, long 
and roundly prolonged in the female, 
with one strong tooth in the middle, 
broad and transverse in the male, with 
the tooth smaller; the head and pro- 
notum are coppery, sculptured much 
as in C. catena, much broader in the 
female than in the male; the whole 
head is without pubescence ; the under- 
side is mostly blaish cyaneous, with 
the whole of the lateral parts of 
the pectoral region of the meta- 
sternum and of the first four or five 
abdominal segments densely clothed 


Fig. 148.— Cicindela with white sete. es . 
crassipalpis. Length 10-13% millim. (9-124 sine 
labro). 


Mapras: Podanur, near Coimbatore, 1000 ft., October, 1907 
(Captain A. K. Weld-Downing). 

This is a very compact and pretty little species, possessing 
a facies of its own, and quite distinct. I am much indebted to 
Mr. H. E. Andrewes for the loan of one of the very few specimens 
yet discovered. 


109. Cicindela rugosiceps, Chaud. 
Cicindela rugosiceps, Chaudoir, Cat. Coll. 1865, p. 57. 


In general appearance much resembling C. chloropleura, Chaud., 
from which it may be at once known by the sculpture of the head 
and pronotum and the interrupted metallic colour of the sides of 
the elytra; labrum large, metallic; antennze with the first joint 
coppery, the next three cyaneous, and the rest dull, pitchy; head 
and pronotum coppery, with the sides of the former, the sides 
and depressions of the latter, and the thin central line, bright 
blue or green; at the sides there are a few distinct outstand- 
ing white sete; the sculpture of the head and pronotum is very 
strong; in the former the part just inside the eyes is striated, 
and the rest is rugose, more or less convolutely in front, 
transversely behind; in the latter the sculpture is much the 
sane as on the back of the head, being more or less transverse ; 
‘the pronotum is slightly transverse, with the sides rounded ; 


Fig. 149.—Cicindela rugosiceps. 


CICINDELIDE. 


the elytra are subparallel-sided, dull, 
sculptured throughout, but much more 
strongly, though not closely, in front, 
obscurely variegated, the ground-colour 
being greenish or yellowish, with the 
suture metallic and the space next it 
dark reddish; this colour also adjoins 
the other metallic green or blue 
markings at the sides and apex, which 
are as follows: a crescent-shaped 
patch at the shoulders, extended to- 
wards suture at its apex and a patch 
touching the margin behind the middle, 
sometimes broken off, and sometimes 
joining the metallic margin of the 
apex ; on each elytron there are two 
larger or smaller white spots on the 
disc, one at about the middle and one 
before apex; femora coppery, tibiz 
and tarsi dark; underside with rather 


strong white pubescence, which is scanty on the episterna of 
the meta- and pro-sternum, and absent on the gene. 


Length 11-113 millim. 


Manpras: Mysore, Nilgiri Hills (7. LZ. Andrewes), Ramnad. 
Mr. Andrewes writes : “ May, 2500-3500 feet, Pillar and Coonoor 
Ghat. On paths and rocks; very active; making great onslaught 


on flying termites.” 


110. Cicindela chlorida, Chaud. 
Cicindela chlorida, Chaudoir, Cat. Coll. 1865, p. 56. 


ra 


Fig. 150.— Cicindela chlorida. 


Green, with the lateral margins of 
the pronotum and elytra reddish 
cneous, and the underside cyaneous, 
variegated with green, with the gene 
and the sides of the sterna and 
of the base of the abdomen coppery ; 
jabrum yellowish red, antenne pitchy 
with the first joint lighter; head 
moderate, closely rugose in wavy lines, 
striated near the eyes, which are mode- 
rately prominent, front between them 
scarcely excavate ; pronotum shorter 
than broad, with the sides somewhat 
rounded, much more finely sculptured 
than the head, with the central line 
sometimes obsolete, and the central part 
transversely raised ; elytra velvety, sub- 
parallel-sided, moderately long, gradually 
narrowed from behind middle towards 
apex, with the base and the sides in 


CICINDELA, oon 


front punctured, and the middle and apex smooth, and with two 
rather large pale testaceous spots on each near the margin, a round 
one at the middle, and a posterior one which is larger and elongate ; 
legs, including coxee, rufo-testaceous, with the femora slightly 
eeneous; underside with the episterna of the pro- and meta-sternum 
and the sides of the abdomen set with white villose pubescence. 

Length 104 millim. 

Mapras: Malabar Coast, Podanur, near Coimbatore (Captain 
A, K. Weld-Downinq). 


111. Cicindela lacunosa, Putz. 
Cicindela lacunosa, Putzeys, C. R. Soc. Ent. Belgique, 1875, p. 68. 


A very small species; head, pronotum and elytra entirely 
eeneous, the latter very uneven, with two white spots on each, the 
first round, on the centre of the disc, a little behind the middle, 
the second larger, almost triangular, just before the apex near the 
margin, labrum testaceous, short and bisinuate; head rugose ; 
pronotum subquadrate, slightly narrowed towards the base, with 
the sides slightly rounded and abruptly constricted in front and 
behind, and with the sculpture a little stronger than on the head ; 
at the sides there are scanty white hairs, which are easily rubbed 
off; elytra elongate, subcylindrical, a little enlarged before the 
middle, obliquely truncate behind; there are three separate 
irregular and smooth elevations oceupying the middle of each 
elytron, the rest of the surface being punctured; between the 
larger elevations and the suture there is another less distinct ; 
underside mostly blue, bordered with golden green; sides of 
the body, including the episterna, with long and scanty pilose 
pubescence. 

Length, 3 8, 2 9 millim. 

Cryton: Puttalam, October (teste W. Horn), UHabarane 
(LE. E. Green). 


112. Cicindela corticata, Putz. 


Euryoda corticata, Putzeys, C. R. Soc. Ent. Belgique, 1875, p. 69. 
Var. Cicindela leticolor, W. Horn, Spol. Zeyl. ii, 1904, p. 7. 


Entirely coppery bronze, with the sides cyaneous or green (this 
is more or less obscure in some specimens) and the underside 
cyaneous ; labrum testaceous, witha dark spot in front; head and 
pronotum sculptured muchas in C. rugosiceps, but not so stronely ; 
pronotum as long as, or a little longer than, broad, subcylindrical, 
not strongly constricted in front or behind, with a few short 
white hairs (easily rubbed off) at the sides; elytra long, 
cylindrical, a little narrowed in front, with the surface uneven, 
each having two obscure and very irregular broad and_ shallow 


336 CICINDELID #. 


furrows ; the surface is covered with strong punctures towards 
base which are finer behind, and are rarely confluent, and there is 
a series of larger eeneous or greenish punctures (8 or 9) on each 
side ot the suture; the suture is a little raised; on each elytron 
there are two white or yellowish spots, almost round, near the 
external margin, the first a little below the middle, the other near 
apex; underside with the sides (including the episterna but not 
the gene) very scantily clothed with long white hairs ; prosternum 
with large punctures ; femora coppery, tibize and trochanters red, 
tarsi pitchy. 

Length 9 millim. 

Cryton ; Mapras: Trivandrum, Travancore, Nilgiri Hills, 
1250-3500 feet, May (H. L. Andrewes), Ramnad, Trichinopoli. 


Var. leticolor, W. Horn. 


Larger and more robust than the type, with the head and 
pronotum thicker, the episterna of the prosternum a little more 
thickly punctate-pilose, and the elytra more ample and even, with 
the row of larger metallic punctures more evident and the general 
punctuation more scanty ; the anterior light spot is longer and 
nearer the margin; the femora are pale and only here and there 
metallic and the last joint of the maxillary palpi (which is partly 
dark in the type) is entirely yellow ; the general colour of the 
upper surface is more brightly eneous, the elytra being dull. The 
male is smaller and narrower than the female and has the apex of 
the abdomen more tapering. 

Length 9-104 millim. 

CEYLON. 


Group 4. 


One species only belongs to this section, C. tetrastacta, Wied., 
which Dr. Horn at first placed under a new genus Tetreurytarsa, 
but has now referred to Cicindela; it is characterized by him as 
follows :— 

‘¢ Male with the first three joints of the anterior and intermediate 
tarsi dilated (as in Heptodonta) ; labrum moderately produced, 
without teeth. Female with the labrum moderately produced, 
with three teeth. Male and female with the penultimate joint 
of the labial palpi thickened and inflated and the last joint 
small ; sides of the abdomen sparingly pilose.” 

The episterna are scantily pubescent ; the upper surface is 
shiny and brilliantly coloured, being mostly crimson or coppery 
crimson with bright blue and green metallic margins. It isasmall 
species, with a long cylindrical pronotum, and at first sight bears 
a superficial resemblance to Huryoda lmbata; except for the 
dilated intermediate tarsi of the male it is quite distinct from 
Heptodonta, and cannet be included under that genus. 


CICINDELA. oOr 


113. Cicindela tetrastacta, Wve. 


Euryoda tetrastacta, Wiedemann, Zool. Maz. ii, 1, 1823, p. 65; 
W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1905, p. 33. 

Tetreurytarsa tetrastacta, W. Horn, op. cit. 1892, p. 94. 

Cicindela colon, Klug, Jahrb. Ins. i, 1834, p. 11. 


In size and shape resembling C. corticata, but much more 
brilliantly coloured and more shining; labrum large, testaceous, 
with dark anterior margin; antenne reddish at base, darker 
towards apex ; head and pronotum metallic crimson, elytra red or 
more or less violaceous, the sides of all three being brilliant violet, 
green and copper; head with two brilliant longitudinal green 
and blue stripes in front, sculptured as in C. rugosiceps, striated 
next eyes, central part wavily rugose, hinder part more finely 
sculptured ; pronotum subcylindrical, longer than broad, with the 
sides subparallel, somewhat narrowed before the basal constriction, 
distinctly sculptured, central furrow obsolete, marked by a more 
or less interrupted metallic line; elytra almost parallel-sided, 
slightly widened behind, with the suture metallic and slightly 
raised, strongly punctured in front, feebly on the posterior third ; 
on each elytron there are two round white spots, one smaller, behind 
the middle, and the other much larger, close to the margin, at some 
little distance before apex ; femora coppery, knees, tibize and tro- 
chanters testaceous red, tarsi pitchy at the apex of the joints, the 
anterior and intermediate pairs being dilated and pubescent beneath 
in the male; underside brilliant violaceous, with the sides of the 
abdomen and the episterna scantily clothed with white hairs; 
genee bare. 

Length 9-10 millim. 

Brneat: Calcutta, Birbhum, Chota Nagpur, Nowatoli, Asansol ; 
Bompay: Dharwar (1. £. Andrewes). 


GRovpr 5. 


A. ovscure group of small dark insects, with or without lighter 
spots or markings on the elytra; the sides of the abdomen and 
the episterna are more or less strongly pubescent, and the upper 
surface of the sides of the pronotum is, in many cases, furnished 
with distinct white sete; the average lencth is 8 to 9 or 10 mm., 
but it varies from 74 to 12 mm., although it only reaches 11 or 
12 mm. in large specimens of one or two species; the gen are 
bare, except for the type form of C. imperfecta, Chaud., in which 
they are scantily furnished with white hairs ; in the var. atelesta, 
Chaud., these are absent. 

The table given below is merely provisional. It is almost im- 
possible to separate several of the species without comparing 
actual examples. The group is perhaps the most obscure in the 
genus. 

Z 


338 CICINDELID A. 


Key to the Species. 


I. Prothorax not markedly narrow and 
elongate, usually subquadrate, or 
slightly longer than broad. 

i, Elytra more or less uneven, velvety or 
with velvety patches, but not foveo- 
late. 

1. Elytra much narrower at base than 
behind middle, apices much pro- 
Gace dss cnuiMe 5 aa teaallt Me meelg Ne ates oe 

2, Elytra with the sides parallel or sub- 
parallel, apices not, or scarcely, pro- 
duced. 

A. Elytra with two transverse velvety 
patches on each, meeting or nearly 
meeting, at suture. 

a. Labrum testaceous; elytra not 
strongly punctured or shining on 
their anterior fourth part. 

a*, Size smaller (9-10 mm.) ; _ pro- 
notum broader in proportion and 
more narrowed. behind........ 

b*, Size larger (10-1]3 mm.); pro- 
notum narrower in_ proportion 
and less narrowed behind...... 

6. Labrum dark, metallic; elytra dull 
with the anterior fourth part 
strongly punctured aud shining. . 

B. Elytra each with a longer or shorter 
longitudinal smooth velvety patch 
parallel with the suture (usually 
distinct, put occasionally more or 
less obsolete in some specimens). 

a. Eyes less prominent; elytra more 
thickly punctured at the sides. 

a*, Elytra with larger punctures 
towards ithe Mase. 5. cae 2. rei 

6*, Elytra without larger punctures 
towards the base *....c.. deh: 

6. Eyes more prominent ; elytra less 
thickly punctured towards the 
sides. 

a*, Posterior trochanters pitchy ; 
episterna of prosternum strongly 
punctured. i.ce ado eo eee eee 

6*, 'Trochanters clear red ; episterna 
of prosternum impunctate or 
nearly impunctate .......... 

ii. Elytra more or less distinctly foveolate 
or subfoveolate. 

1. Elytra shining black, strongly foveo- 
late; labrum testaceous 

2. Elytra dull black, scarcely foveolate ; 


dromicoides, Chaud., p. 340. 


[p. 341. 
Junebris, Schm.-Goeb., 


[p. 342. 
motschulskyi, W. Horn, 


indica, Fleut., p. 342. 


triguttata, Herbst, p. 343. 


fallaciosa, W. Horn, p. 3458. 


belli, W. Horn, p. 344. 


. 345. 
umbropolita, W. Horn, 


Jfoveolata, Schaum, p. 340. 


Jabrumudarig (205.0 holosericea, F. (= viduata, F.?), p. 345. ” 


— 


CICINDELA, 


il. Elytra even, without velvety patches 
or foveee. 
1. Outline of elytra regular or almost 
regular in both sexes. 


A, Elytra with whitespots or markings - 


occasionally touching the margins, 

but with no part of the side or 

apical margins continuously white. 

a. Pronotum with the dise strongly 

and brightly metallic and coppery ; 

size small (7-8 mm.) ; episterna 

of metasternum rather thickly 

PUDESCOMU rage en eels ate a eal 

6. Pronotum with the disc not brightly 

metallic, as a rule of much the 
same colour as the elytra. 

a*, Each elytron with a_ sinuate 

marking at the centre, just 

touching the margin and nearly 


339 


spinole, Gestro, p. 346. 


[p. 348. 


reaching the suture .. dzgemina, Klug, var. procera, W. Horn, 


b*, Klytra with spots only. 
at. Each elytron with four white 
spots, not arranged in a row. 
aft. Kyes very prominent; head 
behind the eyes slightly ar- 
cuated and constricted...... 
bf. IKyes moderately prominent ; 
head behind the eyes at first 
dilated and then sharply con- 
SILENCE Cy AA ARS ONE OE ne 
by}. Each elytron with three white 
spots on each, arranged in a 
longitudinal TOW 226.366.2523 
B. Elytra with the margins from 
shoulders to apex continuously 
and distinctly whitish testaceous, 
and with a hooked marking pro- 
ceeding from the centre of the 
RUREY HON SOM ate e cha pay fevetN os. ojo) ate 6 sue 
C. Elytra with the margins from 
shoulders to apex rather broadly 
and almost continuously whitish 
testaceous, but slightly interrupted 
at about the anterior and posterior 
fourth; markings of the elytra 
much as in C’ lewcoloma ........ 
D. Elytra with only the apical margins 
whitish testaceous. 

a. Elytra not obliquely and rectangu- 
larly truncate at apex, and with- 
out greenish shallow punctures. 

a*, Each elytron with five white 
spots: one humeral, three on 
disc, and one joining a process 
of the white apical margin .... 


viridilabris, Chaud., p. 349. 


netnert, W, Horn, p. 351. 


p- dol. 
servepunctata, W. Horn., 


leucoloma, Chaud., p. 352. 


Jastidiosa, De}., p. 352. 


decempunctata, De}., p. 353. 


zZ2 


340 CICINDELID®. 


b*, Hach elytron with a sinuate 
marking at the centre, and a spot 
before and behind this, between 
the apical and basal marginal 


patches <j 20% Meena eet bigemina, Klug, p. 347. 
b. Elytra obliquely and rectangularly 
truncate at apex, disc with shal- [p. 354. 


low greenish punctures ..  germanica, L., var. kirilovi, Fisch., 
E. Elytra with more or less of the side 
margins, and the apical margins, 
narrowly whitish testaceous, but 
always with distinct interruptions; 
on each there is an inverted 
V-shaped, hooked or sinuate 
marking, ‘proceding from the 
centre of’ the light marginal 
border. 
a*, Pronotum longer,slightly rounded 
at the sides and narrowed before 
aS Cai tay ci eRe ce ee sinica, Fleut., p. 355. 
b*, Pronotum subquadrate, not, or 
scarcely, narrowed behind. 
at. Elytra of female with a more or 
less distinct smooth and shining 
patch on each in front, not far 
from the suture. 
a{. Pubescence of the underside 
coarser at the sides, almost 
POMERTOSE mec ey tee :.. melancholica, F., p. 356. 
bt. Pubescence of the underside 
less coarse at the sides, not ; 
HOMMENEOSEs spese7 eto cesosegeie undulata, De}j., p. 356. 
b+. Elytra of female without a 
shining patch. 
at. Pronotum with the sides not 


HOUNGE wsepeyeel eee emperfecta, Chaud., p. 357. 

b{. Pronotum with the - sides 
slightly rounded © ..c/an gente distinguenda, Dej., p. 358. 

2. Outline of elytra in the female very 
GUN OS UL AT”. cchteeetannteaeancboe ile eee humillima, Gestro, p. 355. 

[I. Pronotum narrow, elongate and cylin- 


drical. 
i. Elytra with two white spots on each, 
shorter and less parallel-sided and 


less thickly sculptuxed! . .j. ..,12-:-208 davisont, Gestro, p. 359. 

ii. Elytra without white spots, longer and 
more parallel-sided and more thickly [p. 359. 
Sculptured»... Rio es oh te eee prothymoides, W. Horn, 


114. Cicindela dromicoides, Chaud. 
Cremdela dromicoides, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, i, 1852, p. 21. 


A peculiar-looking, dull, velvety, species, as a rule of an obscure 
dark brownish colour, the front part and the sutural region being 
dull bronze: occasionally, however, these parts are bright metallic 
green, with more or less obscure bronze lines ; labrum testaceous, 


CICINDELA. 341 


comparatively short; head large, with the eyes not very prominent, 
forehead scarcely excavate, plainly stri- 
ated, vertex behind the eyes scarcely 
constricted, the hind portion or occiput 
being very closely and finely sculptured ; 
antenne dark, with the base metallic; 
pronotum rather long, slightly narrowed 
behind, about as long as the head without 
clypeus and labrum, sides very gently 
rounded in front, sculpture very fine, 
mostly transverse ; elytra widened and 
rounded behind, widest behind middle, 
narrowed to base, broadly sinuate before 
the extreme apices which are rounded, 
velvety, with blurred lighter impressions, 
which look like abrasions of the surface, 
and with a rather large triangular spot 
just at the margin behind middle, and 
another, smaller and often more or less 
obsolete, before the sinuate portion of 
Fig. 151.— Cicindela the apex; legs dark, more or less me- 
dromicotdes. tallic with the tibie and tarsi more or 
less reddish ; underside cyaneous ; ab- 
domen with a few white sete, metasternum very finely sculptured, 
with very scanty and fugitive pubescence. 

Length 11-12 millim. 

PungaB: Simla; Unirep Provinces: Kumaon (Annandale) ; 
Nepat; Sikkim: Kurseong, Darjiling, Mungphu; Brnear: 
Chota Nagpur(Cardon), Nowatoli(Mleutiauw); Assam; Khasi Hills. 

In the Oxford Museum there is a specimen with the following 
label :—“* Has wings, but always runs ; thorax rather long ; ; seems 
to depart from the ordinary types of Cicindela.” This is certainly 
the case, and I cannot help thinking that it ought to be separated ; 
it has been placed under Parmecus, Mots., and Jansenia, Chaud., 
but has again been restored to Crcindela by Dr. W. Horn. The 
pubescence of the underside is very easily rubbed off, and it was 
only after carefully examining several specimens that I came to 
the conclusion that it belonged to this group, tc which Dr. Horn 
has rightly assigned it, if it is to remain under Cicindela. 


115. Cicindela funebris, Schin.-Goeb. 


Cicindela funebris, Schmidt-Goebel, Col. Faun. Birm. 1846, p. 8. 
Cicindela dolens, Fleutiaux, Bu_]. Soc. Ent. France, 1886, p. 111. 


A small species; head and pronotum metallic, eneous or green, 
elytra dark, dull, sometimes with greenish markings; labrum 
short, testaceous ; head broad, with the eyes moderately prominent, 
the space between these finely striated; pronotum narrow, rather 
longer than broad, somewhat coppery at the sides, convex, slightly 
narrowed behind, with the sides rounded, distinctly rugosely 
sculptured, middle line obsolete; elytra with the sides almost 
straight in the male, widened behind in the female, uneven, with 


342 CICINDELID &. 


two velvety raised spaces on each (more apparent in some speci- 
mens than in others), depressed before apex, almost impunctate ; 
at the margins there are two very small yellow spots, sometimes 
scarcely apparent, one just behind middle and one just at the 
ante-apical contraction; femora dark metallic, tibia and tarsi 
pitchy, or in part metallic; underside cyaneous, or in part dark 
coppery, with the sterna and abdomen bare, and with a strong 
fringe of white hairs on the edge of the posterior coxe. 

Length 9-10 millim. 

Punsap; Stkxim: Kurseong, Mungphu; Assam: Naga Hills, 
4000 ft., N. Manipur; Burma: Karen Hills. 


116. Cicindela motschulskyi, W. Horn. 


Cicindela motschulskyi, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1893, 
p. 198. 


Very like C. funebris in general appearance, but larger, with 
the pronotum narrower in proportion and less narrowed behind ; 
the apex of the elytra is more truncate; the colour is obscure 
coppery with the sides brighter; the elytra have two velvety 
patches as in C. funebris, and have each a minute white spot 
before apex; the head is more strongly striated and the general 
sculpture of the upper surface is stronger; the prosternum is more 
deeply punctured, and there is more pubescence on the underside. 

Length 10-114 millim. 

BomBay: Kanara (Bell, in June). 


117. Cicindela indica, /lewt. 
Cicindela indica, Fleutiaux, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1898, p. 484. 


A small black species with very 
slight neous reflections; labrum 
dark, large; antenne more or less 
pitchy at base; head short, broad, 
with very prominent eyes, strongly 
and rugosely sculptured and not 
striate ; pronotum longer than broad, 
subeylindrical, with the sides slightly 
rounded, not strongly constricted in 
front and behind, roughly and strongly 
sculptured lke the head; elytra un- 
even, strongly punctured and shining 
for their fourth part before base, dull 
behind; legs dark, part of tibiz red- 
dish; metasternum (and episterna) 
with scanty grey pubescence; abdo- 
men with a few hairs. 

Fig, 152.—Cicindela indica. Length 7-8 millim. 
BoMBayY. | 

The dark labrum, short head, more prominent eyes and the 
sculpture of the head, pronotum, and elytra will at once,sepa rate 
this species from C. funebris. 


CICINDELA. 3AS 


118. Cicindela triguttata, Hobst. 


Crcindeia triguttata, Herbst, Kifer, x, 1800, p. 182, pl. 172, fig. 5 ; 
Dejean, Spec. Col. i, p. 146. 

Cicindela chlorochila, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1852, 1, p. 25: 
Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genova, 1889, p. 85. 


Of the same general appearance as the preceding ; labrum dark, 
more or less metallic; head and pronotum dark, with greenish or 
eneous reflections ; elytra black, sometimes slightly metallic, each 
with a velvety patch parallel with the suture, and small variable 
whitish markings; these sometimes consist of a transverse short 
line at middie and another before apex, both reaching or almost 
reaching the margin, and a smallspot on the dise not far from the 
suture just behind the middle; the side markings are sometimes 
extended, the middle one sometimes joining the central spot, and 
the hind one being extended towards apex; occasionally too there 
is a small spot on the disc before the middle as well as behind it : 
other variations also occur; head rather strongly striated; pro- 
notum cylindrical, puarallel-sided, scarcely constricted at all in 
front or behind, very finely sculptured, with the central line more 
or less obsolete; elytra with traces of longitudinal impressions, 
but. practically even, with the sculpture variable, but, as a rule, 
well marked in front, at the sides and at apex; sutural angles 
produced; legs more or less metallic, tibie sometimes pitchy or 
ferruginous, tarsi sometimes bright blue ; underside cyaneous or 
greenish, with the sides of the abdomen and the sterna rather 
thickly shoes with long white pubescence. 

Length 74-8 millim. 

BENGAL: ” Calcutta ; Burma: Teinzo, Karen Hills (fea), Pegu 
district; CHINA; PHILIPPINE ISLANDS ; Matay ARCHIPELAGO ; 
Borveo. 


Var. chlorochila, Chaud. 


A more or less brightly coloured greenish variety of the type; 
two specimens before me from Hong Kong, determined by 
Dr. Horn, seem distinct, being larger, entirely bright green above, 
with the elytra more evenly and strongly sculptured, but the 
Indian specimens, also named by him, appear to be scarcely 
varieties. I have, however, seen only very few. 

Length 7-84 millim. 

Burma: Teinzo, Bhamo, Tharawaddy, Taung-ngu, Pegu; 
TENASSERIM; CELEBES; Hone Kone. 


119. Cicindela fallaciosa, W. Horn. 


Cicindela Sullaciosa, W. Horn, Deutsche ote Zeitschr. 1897, p. 57. 

Cicindelu viridilabris, Gestro (nec Chand.), Ann. Mus. Genova, 1893, 
p. 395. 

Cicindela chlorochila, Fleutiaux (ea parte), Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 
1893, p. 485. 


Closely allied to C. triguttata, of which it may prove to be only 


344 CICINDELID &. 


a variety; it differs (according to Dr. Horn) in having the apices of 
the elytra more separately rounded and subtruncate, the sutural 
spine shorter, the sculpture of the elytra before and behind almost 
the same (without larger punctures towards the base), and the 
white apical spot more rounded, and not. produced behind into a 
marginal line; the transverse depressions of the pronotum (before 
and behind) and the central line are more distinct. The species is 
also allied to var. labiownea of C. viridilabris, Chaud. (nec Gestro), 
but differs in having the forehead narrower and the eyes much 
less prominent; the elytra are less broad, with the anterior spot 
less approximate to the base, and the central posterior spot set 
further forward, all the spots being a little smaller. 

Length 7-74 millim. 

Burma: Teinzo, Karen Hills. 


120. Cicindela belli, W. Horn. 
Cicindela belli, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1894, p. 174. 


A small, dark, obscure-looking species which, according to 
Dr. Horn, is distinguished from its allies by the shorter, broader, 
and more convex elytra; the differences, however, are not very 
apparent, especially in the male; labrum green or coppery ; head 
strongly striated between the eyes, only a small space in the 
centre being finely rugose; pronotum almost cylindrical, but 
somewhat variable, with the sides slightly rounded, scarcely con- 
stricted in front and behind, and with the sulci and central line 
feeble, sculpture finely rugose ; in the specimens I have seen there 
are no hairs at the sides of the pronotum ; colour of the head and 
pronotum obscurely metallic ; elytra dull, obscurely metallic, with 
the sides shining, the shining colour being sometimes produced 
towards the disc; on each elytron there is a more or less distinct 
velvety longitudinal darker patch near the suture giving the 
surface an uneven appearance, and three yellowish spots, one 
marginal and just before the middle, a second discoidal and behind 
the middle, and athird longitudinal and arising obliquely from the 
margin, just before the apex; these, however, are very variable 
and obscure, and are often partly or even entirely wanting ; there 
is a strong but short impression just inside the shoulders; the 
punctuation is distinct at sides and towards base, but irregular ; 
underside greenish or cyaneous, with scanty pubescence through- 
out, the centre of the abdomen being bare; posterior trochanters 
pitchy ; episterna of sternum strongly punctured. 

Length 7-8 millim. 

Mapras: Travancore (Maindron), Mahé; Bompay: North 
Kanara (Bell), Belgaum (1. EF. Andrewes). 

This species is closely allied to C. triguttata var. chlorochila, but 
may be known by its shorter head, more prominent eyes, shorter 
and narrower elytra, and the different sculpture of the latter. 


Or 


CICINDELA. o4 


121. Cicindela umbropolita, W. Horn. 


Cicindela belli, W. Horn, subsp. umbropolita, W. Horn, Deutsche 
nt. Zeitschr. 1905, p. 61. 


Dr. Horn regards this species as a variety of C. belli, but it 
appears to be distinct; it is closely allied to the latter, but differs 
in its larger size, somewhat more prominent eyes, longer and less 
convex elytra, clear red trochanters, and in the more sparingly 
pubescent underside and impunctate, or almost impunctate, 
episterna of the prosternum ; this last character is very evident in 
the specimens before me; the general colour is dull coppery 
brown, the front parts and the sides of the elytra being more 
plainly metallic; the shining margins of the latter are produced 
into a triangularly dentate patch at the middle; the velvety longi- 
tudinal darker patch is more marked, and the intra-humeral 
impression is longer and more pronounced; the white spots are 
more distinct and are differently situated, one being placed behind 
the middle near the suture, and another between this and the 
apex on the centre of the disc; occasionally there appears to be 
a spot or shining dark space before the middle. 

Length 8 millim. 

Manpras: Nilgiri Hilis (A. L£. Andrewes). 

Apparently fairly common. Mr. Andrewes takes it on paths in 
the Ouchterlony Valley, at an altitude of from 2500 to 5000 feet. 


122. Cicindela foveolata, Schawi. 
Cicindela foveolata, Schaum, Journ. Ent. viii, 1863, p. 60. 


Black, rather shining, very uneven; labrum large, testaceous, 
with the anterior margin dark ; palpi yellow with dark apex; head 
slightly depressed between the eyes, plainly striated, finely sculp- 
tured behind ; pronotum with slight bronze reflection, especially 
at the sides, subcylindrical, parallel-sided, scarcely constricted, 
finely scuiptured, with a foveolate central line, deeper before base, 
and sometimes with more or less distinct traces of fovew on each 
side; elytra shining, subparallel-sided, very uneven, foveolate, 
distinctly but not closely punctured, especially on the anterior 
half and before apex; legs dark, femora more or less coppery, 
trochanters red; underside cyaneous or greenish, episterna punc- 
tured and distinctly, though scantily, pubescent, metasternum 
strongly pubescent, centre of abdomen bare. 

Length 8 millim. 

BompBay: Kanara( Bell); Beneat: Dacca; BurMa: Karen Hills, 
Teinzo (fea), Tharawaddy (Corbett); SuMarRA ; CELEBES ( Wallace). 


123. Cicindela holosericea, Ll. 


Cicindela holosericea, Fabricius, Syst. El.1, 1801, p. 248. 
? Crcindela viduata, Fabricius, Syst. El. i, 1801, p. 242. 
? Cicindela myrrha, Thomson, Arch. Ent. i, 1859, p. 129. 


Very closely allied to C. foveolata, from which it may at once 


346 CICINDELID®. 


be known by its black labrum, which appears usually to have a 
metallic reflection, somewhat more excavate head, more finely 
sculptured pronotum, and duller and more velvety elytra, which 
are uneven, but less foveolate; from C. funebris it may at once 
be known by the sculpture of the elytra, which are narrower and 
more parallel-sided, the dark Jabrum, narrower head and more 
prominent eyes ; the pronotum also is more cylindrical; compared 
with CO, triguttata it has the elytra much more uneven, and the 
white markings of the latter species are absent or reduced to mere 
points ; it must, however, be allowed that it is somewhat closely 
allied to the latter species, and that transitional examples some- 
times occur. 

Length 7-74 millim. 

BrneaL: Chota Nagpur, Asansol, Nowatoli; Assam: Khasi 
Hills; Burma: Karen Hills; Java. 

I have adopted Dr. Horn’s synonymy, although, if correct, the 
name viduata ought to come before holosericea. The descriptions 
of Fabricius are very vague. 


124. Cicindela spinole, Gestro. 


Cicindela spinole, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Ciy. Genova, 1889, p. 85. 


Head and pronotum sometimes rather obscurely, but, as a rule, 
rather brilliantly metallic, more so than in the allied species, a 
character which often serves 
superficially to distinguish it; 
labrum short, dull testaceous 
or partly metallic, occasionally 
entirely metallic, mandibles 
white with dark tips; head 
rather strongly striate be- 
tween the eyes, with two 
longitudinal blue and green 
stripes, the hinder part of the 
pronotum finely rugose; pro- 
notum subquadrate, with the 
sides very slightly rounded, 
and the constrictions well 
marked; at the sides there 
are a few white hairs, which 
are, apparently, easily rubbed 
off and are therefore often 
entirely absent; elvtra dull 
coppery, or with a greenish 
reflection, brighter at the 
sides, with a strong impression 

Fig. 155.—Cicindela spinole. within the shoulders, and with 
a white spot at the shoulders, 
another on the disc before the middle, another at the middle of the 


CICINDELA. 347 


lateral margin, either joining a discoidal spot near the suture and 
forming an oblique band narrowed in the middle, or else separate 
from it, and another variable spot (round, oblique or partly crescent- 
shaped) before the apex; the punctuation is shallow but usually 
distinct, except on the centre of the disc, and the punctures are 
often greenish ; the elytra are rather strongly depressed before the 
apex and are slightly dilated behind the middle, the sutural angle 
being furnished with a very short spine; legs more or less metallic, 
trochanters ferruginous ; episterna of metasternum rather thickly 
pubescent ; the sides of the prosternum and abdomen are scantily 
pubescent, the former being almost bare and not punctured. 

Length 7-8 millim. 

Sikkim: Darjiling; Beneat: Dacca, Chota Nagpur, Asansol ; 
Assam: Sylhet, Patkai Hills; Burma: North Chin Hills, Teinzo, 
Bhamo, Vharawaddy, Karen Hills, Ruby Mines, Momeit, Ran- 
goon; TENASSERIM; CocHIN Cura. 

Taken in deep jungle (Annandale). 


125. Cicindela bigemina, Aluy. 
Cicindela bigenuna, Klug, Jahrb. Ins. i, 1854, p. 30. 
Cr cindela tremula, Brullé, Arch. Mus. Paris, i, 1835, p. 185, nl: 9, 
fie. o. 
Cicindela travaddica, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genova, 1893, p. 35. 
Cicindela bigemina subsp. procera, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 


1905, p. 34. 
Cicindela bigemina subsp. brevis, W. Horn, |. c. 


In general appearance much resembling several of the allied 
species; of an obscure brownish or greenish colour with metallic 
reflections, which are stronger on the front parts; labrum clear 
whitish testaceous, head depressed and distinctly striate be- 
tween the eyes, occiput and pronotum very finely rugose; the 
latter longer than broad, parallel-sided, with the impressions and 
central line feeble ; elytra with the suture coppery and the extreme 
margins greenish metallic, dull, uniformly and thickly, but feebly, 
punctured, as a rule, but variable, the punctation of the apex and 
base being sometimes stronger and the dise almost smooth ; ; on 
each elytron there isa whitish yellow spot at the shoulder, two 
on the disc, one before and one behind the middle, an inverted and 
curled V-shaped mark at the middle reaching the margin, and a 
line (not widened into a spot at either end and sometimes much 
reduced) along the oblique margin before the apex; legs metallic, 
trochanters pitchy ; underside violaceous or greenish, coppery in 
front, with much thicker pubescence than in the allied species, the 
gene and extreme middle of the abdomen alone being bare. In 
the male there is a large seta on the first joint of the antenne and 
a small bunch of hairs on the fourth joint. 

Length 9-10 millim., 

Sikkim: Pankabari, Kurseong; Beneau: Purneah, Calcutta, 


348 CICINDELID&. 


Maldah, Murshidabad, Berhampur, Sara Ghat, Chota Nagpur; 
Crntrat Inp1aA: Gwalior; Bompay: N. Kanara. 

According to Mr. Annandale this species does not occur at 
ereat altitudes, and has been taken at light on board the Ganges 
terry steamers. 


Var. iravaddica, Gestro. 


This variety differs from the type in being slightly broader, 
with the pronotum narrower, but these differences are scarcely ap- 
parent; the central fascia of the elytra is straighter and less 
elbowed and the apical white border does not touch the suture; 
the last character, however, varies in the type-form; the strong 
seta on the first joint of the antenne, and the small bunch of 
hairs on the fourth are wanting in the male. 

Length 9-10 millim. 

Burma: Mandalay, Katha, Teinzo (Wea), Tharawaddy (Corbett). 


Var. procera, W. Horn. 


Differs from the typical form in being considerably smaller, and 
in having the labrum and head narrower, the pronotum more 
strongly constricted and more strongly sulcate, with the inter- 
mediate part more convex and the sides more scantily setose ; the 
elytra are narrower with finer sculpture, and the apical margin, 
instead of a white line, has an elongate triangular patch at the 
external apical angle; underside, including the legs and posterior 
trochanters, coppery bronze, with golden reflections here and 
there; the colour of the upper surface is coppery brown. 

Length 8 millim. 

“IND. or. (Boucard).” 

There is a female specimen in Mr. Nevinson’s collection which 
should perhaps be referred to this variety. 


Var. brevis, W. Horn. 


Differs from the typical form in the shape of the labrum, 
which is truncate and armed with a short central tooth, in its 
smaller and more coarsely striate head, the much shorter elytra, 
and the broader white markings; the anterior discoidal spot is near 
the base, the central fascia is thickened at the margin, and the 
marginal line at the apex is thickened at the side (where it some- 
times joins the spot before apex), and towards the suture; the 
underside and the legs are more coppery, and the trochanters are 
brownish purple. 

Length 83 millim. 

“‘ IND. oR.” (teste W. Horn). 


CICINDELA. 349 


126. Cicindela viridilabris, Chaud. 


Cicindela viridilabris, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1852, p. 24. 

Cicindela labwoenea, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1892, p. 79. 

Cicindela severini, W. Horn, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, 1892, p. 537. 

Cicindela viridilabris, var. fusco-cuprascens, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. 
Zeitschr. 1905, p. 60. 


A small species ; labrum metallic green, mandibles dark with 
the upper side of the base white; antenne black with the first 
four joints coppery ; head and pronotum shining bronze-green, the 
colour being brighter at the sides, the former striated near the 
eyes, very strongly rugose in the middle and in front, the latter 
about as long as broad, slightly constricted in front, with the sides 
rounded and slightly sinuate before the base which is feebly 
bisinuate, strong!v and rugosely sculptured, for the most part 
transversely, impressions in front and behind well-marked, central 
line obsolete ; elytra parallel-sided, not widened behind, with the 
shoulders quite square, slightly sinuate near the apex of the 
suture, which is terminated by a small tooth; upperside slightly 
convex, even, with feeble and not close uniform punctuation ; the 
colour is obscure zeneous with a shining lateral bronze-green band, 
commencing at the shoulder and terminating at half the length ; 
on each there are four spots, one very small, in the middle, at the 
first quarter, the second lateral, slightly transverse and triangular, 
in the middle of the margin, the third lower, round, not far from 
the suture, and the fourth oval, near the margin, representing the 
upper end of an unfinished crescent; punctuation green; legs 
shining coppery with green tarsi; underside cyaneous, with the 
sides of the front parts more or less coppery; the whole of the 
sides are scantily furnished with white pubescence. 

Length 64-7 millim. 

“¢ Hast INDIES.” 

Two specimens only of the type-form appear to be known but 
their locality is doubtful, being merely given as ‘* Indes orien- 
tales.” Dr. Horn thinks that they are probably from North 
India. I have not seen them, and the above description is ab- 
breviated from the detailed description of Chaudoir. The very 
scanty materiai of the type-form renders it difficult to determine 
the right value of the varieties. 


Var. labiozwnea, W. Horn. 


This variety agrees with Chaudoir’s description of the type, 
except that it is somewhat larger, with the rugose sculpture of the 
head and pronotum very fine, the central line of the latter distinct, 
and the bright band which reaches half way down the side of the 
elytra represented by a crescent-shaped spot of bright metallic 
coppery green at the shoulders, occupying about a quarter of the 
length ; the ante-apical spots are also rounded as a rule, but the 
markings are somewhat variable. 


350 ‘ CICINDELID&. 


Length 8 millim. 

Cryton: Kandy. 

Dr. W. Horn in his description (7. ¢.) compares the species with 
C. 10-punctata, and does not mention C. viridilabris in connection 
with it, and says that it differs from the first-named species in 
having the head and pronotum much more rugose. This is 
certainly the case; C’. 10-punctata, moreover, is a larger insect 
with wider elytra, and has a longer and more parallel-sided_pro- 
notum with more distinct pubescence at the sides ; the markings 
are somewhat similar but there is a white spot at the shoulders, 
which is absent in the var. labiownea. 


Var. severini, W. Horn. 


This variety is distinguished, according to Dr. Horn, from the 
var. labioenea by the less projecting eyes, the finer sculpture 
of the orbital plates and of the pronotum, the more distinctly 
defined metallic space at the shoulders of the elytra, the more 
sparingly punctured and pubescent episterna of the prosternum, 
and the more scantily pubescent sides of the pronotum ; the elytral 
spots are on the whole more distinct in the specimens I have seen, 
but there is very little difference between the two varieties; and 
it would be a difficult matter to separate them if a considerable 
number were mixed together. 

Length 8 millim. 

Mapras: Travancore; Nilgiri Hills, 2500-5000 ft. (H. ZL. 
Andrewes, May to July); Bompay: Kanara; Benyeau; Burma : 
Teinzo ; TONKIN. 


Var. fusco-cuprascens, |W. Horn. 


Larger and more robust than the type-form, with the head and 
pronotum broader, and the shining humeral space more crescent- 
shaped; the anterior discoidal spot is larger, and the ante-apical 
spot is not produced behind ; the whole breast, front and pronotum 
are coppery, and the elytra are of a dull velvety fuscous coppery 
. colour, with the exception of the humeral crescent ; the elytra are 
more sparingly but more distinctly punctured than in the var. 
labiocenea, from which it may also be known by its colour, and the 
brownish metallic penultimate joint of the maxillary palpi. 

From the var. severint it may be distinguished by the more 
strongly projecting eyes, the somewhat coarser sculpture of the 
forehead and pronotum, the bright brown upperside, coppery breast, 
distinct elytral punctuation, less shining humeral patch, and the 
stronger punctuation of the episterna of the prosternum, 

Length 8% millim. 

Mapras; Nilgiri Hills, 1250 ft. (#. ZL. Andrewes, May), 
Trichinopoli. 


CICINDELA. ODL 


127. Cicindela nietneri, /V. Horn. 
Cicindela nietnert, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1894, p. 220. 


Allied to C. viridilabris, Chaud., from which it differs in having 
the pronotum more constricted in front, the sides slightly more 
rounded, and the anterior reflexed margin transversely striolate ; 
the elytra are longer, more impressed before the apex, with the 
separate apices more rounded ; the colour of the upperside is dull, 
almost black, with the sides of the head and pronotum obscurely 
dark green, and the shoulders of the elytra with a metallic green 
and purple or violaceous spot of the same type as in var. labtocwnea ; 
the four yellow spots are larger and somewhat differently situated, 
the four central ones being more nearly in line, but in this section 
this character is always more or less variable. 

Length 8 millim. 

CEYLON. 

I have seen only one specimen of this species, named by Dr. 
Horn; it is not in good condition, but appears to me to be not 
distinct superficially from C. viridilabris; the striation of the 
reflexed anterior margin of the pronotum is certainly present in 
the var. labiocenea, and in other allied species, and there is no 
appreciable difference in its shape and sculpture. 


128. Cicindela seriepunctata, W. Horn. 


Cicindela serrepunctata, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1892, 
p- 80. 


Bronze-green, dull, elytra with three white spots on each, all 
distant from the margins, and arranged in rows. Larger on the 
average than C. viridilabris, var. labiownea, to which it is allied ; 
labrum whitish testaceous, with the margin narrowly metallic blue, 
pronotum broader and rougher; elytra broader (much as in (@. 
10-punctata), and shorter, the sculpture standing out in relief so 
that the elytra do not present a velvety appearance; of the three 
white spots, the first, situated between the first and middle third, 
is the smallest, the other two are of equal size, one being situated 
a little behind the middle and the third before the apex; the 
upperside of the head and pronotum are greenish, as well as the 
margins and suture of the elytra, the disc being brownish. 

Length 83 millim. 

S1kkiIM: Kurseong, Darjiling (Atkinson), 


SY) CICINDELID. 


129. Cicindela leucoloma, Chaud. 


Cicindela leucoloma, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1852, p. 12. 


Closely allied to C. fastidiosa, from which it differs in having 
the pronotum narrower and 
straighter at the sides, and the 
margins irregularly, but entirely 
and without interruption, whit- 
ish testaceous; head: and pro- 
notum rather bright green, the 
former finely striated between 
the eyes and very finely rugose 
behind, the latter finely but 
distinctly rugose, with short 
hairs at the sides; _ elytra 
greenish, with the sculpture 
teeble and variable, in some 
specimens more plain than in 
others; from the heht margin 
there proceeds a transverse line 
or linear patch at some little 
distance from the shoulders, 
usually widened into a round 
spot on the disc; in the middle 
there is a hooked patch and be- 
tween this and a produced line 

Fig. 154.— Cicindela leucoloma. from the upper part of the 

apical margin there is a spot; 
femora coppery, tibize and tarsi reddish, trochanters clear red; 
underside green and coppery in front, blue behind, distinctly 
pubescent, except the middle of the abdomen and the gene, which 
are smooth ae bare, except for a few scattered hairs on the former. 

Length 74-94 millim. 

PUNJAB: Simla (teste Chaudoir). 

The specimens I have seen are all labelled ‘“‘India” or “ East 
India.” There is a small bright coloured specimen in Mr. 
Nevinson’s collection, with thicker pubescence on the underside 
and shghtly different elytral markings ; but it evidently must be 
referred to this species. 


130. Cicindela fastidiosa, De. 


Cicindela fastidiosa, Dejean, Spec. Col. 1, 1825, p. 95. 

Cicindela litigiosa, Dejean, 1. c. p. 97. 

Cicindela despecta, Fleutiaux, C. R. Soc. Ent. Belgique, ‘1886, p. 88 
(eu parte). 


Closely allied to the preceding, but smaller, with the elytra in 
the female widened behind and not in the middle, and with the 
striation of the forehead stronger and the pronotum more rugose, 
the hairs at the sides being much less evident and shorter; the 


CICINDELA. a0: 


trochanters are red and the gene not pubescent ; the markings of 
the elytra are different, the margins being much more broadly and 
unevenly whitish testaceous ; at the shoulders there is a crescent, 
produced behind into a sharp point, which almost joins a spot on 
the dise ; the narrow band starting from the centre of the margin 
is strongly hooked and ceases at about the middle of the disc ; 
below the apex of this and nearer the suture is a white spot, and 
the apical margin is white and produced at its upper end toward 
the last-named spot; in the specimens I have seen the elytra are 
somewhat smaller and more velvety than in the allied species, but 
this may be exceptional. 

Length 8-10 millim. 

PunsgaB: Rawul Pindi; Kasumir ; Sixxim: Kurseong; ASSAM ; 
Benga: Nowatoli, Chota Nagpur; Cunrrat Inpta: Mhow; 
Manpras: Mysore; Ceytoy: Trincomali; Burma: Pegu district. 


131. Cicindela decempunctata, De). 


Cicindela decempunctata, Dejean, Spec. Col. i, 1825, p. 145. 
Cicindela modica, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genova, 1893, p. 354. 


Larger than the preceding species ; front parts with more or less 
strong metallic reflection, elytra dark with hardly any metallic 
reflection and with the white spots distinct, or obscurely metallic 
with the light spots indistinct, without distinct brighter band at 
the sides; the latter form appears to be the C’. modica of Gestro. 
Labrum dark with testaceous spots, or testaceous with the anterior 
margin dark; head long, with the eyes prominent, rather plainly 
but finely striated, occiput long, very finely sculptured ; pronotum 
fully as long as, or rather longer than broad, with the impressions 
distinct and the central line feeble, very finely sculptured ; at the 
_ sides there are white hairs, which are very plain in some specimens, 
but are easily rubbed off, and therefore are absent in others ; 
elytra subparallel-sided in the male, slightly widened behind in the 
female, very finely sculptured, with the centre of the disc smooth, 
with five white spots on each, one at shoulders, a round one on dise 
before middle, two irregular ones at the middle (one near margin 
and one a little behind, nearer suture, sometimes joined by a thin 
line), and the fifth near apex joining a narrow marginal white line, 
which is continued to apex; legs metallic, trochanters reddish or 
pitchy red; underside cyaneous or green, with distinct pubescence 
at the sides, episterna of prosternum bare and impunctate. 

Length 9-10 millim. 

Beneau: Birbhum, Murshidabad, Rajmahal; Burma: Rangoon 
(Bingham), Palon (Fea); Tonkin; CAMBODIA. 


The following insect ought perhaps to be placed in this section. 
Dr. Horn in his latest catalogue (Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1905, 
p- 25) regards it as a subspecies of C. germanica, L., but in his 
‘Monograph of the Palearctic CrcINDELIDm@’ (1891) he placed it as 

2A 


304 CICINDELIDA. 


a variety of C’. obliquefasciata, Adams, which he now treats as a 
distinct subspecies of C. germanica, L. I think it best to follow 
his later work, but, so far as I have seen, C. germanica has the 
episterna of the metasternum bare, whereas the insect described 
below has them distinctly, though scantily, pubescent. Dr. Horn, 
however (Mon. Pal. Cic. p. 82), says that Schaum is wrong in 
saying that the sides of the underside of C. germanica are without 
hairs, as in fresh specimens separate hairs are sometimes visible 
on the upper edge of the episterna of the metasternum. The very 
large number of described varieties and subspecies of the com- 
moner European species are somewhat bewildering, but it 1s only 
those workers, who, like Dr. Horn, have access to large numbers, 
that can decide their distinctness. 


132. Cicindela germanica, Z., var. kirilovi, Fisch. 
Cicindela germanica, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. ii, 1735, p. 657. 
Cicindela kirilovi, Fischer, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1844, p. 7, pl. 1, fig. 3. 
Cicindela germanica, L., subsp. obliquefasciata, Adams, var. kirilovt, 
W. Horn, Mon. Pal. Cicind. 1891, p. 88, pl. 111, fig. 3 a. 
Cicindela yermanica, L., subsp. kirilovi, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. 
Zeitschr. 1905, p. 28. 


A rather small, dark species, with slight coppery and greenish 
reflections ; labrum almost entirely testaceous ; head broad, finely 
but distinctly striated between the eyes ; pronotum parallel-sided, 
quadrate, very finely asperate, setose at the sides, with the central 
line and depressions not strong; elytra dull, almost black, but 
very slightly coppery, and with greenish shallow punctures, some- 
what widened behind, obliquely and rectangularly truncate before 
apex (almost as in Heptodonta), with a spot on each at the shoulders, 
a fleck at about one-third from the base between the suture and 
the margin, an oblique waved fascia at the middle, and the apical 
margin, white; the latter marking is slightly produced towards the 
oblique fascia; underside green and cyaneous; abdomen and 
episterna of metasternum very scantily pubescent; gene and 
prosternum bare. 

Length. 11 millim. 

KasHMir: Gilgit; WESTERN SIBERIA; TURKESTAN; PERSiA. 

‘“‘The priority-form occurs almost all over Europe from Spain 
to the Caucasus ; in the north of Persia, in some parts of Turkestan 
(e. g. Tekke, Tashkend), Khirgiz and Dsongaria; the subsp. 
kirilovt does not occur in Europe, but is known from Transcaspia 
to the Kolyvan district, Altai and Dsongaria, from Turkestan, 
Kashmir, and almost the whole of Persia (up to Sarhad and Seistan 
in the south-east). The locality ‘ Daurien’ (south-east of Trans- 
baikalia), is doubtful” (Horn, Annotated List of Beetles in 
indian Museun, i, p. 4). 


CICINDELA. 355 


133. Cicindela humillima, Gestvo. 
Cicindela humillima, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genova, 1893, p. 353. 


This species differs from its allies by its broader elytra and 
their irregular and sinuate outline in the female, in which sex 
they are abruptly widened at the anterior third; in the male the 
irregular outline is only just indicated; the pubescence of the 
underside is more marked, the episterna of the prosternum being 


—— ——_—_, 


Fig. 155.—Cicindela humillima 9°. 


distinctly, though scantily, furnished with long white hairs. I 
have examined a fair series, and find that the other differences 
pointed out by authors are valueless as characters. 

Length 84-9 millim. 

Burma: Bhamo, Teinzo, Shwegoo, Katha, Rangoon (Bligh & 
Fea), UVharawaddy (Corbett). 

Gestro (7. c.) says that this species was chiefly taken in the 
months of June, July, and August, at the time of the rainy season, 
on the banks of the Irawaddy, Burma, in shady places left in a 
marshy state after the subsidence of the river. Fea relates that 
it was so common that a single sweep of the net was sufficient to 
collect a large quantity : it was very abundant at Bhamo. 


134. Cicindela sinica, Fleut. 
Cicindela sinica, Fleutiaux, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1889, p. 137. 


Of a dull green colour, with slight coppery reflections; head 
wavily striated between the eyes and transversely rugose; pro- 
notum longer than broad, narrower at the base than in front, 

242 


356 CICINDELIDA. 


slightly rounded at the sides, finely granulose; elytra very gradu- 
ally widened behind almost to apex and then abruptly rounded at 
apex, strongly and sparingly punctured, with the bottom of the 
punctures green ; general colour of upperside dull green with a 
slight coppery reflection ; ; markings small, according to the de- 
scription, much as in C. sypdpiin but aes numerous; underside 
and legs more or less coppery, trochanters ferruginous. The species 
is closely allied to C. undulata, but differs in being smaller, of a 
darker colour, and with the white elytral markings less numerous. 

Length 10 millim. 

Burma: Taik-gyi, in Pegu (dea, June); Sateon (Pleutiaux) 5. 
Tonkin: Chiem Hoa; Cuina (teste Chaudoir). 

Only one example is known from the extreme limits of the 
Indian area. 


135. Cicindela melancholica, / 


Cicindela melancholica, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. 1798, p. 633. 
W. Horn, Mon. Pal. Cicind. 1891, p. 180, pl. iv, fig. 8, pl. v, fig. 40.. 


Allied to C. leucoloma, but distinguished by its more oblong 
form, the finer sculpture of the pronotum, and by having the pale 
elytral margin narrower and interrupted before and behind the 
middle; from C. undulata it may be known by the somewhat 
longer pronotum and by the more parallel-sided elytra; from 
CO. fastidiosa it may be separated by the narrower and much less. 
strongly rugose pr onotum and narrower pale elytral margin. The | 
general colour is dull ereenish with slight coppery reflections, 
which are more evident on the elytra; legs metallic, with the. 
tibiz and tarsi reddish, and the trochanters red or ferruginous ; 
the pubescence of the underside is very thick, almost tomentose at 
the sides, the centre of the whole body and the gene being bare. 

Length 95-10 millim. 

Sinp: Karachi (Bell); Bompay: Bandra; Cunrrat PRovINCcEs 
Nagpur; BeNneat. 

The typical C. melancholica is a very widely spread insect and 
occurs in Europe, and throughout Africa and Palearctic Asia ; it is 
one of the very few cosmopolitan species which, like C. auliea, 
have penetrated to Southern Asia. It was described from Sierra, 
Leone. 


136. Cicindela undulata, De). 


Ci cindela undulata, Dejean, Spec. Col. 1, 1825, p. 96. 
rcindela dubia, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1892, p. 80. 


This species may be distinguished from the two preceding by 
the fact of the female having a distinct, though not a very shining, 
smooth patch on the anterior portion of the disc of the elytra, and 
ordinarily by its much more attenuated white markings; these, 
however, sre variable; the colour is usually obscure green, with 


CICINDELA. SOL 


more or less coppery reflection ; labrum white ; antenne with the 
first four joints metallic and the rest more or less ferruginous or 
reddish ; pronotum at least as long as broad, rather strongly and 
rugosely asperate, with the impressions and central line not 
strong; elytra in the typical form with a minute spot on the 
dise at the anterior fourth, the margin narrowly white for about 
the middle third, emitting at the middle a thin white line bent at 
the end nearest suture ; there is a discoidal spot near the suture 
behind this, and the apical margin is white and produced linearly 
at its upper end; legs metallic, trochanters red; underside blue, 
greenish and coppery, thickly pubescent, gene bare. ‘The elytral 
markings are variable, and the shoulders may have no spot (this is 
not sexual) or a large distinct crescent. 

Length 10-12 millim. 

Cryton; Mapras: Mahé (Maindron), Chilka Lake, Mysore, 
Ramnad ; Centrat Inpra: Gwalior; Unirep Provincrs: Allah- 
abad; Buneau: Dacca, Caleutta, Chota Nagpur (Asansol, Lohar- 
daga, Nowatoli); Assam: Sylhet ; Honexone. 


Var. dubia, W. Horn. 


Smaller than the type-form and differing in having the smooth 
space or ‘‘ mirror” on the elytra of the female brighter, and the 
elytra strongly rounded separately, so that the sutural spines are 
considerably projecting ; the markings are almost the same as in 
C. speculifera, to which species it ought perhaps to be referred. 

Length 10 millim. 

Inpia (?). 

Type in coll. Richter. 


137. Cicindela imperfecta, Chaud. 


Cicindela imperfecta, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1852, p. 8. 

Cieindela atelesta, Chaudoir, |. c. 1854, p. 4. 

Cicindela despecta, Fleutiaux, C. R. Soc. Hunt. Belgique, 1886, p. 88 
(ex parte). 

Upperside brown, more or less coppery; labrum short, testa- 
ceous ; head rather broad, very finely striate near the eyes, central 
and hinder portions very finely rugose; pronotum subquadrate, 
with the sides not rounded, impressions and centrai line distinct, 
pubescence at the sides coarse and distinct; elytra rarrower and 
somewhat widened behind, very finely sculptured; the white 
markings are as follows: a spot at the shoulder more or less pro- 
duced behind, a larger or smaller spot not far trom the margin at 
about the anterior third, and the margin itself from a little before 
to some way behind the middle (the line being irregular and often 
interrupted); from this margin proceeds a transverse line, hooked 
before the suture; there is also a spot near the suture behind the 
middle, and another nearer the margin before the apex, which 
often meets the extended arm of the white apical marginal line ; 
legs more or less coppery, trochanters dark metallic; unaerside 


358 CICINDELIDA. 


coppery, with very distinct and long pubescence ; the gen, which 
are usually bare, being also furnished with long white hairs. 
Length 11 millim. 


Mapras: Mysore; BomsBay: Surat (Indian Museum); Punsas:: 


Simla ; Beneau: Calcutta ; Cunrran Provinczs : Nagpur. 
Dr. Horn says that the species is known only from Bengal, and 


therefore some of these records may be erroneous: these obscure 


insects are very apt to be confused with one another. 


Var. atelesta, Chaud. 


Dr. Horn considers this as synonymous with the type, but the 


specimens I have seen are narrower, with red trochanters and 
with the ante-apical spot merged into the produced branch of the 
white apical margin, which is almost linear; the genx apparently 
are not pubescent; the elytral markings are variable, but, as a 
whole, are smaller. 

Length 10-103 millim. 

Srkkim: Mungphu, Kurseong; Brncan: Chota Nagpur, 
Nowatoli, Asansol, Calcutta; Assam: Sylhet (Ind. Mus.). 


138. Cicindela distinguenda, De). 


Cicindela distinguenda, Dejean, Spec. Col. 1, 1825, p. 92. 
Cicindela dohrni, Motschulsky, Etud. Ent. v, 1857, p. 109. 


Cicindela distinguenda, var. lunulata, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. 


Zeitschr. 1905, p. 35. 


Front parts more or less copperv green or greenish, finely 
sculptured ; head broad and flat between the moderately prominent 
eyes ; labrum short, testaceous, leaving the chief part of the man- 
dibles (which are dark except at base) exposed ; pronotum sub- 
quadrate, distinctly, though finely, asperate, and not transversely 
strigose, slightly rounded at the sides, with the depressions and 
central line not strong and with evident pubescence at the margins ; 
elytra a little rounded at the sides, dull, covered with very small 
round punetures, with a white mar king on the shoulders followed 
by a spot on the disc, a bluntly hooked stripe at the middle pro- 
ceeding from the margin, a spot near the suture towards the apex, 
and a spot touching the upper portion of the marginal white line 
at the suture, which is not linearly produced; legs metallic; 
underside green and violaceous, pubescent, centre of abdomen and 
the genx bare. 

Length 10-11 millim. 

Manpras: Pondicherry ; CryLon. 

Apparently confused with C. fastidiosa, which it closely re- 
sembles and, perhaps, from much the same localities; in Fry’s 
collection there is a smaller, darker, and more coppery example 
from Pondicherry. 


CICINDELA. 359 


Var. lunulata, W. Horn. 


This newly described variety has the humeral crescent com- 
plete, and the elytra dark and more indistinctly punctured. 
Mapras. 


The two following species are included somewhat doubtfully in 
this section, and they should probably form a separate section 
altogether. The first of them, C. davisoni, Gestro, is placed by 
Dr. Horn (Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1905, Beiheft, p. 34) in his 
catalogue near to C. humillima, Gestro; Gestro appears, however, 
to regard it as representing a separate section of Huryoda 
(Prothyma). Only one specimen, apparently a female, is known, 
and this I have not seen. The second species, C. prothymoides 
(Horn, Stettin. Ent. Zeit. 1908, p. 120), is closely allied to 
C. davisoni, and, as its name implies, resembles closely the 
genus Prothyma. 


139. Cicindela davisoni, Gestro. 
Cicindela davisont, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genova, xxvii, 1889, p. 89 


Elongate, cylindrical, eneous, with the forehead greenish 
eneous; antenne fuscous, with the first four joints ferruginous 
at apex ; labrum white, mandibles ferruginous ; palpi white, with 
the last joint fuscous; sides of the pronotum and the cheeks 
obscurely cyaneous; elytra with two white spots on each, one at 
the shoulders and the other (transverse) at the apex, and also with 
a central oblique S-shaped white stripe; underside obscurely 
cyaneous ; legs ferruginous. Head broad, eyes very prominent, 
the space between them being deeply impressed on both sides and 
rugosely striate, forehead rugose; pronotum very narrow, cylin- 
drical, longer than broad, with the apical, basal, and central furrows 
well marked, and the surface finely and closely rugose; elytra 
elongate, parallel-sided, scarcely widened behind, punctured, the 
punctures at the sides being closer and confluent ; legs long. 

Length 74 millim. 

TENASSERIM ;: Thagata (fea). 


140. Cicindela prothymoides, W. Horn. 
Cicindela prothymoides, W. Horn, Stettin. Ent. Zeit. 1908, p. 120. 


Head, (including clypeus, gense and forehead), pronotum and 
abdomen without hairs; elytra sloping towards the margin and 
coloured as in Prothyma and Odontochila, without spots. 

The female differs from the female of C. davisoni in having the 
eyes a little more distant, the labrum longer, semicircularly pro- 
duced in front, unidentate, in the middle more distinctly (but not 
acutely) carinate, and indistinctly margined in front; the forehead 
and pronotum are sculptured in the same fashion, but more finely ; 
the anterior margin of the latter is slightly produced in the middle 


260 CICINDELIDA. 


Gan C. davisoni it is quite truncate), and the central portion, which 
in the last-named species is somewhat sloping, is flat and even ; 
the elytra, moreover, have no white spots and are longer, more 
parallel-sided, and have the apex and the whole disc flatter, being 
more Closely sculptured throughout, with the exception of the 
marginal portion, which is more finely, though scarcely more 
sparingly, punctured than the disc; the margins are, as a whole, 
more sparingly punctured than in i. davison, being sloping and 
obscurely cyaneous, as in Prothyma and Odontochila; the series 
of larger punctures near the suture is a little thicker than in 
C. davisoniz, and punctures of the same character are irregularly 
scattered here and there over the elytra; the lateral portions of 
the pro- and meso-sternum as far as the cox are sparingly pilose, 
whereas in the preceding species they are without hairs, and the 
whole of the episterna of the metasternum are more or less 
sparingly and coarsely punctate-pilose ; the anterior margin of the 
metasternum is narrowly, and the lateral portion broadly, punctate- 
pilose, as well as the exterior half of the posterior cox; the femora 
are coppery, shot with a greenish eneous reflection and clothed 
with testaceous hairs; the upper surface is obscurely coppery red 
and dull, whereas in C. davisont it is browner and less coppery ; 
the punctures of the elytra are not greenish blue as in that species, 
but concolorous with the disc, and the head and pronotum are 
more plainly margined with purple; the cheeks, the centre of the 
prosternum, the margins of the abdomen and part of the disc are 
bright violaceous, and the episterna of the mesosternum are 
obscurely eneous, the whole of the metasternum and part of the 
disc of the abdomen being variegated with brassy green; tibize 
brownish testaceous, tarsi brownish, trochanters testaceous. 

Length 8-9 millim. (without labrum). 

Mapras: Karkur Ghat (Andrewes). 

Horn (J. ¢.) speaks of the species as a very interesting one, 
which with C. davisoni forms a compact group, deriving its origin 
from the Prothyma-Odontochila forms, and leading up to the 
groups represented by C. chloropleura and vir idicincta, rugosiceps 
and corticata, and tetrastacta, which are all allied to C. germanica ; 
he also appears to consider C. davisoni as leading from C. prothy- 
moides to C. belli, C. viridilabris and C. triguttata. 

I have had the opportunity of seeing one of the few specimens 
known; superficiaily the insect is not unlike Cicindela belli, 


W. Horn. 
Group 6. 


Only one species is included by Dr. Horn in this group ; it is 
very small (6-7 mm.) and has the underside furnished with dis- 
tinct, but scanty and not tomentose, pubescence at the sides; the 
sides of the pronotum are set with hairs or sete, and the gene 
are scantily but distinctly pubescent. I have followed Dr. Horn 
in retaining this species in a separate section, although it might, 
perhaps, be referred to Group 5 as an exceptional case, like 
CO. imperfecta, which also has the genze more or less pubescent. 


CICINDELA. 361 


141. Cicindela discreta, Schaum, var. reducta, W. Horn. 


Cicindela discreta, Schaum, Journ. Ent. viii, 1863, p. 59. 
Cicindela reductu, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1892, p. 370. | 


A very small and obscure-looking species; labrum rather large, 
produced in the middle, testaceous ; head and pronotum greenish 
with coppery reflections, the former rather deeply excavate and 
striate, the latter long, subcylindrical and parallel-sided, very 
finely sculptured, with the central line not strongly marked ; 
elytra duller, obscurely greenish with slight coppery reflection, 
comparatively narrow, distinctly sculptured, impressed within the 
shoulders, with a more or less triangular white spot in the centre 
of the margins and a white spot between this and the suture, and 
with the oblique apical margin narrowly white, the white portion 
being not, or very slightly, dilated at either end; legs and under- 
side metallic green and violaceous, sides of the latter with scanty, 
and not tomentose, pubescence; gens with sparse but distinct 
pubescence, which appears to be easily rubbed off. 

Length 6-7 millim. 

Assam (Doherty); Burma: North Chin Hills; Sumatra ; 
Borneo: Sarawak. 

The type-form, which extends through the Malay Region to 
New Guinea, is not found in India; it is larger, with the pro- 
notum broader and therefore shorter in proportion, and the elytra 
distinctly broader; the markings are different, as there is a white 
crescent at the shoulders (entirely wanting in the variety) and a 
distinct white spot before the apical margin, which is rarely joined 
to its upper extremity ; the markings are evidently variable, for 
in a specimen of the type-form before me, from Celebes, there is 
no apical line at all, and the humeral crescent is divided into two 
quite distinct spots. 


GROUP 7. 


This group is made up of six or seven small species, 8-10 mm. 
in length; the sides of the pronotum are set with longer or shorter 
sete, which occasionally invade the disc; the underside, except 
the central portion of the body, including the head and gene, are 
clothed with white, usually thick and tomentose, pubescence ; but 
in C. mutata this is, although distinct, comparatively thin; the 
markings in several cases are very distinct and intricate. 


Key to the Species. 


T. Elytra with the white or whitish testa- 
ceous margins very plainly interrupted 
in two or three places. 
i, Elytral markings very conspicuous. 
1. Head and pronotum bright metallic 
OC CT et PN a cial st auetoe ciel c/a leas . erudita, Wied., p. 362. 


362 CICINDELID&. 


2. Head and pronotum dark. 
A. Smaller and narrower; central 
fascia of elytra springing from the [p. 363. 
thin marginal pale line ........ grammophora, Chaud., 
B. Larger and more robust: central 
fascia of elytra springing from 
a marginal spot or thickening .. cognata, Wied., p. 364. 
1. Elytral markings thin eu often obscure. 
1. Length 9-9} mm.: underside com- 


paratively eeantile pubescent...... mutata, Fleut., p. 365. 
2, Length 8-83 mm: underside much 
more thiclly pubescent... 255.005. minuta, Ol., p. 366. 


II. Elytra with the light margins con- 
tinuous from shoulder to apex, though 
nearly interruptedjust before the oblique 
truncation of the apex. 
1. Setze on the sides of the pronotum very 
long, invading the disc; central fascia 
of the elytra more strongly sinuate, 
and extended further towards apex: 
PrOCheMLONGy CAT sven iy elses estate nitida, Wied., p. 366. 
. Setz on the sides of tle pronotum 
shorter but well marked: central 
fascia of the elytra less strongly 
sinuate and much less extended to- 
wards apex: trochanters red or ferru- 
oinous. 
A. Elytra not, or scarcely, narrowed to- 
wards base; eround-colour brownish 
COMDEV? Vvordeys oclerce snot aber ice seam agnata, Fleut., p. 367. 
B. Elytra narrowed towards base; 
ground-colour fuscous purple ....  sublacerata, Solsky, var. 


balucha, Bates, p. 368. 


142. Cicindela erudita, Wved. 


Cicindela erudita, Wiedemann, Zool. Mag. ii, 1, 1825, p. 68. 

Cicindela amabilis, Dejean, Spec. Col. v, 1831, p. 228. 

Cicindela chloropus, Brullé, Arch. Mus. Paris, i, 1839, p. 184, pl. 9; 
fig. 2. 

This is a beautiful little species which may be at once distin- 
euished superficially by the brilliant green metallic colouring of 
the head and pronotum and the bold clear white markings of the 
elytra, the ground-colour of which is dull, very dark blue or blue- 
black with a more or less extended portion of the base metallic 
ereen ; the pronotum has the sides slightly more rounded and the 
white hairs on the edge of the upperside rather shorter, but distinct, 
though apparently very fugitive; the elytral markings are broader 
than in the allied species (the irregular V-shaped ‘central patch 
becoming a broad sinuate spot), and the apical marking is sepa- 
rated, the anterior portion being represented by a large round 
spot—this will at once distinguish the species apart from all 


CICINDELA. | 363; 


else ; the elytra are scarcely sculptured and almost smooth; the 
pubescence of the underside is thick and tomentose, as in the two 
succeeding species. 


Fig. 156.— Cicindela erudita. 


Length 93-10 millim. 
Kasumir; Punsap: Kulu; Unirep Provinces: Agra, Alla- 
habad; Beneat: Maldah, Chota Nagpur, Pusa. 


143. Cicindela grammophora, Chaud. 


Cicindela grammophora, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1852, p. 7. 


Labrum narrow, whitish testaceous; head and pronotum with 
more or less obscure green and coppery reflections, the former 
strongly striated on each side between the eyes ; occiput and pro- 
notum very finely granulate, dull, the latter rather narrow, about 
as long as broad, with the sides almost straight, white setee distinct 
on each side on the upper surface; elytra dull, dark, usually 
with a more or less distinct greenish reflection at base, not closely, 
but distinctly, granulate, especially on the anterior portion; the 
margins are mostly whitish testaceous, being interrupted before 
the basal and apical markings; the white markings consist of a 
large crescent-shaped spot at the shoulders (which is produced 
behind towards the suture into a short thin line dilated into a 
round spot), a central inverted V-shaped marking springing from 
the marginal patch, with the inner lines produced and dilated 


364 CICINDELID 2. 


towards the suture, where they nearly meet, aad an apical marginal 
marking, which is dilated at the apical angle and at its other 
extremity is produced into a stalked spot ; legs metallic, trochanters 
red; underside, except the central portion of the body and the 
head and gene, thickly set with white tomentose pubescence. 


Fig. 157.—Cicindela grammophora. 


Length 8-8 millim. 

Baneat: Maldah, Sara Ghat, Patna District, Goalbathan, 
Caleutta District,‘Pusa, Damukdia, Chota Nagpur, Asansol. 

Known only trom Bengal (Horn). A common species on the 
banks of the River Ganges. It flies to light at night on the 
river steamers, sometimes in considerable numbers (Annandale). 


144. Cicindeia cognata, Wied. 


Cicindela cognata, Wiedemann, Zool. Mag. 11. 1, 1823, p. 66. 
Cicindela triramosa, Kollar, Ann. Wien. Mus. i, 1836, p. 330. 


Allied to the preceding, but larger and more robust and more 
brightly coloured, with the sculpture of the elytra stronger; the 
white markings are of the same character but are larger and 
thicker, and the central one proceeds from a dilated spot at the 
margin, and not from a long marginal patch asin C. grammophora ; 
the apex is more abruptly truncate obliquely than in the latter 
species. 

Length 93-10 millim. 


CICINDELA. 365 


Sikkim: Darjiling; Buncan: Chota Nagpur, Asansol, Ber- 
hampur. 


RP 


, Soy. 
hy Es 4 
Poise ists ES 
a. \ 
f#. ” \ 

a . h 

t q 
p h 

\ 
. { 


p 


/ 
Fig, 158.— Cicindela cognata. 


145. Cicindela mutata, Pleut. 


Cicindela mutata, Fleutiaux, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1895, p. 486. 
Cocindela cognata, Gestro (nec Wied.), Ann. Mus. Genova, 1895, 


p. 856 


This species is closely allied to C. cognata, Wied., with which 
it has been confused, but is a more obscurely coloured insect with 
a distinct dull obscure coppery or greenish coppery reflection, and 
the elytral markings, which are similar in character, thinner and 
less pronounced; the general sculpture and the shape of the 
pronotum are much the same, but the latter is very slightly 
shorter ; the pubescence of the underside is much thinner and less 
tomentose, and the colouring of the underside is coppery and 
green, not blue and violaceous, as in C. cognata. It is quite a 
distinct species, and easily recognizable. 

Length 9-94 millim. 

Burma: Bhamo, Teinzo, and Pegu (fea), Tharawaddy (Corbett). 

In one or two of the specimens before me the markings of the- 
elytra are very obscure and hardly traceable. 


366 CICINDELID#., 


146. Cicindela minuta, OI. 

Cicindela minuta, Olivier, Ent. 11, 1790, p. 31, pl. 2, fig. 13; Fabricius, 
Ent, Syst. i, 1792, p. 178. 

Cicindela baltimorensis, Herbst, Kafer, x, 1800, p. 180, pl. 172, 
Nes 2: 

Cicindela tremebunda, McLeay, Ann. Jav. 1825, p. 12. 

Cicindela pumila, Dejean, Spec. Col. ii, 1826, p. 425. 

Cicindela prinsept, Saunders, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, 1834, p. 65, 
pli iG dios wi. £ 

Cicindela acuminata, Kollar, Ann, Wien. Mus. i, 1836, p. 331. 


An obscure and insignificant-looking little species, of a dull 
clivaceous colour, with more or less distinct dull coppery re- 
flections (rarely entirely obscure coppery), especially on the head 
and pronotum; head finely striate inside the eyes, somewhat 
excavate and with the central part more or less raised, occiput and 
pronotum very finely sculptured, the latter at least as long as 
broad, with the sides almost straight, and with distinct white 
hairs at the sides; elytra dull, somewhat widened behind, finely 
and closely, but distinctly, granulate, with the markings of much 
the same character as in C. grammophora, but much narrower, and 
occasionally very obscure ; the light margin is interrupted behind 
the anterior crescent and before the posterior apical marking, the 
upper portion of which is distinctly produced and slightly clavate ; 
the central marking is in the shape of a broad inverted V, the 
inner portion being reflexed and clavate towards the suture; legs 
metallic; underside bright green, occasionally coppery, metallic, 
with the sides strongly pubescent; gen bare; trochanters 
metallic. 

Length 8-84 millim. 

SrkkiM: Darjiling; Benean: Calcutta, Chota Nagpur, Chapra, 
Dacca, Berhampur; Mapras: Pondicherry (Maindron); Burma: 
Tharawaddy; Iypo-Cuina; Matay ARCHIPELAGO; CHINA. 

Apparently an abundant species where it occurs. here is a 
very large series in the Indian Museum, labelled “ Calcutta,” 
showing very little variation. 


147. Cicindela nitida, Wied. 


Cicindela nitida, Wiedemann, Germ. Mag. Ent. iv, 1821, p. 117; 
Dejean, Spec. Col. 1, 1828, p. 91. 
Cicindela venosa, Kollar, Ann. Wien. Mus. i, 1836, p. 331, 


A very distinet and pretty species, which, together with 
C. ugnata, may be known from the three preceding species by 
having the whole of the margins of the elytra from the shoulder 
to the apex whitish testaceous, although much narrowed and 
almost broken before the posterior marking; of an obscure 
greenish colour with more or less distinct coppery reflections; 
labrum rather large, white ; head broad between the eyes, rather 
strongly striated, with a raised lme in the centre behind; occiput 
and pronotum very finely sculptured, the latter subquadrate with 


CICINDELA. 367 


distinct long hairs at the sides ; elytra much duller than the head 
and pronotum, finely and closely, but distinctly, punctured, apical 
portion cut off obliquely, spines at apical angles distinct; the 
markings are much more extended and wavy than in the preceding 
species, the central sinuate loop being continued down the suture 
until it almost meets the sutural extension of the apical marking, 
and the upper extension of the apical marking being also much 


aa 


Fig. 159.— Cicindela nitida, 


extended towards the middle of the elytra and not, or very slightly, 
clavate; the central marking is sometimes frayed at the sides; 
legs and underside bright metallic green or coppery green, the 
latter tomentose at the sides ; genx bare; trochanters metallic. 

Length 8-9 millim. 

Sino: Karachi (Bell) ; Sikkim: Kurseong, Darjiling; Buuran; 
Benga: Sara Ghat, Patna District, Calcutta, Maldah, Rajmahal, 
Asansol, Chota Nagpur; Mapras: Pondicherry, Ramnad ; BurMa: 
Pegu: CaAMBoptia. 

On sandy river banks (Westermann); this is another of the 
species that flies to light on the river steamers. 


148. Cicindela agnata, Fleut. 
Cicindela agnata, Fleutiaux, C. R. Soc. Ent. Belgique, 1890, p. 68. 


Larger than C. nitida, from which it is easily. distinguished by 
its brownish coppery colour, longer and narrower pronotum, red 
trochanters, and different elytral markings, which are however of 
much the same character ; labrum rather long, whitish testaceous, 
with a very distinct row of hairs on the anterior border; head 


368 GICINDELIDA. 


very finely striated inside the eyes; pronotum rather longer than 
broad, with the sides straight, very finely sculptured, with well- 
marked white hairs at the sides; elytra very finely sculptured, 
with the suture coppery, markings broader than in C. nitida, and 
all, as in that species, connected with the light margin, the central 
inverted V-shaped marking being less preduced behind and ending 
near the suture in a triangular club, and the posterior marking 


ee 


Fig. 160.—Cicindela agnata. 


having its upper process much broader and more curved ; legs and 
underside coppery green, the latter with very strong tomentose 
pubescence at the sides ; gene bare, trochanters red. 

Length 9-10 millim. 

Stkkim: Kurseong; Brneau: Balighai, near Puri, Orissa, 
Chota Nagpur, Asansol; Mapras: Ramnad, Pondicherry. 

Fleutiaux says that the female has a broader labrum with a 
black border in front, but in the only female I have seen the 
labrum is entirely whitish testaceous. The species appears to be 
most closely allied to the European species C. trisignata. 

«This species occurs not uncommonly on the sand dunes of the 
Orissa coast, but not on the sea-shore, which is monopolized by 
CO. biramosa to the exclusion of all other species. C. agnata is 
found in most localities, together with C. cancellata.” (Annandale. ) 


149. Cicindela sublacerata, Solsky, var. balucha, Bates. 


Cicindela sublacerata, Solsky, Col. Turk. 11, 1874, p. 3. 
Cicindela balucha, Bates, Cist. Ent. 1878, p. 332. 


C. sublacerata appears to be a somewhat widely spread Pala- 


CICINDELA, 369 


arctic species which has occurred in Turkestan and the Caucasus ; 
if is an oblong, subcylindrical species, of an obscure ereenish 
bronze colour, and the elytral markings are of much the same 
character as in the two preceding species, the margins also being 
continuously whitish testaceous. Dr. Horn appears to be right in 
treating C. balucha, Bates, as a subspecies or variety of this species. 
Bates compares it with C. chiloleuca, to which C. sublacerata is 
rather closely allied, but says it is much shorter and more obscurely 
coloured than that species. I have seen neither the type nor the 
variety, and append a translation of Bates’s description of his 
specimens :— 

‘“ Fuscous-purple, with the elytra subovate, narrowed towards 
the base, with a humeral and apical crescent (the latter with the 
anterior horn clavate) and a central fascia strongly bent and 
dilacerate, yellow (the fascia and the humeral crescent being 
connected by the margin); head with the forehead coarsely 
striate, and the occiput granulate, together with the pronotum 
furnished with scanty incumbent pubescence; labrum (in the 
female) roundly produced as in C. ehiloleuca, with the margin 
straight in the middle and with one tooth ; antenne with joints 
5-11, the trochanters and the tibice (except the apex) obscurely 
red ; ‘breast ereenish geneous.’ 

Length, 2, 8-84 millim. 

Batucutstan ; Kasumir: Skardo, 

The range of the species is very wide, according to Dr. Horn, 
embracing the Caucasus Mts., Armenia, Transcaspia, Turkestan 
(to Ferghana and the Pamirs), and North Persia to the frontiers 
of Baluchistan and Kashmir. 


GROUP 8, 


Moderate-sized species (12-15 mm., rarely smaller), with 
intricate markings; underside with all the sides, and the gene, 
thickly clothed with white tomentose pubescence; male occa- 
sionally with a fascia of long sete on the underside of the fourth 
joint of the antenne; sides of pronotum with long white hairs, 
which encroach on the dise. 


Key to the Species. 


I. Male with a fascia of sete on the 
underside of the fourth joint of the 
ANGE IIA COMPETE T, <n slot ovens Sa, 004 ales aes anguiuta, E., p. 370. 
II. Male without a fascia of sete on the 
underside of the fourth joint of the 
antennee. 
i. Ground-colour obscure dark bronze, 
with a more or less distinct greenish 
reflection; central markings of 
elytra large and well-marked, in 
the form of a sinuate inverted Vv. . sumatrensis, Herbst, p. 371. 
2B 


370 CICINDELID&. 


ii. Ground-colour of elytra a rich dark 
brown; central marking of elytra 
short, rather broad, and transverse, 
with a round spot just below its 
apex, not far from the suture .... cardoni, Fleut., p. 372. 


oe Cicindela angulata, /’. 


Cicindela angulata, pee Ent. Syst. Suppl. 1798, p62" 
Dejean, Spec. Col. i, 1825, p. 89; Schmidt-Goebel, Col. Faun. 
Birm. 1846, p. 4, pl. a fig. 8, 

Crcindela latipennis, Parry, “Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond. 1845, p. 84. 

Var. Cicindela plumigera, “Ww. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1892, 
p. 86. 


Longer and broader than C. sumatrensis, which it much 
resembles in colour and general 
inarkings and also in the pub- 
escence of the underside; the 
latter, however, is closer, coarser, 
and thicker, and the hairs in 
front of the white labrum are 
also thicker and more conspi- 
cuous; the markings of the 
elytra are similar, but on a 
larger scale, and the granu- 
lation of the upper surface is 
stronger; the metallic reflec- 
tion, also, is brighter. The 
chief distinction, however, lies 
in the fact that the male has, 
on the underside of the fourth 
joint of the antenne, a very 
distinct solid fascia or plume of 
thickly-set hairs which stand 
out for some distance from the 
antenne. The margins of the 
elytra in the female are some- 
times irregular and sinuate ; but 
this is not always the case, and 
Fig. 161.—Cicindela angulata, F., 18 more marked Im some speci- 
with portion of antenna of male. Wens than in others. 
Length 124-15 willim. 

Sind: Karachi; Sikkrm: Mungphu, Bankobeed Darjiling 
District ; Benaan: Calcutta, Maldah, Damukdia, Tetara, Dacca, 
Chota Nagpur, Asansol; Burma: Pegu; Hatnan; Anwam. 

Common on sandy river-banks (Westermann). This is another 
species that flies to light on the Ganges steamers (Annandale). 


Var. plumigera, Ji’. florn. 


Rather smaller and duller than the type-form, with shorter and 
more slender tarsi; forehead more finely striated between the 


CICINDELA. B71 


eyes; pronotum distinctly more contracted before the base, which 
makes it appear shorter and broader; markings of the elytra 
much the same, but sometimes not quite so much pronounced ; 
in the specimens I have seen, the colour is much darker and the 
white markings are more or less indistinct, but this may be due 
to external causes. 

Length 13-14 millim. 

Manbras: Trichinopoli, Mysore, Nilgiri Hills. 

in Mr. Nevinson’s collection there is a quite black variety 
without markings, a female specimen from Formosa, which 
Dr, Horn assigns to this species as var. devastata ; he possesses a 
dlack specimen in his own collection labelled “ Raniganj.” 


151. Cicindela sumatrensis, Hdst. 


Cicindela sumatrensis, Herbst, Kafer, x, 1800, p. 179, pl. 172, fig. 1. 
Cicindela catena, var. tertia, Thunberg, Nov. Ins, Spec. 1784, p. 26, 
fies, 41-43, 
Cicindela arcuata, Kollar, Ann. Wien. Mus. i, 1836, p. 330. 
Cicindela boyeri, Blanchard, Voy. Péle Sud, Ent. iv, 1853, p. 4, 
plat, tio. 2) 
Crcindela niponensis, Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 216. 
Crcindela renardt, Fleutiaux, C. R. Soc. Ent. Belgique, 1890, p. 69. 
Cicindela imperfecta, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1894, 
Dalia: 
Obscurely bronze, with a coppery or greenish reflection, some- 
times with the ground-colour almost 
black; labrum short, white, man- 
dibles very large, very little covered, 
white, with the apex metallic; 
clypeus and front of head without 
pubescence; head depressed slightly 
on each side near eyes and raised a 
little in the middle, very finely 
sculptured, without any pubescence 
on the upper side ; pronotum almost 
longer than broad, very finely sculp- 
tured, slightly rounded at the sides, 
\ with distinct pubescence on each 
side near margins; elytra muck 
broader than pronotum, widened 
behind in the female, finely granu- 
lose and shagreened throvghout, 
ground-colour dark brown or olive- 
green, with elaborate white or 
; \ testaceous markings; the white 
colour extends from the shoulders 
Fig. 162.—Cicindela sumatrensis. to the apex, with an interruption 
before the apical lunulate patch, 
there is a transverse extension towards suture at about the first 


third, a large inverted V-shaped or reversed S-shaped (when 
2B 2 


one CICINDELID”. 


the angle is more rounded) patch at middle extending backwards, 
and the apical patch is extended to meet this in a patch or line 
dilated at its upper extremity; legs metallic; underside metallic, 
with all the sides (including the gene) very thickly clothed with 
long white tomentose pubescence. 

Length 104-14 milli. 

CryLon (Horn); Mapras: Trivandrum, Travancore (Annan- 
dale), Mahé (Maindron); Bompay: Khandesh (Bell); Srp: 
Karachi (Bell); Brnean: Calcutta, Ranchi, Damukdia (R. 


Ganges), Maldah, Chota Nagpur; Nepat: Kumdhik, Maho, 


Nepal Terai (Hodgart); Burma: Bhamo, Teinzo (Fea), N. Chin 
Hills, Tharawaddy (Corbett), Tavoy, Pegu; Matay Prninsvutna : 
Perak, etc.; Sumatra; Borneo; Puruippine Istanps; Harnan; 
Catna; Formosa; JAPAN. 


Var. imperfecta, W. Horn. 


This variety differs from the typical form in being on the 


average smaller, and in having the white markings of the elytra 
much reduced and split up more or less into spots and patches ; 
the large central fascia is reduced to a narrow transverse line, and 
the margin is much interrupted. 

Length 104-11? millim. 

Bombay: North Kanara (Bell); Mysorn: Shimoga. 


Var. renardi, [’leut. 


According to M. Fleutiaux, this pretty variety, which rests on 
a unique example, differs from the type-form by its colour, which 
is bright bluish green above and bright blue on its underside; the 
legs are bright blue with a greenish reflection. It is of the same 
size, apparently, as the typical form. 

Breneat: Chota Nagpur, Asansol; Assam. 


152. Cicindela cardoni, Fleut. 


Cicindela cardom, Fleutiaux, C. R. Soc. Ent. Belgique, 1890, 
p. 169. 


Upper surface of a rich dark brown colour, with more or less 
distinct metallic reflections in parts, the base of the antenne, 
the scutellum, and the base and suture of the elytra being 
usually bright coppery or greenish; labrum short, white; man- 
dibles white at base, brilliantly metallic in the centre, black at 
apex; scutellum and front of head without pubescence, space 
between the eyes finely striated at the sides; pronotum almost 
quadrate, with the sides straight, finely and asperately punctured, 
dull, with rather thick and long pubescence at the sides ; elytra 
with the upper surface granulose, the white margin extending 
from shoulder to apex, with an interruption a little before apex ; 
there is a crescent-shaped spot at the shouider, a short transverse 
band (jagged posteriorly) at about the middle, followed by a 


CICINDELA, Die 


distinct, though not large, spot a little behind it near the suture ; 
at the apex is a lunulate band, dilated inwards at each end; 
the plan of the markings is evidently the same as in the two 
preceding species, but they are abbreviated and broken; legs 


x 
\ 
VA J 
VA p 
W N VA v4 


ie 


A 


Fig. 163.— Cicindela cardoni, 


metallic, femora mostly coppery; underside golden green and 
coppery, with the sides throughout furnished with thick and long 
white pubescence. 

Length 12-134 millim. 

Ceyton: Chilaw (/. E£. Green); Mapras: Pondicherry (Main- 
dron), Mysore; BompBay: Kanara (Bell); BenGau: Chota Nagpur, 
Asansol and Nowatoli (Cardon) ; StkKiM; BuRMA. 


(GROUP 9. 


Two closely allied species belong to this group; they are 
extremely variable in colour and markings, and have a very 
wide range in both Southern Europe and Asia. The underside, 
except in the middle, is clothed with not very thick pubescence, 
which is also present on the gene; the clypeus is scantily 
pubescent, and the sides of the thorax are furnished with white 
sete. 


Key to the Species, 


[be ADESWASIE TVG) e¥aeNP : c,15 2, ae ae cera ars eae aulica, De}., p. 373. 
Mie Warsi SHOnbety taps we 5 << b- 2 «ose rake Daur nt are ac lunulata, F., p. 375. 


( 
O14 CICINDELID A. 


153. Cicindela aulica, De). 


Cieindela aulica, Dejean, Spec. Col. v, 1831, p. 214; W. Horn, 
Mon. Pal. Cie. 1891, p. 155, pl. 6, fig. 4; id., Deutsche Ent. 
Zeitschr. 1891, p. 332. 


Very variable in colour; upper surface entirely brown, greenish 
blue, blue, or more or less 
dark coppery, or with the 
elytra dark olivaceous or 
almost black, with the sutural 
and basal parts and the head 
and pronotum coppery ; each 
elytron has, when fully 
marked, a crescent - shaped 
spot at the shoulder, another 
lateral one at the middle, and 
a third at the apex, and two 
round white spots on the 
disc, one just at the middle 
and one nearer suture behind 
this; the lunulate lateral 
and apical patches are often 
divided, thus forming eight 
spots on each elytron; occa- 
sionally the central spots are 
confluent with the upper 


\ branch of the central cres- 
A \ cent; labrum white; jaws 
Fie. 164.—Cicindela aulica. large, dark, with a white 


patch at base; clypeus with 
scanty, but distinct, pubescence; head rather strongly striated ; 
pronotum almost quadrate, but somewhat variable, being longer 
and narrower in some varieties than in others, very finely sculp- 
tured ; elytra rather strongly punctured towards base, with larger 
punctures intermingled, smooth behind, with an impression inside 
the shoulders, and with the sutural region before base raised 
into a distinct hump-like prominence; legs metallic; underside 
metallic, shining; sides of the whole body, including gene, clothed 
not very thickly with whitish pubescence. 

Length 124-14 millim. 

Sinp: Karachi; PERSIA; ARABIA; SOMALILAND; BENGUELA ; 
SENEGAL; ABYssINIA; Eeypr; Cape VERDE ISLANDS ; GREECE ; 
St. VINCENT. 

Dr. W. Horn has kindly sent me the above list of localities for 
this widely distributed species. 

A considerable number of examples have been taken at 


Karachi by Mr. Bell. 


CICINDELA. Le 


M. Maindron (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1899, p. 380), in speaking 
of this species, says that it was discovered originally in Senegal 
and has a very extended distribution in an oblique line from the 
north-east to the south-west. It is very common at Karachi, on 
the sands of the coast of the peninsula of Kiarnari, where they are 
rich in clay. The examples there captured are of small size, 
usually of a reddish-coppery colour, like those he took at Obock 
and Jibouti (French Somaliland) in 1893. Many are greenish, and 
some (and these the most rare) are completely green. All the 
transitions between the coppery type and the varieties are found 
at Karachi. These Indian specimens are always more slender, 
smaller, and more brightly coloured than those from Senegal and 
Tunis ; they have always an inclination towards the greenish tint, 
whereas those from Obock are usually entirely reddish coppery. 
At Jibouti, and especially at Obock, M. Maindron has observed 
that C. aulica frequents places where the mud and sediment 
of fresh water meets the salt sands. 

An entirely blue variety (both upper and under side), with the 
sutural angles of the elytra less drawn in, occurs in Persia, and 
has been named var. deania by Tschitscherine (Hore Ross. xxxvi, 
1903, p. 11). The thorax is said to be shorter, with the sides less 
rounded; but this 1s a very variable character in the species. 
I have three specimens of C. aulica from Karachi—one of which 
has the thorax distinctly longer than broad and almost parallel- 
sided; another has the thorax plainly broader, about as long 
as broad, with the sides slightly rounded; while the third is 
intermediate. In the description the var. diania is said to be an 
inland insect; but it has recently been found on the Persian 
Gulf, and very likely it occurs in India. 


154. Cicindela lunulata, /” 


Cicindela lanulata, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. i, 1781, p. 284. 
Var. Crcindela nemoralis, Olivier, Ent. 11, 33, 1790, p. 13, pl. 3, 
fie. 36. 


This, like C. aulica, is a very variable and very widely dis- 
tributed species. It appears to differ mainly in the shorter tarsi 
and the shape of the male organ; this is much straighter in 
OC. aulica, and mueh more curved and produced in C. lunulata ; 
the elytra are somewhat less convex in C. lunulata, and the first 
joint of the antenne is usually plainly stouter. The type-form 
is black; greenish or bronze specimens must be referred to the 
var. nemoralis, Ol. The elytral spots are much as in C. auiica, 
but appear to be more variable and are sometimes confined to the 
margin or almost disappear altogether. 

Length 10-16 millim. 

The type-form has occurred in the Nushki- District, North 
Baluchistan, and the variety on the Perso-Baluch Frontier or 
Seistan. 


376 CICINDELID, 


The range is very wide, including the South of Spain, Morocco, 
Corsica and Sardinia, Sicily, Greece, Hungary, Germany, Silesia, 
Suez, and nearly all Central Asia to North China. 


Group 10. 


Sides of pronotum clothed with pubescence, which imvades 
more or less of the disc; underside (except in the centre) and 
the gene clothed with thick or very thick and long projecting 
pubescence; clypeus, at least at the sides, and the inferior 
internal margins of the eyes, pubescent. Length 10-14 mm. 


Key to the Species. 


I. Colour bright green ; pubescence of the pro- 
notum much shorter and more tomentose, 
and more projecting at the sides........ chloris, Hope, p. 376. 
I]. Colour brown or dull green; pubescence of 
the pronotum thinner and less tomentose, 
and less projecting at the sides.......... Sunerea, McL., p. 377. 


155. Cicindela chloris, frope. 


Cicindela chloris, Wope, Gray's Zool. Miscell. 1831, p. 21. 
Cicindela ee Redtenbacher, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv, 2, 1848, 
p. 497, pl. 23, tig. 1. 


A bright green species; labrum testaceous; mandibles green, 
testaceous at base; clypeus 
and head at base of antenne 
thickly pubescent; head striate 
between eyes, with a few white 
hairs on the surface, which are 
often rubbed off; pronotum 
green, with the sides and de- 
pressions blue or violaceous, 
slightly transverse, finely ru- 
gose, with thick and coarse 
pubescence at the sides; 
elytra much broader than 
pronotum, dull, granulose and 
shagreened throughout, with 
traces of two impressions on 
each between shoulder and 
suture, wider in the female 
than .in the male, and less 
abruptly narrowed before 
apex, with the sutural angle 
7 much more strongly pro- 
Fig. 165.—Cicindela chloris. duced; disc and_ shoulders 
immaculate; at the margin 

about the middle there are two white spots joined by a thin line, 
very rarely broken, and before the apex a more or less comma-shaped 


CICINDELA, Ott 


spot; legs metallic; underside green and violaceous, with the 
whole of the sides of the abdomen, the episterna and the genx 
thickly clothed with long white coarse pubescence. 

Length 113-12 millim. 

KasumMirn: Gilgit; Sikkim: Rungpo (Hodgart); NEPAL: 
Soondrijal, Benikhola, Kumdhik, Ghurwal District, Hathikund, 
and Jumnagwar; Unirep Provinces: Naini Tal District, 
Jalaban, Kumaon (Ammangarh and Patair). 

Type in the British Museum ; that of himaleyica in the Vienna 
Museum. 

There is considerable confusion as to this insect,as Hope’s type 
(so labelled) in the Oxford Museum is plainly C. funerea or one of 
its varieties. whereas the type in the British Museum, which 
Mr. Arrow tells me is the real type (from the Hardwicke col- 
lection), is the insect described above. 


156. Cicindela funerea, WcL. 


Cicindela funerea, McLeay, Ann. Jav. 1825, p. 12. 
Cicindela marginepunctata. Dejean, Spec. Col. 11, 1826, p. 428. 
Cicindela assimilis, Nope, Gray’s Zool. Miscell. 1831, p. 21. 


Allied to C. chloris, but usually of a dull greenish bronze or 
ereenish colour, or coppery brown with slight metallic reflections 
on the front parts, and with the sculpture of the elytra finer ; the 
general form is rather broader and more robust, and the markings 
on the elytra are different ; at the shoulders there is a distinct 
spot, which is wanting in the typical C. chloris, a transverse 
sma]] marking in the middle and a longitudinal one behind this, 
both touching the margins and never joined, and a long lunulate 
patch reaching the apex ; these vary in size, and occasionally there 
is one spot only before the apical lunule; the pubescence of the 
elypeus is only shght, and that of the underside is less thick and 
tomentose ; underside mostly violaceous. 

Length 12-14 millim. 

Mapras: Mysore; BomBay: Poona; W. Benga: Barway ; 
PunsaB: Simla; Nepan; Srxxim: Mungphu, Sukna, Pankabari, 
Kurseong; Assam: Sibsagar, Sylhet; Burma: Tharawaddy, 
Allanmyo (Corbett), Teinzo, Pegu; TENASSERIM; PERAK; JAVA; 
Inpo-Cuina ; HAInAN; CELEBES. 

The brown variety is the C. assimilis of Hope, according to 
Hope’s type in the Oxford Museum, which, however, is in very 
bad, condition. According to the types in the British Museum, 
which I am informed are the real types, both C. funerea and 
C. assimilis are brown insects, C. funerea having one small spot 
at the sides, besides the humeral spot and apical lunule, and 
C’. assimilis two spots at the sides. I have examined a long series, 
and I believe that the brown and green varieties can be only 
separated on their colour, as the spots are variable. C. opigrapha, 
Dej., from Java, is apparently the same species, only with more 


378 CICINDELID ©. 


markings at the sides. Horn considers this and another variety 
(ivultinotata, Schm.) as subspecies, but they only differ from the 
type in the spots; in both there are more spots, and in the 
var. opigrapha they are differently shaped from what they are 
in var. multinotata; neither of these, however, occurs in our 
region. 

The species is mainly, if not entirely, confined to jungle. 


Group 11. 


This group contains only one species, a dark insect (10-11 mm. 
in length) with small white spots on the elytra; it is closely allied to 
the preceding, and differs in having the whole upper surface of the 
pronotum in fresh specimens covered with more or less distinct 
hairs. I at first included it under Group 10, but have followed 
Dr. Horn in separating it. 


Cicindela albopunctata, Chaud. 


Cicindela albopunctata, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1852, p. 10. 
Cicindela olivia, Bates, Cist. Ent. 1878, p. 330. : 


Dark, with a slight metallic reflection, sometimes slightly oliva- 
ceous, dull; labrum comparatively short, whitish, maxillary palpi 
metallic, labial palpi testaceous, with the apex dark; clypeus 
pubescent at the sides; head very finely sculptured, the striz 
between the eyes being scarcely apparent, except under a 
fairly strong lens; pronotum not transverse, with the sides 
almost parallel, and the whole upper surface more or less 
pubescent in fresh specimens, the under surface and the gen 
with long thick white pubescence, very finely sculptured, central 
line scarcely marked; elytra much broader at base than the 
pronotum, broadly depressed just inside the shoulders, widened 
behind, plainly granulose throughout, with a crescent-shaped 
spot at shoulders and three other markings on each touching 
the margin, the apical one consisting of two prominences joined 
by a line; on the dise of each elytron are two nearly round 
small spots, one before and one behind the middle ; legs metallic; 
underside, except in the middle, clothed throughout with dense 
white pubescence. 

Length 10-11 millim. 

PunsaB: Simla (teste Chaudoir), Kangra Valley (Dudgeon) ; 
Unitep Provinces: Mussoori, Moradabad, Chamusuri (teste 
Bates); Nepau; Sixxim: Kurseong (Bretandeau), Darjiling, 
Munephu, Ghoom ; Buuray. 


CICINDELA. 3U9 


Grovr 12. 


Brightly coloured species, of moderate size (14-15 mm., rarely 
smaller), forming a transition to the old genus Calochr om; sides 
of pronotum with a few very fugitive sete ; under surface with 
the sides not thickly pubescent ; centre of the episterna of the 
metasternum almost bare; gene with a few scattered hairs. 


Key to the Species. 


I, Pronotum a little shorter, with the sides 
straighter, coppery, with the margins 
green, blue, and violaceous; elytra dull, 
olive- -green, with the suture coppery, 
and with the spots smaller and more 
numerous, finely but distinctly sculp- 
(HUSRECCL AERA IS ee Ds Mn NMA a ea intermedia, Chaud., p. 879. 
II. Provotum a little longer, with the sides 
slightly narrowed before base, bright 
metallic green, with the central line 
and margins blue and violaceous ; 
elytra dark blue or greenish, with the 
suture brilliant blue or green, and 
’ with three conspicuous spots only on 
each, besides the small humeral spot; 
sculpture scarcely traceable ........ oberthurt, Fleut., p. 580. 


158. Cicindela intermedia, Chaud. 
Cicindela intermedia, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1852, p. 6. 


A moderate-sized species; labrum testaceous, with the margins 
dark, rather short, mandibles testaceous with black tip ; maxilla wy 
palpi metallic, labial palpi testaceous with dark apex ; head and 
pronotum bright metallic, but not very shiny, green, violaceous or 
coppery, variable ; head rather strongly striate between the eyes ; 
pronotum very slightly transverse, with the sides straight, 
vradually and feebly narrowed to base, with the basal prominences 
well marked and with distinct pubescence at the sides ; scutellum 
bright blue or green ; elytra much broader than pronotum, with 
the sides shghtly rounded, sutural angle with a distinct spine in 
the female, upper surface finely shagreened, dull olivaceous green 
or bluish green, with the suture and extreme base coppery, and 
the apex and external margins metallic green or blue; there is a 
white spot at the shoulders, which are well marked, and four 
others on each elytron, three in a longitudinal row near the 
margin, and a small one just behind the middle one and near 
the suture; the two latter are rarely joined; underside shining 
green and violaceous, and the sides, including the sides of the 
episterna of the metasternum, not thickly pubescent ; femora 
metallic, tibiz and tarsi dark; gen with a few white hairs. 

Length 14-15 millim. 

Kasumir: Jhelam Valley (Bell); Punsap; Assam. 


380 CICINDELID-E. 


159. Cicindela oberthuri, /evt. 


Cicindela oberthuri, Fleutiaux, Bull. Soe. Ent. France, 1898, 
p-\ceeXvi. 


Labrum testaceous, with dark margins; head blue or green, 
strongly striated between 
the eyes; pronotum — sub- 
quadrate, slightly narrowed 
to the base, with fine rugose 
sculpture, bright green, with 
the central line and margins 
blue and_ violaceous, sides 
with very scanty pubescence ; 
elytra more parallel-sided in 
the male than in the female, 
dull, dark blue or greenish, 
with the suture, and mere or 
less of the base and apex, 
shining blue or green; there 
is a small round white spot 
at the shoulder and three on 
the disc, one behind the 
other, the basal or apical 


y, ones being more or less 

ff 
xO round and the central one 
oblique and irregular; legs 
Fig. 166.-—Cicindela oberthuri. brightly metallic underside 


with distinct but scanty 
pubescence at the sides, the episterna of the metasternum being 
pubescent on the upper part and at the sides, and the gen 
being furnished with a few white hairs. 

Length 138-15 millim. 

Benes; SrkKiM: Munephu, Kurseong. 

This species at first sight looks like a blue variety of C. auru- 
lenta, with which it has much in common; the pubescence, 
however, of the episterna of the metasternum and of the gene 
will serve to distinguish it. I found a single specimen in the 
Indian Museum collection mixed with the var. flavovittata of 
C. aurulenta. 


(FROUP 13. 


Large or moderately large, more or less brilliantly coloured, 
conspicuous species; sides of the pronotum practically without 
pubescence or sete except at the posterior angles ; underside with 
thick pubescence at the sides; episterna of metasternum scantily 
pilose or almost bare; gene very scantily pubescent or almost 
or quite bare. 


Key to the Species. 


I. Length 20-25 mm. ; spots on elytra very 
large and! Conspicuous {see eee octonotata, Wied., p. 381. 


ULCINDELA. Bev | 


II. Length 15-18 mm.; spots on elytra less 
conspicuous. 
1. Pronotum subquadrate, slightly nar- 
rowed towards base; central discoidal 
markings straight and linear, reacli- 
ine almost from the margin to the 
suture, anterior discoidal” spot very 
small, ‘if present, much smaller than 
the apical SWOtmwiwagieelen . duponti, Dej., p. 382. 
», Pronotum almost square, with the sides 
straight ; central discoidal markings 
broader towards margin than towar ds 
suture, anterior discoidal spot rather 
large, about the same size as the 
PION CEH |S) SOLU querer oie en Pecan re aurulenta, F., p, 385. 


160. Cicindela octonotata, |Ved. 


Cicindela octonotata, Wiedemann, Zool. Mag. i, 3, 1819, p. 168; 
Dejean, Spec. Col. 1, 1825, p. 45. 


A very large and beautiful species, one of the most brilliantly 
coloured of the genus. Labrum testaceous, with the base dark, 
mandibles testaceous with the apical part more or less dark, 
clypeus metallic blue or green; head and pronotum coppery, 
golden, blue and green, the former depressed and striated between 
ans eyes, the depression being furnished with two short and broad 
violaceous stripes in front, the margins being of the same colour, 
sides without pubescence ; pronotum almost quadrate, parallel- 
sided, blue or green in the centre, then coppery, sides and 
depressions blue or ereen; elytra deep velvety blue, with the 
suture, sides and apex, and a spot at suture in front of middle, 
brilliant green, and the extreme base coppery red and green ; there 
is a large yellow spot at the shoulders. and three other large ones on 
each side (so that the elytra appear to be barred with yellow and 
blue), one behind shoulders and one at apex, round, and a central 
one, which is sometimes irregularly transverse and sometimes 
contracted in the middle; femora brilliantly metallic, tibize and 
tarsi cyaneous or violaceous; underside blue and green with the 
centre sometimes coppery, with thick pubescence at tne sides, the 
episterna of the metasternum being scantily pilose ; the gene are 
bare, except for a few scanty hairs near their inner margins. 

Length 20-25 millim. 

PoungaB: Simla; Unrrep Provinces: Agra; Bencan: Dacca, 
Asansol, Maldah, Pusa, Murshidabad, Ganges R.; Sixxim: Panka- 
bari; Assam: Lushai Hills, Sibsagar, Sylhet, Khasi Hills, N. 
Manipur; Burma: N. Chin Hills, Tharawaddy and Jamayi 
(Corbett), Peou. 

Apparently plentiful where it occurs, and widely distributed in 
Northern India, Assam, and Burma. On the stony river-beds of the 
Sunkas, Raidak, etc.,in North Assam (Stebbing). On the argilla- 
ceous banks of the Ganges River ( Westermann). On sandy banks 
of a jungle stream at the base of the E. Himalayas (Annandale), 


382 CICINDELID&. 


161. Cicindela duponti, De). 


Cicindela duponti, Dejean, Spec. Col. 11, 1826, p. 419. 
Cicindela barmanica, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genova, 1893, p. 560. 


A rather large and conspicuous species. Labrum dark, with 
testaceous patches; head metallic green, with the sides of the 
depressed portion between the eyes, and two short longitudinal 
bands at the base, violaceous, striation well-marked ; pronotum 
green, with the centre, sides, and anterior and posterior depressions 
violaceous, subquadrate, very slightly narrowed towards the base, 
finely sculptured, without pubescence on the upper surface; elytra 


Fig. 167.—Cicindela duponti. 


velvety, dark, with the suture, sides, and a common band or patch 
at or about the anterior third, green, or more or less blue, but the 
colour and pattern vary; on each there are two small, more or 
less transverse, white markings, one just behind the middle, and 
one nearer the apex, and besides these a small spot is often present 
at about the basal third near the suture; the sculpture is fine; 
legs brilliant blue, green or violaceous; underside of the same 
colour, with the sides of the body pubescent, the pubescence being 
very scanty on the gene, the episterna of the metasternum, and 
the apical segment of the abdomen, and apparently easily 


rubbed off. 


eo 
CO 
Ww 


CICINDELA. 


Length 16-18 millim, 

Mapras: Mahé, Trivandrum, Mysore; Bompay: Kanara; 
BuencaL; Chota Nagpur, Dacca; Assam: Ichasi Hills (Shillong, 
Cherra Poonji, Nonpriang, Maupun), Patkai Hills; BurMa: 
Arakan, North Chin Hiils, Pegu; Penane ; Cocnin CuHina. 

This species at first sight resembles C. chinensis, but is smaller 
and proportionately narrower, and the colour and markings are 
different, the latter being on a smaller scale. 


Var. barmanica, Gestro. 


This variety at first sight looks more like C. aurulenta than 
C. duponti, but the elytral markings are those of C. duponti, and 
the sides of the pronotum are a little straighter, as in the last- 
named species. The green colour throughout is replaced by 
golden coppery, which is Sane ader and eerende all round the sides 
and broadly down the suture; the femora are brilliant coppery 
green and blue; the pubescence on the underside is the same :s 
in the type- form. 

Mapras: Nilgiri Hills (2. £. <Andrewes); Assam: Sylhet, 
North Manipur; Burma : Karen Hills (ea), Tharawaddy (Corbett), 
Peou (fea). 

“This variety occurs occasionally everywhere with the priority- 
form, more frequently in the eastern localities ”” (Horn). 


(, chinensis, De Geer, has been recorded from Simla; but this is 
most probably incorrect. No history is attached to ies two speci- 
mens which are in the Indian Museum. 


2. Cicindela aurulenta, /. 


Cicindela aurulenta, Fabricius, Syst. El. 1, 1801, p. 239; Dejean, 
Spec. Col. 1, 1825, p. 46. 

Cicindela flavomaculata, Chevrolat, Rev. Zool. 1845, p. 98. 

Cicindela virgula, Fieutiaux, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1893, p. 491. 


A rather large and variable species. Labrum testaceous, with 
the margins and centre dark; head plainly striate between the 
eyes and finely rugose transversely, metallic green, blue and 
coppery, the sides and two longitudinal short bands at the base 
being usually blue; provotum almost square, with the sides 
straight, the centre, sides and depressions green and blue and the 
rest brilliant coppery, sides with scanty pubescence ; elytra con- 
siderably broader than the pronotum, dark blue, dull and velvety, 
with the suture rather broadly coppery and the apex and extreme 
margins metallic, usually green or blue; there is a whitish spot 
at the shoulder and three others on each elytron, the front and 
hind ones being more or less round, but varying in size, and the 
central one varying from a large, transverse or almost round patch 
to a mere line ; femora metallie, variegated ; tibia, tarsi, and first 


384 CICINDELID”. 


four joints of antenne cyaneous; underside brilliant metallic, usually 
green or violaceous, with the sterna and sides pubescent, the epi- 
sterna of the metasternum being very scantily pubescent and often 
almost bare; the gene are bare. 

Length 15-18 millim. 

Cryton; Beneat: Chota Nagpur; Srkxim: Mungphu; 
Burma: Karen Hills, Tavoy, Tenasserim, Pegu; Matay Penin- 
SULA: Singapore; Sumatra; Java; Bornzo: Sarawak; Nias ; 
Bancay Istanp ; Campopia; Stam; South Curna; Formosa. 

‘In the eastern Siamese Malay States this is a very common 
species, occurring at an altitude of 3000 feet, but being more 
abundant in the plains. Itis not a maritime species, but frequents 
open plains, preferably of a sandy nature, where vegetation is 
scanty.” (Annandale. ) 


Var. virgula, Pleut. 


This variety has the elytral spots smaller and the central one 
more or less comma-shaped, the tail of the comma turning towards 
the apex. 

NortH Bexcan; Nepan; Sikkim: Rungpo (Hodgart), Kur- 
seong, Mungphu, Darjiling district; Buuran: Buxa, frontier of 
E. Bengal; Assam: Sylhet, Sibsagar, Naga Hills; Burma : 
‘Teinzo; Cuina: Hong-Kong, Shanghai. 


Var. flavomaculata, Chev. 


This variety has the spots much larger and rounder, covering a 
great part of the elytra; at first sight it appears quite a different 
insect from the var. virgula. 

Sikkim: Mungphu; Burma, Pegu; TENassrrim; TOoNKIN ; 
Cuina: Macao, Hong-Kong. 

Occasionally the coppery colour in C’.. aurulenta is replaced by 
ereen, and the general colour may be blackish green with green 
metallic markings. 


Group 14. 


Moderately large species (183-15 mm.); sides of pronotum 
without sete ; aerate almost bare, smooth, and shining. 


Key to the Species. 


TI. Unicolorous bright green (rarely blue), shin- 

ing, with a very small white ‘spot on each 

elytron at about the middle: | ..2.ae- whithilli, Hope, p. 385. 
II. Elytra very dark blue, dull, with a regular 

longitudinal row of three spots on each: sexpunctata, F., p. 385. 


CICINDELA. 385 


163. Cicindela whithilli, Hope. 
Cicindela whithilli, Hope, Col. Man. ii, 1838, p. 23. 


Variable both in size and colour; usually green, with the front 
parts green or blue, but the colour varies from bright blue te 
almost dull black; labrum metallic at sides, dark in the centre; 
head very finely sculptured ; pronotum almost quadrate with the 
sides straight, finely transversely rugose in the centre, asperate 
at the sides, basal depression deep, sides without pubescence ; 
elytra more or less dull, with the suture and sides brilliant green, 
immaculate, with the exception of a minute white spot on each 
just at the middle, upper surface finely shagreened, smooth on 
disc before the apex; legs and base of antenne metallic; the 
female is larger than the male and has the elytra wider ; underside 
brilliant metallic green, practically bare; sides of abdomen with 
very scanty pubescence. 

Length 134-18 millim. 

Mapras: Travancore, Anaimalai Hills and Nilgimi Hills (Z. Z. 

Andrewes), Utakamand, Mahé (Maindron); BomBay: Wynaad,, 
Kanara (Bell), Belgaum and Khanapur (H. £. Andrewes), Poona ; 
Burma: Tharawaddy (Corbett). 

Mr. Bell says, ‘‘ found in paddyfields round Haligal with C. sex- 
punctata in the June rains, the latter being much more numerous, 
in the proportion of ten to one.” Mr. Leslie Andrewes says,. 
‘ Anaimalais, May, 3000-4000 feet; flyimg and running on 
sandy road. WNilgiris, May and June, 3500-6000 feet ; on dusty 
roads.” 

‘‘Mr. Bell found this species only in one or two parts of 
Southern Bombay, near the rivers: the insects ‘just jostled one 
another ’ sitting carpeting the ground in patches, among them a 
few of other species.” (Horn.) 


164. Cicindela sexpunctata, sie 


lo Madind 9 


Cicindela sexpunctata, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. 1775, p. 226; Dejean, 
Spec. Col. 1, 1825, p. 47. 
Calochroma sexpunctata, Motschulsky, Etud. Ent. xi, 1862, p. 22. 


A moderate-sized, dark velvety species. Labrum short, more 
or less dark, mandibles mostly uncovered, metallic or dark, light 
at base; head and pronotum with very obscure metallic reflections, 
blue or green at the sides, the former often with two longitudinal 
metallic stripes below the eyes, very finely sculptured, the striation 
being extremely fine; pronotum quadrangular, with the impres- 
sions and central line distinct, and with a bright metallic callosity 
at each end of the basal one, quite bare at the sides, extremely 
finely transversely striated; elytra with the sides somewhat 
rounded, velvety, with the sides and suture narrowly bright green 
or blue, very finely shagreened, with three white or yellowish 
spots on each of about the same size, arranged in a line, at 

20 


386 CICINDELID”. 


regular intervals, the first and third at about equal distances 
from the base and apex, and the second about the middle; these 
vary in size collectively to a certain extent, but not in the same 
individual ; femora metallic, green or violet, tibie and tarsi more 
or less pitchy ; underside bright green or violaceous, sides of abdo- 
men with scanty pubescence; episterna of metasternum bare, 
except at the inner apical corner. | 

Length 133-16 millim. 

Cryton; Mapras: Bangalore; Bombay; Poona; BenGat: Cal- 
cutta, Sunderbunds, Bosondhar, Berhampur, Birbhum, Raniganj, 
Damukdia, Purneah, Maldah, Behar, Alipur, Sara Ghat, Chota 
Nagpur, &c.; KasHmirn; Sikkim: Mungphu; Burma: Rangoon, 
Pegu, Sittaung River; Sram; ANDAMAN IsLanDs; CAMBODIA ; 
ANNAM; CHINA; Formosa ; PHILIPPINE IstANDS ; SENEGAL. 

There is a specimen in the Calcutta Museum sent by the 
subdivisional officer of Diamond Harbour, Hugli River, labelled 
‘‘ Sansi insects, said to eat the stems of plants,” but as a matter 
of fact, it is a beneficial insect, destroying the ‘ rice-sapper ” 
(Leptocorisa acuta) which is a destructive pest in the rice-fields. 

The occurrence of the insect in Senegal is very remarkable. 


GRouP 15. 


Closely allied to the preceding group, but with distinct sete at 
the sides of the pronotum, and with the pubescence of the under- 
side rather more pronounced. One species only, 


165. Cicindela aurovittata, Brul. 


Cicindela aurovittata, Brullé, Arch. Mus. Paris, i, 1838, p. 127, 
pl. 8, fig. 3. 


This has been regarded as a variety of C. secpunctata, which it 
closely resembles in general appearance, and it is possible that 
it may be only a local race of that species, although it seems to be 
distinct ; 1t may be known by the coppery colour of the suture, 
and the broader, green and coppery sides of the pronotum and 
the elytra; the best distinguishing character, however, lies in the 
sete on the sides of the pronotum, and the comparatively strong 
sculpture of the metallic margins of the elytra; the head and 
pronotum, too, are more evidently, though very finely, sculptured, 
and the latter is longer; the general form is a little more slender 
but in this respect C. sewpunctata is somewhat variable. 

Length 12-14 millim. 

Mapras: Pondicherry ; Cayton (Horn); ANDAMAN ISLANDS; 
Nicospar Istanps; Burma: Rangoon; PHiLipprne Istanps. 

The species has been recorded from Central Japan, but 
Dr. Horn considers this locality to be very doubtful. 


CICINDELA. 387 


I have examined a large number of C. sevpunctata, and the 
pubescence on the sides of the pronotum is always absent. I 
have seen one apparently fresh specimen of C. aurovittata, with no 
pubescence either on the pronotum or abdomen, but it probably 
has been rubbed off; the pubescence on the former is present 
in all the other examples I have seen. 


GrouP 16. 


This isa very difficult group to define, and is, as here constituted, 
made up of three groups which have been separated by Dr. Horn, 
chiefly on the presence or absence of sete on the sides of the pro- 
notum ; these, however, are in several cases scanty and fugitive, 
and hence confusion has already arisen, more especially as some 
of the species are very rare, and a series is necessary for the 
definition of the characters depending on pubescence. The 
O. mouhott group with the various varieties and subspecies is 
especially ditticult, some of the species having sete present and 
others being entirely without them. I have thought it best there- 
fore to throw them all together and to draw up a table resting 
chiefly on the differences in the markings, which are very constant ; 
the pubescence of the underside is more or less scanty on the 
sides of the abdomen, and the episterna are bare, at least at the 
sides, and usually almost entirely bare; the gene are also bare; 
the species, as a rule, are parallel-sided, with the pronotum sub- 
quadrate, and the elytra oblong with well-marked shoulders. 

lL have omitted from the following table C. laure, Gestro (p. 394), 
which I have not seen (it appears to be near C. mouhoti, from which 
it nay be known by its longer and narrower pronotum), and C. tri- 
toma, Schm.-Goeb. (p. 394), which I cannot identify with certainty ; 
it is quite distinct from the C. tritoma of Gestro, which is 
‘synonymous with C. goebeli, W. Horn, which Dr. Horn now 
regards as a subspecies of mouhoti?. Dr. Horn places C. tritoma, 
Schm.-Goeb., in a section distinguished by having no sete at the 
‘sides of the pronotum, but in two specimens in the Calcutta 
Museum labelled C. tritoma, these sete are very distinct; these 
ought perhaps to be referred to C. marie, and, if so, I have not 
‘seen a typical C. tritoma. 

Dr. Horn has been most kind in helping me with this difficult 
section by sending me several of his unique types, and examples 
of rare species. 


Key to the Species. 


I. Pronotum longer than broad, subeylindrical, 
without setze at the sides, and with the 
depressions in front and behind not 
strongly marked. 
i, Elytra with a regular yellow longitudinal 
band extending from the base nearly to 
the apex 5 form narrower ; pronotum [ p. 390. 
MOINS O TE sce tsa tol se ties ahs Sa oy ete «8's hamiltoniana, Thoms., 
202 


388 CICINDELID &. 


ii, Elytra with a longitudinal patch on each 
side of the scutelluin, followed by three 
spots one behind the other, the markings 
being sometimes reduced to narrow 
lines or linear patches (var. dacrymans, 
Schaum); form broader; pronotum 
slorbere ie fc vec ote ance eee 

II. Pronotum subquadrate, at most as long as 
broad. - 

i. Abdomen with the apex metallic or dark. 

1, Elytra with a longitudinal yellow 
band on each reaching beyond 
middle. 

A. Labrum testaceous with dark mar- 
gins; elytra rather bright green 
with the markings more linear and 
TO OUUAR: Ve he tenat ce eea ae einer ee 

B. Labrum almost entirely dark ; ely- 
tra almost black with the markings 
broader and irregular .......... 

2. Elytra with an oblique or crescent- 
shaped or sinuate yellow patch pro- 
ceeding from the shoulders, or from 
the neighbourhood of the scutellum, 
and not reaching the middle; humeral 
spot often present. 

A. Elytra with two oblique linear 
patches on each in front, one at 
base and one in the middle, roughly 
forming an X with separated arms, 
and with a straight longitudinal 
patch boone pex 22 ah on Geis 

B. Elytra with a sinuate patch at base, 
followed by two spots, one at mid- 
dle and one larger or smaller before 
apex. 

a. Apical spot very small ...... Ee 
6. Apical spot large. 
a*, Length 12-15 mm.; pronotum 
with distinct sete at the sides 
b*, Length 15-19 mm. ; pronotum 
without or with indistinct 
setze at the sides. 
at. Head and pronotum dark 
(green or black). 
at. Form broader; elytra 
more or less _ brightly 
cyaneous or violaceous 
UC RANA Tan Scio s fen 
bt. Form narrower; elytra 
black. \c.4¢e bene a 
b+. Head and pronotum brilliant 
coppery red; size very 
variable {14-19 mm.) 


discrepans, Walk., p. 389.. 


interrupto-fasciata, 


[Schm.-Goeb., p. 399. 


mouhott var. bramanit,. 


[ Dokht., p. 896. 


andrewest, W. Horn, 


[p. 392. 


mauritn, W. Horn, 
[p. 392.. 


mari@, Gestro, p. 401. 


mouhoti, Chaud., p. 395. 


mouhott var. goebeli, W. 
(Horn, p. 397, 


mouhote var. cariana, 


[Gestro, p. 398.. 


CICINDELA. 


3. Elytra with a single discoidal spot 
humeral spot large, small, or absent. 

A. Colouring of labrum, clypeus and 
front of forehead very conspicuous, 
golden coppery, genee bright golden 

green; elytra black, dull, with a 

small yellow spot at the shoulders, 

and a large semi-crescent-shaped 

spot of the same colour at about 

blve rma Ge aster epeee sieta =, Perenels) ia 

B. Colouring of labrum, clypeus and 
front of forehead not conspicuous. 

a. Elytra broader, with a large ob- 
long spot at the shoulders and a 

single large round spot at about 

pine rant GM vag aig nice ce avian wes ee 

b. Elytra narrower with a single 
large oblique spot just behind 

poe Clleweeaepes ses tas say asks 

4, Elytra with three discoidal spots on 
each, arranged longitudially at regu- 

lar intervals ; humeral spot small or 

absent. 

A. Elytra shorter and less parallel- 
sided, with smaller spots; head less 

AIM MVPS OITA TCO rie eaters sie celeste g « 

B. Elytra longerand more parallel-sided 
with larger spots ; head more finely 
SUSTICITOU ORO Sian S hs s5 Rn Ste 

5. Elytra with a larger or smaller spot at 
the shoulder on each, another trans- 
verse and somewhat irregular just 
behind the middle, and a third before 
apex, the anterior half being uni- 
colorous black, except for the humeral 

SOU. 6.0 Racin he Sine mole G nen se 

ii. Abdomen with the apex broadly red. 

1, Elytra with a small spot at the 
shoulders and two large round spots 

on each, one at middleand one before 


CIDER. bt ON eee ar ey eer 
2. Elytra unicolorous, dark greenish 
evaneous or bluish’. 4... 04... ee ass 


166. Cicindela discrepans, Walk. 


389 


corbetti, W. Horn, p. 402. 


y ¥ B) a 
assamensis, Parry, p. 395. 


unica, Fleut., p. 893. 


octogramma, Chaud., 
[p. 404. 


fabricit, W. Horn, p. 403. 


mouhott var. anometal- 


[ Zescens, W. Horn, p.898. 


hemorrhoidalis, Wied., 
[p. 402. 
bicolor, F., p. 400. 


Cicindela discrepans, Walker, Ann. Nat. Hist. (8) 11, 1858, p. 202; 


Bates, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5) xvii, 1886, p 


. 69. 


Var. Cicindela lacrymans, Schaum, Journ, Ent. 1863, p. 57. 


A rather large, distinct, and pretty species. Labrum large, 
black, with the base testaceous, and with very strong teeth palpi 


390 CICINDELID®. 


testaceous, with the apex dark; head and pronotum metallic cop- 
pery, with more or less green and 
red reflection and the sides cyane- 
ous ; head depressed between the 
eyes, rather strongly so in the 
female, finely sculptured;  pro- 
notum a little longer than broad,. 
subeylindrical, rather shining, dis- 
tinctly rugose transversely, without 
sete at the sides and with the 
depressions in front and behind 
not strongly marked; scutellum 
coppery or in part greenish; elytra 
long, subparallel-sided, of a velvety 
reddish olive-green colour, the red 
\ prevailing at the apex and 
shoulders and the green at the 
sides; each elytron has a, longi- 
tudinal whitish yellow — streak 
reaching for almost a fourth of its 
length from the middle of the base,. 
Fig. 168,.— Cicindela discrepans. followed by a shorter streak, and 
behind this two spots, one just 
behind middle and one before apex; in the male there is also a 
large spot on the shoulders ; the elytra at the extreme apices are 
rounded in the male, subtruncate in the female; their upper sur- 
face is scarcely sculptured, but the green colour appears to be 
produced by large numbers of very minute green impressions ; 
femora brilliant coppery, knees, tibiz, and tarsi cyaneous ; gene: 
with a bright green streak; underside of head and abdomen 
violaceous or cyaneous, of the other parts brilliant copper and 
green; mesosternum pubescent, all the episterna bare, sides of 
abdomen almost bare. 
Length 16-20 millim. 
Cryton: Colombo, Nalanda, Kandr. 


Var. lacrymans, Schaum. 


This variety differs from the typical form in the much less stout 
and less bulky shape of the head, pronotum and elytra, the more 
produced teeth of the longer labrum, the more slender legs, and 
the smaller and narrower yellow spots on the elytra, the apical one 
being situated further from the margin. 

Cryton: Kandy, July and August. 


467. Cicindela hamiltoniana, Thoms. 


Cicindela hamiltoniana, Thomson, Arch. Ent. 1, 1857, p. 328. 
Cicindela flavovittata, Chaudoir, Cat. Coll. 1865, p. 61. 


A very distinct and conspicuous species; elongate and _parallel- 
sided. Head and pronotum shining green with the front and 


. CICINDELA. 391 


sides of the former, and the margins of the latter more or less’ 
violaceous ; head excavate between the eyes and finely striated; an+ 
tenne with the first four joints violaceous; pronotum subcylindrical, 
longer than broad, without pubescence at the sides, very finely 
striated, with the central line often hardly visible, very slightly 
rounded in front and contracted before the base; elytra dull and 
velvety, finely and not closely sculptured, parallel-sided, green, with 


Fig. 169.—Cicindela hamiltoniana. 


an orange stripe on each, extending from the shoulder almost to the 
apex, slightly sinuate, its apex sometimes curved but usually ending 
abruptly ; these stripes are bounded towards the suture by a black 
stripe, and towards the margins by bright violaceous and green, 
this, however, being variable; legs long and slender, femora 
bright green or coppery, sometimes in part violaceous, tibiz bright 
violaceous, tarsi violaceous or cyaneous, trochanters light reddish tes- 
taceous ; underside green and violaceous, with white pubescence on 
the sides of the first two segments of the abdomen, the metasternum 
and the margins of the posterior coxe ; episterna of metasternum 
bare, with a distinct white tuft at the inner posterior angle. The 
female is larger and stouter than the male. 

Length 144-17 millim. 

Manpras: Travancore, Mysore, Nilgiri Hills (H. L. Andrewes). 

In August 1906 I received a dozen examples, taken that season, 
from Mr. Andrewes with the note, ‘‘ Common on the western side 


392 CICINDELID#. 


of hills at 2500 to 4500 feet; on roads and open spaces generally.” 
It is usually considered a very scarce insect, and is evidently very 
local; it appears to be semi-arboreal in its habits. 


168. Cicindela andrewesi, W. Horn. 


Cicindela andrewesi, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1894, p. 171, 
pl. 3, fig. 1. 


A rather narrow dark species, with three short narrow yellow 
bands on each of the elytra, one behind the other; labrum dark, 
with a testaceous spot, clypeus green; head and pronotum black, 
extremely finely sculptured, eyes only slightly prominent ; prono- 
tum of the same breadth as the head, subquadrate, parallel-sided 
or slightly narrowed to base, without sete on the upper surface at 
the sides ; elytra dull, smooth, with a narrow yellow oblique band 
reaching from the shoulder nearly to the middle, a second oblique 
one behind this, and a small one parallel with the suture before the 
apex ; legs dark ; underside mostly violaceous, with the sides of 
the pro- and meso-sternum bare in the female, scantily pubescent 
in the male, and the centre of the episterna of the metasternum 
bare in both sexes ; sides of the abdomen scantily pilose. 

Length 124-17 millim. 

BomBay: North Kanara (Bell). 

This is a very distinct species; its nearest ally appears to be 
C’. ceylonensis, but this is narrower, and as a rule much smaller, 
and has quite different markings. 


169. Cicindela mauritil, W. orn. 


Cicindela andrewest subsp. mauriti:, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. 
Zeitschr. 1908, p. 23. 


This species, which is regarded by Dr. Horn as only a subspecies 
of C. andrewest, differs from the latter in having the head and 
pronotum shorter and broader, and smaller than in C’ unica, Fleut., 
which Dr. Horn also now regards as a subspecies or variety of 
CO. andrewest; the elytra are about as broad as in C. unica, but 
are a little narrowed towards the shoulders ; the humeral lunulate 
spot is shorter than in C. andrewesi, the central spot is broader 
and so appears shorter, and the apical spot is very small; these 
markings will further distinguish it from C. unica. 

Length 14-16 millim. 

SourH-WESTERN INDIA. 

Dr. Horn considers this insect as forming a connecting link 
between C. andrewesi and C. unica, and in consequence regards all 
three as races of the one species, C. andrewest ; but C. andrewest 
and C. unica may, with reason, be kept distinct, and, if so, it is 
best to regard C. mauritic as distinct also. 


CICINDELA. 393 


170. Cicindela unica, /eut. 


Cicindela unica, Fleutiaux, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1895, p. ccxlv. 
Cicindela flavoguttata, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1895, 
p. 359. 


A moderate-sized species ; green, with the edges of the head and 
pronotum slightly blue, elytra very dark, almost black towards the 
apex; labrum dark, subparallel-sided, with seven teeth on the 
anterior border; mandibles yellow, apex black; head and _ pro- 
notum finely shagreened, the latter constricted in front and behind, 
slightly narrowed towards the base; elytra somewhat granulose, 
furnished with a large yellow oblique patch just behind the 
middle and not touching the margins ; epipleure of the elytra 
yellowish ; underside blue, with the sides. violet; episterna bare, 
sides of the metasternum and of the abdomen covered with rather 
long white hairs; legs violaceous. 

Length 14-16 millim. 

The only localities given are, “ Inde” (Fleutiauw) and “ Ex ocei- 
dentali meridionali Indie Orientalis Antice ora” (Horn). 

This species belongs to the group with yellow epipleure of the 
elytra (interrupto-fasciata, ete.). It is closely allied to C. mouhoti 
var. goebeli, W. Horn (=tritoma, Gestro, nec Schm.-Goeb.) and is 
remarkable for the length of the tarsi, especially the anterior pair. 
Dr. Horn compares it with C. andrewest, from which it differs in 
its more convex form, in having one patch only on the elytra, in 
the shorter labrum, and in the broader elytra, which are not 
velvety, but entirely and distinctly sculptured; the head and 
pronotum are also thicker and the margins of the abdomen are 
less pubescent, 

This is the only species belonging to the old genus Calochioa 
which has only one spot or patch on the elytra, in which it resembles 
C’, assamensis. 

Since I wrote the above Dr. Horn has very kindly sent me the 
unique type of C. flavoguttata which he regards as identical with 
Fleutiaux’s species ; it is, unfortunately, in very poor condition, and 
most of the pubescence has evidently been rubbed off. The 
following is a description of it :— 

Labrum black, with five distinct teeth in front and the sides 
bluntly produced (this fact reconciles Fleutiaux’ and Horn’s (7. c) 
statements; the former says that it is 7-toothed and the latter that 
it is 5-toothed) ; head and pronotum black, with very slight metallic 
reflections at the sides; the former broad and plainly striated 
between the eyes, very finely rugose behind; pronotum finely 
sculptured, more strongly so in front of the anterior impression, 
about as long as broad, with the sides slightly rounded, not setose 
at the sides; elytra long, subparallel-sided, with the shoulders 
nearly right angles, narrow in proportion to their length, 
distinctly shagreened in front, more finely so behind, very dark 
green, or black-green with a single bright yellow oblique spot on 
each just behind the middle; legs cyaneous, trochanters dark, 


394 CICINDELIDZ. 


tarsi elongate ; underside dark, violaceous and cyaneous, sides, of 
metasternum pubescent; the sides of the abdomen are evidently 
to a certain extent, pubescent, but are much rubbed; episterna 
and genee bare. 


171. Cicindela laure, Gestro. 
Cicindela laure, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genova (2) xii, 1893, p. 564. 


Of a dark greenish cyaneous colour, rather narrow; labrum 
black with a testaceous spot ; pronotum not broader than the base 
of the head, about as long as broad, slightly narrowed to the base, 
cylindrical ; elytra elongate and parallel-sided, dull greenish black, 
with the sides bright cyaneous, with three yellow spots on each, 
the first at the shoulders, elongate, the second about the middle, 
and the third at the apex; underside cyaneous green, shining, 
sides of the metasternum and abdomen with white pubescence ; 
legs metallic green and cyaneous. 

Length 15-18 millim. 

Burma: Karen Hills (fea). 

This species is closely allied to C. assamensis, from which it may 
be known by its smaller size, longer pronotum and the elytral 
spots; the longer and narrower pronotum will separate it from 
typical C. mouhott. I have not seen the species, but I gather 
from the description that the episterna of the metasternum are 
pubescent. 


172. Cicindela tritoma, Schin.-Goeb. 


Cicindela tritoma, Schmidt-Goebel, Faun, Col. Birm. 1846, p. 3, 
Pl. 1, tig. 3. 


A moderate-sized, parallel-sided species; front parts obscurely 
ereenish, very finely rugose and striate, clypeus and front bright 
green, sides of head and pronotum coppery and green; labrum 
dark, more or less testaceous ; head plainly striated between eyes, 
very finely rugose behind; pronotum about as long as broad, 
slightly narrowed behind, very finely sculptured ; elytra parallel- 
sided, colour dark, sometimes obscurely cyaneous, with the sides 


brighter, with a yellow spot at the shoulders, and joining this a. 


yellow crescent-shaped or wavy longitudinal stripe dilated behind 
and reaching nearly to the middle, followed by two spots, one 
just behind the middle and one at the apex; legs metallic, tro- 
chanters bright red; underside green or violaceous, with thick 
white pubescence at the sides, the episterna of the metasternum 
being, on their upper part at least, pilose; genz bare. 

Length 12 millim. 

Burma: Pegu (Ind. Mus.). 


CICINDELA. 395 


173. Cicindela assamensis, Parry. 
Cicindela assamensis, Parry, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. iv, 1845, p. 84; 
id., Op. cit. v, 1848, p, 80, pl. 11, fie. 1. 
Calostola assamensis, Motschulsky, Etud. Ent. xi, 1862, p. 22. 


A rather large dark species ; dull black, with an obscure greenish 
reflection, which is apparently sometimes absent on the elytra ; 
labrum dark, clypeus and front of head more or less metallic, genze 
and sides and underside of head and pronotum bright violaceous 
and green; head broad, large, flat and striate between the rather 
prominent eyes, vertex slightly contracted in the male, quite 
straight and as broad at base as the pronotum in the female, oc- 
ciput extremely finely sculptured ; pronotum transverse, parallel- 
sided, with long deep depressions in front and behind, finely rugose 
transversely and without sets at the sides; elytra subparallel- 
sided, or slightly and gradually rounded towards the apex, very 
dull, very finely and not closely shagreened in front, almost smooth 
behind, with a large yellow spot at the shoulder of each, and a 
large round one, variable, just behind the middle ; apex unicolorous; 
lees and base of antenne metallic; underside entirely violaceous 
and green, metasternum in centre and posterior coxee with thick 
white pubescence, episterna of metasternum with a tuft of hairs 
at the inner posterior corner, the rest bare. 

Length 18-20 millim. 

SrkKKIM: Mungphu, Sukna, Darjiling district ; Assam: Sylhet, 
Cachar, Sibsagar, Khasi Hills, Patkai Hulls, North Manipur ; 
Burma: Arakan, etc.; PENANG. : 

‘* A very common species at the base of the E. Himalayas ; 
abundant on the banks of sandy streams in jungles, but not, as a 
rule, entering the jungles.” (Annandale.) : 


174. Cicindela mouhoti, Chaud. 


Cicindela mouhotr, Chaudoir, Cat. Coll. 1865, p. 60. 
| Var. Creindela bramani, Dokhturoff, Rev. d’Ent. 1882, p. 261. 
1 Var. Cicindela interrupto-fasciata, Fleutiaux (nec Schm.-Goeb.), 

Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1893, p. 494. 

( Var. Cieindela goebeli, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1895, 
OZ. 
i Var. Crcindela itritoma, Gestro (ree Schm.-Goeb.), Ann. Mus. 
| Genova, 1889, p. 81; id., op. cit. 1895, p. 361. 
| Var. Cicindela anometallescens, Fleutiaux (nec Horn), l.c. p. 492 
L , (ev parte). 

Var. Cicindela cariana, Gestro, op. cit. 1893, p. 863. 

Var. Cicindela anometallescens, W. Horn, Ent. Nachr. 1893, p. 140. 


A moderately large species, with the head and pronotum metallic 
green, with cyaneous reflections, the sides being: brighter, and the 
elytra dark cyaneous or violaceous blue, with large yellow spots ; 


396 CICINDELID &. 


labrum Jarge, produced in the middle, with five strong teeth, 
testaceous, with the anterior margin broadly dark; head broad, 
flat between the eyes, which are not prominent, striated near the 
eyes and rugose between the striation, occiput finely sculptured ; 
pronotum somewhat transverse, with the sides very gradually 
narrowed to the base, strongly impressed in front and behind, with 
fine rugose sculpture ; elytra velvety, very finely sculptured, with 
a large orange-yellow patch reaching from the shoulders to the 
scutellum, and continued to about one-third, contracted at each 
side in the middle, and then again dilated; the sides of the patch 
do not touch the margins; just behind the middle are two large 
transversely oval spots, not quite touching the margin and 
nearly reaching the suture, and before the apex there are two 
others, very slightly smaller; the apex is rounded and the sutural 
angle is produced into a short blunt point; legs metallic green 
and cyaneous, trochanters clear red; underside cyaneous, with 
the ventral portion green, episterna and gene bare, sides of an- 
terior segments of abdomen and the metasternum with white 
pubescence. 

Length 174 millim. 

CamBopia ; Cocuin CuHina; SIAM. 

The typical form of the species is extremely rare, and so far as 
1 know, has not occurred within our area; the following varieties, 
however, are found. 


Var. bramani, Dokht. 


Smaller and narrower than the typical C. mouhoti; labrum 
almost entirely dark, and dark testaceous in the middle; head 
dark green, cyaneous at the sides, excavate and flat between the 
eyes which are not very prominent, plainly but finely striated, 
very finely rugose behind; antenne with the first four joints 
cyaneous and green, the rest fuscous; pronotum about as long as 
broad, dark green on the head, with the anterior margin cyaneous, 
and the sides slightly cyaneous and a little brighter, central line 
feeble, sculpture rugose and fine; elytra dull velvety black, witha 
very slight greenish reflection in some lights, sides and suture not 
brighter than disc, distinctly, but not deeply, punctured, except 
towards the apex, parallel-sided with the apex gradually rounded, 
and the sutural angle produced into a distinct spine; at the 
shoulders there is a distinct triangular orange-yellow patch ex- 
tending from the margins tothe scutellum, and from the posterior 
end of this proceeds a narrow wavy longitudinal stripe to behind 
the middle, where it is first contracted and almost broken and 
then widens out into a large irregular spot ; there is also a round 
spot, a little smaller than this, just before the apex, near the 
margin; legs coppery green and cyaneous, trochanters dark ; 
underside green and cyaneous, with the sides of the abdomen, the 
edge of the posterior coxe, the metasternum, and also the episterna 


CICINDELA, 397 


of the mesosternum pubescent ; the episterna of the metasternum 
have a few short hairs at the sides, those of the prosternum and 
the gene are bare. 

Length 15 millim. 

It is doubtful whether this variety has been found in our region; 
the records from Burma apply to Schmidt-Goebel’s species which 
is quite distinct. There is a specimen in the Calcutta Museum, 
from Pegu, labelled ¢nteriupto-fasciata, Schm.-Goeb., which is not 
Schmidt-Goebel’s species but exactly answers to this variety in 
markings ; it has, however, red trochanters and distinct sete at 
the sides of the pronotum. The above description is from the 
type-specimen from Lukhon, Siam, kindly lent me by Dr. Horn; 
it has also occurred in Cochin China and China proper. 


Var. goebeli, W. Horn. 


This variety must not be confused with C. tritoma, Schm.- 
Goeb., the latter being a much smaller and narrower insect, with 
much more pubescence on the underside; the elytral markings 
are, indeed, similar, but rather more pronounced. The following 
description is taken mostly from a typical specimen given by 
Gestro to Dr. W. Horn :— 

A large and robust insect, of about the same size as the typical 
O, mouhot, but a little narrower; labrum testaceous, broadly 
margined with black; head large, with a broad flat and only 
slightly excavate space between the not very prominent eyes, 
finely striated in front and extremely finely rugose behind, black, 
metallic at the sides; pronotum black, cyaneous and slightly 
violaceous at the sides, widest in front and very gradually narrowed 
to the base, with the depressions marked and slightly metallic ; 
central line very fine, the whole upper surface extremely finely 
rugose ; elytra dull velvety black, without metallic sides, scarcely 
visibly sculptured, rounded at apex, with the sutural apical angle 
not produced into a spine ; at the shoulders there is a yellow hook- 
shaped patch, the hook being produced for a short way down the 
margins, and the other portion forming a broad longitudinal 
sinuate and irregular stripe, which extends for about one-third of 
the length of the elytra and is widened at its apex; just behind 
the middle there is a large nearly round spot, and a round spot of 
the same size before the apex; legs coppery and cyaneous, tro- 
chanters red ; underside green-blue and cyaneous, with the coxe 
and dise of the metasternum pubescent, aaa all the rest bare. 

Length 17 millim. 

Burma: Rangoon, Teinzo, Bhamo. 

It is found on paths in the forests. 


3298 CICINDELID-E. 


Var. cariana, Gestro. 


A rather fine and conspicuous insect, very variable in size; 
head and pronotum brilliant cop- 
pery above, green at sides, genx 
and underside violaceous; head 
broad between eyes which are not 
very prominent; pronotum sub- 
quadrate, slightly narrowed to base, 
with a bright raised callosity at 
each end of the basal depression, 
sculpture close and distinct, ir- 
regular ; scutellum coppery, with 
greenish centre; elytra parallel- 
sided, dark, velvety, with a yellow 
patch at the shoulders, confluent 
with a waved longitudinal stripe, 
occupying about a third of the 
length of each elytron; bebind 
this are two large spots, one at the 
middle and one before the apex: 
the anterior stripe is spotted with 
darker colour; underside viola- 

Fig. 170.—Cicindela mouhoti ceous, greenish in parts in the 

var. cariant. middle, with very scanty pubescence; 

in the single specimen I have 

before me (a very fresh one) the episterna of the metasternum 

are bare and the pubescence of the abdomen is confined to the 
sides of one segment ; legs metallic, trochanters dark. 

Length 11-19 millim. 

Burma: Karen Hills; TENasseriM. 

Fea appears to have taken a large series of this insect. It 
occurs in forest paths, especially in the rainy season, and appears 
to be remarkable for its long flights. This variety may be dis- 
tinguished from the var. goebeli by the different colour of the 
pronotum, which is also slightly longer and a little more strongly 
sculptured, and by the dark trochanters. 


Var. anometallescens, IW. Horn. 
9 


Labrum testaceous, with dark margins; head broad, black, 
metallic in front and at sides, distinctly but finely striated 
between the eyes, which are moderately prominent, very finely 
sculptured behind; pronotum subquadrate, with the sides very 
slightly rounded, and the impressions moderate, finely sculptured, 
central line not strongly marked, black, with bright metallic sides; 
elytra comparatively narrow, subparallel-sided, rounded at apex 
with the sutural angle not, or scarcely, produced, dull black, with 
a small yellow spot on each at the shoulder, another larger, 


CICINDELA,. 399 


transverse and somewhat irregular, a little behind the middle, and 
another, nearly round, before the apex; legs metallic, coppery, 
green and cyaneous, trochanters red; underside bright green in 
front, darker green behind, with the sides of the front segments 
of the abdomen, the disc of the metasternum, and the mesosternum 
pubescent ; episterna of the pro- and meta-sternum and the 
gene bare. 

Length 16 millim. 

Burma: Momeit, Ruby Mines, Maymyo (4. L. Andrewes). 

Superficially this variety resembles C. hemorrhoidalis, but may 
at once be known by the colour of the labrum (which is metallic 
ereen in the latter species), the narrower thorax, narrower and 
more parallel-sided elytra, and the dark metallic apical segments 
of the abdomen; the spots also are different, the humeral one 
being larger, and the intermediate and apical ones smaller. 

The var. elegantula, Dokht., of which Dr. Horn has kindly sent 
me for inspection the unique type, was taken in China ; it is very 
closely allied to the typical C. mouhot, but is smaller and con- 
siderably narrower, with the sculpture of the pronotum finer, and 
the head and pronotum of a much brighter metallic green colour ; 
the markings are similar in character to those of the type-form, 
but the anterior stripe is longer and much narrower, and the 
spots are smaller. 


175. Cicindela interrupto-fasciata, Schm.-Gocb. 


Cicindela interrupto-fasciata, Schmidt-Goebel, Faun. Col. Birm. 
1846, p. 2, pl. 1, fig. 1. 

Cicindela flavolineata, Chaudoir, Cat. Coll. 1865, p. 60. 

Cicindela dittssima, Bates, Ent. Monthly Mag. ix, 1872, p. 49. 


A very distinct species. Head and pronotum bright green, the 
former with the sides violaceous; labrum testaceous, with dark 
margins, strongly toothed, rather short, leaving the large sharp 
mandibles much exposed; antenne with the first joint coppery, 
the next three cyaneous, and the following fuscous; palpi testa- 
ceous with the apex dark; head long, with a broad flat excavate 
space between the eyes, which are not prominent, finely striated, 
and very finely rugose behind; pronotum subquadrate, about as 
long as the head without the labrum, broadest in front, sides 
almost straight, very gradually narrowed behind, rather strongly 
impressed in front and behind, with a shining callosity at each end 
of the posterior impression, central line cbsolete, upper surface 
very finely rugose, more strongly so in front of the anterior 
impression; prosternum bright violaceous, the colour, however, 
not spreading on to the pronotum; sides of pronotum without 
traces of sete; elytra rather narrow, subparallel-sided, gently 
rounded, velvety green, with more or less distinct violaceous 
margins, dull, with scarcely evident sculpture unless viewed 


400 CICINDELID&, 


against the light, when they appear to be finely honeycombed ; 
on each there is a transverse orange-yellow patch at the shoulder 
reaching nearly to scutellum, and from this proceeds a narrow 
longitudinal stripe reaching to beyond the middle and followed 
by two slightly broader longitudinal spots, the last one nearly 
touching the apex, the whole forming an interrupted stripe; 
extreme margins of elytra violaceous; legs coppery, green and 
cyaneous, trochanters red; underside green and violaceous, with 
the sides of the abdomen, the margins of the posterior coxe, and 
the sterna pubescent ; episterna of meta- and pro-sternum and the 
gene bare. 

Length 14-15 millim. 

Burma: Teinzo (fea), Ruby Mines (Doherty); Campopta ; 
Honc-kone. 

In colour this species bears a resemblance to C. hamiltoniana, 
although in other points it is quite distinct. 

The confusion between this species and the variety of C. mouhoti 
which bears the same name has, apparently, been caused by 
Schmidt-Goebel’s figure (/. ¢.), which has the eyes much too pro- 
minent, and resembles Fleutianx’ species rather than his own; 
no two insects, however, in one genus, could well be more 
distinct. 


Var. flavolineata, Chaud. 


This beautiful variety bears a very striking superficial resem- 
blance to C. hamiltoniana, the broad yellow lines on the elytra 
extending from the shoulder to the apex, and being straight and 
regular, except for a slight wave on the internal side a little before 
the apex. 

Length 15 millim. 

Burma: Maymyo (#. L. Andrewes). 


176. Cicindela bicolor, /. 


Cicindela bicolor, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. i, 1781, p. 283; Dejean, Sp. 
Col.1, 1825, p.. 43 -71d., op cit. v,, 1830 9p..209, 


Front parts green, finely and rugosely sculptured ; head large, 
forehead broad between the eyes, antenne metallic green at base, 
ferruginous towards apex ; pronotum about as long as head without 
the labrum, transverse, subparallel-sided, slightly narrowed to the 
base, with a few fugitive sete at the sides; elytra dark greenish 
cyaneous, or bluish, much more blue than the front parts, dull, 
with very fine sculpture, almost smooth, and without spots ; 
underside of the front parts violaceous or partly green, of the 
abdomen dark, with the apex and side margins reddish; legs. 


CICINDELA. 401 
metallic ; episterna of metasternum bare, except for a tuft of 
white hairs at the inner posterior corner, centre of metasternum, 
coxe, and sides of abdomen scantily but plainly pubescent. 


Fig. 171.— Cicindela bicolor. 


Length 15-17 millim. 

Bompay: Poona; Punsan: Simla; Benear: Calcutta, Asansol, 
Maldah, Birbhum, Berhampur, Murshidabad, Sahibganj; Assam : 
Khasi Hills. 


On the young rice-fields ( JVestermani). 


177. Cicindela marie, Gestro. 
Cicindela marie, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genova, 1893, p. 361. 


A moderate-sized, parallel-sided, dark species with yellow 
markings on the elytra; head and pronotum more or less ob- 
scurely coppery or greenish with coppery reflections, blue or green 
at the sides ; the former broad and flat between the eyes, which 
are moderately prominent, distinctly striated,-and very finely 
sculptured behind; labrum testaceous, with a larger or smaller 
dark margin, the testaceous colour being sometimes reduced to a 
spot; pronotum subquadrate in the male, slightly transverse and 
narrower behind in the female, closely sculptured, with scanty 
pubescence on the sides of the upper surface ; elytra black, or black 
with a greenish tinge, velvety, with a transverse yellow spot at the 
shoulders, and proceeding from this a large variable sinuate stripe, 
ceasing before the middle, sometimes confluent with the humeral 
spot, and sometimes interrupted behind, followed by two large, 

2D 


402 CICINDELIDA, 


somewhat variable, spots, one just behind the middle, and one at 
the apex ; legs metallic, trochanters red; underside violaceous or 
green, abdomen dark, more or less obscurely metallic, sides of 
abdomen, coxze, and disc of metasternum with white pubescence, 
episterna of the metasternum with a few white hairs, prosternum 
with very scanty hairs in the male, bare in the female; 
gene bare. 

Length 12-16 millim. 

Burma: North Chin Hills, Tharawaddy, Taung-ngu, Rangoon, 
Pegu, Karen Hills; Trenasserio. 


178. Cicindela corbetti, W. Horn. 
Cicindela corbetti, W. Torn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1899, p. 53. 


Allied to C. hemorrhoidalis, but at first sight more like C. shivah, 
from which, however, it is totally distinct. Labrum large, golden 
coppery, with strong teeth ; mandibles large, white, with black tips ; 
head broad, eyes not very prominent, clypeus and front of forehead 
golden, gene and underside green, the rest of the surface dull 
greenish bronze or eneous; antenne coppery red, fuscous to- 
wards apex, palpi testaceous, with dark apex ; pronotum and elytra 
black, dull, the former finely rugose, with the central line and 
anterior and posterior depressions distinct, transverse, broadest in 
front and rounded gradually behind; the elytra are almost smooth, 
with scarcely any apparent sculpture, with a small yellow spot at 
the shoulders and a large spot of the same colour, roughly semi- 
crescent-shaped, just about the middle; there is no apical spot, 
and the apical edge is green; legs metallic, with the trochanters 
red; underside cyaneous, with the chief part of the front portion 
brilliantly coloured with metallic crimson, golden green and copper ; 
the pubescence of the underside is very scanty, being confined to 
the middle of the prosternum and the coxe. 

Length 14-15 millim. 

Burma: Tharawaddy (Corbett). 

Type in the British Museum (coll. Nevinson); cotype in coll. 
Horn. 

The colouring of the labrum, underside, &c., is very striking and 
will easily distinguish the species. 


179. Cicindela hemorrhoidalis, Wied. 


Cicindela hemorrhoidalis, Wiedemann, Zool. Mag. ii, 1, 1823, p. 63. 
Creindela quadrimaculata, Sturm, Cat. 1826, p. 55, pl. 1, fig. 1. 
Cicindela flavopunctata, Audouin, Mag. Zool. 1832, p. 18. 


A somewhat conspicuous species which may be known by the 
red apex of the abdomen and the two regular large yellow spots, 
one at the middle and one before the apex of each elytron, and 
by the metallic colouring of the labrum and head; the latter is 


CICINDELA. 403 


variegated and somewhat variable, but’ there appear to be always 
two longitudinal blue or green stripes between the eyes ; the gene 
are green; labrum large, mandibles powerful, white, with the 
apical half black; head and pronctum finely rugosely sculptured, 
dull; antenne metallic, and fuscous red towards the apex; pro- 
notum dull metallic, transverse, broader in front than behind, 
eradually narrowed to the base, with a few scanty hairs on each 
side, and the posterior angles brilliantly metallic; elytra dull black, 
with the extreme base (including scutellum), and the apical edge, 
metallic, smooth, and with very little sculpture; at the shoulders, 
which are well marked, there is a small yellow spot, and four 
others as above described ; these are rather variable, the posterior 
being sometimes considerably smaller than the anterior, but as a 
rule they are of much the same size; legs metallic, posterior tro- 
chanters red or fuscous red; abdomen dark with the apex broadly 
red or reddish testaceous in both sexes, and the front parts bright 
violaceous ; the sides of the abdomen and the whole of the meta- 
sternum are scantily pubescent, except the episterna of the latter, 
which are bare, with the exception of a small tuft of hairs at the 
inner posterior corner. 

Length 16-17 millim. 

Cryton ; Mapras: Trivandrum, Nilgiri Hills, Mysore, Kar- 
kur; Bompay: Kanara; Brneau: Chota Nagpur, Calcutta, 
Ganges River; Assam; CHINA. 

In the Oxford Museum there are two specimens of this species 
from Madras with smaller spots, labelled wanthospilota, Hope, 7. 7. 

The specimens from Trivandrum and Karkur (Ghat-Malabar), 
have the spots smaller and differently shaped. 


180. Cicindela fabricil, IV. orn. 
Creindela fabric, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1894, p. 171. 


A rather large and conspicuous species. Labrum large, strongly 
toothed, shining metallic green or coppery; head dull black, or 
black-green, or slightly coppery, metallic at the sides, velvety, very 
finely sculptured, the striation between the eyes being hardly 
apparent ; pronotum varying in colour, coppery or dark, about as 
long as broad, subcordate, rounded in front and narrowed behind, 
impressions distinct, side margins with a row of distinct sete, 
which are easily rubbed off; elytra rather long, subparallel-sided, 
dark, velvety, with bright green metallic or coppery colour at the 
extreme base, sides and apex ; at the shoulders is a minute yellow 
spot, sometimes wanting (this is not asexual difference), and there 
are three large yellow spots on each elytron, arranged in a straight 
longitudinal row on the disc, one usually more oblique than the 
others at some little distance from the base, a second at the middle, 
and a third at some distance before the apex ; legs metallic, green 
and cyaneous or violaceous, trochanters dark ; underside violaceous 

2rp 


404 CICINDELID A, 


in front, cyaneous behind. with the sides of the abdomen (except 
before apex), and the metasternum pubescent, episterna of the 
pro- and meta-sternum and the gene bare. 

Length 15-164 millim. 

Bompay: North Kanara (Bell). 


Fig. 172.—Cicindela fabricii. 


This species, according to Dr. Horn, is allied to C. aurulenta 
and C. octogramma. From the former it differs by its bright green 
labrum and the shorter and broader pronotum, which has the sides 
rounded, and also by the colour of the elytra; from the latter it 
may be known by the much finer striation of the head and the 
longer and narrower pronotum, which has the sides less rounded ; 
the elytra also are much more elongate, with the sides more 
parallel. 


181 Cicindela octogramma, Chazd. 


Cicindela ectogramma, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1852, p. 4. 


Of about the same shape as C. hemorrhoidalis, but smaller. 
Labrum, clypeus and front of head metallic blue or violaceous; head 
and pronotum dull metallic, greenish and coppery, with the sides 
narrowly brighter, sculpture very fine; pronotum transverse, 
distinctly broader in the middle than the head, narrowed behind, 
subcordiform, with a few fugitive sete at the sides; elytra dull, 


black, or with a very slight greenish reflection, extreme base bright - 


metallic green, upper surface smooth and dull; at the shoulder 
there is a yellow spot, and on each elytron three others, about 


CICINDELA. 405 


equidistant from one another, the central one being more or less 
transverse, and the others rounder, but variable; legs brilliantly 


b 


q 
Fig. 173.—Cicindela octogramma. 


metallic, of various colours ; underside violaceous, with the centre 
of the body and the sides of the abdomen clothed more or less 
with white pubescence, the episterna of the metasternum being 
bare, except at the base and apex. 

Length 14 millim. 

PunsaB: Kangra Valley; Buncau: Dinapur, Dharhar. 

This species seems to be perpetually confused with C. awrulenta. 
There is a large series in the Calcutta Museum labelled C. 
octogramma, all of which belong to the last-named species, which 
may at once be known from it by its almost quadrate, parallel- 
sided, and non-rugose pronotum; the latter is only just the width 
of the head and is very brilliantly coloured with red, blue and green. 


Group 17. 


J have included a single species, C. cyanea, F., under this section. 
The typical form is a large unicolorous insect (22-23 mm.), with 
the pronotum shaped much as in the following group but not 
nearly so strongly sculptured; the eyes are not prominent and 
the elytra are broad and gently rounded; the pubescence of the 
underside is very slight and almost wanting, except on the anterior 
and intermediate cox, and on the upper edge of the posterior 


406 CICINDELIDA. 


coxal cavities. The var. dejeani, Hope, has an orange stripe on 
each elytron. The insect has nothing to do with C. bicolor, Fab., 
with which it has been considered synonymous and with which it 


may superficially be compared ; it might perhaps be placed in the 


C. aurofasciata section, towards which it has distinct affinities. 


182. Cicindela cyanea, L’. 
Cicindela cyanea, Fabricius, Mant. i, 1787, p. 155; W. Horn, 
Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1897, p. 87. 
|} Var. Crcindela dejyean, Hope, Gray’s Zool. Miscell. 1831, p. 21. 
| Var. Cicindela obliquevittata, Fleutiaux, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 
1898, p. 147. 


Much larger than C. bicolor, with which it has been confused, 
and of a darker, duller and more uniform colour; upper surface dark 
cyaneous, with a slight greenish tinge, almost black, with the sides 


of the labrum, head, pronotum, and elytra shining green, the 


colour on the latter being duller; the clypeus and front of the 
head are also green; head broad, eyes not as prominent as in 
C. bicoler ; pronotum very slightly narrowed at base; elytra dull, 
immaculate, with the sculpture very fine, but more distinct than 
in the allied species; underside more or less violaceous, abdomen 


without the reddish margins and apex, and with the pubescence 


much more scanty, and almost wanting, but apparently fugitive. 
Length 22-23 millim. 
Brneat: Chota Nagpur, Palkot, Sahibganj. 


Var. dejeani, Hope. 


This variety has the elytra ornamented throughout their length 
with a yellow stripe, starting from the shoulder and becoming 
widened behind. It has occurred in Chota Nagpur with the type- 
form, and there is a specimen in the British Museum from 
Berhampur: it has also been recorded from Murshidabad. It 
appears to be a very rare insect. 


Grovr 18. 


Large black species witi the head and pronotum very strongly 
rugose, and the elytra smooth, with conspicuous orange or yellow 
markings ; underside black, smooth and shining, as a rule practi- 
cally without pubescence. (Length 19-23 mm.) 


Key to the Species. 


I. Elytra more convex and less parallel- 
sided, humeral markings crescent- 
shaped and extended almost or quite 
to the suture, forming a more or less 
distinct common cruciform yellow 
PAECH as Fela Fete Mpc sl chsie geet eg eeu ae aurofasciata, Dej., p. 407. 


CICINDELA,. 407 


II. Elytra less convex and more parallel- 
sided, humeral markings much ab- 
br eviated, irregularly oblong, ter- 
minating ‘at some distance from the 
suture. 
1, Form broader and shorter; sides of 
pronotum more rounded, anterior 
angles near the apical constriction 
not strongly produced ........ princeps, Vig., p. 409. 
. Form narrower and more elongate ; 
sides of pronotum less younded, 
anterior angles near the apical 
constriction very strongly pro- 
CMEC CR Pots Bates ayeie eee Be uiels ne ONG ULIGOLUS, VV. khorns ps4, 


183. Cicindela aurofasciata, De). 
Crcindela aurofasciata, Dejean, Spec. Col. v, 1851, Be 224. 
Cicindela crucigera, Hope, Col. Man. 11, 1838, p. 162, pl. 1, fig. 2 
\ Var. Cicindela leprda, Gory, Mag. Zool. 1833, p. 96. 
| Var. Cicindela goryt, Chaudoir, Bull. Soe. Moscou, 1852, p. 3. 


A large orange or yellow and black species with the front parts 
very coarsely sculptured, and the underside with scarcely any 
pubescence ; head and pronotum black, or with an obscure greenish 
reflection ; labrum black, with 
a yellow or testaceous spot or 
patch sometimes occupying 
most of the base; head as 
long as pronotum, coarsely 
sculptured, obscurely striate 
within the eyes, which are not 
very prominent, antenne com- 
paratively short and _ stout; 
pronotum transverse, strongly 
impressed in front and behind, 
widest in front, where it is 
quite as broad as the head 
with the eyes, very coarsely 
and rugosely sculptured, 
slightly narrowed to the base ; 
scutellum rather large, sharply 
angled behind; elytra velvety 
black, smooth, with scarcely 
visible sculpture, with a broad 
cross or X-shaped orange 
Fig. 174.—Cicindela aurofasciata. marking stretching across the 

front part of the elytra, and 
more or less variable, according as the orange.or black colour 


predominates, and with a rather broad patch on each at the apex ; 
legs dark; underside black with scanty pubescence, thicker near 
the coxe and on the metasternum, very thin on the abdomen : 
prosternum coarsely sculptured, episterna of metasternum bare 


408 CICINDELID”. 


shallowly but distinctly sculptured; abdomen shining black ; 
trochanters dark. 

Length 20-23 millim. 

Manpras: Travancore, Mysore, Cochin, Nilgiri Hills, Utakamand, 
5000-7000 ft., Shimoga, Pondicherry; BomBay: Kanara; SIKKIM: 
Darjiling. 

It appears to be common in the Nilgiris. Mr. Andrewes writes 
as follows :—*‘ April-July, 5000-7000 ft., running and flying in 
grassy places; once on a jungly road; Droog and Ootacamund 
Downs.” Many remains of Dorysthenes montanus were found in 
places on the Downs where C. aurofasciata was very abundant, 
and perhaps the insects were destroyed by it. 


Var. lepida, Gury. 


In this variety the yellow colour of the elytra is much extended, 
the dark markings of the elytra consisting of a triangular patch at 
the base, a small triangular patch at each margin behind this, and 
a large round black spot before the apex ; it is described as much 
narrower and less cylindrical, but this is not the case with the 
specimens I have seen. C. aurofasciata is very variable as regards 
size and breadth when a large series is examined. Many of these 
conspicuous insects were described by the old authors from single 
specimens and hence has arisen much of the confusion, 

Length 20-22 millim. 

Mapras: Bangalore, Mysore, Nilgiri Hills, 2500 ft. (A. Z. 
Andrewes), Shimoga; BomsBay: Belgaun (H. H. Andrewes), 
KKanara (Bell). 

With regard to C. aurofasciata and its variety lepida, I have 
received the following particulars from Mr. H. E. Andrewes, to 
whom they were communicated by Mr. H. L. Andrewes :— 
‘* Another interesting point is in regard to C. aurofasciata, De}., 
and its var. lepida, Gory. He says he has never found the type- 
form in the Nilgiris at a height under 5000 ft., while all the var. 
lepida oceur at about 2500 tt. Mr. Be!l and I used to get var. 
lepoda at Kanara and Belgaum respectively, also at 2500 ft., though 
we did not get the type-form. he latter would therefore appear 
to be the high-level and the variety the low-level form.” 

The lowland form, according to Dr. Horn, is decidedly more 
agile and takes to flight more easily than the upland form, which 
sits and runs about in the grass and is quite easily caught by hand; 
it abounds all over the plateau where there is grass. The lowland 
form is found all along the road from Gudalu to Tippukadu, the 
country being teak and bamboo jungle, with a strip of grass 
covering the road (Annotated lizt of Beetles in the Indian 
Museum, i, p. 26). 


Var. seminigra, nov. 


This variety differs from the type-form in having no yellow 
apical markings, the whole of the elytra from just behind the 


CICINDELA. 409 


middle to the apex being black; the sculpture of the elytra 
moreover, though very fine, is much more evident, and the X 
formed by the yellow colour is very distinct and lighter than in 
most specimens of the typical form. 

Length 20 raillim. 

Pe adia:.’? 

Type in the British Museum. 

Mr. H. E. Andrewes possesses a specimen of an undescribed 
variety from Poona. 


184. Cicindela princeps, Vig. 
Cicindela princeps, Vigors, Journ. Zool. 1, 1825, p. 418, pl. 15, fig. 1. 


Cicindela princeps var. ducalis, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 
1897, p. 294. 


Labrum black with a large testaceous patch, mandibles testaceous 
with the margins, and the apex broailly, black; antenne dark, stout, 
maxillary palpi dark, labial 
eo palpi yellow, with the apex 
A black ; head and pronotum of 
cae: about equal length, coarsely 
sculptured, the former irregu- 
larly striate inside the eyes, 
the latter about as long as 
broad, distinctly narrower and 
longer in proportion than in 
the preceding species, con- 
stricted in front and behind, 
with the sides very slightly 
: rounded ; elytra subparallel- 
I'S sided, or sheghtly widened 
.. behind, rather flat, almost 
\ smooth, dull and velvety, 
black, with a large humeral 
patch, emarginate internally 
in the centre, and with a 
broad yellow band at about 
: middle, almost joming the 
\ apical yellow marking, which 
is somewhat broad: the in- 
Fig. 175.— Cicindela pronceps. terruption by the black patch 
is greater in some specimens 
than in others; suture very narrowly, and extreme margins, 
black; legs and underside black, the latter with very fugitive 
pubescence on the coxe and metasternum (in the type-specimen 
this is almost or quite rubbed off) ; episterna of metasternum bare, 
slightly sculptured. 
Length 19-20 millim. 
Manpras(?); Centran InpDra. 
Type in the British Museum. 
The above description is taken from Vigors’s type. 


~s 


410 CICINDELID.®. 


The species may be known from C. aurofasciata by the less 
coarse punctuation of the head and pronotum, the more parallel- 
sided and flatter elytra, the different markings, and, as a rule, 
by the colour of the labial palpi. I have, however, found these 
last with the base lght in one specimen of C. aurofasciata, 
although they are usually dark; so this cannot be regarded as a 
constant character, and occasionally the humeral patch in the last- 
named species appears to be abbreviated as in C. princeps. 

The species is rather closely allied to C. shivah, but the latter 
insect is smaller and more parallel-sided, with the ‘head and pro- 
notum less cvarsely sculptured, and the latter more or less plainly 
angled just before the anterior constriction; the underside, more- 
over, 1s much more pubescent, and the yellow markings are much 
smaller and different. 


Var. ducalis, W. Lorn. 


According to Dr. Horn this variety differs from the type in 
having the elytra longer and narrower, and the elytral markings 
less yellow, the humeral spot being smaller, much narrower and 
oblique, and the central fascia being placed in the middle and not 
just behind it and not curved at the suture ; the apical linear spot 
also is much narrower. 

Length 16-22 millim. 

BENGAL: Chota Nagpur, Palkot. 

The shape of the pronotum appears to be very variable in beth 
C. princeps and C. aurofasciata. Both these species are compara- 
tively sluggish and are easily captured by hand. 


1&5. Cicindela angulicollis, W. Horn. 
Cicindela angulicollis, Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1900, p. 209. 


This species is intermediate between C. princeps and C. shivah. 
rom the former it differs in its much longer and narrower form, 
and in having the sides of the pronotum less rounded, straighter 
in the middle, and with the angles near the apical constriction 
very prominent and almost right angles; the humeral spot is 
rather smaller than in the typical C. princeps, and the central 
transverse fascia is placed more towards the apex and is narrower 
aud cut off at some distance beiore the suture; the posterior 
lateral angle of the central Ee of the metasternum with the 
coxal margin is thickly pilose; the femora are bright cyaneous. 
From C. shivah it differs in having the labrum furnished with a 
yellow spot, and the pronotum much narrower and not pilose at 
the margins ; the elytra are a little broader, with the sutural angles 
forming sharp right angles and not rounded; the markings are 
somewhat different, the central fascia being placed much more 
towards the apex, and the apical spot being ‘smaller and narrower 
and distant from the sutural angle; the underside is much less 
pubescent. 

Length 22 millim. 

Erneat: Dacca; Mapras: Madura (Maindron). 


CICINDELA. 411 


Group 19, 


Very similar to the preceding group in general appearance, but 
more parallel-sided and with the underside rather strongly pubes- 
cent. The only species contained in this group is rather variable 
as regards the prevalence of the dark or light colour; it is 
allied to C. princeps, which it closely resembles. 


186. Cicindela shivah, Parry. 


Cicindela shivah, Parry, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1845, p. 84; id., 
op.cit. 1848) p. 80, pl. 11, fie. T. 

A comparatively long and narrow dull black species, with the 
elytra long and parallel-sided, with yellow spots ; head broad, with 
the eyes not very prominent, impressed on front, finely striate 
between the eyes and then rather strongly rugose; antenne dark 
at the base, then ringed with red, then darker red (this is variable) ; 
pronotum transverse, deeply impressed in front, central line not 
strongly marked, angled at the sides in front, and then gradually 
narrowed to the base, which is very strongly impressed, upper 
surface strongly rugose; elytra distinctly but shallowly sculptured, 
smooth and velvety, with a large spot at the shoulders, a large 
transverse one about the middle, not quite reaching the suture, and 
broadest at the margins, and a third, crescent-shaped, just at apex; 
legs and underside black, the latter with the sterna and the sides 
of the body rather strongly pubescent, the episterna of the meta- 
sternum. being bare except for a strong tuft of pubescence at the 
inner posterior angles, and the gen being slightly pubescent. 

Length 17-18 millim, 

Nepat; Bompay: Kanara (Bell). 

Type in the British Museum (coll. Nevinson). 

The above description is taken from the type-specimen. In 
the Oxford Museum there is a specimen labelled erichsoni, Hope, 
which Dr. Horn refers to this species, and in the British Museum is 
an example labelled favomaculata, Hope, which closely resembles it; 
the anterior angulation of the pronotum and the sculpture are not 
so marked as in the type, but the species appears to be somewhat 
variable. 

Group 20. 


Rather conspicuous species ; pronotum with set at the sides 
or on the disc, fugitive and sometimes very scanty ; metasternum 
thickly pubescent, episterna of meta- and pro-sternum nearly bare 
or very scantily pubescent, gene bare; elytra with a crescent- 
shaped white or yellow patch proceeding from the shoulders and 
continued for a third or half of their length. 


Key to the Species. 


I. Pronotum transverse, about as broad 
at base as at apex. 
1. Setze at sides of pronotum short, re- 
cumbent; elytra with a spot just 
belimesmnmid ler. 2 5.6 setae = ss guttata, Wied., p. 412. 


412 CICINDELIDA. 


ii. Setae at sides of pronotum long, 
outstanding; elytra with an 
oblique curved fascia just behind 
the middle, extending from mar- 
gin nearly to suture ....... 


If. Pronotum subquadrate, distinctly 
narrower at base than at apex. 
i. Elytra dull green with yellow mark- 
ings; average size smaller...... dives, Gory, p. 413. 
ii, Elytra velvety black with white 
markings ; average size larger .. ceylonensis, W. Horn, p. 414. 


calligramma, Schaum, p. 413. 


187. Cicindela guttata, Wied. 
Cicindela guttata, Wiedemann, Zool. Mag. ii, 1, 1828, p. 68. 


A moderate-sized, parallel-sided species, with the head and pro- 
notum rather shining, closely, finely, and asperately sculptured, and 
the elytra dark green, sometimes almost black-green, with yellow 
markings at the sides; labrum 
large, testaceous, with dark mar- 
ein, distinctly toothed; head 
plainly striated inside the eyes, 
which are not strongly prominent ; 
pronotum  shghtly transverse, 
widest before the anterior con- 
striction, where it is almost as 
broad as the head with the eyes, 
gradually and gently rounded and 
narrowed behind, with the base 
about as broad as the apex, dis- 
tinctly setose at the sides and on 
the anterior margin; elytra sub- 
parallel-sided, velvety green, very 
finely and not closely but evi- 


Uf 
”, 
\ 


\ 


yy dently punctured towards base, 
fA SS . 
we with a crescent-shaped spot on 
c > each at the shoulder, more or less 
Fig. 176.—Cicindela gutiata. dilated at its posterior extremity, 


and sometimes extended at the 
base towards the scutellum, a round spot just behind the middle, 
not touching the margin, and an oblique broad apical patch ceasing 
at some little distance from the suturalangle; legs metallic green, 
coppery and violaceous, trochanters dark; underside mostly 
violaceous, with the sides of the abdomen and metasternum more 
or less thickly pubescent, and the sides of the prosternum bare ; 
the episterna of the metasternum, as far as I have seen, are bare 
in the female and have a few scattered hairs in the male, but they 
may have been rubbed off in the former case. 

Length 133-16 millim. 


CICINDELA. 413 


Breneat: Chota Nagpur (Cardon), Ranchi, Lohardaga ; 
Manpras: Shimoga (MJaindron). 


188. Cicindela dives, Gory. 
Cicindela dives, Gory, Mag. Zool. 1833, p. 97. 


A. very conspicuous species ; head and pronotum greenish with 
the borders more or less irregularly fiery coppery red, which colour 
sometimes spreads on to the disc; labrum large, testaceous, 
narrowly dark in front ; head distinctly striated within the eyes, 

which are moderately prominent, 

hinder part roughly and closely 

! sculptured, antennze stout with 

Z the first four joints metallic; pro- 
notum about as long as broad, 
with fugitive set at the sides, 
coarsely and asperately punctured, 
broadest in front and very gradu- 
ally narrowed to the base; scu- 
tellum red; elytra distinctly 
widened behind, and with the 
outline gently sinuate, velvety, 


tf X& \ with very fine, often obsolete, 

fo \ f- .  punctation in front, of a lighter 
aN i or darker green colour, with a 

K ji yellow oblique’ patch at the 

\ shoulder, and another patch, 

fi \ almost straight, just behind the 

i ) middle, both nearly reaching the 

Fig. 177.— Cicindela dives. suture, and a third at the apex 


touching or almost touching the 

sutural angle, the elytra thus presenting a banded appearance : 
the extreme sides and margins are metallic red or violet red ; legs 
coppery-red, trochanters red ; ; underside coppery, abdomen v10- 
laceous; the whole of the sides and the gene are pubescent ; the 
episterna of the metasternum, however, are more scantily furnished 
with hairs and are sometimes almost bare. 

Length 15-17 millim. 

SIkKIM; Benean; Cenrrat Inpta: Mhow; BomBay: Kanara, 
Belgaum; Mapras: Mysore. 


189. Cicindela calligramma, Schaum. 
Cicindela calligramma, Schaun, Berlin. nt, Zeit. 1861, p. 69, pl. i B, 


ine As 
Cicindela kraatzi, W. Horn, Deutsche Kut. Zeitschr. 1894, p, 172. 


Very like the preceding species superficially, but easily known by 
its distinctly transverse pronotum, less prominent eyes, more parallel- 


414 CICINDELID. 


sided elytra, which are not sinuate at the sides, and dark trochan- 
ters; the head and pronotum are 
ereener and less coppery, and the 
antenne have the last seven joints 
red in the female ; the elytral mark- 
ings are different, the humeral cres- 
cent beimg much extended, pro- 
- ceeding from the scutellum almost 
to the centre of the elytra, and 
being often confluent with the 
large oblique variable central patch ; 
the apical patch, too, is broader ; 
the ground-colour is brighter green 
and the extreme margins only are 
metallic; occasionally, however, 
brownish specimens occur; legs 
metallic, more or less coppery red, 
trochanters dark ; underside 
greenish, cyaneous and violaceous, 
Fig. 178.-—Cicindela calligramma. sides of the abdomen thickly 
pubescent, episterna of prosternum 
and metasternum, and the gene scentily pubescent, the episterna 
of the metasternum being often almost or quite bare. 
Length 15-16 millim. 
Ceyton; Mapras: Trivandrum, Shimoga; Bompay: Kanara. 


Var. confluens, nov. 

The shape of the elytral markings is very variable, especially of 
the basal and central ones ; the light colour in some cases is more 
or less confluent and occupies the greater part of the elytra (var. 
signat. confluent., Chaudoir, Cat. Coll. 1865, p. 38); it occurs, 
apparently, with the type-form. 

Type in the Oxford Museum. 


190. Cicindela ceylonensis, W. Horn. 
Cicindela ceylonensis, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1892, p. 87 ; 
id., op. cit. 1894, pl. ili, fig. 3. 
Cicindela ceylonica, Vleutiaux (in error), Cat. Cic. 1892, p. 117. 
Cicindela ceylonensis var. diversa, W. Horn, Spol. Zeyl. u, 1904, pl. i, 
fig. 19, 

A black velvety species, with white elytra] markings, apparently 
very variable in size; labrum large, white, broadly bordered with 
black in front, with strong teeth; head long, with the eyes not 
very prominent, striate within the eyes, and finely sculptured 
behind; antenne stout, with the first four joints shining black ; 
pronotum shorter than the head with the iabrum, widest in front, 
where it is almost as broad as the head with the eyes, gradually and 
slightly narrowed in almost a straight line to the base ; there are 
afew fugitive sete on the disc; at each basal angle behind the 
depression is a small raised shining callosity: elytra subparallel- 
sided, with the sides slightly rounded, velvety black, hardly 


ae 
aH 


CICINDELA. ANS 


perceptibly sculptured, with a white linear patch at the shoulders, 
sometimes hinted at the base and touching the scutellum, an 
oblique linear patch sloping from 
right to left at middle, and a 
longitudinal or broad comma- 
shaped spot before the apex; legs 
dark, more or less cyaneous, tro- 
chanters black; underside vio- 
laceous, with the sides of the 
abdomen, except apical segments, 
and of the metasternum proper, 
thickly pubescent; episterna of 
the prosternum pare. of the meta- 
sternum almost bare, with a few 
sete at the sides. 

Length 15-20 millim. 

Cryton: ‘I'rincomali, Wella- 
waya (1. L. Green). 


Var. diversa, W. Horn. 


This variety has the central 


if 
Fig. 179.—Cicindela ceylonensis 


var, diversa. linear patch on the elytra broader 
and less oblique and the onion 
patch larger and more produced towards the centre: the 


anterior linear patch is also more curved. It apparently occurs 

with the type-form. Only the figure is given by Dr. Horn and 

a reference without description on page 4, no. 31, /. ¢. 
CryLon: Damboolla. 


Group 21. 


Pronotum with the sides furnished with very distinct sete, 
which, in fresh specimens, spread more or less over the disc; 
gene more or less strongly pubescent *; sides of underside 
thickly clothed with pubescence, which is villose or tomentose; 
episterna cf metasternum nearly covered, or partly bare. Three 
species are included in this section, two w ith the elytra black with 
a number of conspicuous white spots and markings, and the other 
with the elytra dark with yellowish linear patches. 


Key to the Species. 
I, Elytra black with white markings: 
pubescence clear white, thick and 
tomentose. 

i, Length 163-17 mm.;_ pronotum 
quadrate, broader; elytral spots 
more regular and more numerous; 
episternaof metasternum abruptly 

bare on their inner side........ vigintiguttata, Herbst, p. 416. 


* Except in the quite recently described C. lefroyi, W. Horn, ee i 
apparently closely allied to C. vittigera and is found in company with it ; 
should perhaps be referred to another section. 


416 CICINDELID®. 


. Length 12-13 mm.;_ pronotum 
longer than Breach narrower ; 
elytral spots less reoular and less 
numerous ; episterna of meta- 
sternum almost covered with 
PUDESCEMCE 5 cy.iocy. osc eels te eee: multiguitata, De}., p. 417. 
II. Elytra obscure dark green or : almost 
black, with linear, straight or 
slightly curved yellow or yellowish 
white markings. 
i, Genee pubescent ; middle band of 
the elytra longer, CURVY COE Gates pa vittigera, Dej., p. 417. 
ii. Gene bare; middle band of the 
elytra shortened and straighter.. defroyz, W. Horn, p. 418. 


191. Cicindela vigintiguttata, //bs¢. 


Cicindela vigintiguttata, Herbst, Kafer, x, 1806, p. 174, pl. 179, fig. oe 
Dejean, Spec. Col. 1, 1825, p. 108. 


A moderate-sized dark species, usually with ten white markings 
on each elytron; labrum short, truncate, whitish testaceous, man- 
dibles much exposed, white, with the 
tips broadly black; head and_ pro- 
notum dark metallic, with two stripes 
between the eyes, and the sides bright 
blue and green, sometimes more or 
less coppery ; head very finely sculp- 
tured, with a few slight striz near the 
eyes; pronotum subquadrate, with the 
sides nearly straight, or very slightly 
rounded, plainly setose at the sides; 
elytra subparallel-sided in the male, 
slightly widened behind in the female, 
black, black-green, or slightly cya- 
neous, each with a small white humeral 
crescent, a longitudinal patch near the 
scutellum, an apical spot, and seven 
other spots, three near the suture, two 
on the disc, and two near the margins; 
these vary in size and shape, but 
appear not to be confluent; legs long, 

Fig. 180.— Cicindela metallic green and violaceous, tro- 

vigintiguttata. chanters pitchy ; underside green and 

violaceous, almost completely covered, 

except just in the middle, with thick whitish tomentose pub- 
escence; gene thickly pubescent. 

Length 153-16 millim. 

Bryean: Berhampur, Dacca, Murshidabad, Rajmahal, Birbhum, 
Damukdia, Sara Ghat ; Sikkim: Kurseong, Mungphu, Pankabari ; 
BHUTAN. 

On young rice-fields( Westermann); Dr. Annandale records the 
species from a flooded millet field at the edge of the River Ganges. 


CICINDELA. AL]. 


192. Cicindela multiguttata, De). 
Cicindela multiguttata, Dejean, Spec. Col. i, p. 109. 


Smaller than the preceding, which it much resembles in general 
appearance ; it may be easily known by the longer labrum, the 
smaller head, the much narrower space between the more 
prominent eyes, and the longer and distinctly narrower pronotum, 
which is rather longer than broad ; the white markings on the 
elytra are different, the lunule at the shoulder being larger, and 
the hinder markings more or less confluent; of these there are 
five or six in all on each, besides the humeral patch; the apical 
patch is crescent-shaped and dilated at its upper extremity ; the 
trochanters are red; the underside is thickly pubescent at the 
sides, as in the preceding species, the gene being comparatively 
scantily but distinctly pubescent. 

Length 12-13 millim. 3 

Beneau: Calcutta, Sara Ghat, Asansol; Nepat; Assam: Patkat 
Hills. 


193. Cicindela vittigera, Dv). 
Cicindela vittigera, Dejean, Spec. Col. 1, p. 107. 


Labrum rather large, testaceous; head and pronotum dark, 
coppery and greenish, very finely 
sculptured,with very fine striae just 
within the eyes, which arenot very 
prominent; pronotum subqua- 
drate, a little longer than broad, 
with the sides almost straight, 
margins with distinct sete; elytra, 
somewhat dilated behind, dull, 
velvety, scarcely perceptibly punc- 
tured, obscure dark green, with a 
long yellow linear patch on each 
extending from the shoulder to 
the middle, and a long patch of 
about the same length, but more 
curved, extending from the middle 
nearly to the apex; besides these 
there is a short linear patch close 
to the scutellum, two more of the 
same character on the front half 
near the suture, and a spot before 
Vig. 181.—Cicindela vittigera. the apex, which is sometimes 
joined to the extremity of the 
vellow marginal apical marking; legs and underside metallic, 
cyaneous or green, the latter with the sides of the abdomen, and 
the sterna, thickly pubescent, the episterna of the meta- and pro- 
sternum, and also the genx, being furnished with scanty hairs, 
and sometimes almost bare. 


20 


_ 


418 CICINDELID», 


Length 12-13 millim. 
Breneat: Berhampur, Maldah, Damukdia, Goalbathan, Dacca, 
Calcutta. 


194. Cicindela lefroyi, W. /orn. 


Cicindela lefroyt, W. Horn, core of the Indian Museum, vol. ii, 
p. 409 (1908). 


Gio allied to C. vittigera, from which it differs in having the 
cheeks without pubescence, the pro- 
notum broader, and the middle band 
of the elytra shortened in front and 
behind and straighter: the elytra 
are less distinctly serrulate behind, 
and the apex of the suture of the 
elytra in the male is only slightly, in 
the female moderately, retracted ; 
the fourth joint of the antenne in the 
male has two short sete at some 
distance from one another, but is 
not furnished with a pencil of hairs. 
The forehead and the pronotum are 
coppery, and the elytra are velvety 
black, except at the margins, with 
fourteen larger or smaller white spots 
and patches; the episterna of the 
prosternum are densely clothed to- 
wards the coxe with white bristles, 
but elsewhere are bare; the margins 


f ‘\ of the abdomen and of the meta- 

a N sternum, the episterna of the meta- 

- sternum, except in the centre, and 

Fig. 182.—Cicindela lefroyi. the epimera and episterna of the 


mesosternum (except at the sides) 
are also clothed with white bristles. 
Length 133-16 millim. 
BenGaL: Pusa, Chapra (HZ. M. Lefroy). 


GROUP 22. 


In this group the pronotum is furnished with distinct sete at 
the sides, but they do not encroach upon the disc; the gene in 
quite fresh specimens are distinctly setose at the base, but the 
setee are very fugitive and are very often entirely wanting; the 
sides of the abdomen, except at the apex, are clothed with 
thick pubescence, and the episterna are mostly bare. 


OICINDELA. 419 


Vt Klytra broader, with the sculpture very fine, 
scarcely traceable ; size considerably larger 
(10-15 mm.). 
i. Elytra more parallel-sided, with the white 
markings conspicuous, the lateral ones 
being broad and almost or quite con- 
(UCI OUT  r aaeer gr RRC Petr 0c) ee striolata, MlL., p. 419. 
ii. Ilytva more rounded at the sides, with the 
markings broken and much reduced. 
1. Pronotum distinctly sculptured, with the 
sides more rounded ; length 10-13 mm. — striolata vay. linecfrons, 


2. Pronotum very finely sculptured, with Chaud., p. 421. 
the sides almost straight; length 15 
sUCLSy oe eae CCE Pe LAE rR IT Pa striolata var. parvt- 
maculata, nov., p. 421. 
{I. Elytra narrower, with the sculpture more [p. 422. 
evident; size much smaller (8 mm.). ....  atkinsont, Gestro, 


(. striolata bears a strong relation to C’. oberthurt and C. inter- 
media, and this group therefore has strong affinities to group 12. 


195. Cicindela striolata, ///. 


Cicindela striolata, Illiger, Wiegm. Arch. 1, 1800, p. 114. 

Cicindela semivittata, Fabricius, Syst. El. 1801, p. 237; Schmidt- 
Goebel, Faun. Col. Birm. 1846, p. 3, pl. i, fig. 4. 

Cicindela vigorst, Dejean, Spec. Col. vy, 1831, p. 225. 

Cicindela lineifrons, Chaudoir, Cat. Col. 1865, p. 62. 


A very widely spread species that varies very considerably as 
regards size and markings; head and pronotum with a more or 
less distinct coppery reflection, with the sides bright green and 
coppery, and with two short blue lines (not always evident) between 
the eyes; labrum large, testaceous, with or without dark anterior 
margin ; head rather plainly striated between the eyes, which are 
rather strongly prominent, very finely sculptured behind; pronotum 
about as long as broad, with the sides more or less rounded, with 
distinct, but short and scanty, setze at the sides, very finely sculp- 
tured, constricted in front and behind: elytra long, parallel-sided, 
with very variable whitish or yellowish markings, consisting, as a 
rule, of a long white stripe extending from the shoulders nearly to 
the apex and parallel with the margins, and inside it several small 
spots and patches ; the long stripe, however, is often broken and 
irregular, but it can usually be traced; the smaller patches are 
very variable and in a long series range from being very conspicuous 
to being almost entirely absent ; the ground-colour of the elytra 
is velvety black, and there is hardly a trace of sculpture; the 
shoulders are well marked; legs and underside metallic, coppery, 
ereen, and cyaneous; sides of abdomen, except towards apex, pubes- 
cent; episterna of metasternum and prosternum almost bare; gene, 
as arule, quite bare, occasionally with a few very scanty hairs. 

Length 10-15 millim 

Ne 


420 


& 


CICINDELID/. 


A y 
‘ 
} 


Fig. 183.—Cicindela striolata. 


g. 184.—Cicindela striolata vay. lineifrons. 


CICINDELA. 421 


Mapras: Trivandrum, Mahé, Nilgiri Hills; Bompay: Kanara ; 
BrncaL: Chota Nagpur, Maldah, Calcutta; Srxkxkim: Mungphu ; 
Assam: Khasi Hills; Burma: Teinzo, Tharawaddy, Pegu; T'ENas- 
SERIM; Inpo-CHINA; SuMarTRA; JAVA; Borneo; CELSBES ; 
PHILIPPINE Is.; CHINA; FORMOSA. 

Occasionally examples of this species superficially resemble 
C, multiguttata ; these may be distinguished by the shape of the 
pronotum, which is plainly constricted behind in C. striolata. 


Var. lineifrons, Chaud. 


This variety has the head and pronotum, as a rule, more dis- 
tinetly and brightly coppery, and the elytra broader and more 
rounded at the sides, the markings are reduced, and there is no 
trace of the longitudinal stripe extending from the shoulder 
almost to the apex ; this is entirely broken up into a very narrow 
humeral crescent and several small spots on each elytron; the 
pubescence of the underside is much the same as in the type-form, 
but it appears to be easily rubbed off and so is very deceptive. 

Length 10-13 millim. 

Mapras: Nilgini Hills (HZ. Z. Andrewes); Bompay: Kanara 
(Bell); Burma: North Chin Hills, Karen Hills, Teinzo (lea), 
Tharawaddy (Corbett), Pegu; Tenassprim; Perak; CAMBODIA ; 
TONKIN, 


Var. parvimaculata, nov. 


Closely allied to var. lincifrons, but larger, with the pronotum 
more quadrate, less rounded at 
the sides and much more finely 
sculptured, almost smooth ; the 
sides are very slightly and 
eradually narrowed to the base; 
elytra with the markings re- 
duced to a few small or very 
small spots and blotches on 
each; the pubescence of the 
underside is much as in the 
type-form. 

Length 15 millim. 

Described from one female 
specimen, labelled “ Dhargeely,” 
in the British Museum, pro- 
bably in error for Darjiling. 

Dr. Horn kindly examined 
this insect and labelled it as a 
new species ; very probably he 
may be right, but it is so closely 
allied to the var. lineifrons that 
ig. 185.—Cicindcla striolata I would rather not describe it 

var. parvimaculata, as specifically distinct on a 

single example. 


i492 CICINDELIDA. 


196. Cicindela atkinsoni, G'estvo. 


Cicindeia atkinsoni, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genova, 1898, p. 357. 


This species appears to be closely allied to the var. lineifrons of 


C’. striolata, but is much smaller, with larger labrum, and differ- 


ently arranged elytral spots, which are more numerous : the elytra. 
= oD < 2) y) ME y, 


moreover, are a little narrower, and the sculpture more evident ; 
the pronotum is much the same both as regards form and sculp- 
ture ; the labrum is white, large, and atched, with a small central 
tooth in the middle; head coppery, shining, with the forehead 
furnished with two green lines, base of antenne bronze green ; 
pronotum coppery, with the sides narrowly greenish-cyaneous ; 
elytra blackish bronze, narrowly and obsoletely edged with bronze- 
green, with the humeral crescent entire, elongate and broad, very 
slightly curved inwards at the apex, and the apical crescent inter- 


rupted; besides these there is a central oval spot near the side 


margins, and six other spots on each elytron, the first in the 
centre of the base, four before and about the middle, and the sixth 
behind ; all these lunules and spots are white surrounded with 
black; legs metallic: underside coppery in front, abdomen 
eyaneous, sides of the latter and the episterna pilose. 

Length 8 miliim. 

Burma: Karen Hills (fea), Rangoon (in the collection of 
Mr. H. E. Andrewes). 

Type in the Genoa Musenm. 


Group 23, 


This group contains a single species, C. fulayinosa. It is closely 
allied to the two preceding ; eroups, but difters from the former in 
having the genee without sete; and from the latter in the last- 
mentioned point (which does not afford a good character in this 

case as the sete in (. striolata are so scanty and fugitive), and also 
in the fact that the dise of the pronotum is more or less setose. 
The species is small, and may at once be known from its allies by 
having the whole of the margins of the elytra from scutellum to 
apex continuously bordered with white. 


197. Cicindela fuliginosa, De). 


Cicindela fuliginosa, Dejean, Spec. Col. ii, 1826, p. 415; Schmidt- 
Goebel, Faun. Col. Birm. 1846, p. 5, pl. 1, fig. 6. 


Allied to C. striolata which it much resembles at first sight, but 
easily known by having the whole of the margins of the elytra 


—CICINDELA. 423 


whitish testaceous, and by the less rounded sides and coarser sculp- 
ture of the pronotum, which is much 
less constricted at the base; labrum 
large, more or less rounded, testa- 
ceous, with the anterior margin 
narrowly dark ; head and pronotum 
dark, with coppery and violaceous 
reflections; the former excavate 
and strongly striate between the 
eyes, very finely sculptured behind ; 
pronotum subquadrate, with the 
sides almost straight, very slightly 
narrowed behind, moderately and 
strongly asperately sculptured, not 
constricted behind, impressions not 
deep blue or violaceous, upper sur- 
face setose at the sides and with 
scattered sete on the disc (in fresh 
specimens); elytra rather long in 
proportion to their breadth, sub- 
parallel-sided, very slightly, but 
perceptibly, sinuate at the sides, 
dark, velvety, with the margins 
from scutellum to apex white, and 
emitting at intervals short blunt 
or dentate processes, three on each side, as shown in the 
figure; there are also variable spots on each side of the 
suture, and the central dentate marking is sometimes recurved 
and meets one of these, forming the inverted y-shaped mark so 
characteristic in the undulata-group ; legs metallic, green blue or 
coppery, trochanters clear red ; underside metallic, sides of abdo- 
men thickly pubescent, episterna rather scantily pubescent, gene 
bare. 

Length 9-10 millim. 

Cryton; Burma: Teinzo, Bhamo, Pegu; Matay Starrs; 
CamBopia ; Cocnin Cuina; Java; Bornuo. 


Fig. 186.—-Cicindela fuliginosa. 


GRouP 24, 


Light-coloured species with dark antler-lke markings (length 
10-123 mm.); sides and more or less of the dise of the pronotum 
setose; underside thickly pubescent, episterna of metasternum 
more scantily pubescent in the middle, gen bare, basal joints ot 


antennee setose ; posterior margin of the eyes with a tuft of sete. 


I, Elytral markings making three connections : 

with the sutural marking ............ cancellata, De}., p. 424. 
If. Elytral markings making only two con- 

nections with the sutural marking ...... listrio, Tsch., p. 425. 


424 CICINDELID®. 


198. Cicindela cancellata, De’. 


Cicindela cancellata, Dejean, Spec. Col. 1, 1825, p. 116; Schmidt- 
Goebel, Faun. Col. Birm. 1846, p. 5, pl. 1, tig. 4. 
Var. Cicindela candei, Chevrolat, Rev. Zool. 1845, p. 96. 


Head and pronotum coppery with various metallic reflections, 
and with the sides green or 
bluish, the former shining, 
excavate and strongly striated 
between the eyes, which are 
very prominent ; hinder part of 
vertex very finely sculptured ; 
labrum large, white, produced 
in front; antenne with the 
base metallic and the rest red- 
dish, the first joint furnished 
with a few white hairs; there 
are also a few white sete at the 
inner posterior angle of the 
eyes; pronotum dull, finely 
sculptured, subquadrate, with 
the sides almost straight and 
with scanty hairs on _ the 
margins; elytra subparallel- 
sided, with the sides gently 
rounded, strongly impressed 
between the suture and 
shoulders, whitish testaceous, 
with large dark or dark green 
branching antler-hke markings 
Fig. 187.—Cicindela cancellata. — connected with the dark suture 
and not reaching the margins ; 
as the species is figured, it is not necessary to describe these in 
detail, further than to say that they make three connections with 
the suture; the extreme edge of the elytra is dark; there is no 
evident sculpture but occasionally there are a few scattered dark 
punctures before the apex ; legs and trochanters metallic ; under- 
side violaceous, with the front parts coppery, sides of the abdomen 
and the sterna densely pubescent, genze bare. 
Length 10-11 millim. ot 
Mapras: Tuticorin, Travancore, Trichinopoli, Mahé, Mysore; 
BoMBAY; SinD: Karachi; Bren@au: Berhampur, Murshidabad, 
Asansol, Kunbir, Nowatoli, Orissa; Sikkim: Kurseong, Sukna ; 
Burma: Tharawaddy, North Chin Hills, Arakan; CocHIn 
CHINA; JAVA. 
The species closely resembles C. catena in general appearance 
and is often mixed with it in collections. 
The var. candei, Chevr., which only differs in having the pattern 
of the markings broader, so that the elytra appear darker, has 


been found in Pondicherry, Mahé Island, Trichinopoli and Hong- 
Ktong. 


CICINDELA. 425 


199. Cicindela histrio, 7'sci. 


Cicindela (Chetostyla) histrio, Tschitschérine, Hore Soe. Ent. Ross. 
xxxvi, 1903, p. 16. 


This species very closely resembles C. cancellata and C. catena, 
but may be at once known from both by the fact that the dark 
markings of the elytra make only two con- 
nections with the suture, and do not join 
it before the middle, and by the red 
trochanters, and also by the extreme 
border of the elytra, which is dark be- 
hind the shoulder and then reddish or 
reddish testaceous, in both sexes; in the 
female the apical portion of this border 
is violaceous ; the juxta-orbital striation 
is also stronger than in either of the other 
two species; the sides of the brilliantly 
metallic abdomen and sternum are for 
the most part thickly tomentose, but the 
sides of the episterna of the pro- and 
meso-sternum are abruptly bare; the 
gene also are bare; the episterna of the 
metasternum are thickly tomentose ; the 
last ventral segment or segments are 
sometimes red; there is a thick tuft of 
Fig.188.—Cicindela histrio. hairs at the posterior inner angle of the 

eyes, and the first joint of the antenne is 
setose ; the pronotum is subquadrate, closely but distinctly sculp- 
tured, dull, with the margins thickly setose, and with sete on the 
centre of the disc ; legs long, metallic, trochanters clear red. 

Length 103-122 millim. 

Sind: Karachi, Manora (Bell); Persta: Khorassan, Seistan, 
Bampur. 

The species appears to havea very wide range and will probably 
be found in many other localities; it is so like the common 
C. catena that it is very likely to be passed over. 


GRouP 25. 


Closely allied to the preceding, but with the gene distinctly 
and rather strongly pubescent. 


Pailimc ey... Ls ny een ava ia, Age AES catena, F., p. 426. 


sa OER GAN OR RRA EERE ARN Car? Rye striatifrons, Chaud., 


[p. 426. 


426 CICINDELID.E. 


200. Cicindela catena, FP. 
Cicindela catena, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. 1775, p. 226; Olivier, Ent. 
ii, 1790, p. 20, pl. i, fe. 12; Dejean, Spec: Coll ap ay: 
Cicindela capensis, Herbst, Fuessly, Arch. Ins. 1754, p. 149, pl. 27, 
fio. 14. 


Very like C. cancellata, from which it may be at once known by 
the densely pilose genx, these being bare 
and shining in the last-named species; the 
episterna of the prosternum are not bare 
at the sides; the eyes are less prominent, 
and the pronotum is slightly shorter, with 
the sides more rounded, and the punctation 
evidently stronger; the pubescence, more- 
over, is much more marked; there is a 
small but distinct tuft of sete at the 
posterior inner angle of the eyes, as in the 
4 , two preceding species, and the first 
X. Fi joint of the antenne is setose; the elytra 
/ 

lg 


are a little shorter, broader and less parallel- 
sided, and the front set of markings are 
therefore evidently shorter; im character 
Fig. 189.—Cicindela they resemble those of C. cancellata; the 
catend. episterna of the metasternum are in part 
bare, with the upper portion and the margin 
thickly pubescent ; the legs are metallic green and coppery, and 
the underside is violaceous, except the episterna which are of a 
brilhant fiery copper colour. 
Length 10-12 millim. 
CEYLON: Colombo. Matale, Kandy; Mapbras: ‘Travancore, 
Chatrapur, Mysore: Beyean: Calcutta, Chota Nagpur; SrkKim: 
Darjiling ; Burma: Teinzo. 


Widely distributed, and apparently not uncommon. 


ey 
as 
——— 


201. Cicindela striatifrons, Chaud. 


Cicindela striatifrons, Chaudoir, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1852, p. 12. 


Closely allied to C. catena and C. cancellata, but much narrower 
and more cylindrical, and with the space between the eyes 
narrower and strongly striated; the genz are pubescent as in 
C’. catena, and the sides of the pronotum and mesosternum are 
bare as in C. cancellata ; the episterna of the metasternum are bare 
in the centre; pronotum parallel-sided, rather longer than broad, 
dull, finely sculptured, with scanty sete at the sides and on the disc; 
elytra narrow, subparallel-sided, with the dark colour prevailing (a 
character which gives the insect a different superficial appearance 
from its allies); the markings, however, are of the same character 
as in C. catena, only exaggerated, and they touch the suture at four 
places, and the margins at two; or, taking the ground colour as 


CICINDELA,. 427 


dark, the light markings may be described as follows: a large 
lunule at the shoulders, touching a triangular spot near 
scutellum, curved and widened behind, a broad inverted V- 
shaped patch at the middle, and a lunule at the apex, dilated at 


Fig. 190.—Cicindela striatifrons. 


both ends ; there are also two small spotsin front near the suture. 
It will be noticed that the patterns of all these species bear a close 
analogy to that of the wndulata group ; legs and underside metallic 
green, violaceous and coppery, trochanters pitchy red. 

Length 10 millim. 

Beneat: Murshidabad, Berhampur (Atkinson); BompBay: 
Kanara (Bel/). 

Mr. Bell says, “ By the side of rivers, on sand, in June; very 
shy and hard to catch ; retiring into the muddy grass at night, in 
jungle conniry.” 


Group 26. 


Head and pronotum entirely pubescent; underside, except in 
the centre, entirely tomentose; elytra whitish testaceous, with 
linear dark markings. This group contains one very pretty and 
distinct species. 


202, Cicindela albina, Wired. 
Cicindela albina, Wiedemann, Zool. Mag. i, 3, 1819, p. 169. 
Cicindela albida, Dejean, Spec, Col. i, 1825, p. 125. 


Labrum testaceous, truncate or slightly rounded, mandibles and 
palpi testaceous, with the apex only dark; head and pronotum 
coppery, finely sculptured, covered with thick white pubescence, 


428 CICINDELIDA, 


the former not, or very finely, striate within the eyes, which have 


only a narrow space between them in front ; 
pronotum subquadrate, with the sides very 
slightly rounded, finely sculptured; elytra 
with the sides gently rounded, dull white, 
with dark linear markings, which do not 
touch either the base, apex or margins, 
and take the form of a line, running 
parallel with the suture (which is narrowly 
dark), from which spring three more or 
less irregular oblique stripes, parallel with 
one another, and starting one from the 
apex, one from behind the middle and the 
ether from before the middle; the pos- 
terior one is notched behind and often it 
is separated altogether from the longi- 
tudinal stripe, with the dilated end of 
which it forms «# separate marking; the 
Te. MOMania extreme margins are coppery ; legs metallic 
albina. with white pubescence, femora thickly 
pubescent, trochanters clear red ; under- 
side in fresh specimens, including the gene, entirely. clothed 
(except just under the head and a small patch j in the centre) with 
thick white tomentose pubescence, which completely hides the 
metallic colour ; the pubescence is often rubbed on the centre of 
the abdomen and other parts, but in fresh specimens is very 
striking. 
Length 138-16 millim. 
BenGaL: Chota Nagpur, Asansol, Orissa; Sikkim: Darjiling. 
Qn sand dunes in Orissa, not on the sea-shore (Annandale). 


TROUP 27, 

Very distinct imsects, with the elytra ovate; dise of the 
prouotum and the gene bare and shining; prosternum and epi- 
sterna of the metasternum with very long white pubescence, 
projecting at the sides of the former ; abdomen bare and shining. 


I. Size much larger (11-12 mm.); elytra 
oradually and rather strongly nar- 
rowed from behind middle to base, 


broadest behind middle ...... speetere ornata, Fleut., p. 428. 

IT. Size much smaller (8 mm.); elytra 
scarcely narrowed in front, broadest [p. 429. 
aueapout the maddles 4h. oer copulata, Schm.-Goeb., 


203. Cicindela ornata, /Veut. 


Cicindela ernata, Fleutiaux, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1878, p. 146; 
Maindyron, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1899, p. 385. 


Much larger than the succeeding species, from which it is very 


CICINDELA. 429 


distinct. Labrum large, clear white ; head and pronotum brilliant 
coppery red, the former some- 
what excavate and finely striated 
between the eyes, the latter sub- 
quadrate, rather longer than 
broad, very finely sculptured, 
with a thick frill of long sete 
projecting from the sides of the 
prosternum, which will at once 
distinguish the species; there 
are also short setze at the apical 
margin; elytrasubovate, widened 
behind, very finely and closely, 
but quite perceptibly, punctured, 
with the suture broadly coppery 
until behind the middle, where 
the colour contracts for a short 
distance and from its apex pro- 
ceeds an oblique hatchet-shaped 
marking; on the front of the 
disc isa linear coppery marking, 
reflexed at its apex towards the 
Fig. 192.— Cicindela ornata. margins ; the extreme margins 
are white, concolorous with the 
elytra; iegs long, metallic, trochanters metallic; underside much 
as in the succeeding species, with all the episterna pubescent and 
the gene bare. 
Length 11-12 millim. 
Siyp: Karachi, on the sands of Manorah (Shopland). 
Extremely local, like the succeeding species, but not uncommon 
where it occurs. 


904. Cicindela copulata, Schm.-Goeb. 
Cicindela copulata, Schmidt-Goebel, Faun, Col. Birm. 1846, p. 9. 

A very pretty and distinct ‘little species. 
Labrum testaceous ; head metallic, without 
pubescence, brilliantly red and very finely 
striated below the eyes, very finely sculp- 
tured in the middle and behind; eyes 
rather prominent ; pronotum narrow, 
subcylindrical, about as long as_ broad, 
coppery, finely sculptured, with the central 
line shghtly marked, dise bar2; on the 
anterior and posterior margins are thick 
rows of very short sete, and from the 
upper edge of the prosternum projects 
a border of long sete, which appear 
to belong to the pronotum ; scutellum 
Fig. 193.—Cicindela  COppery; elytra smooth and rather shiny, 

copulata. with extremely fine sculpture, ovate, 


rc, 


430 CICINDELID#. 


bluntly pointed behind, apical sutural angle with a sharp spine, the 
suture broadly dark, and with two markings on each proceeding 
from this, one like an inverted mallet joimed to the suture by 
its head (sometimes separated from the suture), and the other 
hatchet-shaped, jomed to a process of the suture by the handle, 
extreme margins white, concolorous with the elytra; legs 
metallic, trochanters apd apex of abdomen red; underside 
mostly bare, dark metallic, all the episterna covered with white 
pubescence, and the gene bare. 

Length 8 millim. 

Buncan: Calcutta (//elfer) *; Stxp: Karachi (Bell g Shopland). 

Schmidt-Goebel describes the species in his ‘ Coleoptera of 
3urma,’ but gives Cossipour, near Calcutta, as the only locality. 
The species is very local, and appears to have been met with 
very rarely. 


(FROUP 28. 


A very distinct group, with the whole upper surface smooth, 
elabrous and shining, and the underside clothed with moderate or 
thick pubescence ; the gene are bare; the sides of the pronotum 
proper are not setose, but the prosternum, which is more or less 
thickly setose, is sometimes raised at the sides and displays the 
setae from above. 


[. Pronotum about as long as broad, or 
slightly transverse, subcylindrical. 
i. Elytra less parallel-sided, bronze green 


with a broad white margin ...... limbata, Schim.-Goeb., 
ii. Elytra more parallel-sided, very varia- [patois 
blew markings fo anh)n2 <i coulda hivamosa, F., p. 431. 


II. Pronotum distinctly transverse. 
i. Pronotum with the sides straight and 
parallel; elytra bronze green with a 
broad irregular testaceous margin.. maindroni,W. Horn, p. 482. 
ii. Pronotum with the sides more or less 
rounded. 
1. Elytra shorter and less parallel- 
sided, slightly widened behind, 
bright blue or bronze, with a very 
irregular broad testaceous margin ; 
head and pronotum rather strongly 
sculptured, the latter more con- 
tracted: Deh: 4. hae. eee ee ee bcllana, W. Horn, p. 433. 
2, Elytra longer and more parallel- 
sided, not widened behind, with 
alternate bronze and testaceous 
longitudinal stripes, reaching from 
base to apex; head and pronotum 
very finely sculptured, the latter 
scarcely contracted behind ...... quadrilineata, F., p. 484. 


* Heifer’s localities appear to be somewhat doubtful. 


i 


CACINDELA. 431 


205. Cicindela limbata, Schm.- Goch. 
Cicundela limbata, Schmidt-Goebel, Faun. Col. Birm. 1846, p. 7. 


Of the size of C. biramosa, but with the elytra less parallel-sided, 
upperside bronze-green, underside violaceous ; Jabrum testaceous ; 
head finely rugose, bright green at the sides, eyes very large ; 
pronotum slightly transverse, almost cylindrical, granulose ; elytra 
bronze green, with a broad white margin; on the green portion is 
an interrupted row of large punctures, and the white edge is finely 
punctured ; underside violaceous, with the sides thickly pubescent ; 
legs bronze green. 

Length 13 millim. 

BurMa. 


206. Cicindela biramosa, /”. 


Cicindela biramosa, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. i, 1781, p. 286; Dejean, 
Spec. Col. i, 1825, p. 133. 

Cieindela tridentatu, Thunberg, Noy. Ins. Sp. 1784, p. 26, fig. 40. 

Cicindela biramosa var. contracta, Fleutiaux, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 
1898, p. 488. 

Cicindela biramosa vay. dilatata, Fleutiaux, 1. ¢. 


Very variable in size and extent of markings, shining and 
smooth, bronze or dark bronze-green with a coppery reflection, 
which is especially noticeable on the head and pronotum ; labrum 
testaceous, head finely striated within the eyes, which are large 
and prominent; pronotum somewhat variable in length, as a rule 
about as lone as broad, with the sides gently rounded, very finely 
sculptured, central iine distinct but not strongly marked; elytra 
very shiny, sparsely sculptured, more distinctly in front than 
behind, with an irregular row of larger punctures near the suture, 
dark, with the margins more or less broadly white from the 
shoulder to the apex; from the margin at about the middle pro- 
ceeds a blunt transverse spot, which reaches to about the middle 
of the disc, and the hinder white portion is thickened at its apex, 
the space forming a lunule continuing the margin; legs coppery 
and green, trochanters dark, metallic ; underside coppery, green and 
violaceous, almost bare in the centre, with somewhat thick, but 
very fugitive pubescence at the sides; genze bare; sides of pro- 
sternum with large punctures. 

Length 10-14 millim. 

Cryton and Souruern Iypra, generally distributed ; Bunaar: 
Huegli River, Orissa, Chittagong, Sunderbunds; Anpamaw Is. ; 
Borma; TENASSERIM; Manacca; CHINA. : 

Many varieties occur. M. Fleutiaux (/.c.) says that the speci- 
men from Tenasserim has the white markings inconspicuous and 
he proposes to call it var. contracta, this form having also occurred 


432 CICINDELID®. 


in Rangoon. The Ceylon examples, however, have the white 
markings much developed and for these he proposes the name of 
var. dilatatu. The species appears to be found on or near the sea- 
coast, and not in forests ; Helfer once found it in great abundance 
on the banks of the Hugli. 

Mr. Annandale says of this common Indian insect (Annotated 
List of Insects in the Indian Museum, 1, p. 30):—“I have only 
seen this beetle on the sea-shore, but wherever I have seen it, 
it has been extremely common. This is the case at Puri on the 
Orissa coast, at Pamben, on Raneswarem Island (Madura district, 
Madras), at Trivandrum and at Srayikad, on the Travancore coast. 
At none of these places did I ever meet. with it at more than two 
hundred yards from the edge of the sea. At Trivandrum it was 
replaced in a very striking manner round the pools of rain-water 
just above the beach by C. swmatrensis, while at Balighai, near 
Puri, the same was the case, except that the landward species was 
there C’. cancellata. C. biramosa does not occur, however, on every 
sandy beach within its limits of distribution, although all the places 
at which I have seen it have been of this nature. A careful search, 
conducted for several hours, at Verlakai, between Srayikad and 
Trivandrum, did not enable me to see a single specimen. C. bi- 
ramosa is very active on the wing and is frequently mistaken for a 
digging-wasp. Apparently it flies by night as well as by day, for 
a considerable number of individuals flew to my lantern on the 
shore at Srayikad after dark. At Pamben | saw many individuals 
being captured and devoured by an Asilid fly. The food of the 
species seems to consist largely of insects which have fallen 
into the sea, or live naturally on the surface, and are washed 


ashore.” 


207. Cicindela maindroni, |’. Horn. 
Cicindela maindroni, W. Hora, Ent. Nachr. 1897, p. 98. 


This is a much larger species than C. biramosa, to which it is 
closely allied, although it appears to be most nearly related to the 
Abyssinian species C. riippeli, Guer. Labrum large, somewhat 
produced in front, white with the anterior margin very narrowly 
dark ; clypeus, gene and front of head shining green; head and 
prosotum dark greenish bronze, with more or less distinct coppery 
reflections, the former excavate between the eyes, which are very 
large ; striation and sculpture very fine ; pronotum subquadrate 
slightly transverse, with rows of very short sete in front and 
behind, very finely sculptured, central line very slightly marked, 
sides almost straight and not rounded and narrowed behind as in 
(’, biramosa; elytra broad, ample, slightly widened behind, closely 
and finely, but distinctly, sculptured, with an irregular row of 
larger punctures near the suture, bronze-green, with the side 
margins broadly testaceous from the shoulder to the apex, the 


CICINDELA. 433 


colour being produced into a broad triangular dentate patch benina 
the middle, and a broad rounded patch before the apex, the apical 
portion being really, as in C. biramosa, an exaggerated form of the 
lunule so common in the genus; extreme side-margins metallic; 
legs green ; trochanters red; apex of abdomen reddish testaceous ; 
- underside coppery green in front, violaceous behind, the sides, 
including all the episterna, clothed with thick tomentose 
pubescence, gene bare. 

Length 14-16 millim. 

Sinp: Karachi, Island of Kiamari, on clayey sands (Maindron) ; 
BALUCHISTAN. 


208. Cicindela bellana, W. Horn. 


Cicindela bellana, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zit. 1905, p. 63. 
Cicindela bellana ab. nuda, W. Horn, Syst. Ind. Cicind. (Feb. 1905), 
p. 38, note. 


This species is intermediate between C.. biramosa and C. main- 
droni; it differs from C. maindroni in being smaller, with the 
pronotum quite differently shaped and more distinctly sculptured ; 
in the last-named species the base is almost broader than the apex, 
whereas in C’. bellana it has the sides rounded and plainly nar- 
rowed and constricted at base; the broad light margins of the 
elytra are more irregular, being produced in front to the suture, 
and the apical patch is not curved; the dark markings, which 
are bronze-green, or sometimes bright blue, approach much 
nearer the margin in two places, and almost meet it behind; the 
trochanters, moreover, are metallic; in the shape of the head and 
eyes and in the pubescence of the underside it agrees with 
C. maindroni, and differs from C. biramosa, from which it may 
further be distinguished by the more cordate and more evidently 
sculptured pronotum and much more strongly punctured elytra. 
It is a very distinct and handsome species, especially the blue 
variety. 

Length 12-14 millim. 

Sind: Karachi (Bell); Persta: Fao (Brit. Mus.). 


Var. nuda, W. Horn. 


This variety has the upper surface entirely bronze-green, without 
or with hardly any testaceous markings; the specimens I have 
seen are entirely unicolorous. 

Length 13 millim. 

Styp : Karachi (Bell), 


QF 


434 CICINDELIDA, 


209. Cicindela quadrilineata, /’. 


Cicindela quadrilineata, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. i, 1781, p. 285 ; Olivier, 
Ent. ii, 1790, p. 25, pl. i, figs. 4 & 5; Dejean, Spec. Col, i, 1825, 
p. 182. 

Cicindela renei, W. Horn, Ann. Mus. Genova, xxxvli, p. 273. 


A large, conspicuous, and well known species. Labrum short, 
testaceous, leaving a great part of the mandibles (which are tes- 
teceous, with black apex) exposed ; 
maxillary palpi bright green, testaceous 
in the middle, labial palpi testaceous, 
last joint bright green; head dull cop- 
pery, brighter at the sides, excavate and 
very finely striated between the eyes, 
which are large and prominent; pro- 
notum coppery, transverse, rounded 
at the sides, with strongly marked 
impressions in front and behind, and 
impressions at the sides joining these, 
formed by the raised edge of the pro- 
sternum, which is almost level with the 
cise of the pronotum and covered with 
long white sete; disc very finely 
sculptured, with the central line not 
strongly marked; elytra long, rather 
broad, subparallel-sided, very gently 

f \ rounded, with the oblique margin at 
the apex very plainly serrulate, the 
suture metallic, with a dark bronze 

Fig. 194.—Cicindela quadri- longitudinal stripe on each side of it 
ILE and attached to it (sometimes almost 
black, sometimes coppery), reaching 
from the base nearly to the apex, aud including the scutellum ; 
on the disc of each there is another stripe of the same descrip- 
tion, reaching from the base, but not quite touching it, nearly to 
the apex, and either joining or separate from the apex of the 
sutural band; as a rule they are jomed and the outer band is 
notched a little before the apex, but they are variable in size and 
regularity; extreme margins testaceous, concolorous with the 
ground-colour; upper surface distinctly punctured, apical sutural 
angle with a sharp spine in both sexes; legs green and coppery, 
trochanters metallic ; underside coppery, with the sides, including 
all the episterna, thickly pubescent, sides of pronotum with large 
punctures. 

Length 15-17 millim. 

This species is a very characteristic Indian beetle and apparently 
occurs from Ceylon to North India; M. Maindron says (Cicin- 
délides de Sind, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1899, p. 381) that he has 
found it from Tenasserim to the North, and that it is common on 
the sands of Manorah near Karachi, where it has been taken by 


-CICINDELA. 435 


Captain Shopland in company with C. ornata; it also occurs in 
Baluchistan. The colour of the light bands varies, being some- 
times yellowish or dusky yellow, and sometimes almost clear 
white. 


Var. renei, W. Horn. 


This variety chiefly differs in having the bronze stripes en the 
‘disc much reduced, and sometimes interrupted, so that much more 
of the pale ground-colour is vistble; the elytra are slightly more 
ovate, with the shoulders a little less marked. 

Length 15-16 millim. 

Cryton; Mapras: Trichinopoli; Stvp: Karachi. 

A variety described by Bates as C. millingent is found at Bushire 
in the Persian Gulf, which resembles the var. rene? in the preva- 
lence of the pale colouring. 

As in C. biramosa which in variation much resembles C. guadri- 
lineata, transitional examples occur which fill up all the gaps 
between the specimens in which the hght and dark colour prevails ; 
but the races are local, and M. Maindron (J. ¢.) says that the 
typical form is found only in Tenasserim and Burma. The Sind 
specimens, however, appear to be typical, and I have a typical 
example before me from Madras; though it does not appear to be 
quite settled what the typical form really is. 


Group 29, 


The small species (6-63 mm.) which constitutes this group 
may be known by being the only Indian species that has the epi- 
pleure of the elytra furnished with long pubescence at the sides of 
the metasternum ; the underside is thickly pubescent, exeept the 
prosternum and gene, which are scantily pubescent; the species 
is also characterised by the great length of the legs, especially of 
the posterior pair, 


210. Cicindela phalangioides, Schin.-Goeb. 


Cicindela phalangroides, Schmidt-Goebel, Faun. Col. Birm, 1846, 
ip. 18. 


A very small species, with very long legs; head moderately 
strongly excavate, very finely striate in front, with green, red, and 
bluish reflections, the frontal sulci being sometimes bright blue; 
pronotum short, rounded at the sides, very finely sculptured, com- 
paratively smooth, golden-red or green on the disc, the margins 
blue or greenish blue ; elyira parallel-sided, obliquely truncate on 
each side just before the apex, very closely and finely sculptured, 
the upper surface having a dull and finely shagreened appearance, 
obscurely metallic, with a small spot at the shoulders and the 
whole edges from the shoulders white; underside, from the 

22 


436 CICINDELID A, 


pronotum to the apex, with thick whitish pubescence, epipleure 
with light hairs ; legs very long, especially the hinder pair, partly 
metallic and partly testaceous, femora much thickened at the base, 
tibie slightly thickened at the apex. 

Length 6-63 millim. 

BuRMa : Peou. 

A scarce species, known from no other locality. The colour 
appears to be variable and occasionally the margins of the elytra 
are blue. 


GRovp 30. 


Small species (74-9 mm.) with the elytra subparallel-sided and 
usually subr ectangular ; episterna of metasternum very scantily 
pubescent or bare; gene bare; elytra unicolorous, or with white. 
markings at the margins only, or with the whole margins narrowly 
white. 


I. Elytra depressed and dull, with the 
shoulders more marked. 
i, Pronotum broad, subquadrate, dull, 
with the sides straighter and al- 
most parallel, extremely finely 
sculptured ; elytra with a narrow 
well defined, white border, the 
rest being unicolorous.......... limosa, Saund., p. 436. 
il. Pronotum much narrower, slightly 
longer than broad, rather shiny, 
with the sculpture compara- 
tively strong; elytra with a hu- 
meral spot, an elongate, broadly 
triangular spot at the sides, 
and the apical margin narrowly 
WADIHE: +. csshaus. Adon ohio aiagmaaye andersoni, Gestro, p. 437. 
iii, Pronotum about as long as broad 
with the basal angles strongly 
produced, finely but distinctly 
sculptured ; elytra unicolorous .. malabarica, Maindr. § Fleut., 
II. Elytra convex and shiny, with the [p. 438. 
shoulders less marked; pronotum 
strongly rounded in front; elytra 
very rarely unicolorous (var. 2mmar- 
ginata, W. Horn), as a rule with 
the margins narrowly white ...... gyllenhali, De}., p. 438. 


211. Cicindela limosa, Sawnd. 


Cicindela limosa, Saunders, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1884, p. 64, pl. (f 
fig. 6; Schmidt-Goebel, Faun. Col. Birm. 1846, p. 7. 
Cicindela cinctella, Chevrolat, Le Nat. 1882, p. os 


A small species of a dull greenish bronze colour, with the elytra 
subrectangular, much broader at the base than pronotum, with 
the margins narrowly white, and the disc without markings and 


CICINDELA. 437 


unicolorous; labrum testaceous, narrow, leaving the greater part 
of the mandibles exposed ; the latter large, testaceous, with black 
apex; head broad between the eyes, which are moderately 
prominent, dull bronze-green, with slight coppery reflection, and 
with two obscure dark blue lines in front, sculpture very fine, 
striation near eyes only visible under a somewhat high magnifying 
power; pronotum subquadrate, about as long as broad, with the 
sides almost straight, very slightly narrowed behind, anterior and 
posterior depressions well marked, central line feebly marked, 
sculpture exceedingly fine, upper surface dull and coloured like 
the head ; elytra almost parallel-sided, of equal breadth at base and 
apex, much broader than the base of the pronotum, with the 
shoulders well marked and deeply impressed between the shoulders 
and scutellum; closely asperately and distinctly sculptured in 
front, more obsoletely behind; legs long, green, knees and 
underside of tibize more or less red, tibiae more or less fuscons, 
trochanters clear red; underside coppery, with the sides of the 
abdomen, the mesosternum and the edge of the posterior coxe 
thickly pubescent, episterna of metasternum scantily pubescent, 
episterna of prosternum and the gene bare. 

Length 9 millim. 

SIkKiM: Mungphu; Burma: Pegu; ANDAMAN IsLANDS; 
Nicopar Isnanps ; Cryton ; CHusan Isianps. 


212. Cicindela andersoni, Gestro. 
Crcindela andersont, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genova, 1889, p. 83. 


Very like the preceding at first 
sight in shape and colour, (ob- 
scure greenish-bronze, very dull), 
but easily distinguished by the 
narrower and more rounded pro- 
notum, and the narrower elytra 
which are subrectangular and par- 
allel-sided, but are rather more 
abruptly oblique at the apex and are 
much narrower in proportion to the 
pronotum, with the shoulders not 
so much marked ; the margin, more- 
over, is not entirely white, but there 
is a white patch at the shoulders, 
a large long, very obtusely angled 
triangular spot at the middle, and a 
marginal line at the apex; the 
trochanters are red as in C. limosa, 
and the pubescence is much the 
same, but more scanty, the epi- 
sterna of the metasternum being 
almost bare; the sides of the head 


Hig. 195.— Cicindela 
andersoni. 


438 CICINDELIDA. 


and pronotum are more brightly metallic; in the female there 


is on each elytron a bright dark round area before the middle. 
Length 7-9% wmillim. 
Burma: Teinzo, Karen Hills, North Chin Hills. 


213. Cicindela malabarica, Maind. & Fleut. 


Cicindela malabarica,* Maindron & Fleutiaux, Bull. Soc. Ent. France,. 
1903, p. 72. 


C f ) ) Obscurely geneous, almost black, dull 


unicolorous, without markings of any 
kind; labrum and mandibles dark, head 
rather broad between the eyes, which are 
aa large and prominent, very finely striated 


as broad, with the anterior angles roundec, 
and the posterior angles much produced, 
especially in the female, so that the base 
appears to be broader than the apex, 
sculpture more evident on the margins 
than on the disc, impressions fairly strong, 
central line scarcely traceable; elytra 
considerably narrower in the male than in 
the female, without markings, very finely 
sculptured ; legs very long, femora obscure- 
ly violaceous, tibie, tarsi, and trochanters 
dark ; pubescence of the underside, which 
is shining and more or less violaceous, 
Fie, 196.—Cicindela very scanty; episterna and gene bare. 
_ malabarica. Length 74-94 milJin. 
Mapras: Mahé (Maindron). 


214. Cicindela gyllenhali, De). 


Cicindela ygyllenhah, Dejean, Spec. Col. i, 1825, p. 148. 
Cicindela gyllenhali var. immarginata, W. Horn, Deutsche Ent, 
Zeitschr. 1892, p. 81. 


This species resembles C. lémosa in size and general appearance 
and especially in having the sides of the elytra narrowly white 
and the disc without any markings, but it is much more 
shining and convex, and has the frontal striation more evident, 
the pronotum much more rounded, the elytra more convex and 
the whole of the upper surface shiny instead of dull; the colour 
is obscure greenish bronze, and the general appearance, when 
viewed from above, is very like that of C. bellana var. nuda, Horn, 
but the present insect is a much smaller one. Head with the 
eyes large and prominent, the juxta-ocular striation being very 
distinct, and the hinder part finely sculptured; pronotum 


and sculptured ; pronotum about as long 


ur 


' * CICINDELA. 439 


with the sculpture finely but distinctly asperate; contracted at 
the base and with the impressions and central line well marked ; 
elytra convex and shining, closely and distinctly sculptured, with 
traces of an irregular larger row of punctures on each side near 
the suture ; legs metallic, trochanters and knees red: underside 


{/ 


Fig. 197.— Cicindela gyllenhali. 


coppery and green, darker behind, with the sides of the abdomen 
scantily, and the edge of the posterior coxe thickly pubescent, 
episterna bare; the spine at the sutural apical angle is very 
evident. 

Length 9-93 millim. 

BompBay: Bandra (Jayakar) ; Sind: Karachi (Bell). 


Var. immarginata, W. Horn. 


This variety has the elytra concolorous, without the white 
margin. Dr. Horn described it on one female specimen, but gives 
no locality. 


[In the Annotated List of Asiatic beetles in the collection cf 
the Indian Museum (Cicindelide, Dr. Annandale and Dr. Horn), 
among the localities given for C. burmeisteri, Fisch. var. stoliczkana, 
Bates (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1878, p. 713) are Kashmir and 
the Jhelum Valley. Dr. Horn, however, informs me that the 
Kashmir locality was given under a misapprehension, and the 
insect cannot therefore at present be included in the Indian list 
although it appears to be very probable that it may occur. | 


440 CICINDELID#. 


Genus APTEROESSA. 


Cicindela, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. i, 1781, p. 282 (ex parte). 
Apteroessa, Hope, Col. Man. 11, 1838, p. 169, pl. ii, fig. 1. 


Type, Cicindela grossa, F. 

The single species belonging to this genus is characterized by 
being apterous and by its thick clumsy 
and heavy form, in which it differs 
from any species of the genus Cveim- 
dela. Unfortunately, as Dr. Horn ob- 
serves (Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1899, 
p- 47), there is not an even mode- 
rately good example in existence; all 
that are known at present are the 
Fabrician type in the British Museum, 
from which the description given 
below is taken, and which is_ well 
figured as regards outline by Westwood, 
in Hope’s Manual (1. c. supra); an 
CC Ay ae example without extremities in Dr. 
a Horn’s collection; and the abdomen 
f 4 of a third in the Berlin Museum. It 
| ; is probably extremely local, and it is 
quite possible that some collector may 
turn it up in numbers somewhere in 


the district adjoining the Coromandel Coast, if this be the true 
locality. 


Fig. 198.—Apteroessa grossa. 


215. Apteroessa grossa, F. 


Cicindela grossa, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. i, 1781, p. 282. 
Apteroessa grossa, Hope, Col. Man. ii, 1888, p. 169, pl. ii, fig. 1. 


A large, strongly and coarsely built species, black, with yellow 
markings on the elytra; labrum short, yellow, bluntly dentate, 
with the margins dark and with two dark spots touching the basal 
margin; mandibles large, strong, pale, with the teeth, tips and 
outer edge dark; antennae (in the specimen described) almost 
entirely wanting, but apparently stout and dark; head very large, 
eyes small and not very prominent, with strongly raised dark inner 
borders, space between the eyes flat and rugosely sculptured, oc- 
ciput also coarsely sculptured; near the eyes are some coarse 
white sete ; pronotum in front about as broad as the head with 
the eyes, with the sides gradually rounded, very slightly widened 
in front and then narrowed rather strongly at the base, very 
coarsely sculptured, especially in front, with strong depressions in 
front and behind (the anterior depression being situated at some 
distance from the margin, very strong, and quite cutting off the 
front portion), central line feebly marked ; at the sides there are 


rh ee 
‘i 


MEGACEPHALA, 441 


scattered sete; scutellum large, almost smooth; elytra ovate, 
convex, duller than the front parts, with the shoulders quite 
rounded off, gradually rounded to apex, with scattered and not 
close punctuation throughout (the bottom of the punctures being 
green), and with smaller and finer, sparingly distributed punctures 
between them ; the punctuation is much stronger at the sides, 
which are brighter and show traces of violaceous reflection, the 
extreme margins being metallic green, and the epipleure ferru- 
ginous; the yellow markings are conspicuous: there are three on 
each elytron, one at the base, oblong, not touching the side 
margin, one behind the middle almost circular, but produced a 
little towards the margin, and a third, oblique, at the apex; at 
and before the apex there are distinct coarse outstanding sete ; 
legs stout, setose ; underside, in the Fabrician specimen, with the 
sides of the prosternum and the apex of the abdomen almost bare, 
and the rest of the sides pubescent. Dr. Horn, however, speaks of 
the forehead, pronotum, epipleurz of the elytra, the gene, and all 
the side- -parts of the body as turnished with pubescence, and 
speaking of the peculiar sete at the apex of the elytra, he says 
that, as on the whole upper surface, besides the deeper punctures, 
there are finer scattered punctures, he does not consider it im- 
possible that in fresh examples the whole upper surface is covered 
with setose hairs. 

Length 21-22 miilim. 

Mapras: Coromandel, Tranquebar. 

No specimen has been taken for more than a hundred years. 


Subfamily MEGACEPHALIN AL. 


Rather large and conspicuous insects, with the head, as a rule 
? 9 
much developed; but this is not alway ase, as in Oxycheila 
h developed ; but th t always the case, as in Owycherl 
it is on " moderate size; alpi ar é 1e labie 
t ly ot lerate ; the palpi are elongate, the labial 
palpi being longer than the maxillary, and the third joint of the 
latter is longer than the fourth; they are very active insects, 
but are, in certain cases, apterous. The family is only represented 
ne species which has a very w re aleearctic an 
by o ec hich has a very wide range in the Palearctic and 
Oriental regions. 


Genus MEGACEPHALA. 


Megacephala, Latreille, Hist. Nat. Ins. 111, p. 79. 
Tetracha, Hope, Col. Man. ii, p. 6. 


Type, Creindela senegalensis, Linneé. 

There seems to be no sufficient reason for separating MWegacephala 
and Yetracha. The latter was separated by Westwood and Horn 
on the ground that the mandibles have four apical teeth, instead 


442 CICINDELID A. 


of three as in the first mentioned genus; besides this they have 
the shoulders of the elytra nearly always well marked, because the 
wings are well developed; the first three joints of the anterior 
tarsi are dilated in the male, and spongy-pubescent beneath. The 
type of Tetracha is Cicindela carolina, Linné. The species be- 
longing to Tetracha belong to the New World, those placed under 
Megacephala to the Old. 


216. Megacephala euphratica, De;. 
Megacephala euphratica, Latreille & Dejean, Hist. Nat. Col. Eur. i,. 
1822, p. 37, pl. i, fig. 4. 
Tetracha euphratica, Lacordaire, Gen. Col. i, 1854, p. 13. 


Var. Megacephala armeniaca, Castelnau, Rey. Ent. Silb. ii, 1834, 
p. 28. 


A stout robust species, with the front parts not much narrower 
than the elytra; head and pronotum green, with more or less 
obscure violaceous reflections, 
labrum and mouth-parts mostly 
testaceous, mandibles large and 
powerful, dark towards apex; head 
large, about as broad as pronotum,, 
not contracted behind, eyes large 
and prominent; sculpture of 
head very fine, coarsely alu- 
taceous, stronger near the eyes 
where it is striate; antenne 
slender, testaceous, with long 
sete at the apex of the joints; 
pronotum widest in front, sub- 
cordiform, gradually narrowed to 
the base, with two transverse fur- 
rows (angulate in the centre) and 
Fig. 199.—Megacephala euphratica. a strong central channel ; elytra 

oblong, slightly rounded at the 

sides, green, with the apex broadly testaceous, the space betore 
this and more or less of the space near suture being of a purplish 
colour, sculpture strong and asperate in front, much finer behind ; 
legs long, testaceous, coxze and trochanters also testaceous or 
pitchy-testaceous ; underside bluish green, blue or purple with the 
apical part of the abdomen dark; shoulders well marked. 

Length 19-26 millim. 

Sinp: Karachi. Widely distributed from Spain to Persia. 

Horn and Annandale (Catalogue of Asiatic Beetles in the Indian 
Museum, Part i, p. 5) say that the geographical area of the 
priority-form of this species, the only representative of the group. 
in ‘the Palearctic and Oriental regions, is very remarkable :— 


_ MEGACEPHALA. 443. 


Cartagena (South Spain), Andalusia, Algeria to Tripoli, Egypt, 
Gulf of Tadjura (Obock), Sinai, Syria, Rhodes, Cyprus, Caucasus, 
the Euphrates, Persia and Karachi. 


Var. armeniaca, Cast. 


This is the bluish form of the species. 

The localities recorded for this variety are :— United Provinces : 
Agra (Zhomson) ; Perso-Baluch Frontier or Seistan (Seistan 
Expedition, 19038); Afghan-Baluch Frontier (Afghan Boundary 
Commission, 1896). It also occurs in Armenia, and in Transcaspia, 
up to the Amu Daria in Seistan (//orn). 


444  PAUSSIDE, 


PAUSSIDA. 


- Structure. 


Form rectangular, longer or shorter, usually more or less de- 
pressed, but sometimes very convex, rarely subcylindrical ; size 
very variable. 

Head variable in shape, usually n narrower than the pronotum, 
sometimes very short, small, and transverse, sometimes large, 
more or less hexagonal, and much produced before the eyes. 
Eyes sometimes large and prominent, occupying practically the 
whole of the sides of the head, sometimes comparatively small 
and scarcely at all prominent; temples usually, but not always, 
more or less visible behind the eyes. -Antennw inserted on the 
front, under the frontal ridge (if it is present), extremely variable 
and abnormal, with from two to eleven joints. Labiwm trans- 
verse, subquadrangular, or spoon-shaped, sometimes subtrian- 
gular, with the anterior margin truncate, subtruncate, or more 
or less emarginate ; paraglosse wanting, or scarcely traceable. 
Mandibles short, stout, and curved, almost always unidentate. 
Macxille very variable, the external lobe being often wanting, and 
even when present as arule very narrow and sometimes styliform ; 
it is in some cases reduced to a prominence ora tooth. Maaillary 
and labial palpi very variable and affording tribal and generic 
distinctions; these will be treated of below under the various 
headings of the divisions of the family. 

Pronotum also extremely variable, and affording in certain cases 
generic distinctions, sometimes simple, sometimes more or less 
divided by a furrow, and in the case of the genus Paussus often 
completely divided by a large transverse excavation, which is in 
many cases furnished at the sides with tufts of yellow pubescence. 
The latter appear to be secretory and to have some connection 
with the myrmecophilous habits of the species. Jlesonotum: a 
small triangular scutellum is visible which is very rarely absent. 
The prosternum has the episterna large, but the epimera very small 
and obsolete. Mesosternum transverse, with the episterna well 
marked, but with the epimera scarcely traceable. Metasternum 
usually large, but shorter in some genera than in others, with the 
episterna large and variable, usually in the form of an elongate 
triangle, visible along the whole length, or partly hidden by the 
epipleure of the elytra; epimera very small and almost always 
completely hidden by the elytra. 

Elytra oblong, more or less rectangular, rarely subcylindrical, 
never dehiscent, and usually leaving the pygidium uncovered; the 
sculpture is usually very fine; the shoulders are often well marked 


PAUSSID A. 445. 


and prominent, and at the sides, just before apex, there is in the 
majority of cases, a small expansion or fold. 

Wings well developed in all cases, with somewhat irregular and 
broken venation, but plainly of the adephagid type (vide p. 41). 

Legs almost always robust, with the femora and tibie often. 
much dilated and compressed ; coxee of the anterior and inter- 
mediate pairs round, of the posterior transverse; trochanters 
large and well developed; tarsi always five-jointed, with the last. 
joint elongate, sometimes as long as the four preceding together ; 
all the joints are simple and entire and never bilobed ; in some 
genera the first four are dilated and strongly pubescent beneath 
in the male; the claws are always two in number, and are strong: 
and simple. 


Fig. 200.—Wing of Paussus letus, Gerst.; Abyssinia. (After Raffray.) 


Abdomen with five ventral segments visible along the middle 
and six at the sides, as is generally the case in the families of the 
ADEPHAGA. Stigmata, fourteen (Raffray) or sixteen (Desneux) 
abdominal, and four thoracic. The shape of the genital arma- 
tures is very variable, and affords good characters, but this need 
not be discussed here; a detailed account will be found in 
Raffray’s work (Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, (2) viii, 1885, p. 325) 
and several of the armatures have been figured by him. 


Habits. 


We have already discussed, in the general Introduction, the 
question of the position of the Paussip#, and this need not again 
be referred to. The habits of the family are very interesting. Its. 
members are mainly, if not entirely, myrmecophilous, and they 
appear to be almost exclusively found in or near ants’ nests, or 
flying to light. They have the power of crepitating, and discharge 
a volatile fluid from the anus, with an explosion. This fluid is 
caustic and diseolours the flesh ; Loman, and after him Escherich, 
have recognized in it the presence of free iodine. Some of the 
larger species, such as Cerapterus stali (which is almost as large as 
a Geotrupes), make quite an alarming noise when disturbed. 
Besides this defensive secretion, it is evident that a large number 
of the species have the power of secreting a substance that is 
pleasing or nourishing to the ants with which they live, and the 


446 PAUSSID ®. 


tufts of hairs which are found in the-division of the pronotum in 
Paussus, at the lateral basal edges of the same in Plewropterus, and 
in other situations in other species or genera, are probably the 
centres or, at all events, the holders of this secretion. As a rule 
the Pausstp™ live in the nests of terrestrial ants, but, as pointed 
out by Sharp, they have been found in nests of Cremastogaster in 
the spines of Acacia fistulosa. Wasmann, who has paid more 
attention to this subject than anyone else, says that most of the 
Pavussip®, whose hosts are known (and there are comparatively 
few) live with species of the genus Pheidole; only a few live 
with Acantholepis, Cremastogaster, Aphenogaster, Ischnomyrmex, and 
Tetramorium (Xiphomyrmex). A new and very strange species of 
Paussus (P. desneuxi) will be found described in this volume 
(p. 475), which was taken in a nest of Tetramorium tortwosum. 


Early Stages. 


Erichson published a description of a larva which he believed to 
belong unquestionably to this family, but he appears to have been 
in error, and, as a matter of fact, authentic larva have only quite 
recently been discovered. These are described by Dr. A. G. 
Boving (Vidensk. Meddel. naturh. Foren. Copenhagen, 1907, 
p- 133), who says that several larve, pups, and imagines of 
P. kannegieteri, Wasm., were found by Dr. Hjalmar Jenson, of 
Buitenzorg, in an ants’-nest at Pangerango, Java. The insects 
are in the Zoological Museum at Copenhagen, and their identity 
is quite certain, because the characteristic antenne of the group 
can be seen under the pupal skin in one of the specimens. The 
larva (of which excellent figures are given by Dr. Béving) is 
typically carnivorous, and is eminently adapted for a myrmeco- 
plilous life, bearing a strong resemblance in many points to 
the termitophilous larve of the Carabids, Glyptus sculptilis and 
Physocrotaphus ceylonicus. It is broad, with the thoracic and 
abdominal segments much swollen, and is remarkable from the fact 
that the mandibles have on their inner side a moveable prostheca 
or additional lobe; the eyes are rudimentary or wanting; in many 
points it resembles the Carabid larve, but differs in the construe- 
tion of the mandibles, the legs, and the eighth abdominal segment. 
Boving’s translation is somewhat involved and hard to under- 
stand, but apparently he means that it is fundamentally, but not 
superficially, Adephagid, for he says, “the larva cannot be called 
Carabiform at all, though, on the other hand, it has to belong to 
the Coleoptera Adephaga, just like the Carabiform larva.” 

The chief writer on the family is Westwood, who paid parti- 
cular attention to it, and in his well known, but expensive 
works, ‘Arcana Entomologica’ (1845) and ‘ Thesaurus Entomo- 
logicus oxoniensis’ (1873), described and figured nearly all the 
known species. In 1887 Raffray published his well known work 
“* Matériaux pour servir a l’étude des Coléeptéres de la Famille 
des Paussides” (Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris), and since that time 


. PROTOPAUSSUS, 447 


Wasmann has done much good work at the family, having been 
led to study it through the myrmecophilous habits of its members. 
Several species have since that time been described by Gestro, 
who in 1901 (Ann. Mus. Genova (2) xx, pp. 811-850) published 
a systematic catalogue of the Pausstp®, which was made use of 
by Desneux in the most recent work on the family (Genera 
Insectorum (Wytsman), Pausside, 1905). I have obtained much 
help from all the books above mentioned, and am especially in- 
debted to M. Desneux (and so indirectly to Dr. Gestro) for saving 
me much trouble with regard to the bibliography and references. 
I would also thank Father Wasmann for kindly sending me several 
valuable papers, and Mr. C. O. Waterhouse, Mr. G. J. Arrow, and 
Mr. H. E. Andrewes for much help with specimens. 


Table of Subfamilies, 


I. Antenne eleven-jointed, moniliform ., Protopaussine, p. 447. 
II. Antennee with from two to ten joints 
which are always more or less dilated 
and compressed, and are extremely 
variable. 
1. Maxillary and labial palpi longer and 
less thickened, not concealing the 
buccal cavity; antennee with from 
SILO gbeMa|OINES csp ected) os + + ore ys Cerapterine, p. 449. 
2. Maxillary and labial palpi shorter and 
much thickened, completely hiding, 
when at rest, the buccal cavity ;. an- 
tenne with from two to six joints 
(mostly two-lOInted) 2.5... ces. Paussine, p. 453, 


Subfamily PROTOPAUSSIN A. 


This subfamily consists of one genus aud two remarkable species, 
which are characterized by having the antenne eleven-jointed, 
long, slender, and cylindrical, thus approaching closely to the 
Carabideous type; the palpi are large and free, the labial con- 
sisting of three joints and the maxillary of four. 


Genus PROTOPAUSSUS. 


Protopaussus, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genova, xxxii, 1892, p. 706, 


Form elongate-oblong, depressed; head short, eyes large and 
prominent, with a slight emargination behind ; antenne long and 
slender, with eleven tree joints, the second the shortest, the third 
longer, and the following more or less moniliform, the eleventh 
being longer than the preceding and rounded at its apex ; man- 
dibles strongly arcuate, with the extremity sharp and pointed ; 
maxillary palpi 4-jointed, with the first joint rather short, sub- 
cylindrical, the second longer, slightly subconieal, the third rather 


448 PAUSSIDA. 


larger, and the fourth longer, somewhat fusiform and narrowed 
at the apex; labial palpi 3-jointed, with the last joint about 
twice as long as the second, narrowed towards the apex, which is 
subtruncate; ligula large, ovate, setose at the apex; pronotum 
formed much after the style of Huplatyrhopalus aplustrifer, 
Westw., the front part having the sides much expanded and pro- 
duced behind, and the posterior part forming a broad collum or 
neck ; elytra long, parallel-sided, entirely covering the abdomen, 
with the shoulders much produced and almost meeting the 
tufts of hairs on the posterior angles of the front part of the 
pronotum; legs rather short, very slightly compressed, tibize 
without spurs. 

Range. Two species only are known of this peculiar genus, one 
taken by Fea in Burma, and the other (two specimens) in China 
by J. J. Walker. It is especially interesting as being a primitive 
form, and as connecting Paussus more closely with the CaRABID. 
The species were not found in company with ants, but as they 
have, as pointed out by Desneux (Genera Insectorum, Paussipz, 
p- 7), the ceenogenetic character of secreting tufts of hairs on the 
pronotum, they are probably associated with them. 


217. Protopaussus fex, (estro. 


Protopaussus fee, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genova, xxxii, 1892, p. 706. 


Elongate-oblong, shining, head and pronotum of a light pitchy 
testaceous colour; head short and 
broad, raised in the middle, with the 
eyes large and prominent, occupying 
the whole of the sides ; antenne long 
and slender, as long as head, pronotum, 
and a fourth part of the elytra; pro- 
notum transverse, the anterior part 
broad and crescent-shaped, expanded 
at the sides, with two large impressions 
on the dise, divided by a longitudinal 
raised line, posterior angles bluntly 
and strongly produced and terminating 
in a fascicle of hairs, the posterior part 
forming a distinct collum or neck, 
which is not quite as wide as the head 
with the eyes; elytra long, parallel- 
‘\ ee oe ' sided, punctured, with the humeral 
ee angles strongly and roundly produced 
Fig. 201.—Protopaussus fee. 80 that they embrace the base of the 
(After Desneux.) posterior portion of the pronotum ;. 
black, with the base more broadly, and 

the suture, apex and margins very narrowly, yellowish ferruginous; 
expansions at apex narrow, but distinct; pygidium completely 
covered; legs moderate, rather slender, pitchy, with the tarsi 


WR ~p oy ot ab tae adie se atl hs 
OI LAX UT OR Pt AE! 
se a) J 
: 


is 


CERAPTERIN A, 449 


testaceous, and the tibize longitudinally striated ; the apex of the 
latter and the tarsi are clothed with yellow silky hairs; underside 
brownish testaceous. 

Length 53-6 millim. 

Burma (fea). 


Subfamily CHRAPTERIN A. 


This subfamily contains five genera: Homopterus, which con- 
tains two species from South America; Cerapterus, which is 
represented by thirteen African and two Asiatic species; Artho- 
pterus, which comprises four African species, but is distinctively 
an Australian genus, no fewer than fifty species having been 
described from that region ; Pleuwropterus, containing eight African 
and three Asiatic species, two of which occur in Ceylon and India; 


TR 


Fig. 202.—Mouth-parts of Pleuropterus westermanni, Westwood 
(Malay Region), viewed from the underside (after Raffray). 


and Pentaplatarthrus, all of which are African. The species are 
characterized by having the labial and maxillary palpi long and 
free and never concealing the buccal cavity beneath them, which 
is always open (fig. 202); the antenne are made up of from six 
to ten joints, which are always more or less strongly enlarged and 
compressed, but very variable. 


Table of Genera. 


I, Antenne composed of ten joints, 
all free ; labial palpi very robust, 
with the iast jomt very much en- 
larged, strongly truncate and ex- 
CAVvate at tMelAPEX sass. sess. CERAPTERUS, Swed., p. 450. 
II. Antenne composed of ten joints, 
joints 2-10 soldered together ; la- 
bial palpi comparatively slender, 
with the last joint not markedly 
enlarged or truncate at the apex. PLEUROPTERUS, Westw., p. 451. 


26 


450 PAUSSID®. 


Genus CERAPTERUS. 


Cerapterus, Swederus, Kongl. Vet. Akad. Handl. ix, 1788, p. 208 ; 
Westwood, Arcan. Ent. i1, 1845, p.6; Raffray, Nowy, Arch, Mus. 
Paris, (2) viii, 1886, p. 336. 


Orthopterus, Westwood (subgenus), Ent. Mag. v, 1838, p. 502, 
Euthysoma, Thomson, Mus. Scient. ii, 1860, p. 68. 


Form short, broad, convex, and thick-set; head small, short, 
transverse, with a short neck ; eyes large and prominent ; antennz 
10-jointed, with the first joint subquadrate, much narrower than 
the following, which are very broad and compressed, 2-9 very 
narrow, subequal, 10 much longer (as long as the three preceding), 
rounded at the apex; maxilla bilobed, maxillary palpi with four 
joints, the first shorter than the second, the third half as long as 
the second, and the fourth almost as long as the three preceding, 
narrowed at the apex; labial palpi very stout, three-jointed, the 
first joint very small, the second much larger, enlarged in front, 
and the third very large, cup-shaped, and with its apex excavate ; 
pronotum short, very transverse, with the sides rounded; legs 
short, with the femora and tibie very broad, the latter very 
strongly compressed ; tarsi short, partly fitting into grooves on 
the tibize, the first four joints very short, in the female hardly 
broader than the fifth, in the male strongly dilated transversely 
and thickly pilose on their underside. 

;.~ Range. The genus is mainly African; one species, however, 
occurs in Java and one in India. 


218. Cerapterus latipes, Swed. 


Cerapterus latipes, Swederus, Kongl. Vet. Akad. Handl. ix, 1788, 
p- 208, pl. 6, fig. 1; Westwood, Arcan. Ent. 11, 1845, p. 6, ‘pl. 49, 
fies. 


Short and broad, oblong, convex, pitchy, shining, with the 
front parts pitchy red or dark ferru- 
einous; head small and short, with 
large eyes, which do not however take 
up the whole of the sides as the temples 
are narrowly visible behind them, ver- 
tex rather strongly punctured; antenne 
red; pronotum with the sides and angles 
rounded, smooth and shining, feebly 
channelled in the middle, finely setose 
at the sides; elytra as broad as the 
ay pronotum, parallel-sided, very finely 
Fic. 203. sculptured, dark, with an irregular 
Corapterus latipes. yellowish dentate spot on each before 
the apex, which does not touch the 
suture or the margins ; pygidium scarcely visibly punctured ; legs 
red, femora and tibie strongly punctured on their underside ; 
-nderside pitchy or pitchy red. 


- PLEUROPTERUS, 451 


Length 11-12 miulim. 

Cryton; Manpras: Nilgiri Hills; Bencat; BurMa. 

Widely distributed and probably not uncommon throughout 
India. 


Genus PLEUROPTERUS. 


Cerapterus, sube, Pleuropterus, Westwood, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 
Kvlii, 1841, p. 585; id., Arcan. Ent. ii, 1845, p. 9. 

Pleuropterus, Raflray, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris (2) viii, 1885, p. 388. 

Heteropaussus, Thomson, Mus. Sciens. 11, 1860, p. 70. 


Form elongate oblong, somewhat depressed ; head always nar- 
rower than the pronotum; eyes prominent, occupying the whole 
of the sides of the head, scarcely any portion of the temples being 
visible behind them ; antenne long and flat, with ten joints, the 
first free, quadrangular, much narrower than the following, the rest 
broad and compressed and soldered together, the second produced 
strongly externally, 3-9 subequal, 10 at least as long as the two 
preceding and rounded at the apex; maxillary palpi 4-jointed, 
with the first joint very small and narrow, the two next almost 
equal in size, and the last a little longer, thickened in the middle 
and a little narrowed towards the apex; labial palpi 3-jointed, 
with the first joint small, the second long, and the third of about 
the same length but broader and truncate at apex ; pronotum 
always transverse, but varying somewhat in shape, raised in the 
middle, excavate at the sides, with the posterior angles either trun- 
cate or more or less sharp; elvtra with or without longitudinal 
ridges or traces of ridges, rather brightly coloured; legs rather 
long and slender, with the femora somewhat compressed; tarsi 
long, with the first four joints hairy, the second being the longest, 
and the last joint long and narrow. 

Range. Two species belong to the Indian region, and a third to 
the Malay region; the remainder are African. 


Key to the Spectes. 


1, Size larger (9-10 mm.) ; pronotum 

with the sides bluntly angled, their 

greatest breadth being just about 

CLONE) TONIC KO a Ae ae eae eee are ee taprovanensis, Gestro, p. 451. 
II. Size smaller (77-8; mm.); pronotum 

with the sides narrowly rounded and 

not angled, their greatest breadth 

being distinctly behind the middle.. cardoni, Gestro, p. 452, 


219. Pleuropterus taprobanensis, Cestro. 


Pleuropterus taprobanensis, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genova, 1901, p. 821 
fig. 2; Wasmann, Notes Leyden Mus. xxv, 1904, p, 14. 
Pleuropterus westermanni, Rattray (nec Westwood), Nouv. Arch, 
Mus. Paris, vili, 1888, p. 37, pl. 15, fig. 4, & pl. 17, fig. 1. 
Somewhat depressed, moderately broad, shining; head very 
2@2 


452 PAUSSID EE. 


short, dark rufous, with large and prominent eyes, occupying 
the whole of the sides, but with the temples just visible behind 
them, vertex uneven and rather strongly punctured; antenne 


rufescent, long, and shining; pronotum - 


ferruginous, much broader than long,. 
strongly raised at the margins, which are 
bluntly angled, and with its greatest 
breadth just about the middle; the central 
part is raised and more or Jess channelled 
in the centre, and the sides are strongly 
excavate; the base is depressed, and the 
central raised part divides before the tri- 
ancular depression and leads off on either 
side to the bluntly-produced posterior an- 
gles ; on each side, just before these angles, 
there is a small stiff tuft of sete, which at 
Fig. 204.—Plewropterus first sight looks like a tooth ; elytra oblong, 
taprobanensts. parallel-sided, broader than the pronotum, 

red or yellowish red, with two broad elon- 

gate patches (one on each side of the suture) near the base, 
another at each shoulder, variable in extent, and another on each 
side before the apex, also variable both in size and shape, black ; 
just behind the base, on the outer sides of the two basal black 
patches, the surface of each elytron is raised into a curved costa, 
the part between these being depressed: the sculpture is extremely 
fine and there are feeble but distinct traces of raised ridges ; 
legs rufescent, rather slender, except the femora, which are rather 
broad and compressed, posterior trochanters large ; underside red. 

Length 9-10 millim. 

Cryton; Bompay: Kanara. 

According to Gestro this species is closely allied to P. wester- 
mann, Westw. (Java), but more shining, with the sculpture of 
the head plainer, the antenne narrower and more narrowed 
towards the apex, and the pronotum narrower with the sides less 
rounded and angled, as above described; the elytra are broader 
than the thorax, and the basal costa of the elytra is less abbre- 
viated ; the colour, moreover, is different, the black being more 
extended and the reddish colour deeper ; several of these points, 
however, appear to be variable. 


pi 


220. Pleuropterus cardoni, Gestro. 


Pleuropterus cardont, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genova, 1901, p. 822,, 
fig. 3; Wasmann, Notes Leyden Mus. xxv, 1904, p. 14. 

Pleuropterus westermannt, Wasmann (nec Westwood), Notes Ley- 
den Mus. xxv, 1904, p. 14, pl. i, fig. 4. 


This species is very closely allied to the preceding, from which 
it may be known by its smaller size and the somewhat narrowly 
rounded, but not angular, sides of the pronotum, the greatest 
breadth being behind the middle and not in the middle as in 


PAUSSIN &. 453 


P. taprobanensis. From P. westermanni it may be distinguished 
by its smaller size, very shiny upper surface, and also by having 
the antenne a little narrower, the anterior margin of the pro- 
notum scarcely bisinuate, and the sides more narrowly rounded 
and more extended laterally ; the basal coste of the elytra are 
longer and are subparallel behind. 

Length 72-84 millim. 

Brnean: Mandar (Cardon). 


Subfamily PAUSSIN A. 


This subfamily contains the following genera :—Ceratoderus, 
Westw., Merismoderus, Westw., Lebioderus, Westw., Platyrhopalus, 
Westw. (from which Desneux has recently divided off Huplaty- 
rhopalus and Platyrhopalopsis), Paussomorphus, Raffr., Paussus, L., 
and Hylotorus, Dalm. These are all represented in the Indian 
fauna, with the exception of Lebioderus, which contains five 
species, all confined to the Malay Region ; Paussomorphus, con- 
taining a single species from Abyssinia; and /Hylotorus, which is 


Fig. 205.—Head of Paussus curtist, Westwood (Natal), viewed from 
the underside, with the mouth-parts closed (after Raffray). 


represented by three species from Africa. ‘They are characterized 
by having the labial, and especially the maxillary, palpi short and 
thick and completely hiding the buccal cavity when they are laid 
against it in repose (fig. 205); the antenne have from two to 
six Joints, but in cases where there are more than two, the joints 
succeeding the first are more or less evidently soldered together, 
the shape of the antennal club is extremely variable. 


454 PAUSSIDA. 


Table of the Genera. 


I. Second joint of the labial palpi always 
longer than broad, much longer than 
the preceding ; maxillary palpi five- 
_ jointed. 
i. Antennve six-jointed, the last five joints 
more or less soldered together and 
forming a club. 
1. Third joint of the maxillary palpi 
very large, but not widened at 
apex orcompressed, subcylindrical CrRATODERUS, Westw., 


2, Third joint of the maxillary palpi |p. 454. 
very large, much widened at apex, 
and compressed .......... .... MrrISMODERUS, Westw., 
il. Antenne two-jointed, the second [p. 457. 


joint forming a very distinct club. 
1. ae cae with the anterior portion 
: lobe twice as broad as the 
Roster and divided from it by 
a feeble furrow ; club of antennze 
irregular, strongly bidentate on 
ifs external maroim .4 5.21.2 5-08 EUPLATYRHOPALUS, Desn., 
2. Pronotum not divided, with at most [p. 465. 
very feeble traces of a depressed 
transverse line in the middle. 
A. Pronotum more or less cordiform, 
varying in relative length and 
breadth; club of antennz round, 
lens-shaped, or oblong with the 
apex rounded and the base 


CEUMN CALC Gare case eee ey PLATYRHOPALUS, Westw., 

B,. Pronotum very short, or short, [p. 458. 
transverse-oval .......... PLATYRHOPALOPSIS, Desn.,. 

II, First two joints of the labial palpi [p. 467. 


always very small and about equal ; 

maxillary palpi four-jointed ; anternze 

two-jointed, the second forming a very 

meu EAOL OS, CLD: oi. cutters te tie guerra Paussus, L., p. 469. 


Genus CERATODERUS. 


Ceratoderus, Westwood, Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond. xviii, 1842, p. 51; 
id., Arcan, Ent. 11, 1848, p. 37 ; Raffray, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, 
(2) vill, 1885, p. 340. 


Form rather slender and elongate ; head large, produced before 
the eves, which are small and not prominent, temples widely dis- 
played behind the eyes; antenne large, the first joint subquadrate, 
the rest soldered together and forming a broad flat club, 2-5 very 
transverse, of almost equal length, last joint longer, rounded at 
the apex; mandibles hooked and sharp, maxille with only one 
lobe, short, curved, and strongly bidentate at the apex; maxillary 
palpi large, but not much compressed, 5-jointed, with the third 
joint much the largest, somewhat ovate and thickened, and the 


CERATODERUS. 455: 


last two much shorter, narrower and gradually tapering ; labial 
palpi 3-jointed, subclavate, with the last joint considerably the 
largest ; pronotum very slightly broader than the head, elon- 
gate, much narrowed behind, with a strong transverse furrow 
behind the middle and a much feebler longitudinal furrow ; elytra 
rather long; pygidium uncovered; legs rather robust, compressed, 
tarsi somewhat elongate, the last joint considerably longer than 
the others. 

ftange. This genus comprises three species, all of which belong 
to the Indian region. 


Key to the Species. 


[. Head black; external outline of club of 
antenne even, 
1. Club of antenne longer and narrower, 
and more narrowed towards base, 
with the apex black or fuscous.... bzfasciatus, Koll., p. 455. 
2. Club of antennz shorter and broader, 
and less narrowed towards base, 


UME OLOLOUS! ecteyeiare soles -yo'stees/ tee oberthuri, Gestro, p. 456. 
II. Head ferruginous or reddish casta- 
neous ; external outline of club uneven. andrewesz, Desneux, p. 456. 


221. Ceratoderus bifasciatus, Koll. 


Paussus bifasciatus, Kollar, Ann, Hofmus. Wi jen, 1, 1836, pl. 31, 
fic. 7; Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ii, 1889, p. 9] ple 10, 
fic’ 3. 

Ceratoderus bifasciatus, Westwood, Arcan, Ent. 11, 1845, p. 37, 
pl. 58, fig. 1; Rattray, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, (2) viii, 1885, 
pl. 15, fie. 6, & pl. 17, figs. 22-24; Wasmann, Deutsche Ent. 
Zeitschr. 1896, p. 44. 


A small, rather narrow, elegant species, very shiny, yellow or 
reddish vellow, with the apex of the antennze 

OQ LO fuscous, and with the head, a broad band 

Py SP stretching right across the elytra from near 

the apex to beyond the middle, and the legs, 
for the most part, black ; head channelled 
and punctured in front and more or less dis- 
tinctly impressed on the vertex ; pronotum 
\, _ long, cordiform, plainly longer than broad, 
constricted and sulcate behind the middle, 
smooth and shining; elytra broader than 


; 3 t ‘ 
er 


i AN the anterior part of the pronotum, with 
Pena 0G Cea roderts the shoulders rounded, truncate at the 
bifasciatus. apex, the disc scarcely visibly sculptured ; 


legs black or pitchy-red, with the tarsi 
reddish ; underside red or yellow. 
Length 5-55 millim. 
SIND: fear r Mehidpur; Bunean: Dacca; Manpras: Nilgiri 
Hills. 


456 PAUSSID®, 


222. Ceratoderus oberthuri, Gestro. 
Ceratoderus oberthurt, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genova, xl, p. 901. 


Of a testaceous-ferruginous colour, with the head black, and 
with a broad black band reaching from near the apex to beyond 
the middle, the black colour at the apex being not sharply detined, 
but encroaching somewhat on the lighter colour at the extreme 
apex. The species is closely allied to C. bifasciatus, but differs in 
having the club of the antennz shorter and broader and less 
narrowed towards the base, and it may be at once known by the 
club and the legs being of a unicolorous testaceous, or reddish 
testaceous, colour; the average size appears to be a little smaller. 

Length 45-5 millim. 

BomBay: Bombay (Downes), Bandra (Jayakar). 


223. Ceratoderus andrewesi, Desn. 


Ceratoderus andrewest, Desneux, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, xlix, 
1905, p. 194. 


Of about the same size as the preceding, but very distinct both 
in form, colour, and sculpture ; of aferruginous or dark castaneous 
red colour, with the elytra black, except a broad band at the 
shoulders and the extreme apex; head large, impressed, granulose ; 
antenne entirely ferruginous, first joint comparatively long, 2-6 
forming a broad flat club, with the outline 
much more irregular than in C. bifasciatus, 
the second joint being very short and pro- 
duced externally into a short blunt point, 
and the next three only slightly projecting 
externally, the apical joint being longer 
and rounded ; pronotum much longer than 
broad, divided behind the middle by a 
strong furrow, which is continued upwards 
at the sides and makes the anterior angles 
appear raised and somewhat prominent ; 
the excavation is furnished with short 
yellow pilose pubescence; the anterior 

Fig. 207.—Ceratoderus part is very strongly channelled and raised 

andrewesi. on each side and is diffusely and rather 

strongly punctured; the hinder portion is 

also channelled deeply in front; elytra oblong, parallel-sided, with 

diffuse and comparatively strong punctuation, each puncture bear- 

ing a small yellow seta; legs moderate, with the tarsi rather long, 

ferruginous, the femora and part of the tibie darker; underside 
mostly ferruginous. 

Length 5 millim. 

Mapras: Nilgiri Hills (H. LZ. Andrewes), south end of Lake 
Chilka, 3.11.1910 (Annandale, Indian Museum). 

Type in coll. Andrewes. 

J am much obliged to Mr. H. E. Andrewes for the loan of the 
type of this pretty and very distinct species. 


/MERISMODERUS. 457 


Genus MERISMODERUS. 


Ceratoderus, subg. Merismoderus, Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 
v, 1847, p. 23. 

Merismoder us, Lacordaire, Gen. Col. ii, 1854, p.11; Raffray, Nouv. 
Arch. Mus. Paris, (2) viii, 1885, p. 341, 


Somewhat elongate, and a little compressed ; head variable, eyes 
very small; antenne formed apparently of six joints, of which 
the first is comparatively large, and the remaining five, though 
apparently distinct, are soldered together ; maxille with two 
lobes, the inner large and bifid at the apex, the outer very small ; 
maxillary palpi large and compressed, the third joint being broad 
and dilated and much larger than all the rest together; the first 
two joints are very small, and the last two small, narrow, cylindrical, 
and curved, the last being truncate at the apex ; labial palpi three- 
jointed, the first joint very small, the second and third large, 
about equal, dilated apically, the apex of the last joint broad, sub- 
truncate, and slightly excavate; pronotum deeply divided and 
bilobed, with the anterior angles produced at the sides; elytra 
almost rectangular, with strong traces of raised lines; legs com- 
paratively long and slender. 

This genus contains two species, M. bensoni, Westw., from 
India, and Jf. hamaticornis, Van der Poll, from Sumatra; the 
latter species has the head short and strongly transverse, while in 
the former it is large and subquadrate. The genus is closely 
allied to Ceratoderus, of which Westwood regarded it at first as a 
subgenus. If the clubs of the antenne are to be regarded as solid, 
both genera might be assigned to Paussus proper, to certain species 
of which J. bensoni is closely allied in the form of the pronotum 
etc.; the transverse impressions across the club of the antennee 
in certain species of Pauussus, e.g. P. schiodtt and P. hearseyanus, 
appear to indicate the original sutures between the now fused 
joints. 


224, Merismoderus bensoni, Westw. 


Merismoderus bensoni, Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. v, p. 23, 
plu, tie: 2; 1d., Thes. “Ent. Oxon. p..80, pl. 18; fic. 1; Benson, 
Calcutta Journ. Nat. Hist. vi, pp. 466- 470 ; Raffiay, } Nouy, Arch. 
Mus. Paris, (2) vill, 1885, pl. 17, figs. 25 27, 


Of a luteous yellow colour, dull; head large, produced before 
the eyes, which are small and not pr ominent, impressed or chan- 
nelled in front, and with an impression on each side between the 
eyes; these are somewhat variable; antenne rather long, with 
the club moderately broad, somewhat narrowed towards the base ; 
pronotum bilobed, the deep dividing furrow being more or less 
plainly furnished with yellow pubescence, anterior portion longi- 
tudinally channelled, with the anterior angles somewhat acutely 
produced on each side ; elytra very finely sculptured, coriaceous, 


458 PAUSSIDA, 


with a large, more or less irregular, shining black spot on each 
at the sides, not touching the suture, 


en QQ reaching from a little before the apex to 
Vy Gy about the middle, and with a small common 
rT of gute ff or divided black spot at the apical sutural 


angle; sides finely setose ; legs yellow. 
Length 6 millim. 
Unitep Provinces: Cawnpur, near 
4 Saharunpur (Benson). 
| Benson’s original record is as follows: 
: “| took two specimens, under a ae. 
Bo near the river Ganges, about fifty miles 
Fig. 208. below Cawnpore, last year (1844), ana 
Merisimoderus bensoni. this year (1845) I took one under a stone, 
in a black ants’ nest between the Savalik 
Range and Saharumpore.’ 


Genus PLATYRHOPALUS. 


atyrhopalus, Westwo rans. Linn. Soc. Lond. xvi 38,, 

Platyrhopalus, Westwood, Trans. I Soc. Lond , 1888, 
p. 664; id,, Arcan. Ent. 11, 1845, p. 73; Raffray, Nouv. Arch. 
Mus. Paris, (2) vii, 1885, p. 344. 


Form somewhat elongate, oblong, robust; head rather large, 
eyes large, with the temples apparent behind them; antennee 
two-jointed, with a large elliptical, almost circular, or oblong club, 
which is more or less incised externally at the base, the incision 
forming a more or less pronounced tooth; maxille large, bilobed, 
the inner lobe hooked, the outer styliform; maxillary palpi 
five-jointed, with the third joint large and thick, and the rest 
small; labial palpi three-jointed, the first joint small, the second 
large ‘and cylindrical, and the last smaller than the preceding ; 
pronotum more or less plainly cordiform, transverse, or as bron 
as long, much narrower at the base than the elytra ; elytra oblong, 
parallel- sided, more or less depressed, with the shoulders not 
strongly prominent; legs rather short, compressed, with the apical 
angle of the tibize sharply produced, femora in part excavate to 
receive the tibi, tarsi comparatively short. 

Range. One African species is known; the rest are all from 
the Indian and Indo-Malayan regions, eight of these occurring in 
India, 


Key to the Species, 


I. Club of antennz elliptical or almost 
circular, not or scarcely longer than 
broad. 
1. Pronotum strongly transverse, much 
constricted behind middle. 

1. Size larger (9mm.); form narrower ; 
elytra with the marginal sets 

SHOT s.1. 0, Severn cateia elon eee eee denticornis, Don., p. 459. 


“PLATYRHOPALUS. 459 


2. Size smaller (6 mm.); form broader; 
elytra with the marginal setic 
MONO" eos ap sbseOTep ici eer ye love! oo cardom, Wasm., p. 460. 
ii. Pronotum less strongly transy erse, 
much constricted behind middle. 
1. Size larger ; form oblong, broader ; 
pronotum broader ........ . westwoodi, Saund., p. 462. 
2. Size smaller; form subeylindrical, ; 
narrower ; pronotum narrower .. paussoides, Wasm., p. 463. 
i, Pronotum not transverse, at least as 
long as broad, only shehtly con- 
stricted behind middle. 
1. Margins of club of the antennie 


GARG hy ahiy 5 one Me eee ieee ar angustus, Westw., p. 461. 
2. Margins of the club of the antennie 
UIDEN CIO a 6 GN reer anim intermedius, Bens., p. 462. 


If. Club of antennez oblong, rounded at 
apex and truncate at base, twice as 
long as broad. 

1. Size larger (9 mm.); elytra with at 
most two or three minute or more 
or less obsolete reddish yellow spots 
beltimdstheamiddile: 2s aee..42- . a. manderst, sp. n., p. 464, 

ii, Size smaller (7 mm.) ; elytra with a 
large, dentate, irregular yellowish 
ferruginous transverse band on each 
before the apex, meeting at the 
SIDUUINS — Ris Pe ceeae ne erana eee eee ee comotti, Gestro, p. 464. 


225. Platyrhopalus denticornis, Don. 


Paussus denticornis, Donovan, Ins. Ind. i, 1800, p. 8, pl. 5, fig. 1. 

Platyrhopalus denticornis, W estwood, ‘Trans. Linn, Soc. Lond. xv ‘1, 
1838, p. 657, pl. 33, fics, 43-48 ; id., Arcan. Ent. i, 1845, p. i 
pr 08, tie. 1; Burmeister, Mag. Zool. 1841, Ins. pl. 76, fig. 
Lacordaire, Gen. Col. Atlas, pl. 14, fig. 3; Wasmann, Ree 
Leyden Mus. xxv, 1904, p. 19, pl. 8, fic. 2, 

Var. Platyrhopalus unicolor, Westwood, Trans. Linn. Soe. Lond. xvi, 
1838.) p- 6b9, pl. 33, fic, 49; id., Arcan. Ent. 1, 1845, ip. 79, 
pl. 68, tig. 4. , 


Colour variable, rufo-castaneous, the elytra dark, with a more 
or less broad longitudinal patch on each side of the suture, usually, 
but not always reaching the base, and with a smaller patch behind 
the middle, and ail the margins rufous or rufo-castaneous, or rufo- 
castaneous with obscure darker markings on the elytra, or entirely 
rufo-castaneous ; head broader than long, with the eyes promi- 
nent, more or less distinctly channelled; antenne with the first 
joint broad and stout and the second broadly oval, the length and 
breadth being about equal, convex above and below, the margins 
compressed and acute, base above with a transverse impression 
ending in a small incision which leaves on the side nearest the 
first joint a small, distinet, but not sharp tooth, which is rounded 


460 PAUSSID A. 


at its apex; pronotum distinctly transverse, subcordiform, with 
the sides strongly rounded in front and contracted abruptly 
‘ behind into a short collum or neck, 
before which there is a more or less 
distinct impression ; sides set with short 
sete; upper surface rather shining, 
sculpture fine and variable but some- 
times distinct ; elytra rather long, ob- 
long, very finely sculptured, much broader 
than the pronotum, depressed at the 
base and with the shoulders prominent, 
sides set with distinct short yellowish 
: sete; lees comparatively short, stout, 
Fig. 209. with the tibiee dilated and compressed, 
Plalyrhopalus denticornis. their external angles, especially in the 
case of the posterior pair, sharply pro- 
duced, with two spurs; underside rufo-castaneous. 
Length 74-10 miilim. 
BenGat: Calcutta; Bompay: Wallon near Ahmednagar, 
Khandala. 
The specimens from Wallon were found in nests of Pheidole 
latinoda, Rog. 


Var. unicolor, Westw. 


Differs from the type-form in being of a unicolorous brownish 
castaneous colour, and in having an abbreviated transverse stria 
across the pronotum. 

Length 9 millim. 

Exp (no locality given). 

According to Westwood P. wiicolor differs from P. denticornis in 
its uniform colour, in having the front of the head apparently 
rounded, in the suddenly coarctate base of the pronotum (this, 
however, is a strongly marked character of P. denticornis), and 
in the short transverse median stria of the same; the characters 
are not, however, sufficiently marked to separate it specifically. 


226. Platyrhopalus cardoni, Wasm. 


ci aa cardont, Wasmann, Notes Leyden Mus. xxv, 1904, 
p: 19, 


Resembling P. denticornis, but smaller and relatively broader, 
rufo-castaneous, with a longitudinal dark stripe on each elytron, 
which stripes are united in the middle by a transverse band. The 
club of the antenne is larger and broader than in P. denticornis, 
scarcely longer than broad, and with much longer sete ; pronotum 
shorter, twice as broad as long, but still cordiform; the elytra at 


the sides are furnished with long sete, which are much longer 
than in P. denticornis. 


Length 6 millim. 


PLALTYRHOPALUS. 46] 


Beneau: Chota Nagpur (Cardon). 

The species in some respects approaches Platyrhopalopsis mellyt 
aud picteti?, but is much smaller and differently coloured, and the 
pronotum is subcordiform and not elliptical as in these species. 


227. Platyrhopalus angustus, Westw. 


Platyrhopalus angustus, Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ii, 
1839, p. 92, pl. 10, fig. 6; id., Arcan. Ent. 11, 1845, p. 79, pl. 68, 
fio. 3. 

Platyrhopalus suturalis, Westwood, Arcan. Ent. 11, 1845, pp. 161 & 
190, pl. 88, fig. 1 a. 

Var. Platyrhopalus acutidens, Westwood, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 
xvi, 1S58,p. OOl; pl. 33, he, 60; 1d. Arcan, Ent, i, p. 79: 

Platyrhopalus angustus, var. major, Wasmann, Notes Leyden Mus. 
xxv, 1904, p. 20. 


Rufo-castaneous, rather shining, with a single large triangular 
dark patch on the side of each elytron, the base of which almost 
rests on the margins; head not, or scarcely channelled in front ; 
antenne with the first joint large, subquadrate, produced internally 
into a strong blunt tooth, the second joint forming a large, con- 
vex, shining, almost circular club, with even margins, which is 
impressed just before the base where there is a wide incision, 
one side of which is formed by a long sharp tooth; pronotum at 
least as long as broad and not very abruptly contracted behind 
the middie, very finely sculptured; elytra oblong, extremely 
finely sculptured, subparallel-sided, slightly widened behind ; 
tibize dilated and compressed, and ending in a sharp point 
externally at the apex. 

Length 6-74 millim. 

CrentraL Inp1a: Nimach. 

This species may at once be known from P. denticornis (apart 
from colour, which is often variable in the different species) by 
the wider incision and much longer and sharper tooth of the club 
of the antenne, and the less transverse pronotum ; the sculpture 
on the latter is finer, and the contraction behind the middle much 
less abrupt. 


Var. acutidens, Westw. 


Larger, broader, and less parallel-sided than the type-form, with 
the tooth at the base of the club of the antenne longer, sharper, 
and almost falcate. 

Length 7-8 millim. 

NEPAL. 


Var. major, Was. 


Larger than the type, of a bright castaneous colour, with a 
dark transverse band on the elytra, which is interrupted at the. 
suture. 

Length 84-9 millim. 

SIND. 


462 PAUSSIDE. 


Westwood (l. ¢.) proposed his name P. acutidens for an 
imperfect specimen without elytra, legs, or abdomen. This 
specimen is at present in the British Museum, as the type 
ot the species, with the body and the elytra of a species of 
the phytophagous genus Lema (of the same colour as the front 
parts, but strongly punctured) appended to the pronotum to 
make up a perfect insect! The single type of P. angustus is 
badly set and not in good condition. It is very probable that 
var. acutidens and var. major are the same insect, but I have 
not seen a specimen of the latter; the characters of the club, as 
compared with P. denticornis, are very distinct. 

In the Indian Museum there is a dark variety from Bengal, 
Purneah District, and a varying series from the following 
localities :— 

Mapras: Dumagudiem, Godavari; Brneat: Purneah Dis- 
trict; Unirep Provinces: Chandan Chowki, Dehra Dun; 
Kasyairn: Jhelum Valley; Assam: Dunsiri Valley. 


228. Platyrhopalus intermedius, Bens. 


Platurhopalus intermedius, Beason, Calcutta Journ. Nat. Hist. vi, 
1846, p. 468; Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. v, 1847, p. 25. 


Rufo-castaneous, with the elytra rather narrow, each with an 
elongate irregular triangular patch at the sides; antenne with 
a moderate-sized, somewhat roundly-quadrate club, with the 
posterior margin undulated, broadly incised at the base, with 
the projecting tooth sharp; the clypeus is not, or very slightly 
emarginate, and the tibiz are broad and obliquely truncate. 

This species appears to have the incision and tooth of the 
club of P. angustus, and the uneven margin of the club of 
the antenne of P. westwoodi; the coloration of the elytra is 
different from that of the latter. 

Length 73-9 millim. 

Unirep Provinces: Saharunpur (Benson). 

It is very probable that this is a form of P. angustus. 


295, Platyrhopalus westwoodi, Saund. 


Platyrhopalus westinenide, Saunders, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1, 1835, 
p- 84, pl. 10, fig.5; Westwoed, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. xix, 1842, 
Ds 51; es ‘Aycan. Ent. 1015 1845, p. 78, pl. 68, fig. 2. 


Slightly smaller, on an average, than VP. denticorms, and 
distinguished from it by the wider incision and much sharper 
tooth at the base of the club of the antennew, by the longer 
pronotum, and by the colour of the elytra, which seems fairly 
constant, being rufo-castaneous with a common dark patch, 
usually more or less triangular, at the base, a large patch at 
the side of each, diminishing in length towards the suture 


PLATYRHOPALUS, 463 


and not meeting, and a large and more or less irregular patch 
at the apex meeting at the suture. From P. angustus, which 
it resembles in some respects, 1b may be known by the irregular 
edge of the club of the antennse and the shorter tooth at the 
incision, and by the colour of the elytra. The pronotum is some- 
what variable in length, but is about as long as broad, not strongly 
contracted behind, and has three impressed lines, which are often 
more or less obsolete; the pygidium is black and shining; the 
tibiz are somewhat emarginate before the apex and terminate 
xternally in a sharp tooth. 
Length § millim. 
AssaM: Patkai Hills, Manipur; Burma. 


230. Platyrhopalus paussoides, Wasi. 


Platyrhopalus paussoides, Wasmann, Notes Leyden Mus. xxv, 1904, 
p: 20, pl. 3, fig. 3. 


A comparatively small species, closely resembling in general 
appearance certain species of Paussus; narrow, subcylindrical, 
: shining, of a dark castaneous colour, with 
the elytra black except for a narrow rufo- 
testaceous basal spot on each near the 
suture (which is black), and a common 
transverse band or spot some little way 
before the apex, the suture between these 
being castaneous, but the pale basal mark- 
ings are sometimes greatly extended; head 
flat and smooth between the eyes, which 
are large and prominent; clypeus truncate 
nud not emarginate, furnished with a short 
and very thin longitudinal line; club of the 
Big. 210.—Platyrhopalus antenne about as long as broad, almost 
paussoides, var. round and very convex, with the margins 
acute and with the posterior or external 
margin deeply and broadly suicate and incised, and furnished with 
a sharp basal tooth ; pronotum with rufous sete at the sides, sub- 
cordiform, not transverse, only a little narrower at the base than 
at the apex, gently constricted before the apex, with a transverse 
line; elytra oblong, parallel-sided, very finely alutaceous, and 
finely but distinctly punctured and rather closely pubescent 
(in fresh specimens) ; legs pitchy, narrower than in P. angustus. 
Length 64-74 millim. 
Buutan; Unirep Provinces: Dehra Dun; Assam: Goalpara 
(Iver). . 
The longer pronotum will at once separate the species from 
' P. denticornis, and the (as a rule) darker colour, narrower form, 
uneven margins of club, ete. will distinguish it from P. angustus, 
to which it is most nearly allied. 


464 PAUSSID.-E, 


231. Platyrhopalus mandersi, sp. n. 


Elongate, oblong, shining, pitchy black, practically unicolorous, 
with fine setze at the sides; there are traces of small reddish 
yellow spots behind the middle, and the 
suture 1s sometimes very narrowly reddish; 
head short and broad, with the eyes large 
and prominent occupying the whole of its 
sides; antenne with the first joint large 
and quadrangular, produced into a blunt 
tooth just above the insertion of the club, 
which is oblong, twice as long as broad, 
slightly narrowed towards the apex which 
is rounded, truncate and strongly im- 
pressed longitudinally at the base, with 
Hie Dla era phopalas the exterior angle slightly notched, forming 

enn ee two very short broad blunt teeth, margins 
all carinate, underside distinctly convex 
and raised in the middle into a broad point, if viewed from the 
side ; pronotum corditorm, about as long as broad, with the sides 
strongly rounded in front, then contracted abruptly and gradually 
widened to the base; elytra very long, parallel-sided, very shining, 
extremely finely and scarcely visibly punctured ; pygidium dull, 
very finely sculptured; legs stout, tibia with the apical angles 
sharply produced, femora grooved to receive tibie, tarsi rather long, 
onychium nearly as long as the other joints together ; trochanters 
of posterior tibiz large; underside of abdumen smooth; the fine 
lateral setee are thickest at and just behind the shoulders. 

Length 9 millim. 

Burma: Shan States (Manders). 

Type in the British Museum. 

This fine and distinct species forms a separate section of the 
genus with P. comotti, Gestro, being distinguished from all the 
other species by its elongate, oblong club. From P. comotti it may 
be easily separated by its considerably larger size and by the 
absence of the transverse, irregularly dentate patch towards 
the apex ef each elytron, which is characteristic of the last-named 
species; the exterior angle of the club, moreover, is more acutely 
dentate in P. comotti, and the elytra are proportionally shorter and 
broader with the shoulders more markedly produced. 

It is possible that these two species may have generic value. 


232. Platyrhopalus comotti, Gestro. 


Platyrhopalus comotti, Gestro, Aun. Mus. Genova, xviii, 1882, 
p. oll 


Pitchy black, shining, with the anterior and posterior margins 
of the elytra rufo-castaneous; elytra with the suture narrowly, 
the posterior margin, and a transverse, irregularly dentate patch 


ee 


~ 


EUPLATYRHOPALUS. 465 


on each a little before the apex (meeting at the suture), vellowish 
ferruginous; head moderately large, antenne with the first joint 
somewhat long proportionally, and the club elongate, about twice 
as long as broad, with the sides subparallel and the base obliquely 
truncate ; the apex and the internal basal angle are rounded, and 
the external basal angle is excised and sharply produced and 
denticulate ; the whole margins of the club are acute, and the 
upper side is moderately and the underside more convex, while 
the base is depressed and excavate on its upper side, the whole 
surface except the broad excavation being very finely granulose 
and villose; pronotum cordiform, a little widened at the base, 
not transverse; elytra rather long and parallel-sided, with the 
shoulders somewhat strongly produced and more thickly set with 
short sete than the sides; legs moderate, tibixe sharply produced 
externally aé the apex; underside reddish castaneous. 

Length 7 millim. 

BurMa (Captain Comotto). 


Genus EUPLATYRHOPALUS. 


Euplatyrhopalus, Desneux, Genera Insectorum (Wytsman), Pausside, 
1905, p. 18. 

Platyrhopalus, Westwood (ex parte), Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. xvi, 
p. 604, et auctt. 


Form elongate-oblong, depressed ; head transverse, considerably 
narrower than the pronotum; eyes large and prominent, but not 
occupying the whole of the sides, as the temples are visible behind 
them and project a little on either side; antenne two-jointed, 
the first subquadrate, the second large, flat and irregular, the 
inner margin being simple and the outer margin very deeply 
cut out, leaving two large and long sharp teeth; maxillary palpi 
large, 4-jointed, with the first joint small, the second very large 
and produced internally at the apex into a more or less distinct 
tooth, and the third and fourth very small, the latter being more 
or less pointed at its apex ; labial palpi rather large, with the first 
joint very small and the two others much longer, cylindrical, the 
third being acuminate; pronotum large, transverse, bilobed but 
not divided, the anterior portion crescent-shaped, with the 
posterior angles produced, the posterior portion forming a short 
neck ; elytra somewhat long, with the shoulders prominent and 
extended towards the posterior angles of the anterior part of the 
pronotum ; legs rather long and slender, apex of tibi: produced 
externally into a sharp point, internally furnished with spurs ; 
tarsi moderately large. 

Range. India, Sumatra, and Java. 

It seems strange that the species forming this genus should so 
long have been left under Platyrhopalus, for they differ from the 
genus in several important respects, and agree (both superficially 

2u 


466 | PaUSSIDA. 


and otherwise) much more closely with Lebioderus. Four species 
have been described, two of which occur in the Indian Region, 
one in Sumatra, and one in Java. 


Key to the Species. 


I. Club of the antenne smaller, with the 

apex rounded ; inner margin with two 

large and sharp teeth in the middle.... aplustrifer, W estw., p. 466. 
II. Club of the antenne larger, with the 

apex produced into a sharp point; 

inner margin with two yery large teeth 

in the centre (longer than in the pre- ne 

ceding Species) ....-..c2seceeesees vevillifer, Westw., p. 466. 


933. Euplatyrhopalus aplustrifer, Westw. 


Platyrhopalus aplustrifer, Westwood, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. xvi, 
1838, p. 664, pl. 38, fig. 51; id., Arcan. Ent. ii, p. 163, pl. 88, 
fig. 3; Wasmann, Notes Leyden Mus. xxv, pp. 21 & 22, fig. a. 


Of a bright castaneous colour, lighter or darker, shining ; head 
. smooth, with a few large punctures; 
antenne with the first joint rather large, 
oblong or subquadrate, second joint form- 
ing a broad toothed club, as above described ; 
pronotum with diffuse and rather distinct 
punctuation in the centre; elytra long, 
parallel-sided, very finely sculptured, with 
feeble traces of raised lines; follicles (or 
small sac-like processes) at sides of apex 
small but distinct ; underside castaneous. 

Length 63-73 millim. 

Brneat: Netrakona, Chota Nagpur, 


Barway; Bompay: Kanara (Indian 
Museum). 
Fig. 212.—Huplatyrho- The species is apparently not very un- 


palus aplustrifer. common, and widely distributed. 


234. Euplatyrhopalus vexillifer, Westw. 


Platyrhopalus veaillifer, Westwood, Thes. Ent. Oxon. 1874, p. 82, 
pl. 17, fig. 4; Wasman, Notes Leyden Mus. xxv, 1904, p. 21,: 
pl. 8, fig. 4. 


On an average larger than the preceding, to which it is very 
closely allied by the shape of the club, which, as above described, 
is larger, with larger and sharper central teeth, and has the apex 
sharply produced instead of rounded off; the colour, moreover, 
is pitchy, the antenne and body are less depressed, and the head 


PLATYRHOPALOPSIS. 467 


has an oval depression between the front of the eyes; according 
to Westwood the femora have a peculiar character on their inner 
surface, consisting of a small group of ridges arranged in a radiat- 
ing manner: these are probably sexual, and look like a stridulating 
organ ; legs moderate, pitchy. 

Length 7-83 millim. 

BHUTAN; PENANG. 


Genus PLATYRHOPALOPSIS. 


Platyrhopalopsis, Desneux, Gen. Insect. (Wytsman), Pausside, 
1905, p. 20. 

Platyrhopalus, Westwood (ex parte), Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. xvi, 
1888, p. 685. 


Form very broad, short, more or less convex and thick-set ; 
kead small, ihinoerlere than long, very much narrower than the 
pronotum ; eyes large and prominent, with the temples visible 
behind, but occupying the greater part of the sides of the head ; 
antenne two-jointed, with the first joint somewhat long and 
extended beyond the insertion of the club, which is very large, 
flat, and almost circular, slightly concave above, very slightly 
convex below, and not emarginate and dentate at the base; the 
maxille and maxillary palpi are much as in Platyrhopalus, but 
the labial palpi have the second joint longer in proportion ; 
pronotum short, or very short, and broad, transversely elliptical ; 
elytra very broad, broadly oblong or almost square, with the 
shoulders rounded and not prominent; legs very short, broad and 
compressed, femora deeply furrowed underneath to receive the . 
tibie ; tarsi short, with the last joint about as long as the others 
together. 

The only genus that at all approaches this in form is Cerapterus, 
which may at once be known by its 10-jointed and quite differently 
shaped antenne ; it is very closely allied to Platyrhopalus, and the 
chief difference appears to lie in the shape of the pronotum and 
the general form. ‘The characters given by Desneux with regard 
to the second joint of the labial palpi and the shape of the antenne 
are not worth much, as Platyrhopalus varies somewhat in these 
respects; the strong femoral grooves, at first sight, appear to 
offer a good distinction, but these are present, although to a less 
degree, in Platyrhopalus. The discovery of a somewhat inter- 
mediate species, described below, complicates matters, but it must, 
I think, be certainly referred to this genus. 


Key to the Species. 


I. Form shorter and more convex; elytra 
unicolorous. 
i. Pronotum with the sides broadly an- 
ulated; margin of antennal club 
AGN CIC CUP M HON fcr crs ates sats.’ Woalaes « mellyi, Westw., p. 468. 
2H 2 


468 PAUSSID A 


ii. Pronotum with the sides completely 

rounded; margin of antennal club 
eNtiVe, “Joe your unio ae ee eee ee picteti, Westw., p. 468. 

IL. Form somewhat longer and less convex ; 

elytra with a common small V-shaped 

reddish-yellow patch at the suture, 
behindithe muddle -yo)e7 2 cere eter badgley?, sp. n., p. 469. 


235. Platyrhopalopsis mellyi, Westw. 


Platyrhopalus mellyi, Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. ii, p. 84, pl. 10, 
fir. 5; id., Thes. Ent. Oxon. 1874, pl. 18, fig. 2; Wasmann, 
Notes Leyden Mus. xxv, 1904, p. 18. 

Platyrhopalopsis mellyi, Desneux, Gen. Insect., Paussidee, pl. 2,, 
fie. 20. 


Stout and robust, pitchy or pitchy-black, unicolorous, shining ; 
head almost smooth, with feeble traces of a central furrow on the 
vertex ; club of antenne almost round, with 
the apical part of the external margin un- 
even, with two or three moderate notches, 
the produced parts being clothed with short 
hairs; pronotum very small and very trans- 
verse, the sides being broadly angulate and 
the posterior portion depressed and divided 
off by a slightly raised ridge; elytra very 
broad, smooth, very finely sculptured and 
pubescent ; underside and legs pitchy or 
reddish-pitchy. 

Length 94-104 millim. 

NortHern Inpia: generally distributed ; 
Bompay: Belgaum, Kanara; Mapras: Nilgiri Hills, Madura, 
Cochin. 

I feel very doubtful whether this species is really distinct 
from P. picteti, as the question of sex does not appear to have 
been cleared up. 


Platyrhopalopsis mellyt. 


236. Platyrhopalopsis picteti, MWestw. 


Platyrhopalus picteti, Westwood, Thes. Ent. Oxon. 1874, p. 82, 
pl. 18, fig. 5, ae; Wasmann, Notes Leyden Mus. xxv, 1904, 
pls: 


Closely allied to the preceding, and distinguished by having the 
club of the antenne entire along its whole margin, and the margin 
throughout its length finely setose ; the basal joint of the antenne 
is narrower and more acute at the tip; the pronotum has the 
lateral margins rounded and not angulated, and the basal portion 
not distinctly divided off by a ridge; the middle and hind tibize 
have the outer apical angle acute and extended backwards. 

Length 94-103 millim. 


PLATYRHOPALOPSIS.—PAUSSUS. 469 


Burma: Pegu; Nonrruern Cuina: widely distributed (‘este 
Wasmann); Stam; CocHin CHINA. 

Westwood (ie. D. 82) believed it possible that the above dis- 
tinctions might be sexual; but the two speeies are still considered 
distinct by Wasmann, Desneux, and other recent writers. Their 
ant-host has not yet been discovered. 


237. Platyrhopalopsis badgleyi, sp. n. 


A very distinct, broad, rather shining species, not so small and 
polished as the preceding, and with the elytra more oblong 
and less convex, distinctly but finely punc- 
tured, and with a small curved yellowish-red 
patch on each behind the middle and meeting 
at the suture, forming a V-shaped patch 
with the arms recurved, and the point 
directed towards the apex of the elytra: 
these patches are, apparently, sometimes 
divided or obsolete; the head is rather 
longer than in the preceding, and the club 
of the antenne is less circular; the pro- 
notum is very transverse, but longer than in 
Ce es, Os 1a, mellyt, oval, with the sides rounded, and 

S- Or’ with faint traces of a depression in the 

palopsis badgleyi. et 

middie; the elytra form an almost perfect 
broad rectangular figure, and, although convex as a whole, they 
are depressed on the disc; the sides of the pronotum and the 
elytra are thickly set with short yellow sete; the club of the 
antenne and the disc of the pronotum are also pubescent, and 
towards the apex of one of the elytra of one of the three specimens 
known, and at the side of another there are patches of rather 
scanty but very long delicate greyish-yellow pubescence, which 
probably clothes most of their surface in fresh specimens; legs 
stout, compressed, pitchy, in part ferruginous; underside ferru- 
ginous, finely sculptured and pubescent. 

Length 10-104 miilim. 

Assam (Badgley). 

Type in the British Museum. 

Described from three specimens. 


Genus PAUSSUS. 


Paussus, Linné, Bigze Insect. 1775, p. 7; Westwood, Arcan. Ent. 11, 
1845, p. 164; id., Thes. Ent. Oxon. 1874, p. 82; "Rattray, Nouv 
Arch. Mus. Paris, (2) viii, 1885, p. 346; Desneux, Gen. Insect., 


Paussidee, 1905. 


This genus is by far the richest in species, and is compcsed of 


470 PAUSSID®. 


extremely variable forms. Its members may be known super- 


ficially from almost all the rest by the two-jointed antenne,. 
the second joint of which is expanded into a very variable club, 
coupled with the fact that the pronotum is always divided into. 


two lobes by a more or less distinct transverse furrow, which, in 


most instances, is very deep, and is often furnished with tufts of 


yellow secretory hairs at the sides. The only other genera which 
reseinble it in these respects are: Hylotorus, which, however, has 
very minute antenne and quite a, different facies; Lebioderus, 
which has the club of the antenne practically composed of five 


joints soldered together ; and Huplatyrhopalus, in which the trans- 


verse furrow of the pronotum is only slightly marked. The only 
fixed characters which serve definitely to distinguish the genus are 
as follows :—Maxillary palpi aiways composed of four joints, 
with the second always considerably larger than the adjacent, 
variable, sometimes (e. g., 2. cultratus) normal and scarcely as 
long as the two apical joints, often very long and strongly dilated, 
followed by two minute apical joints; labial palpi three-jointed, 
with the first two always small and the third very Jong, variable in 
shape and size, and more or less acuminate at the apex. 

The forms assumed by the club of the antenne are most extra- 
ordinary and bizarre. Inthe Indian species it is mostly either long 
or lens- shaped, without excavation, or boat- or cornucopia-shaped, 
with a strong exterior excavation, which has the lower margin at 
least denticulate or scalloped, and with or without sete. One or 
two forms occur with a long cylindrical club (e. g., P. gousselant), 
but there is nothing lke the extraordinary Madagascar species,. 
P. elephas and P. dame, or the Abvssinian P. crenaticornis. 

The species with the ciub excavate might well be placed in a 
separate genus, but intermediate forms occur. There can be no 
question that the genus requires subdivision, as it is very unwieldy 
at present; but this must be undertaken by a monographer of 
the whole of the species. The number described at present is 
about 180, and this probably represents a comparatively small 
proportion, as they are, in most instances, very scarce, and many 
of the regions in which they occur have been very little worked 
for the smaller Coleoptera ; the PAausstp#, moreover, from their 
peculiar habits, require special methods of working. 

The species are widely distributed throughout Africa (so far as 
at present known) and the warmer parts of Asia; two, P. faviers 
and 2. twrcicus, occur in Europe, the former being fairly common 
locally in Spain and on the opposite African coast, and the latter 
being found in Greece, Turkey, and Asia Minor; one or two 
have been described from Australia, but the genus Arthropterus 
apparently takes the place of Paussus in that country. No species 
has yet been recorded from North or South America. 


PAUSSUS. A471 


Key to the Species. 


I. Club of antennz not excavate. (Paussus, 

1. sp:) 

i. Club of antenne not cylindrical, with 
or without transverse impressions or 
furrows on its exterior disc. 

1. Pronotum with a central transverse 
furrow, but not distinctly divided 
into an anterior and posterior portion. 

A. Head very large, much produced 
and rounded before the eyes ; club 
of antennz broad and flat, bean- 

SMa eMew a eke tots stccas ie casters . desneuxt, sp. n., p. 475. 

B. Head not strongly produced before - 
the eyes, transverse or subtri- 
angular; club of antenne a little 
longer than broad. 

Club of antennz more or less round, 

lenticular. 

a*, Club of antenneze without, or 
only with traces of transverse 
impressions. 

at. Posterior margin of club 
with a long ovate impression 

ime chenmiddler ca0..vetec. one spencet, Westw., p. 476. 
b+. Posterior margin of club 
without an elongate im- 

pression. 

a{. Anterior portion of pro- 
notum not impressed on 
each side, smooth and 


SHINING fo ele.” cates. Gps, \VeSLW:,, ps 476. 
bile Anterior portion of pro- 
notum impressed on each [p. 477. 
side, rather dull ........ cognatus, Westw., 
b¥. Club of antenne with three 
strong entire transverse im- [p. 478. 
PRCSSUOTIS eres stews fats a sieves sPeeyete hearseyanus, Westw , 


c*, Club of antenne with two 
strong transverse impressions, 
and a third abbreviated ...... hornet, Wasm., p. 479. 
d*, Club of antenne with one 
strong transverse impression, 
and a second more or less [p. 480. 
APPLE VIALCOs setssicleiets sc lces> sper: sesquisulcatus, Wasm., 
6. Club of antennee distinctly oblong, 
longer than broad. 
a*, Club of antenne with four 
strong distinct transverse im- [p. 478. 
PECESIONS (a -ctes eters e ay) SCrteater:, Westw., 
b*, Club of antenne without 
transverse impressions ..,,.. adamsont, sp.n., p. 481. 


472 PAUSSID&. 


2. Pronotum strongly divided into an 
anterior and posterior portion. 

A. Elytra with strong short equi- 
distant tufts of stiff sete at the 
sides; club of antennz subovate, 
lenticular or lens-shaped, impressed 
but not excayates...10. erence 

B. Elytra without special tufts of sete 
at the margins. 

a. Club of antennz inverted pear- 
shaped. Size small: length 
Arama "soi 5 icc ceraas wenn eee 

6. Club of antenne oblong bean- 
shaped. Size larger: length 
GF mati Aas. et Se sees aces el ore 

ii, Club of antenne long and _ narrow, 
cylindrical or subeylindrical. 

1. Club of antenne without minute teeth 
at the apex, subcylindrical; head not 
strongly produced before the eyes. 

A. Club of antennz less elongate and 
parallel-sided, outer side somewhat 
rounded ; colour unicolorous fulvo- 
CASTAMECOUS! oie. veiw eis wiersleustels . 

B. Club of antenne more elongate, 
parallel-sided, outer side almost as 
straight as the inner; elytra with 
the disk lack syatuienr et see 

2. Club of antennz elongate and very 
narrow, cylindrical, with three minute 
but distinct teeth just before apex ; 
head strongly produced before the 
eyes; elytra mostly black ..°....... 


iI. Club of antenns excavate on its exterior 
side. (Scaphipaussus, subgen. nov.) 

i, Club of antenne with the margins of the 
excavation not setigerous, with or without 
distinct teeth. 

1. Club of antennz elongate, nearly four 
times as long as broad, with a very 
narrow excavation running along its 
entire length 

. Club of antenne not more than twice 

as long as broad, sometimes about as 

broad as long. 

A. Anterior portion of pronotum not 
produced into a tooth at sides, at 
most shortly and bluntly extended, 
not, or scarcely broader than the 
posterior portion. 

a. Club of antenne oblong and 
parallel - sided ; pubescence of 
elytra very thick and con- 
spicuous (in fresh specimens)... . 


[p. 481. 
rufitarsis, Westw., 


pilicornis, Don., p. 482. 


Jletcheri, sp. n., p. 488. 


[p. 485. 


saunderst, Westw., 


|p. 484. 
hardwicki, Westw., 


jousselina, Guér., p. 484. 


[p. 485. 
waterhouset, Westw., 


fichteli, Don., p. 486. 


PAUSSUS. 


b. Club of antennze more or less sub- 
triangular, deep boat-shaped or 
cornucopia-shaped. 
a*, Dise of elytra. dark. 
at. Size larger (6-63 millim.) ; 
vertex without horseshoe- 
shaped 1 impression a Aes 

b+. Size smaller (5-53 millim.) ; 
vertex with a horseshoe- 
shaped impression, inter- 
Tuptedebelainid ety. nea 

b*, Elytra unicolorous testaceous; 

size very small (5 millim.) ; 

vertex with an impression 

surrounded by a dark raised 

line, interrupted i IM, fronts ws. : 

B. Anterior ‘portion of pronotum pro- 

duced into a more or less angular 
Ms at the sides, 

. Elytra with a single long, some- 
what curved spine at each 
extermalanicaleanglee sme e-- 

b. Elytra with a conspicuous long 
tuft of hairs at each apical 
angle; colour light unicolorous 
testaceous Ad tae to D syereisrars 

é. Elytra without special sete or tufts 
of iiair at apex. 

a*, Colour entirely fulvous testa- 

COOUSH ante sek Soa 

b*, Hee with the disc more or 

ess broadly black. 
# Sides of elytra with long and 
stout wire-like sete........ 
by. Sides of elytra without strong 
wire-like setee. 

aj. Posterior portion of pro- 
notum at least as broad 
as (sometimes — broader 
than) the anterior part, 
widened in front. Size 
larger: 7-73 millim. 

b{. Posterior portion of pro- 
notum distinctly narrower 
than the anterior part, 
parallel - sided. Size 
smaller: G millim. ... 

ul. Club of antennze with the lower margin 

of the excavation denticulate and seti- 

gerous, and the upper margin simple 

or obsoletely denticnlate, but not 
setigerous. 

1. Club of antenne not more than three 

times as long as broad. 
A. Raised basal margin of anterior 


473 


|p. 486. 


wroughtoni, Wasm., 


soleatus, Wasm., p. 487. 


testaceus, sp. 0., p. 487. 


boyst, Westw., p. 488. 


[p. 489. 
stevensianus, Westw., 


fulvus, Westw., p. 490. 


jerdant, Westw., p. 490. 


thoracicus, Don., p.491. 


suavis, Wasm., p. 492. 


474 PAUSSID&. 


portion of pronotum deeply excised 

in the middle and at sides, so that 

four teeth or processes are evident. . 

B. Raised basal margin of anterior 
portion of pronotum not quadri- 
dentate. 

a. Elytra with regular and distinct 
rows of stiff yellowish - white 
WTISUCS hale lea Gore ete cnen reer 

b, Elytra without regular rows of 
bristles. 

a*, Posterior portion of the pro- 
notum plainly broader than 
the anterior portion. 

at. Club of antenne with the 
unexcavated margin straight. 

. Club of antenne with the un- 

excavated margin rounded. . 

4*, Posterior portion of the pro- 
notum narrower, or at least 
not broader than the anterior. 

at. Posterior tibize much thick- 
ened, 
at. Club of antenne less 
strongly impressed above. 
bf. Club of antenne more 
strongly impressed above 
b+. Posterior tibiz not thickened. 
a{. Posterior margin of the 
anterior portion of the 
pronotim not, or scarcely, 
emarginate ‘before the 
lateral angles. 

*, Form narrower; club of 
the antenne with the 
excavation broad; pu- 
bescence coarser ...... 

**, Form broader; club of 
the antenne with the 
excavation narrow ; pu- 
bescence'finer. .- 2. 

bt. Posterior margin of the 

anterior portion of the 

pronotum plainly emar- 

ginate before the lateral 

SNGICS We kee rere 

2, Club of antennze long, at least three 

times as long as broad, subparallel- 

sided; colour of the upper surface 

sharply divided, anterior half eee 
posterior half testaceous.......... 

iii, Club of the antenne with the margins 

not denticulate, but with the lower 

margin finely setigerous .......... 


[p. 492. 
quadricornis, Wasm., 


[p. 495. 


servesetosus, Wasm., 


[p. 494. 
denticulatus, Westw., 
[p. 495. 


ploiophorus, Bens., 


tabvalis, Westw., p. 495. 
[p. 496. 
pacificus, Westw., 


nauceras, Bens., p. 497. 


politus, Westw., p. 497. 


assmuthi, Wasm., p. 498. 


bicolor, Raffr., p. 499. 


cardont, Wasm., p. 499. 


PAUSSUS. 475 


238. Paussus desneuxi, sp. n. 


Of a dull light brownish- and purplish-grey, variegated with 
darker and lighter colours, finely granulose; head very large, 
almost as long as the pronotum, strongly produced semicircularly 
before the eyes, fuscous, with a narrow 
light-coloured raised ridge running round 
the produced part and dividing off the 
eyes, which are small and scarcely pro- 
minent, temples swollen; clypeus slightly 
emarginate, with a fine channel proceeding 
from the emargination; vertex somewhat 
depressed, with two raised prominences 
between the eyes ; antenne light testaceous, 
almost ivory-coloured, with a few obscure 
brown markings at the apex and exterior 

Fig. 215. margin, with the first joint large, sub- 
Paussus desnewxt. quadrangular, produced at its interior apex 
into a blunt tooth, second joint very large, 
broad, bean-shaped, longer than broad, with the interior margin 
rounded and acute, and the exterior margin broader, impressed, but 
not excavated, and produced into a blunt tooth at the base; the 
upper surface is somewhat uneven and the lower surface slightly 
convex, and there is a slight emargination at the apex; pro- 
notum subcordiform, not transverse, about as broad as the head, 
brownish grey, with the sides darker, divided just in the middle 
by a rather fine furrow, and with a strong longitudinal channel 
from apex to base, sides rounded in front, contracted at the 
middle, and slightiy widened to the base; the sides of the head, 
pronotum and shoulders, and of the elytra are furnished more or 
less with long, very fine setee, which are not very evident and are 
probably thicker in fresh specimens; elytra oblong, with the 
shoulders rounded and prominent and divided off by a strong 
furrow, which causes the base of the elytra to appear raised 
into four divisions; of a brownish grey colour with a distinct 
shade of purple, dull, with a large spot just about middle, at 
the margins, and another at the apex, connected by a marginal 
band, shining polished pitchy black, as if enamelled; the space 
enclosed between these is light testaceous; on the basal halt 
there are also two or three rows of more or less minute shining 
spots, and distinct traces of raised lines; pygidium triancular, 
produced into an obtuse angle, very finely sculptured; legs robust, 
compressed, variegated, tibie and tarsi brown, femora white, except 
base and apex, tarsi moderate, with the last joint shorter than the 
preceding joints taken together; underside for the most part 
whitish testaceous, shining, abdomen with the central part broadly 
fuscous longitudinally. 
Length 8 millim. 


476 PAUSSIDE. 


Cryton: Kandy (Colonel Yerbury). 

Type in the British Museum. 

Found in a nest of Tetramorium (Xiphomyrmex) tortwosum in 
May. 

This extraor dinary insect, which differs from any other species 
of the genus that I have seen, is the Paussus sp. 166 alluded to as 
undescribed by Wasmann (Krit. Verzeich. der Myrmek. und 
Termit. Arth. p. 121). 


239. Paussus spencei, Wesiw. 


Paussus spencet, Westwood, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. (8) 1, p. 190 
(1864); id., Thes. Ent. Oxon. 1874, p. 90, pl. 18, fig. 8. 


Castaneous red, rather long, depressed, moderately shiny, 
elytra black, with the exception of the base and apex and the 
extreme margins; head large, produced before the eyes, punc- 
tured, with the clypeus emarginate and with a strong furrow on 
the vertex, between the base of which and the eyes are two 
Impressions ; antenne with a kidney-shaped, rather broad club, 
finely punctured, not impressed, with the anterior margin acute 
and the posterior furnished in the middle of its edge with a long 
ovate impression, which is characteristic of the species; the 
external angle is bluntly produced; pronotum as broad as the 
head, with a transverse furrow, the anterior part simple, with 
the sides evenly rounded and with no Jateral angles; posterior 
part of the same breadth as the anterior; the deep and wide 
excavation is furnished on each side with a large tuft of yellow 
hairs ; elytra long, narrow, parallel-sided, with fine punctures set 
with yellowish sete ; legs reddish, all the femora and tibiz robust, 
dilated, and more or less compressed. 

Length 6 millim. 

Inpia (without special locality). 

Type in the Oxford Museum. 

The shape of the pronotum, the formation of the antennal club, 
and the robust femora and tibize will serve to separate the species. 
In size and general shape it is much hke the African species, 
P. spinicovis, Westw., but the latter has a shorter head, slender 
legs, and the club of the antenne impressed much as in P. hearsey- 
anus; the colour of the elytra, moreover, is uniform castaneous. 


240. Paussus affinis, Westw. 


Paussus affinis, Westwood, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. xvi, 1838, 
p. 646, pl. 33, figs. 86 & 37; id., Arcan. Ent. 11, 1845, p. 188, 
pl. 94, fig. 2. 


Rufo-castaneous or ferruginous, shining, very finely punc- 
tured ; head (with the eyes) about as broad as the apex of the 
pronotum; antennze with the club shaped like an inverted jug 


—_ 


PAUSSUS. ATT 


without a handle, the external basal angle being produced into a 
conical and more or less sharp prominence ; on its upper surface 
there are traces of oblique impressions, which are often obsolete ; 
pronotum strongly impressed transversely in the middle, with the 
anterior porticn rounded at the sides, which 
are constricted before the transverse impres- 
sion and then slightly widened posteriorly 
before the base; elytra with the disc of each 
black, somewhat variably, but finely, sculp- 
tured, the punctures being very diffuse ; 
pygidium finely punctured; legs moderate, 
nore or less rufescent. 

Length 7-8 millim. 

Burma. 

This species is closely allied to P. hearsey- 
anus, from which it differs in its smaller 
head, comparatively longer pronotum, and in 
the almost total absence of oblique impressions on the club of the 
antenne. 


Fig. 216. 
Paussus affinis. 


241. Paussus cognatus, Westw. 


Paussus cognatus, Westwood, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond, xix, 1841,. 
p. 49; id., Arcan. Ent. ii, 1845, p. 189, pl. 94, fig. 3. 


Rufo-castaneous, shining, with the disc of each elytron black ; 
head about as broad as, or a little narrower than, the pronotum ;. 
clypeus not emarginate, front impressed on 
both sides of a raised central line; antenne 
with the club much as in P. affinis; pro- 
notum strongly and transversely impressed. 
in the centre, slightly widened in front and 
behind, the anterior portion with a semi- 
circular impression on each side of the 
middle line, with the sides rounded, and 
setose in fresh specimens; elytra extremely 
finely sculptured, almost smooth; legs ferru- 
einous, tibie with two spurs; pygidium 
finely punctured, with two minute conical 

Fig. 217. tubercles set at some distance from each 

Paussus cognatus. other. 

Length 8-9 millim. 

Bunean (Melly, Westermann) ; Mapras: Madura. 

Type in the Oxford Museum. 

This species may be distinguished from P. hearseyanus by the: 
absence of oblique impressions on the club of the antenne and by 
the shape and sculpture of the pronotum, which is less dilated in 
front and has two large shallow impressions on each side of the 
median line, in the anterior portion. From P. affnis it differs by 
the same two impressions and by the shape of the thorax, which. 


A78 PAUSSID.®. 


is not strongly widened in front and is almost parallel-sided. In 
Westwood’s figure (. ¢.) the club of the antenne is represented as 
smaller than in these two species, but in some specimens it is 
rather larger. 


242, Paussus schiodtei, Westw. 


Paussus schiodtet, Westwood, Thes. Ent. Oxon. 1874, p. 85, pl. 16, 
fig. 6. 


A rather narrow and elegant species, rufo-castaneous, with the 
elytra fuscous, except the base; head rather 
small, with very prominent eyes, which 
extend plainly on each side beyond the 
pronotum ; vertex excavate; club of antennz 
rather long, convex beneath, flat above, with 
four very strong transverse impressions 
(which make it almost appear jointed), apex 
rounded, base truncate, with the external 
angle sharply, but not strongly, produced ; 
pronotum longer than broad, parallel-sided, 
with the anterior lateral angles not produced, 
impressed transversely and longitudinally, 
Fig. 218. but not divided, although the apices of the 
Paussus schiodtci. side parts of the posterior portion are trace- 
able in two tubercles; elytra very finely 
sculptured and setose; legs rufo-testaceous, tibia compressed, 
broader at the apex. 

Length 7 millim. 

BENGAL. 

This species may be known at once from P. hearseyanus and its 
allies by the four strong impressions on the club of the antenne, 
by the excavate head and prominent eyes, and by the shape of 
the pronotuin. 


243. Paussus hearseyanus, Westw. 


Paussus hearseyanus, Westwood, Proe. 
linn. Soc. Lond. 1842, p. isanmay 
Arcan. Ent. i1, 1845, p. 189, pl. 94, 
tig. 4; Wasmann, Notes Leyden Mus. 
Xx1, 1899, paso plese.) ae 

Paussus hearseyanus var. parvicornts, 
Wasmann, op. cit. xxv, 1904, p. 76. 

Of a more or less bright fulvo-casta- 
neous colour, with the disc of each elytron 
black; head large, distinctly broader 
than long, with a transverse keel behind 
the eyes, which is slightly angled in the 
centre; clypeus slightly emarginate ; 
antenne with the club shaped much as 
in P. affinis, but with three distinct 
vblique impressions, which are very characteristic of the species ; 


Fig. 219. 


Paussus hearseyanus, 


PAUSSUS. 479 


pronotum at apex as wide as the head, with a strong central 
transverse impression, widened in front (where it is strongly 
rounded) and behind, and more or less plainly impressed longi- 
tudinally; elytra smooth and shining, with distinct but fine 
sculpture, and very finely alutaceous ; pygidium distinctly punc- 
tured; legs more or less red, with darker shades, and with two 
spurs at the apex of the tibie. 

Length 8 willim. 

UnitTED Provinces: Benares; BomBay: Poona, Surat. 


Var. parvicornis, Wasim. 


This variety differs from the type-form in its considerably 
larger size, while the club of the antenne is markedly smaller, 
and differs in shape, being more contracted in front and almost 
triangular; the head, moreover, is somewhat narrower than the 
pronotum, and the pronotum almost as long as broad, whereas in 
the type-form the head is at least as broad as the pronotum, and 
the latter is transverse. 

Length 9-10 millim. 

Mapras: Bangalore. 

Type in coll. R. Oberthiir. 


244, Paussus horni, Wasim. 


Paussus hornt, Wasmann, Zool, Jahrbuch, Syst. xvii, p. 154, pl. 5, 
fio. 6. 
fo) 


Rufo-testaceous, bright and shining, punctured, with fine and 
short pilose pubescence ; elytra large, parailel-sided, with the disc 
of each furnished with an abbreviated longitudinal black line; 
head with the eyes projecting beyond the pronotum, thickly and 
finely punctured, forehead carinate, clypeus scarcely emarginate ; 
antenne with the club large, oval, very shiny, almost im- 
punctate, with two deep longitudinai impressions on its upper 
side and one less pronounced, exterior angles produced into 
a large thick tooth; pronotum slightly transverse, longitudinally 
furrowed, but not divided, with the anterior portion much broader 
than the posterior, coarsely but obsoletely rugose-punctate, with 
the sides strongly rounded, posterior part alutaceous, much more 
finely and sparingly punctured; elytra much broader than, and 
more than three times as long as, the pronotum, alutaceous, with 
rows of rather large, but not deep, setigerous punctures; pygidium 
shining, with the margin bare, with coarse punctures, and between 
these finely punctured ; legs stout, with the tibie narrow, but 
somewhat broader towards the apex, with stout tarsi and long 
sharp claws. 

Length 7 millim. 

Cryton: Bandaravella (Dr. W. Horn). 

Found under a stone in a nest of Pheidole spathifera, Forel, 
var. yerburyt, Forel. 


480 PAUSSID®. 


This species belongs to the group of P. hearseyanus, P. affinis, 
and P. sesquisulcatus, but is much smaller, with the dark band on 
the elytra much narrower and shorter, and the front part of the 
pronotum much more coarsely punctured; the temples behind 
the eyes are longer and more strongly rounded than in either of 
those species ; the shape of the hind margin of the head also 
affords distinctive characters. 


245. Paussus sesquisulcatus, Wasim. 


Paussus sesquisulcatus, Wasmann, Notes Leyden Mus. xxi, 1899, 


or 
° 


Paussus sesquisulcatus var. brevicornis, Wasmann, op. cit. xxv, 1904, 


p. 90. 


Closely allied to P. hearseyanus, rufo-castaneous, with the elytra 


shining and the head and pronotum slightly shining, elytra black 
with the suture and margins red; head half as broad again as its 
length, with a raised keel behind the eyes (not always distinct), 
clypeus impressed and not emarginate ; club of the antenne short 
and broad, with the upper surface furnished with two oblique 
impressions, one being, as a rule, shorter than the other; pro- 
notum distinctly longer than broad, with a deep central transverse 
furrow, the anterior part being much broader than the posterior, 
with the sides strongly rounded and the disc longitudinally 
furrowed, posterior portion impressed in the middle and furnished 
with an indistinct tubercle on each side; elytra strongly punc- 
tured, and with fine and scanty pubescence; femora more or less 
ferruginous. 

Length 9-10 millim. 

Bompay: North Guzarat (Wroughton) ; Unirup Provincns : 
Dehra Dun (yer, Ind. Mus.); Brenean: Purneah District (Paiva, 
Ind. Mus.); Burma: Taung-ngu (Corbett). 

The chief distinctions which are said to separate this species from 
P. hearseyanus appear to be the broader club of the antenne and 
the fewer impressions on its surface, the narrower head, and the 
longer pronotum ; the punctuation also of the elytra is stronger. 
It seems very doubtful, however, whether it is more than a 
variety of P. hearseyanus, as the furrows on the club of the 


antennee and the shape of the pronotum are variable in different 
specimens. 


Var. brevicornis, Wasm. 


In this variety the club of the antenne is much shorter than in 
the type-form, being hardly longer than its breadth at the base, 
and it is much more broadly rounded at the apex; the head is 
narrower and the size is larger. 

Length 11-12 millim. 

BreneaL: Chota Nagpur, Barway (Cardon). 


PAUSSUS, 481 


246. .Paussus adamsoni, sp. n. 


Head and pronotum red, elytra dark, with the base, suture and 
apex red; head large, broader than the 
pronotum at the widest, eyes large and 
prominent ; antenne with the second 
joint of the club oblong and compara- 
tively narrow, considerably longer than 
broad, with the internal basal angle pro- 
ducedinto astrong and prominent tooth- 
like process; pronotum long and narrow, 
longer than broad, with the anterior 
angles quite rounded off, sides slightly 
narrowed in the middle and then very 
slightly and gradually widened to the 
base ; the transverse furrow is slightly, 
and the longitudinal furrow very feebly, 
marked ; elytra smooth and shining, 
Fig. 220. with more or less regular rows of 
Paussus adamsoni. rather large, but feeble and very 
diffuse punctures, which are ; more 

distinct near the suture ; legs comparatively slender, red. 

Length 64-7 miliim. 

Burma: Minhu, Irawadi (Col. C. H. Adamson). 

Type in the British Museum. 

This species is easily distinguished by the oblong and com- 
paratively narrow club of the antenne and by the shape of the 
pronotum, which is only slightly constricted in the middle, and 
has the anterior angles completely rounded and not evident. 


247. Paussus rufitarsis, Westw. 


Paussus rufitarsis, Westwood, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. xvi, 1888, 
p. 638, pl. 33, figs. 25-27 ; id., Arcan. Ent. ii, 1845, p. 172, pl. 89, 
fig. 4; Wasmann, Notes Leyden Mus. xxv, 1904, pp. 42-53, pl. 5, 
figs 

Paussus baconis, Benson, Calcutta Journ. Nat. Hist. vi, 1846, p. 459; 
Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. v, 1847, p. 24. 


A small, rather broad, species with the front 
parts of a light flavescent or whitish yellow 
colour, and the hinder parts darker; head 
broad and not long, subtriangular, produced 
before the eyes, which are very small, with a 
rounded impression between the eyes and 
four minute round impressions, one on each 
side of the larger impression and one on 
each side just in front of these; these are 
ee not, however, very conspicuous, and the head 

4 looks simply impressed and uneven; antennze 

Fig. 221. with the first joint pitchy, and with a broad 
Paussus rufitarsis, Whitish yellow or testaceous subtriangular 

, 21 


482 PAUSSID A: 


club, which is produced at the base externally into a pitchy spine ; 
this club is not excavate, but on its widened hinder margin has a 
depressed oblong impression with four elevated transverse ridges 
running across it; pronotum about as broad as the head, divided ; 
anterior portion short, testaceous, with the ridge feebly chan- 
nelled, the lateral angles not very sharply produced ; posterior 
portion dark at the sides, rather broad, with two rounded tubercles 
in the middle of the hind margin ; elytra covering the pygidium, 
broad and short, almost subquadrate, slightly widened behind, 
pitchy, shining, with the base lighter and the margins and apex 
reddish, very obsoletely and finely punctured, outer margins with 
four or five equidistant tufts of short stiff reddish sete, and the 
apex with two tufts on each side; legs pitchy, hinder pair broader 
than the others, with the femora a little dilated and the tibize 
compressed, tarsi red ; underside entirely red. 

Length 6 millim. 

Benga: Chota Nagpur, Barway and Nowatoli; Uyirep 
Provinces: Dehra Dun. 7 

Found in company with Phetdole latinoda. 


248, Paussus pilicornis, Don. 


Paussus pilicornis, Donovan, Ins. Ind. 1800, pl. 5, fig. 4; Westwood, 
Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. xvi, 1838, p. 643, pl. 33, fig. 34; id., 
Arcan, Ent, ii, 1845, p. 173, pl. 89, fig. 1.° 


A very small and very distinct species, rufo-testaceous, with 
the elytra pitchy black except the extreme base, distinctly punc- 
tured and shining; head rather broad, subtriangular, with the 
clypeus emarginate, and with an impressed longitudinal line 
extending from the anterior margin to between the eyes, where 
there is a rather large circular impression ; antennz with a very 
strongly setose club, which is pear-shaped, the narrower part 
forming the apex, and the basal portion being almost circular, 
with the outer angle at the base produced into a short blunt 
point; the apical portion is bent upwards, with a slight keel 
along the anterior margin, and a transverse depression before the 
base on the upper side; pronotum about as long as broad, with 
the anterior portion broader than the posterior, uneven, with a 
rounded depression in the middle, and with the lateral angles 
produced, but rounded; the centre is deeply sulcate, and the 
posterior part, which is almost parallel-sided, is made up of two 
large raised shiny spaces separated by a channel; elytra black, 
strongly punctured, setose ; legs rufo-testaceous, rather long and 
slender. 

Length 4 millim. 

BENGAL. 

This insect may at once be known by its small size, the shape 
of the pronotum, and especially by the peculiar shape of the setose 
club of the antenne. nite 


PAUSSUS. 483 
249. Paussus fletcheri, sp. n. 


- Rather robust, shining, front parts and the antenne red, elytra 
black, with the base rather broadly and the suture very narrowly red, 
very scantily pubescent ; head rather large, 
eyes not prominent, vertex with a small 
circular depression; antenne with the first 
joint large and broad and the second bean- 
shaped, depressed and obscurely channelled 
on its outer edge, longer than broad, 
rounded at the apex and produced at the 
internal angle into a tooth-shaped promi- 
nence; pronotum strongly divided by a 
deep transverse impression, the front part 
very broad, produced at the sides into 
large prominent angles, and emarginate in 
the centre; hinder part much narrower, 
parallel-sided, very strongly impressed in 

Fig. 222. the middle longitudinally ; elytra parallel- 
Paussus fletcheri. sided, very feebly and -confusedly punc- 
tured; legs rather robust, red, with the 
femora darker, intermediate and posterior tibize produced rather 
sharply at their external angles; underside reddish. 
Length 6% millim. 
OnyLon : Diyatalawa (7. Bainbrigge Fletcher). 

' Type in the British Museum. 

' This species is ‘very distinct; superficially it most nearly 
resembles P. guadricornis, but is in an entirely different section, 
the antenne having the second joint of the club bean-shaped and 
closed, and not boat-shaped and open. 


250. Paussus saundersi, Westw. 


Paussus saundersi, Westwood, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. xix, 1841 
p. 50; id., Arcan. Ent. ii, p. 190, pl. 94 fig. 6. 


Entirely of a fulvous or fulvo-castaneous coloar, with the head 
and pronotum somewhat darker; head about as broad as pro- 
notum, with two semicircular impressions between the eyes; 
antenne with a long oblong-ovate club, with the base externally 
produced into a hook-like setigerous process; pronotum longer 
than broad with a deep central furrow ending in a small lateral 
tubercle on each side, anterior portion somewhat raised, with the 
sides strongly rounded; legs slender, tibize with two apical spurs. 
_ Length 7-8 rmillim. 

Inpta. 
~The club of the antenne is about as long as in P. hardwicki, 
but in shape is much more rounded, and the insect in this 
respect is intermediate between the last- named species and the 


P. hearseyanus group. 
Zale 


484 PAUSSIDA,. 


251. Paussus hardwicki, Westw. 


Paussus hardwickt, Westwood, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. xvi, 1838, 
p. 649, pl. 33, figs, 89-40; id., Arcan. Ent. 11, 1845, p. 189, pl. 94, 
fig. 5. 


Rufo-castaneous, shining, punctured, 
elytra with the disc more or less dark ; 
head broader than long, raised in the 
middle, with the eyes very prominent ; 
antenne with a long cylindrical club, 
parallel-sided, about three or four times 
as long as broad, with the base externally 
produced into a hook-like process ; pro- 
notum much longer than broad, divided 
by a deep transverse central furrow, the 
anterior portion with the sides dilated 
and strongly rounded, about as broad at 
its widest part as the head (including the 

Fig. 223. eyes), with strong punctures ; posterior 

Paussus hardwicki, portion slightly dilated to the base, but 

not furrowed ; elytra strongly punctured, 

finely setose at the sides; legs slender, dark, tibia with two 
spurs. 

Length 8-9 millim. 

Nepat; Unirep Provincnes: Almora. 

This species may at once be known by the club of the antenne, 
which is formed on much the same pattern as in P. hearseyanus 
and its allies, but is much longer and narrower. 


252, Paussus jousselini, Gwér. 


Paussus jousseimi, Guérin, Rev. Zool. 1838, p. 21; Westwood, 
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ii, p. 90; id., Arcan. Ent, 11, 1845, p. 169; 
Olivier, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (6) iii, 1883, p. 196, pl. 7, fig. 1; 
Raffray, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris (2) ix, 1887, pp. 52-46. 

Paussus sinicus, Westwood, Proc. Linn, Soc. Lond. ii, 1849, p. 57; 
id., Thes. Ent. Oxon. 1874, p. 85, pl. 8, fig. 10. 


Of a dull dark reddish colour, with the elytra black, except the 
base, and sometimes the apex, or entirely dark, with the apex of 
the elytra and the abdomen reddish ; head much produced before 
the eyes, uneven, granulate, with the clypeus emarginate, and the 
vertex channelled and set with a rather strong tubercle in the 
middle, behind which are two small tubercles which sometimes 
coalesce ; antenne granulate, dull, with the first joint large and 
subquadrate, and the second elongate, subcylindrical, five or six 
times as long as broad, widened at base and apex, with the outer 
basal angle slightly produced, and the apex dilated and clavate 
and furnished with three small, but distinct, sharp teeth set in a 
shallow excavation; pronotum divided, long, subparallel-sided, 
with the anterior part somewhat longer than usual, deeply 


PAUSSUS. 485 


emarginate in the centre, with the lateral angles rather sharply 
produced ; posterior part with the sides nearly parallel, deeply and 
broadly impressed in the middle, and with a tuft of yellow hair on 
each side of the dividing sulcus; elytra considerably broader than 
the base of the pronotum, almost smooth, with a small but distinct 
tubercle at the outer apex of each; legs not elongate, rather stout, 
and granulose. 

Length 8 mm. 

Burma: Pegu, Bhamo (fea); Cuina: Hong-Kong. 

A. specimen before me, from Mr. Andrewes’ collection, was taken 
by Fea in company with a very small reddish-brown ant. 

Raffray (J. c. p. 32) expresses his strong belief that P. sinzcus is 
synonymous with this species, and in his catalogue (p. 46) places 
them together. Desneux (Genera Insectorum, Pausside, 1905) 
again separates them, but, as he is merely recording a list of 
species, gives no reason for so doing. Westwood’s figure of 
P. sinicus agrees almost entirely with the description of P. jousselini 
above given, except that it has two small tubercles on the disc of 
each elytron. 


253. Paussus waterhousel, Westw. 
Paussus waterhouser, Westwood, Thes. Ent. Oxon. 1874, p. 90, 


pl. 16, fig. 4; Wasmann, Notes Leyden Mus, xxi, 1899, p. 40, & 
xxv, 1904, p. 68. 


Rufo-piceous, not shining, very finely and somewhat granulosely 
sculptured; head in front deeply emarginate and channelled ; 
vertex with a round polished excavation, with the sides raised ; 
antenne with a very elongate club, rounded at the apex, and 
bluntly and slightly produced externally at the base, with the 
sides almost parallel, and with a very narrow excavation stretching 
along its whole length, each margin with five equidistant tubercles ; 
neck short, but distinct; pronotum divided, the anterior part 
broader than the head and sharply angled at each side, broader 
than the posterior part which has the sides almost parallel; centre 
of the disc deeply impressed, with the sides thickly setose; elytra 
rather broad, parallel-sided, with the shoulders strongly raised, 
and with a small but very distinct elongate-oval impression on the 
anterior third, near the suture; the sides are set with long pitchy 
sete ; legs comparatively long and slender, with the tibiz 
compressed ; there is a tuft of yellow hairs on each side of the 
pygidium. 

Length 5-8 millim. 

Burma: Momeit; Matay Srarms; Sumarra: Tandjong 
-Morawa, Serdang. 

The species was originally described by Westwood from Penang; 
the other specimens from Burma, Malacca, and Sumatra are 
smaller, with the side angles of the anterior part of the pronotum 
(according to Wasmann) not so much produced, and its breadth 
scarcely more than that of the head; the circular impression on 


A8G PAUSSIDE. 


the vertex is, moreover, divided into two. These insects, however, 
can hardly, as Wasmann observes, be regarded as belonging to a 
different species. 


254. Paussus fichteli, Don. 


Paussus fichteli, Donovan, Ins. Ind. 1800, pl. 4, fig. 3; Westwood, 
Trans. Linn. Soc. xvi, 1838, p. 641, pl. 33, figs. 31-33 ; id., Arcan. 
Ent. ii, 1845, p. 181, pl. 90, ase 5, 8,9; Saunders, Trans. Ent. 
Soc; Lond. 11, p. 83, pl. 9, tig. Wasmam, Notes Leyden Mus. 
xxv, 1904, pp. 47, 55, pl. 5, Ee. Baia 


Rufo-testaceous or rufo-castaneous, with the elytra black, except 
the base, apex and extreme margins, the whole surface clothed 
more or less distinctly with whitish pubescence (which is easily 

denuded); head comparatively long, hexa- 

gonal, with the eyes not very prominent, 
with a depression on the vertex, the sides of 
which are raised into two shiny tubercles ; 
~ antenne with the club rectangular, if viewed 
from the side, a little produced on its inner 
side at the apex which is angled, and pro- 
duced into a long spine externally at the 
base, broadly excavate, the excavation being 
; set with strong teeth on the margins which 
Fig. 224. are not setigerous; the upper surface is 
Paussus fichteli. more or less distinctly impressed with trans- 
verse furrows; pronotum rather narrow, 
parallel-sided, longer than broad, deeply divided into two almost 
equal parts, the anterior angles rounded and not produced ; elytra 
very finely sculptured; legs rather long and slender, red; the 
pubescence is thicker (in fresh specimens) on the pronotum, head, 
and antenne, and longest on the outer and hinder margins of the 
elytra; in any case it is much finer than the setz in several of 
the allied species. 

Length 6 millim. 

BencAL: Chota Nagpur, Nowatoli, Barway, Mansar. 

This species has been found with Pheidole latinoda, and appears 
to be not uncommon, as Wasmann records 134 examples from 
Chota Nagpur. The shape of the antennal club, the simple apex 
of the pronotum, and the pubescence will easily distinguish this 
species from its allies. 


255. Paussus wroughtoni, Wasm. 


Paussus wroughtoni, Wasmann, Kritisch. Verzeich. Myrmek. Termit. 
Arth. 1894, p. 215; id., Notes Leyden Mus. xxv, 1904, p. 48 
pl. 5, fig. 3: 


Of a tawny luteous colour, smooth and somewhat shining, ai 
the dise of the elytra pitchy, and the posterior part of the pro- 
notum pitchy or blackish pitchy at the sides; head broad, with 


-PAUSSUS. 487 


the eyes prominent, clypeus strongly -deflexed in the middle, 
forehead not channelled, vertex with a broad round excavation ; 
antenns with a broad obtusely triangular club, with the apex 
almost truncate, excavated, the posterior part of the excavation 
being transversely suleate ; pronotum divided into two parts, as 
broad as the head, with the sides of the anterior part rounded, 
and the angles. bluntly rounded, the posterior part scarcely 
narrower than the anterior, with the anterior angles raised, the 
disc impressed in the middle and longitudinally channelled ; elytra 
very finely coriaceous, with a single thin seta on each side near 
the apical angle ; legs moderate, with the tibie not dilated. | 

Length 6--64 millim: L 

Bompay: Poona. 

Several examples were taken by Wroughton i in nests of Pheidole 
wroughtont, Forel, in company with Paussus soleatus. According 
to its describer (L c. p. 216), the species is closely allied to 
P. fulvus, P. boysi, and P. stevensianus. From the first of these it 
differs in its dull upperside, finely alutaceous elytra, the absence 
of a longitudinal furrow on the forehead, the rounded side-angles 
of the front part of the pronotum, and the narrow legs; from 
P. boysi it further differs in not having a strong flexible spine at 
the apex of the elytra, and from P. stevensianus by the formation 
of the vertex. 


256. Paussus soleatus, Wasm. 


Paussus soleatus, Wasmann, Kritisch. Verzeich. Myrmek. Termit 
Arth, 1894, p. 216. ) 


Very closely allied to the preceding, of sare it might, Perann 
be considered a variety; it is, however, a shorter and smaller 
insect, with the head broader, and with ie elytra all black except 
the base and apex. According to Wasmann, the chief difference 
lies in the fact that on the head there is a horseshoe-shaped 
impression, the anterior part of which is formed by the margin of 
the fovea on the vertex and the middle part by: the margin of the 
frontal furrow; it appears to be interrupted behind, and not in 
front as in P. testaceus. 

Length 5% millim. 

BompBay: Poona. | 

Several examples were taken by Wroughton in nests of J heidole 
wroughtoni, Forel, in company with the preceding species. 


257. Paussus testaceus, sp. n. 


A small testaceous or light castaneous species; head large, 
hexagonal, not much shorter than the pronotum, dull and rather 
strongly granuluse, vertex with a deep impression surrounded - by 
a dark raised line, which is interrupted in front; eyes small, 


488 PAUSSID A. 


rather prominent ; antennz with the first joint robust, subquad- 
rangular, club rather short, subtriangular, compressed, excavate, 
with the apex rounded and the base truncate and produced 
externally in a short tooth, excavation with the sides very feebly 
scalloped, not dentate or setigerous, inner side impressed, upper 
surface of club with five dark transverse 
impressions at the edge of the excavation ; 
pronotum narrow, longer than broad, 
divided by a furrow, anterior part dull, 
granulose, strongly emarginate in the 
middle, with the sides scarcely produced ; 
posterior part shining, broadly impressed 
in the middle, with the lateral lobes nar- 
rowly black at the apex; elytra shining, 
very slightly sculptured, setose at the 
apex; legs long, not dilated. 
Length 5 millim. 
% TENASSERIM: Tavoy (Doherty). 
Fig. 225. Type in the British Museum. 


Paussus testacews. This species appears to be allied to 


P. wroughtont, Wasm., and P. soleatus, 


Wasm., but is smaller and differently coloured and is remarkable 
for the dull granulose front parts and the very smooth and shining 
elytra. From P. fichteli, which it somewhat resembles in the 
shape of the pronotum, it differs entirely by the shape of the 
club and the almost total absence of pubescence. 


258. Paussus boysi, Westw. 


Paussus boyst, Westwood, Arcan. Ent. ii, 1845, p. 177, pl. 92, fig. 2; 
Wasmann, Notes Leyden Mus. xxv, 1904, pp. 43, 54, pl. 5, fig. 2. 


Yellowish testaceous, with the elytra slightly more rufescent, 
and with the basal joint of the antenne, the sides of the posterior 
part of the pronotum, and the disc of the 
hinder portion of the elytra more or less 
obscurely dark (but variable); head sub- 
triangular, much produced in front of the 
eyes, angulate in front, vertex deeply 
channelled, the channel ending in a large 
round fovea between the eyes; neck short, 
punctured ; antenne with the first joint 
rugose, and the second large, broad, boat- 
shaped, compressed, granulose, with the 
keel uneven and the deep excavation having 

Fig. 226. its sides scalloped and subcrenulate (as in 
Paussus boysi. P. stevensianus and P. fulvus), and not 
denticulate or setigerous; outer basal angle 

strongly produced, pitchy ; pronotum divided, anterior part convex 


PAUSSUS. 489 


and smooth, about as wide as the head, obscurely channelled, 
but not emarginate in the middle, with the lateral angles produced 
rather sharply on each side; posterior part channelled in the 
centre and raised on each side of the channel; elytra rather 
variable in colour, dull, very finely sculptured, subalutaceous, with 
the follicles at the external apex very distinct, and close to these 
a long curved moveable spine (not a tuft as in P. stevensianus), 
which is characteristic of the species ; underside castaneous ; legs 

moderate, not dilated. : 

Length 7 millim. 

Brneat: Nowatoli, Barway (Cardon). 

First taken by Captain Boys by sweeping in high grass under a 
Munja clump (Saccharinum munja). It has occurred in very large 
numbers (135 examples) in Chota Nagpur, where it was found by 
Cardon in company with Pheidole latinoda. Wasmann (l.c. p. 54) 
says that the colour of these examples is brighter than as described 
and figured by Westwood, and it is apparently very variable, the 
dark colour of the elytra being sometimes much reduced, and 
occasionally quite wanting. 

The species is allied to P. stevenstanus and P. fulvus. From the 
former it may be known by the circular excavation on the vertex 
and the fact that it possesses a long thorn-like seta and not 
a fascicle or brush at the external apex of the elytra; the latter 
species has neither thorn-like seta nor fascicle, and is smaller, 
duller and more uniformly coloured, with the legs broader. It is 
also akin to P. wroughtont and P. soleatus, with which Wasmann 
compares it; from both of these it may be known by its brighter 
and more luteous or straw colour, and by the presence of the 
apical thorn. I have not seen a specimen of P. wroughtoni, but 
to judge by Wasmann’s photograph it is extremely closely allied 
to P. boysi. 


259. Paussus stevensianus, Westw. 


Paussus stevensianus, Westwood, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. xix, 1841 
p. 48; id., Arcan. Ent. ii, p. 176, pl. 90, fig. 2. 


Of a pale luteous colour; head large, produced before the eyes, 
with the clypeus distinctly emarginate, and with two large tubercles 
between the eyes; antenne with a large broad punctured club, 
having its anterior (or internal) margin curved, and the posterior 
(or external) not broadly excavate, the margins and the excavation 
being sinuate and raised in tubercles, but not dentate, basal 
external angle bluntly produced; pronotum divided, anterior part 
short, raised, with the lateral angles rather sharply produced, the 
centre of the ridge emarginate, posterior part scarcely narrowed 
to the base, about as broad as the anterior; elytra broad, somewhat 
shining, a little darker behind, very finely sculptured, with a 
distinct fascicle of rigid reddish sete at each apical angle; legs 


490 PAUSSIDE, 


elongate and slender, with the posterior tibiz slightly dilated ; 
anal segment of the abdomen with two curved horny points ; 
underside of the mesosternum and abdomen darker. 

Length 74-8 willim. 

InpIA (no definite locality). 

From Westwood’s description this seems to be a very distinct 
species. 


260. Paussus fulvus, Westw. 


Paussus fulvus, Westwood, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. xix, 1841, p. 47 ; 
id., Arcan, Ent. ii, 1845, p- 175, pl. 90, fig. 3. 


Of a uniform fulvo-luteous or bright luteous brownish colour ; 
head produced before the eyes, deeply and broadly channelled in 
front, with the channel meeting a very large circular fovea between 
the eyes; antenne with a large broad club, boat-shaped (much as 
m 2; boysi), strongly impressed at the sides, with the keel uneven, 
and: the wide excavation obscurely scalloped or subcrenulate and 
not setigerous, outer side with traces of ridges, outer basal angle 
somewhat strongly produced; pronotum divided, a little broader 
than the head, anterior portion rather sharply produced at. the 
sides, feebly channelled, but not emarginate in the middle; pos- 
terior portion channelled and somewhat raised on each side of the 
channel ; elytra dull, finely rugose, with very faint traces of raised 
lines, with the apical follicles well marked, but without a brush of 
hairs or a thorn-like seta; legs rather broad, tibie compressed, 
the posterior pair somewhat curved and rather broader than the 
others. 

Length 6 millim. 

Inptia. 


261. Paussus jerdani, Westw. 


Paussus jerdani, Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. v, 1847, p. 26,. 
pl 2, figs ds ad.,(Cab: Orient. Ent, pl. 41, fig. 5; id., Thes. Ent. 
Oxon. 1874, p. 88, pl. lesson 4: 


Of a dull rufous or rufo-castaneous 
colour, with the posterior part of the 
pronotum, the disc of the elytra (more 
or less), the femora, and the sternum dark $ 
head produced in front of the eyes, with 
the anterior angles marked, deeply chan- 
nelled and strongly raised behind into a 
large tubercle, which is hollowed out and 
contains two more or less distinct small 
tubercles ; antennze with both joints 

= closely eranulate, the first stout, the 
Fig. 227. second large, boat-shaped, deeply and 
Paussus jerdani. broadly excavated, with the keel uneven 


PAUSSUS, 491 


and the edges of the emargination scalloped and impressed within 
but not setigerous, external basal angle produced into a blunt 
point ; the base is emarginate and not incised; pronotum very 
deeply divided, the anterior part rather variable in breadth, with 
the hind margin emarginate in the middle and the lateral angles 
acutely produced, but more so in some examples than others; 
posterior part broader than the anterior, with the sides strongly 
rounded, deeply incised and bidentate on its front margin, with 
a tuft of yellow hairs on each side near the anterior lateral angles: 
elytra much broader than the base of the pronotum, slightly 
widened behind, very finely sculptured, with the base’ wore 
broadly red than the apex, and with the sides and apex set with 
very long wiry sete ; pygidium also setose; legs rather short and 
stout, with the tibie shghtly dilated; sterna punctured. 

Length 6-7 millim. 

Beneau: Siripur Sarda (Ind. Mus.); Mapras: ‘Nilgiri Hills 
CHa Andrewes). 

This species is very distinct by reason of the long and numerous 
wiry sete which clothe the sides of: the elytra, and in fresh 
specimens exceed half the breadth of the elytra. It is most 
nearly allied. to P. thoracicus, from which it may be known by 
the much shorter lateral sete, and the shape of the posterior 
part of the pronotum. | 


262. Paussus thoracicus, Don. 


Paussus thoracicus, Donovan, Ins. Ind. 1800, pl. 5, fig. 2; Westwood, 
Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. xvi, 1838, p. 640, pl. ae figs. 28-30; 
id., Arcan. Ent. ii, 1845, p. 180, pl. 90, fig. 43 Wasmann, Notes 
Leyden Mus. xxv, 1904, pp. 44 & 54. 

Paussus trigonicornis, Latreille, Gen. Crust. Ins. i1i (3), pl. 11, fig. 8. 


Red or rufo-castaneous, with the sides of the posterior part of 
the pronotum and the elytra, except the base and APEX, black ; 
head large, much produced in front of 
the eyes, with the anterior angles well 
marked, narrower than the pronotum, 
with an impressed line extending from 
the clypeus to the vertex, which bears 
two small elevated curved ridges shaped 
like a horse-shoe, the space between with 
two small tubercles; antenne with a 
large deep boat-shaped subtriangular club, 
deeply excavated, with the margins scal- 

-_ loped and not strongly denticulate, the 

Fig. 228. base is bluntly produced externally ; pro- 
Paussus thoracicus. notum very deeply excavate in the middle, 
anterior part produced into sharp angles 

at the ike, raised and emarginate in the centre; posterior part 
with the sides in front considerably raised, large and broad ; 
elytra with yellowish setose scales on the disc, and with long but 


492 PAUSSID&, 


not strong sete at the sides; legs long and rather slender, tibiz 
without spurs ; abdomen with two incurved fascicles of hairs at 
the apex. 

Length 7-74 millim. 

BENGAL. 

The host of this species, according to Wasmann, is probably 
Pheadole latinoda. It may be known by the shape of the head and 
pronotum, and the broad and large mussel-shaped club of the 
antenne. 


263. Paussus suavis, Wasm. 


Paussus suavis, Wasmann, Kritisch. Verzeich. Myrmek. Termit. 
Arth. 1894, p. 215; id., Notes Leyden Mus. xxv, 1904, pp. 44 & 
54, pl. 5, fig. 4. 


Ferruginous, entirely dull, with the dise of the elytra broadly 
black; head large, with the eyes comparatively small, clypeus 
emarginate, forehead longitudinally sulcate, vertex foveolate, with 
the margin of the fovea raised on both sides, apparently auriculate ; 
antenne with a triangular club, which is broad and strongly com- 
pressed, and deeply and broadly excavate, the lower side of the 
excavation being transversely sulcate; pronotum deeply divided, 
with the anterior part very short, almost four times as broad as 
its length, with the lateral angles rather strongly but somewhat 
bluntly produced, and emarginate behind the processes ; posterior 
part distinctly narrower and Jonger, and broadly sulcate longi- 
tudinally ; elytra broad and ample, coriaceous, with very short 


flavous pubescence, and with long but not strong fulvous sete at 


the sides and apex ; legs rather slender, tibize not dilated. 

Length 6 millim. 

BompBay: Belgaum (H. E. Andrewes), Kolaba (ft. Wroughton). 

One female example was taken by Wroughton in a nest of 
Pheidole latinoda. 

This species is closely allied to P. thoracicus, from which it 
differs in the longer and more sharply triangular club of the 
antenne and the different shape of the posterior part of the pro- 
notum, which in the last-named insect is at least as broad as the 
anterior part, and is widened in front, while in P. suavis it is 
distinctly narrower than the anterior part and is parallel-sided ; 
P. thoracicus, moreover, is a larger insect. 


264. Paussus quadricornis, Wasm. 


Paussus quadricornis, Wasmann, Notes Leyden Mus. xxi, 1899, 
p. 43, pl. 4, fig. 8 (club of antenna), & xxv, 1904, p. 48. 


Black, with the head, the club of the antennz, the anterior 
part of the pronotum, and the base, margins and extreme apex of 
the elytra red, slightly shining ; head punctured, with the clypeus 


a 


PAUSSUS. 493 


emarginate, and the vertex raised into a protuberance and fur- 
nished with a rather large simple cavity; antenne with the first 
joint strongly punctate, and the club, viewed from the side, 
elongate-quadrate and parallel-sided, as broad at base as at apex, 
sharply keeled on one side and on the other deeply and broadly 
excavate, the excavation with the margins obtusely dentate, and 
with the sete of the lower margin short, basal exterior angle 
strongly produced and broadly reflexed ; the whole club, except 
the upper margin, is dull and very thickly punctured ; pronotum 
shining, punctured, a little broader than long and a little narrower 
than the head, with the base and apex of about equal breadth ; 
the anterior part short, strongly raised, with the sides deeply 
excised and bidentate, so that four teeth or prominences are evident 
on the raised basal margin ; the posterior part deeply and broadly 
impressed in front, with the depression smooth, longitudinally 
channelled; elytra parallel-sided, rather dull, thickly alutaceous, 
with their lateral margins furnished with long red setose hairs ; 
pygidium with yellowish sete; legs moderate, with the tibie 
slightly compressed, but not dilated. 

Length 6 millim. 

Burma: Momeit (Doherty). 

This species belongs to the P. denticulatus group ; it appears to 
be easily distinguished from the species hitherto described by the 
quadridentate basal margin of the anterior portion of the pronotum. 


Var. castanea, nov. 

Larger than the type, entirely of a dark 
castaneous colour, with the elytra rather 
shiny ; the sides of the anterior portion of 
the pronotum are not deeply excised but 
are furnished with four distinct teeth or 
prominences. 

Length 74 millim. 

‘T'ENASSERIM : Mergui (Doherty). 

Type in the British Museum. 

It is possible that this may be a new 
species. The surface is nearly bare of pubes- 


Bie. 299 cence, but it is probably rubbed, as the long 
Dea aiatorhis reddish sete are apparent on the extreme 
var. castaned. margins. Described from a single specimen. 


265. Paussus seriesetosus, Wasm. 


Paussus servesetosus, Wasmann, Notes Leyden Mus. xxv, 1904, pp. 59 
& 72, pl. 6, fig. 3. 


A small species, ferruginous, with the posterior angles of the 
pronotum and the disc of the elytra black (sometimes the latter 
are entirely black with the exception of the base and apex); head 
and pronotum dull, coriaceous, the former with the clypeus slightly 


494 PAUSSIDA. 


impressed and scarcely emarginate, and the vertex raised, with a 
minute fovea on the apex of the elevation; antenne with the 
club boat-shaped, much as in P. denticulatus, but differently 
shaped, being less parallel-sided and more narrowed towards the 
apex, with the margins of the excavation less strongly toothed, 
but with the teeth of the inferior margin furnished with much 
longer and coarser setze ; pronotum with short fulvous pubescence, 
strongly divided; anterior part dull, elevated, with the lateral 
angles rounded and not produced, about as broad as the head ; 
posterior part twice as broad as long, broader than the anterior 
part, very strongly foveate in front, with the posterior angles 
rounded; in tresh specimens the transverse central furrow has a 
rather strong tuft of yellow hairs on each side; elytra long and 
flat, smooth and somewhat shining, very finely. alutaceous, with. 
three or four very distinct longitudinal rows of stiff short yellowish 
white setze on each, which look like raised carinz in fresh speci- 
mens; at the sides and apex there are longer yellowish seta, and 
the pygidium has a row of long yellowish sete, and inside this a 
row of reddish hairs and small tufts. 

Length 5 millim,. 

Mapras: Nilgiri Hills (H. L. Andrewes), Travancore, base of 
Western Ghats (Annandale); Beneau: Calcutta (Brit. Mus.), 
Biru, Chota Nagpur, with Pheidole javana (Cardon). 

This little species, when fresh, is one of the most distinct of 
the whole genus by reason of the very regular longitudinal rows 
of short setee on the elytra which look like yellowish white or 
whitish yellow carinz; these are apparently very easily rubbed 
off, and the elytra are then quite bare and smooth; the shape of 
the pronotum, and, to a less extent, of the antennal club will, 
however, serve to distinguish the species. 


266. Paussus denticuiatus, Westw. 


Paussus denticulatus, Westwood, Arcan. Ent. 11, 1845, p. 179, pl. 92 
fig. 1 id., Ehes; Ent. Oxon. 1874, p. 88, pl. 16, fig g. 12; ; Wasmann, 
Notes Ley den Mus. xxv, 1904, pp. 47 & 5d, ol. 6 G, fig. de 


Of a dark brownish chestnut colour, with the disc of the elytra 
and the hinder part of the pronotum darker; head narrower than 
the pronotum, club of antenne large, boat-shaped, rather regular, 
with the excavation wide and strongly denticulate and the base 
incised in the centre; pronotum divided, with the anterior part 
obtusely toothed in front at the sides, and distinctly narrower than 
the posterior part, which is very broad compared with the allied 
species ; elytra parallel-sided, finely sculptured, strongly setose; 
legs somewhat long and slender. 

_ Length 6-7 willim. 
Bompay: Ahmadnagar; Centra Inpia: Mhow (Boys). 


PAUSSUS. 495 


_ This species may be at once known by the very broad posterior 
portion of the pronotum, which is nearly three times as broad as 
_ long and is distinctly broader than the anterior part. The upper 
and under sides of the excavation of the antennal club are set 
with very sharp teeth, the under ones being furnished with a 
single very long seta; the elytra are furnished with long reddish 
yellow sete on their whole disc and at the sides, and there is no 
difference in length between the discal and lateral sete. Wasmann 
(l. c. p. 56) adds other characters, but these are quite sufficient to 
distinguish the species. 


267. Paussus ploiophorus, Bens. 
Paussus ploiophorus, Benson, Calcutta Journ. Nat. Fist. vi, 1846, 
p. 463; Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. v, p. 25; id., Thes. 
Ent. Oxon. 1874, p. 87, pl. 16, fig. 11. 
Paussus phloeophorus (in error), Gem. & Har. Cat. ii, p. 705. 


Blackish chestnut; head a little longer than in P. nauceras, 
antennee with the club rather broader and more rounded, with a 
deep excavation which has the margins denticulate (the lower 
denticulations being setigerous), and with the base incised in the 
centre ; pronotum much as in P. denticulatus, but a little narrower ; 
elytra with the disc dark, polished, finely setose ; apex of abdomen 
with two distinct fascicles of short hairs. 

Length 5-54 millim. 

_ Untrep Provinces: Rohilkhand. 

This insect is closely ailied to P. nauceras and P. denticulatus, 
being intermediate between them. From the former it differs in 
the shape of the antennal club, and from the latter in this character 
and also in the narrower posterior portion of the pronotum, as 
compared with the anterior portion. 


268. Paussus tibialis, Westw. 


Paussus tibialis, Westwood, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. xix, 1841, 
p. 47; id., Arcan. Ent. 11, 1845, p. 174, pl. 90, fig, 1. 


Castaneous or rufo-castaneous, shining, with the disc of the 
elytra black; head rather narrower than the pronotum, convex, 
with the clypeus scarcely emarginate, strongly channelled on the 
vertex, the sides behind the eyes oblique and punctured ; club 
large, somewhat ovate, boat-shaped, uneven and impressed, with 
the keel sharp and the outer apical angle produced and rounded, 
the excavation deep, with the upper margin simple, and the lower 
denticulate and setigerous, marked internally bebind the denticles 
with several small impressions; pronotum deeply divided, the 
anterior part much broader than long, with the lateral angles 
bluntly produced and not dentate, the posterior part widely 
excavate in front, almost as broad as the front portion; elytra 


A96 PAUSSID &. 


shiny, extremely finely sculptured; anterior and intermediate 
femora slender and cylindrical, posterior femora and tibiz shorter 
and much more robust, dilated and compressed; tibial spurs 
wanting. 

Length 6 millim. 

BENGAL. 

This insect may be easily distinguished from all its allies, except 
P. pacificus, by the formation of the posterior tibie ; the species 
appears to be very rare, and Wasmann makes no allusion to it in 
his notes on the allied species. Westwood obtained the specimen 
on which he described it from Westermann at Copenhagen. 
In the face of Westwood’s separate descriptions, it is hardly 
possible to regard this and the succeeding species as synonymous 
without comparing the type-specimens, which I am unable to do. 
{am strongly of opinion, however, that they are identical. 


269. Paussus pacificus, Westw. 


Paussus pacificus, Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, 1855, p. 81; 
id., Thes. Ent. Oxon. 1874, p. 88, pl. 16, fig. 7. 


A small and broad species, of a castaneous colour, with very 
scattered fine yellowish pubescence ; the sides of the posterior 
part of the pronotum and the greater part of the disc of the 
elytra are black and shining; head emarginate and channelled 
in front, with a depressed semicircular tubercle in the centre at 
the base of the eyes; club of the antenne irregularly boat-shaped, 
subovate, broader at base than at apex, with the disc on each side 
longitudinally impressed from near the apex to the base, basal 
margin produced externaliy, excavation with its upper margin 
straight and simple, the lower margin with six or seven small 
teeth and the same number of transverse striz on the edge of 
the inner surface; pronotum divided by a broad and not very 
deep furrow, the anterior part a little broader than the head, 
raised, with the lateral angles bluntly rounded and not sharply 
produced, posterior part as broad as the anterior, gradually nar- 
rowed to the base ; elytra much broader than the pronotum, very 
finely sculptured, with the sides set with short, red, curved sete ; 
pygidium castaneous, with the raised margin black ; legs dark 
castaneous, the anterior and the posterior pairs slender, the poste- 
rior pair short, with the tibize much dilated and compressed. 

Length 54—6 millim. 

Cry on (coll. Dohrn). 

The laterally impressed antennal club, the bluntly rounded 
angles of the anterior portion of the pronotum, and the short 
posterior legs with the thickened tibie will serve to distinguish 
the species. 


PAUSSUS. 497 


270. Paussus nauceras, Bens. 
Paussus nauceras, Benson, Calcutta Journ. Nat. Hist. vi, 1846, 
p. 641, Westwood, Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond. v, 1847, p. 25; id., 
Thes. Ent. Oxon. 1874, p. 87, pl. 16,)fig.8; Wasmann, Notes 
Leyden Mus. xxv, 1904, pp. 47 & 56, pl. 6, fig. 2. 


Rather narrow, of a fusco-castaneous colour, not shining ; head 
narrower than the pronotum, impressed 
in front, eyes not very prominent, clypeus 
emarginate ; club of antenne boat-shaped, 
with the margins denticulate, the inferior 
denticulations being setigerous, and with 
the base rather deeply incised ; pronotum 
divided into two parts by the very strong 
sulcation of the central portion, the ante- 
rior part raised and ridged and produced 
on each side into a strong sharp promi- 
nence, the posterior part rather long, with 


f the sides almost straight; elytra dark, 
Fie, 230. except at the base, sides, and apex, very 
Paussus nauceras. finely sculptured, and set with long yel- 


lowish sete, which are stronger at the 

sides ; legs ferruginous, rather slender. 

Length 5-6 millim. 

Benga: Biru, Chota Nagpur; Unirep Provinces: Mussoori, 
Landaur. 

A large series has been taken by Cardon at Biru and Nowatoli; 
in the former locality it has occurred with the ant, Pheidole 
javanicu, as recorded by Wasmann. 


271. Paussus politus, Westw. 


Paussus politus, Westwood, Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond, 1849, pyoolid:, 
Thes. Ent. Oxon. 1874, p. 87, pl. 16, fig. 10. 


Fulvous red, with the sides of the posterior part of the pro- 
notum (as a rule) and the disk of the elytra black; head broader 
than long, depressed, and longitudinally channelled in front, with 
a conical and not strongly raised tubercle between the eyes; 
antenne with a large boat-shaped club, produced at the apex into 
a bluntly curved point, the excavation narrow compared with that 
of the allied species, scarcely denticulate on its upper margin, but 
with strong setigerous teeth on its lower margin; pronotum 
divided, the parts being almost equal, the anterior part toothed 
at each side at the apex, and the hind margin raised and with a 
small emargination in the centre; elytra smooth, shining, and 
scarcely punctured, with fine powdery whitish setose pubescence, 
which is somewhat longer at the sides; legs red, not very slender, 


wire 


498 PAUsSID. 


base of the femora darker; pygidium red, very closely and finely 
pubescent, with the row of stiff marginal sete well pronounced. 

Length 7-8 millim. 

Cryton: Rambodde; Norru Inpia (Ff. Moore). 

The species is closely allied to P. ploiophorus and P. denticu- 
latus, from which it differs in the narrower hind part of the 
pronotum ; the shape of the club of the antenne and especially 
of the mouth of the excavation will divide it from other related 
species. 


272, Paussus assmuthi, Wasm. 


Paussus assmuthi, Wasmann, Notes Leyden Mus. xxv, 1904, pp. 47 
& 58, pl. 6, fig. 4. 


Red, with the disc of the elytra black and the posterior part 
of the pronotum pitchy, antenne and legs rufo-piceous, front 
parts dull, elytra rather shiny; head and thorax coriaceous, 
coarsely but obsoletely sculptured, the former slightly impressed, 
with a narrow black line in the centre, vertex with a small round 
fovea; antennee with the club boat-shaped, long, and subparallel- 
sided, with the apex abruptly recurved, the upper and lower 
margins of the excavation with teeth, in the former depressed 
and not marked, in the latter strong, setigerous; pronotum 
about as broad as the head, and almost as long as broad, deeply 
divided, the anterior and posterior parts being of almost equal 
breadth; anterior part produced in front at the sides, with the 
anterior margin almost straight, and the posterior margin almost 
semicircular, raised, somewhat impressed in the middle, and 
broadly emarginate or sinuate before the lateral angles; on each 
side in the deep dividing furrow there is a distinct fascia of yellow 
pilose hairs ; the posterior part is gradually narrowed towards the 
base, slightly impressed in the middle, and deeply and broadly 
depressed in front; elytra finely alutaceous and sparingly and 
finely punctured, with short and thick setose pubescence, the 
lateral margin set with somewhat longer red sete ; legs slender. 

Length 6 millim. 

BompBay: Khandala (Rev. J. Assmuth). 

Two specimens were taken by the Rev. J. Assmuth in a nest 
of Pheidole ghatica, Forel, on 22nd May, 1902. 

This species is very closely allied to P. politus, from which, 
according to its author, it differs in its smaller size, the denticu- 
lation of the excavation of the antennal club, the sculpture of the 
head and pronotum, the prominent lateral angles of the clypeus, 
and the shape of the anterior portion of the pronotum (especially 
the emargination of the posterior margin before the lateral angles), 
and tne thickness of the red sete at the side margins of the 
elytra. 


PAUSSUS. 499 


273. Paussus bicolor, /taffr. 
Paussus bicolor, Rattray, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris (2), viii, pp. 22 & 
45, pl. 19, fig. 25 (1885). 


Front parts and the anterior third or quarter of the elytra 
black, the remainder of the elytra yellowish brown or pale brown. 
head rugose, produced before the eyes, which are very prominent, 
clypeus emarginate, vertex channelled and raised into a point be- 
tween the eyes which bears a hollow longitudinal fovea; antenne 
rugose, with the first joint subcylindrical, widened at the apex, 
and the second elongate and narrow, three times as long as broad, 
with the sides subparallel, excavate externally along its whole 
length, the upper margin with four teeth and the lower with five, 
the basal tooth of the latter being more or less obsolete, and the 
rest set with small bunches of short sete; the apex is rounded 
and the base is produced into a long, stout, and rather sharp 
tooth or process; pronotum distinctly rugose, divided, with the 
anterior part longer than the posterior, sinuate and bluntly but 
plainly produced into an angle on each side, almost as broad at 
the apex as the head with the eyes, the posterior part strongly 
excavate in front, with the sides somewhat rounded, and with 
a small fascicle of hairs at the apex on each side; elytra much 
‘broader than the pronotum, with the black portion at the base 
dull and somewhat rugose, and the remaining lighter portion 
scarcely punctured and gradually more shining towards the apex ; 
pygidium brown, depressed, with the margins ciliate; fine hairs 
are also present at the sides of the elytra, and the surface is more 
or less pubescent, the pubescence being in more or less regular 
small patches on the elytra; legs black, long and slender. 

Length 54 millim. 

ANDAMAN ISLANDS. 

This species is remarkable for its sharply and equally divided 
colour, and the long and narrow club of the antenme, as well as 
for the length of the anterior, as compared with the posterior 
part of the pronotum. ! 


274. Paussus cardoni, Wasm. 
Paussus cardont, Wasm. Notes Leyden Mus. xxv, 1904, pp. 47 & 57. 


Rufo-castaneous, with the hinder part of the pronotum and the 
disc of the elytra black, more or less shiny, except the head which 
is dull; head granulosely punctured, with short white sete, the 
elypeus being narrowly emarginate in front and furnished with a 
longitadinal black line in the centre ; vertex ra‘sed, with a trans- 
verse semilunar fovea on the disc; antennz with the club resem- 
bling, but shorter than, that of P. nauceras, narrowed towards the 
apex, with the margins of the excavation not toothed, and the 

2K2 


500 PAUSSIDE, 


lower margin set with short and fine sete; pronotum about as: 
long as broad, scarcely punctured, with short sete, divided deeply 
in the centre; anterior portion impressed in the middle, sub- 
truncate at the sides, with the lateral angles not strongly marked ; 
posterior portion not narrower at its apex than the anterior, but 
gradually narrowed towards base; elytra plainly broader than the 
pronotum, very finely alutaceous, impunctate, and quite bare 
except for some red lateral sete ; pygidium below surrounded by 
an edging of broad but short tufts; legs slender, red, with the 
femora black. 

Length 53-6 mm. 

Brneat: Chota Nagpur, Nowatoli, and Barway. 

Discovered by Cardon in nests of Pherdole latenoda in June: 
1897. 

This species is allied to P. nauceras, from which it may be: 
known by its somewhat larger size, less slender form, and shorter 
antennal club, and by not having the margins of this club. 
toothed. 


RHYSODID &. a01 


RHYSODID. 


The position of this family is somewhat doubtful, as it is related 
to members of most of the great series, and it is certainly rather 
closely allied to the Cotyp11p® and Cucusipm, between which it 
is placed by Lacordaire, followed by Leconte and Horn. The 
Jatter authors believe the family to be, like the HypocEPHALID.s, 
BRrENTHID® and CuPEDIDs, a survival of a very ancient synthetic 
type. Lacordaire, although he assigns them the above position, 
is still of opinion that they have a real analogy with the CaRaBIDE 
in several points, notably the form of the prosternum, the seg- 
mentation of the abdomen, and the shape of the posterior coxse 
and trochanters. The venation of the wings is Adephagid in 
general character (cf. Redtenbacher, Ann. k.-k. nat. Hof-Mus. 
Wien, 1, 1886, pp. 211-212, pl. xviii, fig. 103), but there is no 
areola oblonga as in the CupEDID®; this, however, is wanting in 
the CricINDELID, although present in the CARABIDA. 

The species live under bark or in the wood of more or less 
rotten trees; some have been found in the galleries formed by 
Passalid larvee, but their life-history is practically unknown. ‘The 
larva of 2. phillipensis is said to ave been once found (Revue 
VEnt. xxii, 1903, p. 91), but I can find no description of it. 

Head abruptly narrowed behind, with a distinct small neck, 
forehead with two deep sulci, temples and gene well marked ; 
antenne inserted under the side margin of the forehead, 11-jointed, 
short and thick, distinctly moniliform. Mentum very large, 
covering the mouth-parts ; maxille with two small lobes, the palpi 
4-jointed, 

Prosternum large, much extended in front of the anterior coxe, 
coxal cavities closed behind, widely separated. Mesosternwm very 
short, epimera reaching the coxe, which are rather widely sepa- 
rated. Metasternum very long, with the epimera invisible aid 
the episterna almost concealed, without a cross-suture before the 
coxe, and emarginate between them; the posterior cox sub- 
triangular and widely separated. 

Abdomen with six ventral segments, the three antericr ones 
connate. 

Leys short ; anterior tibiz terminated externally by two curved 
spines, and internally by a ciliated emargination with a spine; 
intermediate and posterior tibie with a strong apical spine ; tarsi 
five-jointed. 

In the first part of the new ‘Catalogus Coleopterorum,’ edited 
by Sehenkling, the Ruysoprpx are dealt with by Dr. R. Gestro, 
and 109 species are enunerated. Of these 68 belong to Rhysodes, 


502 RHYSODID&. 


which is divided into four subgenera: Dhysores (2), Omoglym— 
mius (57), Rhysodes s.s. (8), and Shyrodes (1), and 41 to Clinedium, 
the latter being placed under two subgenera, Clinidium s.s. (27) 
and Rhysodiastes (14). They are widely distributed both in the 
Old and the New Worlds, but are chiefly represented in the 
tropical regions of the former; only a very few species have been 
as yet recorded from North and South America, and two or three 
occur in Europe. Up to the present time fifteen species have 


Fig, 231.—Underside of Rhysodes germari (female); st,, pro- 
sternum ; s¢,, mesosternum; s?¢,, metasternum ; eps,, eps., 
eps,, episterna of the pro-, meso-, and metathorax; epm,, 
epi, epimera of the pro- and mesothorax ; ¢3, hind coxa; 
v,—v,, the ventral segments, the first three connate. (After 
Ganglbauer. ) 


been found in the Indian Region, but several of these have been 
quite recently described, and probably many more will be dis- 


covered; of these eleven belong to Ethysodes and three to Clini- 


dium. Of those standing under Rhysodes no less than ten belong 
to the subgenus Omoglymmius, Gangl., and one to Shyrodes, Grouv. ; 
of the other species, one is referred to Clinidiwm proper, while 
the other two are placed under the subgenus Lthysodiastes, Fairm. 


“2 Oy ee 
> - 


a 


RHYSODES. S03 


Key to the Genera. 


1, yes lateral, rounded, never elongate, 

usually but not always large, dis- 

tinctly granulated, lower margin of 

their orbit not visible from above .. Ruysopzs, Dalm., p. 505. 
If, Eyes superior, elongate, or absent, 

scarcely granulated ; if they are pre- 

sent the lower margin of the orbit is 

VICUDlerihomeayONss 05s piece oats airs Ciinipium, Iirby, p. 511. 


Genus RHYSODES. 
Rhysodes, Dalman, Analect. Ent. 1825, p. 93. 


Type, Cucujus sulcatus, F. 

This genus appears chiefly to differ from Clinidiwm in the 
shape of the eyes, which are lateral and more or less rounded ; as 
arule they are large, but in f. dohertyi, the single species be- 
longing to the subgenus Shyrodes, Grouv., they are small and 
projecting. 

For the following table I am chiefly indebted to the work of 
M. Grouvelle (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Ixxvii, 1908, p. 320, and 
Rey. d’Ent. xxii, 1903, pp. 90-104). 


Key to the Species. 


I. Eyes large, not projecting, central space on 
the head not separating the frontal lobes 
(subgen. Omoglymmius, Ganel.). 
i, Lateral furrow of the pronotum incomplete. 
1. interstices of the elytra flat, evidently 
broader than the striz; lateral fur- 
rows extending for more than three- 
quarters of the length of the pronotum. arrow?, Grouv., p. 504. 
2. Interstices of the elytra, on their disc, 
convex, scarcely broader than the 
striz ; lateral furrows scarcely attain- 
ing the middle of the pronotum .... doyst, Arrow, p. 505. 
ii. Lateral furrows of the pronotum complete. 
1. Frontal lobes emarginate on their inner 
side in a semicircle, forming on the 
front a deep, somewhat circular, im- 
pression, narrowly open anteriorly ..  aterrimus, Chevr., 
2. Frontal lobes emarginate on their inner [p. 505, 
side, forming on the front an excava- 
tion broadly open anteriorly. 
A. External furrows of the pronotum 
five or six times as broad, even at 
their apices, as the internal furrows. taprobane, Fairm., 
B. External furrows of the pronotum [p. 506. 
either equal in breadth to, or much 
less than five or six times as broad 
as, the internal furrows, 
a. Interstices of the elytra carinate, 
the alternate ones being more [p. 507. 
CUSHING ty TaISed Aina. 6 lee . erenatus, Grouv., 


504 RHYSODID. 


b. Interstices of elytra not alternately 
raised. 
a*, Last joint of the antenne acu- 
minate at apex. 
at. Elytrawith rowsof punctures, Jdineatus, Grouv., p. 507. 
b+. Elytra with punctured striz. 
aj. Average size larger; head 
and prothorax shorter; an- 
tennee shorter and thicker. malabaricus, Arrow, 
bt. Average size smaller; head [p. 007. 
and prothorax larger; an- 
tenn longer and less thick, fee, Grouv., p. 508, 
b*, Last joint of antenne blunt at 
apex. 
at. Form narrower; central fur- 
row of prothorax not closed 


in front> head lone... 2... nicobarensts, Grouv., 
b+. Form broader; central furrow [p. 508. 


of prothorax closed in front. 
af. Form shorter, subovate ; 
head shorter, posterior ap- 
gles marked by an angular 
projection; colour black.. anguliceps, Arrow, 
bt. Form larger, oblong ; head [p. 509. 
longer, posterior angles not 
marked by an angular pro- 


jection ; colour dark cas- [p. 510. 
LAMCOMS Se nace yeteoe .. longiceps, Grouv., 
II. Eyes small, projecting (subgen. Shyrodes, 
GLOW.) io. 5 oe e-oiei wel Gaye toa tal tea abe dohertyt, Grouy., p. 510. 


275. Rhysodes arrowi, Grouwv. 


dihysodes arrowt, Grouvelle, Ann. Soc. Int. France, Ixxvii, 1908, 
p. 368. 

Hlongate-oval, shining black, glabrous; head slightly trans- 
verse, with the posterior lobes not elongate, rounded and approxi- 
mate at base, emarginate in a semicircle on their inner side, and 
then continued in straight diverging lines to the lateral margins 
of the thorax, the space between them being more or less diamond- 
shaped; antennz with joints 2-10 subtransverse, 3 subcordiform, 
last joint strongly acuminate; pronotum elongate, oblong, broader 
than the head, with three longitudinal furrows, the central one 
entire, and the lateral ones narrowed or abbreviated in front, but 
deeply impressed before the base, and joined to the base by a 
broad oblique furrow; elytra punctate-striate, with the inter- 
stices flat, evidently broader than the striew, the second and fifth 
joined at apex and forming an apical callosity; shoulders toothed ; 
legs short. 

Length 84 millim. 

SIKKIM, 

Type in M. Grouvelle’s collection. 


RHYSODES. 505 


276. Rhysodes boysi, Az. 
Rihysodes boysi, Arrow, Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vii, 1901, p. 87. 


Black, shining, depressed ; head triangular, without carine or 


Fig. 282.—Rhysodes boysi. 


lateral channels, but with a diamond- 
shaped flat space in front, behind which 
there is a deep circular foramen or 
large fovea not reaching the base; an- 
tenn moderate; prothorax long, with- 
out raised coste, but with an entire 
central furrow, and on each side of 
this an almost pear-shaped depression, 
which is very broad at the base, and 
very narrow just about the middle, 
where it ceases; elytra with deeply 
punctured strie, the fourth interstice 
strongly raised behind ; anterior femora 
not toothed in the female. 

Lenath 7 rmillim. 

KC aAsHMIR (?) 

Type in the British Museum. 

The species was described from two 


females, probably from the Himalayan Region; one of these is in 
the British Museum, and the other in the Oxford Museum. ‘The 


male is not known. 


277. Rhysodes aterrimus, Chevr. 


Rhysodes aterrimus, Chevrolat, Ann. Soe. Ent. France (5) i, 1875, 


p. 209. 


Rhysodes armatus, Arrow, Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vii, 1901, p. 85. 


Fig. 233. 
Rhysodes aterrimus. 


Pitehy black, rather dull, cylindrical ; 
head produced behind the eyes, posterior 
lobes twice approximating on the vertex, 
anterior elevated space short, constricted 
in the middle ; at the back of the head is 
a small punctiform fovea which is distant 
from the central raised space ; prothorax 
long, with the sides almost straight, the dise 
trisulcate, with the external sulci broad and 
with four almost parallel carinz, the two 
central ones nearly or actually meeting in 
front and behind ; elytra with broad punc- 
tured striz; smooth parts of the head 
and prothorax punctured, underside very 
coarsely punctured; anterior tibize biden- 
tate at apex, with a third tooth in the 
centre.—Male with the anterior tibic fur- 
nished with a fourth tooth a little behind 


506 RHUYSODID A. 


the middle, the anterior femora dentate in the middle, and the 
intermediate and posterior tibie furnished with a bispinose plate 
at the apex. 

Length 73-9 millim. 

ANDAMAN and NicoBar Isutanps; Manacca: Penang. 

Type of R. armatus in the British Museum. 

The male characters and the sculpture of the head will serve to 
distinguish this insect from all the other Indian species. The 
two most nearly allied species are FR. strabus, Newm. (from the 
Malay Archipelago) and Jt. crassiusculus, Lewis (from Japan), 
both of which resemble &. aterrimus in the sculpture of the head 
and the armature of the male. 


a 


278. Rhysodes taprobane, Mairin. 

Rhysodes taprobane, Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (5) 11, 1873, 
p. 389. . 

> Rhysodes punctatostriatus, Mots., Bull. Moscou, ii, 1866, p. 400. 


Elongate, shining, pitchy black; head narrowed before the 
eyes, with two deep furrows which meet in a curve behind ; 
antenne with the joints transverse, the last 
ones being pilose; prothorax somewhat 
ovate, truncate at base, with three furrows, 
the lateral ones being much the broader, 
marginal furrows deep and narrow, the 
two central carine narrower at the base 
and slightly separated in front, where they 
enclose a narrow space, but this is variable ; 
elytra with rows of strong punctures, but not 
strongly striate except for the sutural stria, 
which is deep with scarcely visible punctures, 
fourth interstice strongly raised at apex, 
the raised portion curving round to the 
suture and giving the impression of a large 
depressed space before the apex, which is 
more distinct than in some of the allied 
species ; ventral segments with single series 


Bic, 234. two sharp teeth before e apex. 
Rhysodes taprobane. Length 5 millim,. 
CEYLON, 


It seems most probable that the above synonymy is correct, 
hk. punctatosiriatus having been described by Motschulsky from 
Ceylon. Grouvelle (Rev. d’Hat. xxii, 1903, p. 97) introduces a 
AR. punctatostrvatus from Sumatra into his table of species, but this 
is really R. punctatolineatus, described by him on page 116, and he 
has simply made a mistake in the names; it has nothing to do 
with Motschulsky’s species. Grouvelle himself has corrected 


of strong punctures ; anterior tibiz with 


RHYSODES. BOM 


the mistake subsequently (Ann. Soc. Ent. Ir. 1908, p. 317). 
R. punctatostriatus, Mots., was omitted from the Munich Catalogue, 
but is wrongly, we think, restored in the new Catalogue by 
Gestro. 


279. Rhysodes crenatus, Grow. 
Rhysodes crenatus, Grouvelle, Rey. d’Ent, xxii, 1905, p. 119. 


Elongate-oblong, shining black ; head a little longer than broad, 
produced on each side beneath, with the posterior lobes elongate 
and smooth, separated by a deep furrow and emarginate on their 
inner side and towards the base, anterior furrows enclosing a 
smooth, more or less lozenge-shaped space; antennee with joints 
2-10 transverse, subconical ; prothorax a little longer than broad, 
subparallel-sided, with the angles rounded and with four convex, 
smooth, longitudinal ridges on each, the interior pair joining at 
the apex; the furrows between these are foveolate at the base ; 
elytra with deep crenulately punctured striz, interstices carinate, 
the alternate ones being more distinctly raised, the shoulders 
toothed. 

BHUTAN. 

Type, 2,1n M. Réné Oberthiir’s collection. 


280. Rhysodes lineatus, Grour. 
Rhysodes lineatus, Grouvelle, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1908, p. 319. 


Elongate-oblong, shining pitchy black, with the antenne and 
part of the legs reddish; head about as long as broad, with the 
posterior lobes somewhat elongated, rounded at base, angled and 
approximate on their inner side and then divergent, intermediate: 
space in the shape ot an inverted Jlance-head ; prothorax moderately 
long, ovate and depressed, with four longitudinal depressed and 
equal-sized ridges on each, the intermediate furrows closed at 
their extremities, the ventral one narrow; elytra oblong, broader 
than the prothorax, punctured in lines, without striation except 
near the suture and towards the base, the intervals much broader 
than the rows of punctures, the apical depression with yellow 
sete. 

Length 55 millim. 

Mapras: Shembaganur (2. P. Dubreuil). 

Type in M. Grouvelle’s collection. 

The sculpture of the elytra and the depressed ridges of the 
prothorax will help to distinguish this species. 


281. Rhysodes malabaricus, A477. 


Rhysodes malabaricus, Arrow, Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vii, 1901, 
p. 36. 


Shining black ; head as long as broad, with the lobes prominent, 


508 RITYSODID®. 


a little flattened behind, with the vertex furnished ,with an 
almost circular foramen, the central elevated portion being narrow 
and reaching this ; antenne short and thick ; 
prothorax subovate, with four ridges on each 
side of almost equal breadth; elytra with 
punctured striz, the punctures being con- 
fluent, shoulders with a minute tooth, apical 
semicircular carina distinct ; abdomen coarsely 
punctured ; anterior tibiae bidentate on both 
sides. 

Male with the femora acutely dentate in 
the middle, and the posterior tibie strongly 
curved at the apex. 

Length 63 millim. 

Mapras: Malabar. 

Type in the British Museum. 

“a The short head, with its peculiar foramen, 
Fig. 235.—Physodes and the broad and very prominent posterior 
malabaricus. lobes, which appear rather flattened externally, 
owing to the projection of the eyes in front, 

are useful characters for the determination of this species. 


——— 


282. Rhysodes fex, Grouwv. 
Rhysodes fee, Grouvelle, Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xiv, 1894, p. 761. 


Shining pitchy black; head longer than broad, subtriangular, 
with the posterior angles slightly rounded and the posterior lobes 
produced behind, the disc with two longitudinal furrows united at 
base and enclosing an elongate depressed space, which is foveolate 
at its apex ; prothorax a little longer than broad, furnished on its 
dise with four subequal ridges and five furrows ; elytra with seven 
crenulately punctured striz and with short raised hairs, which are 
scanty and fugitive on the disc but are somewhat more numerous 
at the apex ; last joint of the antenne acuminate at the apex. 

Length 6 millim. 

BurMa: Karen-ni (L. Fea). 

Type in the Genoa Museum. 


283. Rhysodes nicobarensis, Girowv. 


Rhysodes nicobarensis, Grouvelle, Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xiv, 1894, 
. FRO 
DD. (OZ, 


This species appears to bear relations both to #. few and 
It. taprobane. From the former it differs by the more irregular 
breadth of the prothoracic ridges, the lateral ones being reduced 
to carinee; the lobes of the vertex are not prominent behind and 
the antenne are proportionally thicker. It is a larger species 
than R. taprobane, with the intervals between the thoracic ridges 
much broader and the ridges themselves differently shaped ; the 


RHYSODES. 509: 


elytra moreover are striate and not punctured in rows. None of 


Fig, 236.—Rhysodes nicobarensis. 


the prothoracie ridges 


quite reach the apex ; the last jomt of the 


antenne is blunt at the apex. 


Length 6 millim. 
NICOBAR ISLANDS. 


Type in the British Museum. 


284. Rhysodes anguliceps, dAv7. 
Rhysodes anguliceps, Arrow, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vii, 1901, p. 89. 


Shining black, less elongate than usual; head comparatively 


Fig. 237. 
Rhysodes anguliceps. 


very small, triangular, much produced before 
the eyes, posterior lobes with a circular 
outline interrupted only at the sides of the 
head, where they are rather produced back- 
wards; on each side above the eyes is a 
curved channel, the smooth space in front 
of the lobes being large and broad ; antenne 
comparatively short, with the apex of the 
last joint blunt; prothorax large, with the 
sides rounded and contracted in front, tri- 
suleate, both the furrows and the ridges 
being large and deep, all the sulci extending 
from base to apex or very nearly so; elytra 
with deep and subcrenulately punctured 
striz, the shoulders produced but not 
toothed ; tibiz: bidentate on each side. 
Male with the anterior femora furnished 
with minute teeth ; posterior tibize produced. 


into a brush-like plate at apex. 


Length 63 millim. 
Mapras: Malabar. 


Type in the British Museum. 


SIO) RHYSODID&. 


As Mr. Arrow points out, the species appears to differ from 
all the others in the structure of the head, which has the posterior 
lobes circular in outline instead of kidney-shaped, as in the other 
species. There are specimens of this species in the British 
Museum and in the Oxford Museum. 


285. Rhysodes longiceps, Grouwv. 


Rhysodes longiceps, Grouvelle, Bull. Soc. Isnt. France, 1910, p. 324. 


Elongate, oblong, of a dark shining castaneous colour; head 
long, longer than broad, subparallel-sided, with the posterior 
lobes elongate and convex, subacuminate at ‘the base, angled and 
approximating on their inner side, joined in front to the lateral 
margins, with the intermediate space in the shape of a broad 
lance-head, pointed behind, produced and impressed in front ; 
antenne thickened in the middle; prothorax roughly ovate, 
depressed, about one-and-a-third times as long as broad, with 
four longitudinal ridges on each, the internal pair depressed, the 
external raised; the central furrow is narrowed in the middle 
and closed at each extremity, those on each side of it being 
widened at the base; elytra oblong, broader than the prothorax, 
with deep punctured striz, the interstices being as broad as the 
punctures and very convex. 

Length 7 millim. 

Burma. 

Type in M. Grouvelle’s collection. 

Described from a single specimen. 


286. Rhysodes dohertyi, Grow. 


Rhysodes (Shyrodes) dohertyi, Grouvelle, Rey. d’Iint. xxii, 1903, 
p. 126. 


Elongate-oblong, of « shining chestnut 
colour; head triangular, elongate, much pro- 
duced before the eyes, evenly rounded in 
front; eyes small and prominent, frontal lobes 
elongate, separated by a deep turrow, with 
the intermediate space elongate, diamond- 
shaped, impressed at apex ; prothorax long, 
narrowed in front, trisuleate, with the central 
furrow almost entire and the external ones 
short, almost like foveze, broad near the base ; 
elytra oblong, depressed at base, with rows of 
punctures, the striation being scarcely marked 
and being more or less effaced at apex. 


x 2 Male aan the posterior tibize terminated 
thysodes dohertyi, 0 their inner side with a projecting, bidentate 
lobe. 


Burma: Ruby Mines (Doherty). 
Type in the British Museum; cotype in M. Grouvelle’s 
«<ollection. 


CLINIDIUM. Nh 


Genus CLINIDIUM. 
Clinidium, Kirby, Zool. Journ. v, 1855, p. 6. 


Type, C. guildingi, Kirby. 

This genus has the eyes elongate and much more finely granu- 
lated than in Rhysodes, Dalm. There seems however to be no 
particularly strong reason for its separation, and we might, with 
quite as good reason, raise the subgenus Shyrodes, with its small 
prominent eyes, to generic rank. 


Key to the Specres. 


I. Furrows of the prothorax on each side 
of the central furrow not reaching the 
apex (subgen. Chndium, 8.8.) ...... apertum, Reitt., p. 511. 
II. Furrows of the prothorax on each side 
of the central furrow entire (subgen. 
Rhysodiastes, Fairm.). 
1. Central furrow of prothorax excavate 


aa third from the base... 2. 2. 5 sc Faumairrei, Grouv., p. 511. 
2. Central furrow not excavate at a third 
EOUME DASE a ee emi gare wera: Okra ° waterhouser, Grouv., p. 512. 


287. Clinidium apertum, Jett. 


Chinidium apertum, Reitter, Verh. Nat. Ver. Brinn, xviii, 1880, 
29 
p. 20. 


Dark pitchy, shining, with the elytra reddish ; head almost: as 
long as broad, with the posterior lobes distinct, and with two deep 
furrows enclosing a diamond-shaped space in front; antenne 
moniliform, with the joints scarcely transverse ; prothorax long, 
with the sides somewhat rounded and with seven furrows or 
channelled striz, the central dorsal one deep, reaching both buse 
and apex, the four lateral narrow and approximate to one another 
and to the margin, also reaching base and apex; in the space 
between these there are at the base two short broad furrows, which 
are widened behind and cease behind the middle; elytra usually 
reddish, with deep sulcate striz which are scarcely punctured and 
the interstices more or less raised, the humeral angles large and 
produced into a projecting lobe. 

Length 7 millim. 

HIMALAYAS. 

Type in Reitter’s collection. 


288. Clinidium fairmairei, Growv. 


Clinidium (Rhysodvastes) Sarmairei, Grouvelle, Ann. Mus. Genova, 
(2) xiv, 1895, p. 762. 


Shining black ; head elongate, with four longitudinal furrows, 
the external ones being straight and the internal ones curved and 
enclosing an elongate space which is foveoiate in front and at the 


lL RHYSODIDA. 


_ 


base united in an elongate triangular depression ; prothorax 


elongate-oval, with two ridges on each side and with the separating 


furrows complete, the central furrow being excavate at a third 
from the base; elytra with three raised ridges on each side and 
with well-marked deep spaces between, the internal ridge abbrevi- 
ated at base and apex, the next humeral and almost entire, and 
the third lateral and forming at apex a thick raised prominence ; 
the shoulders sharp but not very projecting, the punctuation of 
the spaces between the elytral carine not close. 

Length 64 millim. 

Burma: Karen-ni (Z. Fea). 

Type in the Genoa Museum. 


289. Clinidium waterhousei, Growv. 
Climdium (Rhysodiastes) waterhouser, Grouvelle, Bull. Soc. Ent. 
France, 1910, p. 326. 


Elongate, rather narrow, subparallel-sided, black, elytra with a 
reddish reflection in a strong light (this may be due to slight 
immaturity); antenne moniliform, 
very slightly narrowed towards the 
apex, with joints 2-10 transverse, 
about equally broad, the eleventh 
about as long as broad, acuminate at 
its apex; head subtriangular, with 
the posterior lobes large, prominent, 
and smooth, separated by a narrow 
channel which is bifurcate in front, 
the two furrows embracing the basal 
portion of a rather large lance-head- 
shaped smooth space ; prothorax long, 
oblong, with the central and side fur- 
rows well marked and entire and with 

Fig. 239. two strong basal impressions between 

Clinidium waterhousei. the central and side furrows, central 

furrow a little impressed, but not 

excavate, at the posterior third; elytra very deeply impressed at 

the scutellary region, strongly sulcate, with the furrows scarcely 

punctured, and with the interstices raised and forming three not 

very well-marked carinz on each, the first ceasing before the apex, 

the second reflexed and raised near the scutellum, and the third 

(humeral) reaching the apical raised space; on each side of the 
ventral segments there is a strong transverse impression. 

Length 6 millim. 

Burma: Ruby Mines (Doherty). 

Type, 9, in the British Museum. 


CUPEDID®. als 


CUPEDID &. 


We have already (p. 68) discussed the much disputed question 
of the position of this family. Its chief characters are as 
follows :— 

Hlead small, with strong tubercles, suddenly constricted behind 
into a very short neck; eyes lateral, rounded, finely granulate, 
rather projecting. Mentwm small, ligula very small, bilobed ; 
maxille with two lobes, the outer one corneous and hooked, the 
inner small, coriaceous ; maxillary palpi 4-jointed ; labrum trans- 
verse, very short, truncate and ciliate in front. Antenne inserted 
on the anterior portion of the front, rather stout, tapering or 
slightly serrate. Z'horaw variable ; pronotum separated by sutures 
from the pleure of thorax; anterior coxal cavities small, trans- 
verse, open behind. <lytra elongate, depressed, more or less 
parallel-sided, with rows of large square punctures, giving a 
lattice-like appearance to the sculpture; epipleure narrow, but 
extending to the apex. Legs rather short, slender and contractile ; 
anterior cox smail, not prominent, slightly separated; middle 
coxe contiguous, posterior cox transverse ; tarsi 5-jointed, spongy 
beneath. Venter with at most five segments, the first connate 
with the second. Body as a rule covered with simall vreyish 


scales. 


Genus CUPES. 
Cupes, Fabricius, Syst. El. ii, p. 66. 


Type, Cupes capitatus, F’. 
The characters of the genus are those of the family; one 
species only is known from the Indian region. 


290. Cupes clathratus, So/s. 


Cupes clathratus, Solsky, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. vii, 1870, p. 370. 
Cupes ocularis, Pascoe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) x, 1872, p. 319. 


Dull brown or greyish brown. Head transverse, produced 
squarely before the eyes, bituberculate at base, with the vertex 
between the raised portions distinctly sulcate longitudinally ; 
eyes very prominent, the temples behind these well-marked ; 
antenne long and stout, tapering towards apex (reaching to 
between one-half and two-thirds of the elytra), second joint 
very short, the rest very slightly and gradually increasing in 
length, subequal; head and prothorax with small light brown 
scales, which are also present, if not rubbed off, on the elytra; 


pronotum transverse, very uneven, much depressed on both sides 
21 


514 CUPEDID®. 


of the central line, which is raised, much wider abruptly just 
behind apex, and produced at the sides 
in front in a sharp angle; scutellum 
well marked ; elytra long, parallel-sided, 
rounded at the apex, with the shoulders 
well marked, and with rows of large 
square punctures, the interstices being 
more or less carinate, the 4th and 6th 
strongly so; legs short and not stout, 
the anterior tibiz shehtly curved ; under- 
side squamose. 

Length 12-15 mm. 

Burma: Ruby Mines (Doherty) ; 
EASTERN SIBERIA (Solsky); Japan 
(Lewis). 

After careful examination I can find 
no difference between the Burmese 
specimens and those of Mr. Lewis from 

Fig. 240. Japan; the sculpture of the elytra is 
Cupes clathratus. slightly different, but this varies in 
specimens belonging to the same species. 

Of the two specimens taken by Mr. Doherty, the one which 
I believe to be the male is smaller, with a small clear space on the 
apical segment of the venter, and with the temples projecting 
laterally only as far as the level of the eyes. In the other, which 
is probably the female, the temples plainly project laterally 
beyond the eyes. 

Pascoe’s type of C. ocwlaris in the British Museum Collection 
measures 6 lines; in his description he gives its length as 
5 lines. 


Notes on the Life-History of Tricondyla and Collyris. 


On page 275 [ have said that “I cannot find that anything is 
known of the life-history of 7ricondyla and Derocrania. Just as 
this book is going to press the last volume of the Zoological 

tecord bas been published, and | find that I have missed a paper 

by Dr. van Leeuwen in the Tijdschrift voor KEntomologie, June 
1910, pp. 18-40, plates 2 2 & 3, entitled “ Ueber die Lebensweise 
und die Entwicklung einiger holzbohrenden Cicindeliden-Larven,” 
and containing the life-histories of Collyris bonelli and tuberculata 
and of Tricondyla cyanea. We have no space to enter into the 
details of this paper, further than to state the remarkable similarity 
of the ricondyla larva to that of Collyris: the fifth abdominal 
segment is humped in the same way and has the three small 
hooks on each side, and the insect has the same habit of making 
burrows in the stems of the coffee-shrub and seizing its prey at 
the entrance of these. It is, of course, larger, being 20 millim. 
in length, but otherwise there is very little difference, 


LIFE-HISTORY OF TRICONDYLA AND COLLYRIS. D515 


Mr. H. E. Andrewes has kindly sent me a letter, received from 
Mr. H. Leslie Andrewes, which throws further interesting light 
on the life-history of Collyris; he writes as follows :—‘‘1 was 
pruning some 4-year old tea, and, when cutting through a branch 
about two years old, I went through the fore portion of the 
abdomen of a Collyris sp.? GQmago), and the front part wriggled 
out of the hole and dropped on the ground. The branch was 
about five-eighths of an inch thick. There was an external hole 
(presumably for getting rid of excrement) at an angle of about 
120° with the burrow in which the beetle was. It was stopped 
up with blackish excrement. There was a very little powdered 
stuff in one end of the hole which had evidently been a 
pupal envelope of some kind, presumably that of the Collyris.” 
Mr, Andrewes does not think that the beetle could possibly have 
got into the branch for predatory purposes, and, as far as he 
could judge, it had lived in the boring from the egg-stage. 

The occurrence of Collyris in both tea and coffee shrubs is very 
interesting, and may ultimately prove to be of economic importance 
—whether for good or for evil seems a matter of doubt; on the 
one hand the borings, if numerous, must, apparently, injure the 
trees, while, on the other hand, large numbers of injurious insects 
must be destroyed by the voracious larve. 


2L2 


ALPHABETICAL INDEX, 


All names printed in italics are synonyms. 
When more than one reference is given, the page on which the description 
occurs is indicated by thickened numerals; 


Abacetus, 58. 

Abreeus, 93. 

Acantholophus, 194. 

ActLopina, 210. 

Aclopus, 26. 

Acmeeodera, 148. 

Acmops, 184. 

Acneus, 9. 

Acritus, 155. 

Acropins#, 116. 

Acropis, 115. 

acteon (Hpicauta), 171. 

acuminata (Cicindcla), 
366. 

acutidens  (Platyrho- 
palus), 461. 

Acyphoderes, 18+. 

adamsoni (Paussus), 481. 

Adelops, 84. 

ApgpuaGa, 19, 20, 48, 49. 

Apimerip#, 117. 

Adimonia, 176. 

Adocimus, 103. 

Adoretus, 212. 

Adranes, 81. 

Adranus, 95. 

adusta (Xylorrhiza), 185. 

Kch mutes, 184. 

Aigialia, 211. 

/Hegialites, 161. 

JEGIALITIDA, LOL. 

wneus (Autocrates), 175. 

veneus (Philonthus), 23. 

aflinis (Olibrus), 112. 

aflinis (Paussus), 476. 

Avapanthia, 185. 

agaricinum(Scaphisowma ), 
90. 

Agelastica, 92. 

Aglycyderes, 199, 200. 

AGLYCYDERID.E, 299, 200. 

agnata (Cicindela), 367. 


agnes (Derocrania), 286. 
Agonum, 13. 
Acritine, 151. 
Alaus, 153, 154. 
albida (Cicindela), 427. 
albina (Cicindela), 427. 
albopunctata (Cicindela), 
378. 
Aleochara, 3, 74. 
Allecula, 163. 
Allopoda, 167. 
ALOCOSTERNALLE, 222, 
amabilis (Cicindela), 3062. 
Amara, 57, 58. 
Amblysterna, 150, 
ameena (Collyris), 244. 
Amphicrossus, L105. 
Aiwwphiops, 128, 130. 
Amphisternus, 118. 
Ampnrzorp&, 50, 59. 
Ainphotis, LO4. 
Amycterus, 194. 
analis (Cicindela), 310, 
ANASPINA, 168. 
Anchomenus, 58. 
anchoralis (Xenocerus), 
194. 
Ancistrin.n, LO7. 
Aneylopus, 118. 
Ancyronyx, 1°27. 
andamana (Collyris), 262. 
andersoni (Cicindela), 
437. 
andrewesi (Ceratoderus), 
456, 
andrewesl 
UL, 
andrewest (Collyris), 270. 
andrewesi (Neocollyris), 
270, 
andrewest subsp. mawritit 


(Cicindela), 392. 


(Cicindela), 


Aneurops, 107. 

angulata (Cicindela), 37U. 

anguliceps (Rhysodes), 
509 

angulicollis (Cicindela), 
410. 

angustus (Platyrhopalus), 
461. 

angustus var. najor (Pla- 
tyrhopalus). 461. 

Anillus, 22. 

Anisomeristes, 88, 89. 

Anisotoma, 155. 

annulicornis(Tricondyla), 
279. 

ANOBIIDE, 25. 

Anosrip& (Printp.z), 143. 

Anobium, 25, 143. 

Anomala, 212. 

anometallescens (Cicin- 
dela), 395, 398. 

Anommatus, 114. 

Anophthalmus, 13, 27. 

Anoplus, 189. 

Antherophagus, 110. . 

Anthia, 29. 

Antuicip2%, 173. 

Anthicus, 174. 

Antholinus, 138. 

Anthophora, 32. 

ANTHRENINAE, 123. 

Anthrenus, 122. 

ANTHRIBID, 2, 31, 189. 

Apatetica, 84. 

apertum  (Clinidium), 
oi, 

Aphenogaster, 113. 

Aphanethrix, 82. 

Aphanocephalus, &9. 

Arnoprin.4, 208, 210. 

Aphodius, 211. 

apicalis (Collyris), 267. 


fr 


518 


apicalis 
267. 

Apion, 196. 

aplustrifer (Kuplaty- 
rhopalus), 466. 

aplustrifer (Platyrho- 
palus), 466, 

Apobleptes, 93. 

aptera (Cicindela), 266. 

aptera (Neocollyris), 266. 

aptera (‘Tricondyla), 273. 

Apteroessa, 440. 

apteroides (Neocollyris), 
266. 

Areocerus, 31, 194. 

Archicollyris, 228. 

arcuata (Cicindela), 371. 

arietis (Clytus), 29, 184. 

Aristobia, 186. 

armatus (Hypocephalus), 
185. 

armatus 
505. 

armeniaca (Megacephala), 
442, 443. 


(Neocollyris), 


(Rhysodes), 


arnoldi = (Neocollyris), 
201. 

Aromia, 1&5. 

arrowi (Heptodonta), 
313. 


arrowi (Rhysodes), 504. 

Arthrolips, 88, 89. 

Articerus, 81. 

Asclera, 165. 

ASPIDIPHORINE, 146. 

aspidiphorus (Conipora) 
146. 

assamensis ( Calostola), 
395. 

assamensis (Cicindela), 
395. 

assimilis { Cicindela), 377. 

assmuthi (Paussus), 498. 

atelesta (Cicindela), 357, 
358. 

Atemeles, 78. 

aterrimus (Rhysodes), 
505. 

Athous, 154. 

atkinsoni 
422. 

atlas (Chalcosoma), 214. 

Atomaria, 111. 

Aromartn®, 108, 111. 

atomarius (Orthoperus), 
89. 

Atractocerus, 141, 142. 

ATTAGENINE, 123. 

Attagenus, 123. 

ATTELABINE, 196. 

Attelabus, 195. 


(Cicindela), 


ALPHABETICAL INDEX. 


attenuata (Collyris), 239, 
240. 

attenuata (Neocollyris), 
240. 

Augasmus ,112. 

aulica (Cieindela), 374. 

Aulicus, 131. 

Aulonosoma, 116. 

aurata (Cetonia), 20, 
216. 

auripennis (Neocollyris), 
247. 

aurofasciata (Cicindela), 
407. 

auronitens (Carabus), 28. 

aurovittata (Cicindela), 
386. 

aurulenta 
383. 

Axinotarsus, 138. 

azureocincta (Cicindela), 


330. 


(Cicindela), 


haconis (Paussus), 481. 

Bactridium, 107. 

badgleyi (Platyrhopa- 
lopsis), 469. 

Bagous, 196. 

Bavaninine, 106. 

Balaninus, 3, 196. 

haltimorensis (Cicindcla), 
366. 

balucha (Cicindela), 368. 

barmanica (Cicindela), 
382, 383. 

basalis (Lagria), 162. 

batesi (Collyris), 248, 
249. 

Bathyscia, 84. 

Batocera, 188. 

Batrisus, 82. 

Belionota, 150. 

beilana (Cicindela), 4358. 

bellana ab. nuda (Cicin- 
dela), 433. 

belli (Cicindela), 544. 

belli subsp. winbropolita 
( Cicindela), 545. 

belloides (Prothyma), 
309. 

Bembidium, 58. 

bengalensis (Hister), 91. 

bensoni (Merismoderus), 
457. 

Berosus, 17, 128, 129. 

bicolor (Catoxantha), 
148. 

bicolor (Cicindela), 400. 

bicolor (Olibrus), 112. 

bicolor (Paussus), 499. 


bicornis (Hymenopus), 
220. 
Bidessus, 60. 


bifasciatus (Ceratoderus), 


4955. 


bifasciatus (Paussus), 405. 
higemina ( Cicindela), 347. 


bigemina subsp. brevis 
(Cicindela), 347. 
bigenina subsp. procera 
(Cicindela), 347. 
bipartita (Collyris), 264. 
bipartita (Neocollyris), 
264. 
bipunctatus (Stenus), 77. 
biramosa  (Cicindela), 
431. 
hbiramosa var. contracta 
(Cicindcla), 451. 
biramosa var, dilatata 
(Cicindela), 431. 
Blaps, 13, 160. 
blattarum (Symbius), 
170. 
Buarrims, +2. 
Bledius, 76. 
Bolboceras, 24. 
boleti (Diaperis), L160. 
bonelli (Collyris), 229, 
248. 
bonelli 
248. 
boneli var. cruentata 
(Collyris), 249. 
bonelli var. diversipes, 
(Collyris), 249. 
Bosrryciuipe®, 25, 148, 
144. 
Bothrideres, 116. 
Boruriperin®, 117. 
Bornrioprorina, 124. 
houviert (Huryoda), 307. 
bouviert (Prothyma), 
307. 
bowringi (Macrolycus), 
136. 
boyeri (Cicindela), 371. 
boysi (Pausus), 488. 
boysi (Rhysodes), 505. 
hoysit (Collyris), 257. 
BracuELytra, 73. 
Bracuinina, 58. 
Bracuinin&, 57. 
Brachinus, 13, 58. 
brachycephiala (Collyris), 
240, 241, 242. 
Brachycerus, 196. 
Brachygaster, 128. 
Brachypeplus, 105. 
Bracuyprerin&, 108, 
104. 


(Neocollyris), 


bramani (Cicindela 
396. 
Brenrniv«, 189, 192. 
BrRENTHINe, 193. 
brevicollis (Deroerania), 
285. 
brevicornis 


480. 
brevilabris ( Collyris), 238 


), 095, 


(Paussus), 


brevilabris (Neocollyris), 


928. 
brevipennis 

296, 
brevis (Cicindela), 348. 
Bromiades, 18+. 
Brontes, 106. 
Broscus, 29. 
Bruciuip#, 177, 178 
brunnea (Serica), [4. 
brunneuin 

1163. 
brunneus (Aclopus), 210. 
Bryaxis, 82. 


(Collyris), 


bucephalus(Heliveopris), 


211. 


Burrestip#£, 24, 26, 28, 


34, 147. 
Buerestinz, L51. 
Buprestomorpha, 18+. 
Byrruips, 29, 123. 
ByRruinz, 124. 
Byrrhus, 128, 124. 
Bytrurtps, 102. 
Byturus, 115. 


el LT: 
Ceenia, 138. 

erulea (Temnochila), 
Ou. 

Calandra, 11. 

Calasia, 167. 

Calathus, 58. 

caliginosus (Harpalus), 
43. 

Callichroma, 185. 


ealligramma (Cicindela ), 


413. 
Callilanguria, 110. 
Callirhipis, 134. 
Callithmysus, 184. 
Calochromus, 136. 
Calonecrus, 104. 
Calosoma, 11, 16, 58. 
Calyptomerus, 85. 
Cametis, LOD. 
Camioleum, 84, 
campestris (Cicindela), 

7, 314, 316. 
Campodea, ol. 
Camposternus, 154. 
Camptodes, 103. 


(Monomima), 


ALPHABETICAL INDEX, 


Camprosomgs, 180. 


canalicollis (Niponius), 
93. 
cancellata (Cicindela), 
424, 


cancellatus (Carabus), 55. 
candei (Cicindela), 424. 
Canifa, 167. 
CanriAripa, 30. 5 


CantuAripe (‘TELEPHO- 
Ripa), 155. 
CANTHARINE (TELEPHO- 


RIN), 130. . 
Cantharis, 135, 137, 1388. 
Cantharis (Telephorus), 


131. 
Canthydrus, 65. 
capensis (Cicindela), 426. 


capitatus (Cupes), 013. 

capucina (Apate), 144. 

eapucina (Eucnemis), 
153. 

Carapips, 11, 12, 21, 24, 
25, 26, 30, 31, 34, 49, 
54. 

CaRABIN, 95, 

Carabus. 12, 58. 

Cardiophorus, 154. 

eardoni (Cicindela), 372. 

cardoni (Paussus), 499. 

cardoni (Platyrhopalus), 
460. 

cardoni 
452. 

cariana (Cicindela), 395, 
398. 

Carphurus, 159. 

Carpopnitina, 1OF. 

Carpophilus, 104, 105. 

Casnonia, 58. 

Cassipip®, 28. 

Cassipin&, 18], 182. 

castanea (Paussus), 495. 

Catascopus, 58. 

catena (Cicindeia), 426. 

catena var. tertia (Cicin- 
dela), 571. 

Catorrocuotin®, 111. 

caviceps (Collyris), 235. 

CrBRIONINeE, 152. 

Cephaloon, 171. 

Cephennium, 83. 

CrERAMBYcIDH, 24, 25, 


185. 


(Pleuropterus), 


cerambyciformis  (Pa- 
chyta), 184. 

CrrRArTERINA, 449. 

Cerapterus, 13, 450, 


451. 
Ceratoderus, 454, 457. 
Cercyon, 128, 129. 


519 


Crropuytiné, 151, 152. 
Cerophytum, 152. 
cervus (Lucanus), 208 
Crryiine, 117. 
Cerylon, 116. 
Crroxiips, 25. 
Crroniin©, 202, 
PANSY 
ceylonensis 
414. 
ceylonensis var. 
(Cicindela), 414. 
ceylonica ( Cicindela), 414. 
ceylonica (Colluris), 272 


203, 212, 
(Cicindela), 


diversa 


ceylonica (Neocollyris), 
y ys) 
972 


CraLcorpHorin«&, 150. 

Chalcosoma, 215. 

Championella, 87. 

CueLonaniuna, 124. 

Chelcnarium, 124. 

chenelli (Therates), 297. 

chevrolati (Collyris), 242. 

childreni (Trictenotoma), 
175 

Curronine, 210. 

Chlenius, 58. 

CHLAMYDINE, 182. 

Chlamys, 180. 

chlorida (Cicindela), 334. 

chloris (Cicindela), 376. 

chlorochila (Cicindela), 
348. 

chloropleura (Cicindela), 
ont. 

chloropus ( Creindela), 362. 

Choleva, 85. 

CHOLEVINE, 8). 

Choragus, 194. 

Curysoporurin&, 15]. 

Chrysobothris, 148. 

Crurysocnroin&, 150. 

Chrysomela, 176, 180. 

CurysoMELip&, 12, J, 
24, 25, 28, 30, 34, 178. 

oe d, 219, 220, 

22, 293, 314, 440. 

Prete 8. 1 pepe 
25, 28, 29, 31,.49, 52, 

ONG 

CricInDELINE, 222, 300. 

Cicones, 116. 

Cillzus, 103. 

cinctella (Cicindela), 436. 

cinerea (Cupes), 69. 

ciunamopterus (Staphy- 
linus), 44. 

Croiwa, 146, 

Cis, 147. 

Cistela, 165. 

CiIsTRLIbD£, 163 


520 


Cistelomorpha, 163. 

Cixrip#, 79. 

Cladiscus, 139. 

CLAMBID.&, 895. 

Clambus, 85. 

clathratus (Cupes), 5135. 

Cravicornis, 5, 48, 95. 

Claviger, 81, 82. 

CLAVIGERINA, 81. 

Clemmys, 118. 

CLERID#, 90, 139. 

Crerine, 140. 

Clerus, 139. 

Clidicus, 83. 

Clinidium, 68, 511. 

Clivina, 58. 

Clythra, 176. 

Clytra, 180. 

Ciyrrin x, 182. 

Cnemidotus, 61. 

coccinea (Pyrochrow). 
172. 

CoccINELLIp &, 29, 30, 354, 
119. 

CoccineLuina®, 121. 

coccineus (Endomyclhius), 
118. 

Celopterus, 121. 

cognata (Cicindela), 364, 
365. 

cognatus (Paussus), 477. 

Colliuris, 273. 

Colliurus, 223. 

Collops, 139. 

CoLtiyrine&, 8, 222, 223. 

Collyris, 9, 52, 220, 222, 
223, 273, 293. 

Collyrodes, 184. 

Colobicus, 116. 

Colobothea, 184. 

Colon, 5. 

colon (Cicindela), 537. 

Colpodes, 58. 

columbicum (Euchroima), 
149. 

CoLtypupbs&, 11d. 

Cortypmn®, 116. 

Comonotus, 166. 

comotti (Platyrhopalus). 
464. 

complicati (Dytisci), 56. 


coneinna (Derocrania), 
28%: 
concinnus (Therates), 297, 
confluens (Cicindela), 
414. 
continentalis (Neocol- 


lyris), 260. 
Copelatus, 65. 
Coprin&, 201, 205, 210. 
copulata (Cicindela), 429. 


ALPHABETICAL INDEX, 


corbetti (Cicindela), 402. 

coriacea (‘T'ricondyla), 
276. 

Corticaria, 114. 

Corricaruna, 114. 

corticata (Cicindela), 330. 

corticata (Kuryoda), 385. 

cornutus (Passalus), 
205. 

CoryLorimibs, 88. 

Corylophodes, 89. 

Corylophus, 88. 

Corymbites, 151. 

Corynetes, 131, 140. 

Corynerin.t, 140. 

CoryNoMALINA, 119. 

Cossontna, 196. 

Cossyphus, 160. 

Coxelus, 116. 

crassicollis (Collyris), 
259. 

crassicollis (Neocollyris), 
259. 

crassicornis (Collyris), 
201; 

crassicornis(Neocollyris), 
261. 

erassipalpis (Cicindela), 
O02. 

Cratoparis, ol. 

crenata (Ditoma), 115. 

crenatus (Rhysodes), 
DOT. 

cribeliata (Collyris), 248. 

cribrosa (Collyris), 248. 

Criocerin&, 179, 182. 

Crioceris, 179. 

crucigera  (Cicindela), 
4O7. 

crucntata (Collyris), 252. 

eruentata (Neocollyris), 
252. 

Crymodes, 69. 

Cryptarcha, 105. 

CryPTocEPruaLin£, 182. 

Cryptocephalus, 180. 

CrypTorraAcips®, 110. 

CryptoruaGin.z, 108, 
Ossi le 

Cry ptophagus, 110, 111. 

Cryrrostomes, 181. 

Ctenistes, 82. 


Ctenostoma, 53, 219, 
222. 


Crenostomipa, 52. 
tilodes, 104. 
Cucusip.z, 106. 
Cucusin», 107. 
Cucujus, 106. 
Currpip#, 50, 68, 515. 
Cupes, 50, 69, 513. 


-a 


Curcutionipm, 8, 14, 24, 
25, 31, 34, 194. 
cursitans (‘Trichopteryx), 
Sie 
eurtisi (Paussus), 458. 
cyanea (Cicindela), 406. 
cyanea, va”. annulicornis, 
(Tricondyla), 279. 
CYyATHOcERID®, 125, 
Cybister, 65. 
CyBocerHaLin.z, LO4F. 
Cybocephalus, 105. 
Cycuramine, 104. 
Cychrus, 12. 
Crciica, 180, 182. 
Cyclonotuin, 128. 
Cyclosomus, 59. 
cylindrica (Collyris), 
255. 
cylindrica (Neocollyris), 
250. 
cylindripennis (Collyris), 
252. 
cylindripennis 
collyris), 252. 
eylindrus (Platypus), 
199: 
Cyllidium, 128. 
Cyllodes, 105. 
Cymbiodyta, 128. 
Cyphon, 49, 134. 
Cyphonocephalus, 215. 
Cypturus, 93. 


(Neo- 


Dacne, LOY. 
Dacninx, 108, 109, 110, 
Dadoychus, 184. 
Danacea, 139. 
darjeelingi (Passalus), 
205. 
Dasciuuipm, 133. 
Dascillus, 138. 
Dasycerin.s, 114. 
Dasytes, 188. 
(Cicindela), 


deceim-lineata (Leptino- 
tarsa), 180. 

decempunctata (Cicin- 
dela), 353. 

dejeani (Callirhipis), 154. 

dejeani (Cicindela), 406. 

Dendrocellus, 58. 


denticornis (Paussus), 
459. 
denticornis (Platyrho- 


palus), 459. 
denticulatus (Paussus), 


494, 


depressum (Hectar- 
thrum), 106. 
depressus (Palorus), 160. 
Derrerarnrinae, 117, 
Dermestipn, 32, 122. 
Drrmestin«, 123. 
Derocrania, 222, 282. 
Drropontip®, 113. 
Derodontus, 113. 
Desmophora, 183. 
desneuxi (Paussus), 475. 
despecta (Cicindela), 592, 
st) 


Dictyoptera, 136, 1357. 
diffracta ( Collyris), 256. 
Dinmorphella, 87. 
Dineutes, 5, 66. 
Dinoderus, 145. 
Dipelicus, 215. 
Dirnyiuin», 110, 111. 
Diphyllus, 110, U15. 
Diplocotes, 144. 
Diptera, 33, 
discoideus (Coryno- 
malus), 118. 
Discotomin#, 115, 117. 
Discoselis, 92. 
discrepans (Cicindela), 
389. 
discreta (Cicindela), 361. 
disereta var. reducta 
(Cicindela), 361. 
dispar (Xyleborus), 197. 
distincta (Collyris), 250, 
distincta (Neocollyris), 
250. 
distinguenda (Cicirdela), 
308. 
distinguenda var.lunulata 
(Cicindela), 358, 
ditissima  (Cicindeia), 
399. 
Ditoma, 116. 
cliversa (Cicindela), 415. 
diversipes (Collyris), 
250. 
dives (Cicindela), 413. 
Dodecatoma, 132. 
dohertyi (Collyris), 268, 
269 


dohertyi (Rhysodes), 
510, 

doherty (Shyrodes) (Rhy- 
sodes), 510. 

dohertyi (Therates), 
296. 

dohrni ( Cicindela), 308, 

dohrni (Collyris), 225. 

dohrni (Derocrania), 
282, 2Y1. 

dolens (Cicindela), d41. 


ALPHABETICAL INDEX. 


Dolichosoma, 138. 

Donacia, 14, 179. 

Downactivs, 179, 182. 

Doreadion, 184. 

Dorcatoma, 5, 131. 

dormeri (Cicindela), 
324. 

dormeri (Collyris), 227. 

dormeri (Therates), 295. 

Doubledaya, 110. 

Drapetes, 155. 

Dritine, 135. 

Drilus; 1, U3) 137, 

Dromicidia, 300. 

dromicoides (Cicindela), 
340. 

Dryophthorus, 189. 

Dryoripx (PArnip2), 
126. 

Dryorins, 127. 

Dryops, 126, 127. 

Drypta, 58. 

dubia (Cicindela), 356, 
357. 

ducalis (Cicindela), 410. 

duponti (Cicindela), 382. 

Dynastinaz, 27, 201, 203, 
212. 

Dyschirius, 76. 

Dytiscip#, 8, 11, 13, 17, 
2), 24, 25, 30, 49, 59, 
62. 

Dytiscus, 12, 20, 27, 64, 
65. 


Ecthistatus, 184. 

Kcetrephes, 144. 

Elater, 152, 154. 

Evatrerip&, 20, 25, 31, 
34+, 151. 

Evarerinm, 152. 

Hleodes, 12. 

ellioti (Prionus), 186. 

Evmina, 127. 

Elmis, 59, 127. 

elongata (Hololepta), 
SINE 

elongatus (Tillus), 140. 

emarginata (Neocollyris), 
250. 

Emenadia, 170. 

Encephalus, 75. 

Enpvomycnuip2&, 25, 30, 
117. 

Enpomycuina&, 119. 

Endophleus, 115. 

Enovruiina, 140. 

Hphistemus, 90. 

Kpicauta, 31, 171. 

Wpilachna, 121. 


521 


Hrracunin&, 121. 
Epivocrna, 119. 
Epurea, 105. 
Hrineus, 83. 
Eros, 136. 
Kroscheina, 184. 
Erotylathris, 114. 
Eroryiin.z, 24, 30, 108. 
Kroryuin.z, 108, 109, 
110. 
Erotylus, 108. 
erudita (Cicindela), 362. 
Krythroplatys, 184. 
erythropterus (Staphy- 
linus), 19. 
Esarcina, 115. 
Esarcus, 115. 
Esthesis, 184. 
Eubrychius, 196. 
Kucyemin xs, 152, 
Kucteanus, 118. 
eugenia (Heptodonta). 
313, 
EKugensis, 158. 
EKumicrus, 83. 
EKumolpus, 180, 
Eumoreit.n, 119. 
EKumorphus, 118. 
EKupatorus, 215. 
euphratica (Mega- 
cephala), 442. 
cuphratica (Teétracha), 
442, 
Kuplatyrbopalus, 465. 
Euplectus, 82. 
Eupodes, 179. 
Europs, 107. 
Euryoda, 300. 
Euryplatus, 106. 
Euthia, 83. 
Kuthysoma, 450. 
Evaniocera, 168. 
exornata (Prothyma), 
305. 
expansicornis (Alebrus), 


136. 


fabricit (Cicindela), 403. 
fairmairet (Clinidium), 
o11. 


Jairmaire’ (hysodiastes) 


(Clinidiun), 511. 


fallaciosa (Cicindela), 
343. 


fasciatum (‘Larphiosoma), 
116. 

fasciculare 
dron), 125. 

fastidiosa (Cicindela), 
352, 


(Nosoden- 


Fatua, 110. 

Jee (Creindcla), 304. 

See ( Collyris), 264. 

fee (Neocollyris), 264. 

fese (Prothyima), 304. 

fee (Protopaussus), 448. 

fea (Rbysodes*, 508. 

femorata (Sagra), 180. 

femorata (Tricondyla), 
277. 

forrarii 
312. 

ferruginea (Kimenadia), 
169. 

ferrugineus 
drus), 65. 

festivus (Brachysphenus), 
119. 

festivus (Hydaticus), 65. 

fichteli (Paussus), 486. 

filiforiis (Collyris), 248. 

fisheri (Macrotoma), 
186, 

flavesvens (Drilus), 137, 

Havicornis (Cellyris), 201. 

flavicornis ( Derocrania), 
287. 

flavipes (Tachypus), 41. 

Hlavitarsis — ( Collyris), 
248. 

flavovittata (Cicindela), 
390. 

flavocinctus (Dadoychus), 
184. 

Jlavoguttata (Cicindela), 
ovo. 

flavolabiata (Collyris), 
245, 246. 

flavolineata (Cicindela), 
399, 400. 

flavomaculata = (Cicin- 
dela), 385, 384. 

Havopunctata (Cicindela), 
402. 

fletcheri (Paussus), 483. 

foreli (Thorictus), 115. 

ForFicuiips”, 42. 

formicarius  (Thanasi- 
mus), 140. 

Formicomus, 174. 

foveifrons (Ncocollyris), 
267. 

foveolata 
345, 


(Heptodonta), 


(Hyphy- 


(Cicindela), 


foveolatus (Claviger), 82. 
frontalis (Atractocerus), 


142. 
fuliginosa  (Cicindela), 
422. 
fulvus (Haliplus), 61. 
fulvus (Paussus), 490. 


Suscitarsis 


ALPHABETICAL INDEX. 


funebris 
341. 
funerea (Cicindela), 377. 
fungi (Nanosella), 86. 
fur (Ptinus), 145. 
fuscipes (Hydrobius), 19. 
(Collyr is), 


(Cicindela), 


256. 

fuscitarsis (Neocollyris), 
256. 

fusco-cuprascens (Cicin- 
dela), 350. 

fuscula (Scraptia), 167. 

fuscus (Colymbetes), 22. 

fusiforimis (Derocrania), 
281. 


vabrieli 
186, 
Galerita, 13. 
GALERUCINE, 181]. 
ganglbaueri (Cicindela), 
324. 
Gaurotes, 184. 
GEMPYLODINE, 116. 
Groryssip&, 126. 
Geotrupes, 12. 
Grorrurip»®, 6, 24. 
GrorruPiIne», 203, 210. 


(Tetropium), 


germanica (Cicindela), 


34, 


germanica subsp. obliquc- 


Jtasciata = (Cicindela) 

var. kirilovi, 854. 
germanica var. kirilovi 

(Cicindela). 34. 
gestroi (Collyris), 246, 


gestroi (Therates), 298. 
gestroi — (‘T'ricondyla), 
281. 


yestrot var. annandalei 


(Therates), 298. 


gibba (Tricondyla), 279. 


gibbiceps (Derocrania), 
287. 

gideon = (Xylotrupes), 
213, 214, 215. 

gigas (Blaps), 160. 

gigas (Cibrio), 154. 

gigas ( Collyris), 227. 

gigas @etronsnnee 29) 


GLAPHYRINA, 202. 
Glisonotha, fais 
Globaria, 128. 

Gnoma, 184. 

GNoSsTIDA, 82. 

goebeli (Cicindela), 595, 


=! 


goryt (Cicindela), 407. 


gounelli (‘T'ricondyla), 
278. ol 
graimophora —(Cicin- 


dela), 363. 

grandis (Protucerius), 
195. 

eranulifera (Tricondyla), 
277. 

gratiosa (Stigmodera), 
148. 

erossa (Anteroessa), 440. 


grossa, (Cicindela), +40. 


euldingi 
Oe 
euttata (Ciemdela), 412. 
G rynandrophthalma, 180, 
o Be (Cicindela), 
438. 


(Clinidiun), 


gilleahan var. tRmarg?- 


nata ( Cicindela), 438. 
Gyrinip, 32, 34, 50, 
65. 


Gyrinus, 4, 17, 66; de; 


150. 


Heemonia, 14, 176. 
hemorrhoidalis (Cicin- 
dela), 402. 
Halepopeplus, 103. 
Hauieiip®, 32, 49, 61. 
Haliplus, 61. 
Hauricip#, 8. 
Hatticina, 181, 182. 
halyi (Deroerania), 292. 
Halyzia, 121. 
hamiltomiana (Cicindela), 
390. 
hard wick 
484. 
Harpanina, 55. 
Harpalus, 54, 58. 
hearseyanus (Paussus), 
478. 
hearseyanus vay. parvi- 
cornis (Paussus), 478. 
Hectarthrum, 106. 
Heliocopris, 211. 
helluo (Hister), 91. 
Helodes, 49, 134. 
Hetopip#, 138. 
Herrornorina:, 130. 
Helophorus, 129. 
Helota, 101. 
Hernorips, 102, 109. 
Hemilophus, 184. 
Hemieeruina. 107. 
hennigi (Euryoda), 508. 
hennigi (Heptodonta), 
308. 


(Paussus), 


— 


hennigi (Prothyma), 308. 
hennigi (Therates), 296. 
Hephestion, 184. 
Heptodonta, 310. 
hercules (Dynastes), 213. 
Hesperodromus, 92. 
Heteerius, 92. 
Hererocerip£, 25, 130. 
Herpromera, 32, 48, 
155. 
Heteronychus, 215. 
Ficteropaussus, 451. 
Heterotarsus, 155. 
himaleyica (Cicindela), 
376. 
hirta (Lagria), 162. 
hirta (Mycetzea), 118. 
Hispa, 181. 
Hisrinm, 181, 182. 
‘Hister, 91, 93. 
Histerip®, 71, 91. 
histrio ( Chetostyla) 
(Cicindela), 425. 
histrio (Cicindela), 425. 
Hololepta, 91. 
Honoraramecin™, 114. 
Holoparamecus, 114. 
holosericea (Cicindela), 
345. - 
Homaliun, 5. 
Honialota, 72, 73, 75. 
honorei (Derocrania), 
283. 
hopei (Cicindela), 312. 
Hoplia, 212. 
horni (Cyathocerus), 
125. 
horni (Paussus), 479. 
horni (Tricondyla), 278. 
humeralis (Sitaris), 32. 
humillima (Cicindela), 
350. 
HysBosorina, 210. 
hybrida  (Cicincela), 
316. 
Hydaticus, 65. 
Hypnocerin., 140. 
Hypranina, 130. 
Hypropun2z, 129. 
Hydrobius, 1, 128. 
Hydrochus, 128. 
Hydrocombus, 128. 
Hydrocoptus, 65. 
Hydrocyphon, 134. 
Hyprorninips, 8, 20, 34, 
50, 128. 
Hyprorumine®, 129, 130. 
Hydrophilus, 128, 130. 
Hydroporus, 64. 
Hydroscaphidee, 87. 
Hydroiis, 6, 17, 128. 


ALPHABETICAL INDEX, 


Hydrovatus, 65. 
Hycrosupa, 49, 60. 
Hyleccetus, 141, 142. 
Hypebseus, 158. 
Hypera, 14. 
Hyphoporus, 65. 
Hyphydrus, 64, 65. 
Hyporrhagus, 165. 


Tapyx, 31. 

Icthyurus, 138. 

Tdethina, 105. 

Idgia, 159. 

Iptosromina, 210. 

Idocoloastus, 105. 

immarginata (Cicindela), 
439. 

imperfecta (Cicindela), 
357, 371, 372. 

indica (Cicindela, 342. 

indica (Episcapha), 108. 

indica (Syntelia, 99. 

indicus (Dineutes), 65. 

ingenue  (Collyrides), 
223. 

inornala (Kuryoda), 305. 

inornata (Prothyma), 
305. 

insignis (Collyris), 258. 

insignis (Neocollyris). 


intermedia (Cicindela), 
379. 
intermedius 
palus), 462. 
interrupto-fasciata (Cicin- 
dela), 395, 399. 
fripa, 189, 197. 
Trine, 104. 
iravaddica 
347, 348. 
Isthmiade, 184. 
Ithyphenes, 103. 


(Platyrho- 


(Cieindela), 


Jansenia, 3800. 

jerdani (Paussus), 490. 

jousselini (Paussus), 
484, 

JULODINE, 150. 

Julodis, 150. 

Julus, 153. 


Kirilovi (Cicindela), 50-4. 


kollari (Neocollyris), 
245, 
kraatzt (Cicindela), 413. 
kraatzi (Heptodonta), 
312. 


523 


labiata (Cicizdela), 294. 

labiovnea (Cicindela), 
349, 

Lacconectus, 65, 

Laccophilus, 65. 

Lachnosterna, 5, 202. 

Lacon, 18, 154. 

lacrymans (Cicindela), 
389, 390. 

lacunosa (Cicindela), 
309. 

Lemophleeus, 106. 

leticolor (Cicindela), 335, 
336. 

letior (Neocollyris), 259. 

letus (Paussus), 445. 

levigata (Derocrania), 
285. 

Lagria, 157, 162. 

Lacrip. l6l. 

Laius, 139. 

LAmMEuuicorstiaA, 15, 21, 
94 25, 26, 27, 28, 30, 
48, 201. 

Lamia, 29, 188. 

Lami, 188. 

Lamina, 188. 

Lamprophorus, 188. 

Lawprosoma, 180. 

Lampyrin&, 135. 

Lampyris, 1, 138. 

Langelandia, 114, 115. 

Laneuriuné, 22, 24, 108, 
110. 

Larvetoin®, 117. 

lardarius (Dermestes), 
44, 

Lanip#, 177. 

Lasiodactylus, 105. 

Laruripiup#, 34, 113. 

Latiribiune, 114. 

Lathridius, 114. 

latipennis (Crcindela), 
370. 

latipes (Cerapterus), 450. 

laure: (Cicindela), 394. 

Lebia, 58, 84. 

LEeBiine, 57. 

lebioides (Apatetica), 84. 

lefroyi (Cicindela), 418. 

Lema, 179. 

Lemidia, 139. 

leoninus (Uloclicetes), 
184. 

lepida (Cicindela), 407, 
408. 


Luprinip®, 85). 
Leptinillus, 86. 
Leptinus, 86. 

lesnei (Collyris), 253. 
lesnei ‘Neocoliyris), 203. 


524 


leucoloma 

oa2. 

Lewisium, 89. 

limbata (Cicindela), 304. 

Pao: 

limbata (Prothyma), 304. 

limbata (Ihytidophena), 
305. 

limbatus (Trogus) (Dy- 
tiscus), 62. 

Limnebius, 128. 

Limyicuina, 124. 

Limnichus, 124. 

limosa (Cicindela), 436. 

Lina, 34. 

linearis (Coliyris), 248. 

linearis (Neocollyris), 
243. 

lineatus (Rhysodes, 507. 

lineifrons (Cicindela), 
419, 421. 

Liopina®, 885, 85. 

Lissodema, 166. 

Lissomus, 155, 

Lithinus, 29. 

LitnoPpaiuine, 121. 

Lithophilus, 119. 

litigeosa = ( Cicindela), 
302. 

Litodactylus, 196. 

Lomechusa, 78. 

longesulcata 
crania), 254, 

longiceps (Rhysoces), 
51 

longicollis 
223, 225. 

Loneicornta, 24, 29, 30, 
34, 48. 

Loricera, |. 

LUCANID®, 
207. 

Lucanus, 5, 6, 208. 

Luciola, 138, 

Ludius, 5. 

lunulata (Cicindela), 359, 
375. 

Lyehrosis, 184. 

Lycip#, 14, 29. 

Lycina, 135. 

Lycoperdina, 118. 

Lycorerpin®, 119. 

Lycripx, 145, 

Lyctus, 145. 

Lycus, 135, 157. 

Lygistopterus, 156, 

Lymexylon, 141. 

Lymexy.onrps, 141. 

Lyrrip#, |70. 

Lyrrin«#, 171. 

Lytta, 185, 171. 


(Cicindela), 


(Dero- 


(Collyris), 


15, 201, 203, 


ALPHABETICAL INDEX. 


macleayt (Collyris), 265. 

Macratria, 173. 

macrodera (Tricondyla), 
278. 

Macrones, 184. 

Macronychus, 59, 127. 

macropus (Callisphyris), 
184. 

macuticornis (Collyris), 
240. 

maindr oni 

29 


(Cicindela), 


maindroni (Neocollyris), 
245. 
major 
461. 
malabarica (Cicindela), 
438. 
malabaricus (Rhysodes), 
507. 
Malachius, 138, 139. 
MALacopermata, 48. 
MALACODERMID., 9. 
Malthinus, 138. 
Malthodes, 137, 138. 
mandersi (Platyrho- 
palus), 464. 
Mantichora, 53. 
Mantispa, 33. 
marginals 
10. 
marginatus (Eumorphus, 
ie: 
marginatus (Porro- 
rhynchus), 66. 
marginepunctata (Cicin- 
dela), 377. 
maria (Cicindela) 401. 
marinus (Gyrinus), 66, 
Mastigus, 85. 
Masroegenina, 151. 
mauritanica  (Tene- 
brioides), 101. 
mauritii (Cicindela), 
392. 
Mecynotarsus, nee 
Megacephala, 222 
MEGACEPHALINA, 
441. 
megalocola (Myrmeco- 
cystus), 113. 
Megalodacne, 110. 
Megalops, 73. 
Megapenthes, 154. 
Megasoma, 213, 215. 
Mecatomine, 123. 
Melambia, 101. 
melancholica (Cicindela), 
356. 
Melandrya, 157, 167. 
MeELAnpryip#, 166. 


(Platyrhopalus), 


(Dytiscus), 


2, 441, 


e)>de) 


at 


melanopoda (Collyris), 
248. 

Melanotus, 154. 

melanura (Nacerdes), 
165. 


Meligethes, 105, 105. 

mellyi (Cis), 147. 

mellyi (Platyrho- 
palopsis), 468. 

mellyt (Platyrhopalus), 
468. 

mellyi (Tricondyla), 280. 

Meloé, 2, 11, 12, 31,.32, 
30, L741. 

ME Lorp», 
170. 

Metoina, 171. 

Melolontha, 12, 16, 27, 

212. 

MeELouontHipDs&, 6. 

Mernouontuinaé, 201, 202, 

203, 212. 

Meryrine, 30, 138. 

Melyris, 139. 

Merismoderus, 457. 

Meryx, 116. 

Mernuina, 63. 

mexicanum (Nosoden- 
dron), 125, 

Micropepiina, 79. 

Micropeplus, 79. 

Microstagetus, 38. 

Mikado, 87. 

miliaris (Cassida), 1&1. 

Mimela, 212. 

minuta (Eupsalis), 191. 


24, a0; ole 


minutus (Lathridius), 
114. 
mmiszechi (Collyris), 
225 


modica (Cicindela), 300. 
mesta (Collyris), 251. 
moesta (Neocollyris), 251 
molitor (Lenebrio), 160. 
Moneileima, 184. 
Monomma, 165. 
Monommipa, 163. 
Monotoma, 107. 
Monoromipa, 107, 114. 
Monotomopsis, L107. 
Mordella, 22, 167, 168. 
Morpexuipa, 167. 
Morpeiuina, 168. 
Mondellsiue 168. 
Mormolyce, 55, 56, 59. 
Motschulskium, 87. 
m otschulskyi (Cicindela), 
342. 
mouhoti (Cicindela), 395. 
mozardi (Languria), 109. 
minuta (Cicindela), 366. 


multiguttata (Cicindela), 
417 
muralis (Sitaris), 32. 
Murmidius, 116. 
mutata (Cicindela), 365. 
mutillarius (Hormico- 
mus), 174. 
Mycetea, 115. 
Mycerainm (Lrrmsrin 2), 
Eo: 
Mycrrornacip», 114. 
Mycetophagus, i15. 
Mychophilus, 118. 
Mycroxylobius, 196. 
Mycterus, 166. 
Myuasrips, 178. 
Mylabris, 11, 171, 178. 
Myllena, 75. 
myops (Alaus), 153. 
Myrmecocystus, 113. 
Myrmecoxenus, 114. 
Myrmetes, 92. 
myrrha (Cicindela), 345. 


Nacerdes, 165. 
nasicornis (Oryctes), 
215. 
nauceras (Paussus), 497. 
Nausibius, 106. 
navale (Lymexylon), 
4] 


Nebria, 84. 

Necrobia, 159, 

Necrodes, 84. 

Necrophorus, 12, 24, 83, 
84. 

Nematipiun®, 116. 

nematodes (Derocrania), 
289: 

Nemonycuina, 194, 

Nemonychus, 195. 

nemoralis  (Cicindela), 
O15. 

Nemosoma, 100, 101. 

Neocollyris, 222, 229. 

nepalensis (Hemisodor- 
cus), 208. 

nepalensis( Necrophorus) 
84. 

Neuroptera, 33. 

nicobarensis (Rhysodes), 


] 


nietneri (Cicindela), 351. 
nietnert (Collyris), 248. 


nietneri (Derocrania), 
285. 
nietneri (Myrmeco- 


spectra), 138. 
nigripalpis (Tricondyla), 


ai. 


AUPHABETICAL INDEX. 


nigritulus (Philonthus), 
20. 

nigrocinectulum (Scaphi- 
dium), 90. 


nilgirica (Neocollyris), 
260. 

Nitiontpm, 164. 

niponensis (Cicindela), 
371. 


Nrronip#, 93. 
Niponius, 93, 94, 99. 
nitida (Cicindela), 3866. 
Nitidula, 105. 
Nitimvurips, 103. 
Niripuuin#&, 104. 
Nitidulopsis, 105. 
nitidus (Philonthus), 
TOs 
nodicollis (Heptodonta), 
311. 
nodicollis 
oll. 
Nodostoma, 180. 
Nosopnenpripe, 124. 
Nosodendron, 124. 
Notodoma, 93. 
Notoxus, 174. 
nuda (Cicindela), 433. 


(Pronyssa), 


oberthuri (Ceratoderus), 
456. 

oberthuri (Cicindela), 

obliquevittata ( Cicindeia), 
406. 


obliquus (Therates), 298. 

obscura (Collyris), 254. 

obscuripes (Derocrania), 
285. 

obtusus 
118. 

Ocnop«INn #, 210, 

Ochrosanis, 106. 

Ocnera, 160. 

Octhebius, 129. 

octogramina (Cicindela), 

4. 


(Stenotarsus), 


octonotata (Cicindela), 


ocularts (Cupes), 518. 
Ocypus, 15, 
(Hdemera, 165. 
CEpEMERID®, 165. 
olens (Ocypus), 29, 53. 
Olibrus, 112. 
Oligarthrum, 88. 
olivaceus (Cyphono- 
cephalus), 215. 
olivaceus (Hydrophilus), 
128. 


525 


olivia ( Cicindela), 378. 
Omalium, 21, 73. 
Omma, 69, 
Ommadius, 139. 
Omophron, 58, 61. 
Omosita, 105. 
Omphra, 59. 
Onthophilus, 93. 
Opetiopselaphus, 139. 
Opilo, 189 
Orectochilus, 66. 
orichaleina (Collyris), 
263. 
orichaleina. (Neocollyris), 
263. 
ornata (Cicindela), 428, 
Ornithia, 184. 
OrrniLinag, 123. 
Orpunine, 210. 
Orthogramma, 
135. 
Orthopterus, 450. 
ortygia (Collyris), 248, 
250 


105, 


Osphya (Nothus), 166. 
Ostoma, 100, 101. 
Ostomip%, 100. 
Orunrip®, 162. 
Oxylobus, 59. 
Oxythyrea, 215, 
Ozeena, 13. 


Pacnypopina, 210, 

Pachypus, 1. 

Pachytarsus, 138. 

pacificus (Paussus), 
496. 

palmarum (Porphyras- 
pis), 182. 

PawpPicornta, 4. 


paniceum (Anobium), 

paradoxa (Cicindela), 
305. 

paradoxa (Prothyma), 
303. 

paradoxus (Metcecus), 
169, 


parallelogrammus (Hy- 
droporus), 64. 

Parandra, 186. 

paris (Neocerambyx), 
Merle 

Parnus, 126. 

Paromalus, 93. 

parvicornis (Paussus), 
479. ; 


parvimaculata 
dela), 421. 
parvula ( Collyris), 244. 


(Ciein- 


526 


parvula (Neocollyris), 
244, 
parvulus (Niponius), 
PASSALIDA, 
205. 
Passalus, 12. 
Passinprip©, 107. 
PassanpDrina&, 107. 
Paussip#, 5, 50, 67, 
444, 
Pavussinn, 453. 
paussoides (Platyrhopa- 
lus), 465. 
Paussus, 13, 469. 
Pediacus, 106. 
Pelecophorus, 189. 
PeEtopiipx, 60. 
Pelobius, 60. 
Peltastica, 115. 
Peitina, 101. 
Peltis, 100, 101. 
Prrornopina, 152. 
Perothops, 152. 
Pretripa, 164, 
Pheedon, 180. 
PHANOCEPHALIDA, 89. 
Phenocephalus, 89. 
Pravacerms, 112. 
Phalacrus, 112. 
phalangioides(Cicindela), 
435. 
Pharus, 121. 
Puasmips&, 11, 42. 
Pheidole, 1153. 
Phengodes, 137. 
Pheropsophus, 18, 58. 
Philhydrus, 128. 
Philonthus, 24, 73. 
Phloeobium, 73. 
phleophorus (Paussis), 
495. 
Phrenapates, 157. 
PuyLLoBEnines, 140. 
phyllodes (Mormolyce), 
18 


ole 200; 


vw. 
Phyllopertha, 212. 
Phyodexia, 186. 
Puyropuaaa, 9, 24, 48, 
176. 
piceus (Arthrolips), 88. 
piceus (Hydrophilus), 
13 


piceus (Orthoperus), 88. 

picteti (Platyrhopaiop- 
sis), 468. 

picteti (Platyrhopalus), 
468 


picta (Lordites), 103. 
pictus (Scirtes), 134. 
pilicornis (Paussus), 482. 


ALPHABETICAL INDEX, 


Pimelia, 160. 
pisi (Laria), 178. 
Plesius, 93. 
Plagithmysus, 25, 184. 
planifrons (Neocollyris), 
239. 
Platyarthron, 184. 
Platynectes, 65. 
PLATYPIDA, 2. 
PuaryPinz, 199. 
PLATYPSYLUID#, 94. 
Platypsyllus, 86, 95. 
Platypus, 189, 198. 
Platyrhopalopsis, 467. 
Platyrhopalus, 458, 468, 
467. 
PLATYRRIVNID.E (An- 
THRIBIDE), 193. 
Platysoma, 91, 92, 93. 
PLATYSTERNALLE, 290. 
Pieocomin»#, 210. 
pleuritica (Collyris), 261. 
Pleuropterus, 451. 
Puievrosticrr, 212. 
plicaticollis (Collyris), 
plicaticollis (Neocollyris), 
270. 
plicicollis (Neocollyris), 
272. 


ploiophorus —(Paussus), 
495. 

plumigera — (Cicindela), 
370. 


Poeadius, 109d. 
Pogonostoma, 49, 53, 219, 
epee) 


politus (Paussus), 497. 
Potycerata, 48, 70. 
Potycestin®, 150. 
Potymorpna, 48, 70. 
Ponyrnaca, 48, 70. 
Polyplocotes, 144. 
Popilia, 212. 
postica (Collyris), 248. 
potens (Prophthalmus), 
193. 
Pria, 105. 


princeps Cicindela), 
409. 
princeps var. — ducalis 


(Cicindela), 409. 
prinsepi (Cicindela), 366. 
Priobium, 25. 

Prionin”, 186. 
Prionocyphon, 134. 
Pristonychus, 1. 
procera (Cicindela), 348. 
procera (Collyris), 250. 
Prostomina, 107. 
Prostomis, 106, 107. 


- Protopaussus, 52, 67, 


PRotmrntnNip.£, 199,200. 
Proterhinus, 199, 200. 
Prothyma, 300. 
prothymoides 
dela), 359. 
Protocoleopteron, 5. 
Protopaussinm, 447. 


(Cicin- 


i 
447. 

Psalidura, 194. 

PsELApiip®, 3, 80. 

PsELAPHIN”, 81. 

Psammeecus, 106. 

PsEruENIn«A, 127. 

Psephenus, 127. 

Pseudocephalus, 184. 

PSEUDOCORYLOPHID®, 89. 

PsrvupomorPHIN®”, 56. 

Pseudoscraptia, 167. 

Psocip#, 12. 

Ptenidium, 8&7. 

Pterogenius, (47. 

Ptereloma, 84. 

PTrEROLOMINE, 84. 

Pterostichus, 57, 58 

Ptilinus, 143. 

Ptinus, 148. 

pulchella ( Cicindela), 312. 

pulchella (Heptodonta), 
312. 

pumila (Cicindela), 366. 

punctatella — (Collyris), 
248. 

punctatella (Neocollyris), 
248, 

punctatostriatus  (Rhy- 
sodes), 506. 


punctatus  (Pentodon), 
27. 

puneticollis — (Collyris), 
248. 

purpureum  (Ku- 
spheerium) (Comp- 


sosoma), 184. 
pustulosus (Hister), 92. 
Pycnomerin”, 116, 
Pyresthes, 184. 
Pyrochroa, 172, 173. 
Pyrocuroip2, 172. 
Pyrophorus, 153. 
Pyrnipa, 166. 

Pytho, 166. 
proxima (Cicindela), 302. 
proxima (Prothyma), 

302, 


quadricorne (Toxicum), 
159. 
quadricornis (Paussus), 
492, 


quadrilineata (Cicindela), 
434. 


quadrimaculata — (Crwin- 
dela), 402. 

quadripunctata — (Cicin- 
dela), 300, 

raphidioides — (Dero- 


craniw), 285. 
reconeiliatri« (Huryoda), 


308. 


reconciliatrix (Pro- 
thyma), 308. 

redtenbacheri (Collyris), 
239. 

redtenbacheri (Neo- 


collyris), 239. 
reducta (Cicindela), 361. 
renardi (Cicindela), 371, 
372. 
renei (Cicindela), 454, 


RHAGODERIN £, 116. 
RHINOMACERID®, 2. 
Rhinosimus. 166. 
Rarercerip.2, 13. 
Rhipidius, 168. 
Rurprevoripsz, 168. 
Ruizornacin®, 104, 105. 
Rhizophagus, 103, 105. 
Rhizotrogus, 202, 212. 
rhombeus (Athous), 153. 
Rhynchites, 195. 
RuYNCcHITINE, 194. 
Ruyncnornora, 2, 5, 29, 
31, 48, 189. 
Rhysodes, 5, 68, 503. 
Ruysopip£, 50, 68, 501. 
robusta (Collyris), 227. 
roeschkei (Neocollyris), 
247. 
Rosalia, 186. 
rubens (Collyris), 269. 
rubenrs (Neocollyris), 
269. 
rubus (Batocera), 188. 
ruficornis (Collyris), 248. 
ruficornis (Harpalus), 54. 
rufipalpis (Collyris), 254. 
rufipalpis (Neocollyris), 
254. 
rufitarsis (Paussus), 481. 
rugosa (Tricondyla), 277. 
rugosiceps (Cicindela), 
300. 


Ruteline, 202, 212, 215. 


Sacium, 88, 89. 
Sagra, 8. 


ATPHABETICAL INDEX, 


SAGRINA, 179. 
Sandracottus, 65. 
sanguinea (Dictyoptera), 


136. 


sanguineus (Diety- 
opterus), 14. 
sanguineus (Lygi- 


stopterus), 41. 
Saperda, 29, 185. 
SAPERDIN.E, 188. 
saphyrina (Collyris), 257. 
saphyrina (Neocollyris), 

201. 

Saprinus, 91, 93. 
sarawakensis «Collyris), 

221, 268. 
sarawakensis 

collyris), 268. 
saunderst (Collyris), 259. 


(Neo- 


saundersi (Neocollyris), 
259. 

saundersi (Paussus), 
483. 

saunderst var, CON 


tinentalis (Neocollyris), 
259. 
saunderst var.  letior 
(Neocollyris), 259. 
ScAPHIDIID.Z, 90. 
Scaphidium, 90. 
Scaphisoma, 90. 
Seaphium, 90. 
ScarRaBLIDA, 14, 15, 17, 
24, 34, 209. 
Scarabeeus, 211. 
Scarites, 59. 
schauni (Collyris), 242. 
schaumi _(Derocrania), 
289. 
schaumi 
242, 
schiodtei (Paussus), 478. 
Scuizopin#®, 150. 
schmidt-goebeli (Collyris), 
241. 
schinidt-qoebeli(ELuryoda), 
306. 
schmidt - goebeli 
thyma), 506. 
Scirtes, 134. 
scitiscabra (Derocramia), 
291. 
SCOLYTID.E, 
189, 197. 
ScoLytTins&, 199. 
Seraptia, 166, 167. 
Sceaprips, 167. 
scrobiculata (Cicindela), 
302. 
scrobiculata (Dromicidia), 
202. 


(Neocollyris), 


(Pro- 


te 2a 25) 


serobiculata (Prothyma), 
302. 
seutellaris 
(Laria), 177. 
Ny — = 2°) 
SCYDMANIDE, 82. 
Scydimeenus, 85. 
Seyinnus, 119. 


(Bruchus) 


seminigra — (Cicindela), 
408. 

semivittata ( Cicindela), 
419. 


senegalensis (Cicindela), 
441. 

Serica, 212. 

Sericoderus, 88, 89, 

seriepunetata (Cicindela), 
351. 

seriesetosus 
493. 

serra (Ctesias) (Tiresias), 

O¢ 


hale 


(Paussus), 


Surricornti, 48, 131. 

servillei (Helota), 102. 

sesquisulcatus (Paussus), 
480. 

sesquisulcatus var. brevi- 
cornis (Paussus), 480. 

severini (Cicindela), 349, 


seupunctata( Calochroma), 
385. 

sexpunctata (Cicindela), 
385. 

sheppardi (Botryonopa), 
181. 

sheppard: (Choraguas), 
ol. 

shivah (Cicindela), 411. 

Silis, 188. 

Silpha, 12, 24, 83, 84. 

SILPHIDS, 13, 83. 

SILPpHIna, 85, 

Stnvanina&, 107. 

Silvanus, 106. 

similis (Collyris), 254. 

similis (Neocollyris), 
254. 

Singhala, 212. 

sinica (Cicindela), 355. 

sinicus (Paussus), 484. 

SINODENDRID&, 209. 


Nitaniste 2, ull silk os, 
alle 

smaragdina  (Collyris), 
258. 


smaragdina(Neocollyris), 
258 
al? b 


‘Smicripina®, 104, 105. 


smithi (Collyris), 265. 
smitni — (Neocollyris), 
265, 


028 


soleatus (Paussus), 487. 
Soronia, 105. 
Sosylus, 116. 
Spalacopsis, 184. 
speciosus (Alaus), 154. 
spencei_(Paussus), 476. 
Srercneina, 129, 130. 
Spercheus, 128, 129. 
Sruaripuna&, 1380. 
Spheridium, 128, 129. 
Sprcerup#, 88. 
Spheerites,{99, 100. 
Sprzritip&, 100. 
Sphecomorpha, 184. 
Sphenoptera, 148. 
SPHENOPTERIN.E, 150, 
Sprinpip#, 145, 
Spuoinpin.z£, 146. 
Sphinx, 12. 
spinole (Cicindela), 346. 
spuriz (Collyrides), 224. 
stali (Cerapterus), 445. 
stanleyi (Omma), 41, 69. 
STAPHYLINIDE, 9, 26, 29, 
30, 31, 34, 72. 
SrapnysLinorpea, 48, 71. 
Staphylinus, 13, 24. 
Statira, 162. 
Stemmoderus, 68. 
Stenelmis, 126. 
Srenotarsin.é, 119. 
Stenotarsus, 118. 
Stenus, 9, 15, 73, 74. 
Stephanops, 184. 
Sternolophus, 128. 
stevensianus (Paussus), 
489. 
Stigmatium, 139. 
Stigmodera, 148. 
SricMopERINA, LOL. 
Stilocotis, 121. 
StrePsipTERA, 217. 
striatifrons (Cicindela), 
426. 
striatum (Anobium), 145. 
striolata (Cicindela), 419. 
Sryntopip®, 31, 217. 
Stylops, 218. 
srnkee (Collyris), 243. 
suavis (Paussus), 492. 
subclavata (Collyris), 262. 
subelavata (Neocollyris), 
262. 
sublacerata 
368. 
sublacerata var. balucha 
(Cicindela), 368. 
submedia (Apate), 144. 
subtilesculpta (Collyris), 
226. 
subtilis (Collyris), 240. 


(Cicindela) 


ALPHABETICAL INDEX. 


subtilis (Neocollyris), 
240. 

sulcatum = (Aulonium), 
sy 


suleatus (Cucujus), 505. 

sumatrensis (Cicindela), 
O71. 

suturalis (Platyrhopalus), 
461. 

sycophanta (Calosoma), 

sylvaticus (Geotrupes), 
17: 

Syncalypta, 124. 

Syncurrin®, 116. 

Syndicus, 83. 

Syntelia, 99, 101. 

SyNTELIIDE, 99. 

Syntomium, 76, 79. 


Tachinus, 75. 

Tachys, 58. 

Tzeniotes, 184. 

taprobane  (Rhysodes), 
DQG. 

taprobanensis (Pleurop- 
terus), 451, 

taprobanicus 
podus), 186. 

Tarpoiuns«, 116. 

Tarphiosoma, 116. 

Tarphius, 115, 116. 

tarsatus (Seydimeenus), 
85. 

TAUROCERASTIN.E, 210. 

TELEPHANINE, 107. 

TreLEPHoRID®, 29. 

telephorina (Oxyca- 
lymma), 184. 

tellkampfii (Anophthal- 
mus), 27. 

TreLMATOPHILING, 110, 
111. 

Temnaspis, 177. 

Temnochila, 100, 101. 

tenebricosus (Staphy- 
linus), 74, 75. 

Tenebrio, 24. 

Tenebrioides, 100, 101. 

TENEBRIONID.Z, 32, 159. 

tenebrosus (Lampro- 
phorus), 137. 

Tenerus, 139. 

TENTIREDINIDA, 12. 

Tentyria, 160. 

‘Teredus, 116. 

‘Teretrius, 91. 

terminalis (Collyris), 
248. 

Termitoxenus, 92. 


(Rhaphi- 


tesellatum (Xestobium), 
25, 143. 
testacea (Hispa), 181. 
testaceus (Paussus), 487. 
Tetracha, 441. 
Tetragonoderus, 58. 
tetragrammica (Cicin- 
dela), 331. 
Tetramorium, 113. 
Tetraphalerus, 69. 
tetraspilota (HKuryoda), 
304. 
tetrastacta (Cicindela) 
307. 
tetrastacta (Huryoda), 
387. 
tetrastacta (Tetreury- 
tarsa), 337. 
Thamnurgus, 197. 
Thanasimus, 189. 
Therates, 52, 219, 220; 
222, 293. 294. 
THERATIN.E, 222, 293. 
thoracica (Collyris), 249. 
thoracicus (Paussus), 
491. 
Tnorictips, 112. 
Thorictodes, 112. 
Thorictus, 112. 
Turincopyaina&, 150. 
Trroscip.z, 154. 
Throseus, 155. 
Thymalus, 100. 
Thyreopterus, 5d. 
tibialis (Paussus), 495, 
Tillicerus, 139. 
Tinting, 140. 
Milluss 159: 
Timarcha, 176. 
tinetipennis (Mophon), 
55: 
Tmesisternus, 184, 
Tocalium, 114. 
Tragocerus, 184. 
Trechus, 1. 
iremebunda 
366. 
tremula (Cicindela), 347. 
Trichius, 215, ~ 
Trichodes, 139, 140. 
Trichogomphus, 215. 
TRICHOPTERYGIDH, 86. 
Trichopteryx, 86, 87. 
Tricitostomes, 1&l. 
tricinctus (Ommadius), 
139: ; 
Tricondyla, 52, 220, 222, 
273, 205. 
tricondyloides (Condylo- 
dera), 220. 
Trictenotoma,: 157. 


(Cicindela), 


TricrENoToMIDs, 174. 
tridentata (Cicindela), 
431. 


trigonicornis (Paussus), 
491. 

Trigonodactyla, 219. 
triguttata (Cicindela), 
343. 


Trimium, 82. 
Trinodes, 128. 
Trinopin&, 123. 
Triplatoma, 110. 
triramosa (Cicindela), 
364. 
tritoma (Cicindela), 394, 
300. 
TrocuormeEns, 119. 
Trochoides, 118. 
Trocine, 203, 210. 
Trogosita, 100, 101. 
TrocositTip&, 100. 
Trocositin#®, 101. 
Tropideres, 194. 
Trotomma, 167. 
Trox, 204, 211. 
TRUNCATIPENNES, 56}. 
Trypaneus, 91, 93. 
Trypodendron, 197, 199. 
tuberculata (Tricondyla), 
280. 
tumidula 
280. 
Tychus, 82. 
Typhea, 115. 


(Tricondyla), 


Uocertn#, 193. 

umbropolita (Cicindela), 
345. 

undulata (Cicindela), 
356. 

unica (Cicindela), 393. 

unicolor (Hister), 92. 

unicolor (Platyrhopalus), 
459, 460. 


ALPHABETICAL INDEX. 


Valga (Setenis), 160. 

Vaterna, 216. 

varticornis( Collyris), 245. 

variicornis Neocollyris), 
245. 

variipes ( Cciindela), 312. 

variitarsis (Collyris), 241. 

variitarsis (Neocollyris), 
241. 

VATELLINA, 63. 

velatus (Hubrychius), 18, 
61. 

Velleius, 78. 

venosa (Cincindela), 366. 

venus (Cicindela), 328. 

vespillo (Necrophorus), 
84. 

vespillodes (Necropho- 
rus), 41. 

vexillifer (Euplatyrho- 
palus), 466. 

vexilliter (Platyrhopalus), 
466. 

viduata (Cicindela), 345. 

vigintiguttata (Cicindela), 


vigorst (Cicindela), 419. 

virescens ((idemera), 
165. 

virescens (Saprinus), 91. 

virgula (Cicindela), 383, 
384. 

viridicincta (Cicindela), 
328. 

viridilabris 
343, 349. 

viridilabis var. fusco- 
cuprascens (Cicindela), 


(Cicindela), 


e 


vittata (Epicauta), 33. 

vittigera (Cicindela), 417. 

vollenhovit ( Collyris), 261. 

vulgaris (Melolontha), 27. 

vulpinus (Dermestes), 
122. 


529 


waagenorum (Therates), 
299. 

waterhousei (Cicindela), 
325. 

waterhousei (Clinidiuw), 
512. 

waterhousei (Paussus), 

waterhouse. (Rhysodi- 
astes) (Clinidiwm), 512. 

westermanni (Cicindela), 
332. 

westermannt 
302. 

westermannit (Jansenia), 
332. 

westermannt (Plewropte- 
rus), 451, 452. 

westermanni (Selina), 58. 


(Dromica), 


westermanni (Selina) 
(Ega), 30. 
westwoodi (Platyrhopa- 


lus), 462. 
whithilli (Cicindela), 385. 
willeyi (Cicindela), 326. 
wrightii (Dinapate), 145. 
wroughtoni (Paussus), 
486. 


Xantholinus, 75. 
Xenos, 218. 
XxEvoscetina, 111. 
Xyleborus, 199. 
XYLOPHAGA, 34. 
XyLopHiLip#, 173. 
Xylophilus, 173. 
Xylotrupes, 215. 


Zabrus, 54. 
Zonabris, 178. 
Zonitis, 11. 
Zygxnodes, 200. 
Zygia, 138, 


Printed by Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, “leet Street. 


Seah thy nee cal Da Sete 


Ohi 


d 


wae 


a! 


ae 


ame 


st) 


SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES 


Ih 9088 Ih WH